openSUSE Translation Commits
Threads by month
- ----- 2024 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2023 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2022 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2021 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2020 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2019 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2018 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2017 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2016 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2015 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2014 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
July 2016
- 4 participants
- 158 discussions
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96046 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:26:04 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96046
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/add-on-creator.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/add-on.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/audit-laf.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/auth-client.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/auth-server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/autoinst.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/base.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/bootloader.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ca-management.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/cio.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/cluster.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/control-center.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/control.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/country.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/crowbar.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/dhcp-server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/dns-server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/docker.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/drbd.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/fcoe-client.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firewall-services.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firewall.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firstboot.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/fonts.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ftp-server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/geo-cluster.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/http-server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/inetd.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/installation.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/instserver.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iplb.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iscsi-client.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iscsi-lio-server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/isns.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/journal.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/kdump.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/languages_db.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ldap-client.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ldap.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/live-installer.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/mail.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/multipath.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/network.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nfs.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nfs_server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nis.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nis_server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ntp-client.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/oneclickinstall.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/online-update-configuration.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/online-update.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/opensuse_mirror.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/packager.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/pam.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/pkg-bindings.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/printer.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/product-creator.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/proxy.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/rdp.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/rear.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/registration.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/reipl.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/relocation-server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-client.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-users.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/scanner.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/security.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/services-manager.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/slp-server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/snapper.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sound.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/squid.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sshd.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/storage.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/support.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sysconfig.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/tftp-server.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/timezone_db.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/tune.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/update.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/users.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/vm.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/vpn.id.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/yast2-apparmor.id.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/add-on-creator.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/add-on-creator.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/add-on-creator.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/add-on.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/add-on.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/add-on.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,15 +71,16 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Produk: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "Gagal menambahkan produk tambahan."
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr ""
-
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/audit-laf.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/audit-laf.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/audit-laf.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/auth-client.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/auth-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/auth-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1143 +16,1799 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Real Time"
+msgid "Realm name"
+msgstr "Real Time"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Done."
-msgid "None."
-msgstr "Selesai."
+#| msgid "Product Name"
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr "Nama Produk"
-#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&User Name"
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "Nama &User"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Optional Information"
-msgid "Optional Parameters"
-msgstr "Informasi Tambahan"
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "Masukkan nama belakang anda."
-#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
-msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
msgstr ""
-#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Global SLP Configuration"
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi SLP Global"
+#| msgid "Please enter keywords:"
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr "Masukkan kata kunci:"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr "Masukkan nama belakang anda."
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Unspecified"
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr "&Tidak dispesifikasikan"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do you really want\n"
+#| "to quit the installation?"
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+"Apakah anda yakin\n"
+"untuk mengakhiri instalasi?Wollen Sie die Installation\n"
+"wirklich beenden?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
msgstr "Pilih direktori untuk diekspor"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Pengguna"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Action"
-msgid "Sections"
-msgstr "Aksi"
+#| msgid "&Do Not Start"
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr "&Jangan Mulai"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
-#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Other Options"
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr "&Opsi Lain"
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Au&thentication"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "De&lete"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "Ha&pus"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Management"
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr "Manajemen"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Update Settings"
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "Perbarui Seting"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "&Gunakan Konfigurasi Berikut"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SLP Server Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi Server SLP"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Name"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nama Host"
# PW
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Nilai"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr "Nama Modul"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Networking"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "Jaringan"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "MAC Address"
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr "Alamat MAC"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mount options"
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr "Opsi mount"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name of New File"
msgid "Name filter:"
msgstr "Nama File Baru"
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Done."
+msgid "None."
+msgstr "Selesai."
+
+#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Optional Information"
+msgid "Optional Parameters"
+msgstr "Informasi Tambahan"
+
+#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Options"
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "Opsi"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Name of New File"
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "Nama File Baru"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Au&thentication"
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr "Status Saat Ini: "
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr "&Stop"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "Pilih direktori untuk diekspor"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable Automatic Update"
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr "Adakan Update Otomatis"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Types"
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "Tipe Layanan"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Options"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "Opsi"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat direktori '%1'."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
+#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Options"
+msgid "Options - %s"
+msgstr "Opsi"
+
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Do you really want\n"
#| "to quit the installation?"
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
"Apakah anda yakin\n"
"untuk mengakhiri instalasi?Wollen Sie die Installation\n"
"wirklich beenden?"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
+msgid ""
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Layanan"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&User name:"
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "Nama &User:"
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Password"
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "&Password"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Au&thentication"
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
+#| msgid "DNS Server"
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr "Server DNS"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "Masukkan nama belakang anda."
+#| msgid "Not detected."
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
+msgstr "Tidak terdeteksi."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "Opsi terpilih telah ada."
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr "Status Saat Ini: "
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot Image Directory:"
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr "Direktori Image Boot:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the TFTP service"
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "Aktifkan layanan TFTP"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "Masukkan nama belakang anda."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "Opsi terpilih telah ada."
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Au&thentication"
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Global SLP Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi SLP Global"
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Action"
+#~ msgid "Sections"
+#~ msgstr "Aksi"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Layanan"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+#~ msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#~ msgstr "Masukkan nama belakang anda."
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#~ msgid "Help"
#~ msgstr "Bantuan"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/auth-server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/auth-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/auth-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -437,12 +437,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -468,8 +468,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -558,8 +558,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2424,237 +2424,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Atribut"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/autoinst.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/autoinst.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/autoinst.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "Mungkin akan membutuhkan waktu"
@@ -54,12 +54,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -313,26 +313,24 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -502,104 +500,90 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Kode Registrasi"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving language..."
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Menyimpan bahasa..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Products"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -608,13 +592,13 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
@@ -622,7 +606,7 @@
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1584,7 +1568,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1594,7 +1578,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1634,7 +1618,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -2222,7 +2206,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2238,46 +2222,46 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Profil Hardware"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2287,14 +2271,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2303,7 +2287,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2337,105 +2321,81 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ya"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr "Tidak"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "&Ya, batalkan instalasi"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Syncing server..."
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr "Sinkronisasi server..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr "Gagal menulis seting"
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..."
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2523,7 +2483,7 @@
msgstr "Tidak dikenal"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2531,81 +2491,81 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..."
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Memeriksa paket RPM yang terinstalasi..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service"
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "Tidak dapat memulai kembali layanan '%1'"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "Ok"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2613,46 +2573,46 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting YOU server ..."
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "Merestart server YOU..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "Partisi swap %1 tak dapat dikonfigurasikan"
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2696,7 +2656,7 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -2704,7 +2664,7 @@
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2712,7 +2672,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Partisi swap %1 tak dapat dikonfigurasikan"
@@ -2720,7 +2680,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
@@ -2739,6 +2699,29 @@
msgstr "&OK"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configure users and groups"
+#~ msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Syncing server..."
+#~ msgid "Syncing time..."
+#~ msgstr "Sinkronisasi server..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+#~ msgid "Time syncing failed."
+#~ msgstr "Gagal menulis seting"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Cannot write settings."
+#~ msgid "Cannot update system time."
+#~ msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Configure runlevel"
#~ msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/base.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/base.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/base.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 12:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Tidak ada workflow untuk mode instalasi ini."
@@ -445,14 +445,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "Lan&jutkan Instalasi"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "B&atalkan Instalasi"
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@
msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan saat koneksi ke server."
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid."
@@ -1114,6 +1114,89 @@
"<p>Dalam beberapa lingkungan, seluruh atau\n"
"beberapa tombol F tidak tersedia.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..."
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..."
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Mulai Layanan"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Status Saat Ini: "
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Selama Boot"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Peringatan"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "&Stop"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "&Mulai"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1317,7 +1400,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Lewai"
@@ -1342,7 +1425,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Password"
@@ -1562,27 +1645,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Benar-benar batalkan instalasi?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Benar-benar batalkan Perbaikan Sistem YaST?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Batalkan Perbaikan Sistem"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Lanjutkan Perbaikan Sistem"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1595,7 +1678,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1692,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1620,18 +1703,18 @@
"Anda perlu instalasi ulang."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Benar-benar batalkan?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Semua perubahan akan hilang!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2699,51 +2782,51 @@
"Tidak diperbolehkan ada spasi.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "Zona Eksternal"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "Zona Internal"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "Zona Demiliterisasi"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "UTC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UPS"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "PC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP"
msgstr "SIP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2759,8 +2842,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2769,72 +2852,72 @@
"Jalankan YaST2 Firewall dan berilah penugasan.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi Firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "Memeriksa device network"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr "Memeriksa layanan yang mungkin konflik"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "Memeriksa device network..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr "Memeriksa kemungkinan layanan yang konflik..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Menulis Konfigurasi Firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "Menyesuaikan layanan firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "Menyesuaikan layanan firewall..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "Gagal menulis seting"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "Opsi tidak dikenal: %1"
@@ -2936,50 +3019,51 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Layanan"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "Layanan tidak dikenal '%1'"
@@ -3004,37 +3088,82 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Instalasi"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Memeriksa kemungkinan layanan yang konflik..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Please wait, while the installation inicialization is in progress.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Silakan tunggu saat inisialisasi instalasi sedang berjalan.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "List all available time zones"
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr "Tampilkan semua zona waktu"
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Mendownload file"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Mendownload file"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Benar-benar batalkan instalasi?"
@@ -3044,62 +3173,62 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Log Kesalahan: %1"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "&Instalasi"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Instalasi driver..."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3110,34 +3239,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3146,7 +3275,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3156,52 +3285,52 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Benar-benar batalkan instalasi?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan saat membaca log."
@@ -3209,18 +3338,18 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Sebuah kesalahan terjadi ketika mempersiapkan instalasi sistem."
@@ -3228,15 +3357,15 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid."
@@ -3245,108 +3374,108 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Coba la&gi"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan saat membaca log."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Kunci tidak valid"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Mendownload file"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Memeriksa apa yang membutuhkan paket RPM `%1'..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Paket"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Memulai layanan..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig..."
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
#, fuzzy
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Skrip Logon"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3356,68 +3485,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Refresh"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "&Download"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Mendownload file"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Membaca database..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Memeriksa paket RPM yang terinstalasi..."
@@ -3429,29 +3558,29 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Membaca database..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3459,21 +3588,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Nama &User"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "&Detil"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3544,12 +3673,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3560,12 +3689,12 @@
"YaST mungkin tidak dapat bekerja dengan benar.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Tidak dapat melanjutkan tanpa menginstalasi paket-paket yang dibutuhkan."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3574,22 +3703,22 @@
"yang dibutuhkan, YaST mungkin tidak dapat bekerja dengan baik.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Konfirmasi Lisensi Paket: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "&Setuju"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "&Tidak Setuju"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3612,7 +3741,7 @@
"lisensinya, klik <b>Saya Menolak Semua</b>.</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3621,7 +3750,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3630,7 +3759,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3638,7 +3767,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3651,146 +3780,146 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Seting Instalasi"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Instalasi Dasar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Pesan Log: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Paket"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Instalasi driver..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Paket"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Paket"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Memeriksa paket RPM yang terinstalasi..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Paket"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Boot Sistem Yang Ter&instalasi"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Mendownload file"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Status"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Instalasi"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "&Detil"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Instalasi driver..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "&Selesai"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Kesalahan Instalasi"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Instalasi driver..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Paket"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Paket"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "&Instalasi"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -4115,28 +4244,28 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Instalasi driver..."
# MK
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Media"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "&Instalasi"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Zone waktu"
@@ -4144,12 +4273,12 @@
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -4157,48 +4286,48 @@
"Silakan tunggu sementara sistem dasar sedang diinstalasi.\n"
"</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Catatan Rilis"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detil"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "Lakukan Pembaruan"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Lakukan Instalasi"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Instalasi Dasar"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4208,7 +4337,7 @@
"wirklich beenden?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Ba&tal"
@@ -4835,6 +4964,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4910,7 +5049,7 @@
"yang dipisahkan oleh titik dua."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4921,7 +5060,7 @@
"tidak boleh di awal atau di akhir komponen dan komponen terakhir tidak boleh diawali dengan angka."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5908,69 +6047,7 @@
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Mulai Layanan"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status: "
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Status Saat Ini: "
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "During Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "Selama Boot"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Warning"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "Peringatan"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Stop"
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "&Stop"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Start"
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "&Mulai"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
#~ msgstr "Mendownload file"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/bootloader.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/bootloader.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/bootloader.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -30,53 +30,159 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
msgstr "Seting Lokal &Detil"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set a global option"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
msgstr "Seting Lokal &Detil"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr "&Saran"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Scope must be inserted."
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr "Lingkup harus disisipkan."
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
+msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+msgstr ""
+
# PW
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value"
-msgid "Value: %s"
+msgid "Value: %1"
msgstr "Nilai"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
msgstr ""
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "&Booting"
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "Penggunaan disk"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -149,11 +255,17 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -161,55 +273,64 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -218,158 +339,232 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "<p><b>Selamat!</b></p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
"Harap ulangi lagi."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
"Harap ulangi lagi."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
"Harap ulangi lagi."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
"Harap ulangi lagi."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "&Protokol Koneksi:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "Isikan password:"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Isikan password:"
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "Penggunaan disk"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "&Atas"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "&Turun"
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
"Harap ulangi lagi."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
"Harap ulangi lagi."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
-"Harap ulangi lagi."
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
"Harap ulangi lagi."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
"Harap ulangi lagi."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
+"Harap ulangi lagi."
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr "&Ya, batalkan instalasi"
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
@@ -377,41 +572,35 @@
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&Protokol Koneksi:"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "During Boot"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Selama Boot"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -430,35 +619,55 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "Mode"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -467,20 +676,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Unspecified"
msgid "Unspecified"
@@ -505,75 +724,247 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Console"
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "Konsol"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "Silakan pilih"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "&Saran"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr "Sistem"
+
+# VN
+# fuzzy
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "Viet Nam"
+
+# VN
+# fuzzy
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filename"
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "Filename"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr "Chili/Kontinental"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "Lainnya"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "Label"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Tipe"
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default"
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "Baku"
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -582,70 +973,118 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
+msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Lainnya"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "Gagal menulis seting"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "&Saran"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "&Ya, batalkan instalasi"
+msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
@@ -661,9 +1100,16 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -671,28 +1117,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -703,7 +1149,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -712,14 +1158,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -727,7 +1173,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -739,8 +1185,19 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -748,7 +1205,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -757,7 +1214,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -765,7 +1222,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -773,7 +1230,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -781,7 +1238,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -789,7 +1246,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -797,7 +1254,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -805,14 +1262,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -820,28 +1277,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -849,44 +1306,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr "Boot sector LILO telah dituliskan ke disket"
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr "&Simpan konfigurasi ke disket"
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -901,44 +1370,129 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "Benar-benar dihapus '%1' ?"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote File System"
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "File System Remote"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote File System"
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "File System Remote"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote File System"
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr "File System Remote"
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Boot sektor LILO akan dituliskan ke disket.\n"
+"Masukkan sebuah disket yang telah terformat dan lanjutkan dengan 'OK'"
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Remote File System"
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "File Sistem &Remote"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "Gagal membuat kunci TSIG."
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr "Suatu kesalahan timbul saat membuat login user!"
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -952,445 +1506,550 @@
msgstr ""
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Selamat Datang!</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Selamat!</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Modul Support</b></p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Image Section"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
#, fuzzy
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "Penggunaan disk"
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "Kernel"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Katalog"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "Isikan password:"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "Sistem"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
msgstr ""
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "<p><b>Modul Support</b></p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "tidak ada deskripsi"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "Informasi Tambahan"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr "<p><b>Modul Support</b></p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr "Nama File Baru"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
+"Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
+"Harap ulangi lagi."
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
msgstr ""
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr "<p><b>Modul Support</b></p>\n"
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "&Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
msgstr ""
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Selected Option"
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "Opsi &Terpilih"
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr "Sistem"
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "&Saran"
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr "&Saran"
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default"
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr "Baku"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr "&Saran"
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "During Boot"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Selama Boot"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Opsi tidak dikenal: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "&Protokol Koneksi:"
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section %1 not found."
-#~ msgstr "&Saran"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "Penggunaan disk"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#~ msgid "&Up"
-#~ msgstr "&Atas"
-
-#~ msgid "&Down"
-#~ msgstr "&Turun"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section Settings"
-#~ msgstr "&Saran"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Xen Section"
-#~ msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Menu Section"
-#~ msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Dump Section"
-#~ msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
-
-# VN
-# fuzzy
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Filename"
-#~ msgstr "Viet Nam"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents"
-#~ msgstr "Chili/Kontinental"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Menu"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#~ msgid "Label"
-#~ msgstr "Label"
-
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "Tipe"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "&Saran"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
-#~ msgstr "Boot sector LILO telah dituliskan ke disket"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
-#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
-#~ "and confirm with OK.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Boot sektor LILO akan dituliskan ke disket.\n"
-#~ "Masukkan sebuah disket yang telah terformat dan lanjutkan dengan 'OK'"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Selamat Datang!</b></p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Selamat!</b></p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Modul Support</b></p>\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Image Section"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Kernel Image"
-#~ msgstr "Kernel"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Chainloader Section"
-#~ msgstr "Pemilihan Katalog"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Use Password Protection"
-#~ msgstr "Isikan password:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Other System"
-#~ msgstr "Sistem"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Modul Support</b></p>\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Menu Description File"
-#~ msgstr "tidak ada deskripsi"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
-#~ msgstr "Informasi Tambahan"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
-#~ msgstr "Nama File Baru"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Show boot menu"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Anda tidak mengisikan password.\n"
-#~ "Harap ulangi lagi."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section Type"
-#~ msgstr "&Saran"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section &Name"
-#~ msgstr "&Saran"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
-#~ msgstr "&Saran"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
#~ msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi"
@@ -1662,10 +2321,6 @@
#~ msgid "&Other Installation Disk"
#~ msgstr "&Ya, batalkan instalasi"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Getting the floppy disk image..."
-#~ msgstr "&Simpan konfigurasi ke disket"
-
#~ msgid "&Browse..."
#~ msgstr "&Browse..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ca-management.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ca-management.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ca-management.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1873,44 +1873,43 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Finlandia"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Denmark"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/cio.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/cio.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/cio.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,13 +44,13 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "tidak"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "ya"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "tidak"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
msgid "Filter channels"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/cluster.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/cluster.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/cluster.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Multicast"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
@@ -234,191 +234,191 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to write /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service is not running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Layanan tidak berjalan"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Booting"
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "&Booting"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "Mulai Layanan Sekarang"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Mulai Layanan Sekarang"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Switch On dan Off"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Status Saat Ini: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Mulai Layanan Sekarang"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Hentikan Layanan Sekarang"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&dd"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Tam&bah"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Tunda"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&Edit"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Synchronization failed for:"
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Gagal sinkronisasi bagi:"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -529,41 +529,41 @@
msgstr "Inisialisasi..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi CASA"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Membaca database"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Membaca database..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -571,69 +571,69 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Selesai"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database2"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database2"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Tidak dapat mendeteksi device."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi CASA"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/control-center.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/control-center.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/control-center.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 20:31+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/control.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/control.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/control.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-07 21:54+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,306 +20,266 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Selamat!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>Instalasi openSUSE di mesin anda telah selesai.\n"
-"Setelah menekan <b>Selesai</b>, anda dapat login ke sistem.</p>\n"
-"<p>Kunjungi kami di %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Selamat bersenang-senang!<br>Tim Pengembang SUSE</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Instalasi telah selesai dengan sukses.\n"
+"Sistem anda siap digunakan.\n"
+"Klik Selesai untuk login ke sistem.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Silakan kunjungi kami di http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "IMAP Server"
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "Server IMAP"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Seting Instalasi"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Ringkasan"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ahli"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
#, fuzzy
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Seting Instalasi"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Perbarui Seting"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Hardware"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Persiapan"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Aktivasi Disk"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Selamat Datang"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Aktivasi Disk"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Aktivasi Disk"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Analisis Sistem"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "Produk Tambahan"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Zona Waktu"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Pembaruan Online"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "Produk Tambahan"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
-#, fuzzy
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Perbarui Seting"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalasi"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Mode Instalasi"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Lakukan Instalasi"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Instalasi"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Sistem untuk Pembaruan"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Perbarui"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "Ringkasan Pembaruan"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Lakukan Pembaruan"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Instalasi Dasar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "Seting AutoYaST"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Sistem"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "\t"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ " "
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Instalasi telah selesai dengan sukses.\n"
-#~ "Sistem anda siap digunakan.\n"
-#~ "Klik Selesai untuk login ke sistem.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Silakan kunjungi kami di http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Selamat!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Instalasi openSUSE di mesin anda telah selesai.\n"
+#~ "Setelah menekan <b>Selesai</b>, anda dapat login ke sistem.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Kunjungi kami di %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Selamat bersenang-senang!<br>Tim Pengembang SUSE</p>\n"
#~ "\t"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "IMAP Server"
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "Server IMAP"
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Pembaruan Online"
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Ringkasan"
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "Ahli"
-
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Network Configuration"
#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
@@ -328,9 +288,6 @@
#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
#~ msgstr "Ringkasan Instalasi"
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Ringkasan Pembaruan"
-
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Inisialisasi Produk Tambahan"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/country.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/country.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/country.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 09:17+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -865,8 +865,8 @@
"Tanggal tidak valid (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n"
"Masukkan tanggal yang benar.\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgid "Other &Settings..."
@@ -874,46 +874,46 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Ubah Jam dan Tanggal Sistem"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "Jam &Hardware Diset Ke"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Daerah"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "&Zona waktu"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Ubah Jam dan Tanggal Sistem"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Seting Zona waktu dan Jam</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -948,12 +948,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Jam dan Zona Waktu"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Pilih zona waktu yang valid"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/crowbar.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/crowbar.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/crowbar.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -25,19 +25,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Konfigurasi IrDA"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -51,11 +41,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -188,148 +178,158 @@
msgstr "Alamat MAC"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nama &User"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Arsitektur"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "Server"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Nama Host"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Name"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Nama Host"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local YOU Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Server YOU Lokal"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Becomes DA Server"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "Menjadi Server DA"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "Mulai Server"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Nama &User"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Password"
msgid "Password"
msgstr "&Password"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root Password"
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Password Root"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Nomor telpon tidak boleh kosong."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid."
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "Nonaktifkan"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -357,93 +357,93 @@
msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "Alamat MAC"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "Alamat MAC"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Expert Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Seting Ahli"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Jaringan"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Jaringan"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Jaringan"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dire&ctories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Dire&ktori"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -519,21 +519,21 @@
msgstr "Inisialisasi..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi Firewall"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
@@ -541,24 +541,24 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Selesai"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Menyimpan Konfigurasi IrDA"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/dhcp-server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/dhcp-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/dhcp-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -61,9 +61,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -103,153 +101,160 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "Global/Mesir"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..."
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi mouse..."
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -257,95 +262,95 @@
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
#, fuzzy
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Global/Mesir"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -371,7 +376,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -379,199 +384,154 @@
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "Global/Mesir"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "Global/Mesir"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "Global/Mesir"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Seting Ahli"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Ketika &Booting"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "Secara &manual"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ketika Booting"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Secara manual"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
#, fuzzy
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
-#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
# DM
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Dominika"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&Pilih"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "&Pilih"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -579,63 +539,63 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
# DM
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "Dominika"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -643,37 +603,37 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
@@ -681,13 +641,13 @@
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "Alamat MAC"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -695,10 +655,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -706,61 +666,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -768,8 +728,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -777,136 +737,136 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipe"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Lanjutkan"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -919,15 +879,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -939,7 +899,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -1159,7 +1119,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1183,7 +1143,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1194,9 +1154,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1212,51 +1172,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "Nama &Host:"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1264,18 +1224,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
@@ -1283,63 +1243,63 @@
# DM
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "Dominika"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Namahost"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -1632,8 +1592,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1651,17 +1610,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1669,7 +1620,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1677,7 +1628,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1687,7 +1638,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1697,14 +1648,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1712,7 +1663,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1721,7 +1672,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1730,7 +1681,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1739,14 +1690,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1756,14 +1707,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1771,7 +1722,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1781,7 +1732,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1790,7 +1741,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1799,7 +1750,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1808,21 +1759,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1830,14 +1781,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1845,40 +1796,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1887,7 +1838,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1898,7 +1849,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1906,14 +1857,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1921,14 +1872,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1938,45 +1889,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1984,7 +1935,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1994,23 +1945,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -2020,101 +1971,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2122,7 +2073,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2130,7 +2081,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2138,212 +2089,203 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Change"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "&Ubah"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "&Batalkan"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "Global/Mesir"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Memeriksa lingkungan"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finlandia"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2354,101 +2296,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2456,26 +2398,46 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Installing required packages failed."
#~ msgstr "%1 paket software akan diinstal"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/dns-server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/dns-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/dns-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -431,8 +431,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -574,8 +574,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "Dukungan &LDAP Aktif"
@@ -627,12 +627,12 @@
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "Server DNS"
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Change"
msgid "Apply Changes"
@@ -640,21 +640,21 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Pencatatan"
@@ -662,8 +662,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -671,8 +671,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/docker.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/docker.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/docker.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/drbd.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/drbd.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/drbd.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -270,10 +270,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -299,14 +300,14 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><big><b>Konfigurasi Keyboard</b></big></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -315,23 +316,25 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><big><b>Konfigurasi Keyboard</b></big></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -341,7 +344,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -351,7 +354,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -361,7 +364,7 @@
"Silakan konfigurasi CASA di sini.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -375,7 +378,7 @@
"Lalu tekan <b>Konfigurasi</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -386,7 +389,7 @@
"konfigurasi akan muncul.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -398,7 +401,7 @@
"editlah konfigurasi mereka.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -408,7 +411,7 @@
"Tekan <b>Tambah</b> untuk mengkonfigurasi server SLP.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -420,7 +423,7 @@
"Lalu tekan <b>Edit</b> atau <b>Hapus</b> seperti yang diinginkan.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -432,7 +435,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -443,7 +446,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -454,56 +457,127 @@
"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Konfigurasi SLP Global"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service Start"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "Mulai Layanan"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Nama Modul"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&dd"
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "Tam&bah"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Edit"
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "&Edit"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "De&lete"
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "Ha&pus"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Save"
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr "&Simpan"
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted."
-msgid "Node names must be different."
-msgstr "Lingkup dan alamat IP harus disisipkan."
+#| msgid "&OK"
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "&OK"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Cancel"
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "&Batalkan"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr "Nomor telpon tidak boleh kosong."
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "Lingkup dan alamat IP harus disisipkan."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -617,81 +691,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi CASA"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Membaca daftar modul..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Membaca daftar modul..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Selesai"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgid ""
@@ -699,12 +773,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "Modul Konfigurasi YaST %1\n"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Menulis Konfigurasi NFS"
@@ -713,59 +787,59 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Menulis seting"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Memulai layanan..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi YaST..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/fcoe-client.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/fcoe-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/fcoe-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firewall-services.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firewall-services.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firewall-services.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firewall.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firewall.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firewall.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firstboot.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firstboot.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/firstboot.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 20:59+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@
msgstr "Label"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Status"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "Nama Modul"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Status"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/fonts.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/fonts.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/fonts.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -21,63 +21,63 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "Editor Bitmap"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Baku"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "Font"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ftp-server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ftp-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ftp-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/geo-cluster.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/geo-cluster.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/geo-cluster.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
@@ -122,17 +122,17 @@
msgstr "Navigator"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -141,18 +141,18 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
@@ -160,9 +160,9 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -173,112 +173,116 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "Pilih File untuk Kunci Otentikasi"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "Masukkan alamat email yang valid"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dire&ctories"
msgid "retries"
msgstr "Dire&ktori"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "Aksi tidak valid."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "Kunci tidak valid"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "Kunci tidak valid"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "Aksi tidak valid."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "Kunci tidak valid"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
@@ -287,80 +291,86 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Konfigurasi Lengkap"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "Konfigurasi Lengkap"
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "Kunci tidak valid"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "Pilih File untuk Kunci Otentikasi"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "Pilih File untuk Kunci Otentikasi"
+#| msgid "Au&thentication"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Your configuration was successful."
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr "Konfigurasi anda sukses."
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -368,7 +378,7 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mouse configuration"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
@@ -377,7 +387,7 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -532,3 +542,13 @@
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Au&thentication"
+#~ msgid "Authentification"
+#~ msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "Pilih File untuk Kunci Otentikasi"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/http-server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/http-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/http-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/inetd.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/inetd.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/inetd.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Layanan"
@@ -118,15 +118,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr "User"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
@@ -141,12 +141,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ya"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "Tidak"
@@ -162,183 +162,183 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr ""
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr "%1 MB software akan diinstal."
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "&Tambah"
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Edit"
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr ""
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr ""
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr ""
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr ""
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&User"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr ""
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr ""
@@ -352,26 +352,26 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr ""
@@ -577,63 +577,63 @@
msgstr "Inisialisasi..."
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finlandia"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting..."
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr ""
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/installation.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/installation.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/installation.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-27 21:47+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inisialisasi..."
@@ -241,21 +241,21 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Kembali dan periksa kembali seting bila anda tidak yakin..</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Konfirmasi Update"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "Mulai &Update"
@@ -318,56 +318,7 @@
msgstr "Memulai layanan..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gunakan <b>Clone</b> jika anda ingin membuat profile AutoYaST.\n"
-"AutoYaST merupakan sebuah cara melakukan instalasi SUSE Linux lengkap tanpa interaksi user. AutoYaST\n"
-"membutuhkan sebuah profil untuk mengetahui seperti apa sistem yang diinginkan. Jika opsi ini\n"
-"dipilih, profil sistem saat ini akan disimpan di /root/autoyast.xml.</p>\n"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Online Update Configuration"
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi Update Online"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Online Update Configuration"
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi Update Online"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Menyalinkan file ke sistem yang diinstalasi..."
@@ -560,7 +511,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal"
@@ -590,56 +541,28 @@
"Pilih apakah ingin menjalankan online update sekarang.\n"
"Anda boleh melewati langkah ini dan menjalankan online update kemudian.\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Bahasa"
-
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Layout &Keyboard"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
#, fuzzy
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "&Ya, Saya Setuju dengan Pernyataan Lisensi"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Catatan Rilis"
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "Layout keyboard"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Pernyataan Lisensi"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "Menyelesaikan Instalasi Dasar"
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -654,7 +577,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -663,7 +586,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -674,7 +597,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -687,7 +610,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -700,24 +623,52 @@
"proses instalasi.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Pernyataan Lisensi"
+
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Bahasa"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "Layout &Keyboard"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Catatan Rilis"
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "&Ya, Saya Setuju dengan Pernyataan Lisensi"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard Layout"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "Layout keyboard"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "Menyelesaikan Instalasi Dasar"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
@@ -829,7 +780,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -838,8 +789,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
#, fuzzy
@@ -848,7 +799,7 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
@@ -858,30 +809,30 @@
"Membatalkan instalasi."
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Mendownload file"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Mendownload file"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Mendownload file"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Mendownload file"
@@ -908,36 +859,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Memeriksa Kendali Yang Tersedia"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Aktivasi Disk"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &DASD"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &ZFCP"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &ZFCP"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &iSCSI"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -957,7 +910,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Inisialisasi"
@@ -999,55 +952,55 @@
msgstr "Berpindah ke sistem terinstalasi..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Menyalin file ke sistem"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Menyimpan seting instalasi"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Instalasi manajer boot"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Mempersiapkan sistem untuk boot awal"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Memeriksa biner '%1' ..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Memulai layanan..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Selesai"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Kesalahan Instalasi"
@@ -1074,26 +1027,26 @@
msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi sistem"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Seting Instalasi"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media"
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "Ser&takan Produk Tambahan dari Media Terpisah"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1104,7 +1057,7 @@
"Pilih yang diinginkan:</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1112,7 +1065,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -1128,7 +1081,7 @@
"<b>Sertakan Produk Tambahan dari Media Terpisah</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1407,7 +1360,7 @@
msgstr "Silakan tunggu saat produk tambahan diinisialisasi..."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1420,7 +1373,7 @@
"Periksa hardware anda!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1433,7 +1386,7 @@
"Tidak ditemukan hard disk untuk instalasi.\n"
"Periksa hardware anda!\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1441,7 +1394,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1458,7 +1411,7 @@
"Periksa hardware anda.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
@@ -1467,6 +1420,32 @@
"Gagal menginisialisasi katalog.\n"
"Membatalkan instalasi."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
#, fuzzy
@@ -1523,8 +1502,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Ubah..."
@@ -1758,7 +1737,7 @@
msgstr "Menseting cache linker"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi jaringan..."
@@ -1878,34 +1857,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "Benar-benar mereset segalanya ke nilai baku?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Anda akan kehilangan seluruh perubahan."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "&Gunakan Konfigurasi Berikut"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Melewati konfigurasi atas permintaan user"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1914,7 +1881,7 @@
"diselesaikan sebelum lanjut.\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..."
@@ -1922,19 +1889,19 @@
#
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Menganalisis sistem anda..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "KESALAHAN: Tidak ada proposal"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1947,48 +1914,40 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Lewati Konfigurasi"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Gunakan Konfigurasi Berikut"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&Lewati Konfigurasi"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Klik sembarang headline untuk merubah atau gunakan menu \"Ubah...\" berikut."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Klik sembarang headline untuk merubah atau gunakan menu \"Ubah...\" berikut."
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Reset ke baku"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Update"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Instalasi"
@@ -2029,7 +1988,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2043,7 +2002,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2056,7 +2015,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2068,7 +2027,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2080,7 +2039,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2091,12 +2050,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Proposal Instalasi UML</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2107,7 +2066,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2126,6 +2085,17 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Administrasi Remote"
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "Tipe Filesistem"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2133,10 +2103,75 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr "Gagal membuat kunci TSIG."
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unknown option: %1"
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Opsi tidak dikenal: %1"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
@@ -2174,6 +2209,41 @@
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Gunakan <b>Clone</b> jika anda ingin membuat profile AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST merupakan sebuah cara melakukan instalasi SUSE Linux lengkap tanpa interaksi user. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "membutuhkan sebuah profil untuk mengetahui seperti apa sistem yang diinginkan. Jika opsi ini\n"
+#~ "dipilih, profil sistem saat ini akan disimpan di /root/autoyast.xml.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Online Update Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi Update Online"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Online Update Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi Update Online"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Gunakan Konfigurasi Berikut"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Export Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Lewati Konfigurasi"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "KESALAHAN: Tidak ada judul"
@@ -2689,10 +2759,6 @@
#~ msgid "Description"
#~ msgstr "Aktivasi Disk"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "System Type"
-#~ msgstr "Tipe Filesistem"
-
#~ msgid "Failed"
#~ msgstr "Gagal"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/instserver.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/instserver.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/instserver.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -65,38 +65,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "&Pilih"
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -105,99 +105,99 @@
msgstr ""
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
msgstr ""
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr "Nama host"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr ""
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -216,91 +216,91 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr "Direktori yang akan diekspor"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Server TFTP"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Server TFTP"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Server TFTP"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Host Wild Card"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Opsi"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr ""
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
"Lalu tekan <b>Edit</b> atau <b>Hapus</b> seperti yang diinginkan.</p>\n"
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -595,84 +595,84 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr "Menginisialisasi sumber baru..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finlandia"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca seting saat ini."
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Nanti"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iplb.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iplb.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iplb.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iscsi-client.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iscsi-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iscsi-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -121,9 +121,11 @@
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&Edit"
+# TG
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Disconnect"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Log Out"
+msgstr "Togo"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -133,7 +135,12 @@
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr ""
+# TG
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr "Togo"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -222,8 +229,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -315,42 +322,49 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -366,22 +380,12 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Au&thentication"
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -433,33 +437,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Ed&it Name"
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr "Ed&it Nama"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Masukkan CD produk tambahan"
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -468,38 +464,38 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "True"
msgstr "Turki"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Lanjutkan"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "&Batalkan"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -596,7 +592,7 @@
msgstr "Walloon"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -604,21 +600,21 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..."
-# TG
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Log Out"
-#~ msgstr "Togo"
+#~| msgid "Au&thentication"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+#~ msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Ed&it Name"
+#~ msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+#~ msgstr "Ed&it Nama"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iscsi-lio-server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iscsi-lio-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/iscsi-lio-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portugal"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -122,10 +122,10 @@
msgstr "Path Home"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&dd"
@@ -133,55 +133,54 @@
msgstr "Tam&bah"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&Edit"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "De&lete"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Ha&pus"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "Klien"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "&Edit"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
#, fuzzy
@@ -189,7 +188,7 @@
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
#, fuzzy
@@ -198,8 +197,8 @@
msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
@@ -208,8 +207,8 @@
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Nama &User:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
@@ -218,7 +217,7 @@
msgid "Password"
msgstr "&Password"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
#, fuzzy
@@ -227,42 +226,48 @@
msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Ketika &Booting"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "Secara &manual"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ketika Booting"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Secara manual"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Status"
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr "Status"
+
# KE
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Kunci"
# PW
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Nilai"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
@@ -270,33 +275,34 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "Target iSCSI"
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "Target iSCSI"
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Expert Settings"
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
@@ -495,19 +501,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -515,12 +526,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -529,19 +540,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -550,11 +561,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -581,7 +592,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "Opsi terpilih telah ada."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -617,10 +628,8 @@
msgstr "Deteksi device"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "Klien"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
msgid "Target LUN"
@@ -644,9 +653,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "Klien"
+#| msgid "&Last name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr "Nama &Belakang:"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
@@ -656,22 +665,26 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "Nomor telpon tidak boleh kosong."
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
+msgstr "Opsi terpilih telah ada."
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New installation"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
+msgstr "Instalasi baru"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
#, fuzzy
@@ -685,101 +698,107 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "&Batalkan"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Aktifkan"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Nonaktifkan"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete this item?"
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "Hapus item ini?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "Nomor telpon tidak boleh kosong."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "Opsi terpilih telah ada."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Outgoing &MSN"
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "&MSN Keluar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Nonaktifkan"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -795,11 +814,11 @@
msgstr "Inisialisasi..."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -909,6 +928,21 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "Klien"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "Klien"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "Klien"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/isns.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/isns.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/isns.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/journal.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/journal.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/journal.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/kdump.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/kdump.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/kdump.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -381,10 +381,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1193,161 +1191,186 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This module must be run as root.\n"
+#| "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+#| "For example, some settings can be read improperly\n"
+#| "and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Modul ini harus dijalankan sebagai root.\n"
+"Jika anda melanjutkan sekarang, modul mungkin tidak berfungsi dengan baik.\n"
+"Sebagai contoh, beberapa seting dapat dibaca dengan tidak tepat\n"
+"dan seting mungkin tidak dapat ditulis.\n"
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi CASA"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca seting saat ini."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Membaca database..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca seting saat ini."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database2"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Menyimpan konfigurasi CASA"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Perbarui Seting"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Selesai"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "Aktifkan"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "Nonaktifkan"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Nilai kosong untuk opsi: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/languages_db.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/languages_db.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/languages_db.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 20:04+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ldap-client.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ldap-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ldap-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ldap.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ldap.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ldap.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/live-installer.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/live-installer.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/live-installer.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -40,29 +40,29 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Mengevaluasi partisi root. Tunggu sebentar..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Menyalinkan file ke sistem yang diinstalasi..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -72,76 +72,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Seting Instalasi"
#
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Menganalisis sistem anda..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Peringatan"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Layout keyboard"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Zona Waktu"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Seting Instalasi"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -152,7 +134,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -165,7 +147,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -257,7 +239,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Menyalinkan file ke sistem yang diinstalasi..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/mail.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/mail.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/mail.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/multipath.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/multipath.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/multipath.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/network.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/network.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/network.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Konfigurasi klien NFS"
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -780,13 +780,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change."
msgstr "&Batalkan"
@@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "Tamba&h"
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1306,14 +1306,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1324,23 +1324,23 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Masukkan alamat email yang valid"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Masukkan alamat email yang valid"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Masukkan alamat email yang valid"
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1359,63 +1359,63 @@
# SN
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
#, fuzzy
msgid "&General"
msgstr "Senegal"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "&Saran"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Firewall"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Hardware"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1425,13 +1425,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1749,12 +1749,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2835,47 +2835,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2883,20 +2883,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2905,21 +2905,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -2928,59 +2928,59 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "&Batalkan"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
# KE
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "&Kunci"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Bantuan"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3000,98 +3000,98 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
# KE
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Kunci"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Baku"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -3132,12 +3132,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Paket berikut perlu diinstalasi:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3145,123 +3145,63 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Tidak dikenal"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "&Saran"
@@ -3337,8 +3277,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3365,28 +3305,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -3419,27 +3359,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3479,45 +3419,45 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Saran"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "&Lanjutkan"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "Layanan"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "&Saran"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "&Saran"
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3757,7 +3697,7 @@
msgstr "Seting Lokal"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Aktifkan IrDA"
@@ -3858,7 +3798,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi"
@@ -3883,7 +3823,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..."
@@ -3896,487 +3836,480 @@
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Afrika/Niamey"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Perbarui Seting"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "Menyimpan /etc/exports..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Deteksi device..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finlandia"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Jaringan"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Nonaktifkan IrDA"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "Tidak terdeteksi."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "Lingkup dan alamat IP harus disisipkan."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "Alamat MAC"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "Lingkup dan alamat IP harus disisipkan."
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Tipe Layanan"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Tidak terdeteksi."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Informasi Yang Dibutuhkan"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "tidak dikenal"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Nanti"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Memulai layanan"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Memulai layanan..."
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4384,33 +4317,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -4420,24 +4353,24 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Masukkan alamat email yang valid"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4459,6 +4392,46 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nfs.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nfs.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nfs.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 19:23+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nfs_server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nfs_server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nfs_server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 19:08+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -76,27 +76,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "Server NFS diadakan"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "Server NFS ditiadakan"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "Paket yang dibutuhkan (%1) tidak diinstalasi."
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "Tidak ada mount point yang dispesifikasikan."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -107,11 +107,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -179,29 +179,40 @@
"Mungkin terdapat kelebihan whitespace dalam file konfigurasi."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "&Direktori yang Diekspor"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Browse..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
"Tabel ekspor telah\n"
"berisikan direktori ini."
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+"Mode user server NFS (%1) tidak dapat mengekspor direktori\n"
+"dengan spasi di dalam namanya.\n"
+"Gunakan server berbasis server (%2) untuk hal tersebut."
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
@@ -209,31 +220,31 @@
"Buat direktori ?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "Pilih direktori untuk diekspor"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Host Wild Card"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "O&psi"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -243,12 +254,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -257,7 +268,7 @@
"dan mengekspor beberapa direktori anda ke yang lainnya.</P>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
@@ -265,7 +276,7 @@
"<P>Jika anda memilih <B>Memulai Server NFS</B>, klik <B>Berikut</B> akan membuka\n"
"dialog konfigurasi untuk menspesifikasikan direktori yang diekspor.</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -273,54 +284,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "Server NFS"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Mulai"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "&Jangan Mulai"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "Aktifkan"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "Aktifkan"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Server NFS"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -331,7 +342,7 @@
"memount direktori ini.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
@@ -341,64 +352,69 @@
"Ia dapat berupa satu host tunggal, kelompok, wild card, atau\n"
"network IP.</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Masukkan sebuah asterik (<tt>*</tt>) untuk menspesifikasikan semua host.</p>"
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Biarkan field kosong untuk menspesifikasikan seluruh host.</p>"
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<P>Aculah ke <tt>man exports</tt> untuk informasi lebih lanjut.</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "Tambah &Direktori"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Edit"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "Ha&pus"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Host Wild Card"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opsi"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "Tambah &Host"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Ed&it"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Hap&us"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "Direktori untuk Diekspor"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -407,7 +423,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -418,62 +434,76 @@
"direktori yang diekspor.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Menulis Konfigurasi Server NFS"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "Menyimpan /etc/exports"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Memulai layanan"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "Menyimpan /etc/exports..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Selesai"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Menulis seting server NFS. Silakan tunggu..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
-msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -482,36 +512,20 @@
"Perubahan anda akan aktif setelah reboot.\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "Ekspor NFS"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
-#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Mode user server NFS (%1) tidak dapat mengekspor direktori\n"
-#~ "dengan spasi di dalam namanya.\n"
-#~ "Gunakan server berbasis server (%2) untuk hal tersebut."
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Biarkan field kosong untuk menspesifikasikan seluruh host.</p>"
-
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
#~ msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Directories"
#~ msgstr "Dire&ktori"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nis.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nis.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nis.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nis_server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nis_server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/nis_server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ntp-client.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ntp-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/ntp-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -78,26 +78,26 @@
msgstr "&Konfigurasi..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Sinkronisasi server..."
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/oneclickinstall.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/oneclickinstall.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/oneclickinstall.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/online-update-configuration.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/online-update-configuration.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/online-update-configuration.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/online-update.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/online-update.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/online-update.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/opensuse_mirror.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/opensuse_mirror.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/opensuse_mirror.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/packager.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/packager.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/packager.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -177,8 +177,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
@@ -512,8 +512,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inisialisasi..."
@@ -549,106 +549,90 @@
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Port"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "Modul YaST2 ini tidak mendukung interface perintah bari."
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Baku"
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal"
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Tidak dikenal"
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr "URL"
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr "Zona Tidak dikenal"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr "Path Direktori: %1"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "Layanan"
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr "Detil Server"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "All services"
msgstr "Menghentikan layanan"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr "Layanan"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "View"
msgstr "Viewer"
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "&Port"
@@ -656,7 +640,7 @@
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktifkan"
@@ -665,109 +649,109 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr "&Refresh"
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Layanan"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr "Ga&nti"
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Nanti"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr "Informasi Sistem"
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr "Nama Server"
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Kemajuan"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "Aktifkan"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
#, fuzzy
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr "Kunci &Support:"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "&Refresh"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -777,7 +761,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -790,7 +774,7 @@
"pastikan CD atau DVD tersebut tersedia.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -810,7 +794,7 @@
"semua CD disalinkan dalam satu direktor.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -820,31 +804,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
@@ -853,7 +837,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -861,19 +845,19 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
@@ -881,54 +865,54 @@
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "Memulai modul %1..."
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "Memulai modul %1..."
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Nanti"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Nanti"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "Memulai modul %1..."
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "Memulai modul %1..."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "Menghapus direktori yang diekspor"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
@@ -936,7 +920,7 @@
msgstr "Menghapus direktori yang diekspor"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
@@ -944,7 +928,7 @@
msgstr "Menghapus direktori yang diekspor"
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -953,7 +937,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan saat membaca log."
@@ -1068,20 +1052,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
@@ -1398,50 +1382,50 @@
msgstr "Benar-benar dihapus '%1' ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "Tambah &Direktori"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "Pilih satu kategori"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "Detil Server"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Nanti"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "Memulai modul %1..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "Tambah &Direktori"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "Memulai modul %1..."
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Detil Server"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1453,7 +1437,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@@ -1462,20 +1446,20 @@
msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat direktori '%1'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "Ubah konfigurasi XPRAM"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1488,20 +1472,20 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Sebuah kesalahan terjadi ketika mempersiapkan instalasi sistem."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Tidak ditemukan katalog dalam medium."
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fullfilled."
msgid ""
@@ -1511,68 +1495,68 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Gagal menambahkan produk tambahan."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "URL"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, Direktori: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Produk tambahan"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Pilihan Produk"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Produk tambahan"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Masukkan CD produk tambahan"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Menyetujui konfigurasi untuk instalasi"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Gagal menambahkan produk tambahan."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
@@ -2123,7 +2107,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
@@ -2194,7 +2178,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2270,7 +2254,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Direktori &Lokal..."
@@ -2294,50 +2278,50 @@
msgstr "Tambah &Direktori"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Nama File Baru"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Detil Server"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Nama login:"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2347,23 +2331,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2372,30 +2356,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
#, fuzzy
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-R"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "Simpan Ke File"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2403,7 +2387,7 @@
msgstr "File yang dispesifikasikan tidak ada."
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2411,7 +2395,7 @@
msgstr "File yang dispesifikasikan tidak ada."
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2419,19 +2403,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "Direktori Image Boot:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "Direktori Image Boot:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2441,22 +2425,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "Tipe Filesistem"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "Tambah &Direktori"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2469,7 +2453,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2477,11 +2461,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2493,13 +2477,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "Simpan Ke File"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2507,77 +2491,77 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Nama Server"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "Simpan Ke File"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "Direktori yang akan diekspor"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anonim"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Nama login:"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Password"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
#, fuzzy
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
#, fuzzy
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS..."
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2592,7 +2576,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2601,12 +2585,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2618,7 +2602,7 @@
"jaringan, atau dari hard disk.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2630,7 +2614,7 @@
"pastikan CD atau DVD tersebut tersedia.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2654,7 +2638,7 @@
"semua CD disalinkan dalam satu direktor.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2673,27 +2657,27 @@
"pertama berada, misalnya /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Deteksi device"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Masukkan CD produk tambahan"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Masukkan DVD produk tambahan"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Tidak terdeteksi."
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2704,13 +2688,13 @@
# MK
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Media"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Products"
msgid "Add On Product"
@@ -2719,7 +2703,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid."
@@ -2949,6 +2933,10 @@
msgstr "Silakan pilih"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Raw URL: %s"
+#~ msgstr "URL"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
#~ msgstr "%1 paket software akan diinstal"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/pam.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/pam.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/pam.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-26 23:05+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/pkg-bindings.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/pkg-bindings.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/pkg-bindings.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-26 23:14+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -49,13 +49,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "Tidak ada paket yang dipilih untuk diinstalasi"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/printer.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/printer.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/printer.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -221,8 +221,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -472,8 +472,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Tidak ditemukan"
@@ -2679,63 +2679,63 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show"
msgstr "Tampilkan Log"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "Waktu Lokal"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "Ha&pus"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nama Host"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Baku"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "&Refresh"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2745,7 +2745,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2758,7 +2758,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2773,39 +2773,39 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "Server DHCP"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2815,40 +2815,40 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Harap pilih dari daftar jenis mouse anda"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "Tidak dapat menghapus kunci TSIG."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Konfirmasi Instalasi"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2859,36 +2859,36 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Konfirmasi Instalasi"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Finlandia"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2897,26 +2897,26 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Cetak bantuan untuk modul ini"
@@ -2925,7 +2925,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -2945,29 +2945,29 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "Produk Yang Tersedia"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "%1 paket software akan diinstal"
@@ -2976,25 +2976,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
@@ -3015,54 +3015,54 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/product-creator.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/product-creator.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/product-creator.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/proxy.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/proxy.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/proxy.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/rdp.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/rdp.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/rdp.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/rear.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/rear.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/rear.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -262,6 +262,12 @@
msgid "Reading Rear Configuration"
msgstr "Menyimpan Konfigurasi IrDA"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..."
+
#
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
@@ -269,12 +275,6 @@
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Menganalisis sistem anda..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..."
-
#
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/registration.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/registration.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/registration.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -78,33 +78,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Konfigurasi anda sukses."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading file..."
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Mendownload file"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
@@ -262,30 +262,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "StationID is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "StationID tidak valid."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -301,35 +290,35 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "Kode Registrasi"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Data Registrasi Yang Digunakan"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
@@ -338,7 +327,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -348,23 +337,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -372,6 +361,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -402,7 +409,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -411,8 +418,8 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
@@ -420,7 +427,7 @@
msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -432,31 +439,31 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Kode Registrasi"
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Kode Registrasi"
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Kode Registrasi"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
@@ -464,7 +471,7 @@
msgstr "Kode Registrasi"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -472,7 +479,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -504,7 +511,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Memulai server..."
@@ -526,12 +533,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No product found in the catalog"
msgid ""
@@ -747,7 +754,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
@@ -780,7 +787,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter your e-mail address."
msgid "&E-mail Address"
@@ -860,12 +867,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -878,7 +885,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -889,7 +896,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -897,10 +904,10 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi Novell Customer Center"
#. SSL error message
@@ -948,11 +955,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
@@ -1175,13 +1177,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Memeriksa..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "1 item data registrasi"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/reipl.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/reipl.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/reipl.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/relocation-server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/relocation-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/relocation-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-client.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-client.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -832,86 +832,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ya"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "Tidak"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-users.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-users.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/samba-users.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-10 20:14+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/scanner.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/scanner.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/scanner.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/security.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/security.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/security.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -120,301 +120,268 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Tidak dikenal"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "Akses Remote ke Manajer Display"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "Akses Remote ke Manajer Display"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "Akses Remote ke Manajer Display"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "Akses Remote ke Manajer Display"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Memulai layanan"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "Menghentikan layanan"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable the TFTP service"
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "Aktifkan layanan TFTP"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable the TFTP service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "Nonaktifkan layanan TFTP"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "&Konfigurasi..."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktifkan"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Nonaktifkan"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Bantuan"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Ringkasan Server SLP"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Opsi"
#
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Menganalisis sistem anda..."
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -423,33 +390,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -457,7 +424,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -466,7 +433,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -475,7 +442,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -483,14 +450,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -498,7 +465,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -508,7 +475,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -516,12 +483,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -529,26 +496,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -556,35 +523,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -602,7 +569,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -612,7 +579,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -621,7 +588,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -630,7 +597,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -641,21 +608,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -663,26 +630,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -694,7 +661,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -702,23 +669,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -730,13 +697,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -748,7 +715,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -760,38 +727,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -857,169 +872,242 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Nonaktifkan"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Information"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Informasi Sistem"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
@@ -1037,68 +1125,68 @@
msgstr "Inisialisasi..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update Settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Perbarui Seting"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finlandia"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/services-manager.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/services-manager.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/services-manager.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/slp-server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/slp-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/slp-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-10 20:54+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/snapper.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/snapper.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/snapper.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,32 +18,8 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of NFS client"
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
@@ -51,14 +27,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User data"
@@ -66,39 +42,39 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Membuat Kunci TSIG Baru"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the database..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -106,244 +82,237 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Probe"
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Memeriksa"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "Benar-benar dihapus '%1' ?"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr "Benar-benar dihapus '%1' ?"
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Singapura"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the database..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Membaca database..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IDE"
msgid "ID"
msgstr "IDE"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipe"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start &Update"
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Mulai &Update"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Time and Date"
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Jam dan Waktu"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Nama &User"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Change"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "&Ubah"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Gagal menginisialisasi katalog."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Restart"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "&Restart"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -354,7 +323,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -364,21 +333,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "Tidak ada paket yang dipilih untuk diinstalasi"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..."
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -389,7 +358,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Saving CASA Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -402,30 +371,30 @@
"Silakan tunggu...<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -436,141 +405,174 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Create new snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr "Konfigurasi Lengkap"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr "Konfigurasi Lengkap"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr "Gagal menginisialisasi katalog."
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr "Gagal menginisialisasi katalog."
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr "Gagal menginisialisasi katalog."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
"Tidak dapat membuat direktori yang tidak ada:\n"
"%1"
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-msgstr "Gagal menginisialisasi katalog."
-
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-msgstr "Gagal menginisialisasi katalog."
-
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing"
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Inisialisasi"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
-msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini"
-
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr "Membaca database..."
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
-msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini..."
-
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Membaca database..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Selesai"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Answering machine configuration."
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi mesin penjawab."
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..."
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "De&lete"
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "Ha&pus"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi Lengkap"
+#~| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+#~ msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+#~ msgstr "Benar-benar dihapus '%1' ?"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi Lengkap"
+#~| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
+#~ msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#~ msgstr "Gagal menginisialisasi katalog."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-#~ "%1"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
#~ msgstr "Gagal menginisialisasi katalog."
-#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Read current configuration"
+#~ msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading the database..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
#~ msgstr "Membaca database..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Answering machine configuration."
+#~ msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasi mesin penjawab."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sound.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sound.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sound.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/squid.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/squid.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/squid.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sshd.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sshd.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sshd.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/storage.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/storage.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/storage.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -157,7 +157,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -798,7 +802,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -820,7 +824,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -830,7 +834,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -840,7 +844,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -850,7 +854,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -861,7 +865,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -871,7 +875,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -884,7 +888,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -894,7 +898,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -906,7 +910,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -917,7 +921,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -929,11 +933,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1032,53 +1036,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1087,7 +1091,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1097,7 +1101,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1107,7 +1111,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1123,13 +1127,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "String opsi kosong tidak diijinkan."
@@ -1160,7 +1164,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
@@ -1172,7 +1176,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
@@ -1197,7 +1201,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
@@ -1209,7 +1213,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
@@ -1517,7 +1521,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1534,18 +1538,18 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "String opsi kosong tidak diijinkan."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Opsi terpilih telah ada."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1577,7 +1581,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1590,7 +1594,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1603,7 +1607,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1625,7 +1629,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1785,7 +1789,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1800,12 +1804,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1813,27 +1817,27 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "USA/Mountain"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2269,40 +2273,46 @@
msgstr "<p>Pilih kategori yang sesuai dengan masalah anda.</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "Filesistem"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2310,24 +2320,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -2335,41 +2345,41 @@
"untuk mengakhiri instalasi?Wollen Sie die Installation\n"
"wirklich beenden?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Opsi mount"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Opsi mount"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "USA/Mountain"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "&Opsi Lain"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Lingkup harus disisipkan."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2378,17 +2388,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2398,7 +2408,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2407,61 +2417,61 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Semua perubahan akan hilang!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password"
msgstr "&Password"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Zone waktu saat ini: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Jenis Mouse Saat ini: %1"
@@ -2470,8 +2480,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2483,21 +2493,21 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Secara manual"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
@@ -2505,7 +2515,7 @@
msgstr "Pusat Kustomer"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pilih kategori yang sesuai dengan masalah anda.</p>"
@@ -2513,7 +2523,7 @@
# loginname -> "Benutzername".
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
#, fuzzy
@@ -2526,7 +2536,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2535,12 +2545,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Memulai kembali layanan..."
@@ -2742,66 +2752,66 @@
"Harap ulangi lagi."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Opsi mount"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Opsi mount"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Norway"
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Norwegia"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Background"
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Latar Belakang"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2812,40 +2822,45 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Memeriksa hard disk"
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Memeriksa hard disk"
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2854,7 +2869,7 @@
"wirklich beenden?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2863,12 +2878,12 @@
"wirklich beenden?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2876,52 +2891,52 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
#, fuzzy
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2931,13 +2946,13 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2945,43 +2960,43 @@
"untuk mengakhiri instalasi?Wollen Sie die Installation\n"
"wirklich beenden?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "Yan&g tersedia:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3236,42 +3251,42 @@
msgstr "Tidak Ada Kadaluarsa Password"
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Opsi terpilih telah ada."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -3282,7 +3297,7 @@
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -3291,7 +3306,7 @@
"wirklich beenden?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3299,7 +3314,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
@@ -3308,35 +3323,35 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pilih kategori yang sesuai dengan masalah anda.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pilih kategori yang sesuai dengan masalah anda.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pilih kategori yang sesuai dengan masalah anda.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3445,12 +3460,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
@@ -3783,12 +3798,12 @@
msgstr "Pool"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
@@ -3832,9 +3847,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3848,14 +3863,14 @@
"wirklich beenden?"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4215,17 +4230,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4499,7 +4514,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -5256,38 +5271,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5297,7 +5325,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5311,7 +5339,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -5324,7 +5352,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5333,7 +5361,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -5345,7 +5373,7 @@
"Harap ulangi lagi."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5354,24 +5382,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Masukkan password:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Password Root"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
@@ -5379,7 +5407,7 @@
"untuk mengakhiri instalasi?Wollen Sie die Installation\n"
"wirklich beenden?"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5387,14 +5415,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "&Masukkan password:"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5402,106 +5430,106 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "&Masukkan password:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "YaST2 mendeteksi device berikut"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "YaST2 mendeteksi device berikut"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Denmark"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "&Lanjutkan Perbaikan Sistem"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5509,7 +5537,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5517,7 +5545,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5525,18 +5553,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -6162,26 +6190,12 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-"Apakah anda yakin\n"
-"untuk mengakhiri instalasi?Wollen Sie die Installation\n"
-"wirklich beenden?"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -6190,7 +6204,7 @@
"wirklich beenden?"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -6199,25 +6213,26 @@
"wirklich beenden?"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Menulis seting firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6226,38 +6241,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Password: "
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -6305,6 +6334,13 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Apakah anda yakin\n"
+#~ "untuk mengakhiri instalasi?Wollen Sie die Installation\n"
+#~ "wirklich beenden?"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Changes:"
#~ msgstr "&Ubah"
@@ -6357,10 +6393,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Filesistem"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Partition Based"
-#~ msgstr " Membuat partisi %1 (%2) sebagai %3 (%4).\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&LVM Based"
#~ msgstr "Turn Based"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/support.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/support.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/support.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,54 +32,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SUSE Support"
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "Support SUSE"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -87,184 +87,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Seting Ahli"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opsi"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Kemajuan"
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sysconfig.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sysconfig.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/sysconfig.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/tftp-server.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/tftp-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/tftp-server.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 20:22+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi.heriyanto(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/timezone_db.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/timezone_db.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/timezone_db.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/tune.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/tune.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/tune.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/update.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/update.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/update.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/users.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/users.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/users.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -139,593 +139,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b> Bahasa Sekunder</b><br>\n"
-"Dalam kotak pilihan, spesifikasikan bahasa tambahan yang akan digunakan sistem anda.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "Samba"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "Path Direktori: %1"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "Pi&lih"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "Pilih File untuk Kunci Otentikasi"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "Pilih &Semua"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "Isikan password:"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "Isikan password:"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Layout &Keyboard"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "Se&ting Ahli..."
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
-"Harap ulangi lagi."
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
-"Harap ulangi lagi."
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr "Isikan password:"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
-"Harap ulangi lagi."
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "Password Root"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Password root tak dapat diset!\n"
-"Anda tak akan dapat login!"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Paket tidak dapat diinstalasi.\n"
-"Installah paket yang kurang dan ulangi kembali."
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DNS"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "Nama &User"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "Nama login:"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "Nama login:"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "Membuat Kunci TSIG Baru"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "Nama login:"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
-"Harap ulangi lagi."
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "Seting Ahli"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
-msgstr[1] "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Ubah..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Ringkasan Pembaruan"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
-"Harap ulangi lagi."
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
#, fuzzy
@@ -864,12 +277,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "Isikan password:"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi YaST..."
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1128,105 +535,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "Password Root"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "Password Root"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Seting Ahli"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "&User"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "Password Root"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
#, fuzzy
@@ -1396,6 +704,25 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
+"Harap ulangi lagi."
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1423,6 +750,14 @@
msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat direktori '%1'"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "Nama &User"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "&First Name"
@@ -1439,12 +774,32 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "Nama login:"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "Nama login:"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
@@ -1632,6 +987,32 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "Nama login:"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "Password Root"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
@@ -1730,6 +1111,21 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DNS"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1739,6 +1135,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1876,6 +1290,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1901,6 +1324,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2558,7 +1996,9 @@
msgstr "F&ilesistem Yang Digunakan:"
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Server YOU Lokal"
@@ -2648,6 +2088,11 @@
msgstr "Nama Kelompok Samba"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2668,6 +2113,12 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "Samba"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
#, fuzzy
@@ -2795,6 +2246,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
#, fuzzy
@@ -2806,6 +2262,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -3110,6 +2586,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sistem"
@@ -3416,6 +2898,16 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "Tidak ada paket yang dipilih untuk diinstalasi"
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Paket tidak dapat diinstalasi.\n"
+"Installah paket yang kurang dan ulangi kembali."
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
#, fuzzy
@@ -3435,6 +2927,385 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inisialisasi..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
+"Harap ulangi lagi."
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
+"Harap ulangi lagi."
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi YaST..."
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "Isikan password:"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "Isikan password:"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "Layout &Keyboard"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr "Isikan password:"
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "Membuat Kunci TSIG Baru"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
+"Harap ulangi lagi."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "&Lewati Konfigurasi"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "Server YOU Lokal"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "Membuat Kunci TSIG Baru"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "F&ilesistem Yang Digunakan:"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "&Lewati Konfigurasi"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "Nama login:"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "Tidak ada string yang diberikan"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
+msgstr[1] "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Pilih &Semua"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "Seting Ahli"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "&User"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "Password Root"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "Password Root"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "Password Root"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
+msgstr[1] "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3906,7 +3777,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3918,232 +3789,232 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finlandia"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
#, fuzzy
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "Layanan %1 tidak ada."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "Direktori %1 tidak ada."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "Memeriksa device network"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "Isikan password:"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "Isikan password:"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "Menulis seting..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "Memeriksa sistem terinstalasi..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "Memulai layanan..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "Isikan password:"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "Menulis seting..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan saat koneksi ke server."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan saat koneksi ke server."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4151,14 +4022,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4167,7 +4038,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4176,7 +4047,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4184,7 +4055,7 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
@@ -4192,7 +4063,7 @@
# Die Üs. ist genauer als der englische Text. -ke-
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -4205,14 +4076,14 @@
"Harap coba dengan nama yang lainnya."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4220,7 +4091,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4228,7 +4099,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4236,7 +4107,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
@@ -4246,7 +4117,7 @@
"Harap ulangi lagi."
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
@@ -4257,7 +4128,7 @@
"Harap ulangi lagi."
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4265,7 +4136,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4276,7 +4147,7 @@
"Harap ulangi lagi."
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4286,19 +4157,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4306,14 +4177,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4322,7 +4193,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4331,7 +4202,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4341,7 +4212,7 @@
# loginname -> "Benutzername".
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
@@ -4352,7 +4223,7 @@
# login -> Benutzername
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4362,7 +4233,7 @@
"Harap ulangi lagi."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
@@ -4377,7 +4248,7 @@
# Die Üs. ist genauer als der englische Text. -ke-
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -4389,13 +4260,13 @@
"\n"
"Harap coba dengan nama yang lainnya."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "Layanan %1 tidak ada."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4403,7 +4274,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4411,23 +4282,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4446,22 +4317,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi keyboard"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4586,7 +4457,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4594,7 +4465,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4604,7 +4475,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
@@ -4615,37 +4486,37 @@
"Harap ulangi lagi."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4653,7 +4524,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4663,7 +4534,7 @@
"Harap ulangi lagi."
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
@@ -4671,7 +4542,7 @@
"Harap ulangi lagi."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
@@ -4682,7 +4553,7 @@
# login -> Benutzername
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4692,7 +4563,7 @@
"Harap ulangi lagi."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
@@ -4707,7 +4578,7 @@
# Die Üs. ist genauer als der englische Text. -ke-
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -4719,16 +4590,14 @@
"\n"
"Harap coba dengan nama yang lainnya."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "Mendownload file-file"
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4802,6 +4671,105 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b> Bahasa Sekunder</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Dalam kotak pilihan, spesifikasikan bahasa tambahan yang akan digunakan sistem anda.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "NIS"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "Path Direktori: %1"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "Pi&lih"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Pilih File untuk Kunci Otentikasi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "Se&ting Ahli..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
+#~ "Harap ulangi lagi."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Password paling tidak terdiri dari 5 karakter.\n"
+#~ "Harap ulangi lagi."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Password root tak dapat diset!\n"
+#~ "Anda tak akan dapat login!"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Seting Ahli"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "Ulangi pengisian password untuk pencocokan:"
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&Ubah..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "Ringkasan Pembaruan"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "Au&tentikasi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "No Password Expiration"
#~ msgid "No Password Entered"
#~ msgstr "Tidak Ada Kadaluarsa Password"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/vm.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/vm.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/vm.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -30,12 +30,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -43,24 +43,24 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
#, fuzzy
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Memeriksa paket RPM yang terinstalasi..."
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -68,136 +68,136 @@
"Konfigurasi server SLP di sini<br></p>\n"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Jaringan"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -210,27 +210,27 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/vpn.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/vpn.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/vpn.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -222,14 +222,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "Opsi terpilih telah ada."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -316,110 +316,110 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Name"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nama Host"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection &Protocol:"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "&Protokol Koneksi:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipe"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Server"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Mulai Server"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Klien"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -512,36 +512,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Gagal menginstalasi paket yang dibutuhkan."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to parse: %s."
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -549,30 +549,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Locale Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Seting Lokal"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/yast2-apparmor.id.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/yast2-apparmor.id.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/yast2-apparmor.id.po 2016-07-04 09:26:04 UTC (rev 96046)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96045 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:25:50 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96045
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/add-on-creator.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/control-center.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/docker.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/fcoe-client.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/firewall-services.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/firewall.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/fonts.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ftp-server.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/http-server.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/iplb.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/journal.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/languages_db.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ldap-client.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/live-installer.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/migration.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/multipath.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nfs.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nis.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nis_server.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/oneclickinstall.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/online-update-configuration.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/online-update.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/pam.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/product-creator.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/proxy.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/rdp.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/relocation-server.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/samba-users.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/scanner.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/services-manager.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/slp-server.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sound.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/squid.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sysconfig.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/tftp-server.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/timezone_db.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/tune.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/update.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/vpn.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/xpram.cs.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/yast2-apparmor.cs.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/add-on-creator.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/add-on-creator.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/add-on-creator.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:24\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/control-center.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/control-center.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/control-center.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-04 18:39+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vojtěch Zeisek <vojta(a)trapa.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -26,35 +26,40 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Konfigurace Crowbaru"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr "Společné pro všechny"
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr "SLES 11 SP3"
-#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
-msgstr "SLES 12"
-
#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
msgid "&Location of Repositories"
msgstr "&Umístění repozitářů"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+#| " to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+#| "</p><p>\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+#| "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+#| "</p><p>\n"
+#| "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
+#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -189,28 +194,31 @@
msgstr "&IP adresa"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Název"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "Zeptat se při chybě"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "Cílová platforma"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Architektura"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -219,72 +227,79 @@
"Zvolte jiné jméno."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "&URL serveru"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Název repozitáře"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "Zept&at se při chybě"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "&URL repozitáře"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr "Prázdná URL adresa znamená, že bude využita výchozí hodnota."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "P&řidat repozitář"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local NTP Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Lokální NTP server"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "Vzdálený SMT server"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "SUSE Manager Server"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Vlastní"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Jméno uživatele"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Heslo"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Zadejte heslo znovu"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Jméno uživatele nesmí být prázdné."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -293,7 +308,7 @@
"Prosím, opakujte zadání."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -302,17 +317,17 @@
"Zvolte jiné jméno."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Formát rozhraní '%1' je neplatný"
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "zakázáno"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -322,7 +337,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -331,7 +346,7 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -340,17 +355,17 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Adresa routeru '%1' není součástí sítě '%2'."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "IP adresa '%1' není součástí sítě '%2'."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -359,60 +374,60 @@
"Přizpůsobte je stisknutím tlačítka 'Upravit rozsahy'."
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "Nejnižší IP adresa"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "Nejvyšší IP adresa"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Adresa '%1' není součástí sítě '%2'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Nejnižší adresa musí mít menší hodnotu než nejvyšší."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr "Rozsahy '%1' a '%2' přesahují."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Nastavení &uživatele"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr "Pokud není přítomen žádný uživatel, bude použit uživatel 'crowbar' s výchozím heslem."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Síťový &režim"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Spojená síť"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "&Sítě"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Re&pozitáře"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -425,7 +440,7 @@
"Můžete navštívit webové rozhraní Crowbaru na adrese http://%1:3000/"
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Přehled konfigurace Crowbaru"
@@ -480,41 +495,47 @@
msgstr "Inicializuje se..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializuje se konfigurace Crowbaru"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Přečíst konfiguraci"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Načítá se konfigurace..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Hotovo"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Ukládá se konfigurace Crowbaru"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Zapsat nastavení"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Probíhá zápis nastavení..."
+#~ msgid "Common for All"
+#~ msgstr "Společné pro všechny"
+
+#~ msgid "SLES 12"
+#~ msgstr "SLES 12"
+
#~ msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator"
#~ msgstr "Heslo pro administrátora Crowbaru"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/docker.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/docker.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/docker.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/fcoe-client.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/fcoe-client.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/fcoe-client.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/firewall-services.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/firewall-services.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/firewall-services.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/firewall.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/firewall.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/firewall.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/fonts.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/fonts.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/fonts.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-04 19:47+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vojtěch Zeisek <vojta(a)trapa.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -22,59 +22,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "Bitmapová písma"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr "Oproti vektorovým písmům (písma popsaná pomocí matematických křivek; tyto jsou předmětem ostatních profilů) bitmapová písma obsahují rastrový popis každého glyfu v každé velikosti. Tudíž existuje pouze několik velikostí každého bitmapového písma. Bitmapová písma jsou vykreslována rychleji než vektorová, které je třeba nejprve do rastrové reprezentace převést. Bitmapová písma se považují především v menších velikostech za čitelnější (některá vektorová písma obsahují tzv. 'vložené bitmapy', rastrové verze sebe sama, zpravidla menších velikostí). Bitmapová písma jsou vykreslovaná jen jednou barvou, bez vyhlazování (bez vyhlazování)."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr "Monochromatické vykreslování"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr "Písmo vykreslené bez vyhlazování, pouze jednou barvou. Oproti vyhlazovaným písmům mohou být lépe čitelné a prosta nevýhod vyhlazovaného písma (rozmazané nebo nepravidelné části glyfů). Spolu s dobře hintovanými písmy (například Liberation 1) může toto nastavení poskytnout bitmapovou kvalitu písma při zachování škálovatelnosti glyfů."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr "Monochromatické vykreslování pro neproporcionální písma"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr "Neproporciální písma nejsou vyhlazována, ostatní (sans-serif, sans a nespecifikovaná) budou vykreslována podle výchozího nastavení. Písmo bude zvoleno podle výchozího seznamu preferovaných písem."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Výchozí profil"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr "Písma jsou vyhlazována pomocí vyhlazování. Oproti písmům vykreslovaným pouze jednou barvou lze tímto nastavením docílit líbivých písem, avšak někdy za cenu snížení čitelnosti. TrueType písma s dobrými hintovacími instrukcemi jsou vykreslována pomocí byte code interpretru. Ostatní písma jsou rastrována FreeType autohinterem na úrovni 'hintslight'. Byte code interpreter často vede k tenčím částem glyfů. Písmo bude zvoleno podle výchozího seznamu preferovaných písem (TrueType písma s dobrými hintovacími instrukcemi jsou upřednostňována)."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "CFF písma"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr "Díky příspěvkům Adobe do FreeType knihovny, CFF písma mohou být považována za dobrý kompromis mezi čitelností a vyhlazeností vykreslovaných glyfů."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr "Autohinter Rasterizace"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr "Všechna TrueType písma jsou vykreslena pomocí FreeType autohinteru (na úrovni 'hintslight') nezávisle na tom, zdali mají či nemají dobré hintovací instrukce. To může vést k tučněji vykresleným písmům, někdy však více rozmazaným (a tedy hůře čitelným) částem glyfů. Písmo bude zvoleno podle výchozího seznamu preferovaných písem."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr "Subpixelová rasterizace"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr "Tento styl využívá možnosti subpixelové rasterizaci na LCD monitoru. Je však zapotřebí mít nainstalovanou FreeType knihovnu s podporou subpixelového vykreslování písem."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ftp-server.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ftp-server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ftp-server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/http-server.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/http-server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/http-server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/iplb.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/iplb.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/iplb.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/journal.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/journal.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/journal.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/languages_db.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/languages_db.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/languages_db.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ldap-client.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ldap-client.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ldap-client.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/ldap.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/live-installer.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/live-installer.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/live-installer.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-18 22:43+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jan Papez <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -45,27 +45,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Zjišťují se souborové systémy ke kopírování..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Kopíruje se kořenový souborový systém..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Kopíruje se živý obraz..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "Kopíruje se %1..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -79,71 +79,53 @@
"systému větší diskový oddíl."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Kopírování živého obrazu na disk selhalo."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Nastavení instalace"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Probíhá analýza systému..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "Použít %1%% z disku %2 pro Linux"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Nepoužívat disk %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Rozdělování disku"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Start systému"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Dotázat se, zda spustit Linux nebo existující systém"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Spustit pouze Linux"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Odpočet do startu systému: %1 sekund"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Klávesnice"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Časové pásmo"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Změnit instalační nastavení"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -153,7 +135,7 @@
"klepněte na <b>Přijmout</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -164,7 +146,7 @@
"nebo pomocí nabídky <b>Změnit nastavení instalace</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -279,7 +261,7 @@
"tlačítko 'Reset'."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Do instalovaného systému se kopírují soubory..."
@@ -303,6 +285,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Ukládá se nastavení časové zóny..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Start systému"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Dotázat se, zda spustit Linux nebo existující systém"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Spustit pouze Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Odpočet do startu systému: %1 sekund"
+
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "Instalační nastavení"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/migration.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/migration.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/migration.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 11:25\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/multipath.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/multipath.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/multipath.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nfs.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nfs.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nfs.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nis.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nis.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nis.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nis_server.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nis_server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/nis_server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/oneclickinstall.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/oneclickinstall.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/oneclickinstall.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-24 22:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/online-update-configuration.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/online-update-configuration.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/online-update-configuration.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/online-update.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/online-update.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/online-update.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/opensuse_mirror.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/pam.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/pam.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/pam.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/product-creator.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/product-creator.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/product-creator.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/proxy.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/proxy.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/proxy.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/rdp.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/rdp.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/rdp.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rdp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/relocation-server.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/relocation-server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/relocation-server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/samba-users.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/samba-users.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/samba-users.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/scanner.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/scanner.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/scanner.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/services-manager.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/services-manager.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/services-manager.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/slp-server.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/slp-server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/slp-server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sound.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sound.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sound.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/squid.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/squid.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/squid.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sshd.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sysconfig.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sysconfig.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/sysconfig.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/tftp-server.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/tftp-server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/tftp-server.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/timezone_db.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/timezone_db.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/timezone_db.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/tune.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/tune.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/tune.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-12 14:41\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/update.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/update.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/update.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:18\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/vpn.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/vpn.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/vpn.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 21:44+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -211,12 +211,12 @@
"Nemůžete mít dvě brány pracující v rámci jednoho scénáře."
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "Uživatelské jméno je již použito."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr "Nenalezeno odpovídající klientské spojení."
@@ -301,102 +301,102 @@
msgstr "Chtěli byste vidět záznam démona a stav připojení?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr "Zadejte IP adresu brány před úpravou pověření."
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Název"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Popis"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr "Klepněte na 'Nová VPN' abyste vytvořili bránu nebo klienta."
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr "Všechny IPv4 sítě (0.0.0.0/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "Všechny IPv6 sítě (::/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr "Omezené CIDRy, oddělené čárkou:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Název spojení:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Brána (server)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Klient"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Scénář je"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Zabezpečené spojení s předsdíleným klíčem"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Zabezpečené spojení s certifikátem"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr "Poskytnout přístup klientům se systémem Android, iOS, MacOS"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr "Poskytnout přístup klientům se systémem Windows 7, Windows 8"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Upravit pověření"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr "Poskytnout VPN klientům přístup k"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr "Adresní rozsah klientů (např. 192.168.100.0/24)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "Tato brána vyžaduje ověření"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Předsdíleným klíčem"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Certifikátem"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "IP adresa VPN brány"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr "Použít k přístupu VPN tunel"
@@ -488,22 +488,22 @@
msgstr "Stav není dostupný: běží ten démon?"
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Selhala instalace balíčků pro IPSec."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Selhalo spuštění démona IPsec."
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "Selhalo použití nastavení předávání IP adres pomocí sysctl:"
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
@@ -511,11 +511,11 @@
"SuSE firewall je povolen, ale neaktivován.\n"
"Aby VPN fungovalo správně, bude SuSE firewall nyní aktivován."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Selhal restart SuSE firewallu."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -526,28 +526,33 @@
"Skript se nachází v %s"
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Globální nastavení VPN"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "Povolit démona VPN (IPSec): %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
-msgstr "Omezit TCP MSS na 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
+msgstr "Omezit TCP MSS"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Brána a spojení"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr "Brána obsluhuje klienty v "
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr "Klient se připojuje k "
+
+#~ msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Omezit TCP MSS na 1024: %s"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/xpram.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/xpram.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/xpram.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/yast2-apparmor.cs.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/yast2-apparmor.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/yast2-apparmor.cs.po 2016-07-04 09:25:50 UTC (rev 96045)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96044 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:24:58 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96044
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/add-on-creator.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/add-on.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/audit-laf.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/auth-client.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/auth-server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/autoinst.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/base.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/bootloader.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ca-management.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/cio.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/cluster.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/control-center.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/control.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/country.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/crowbar.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/dhcp-server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/dns-server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/docker.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/drbd.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/fcoe-client.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firewall-services.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firewall.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firstboot.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/fonts.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ftp-server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/geo-cluster.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/http-server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/inetd.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/installation.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/instserver.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iplb.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iscsi-client.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iscsi-lio-server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/isns.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/journal.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/kdump.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/languages_db.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ldap-client.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ldap.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/live-installer.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/mail.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/multipath.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/network.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nfs.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nfs_server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nis.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nis_server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ntp-client.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/oneclickinstall.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/online-update-configuration.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/online-update.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/opensuse_mirror.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/packager.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/pam.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/pkg-bindings.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/printer.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/product-creator.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/proxy.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/rdp.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/rear.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/registration.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/reipl.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/relocation-server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-client.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-users.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/scanner.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/security.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/services-manager.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/slp-server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/snapper.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sound.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/squid.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sshd.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/storage.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/support.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sysconfig.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/tftp-server.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/timezone_db.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/tune.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/update.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/users.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/vm.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/vpn.km.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/yast2-apparmor.km.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/add-on-creator.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/add-on-creator.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/add-on-creator.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-04 15:14+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/add-on.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/add-on.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/add-on.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-04 15:16+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -85,15 +85,16 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>មេឌៀ ៖ %1, ផ្លូវ ៖ %2, ផលិតផល ៖ %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr "សូមបង្កើតផ្នែកបន្ថែម \"%1\" អាចឲ្យប្រើបានតាមរយៈ \"%2\""
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបន្ថែមផលិតផលបន្ថែម"
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr "សូមបង្កើតផ្នែកបន្ថែម \"%1\" អាចឲ្យប្រើបានតាមរយៈ \"%2\""
-
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/audit-laf.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/audit-laf.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/audit-laf.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-04 15:25+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/auth-client.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/auth-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/auth-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1162 +16,1918 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Realm"
+msgid "Realm name"
+msgstr "Realm"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr "ការកំណត់ការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Principal Container"
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr "កុងតឺន័រគោលការណ៍"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open ports for the Key Distribution Center"
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr "បើកច្រកសម្រាប់មជ្ឈមណ្ឌលចែកចាយសំខាន់"
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "សូមបញ្ចូលនាមត្រកូលរបស់អ្នក ។"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)"
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP បន្ថែម ឬបណ្ដាញ/របាំងបណ្ដាញ (បំបែកដោយចន្លោះ)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "R&eset"
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "កំណត់ឡើងវិញ"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "On Cable Connection"
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr "ភ្ជាប់តាមរយៈខ្សែ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The operation &policy"
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr "គោលការណ៍ប្រតិបត្តិការណ៍"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Time-Out in Tenths of Seconds"
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr "១/១០ វិនាទី នឹងអស់ពេល"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Timeout in Seconds"
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr "អស់ពេលក្នុងរយៈពេលប៉ុន្មានវិនាទី"
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "authentication via eDirectory"
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "ការផ្ទៀតផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវតាមរយៈ eDirectory"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a new share name."
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr "សូមបញ្ចូលឈ្មោះការចែករំលែកថ្មី ។"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a new share name."
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr "សូមបញ្ចូលឈ្មោះការចែករំលែកថ្មី ។"
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "IP not specified."
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr "IP មិនបានបញ្ជាក់ ។"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: "
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "តើអ្នកប្រាកដជាចង់លុប ៖ "
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "បង្កើតកំណត់ត្រាដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិពី"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create the following databases:"
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr "បង្កើតមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យដូចខាងក្រោម ៖"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr "ក្រុម"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information"
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr "ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP ដើម្បីទុកព័ត៌មានអ្នកប្រើ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Communication"
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr "ទំនាក់ទំនង"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do Not Use TLS"
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr "កុំប្រើ TLS"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Secure Connection"
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr "ការតភ្ជាប់មានសុវត្ថិភាព"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr "ការតភ្ជាប់ដែលបានអ៊ីនគ្រិប (ចាប់ផ្ដើម TLS)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Test Connection"
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr "សាកល្បងការតភ្ជាប់"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Extended Partition"
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr "ភាគ extended"
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតអ្នកប្រើ\"អនាមិក\"ឲ្យចូលដំណើរការទៅកាន់ផ្ទៃដែលបានផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "D&isable User Login"
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr "កុំឲ្យអ្នកប្រើចូលបាន"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Realms"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ Realms"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Realm"
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr "Realm"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Edit Default"
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr "កែសម្រួលលំនាំដើម"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delete All"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "លុបទាំងអស់"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Advanced Kerberos Client Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ Kerberos កម្រិតខ្ពស់"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User &Management"
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងអ្នកប្រើ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Base Settings"
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "ការកំណត់មូលដ្ឋាន"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User Permissions Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសិទ្ធិអ្នកប្រើ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP Server Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "តម្លៃ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer Names"
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះកុំព្យូទ័រ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer Names"
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះកុំព្យូទ័រ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Supplemented resolvables"
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដោះស្រាយដែលបានបន្ថែម"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network mask"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "របាំងបណ្ដាញ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Additional Domains"
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr "ដែនបន្ថែមទៀត"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Extended Partition"
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr "ភាគ extended"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "តម្រង ៖"
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "None"
msgid "None."
msgstr "គ្មាន"
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រម៉ូដឹម"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Optional Parameter File"
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "ឯកសារប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រស្រេចចិត្ត"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "ជម្រើសសកល"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "តម្រង ៖"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mount"
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr "ម៉ោន"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GPG Public Keys"
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr "កូនសោសាធារណៈ GPG"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authenticated Clients"
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវដែលបានផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
+#| msgid "Manage User Quota"
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr "គ្រប់គ្រងកូតាអ្នកប្រើ"
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសកល"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr "ស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr "កំពុងរត់"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr "បានបញ្ឈប់"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr "បង្កើតថតផ្ទះ ពេលចូល"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
-msgstr "បើកដេមិន NTP"
+#| msgid "Enabling sources..."
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើឲ្យធនធានប្រើបាន..."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Sections: %1"
-msgid "Sections"
-msgstr "ផ្នែក ៖ %1"
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "ដែន"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Services"
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "សេវាបណ្ដាញ"
+#| msgid "Local Domains"
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "ដែនមូលដ្ឋាន"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Selected Service"
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
-msgstr "សេវាដែលបានជ្រើស"
+#| msgid "Clients Domain Name"
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះដែនម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
-#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Custom Registration Server"
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
-msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន"
+#| msgid "Search Options"
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "ជម្រើសស្វែងរក"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "ឈ្មោះ"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Formatting Options"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "ជម្រើសធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "តម្លៃ"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា"
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete this domain?"
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr "ពិតជាលុបដែននេះ ?"
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រម៉ូដឹម"
+#| msgid "Active Directory Server"
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើថតសកម្ម"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
+#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
+#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Filter:"
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "តម្រង ៖"
+#| msgid "Options"
+msgid "Options - %s"
+msgstr "ជម្រើស"
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Deselect all entries in the list."
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr "ដោះជ្រើសធាតុទាំងអស់ក្នុងបញ្ជី ។"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr "តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់លុបភាគ %1 ឬ ?"
+
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
-msgstr "ពិតជាចង់លុបផ្នែក %1?"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
-msgstr "តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់លុបភាគ %1 ឬ ?"
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
+msgid ""
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Logging enabled"
-msgid "No domain enabled"
-msgstr "បានបើកការចុះកំណត់ហេតុ"
+#| msgid "NIS domain"
+msgid "No domain"
+msgstr "ដែន NIS"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No patches have been installed."
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
+msgstr "មិនបានដំឡើងបំណះណាមួយ ។"
+
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "តើអ្នកចង់អនុញ្ញាតការចូលដំណើរការទៅឃ្លាំងទម្រង់ឬទេ ?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ"
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "សេវា"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "ដែន"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Identification:"
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "អត្តសញ្ញាណ ៖"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់"
+#| msgid "Show error&s"
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr "បង្ហាញកំហុស"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "សេវាទាំងនេះនឹងបើក"
+#| msgid "Not yet implemented"
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
+msgstr "មិនទាន់បានប្រតិបត្តិនៅឡើយទេ"
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះមួយ សម្រាប់ទម្រង់ថ្មី ។"
+#| msgid "Active Directory Server"
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
+msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើថតសកម្ម"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "ដែននេះត្រូវបានកំណត់រួចហើយ ។"
+#| msgid "Current status:"
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr "ស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖"
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking status..."
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលស្ថានភាព..."
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a password"
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr "សូមបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
+msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local database"
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
+msgstr "មូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យមូលដ្ឋាន"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Active Directory Server"
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើថតសកម្ម"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Free"
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr "ទំនេរ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of Kerberos server"
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
+msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ kerberos"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើដែលនឹងត្រូវប្រើ សម្រាប់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ប្រូកស៊ី"
+
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះដែនមិនអាចទទេ ។"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើដែលនឹងត្រូវប្រើ សម្រាប់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ប្រូកស៊ី"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "បើកដេមិន NTP"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a new share name."
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "សូមបញ្ចូលឈ្មោះការចែករំលែកថ្មី ។"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "ដែននេះត្រូវបានកំណត់រួចហើយ ។"
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot loader configuration file contains errors"
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr "ឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធមានកំហុស"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Base DN for the database"
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr "DN មូលដ្ឋានសម្រាប់មូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port"
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr "ច្រកសុវត្ថិភាព LDAP"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address"
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP (ឬឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន) របស់ម៉ាស៊ីន ដែលមានអាសយដ្ឋានថេរ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n"
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr "កញ្ចប់កម្មវិធីម៉ោនស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ នឹងត្រូវបានដំឡើង។\n"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authenticated Clients"
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវដែលបានផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសកល"
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+#~ msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#~ msgstr "បើកដេមិន NTP"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Sections: %1"
+#~ msgid "Sections"
+#~ msgstr "ផ្នែក ៖ %1"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Network Services"
+#~ msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "សេវាបណ្ដាញ"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Selected Service"
+#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "សេវាដែលបានជ្រើស"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Custom Registration Server"
+#~ msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+#~ msgid "More Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រម៉ូដឹម"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#~ msgstr "ពិតជាចង់លុបផ្នែក %1?"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Logging enabled"
+#~ msgid "No domain enabled"
+#~ msgstr "បានបើកការចុះកំណត់ហេតុ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
+#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#~ msgstr "តើអ្នកចង់អនុញ្ញាតការចូលដំណើរការទៅឃ្លាំងទម្រង់ឬទេ ?"
+
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "សេវា"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Identification:"
+#~ msgid "Identification provider:"
+#~ msgstr "អត្តសញ្ញាណ ៖"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+#~ msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#~ msgstr "របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#~ msgstr "សេវាទាំងនេះនឹងបើក"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+#~ msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#~ msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះមួយ សម្រាប់ទម្រង់ថ្មី ។"
+
#~ msgid "Cancel"
#~ msgstr "បោះបង់"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/auth-server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/auth-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/auth-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -446,12 +446,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធគណនីសម្រាប់ការថតចម្លង"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr "មិនមែនជា LDAP DN ត្រឹមត្រូវ"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
@@ -477,8 +477,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "ពិធីការ"
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់ក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្តល់"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr "ប្រើ StartTLS"
@@ -567,8 +567,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr "ការសាកល្បងបានត្រឡប់សារកំហុសដូចខាងក្រោម ៖"
@@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr "ឃ្លាំងសម្ងាត់លិបិក្រម (ឃ្លាំងសម្ងាត់ IDL)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@
msgstr "បន្ថែមលិបិក្រម"
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់គោលនយោបាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
@@ -2487,237 +2487,237 @@
msgstr "មិនមានថតឡើយ ។ បង្កើតវាឬ ?"
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ប្រហែលជាមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr "សារកំហុសគឺ ៖ '"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "ព្យាយាមម្តងទៀត ?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr "ប្រភេទគុណលក្ខណៈដែលមាន"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr "ប្រភេទគុណលក្ខណៈដែលបានជ្រើស"
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr "អ្នកណាគួរឲ្យច្បាប់នេះអនុវត្ត"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr "ធាតុ DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr "ជ្រើស"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr "កំណត់កម្រិតចូលដំណើរការ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr "បន្តការវាយតម្លៃច្បាប់នេះ (\"បន្ត\")"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr "DN មែកធាងរង"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr "ក្រុម DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr "កែសម្រួលច្បាប់ត្រួតពិនិត្យការចូលដំណើរការ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr "វត្ថុគោលដៅ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr "ផ្គូផ្គងតម្រង ៖"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr "តម្រង LDAP"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "គុណលក្ខណៈ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "កែសម្រួល"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr "កម្រិតចូលដំណើរការ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr "នណា"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr "DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr "ការត្រួតពិនិត្យលំហូរ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr "ឡើងលើ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr "ចុះក្រោម"
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr "គោលដៅ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "តម្រង"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្ដល់"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr "ច្រក"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr "ប្រភេទការថតសម្លង"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr "ចន្លោះពេលនៃការថតចម្លង"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr "ថ្ងៃ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "ម៉ោង"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "នាទី"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "វិនាទី"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr "ការយោងបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនគោលដៅ"
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr "តើអ្នកនៅតែចង់បន្តឬ ?"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr "សូមផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ថាម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើគោលដៅត្រូវបានបើកទៅកាន់ LDAPsync provider"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr "អនុញ្ញាក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្ដល់ ldapsync សម្រាប់មូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យនេះ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "ប្រតិបត្តិការ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/autoinst.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/autoinst.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/autoinst.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 08:44+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "ប្រហែលជាត្រូវការពេលមួយរយៈ"
@@ -52,12 +52,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -320,25 +320,23 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "កំពុងប្រតិបត្តិ Post-Scripts"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Determine running services"
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "កំណត់សេវាដែលកំពុងរត់"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងបញ្ចប់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "ដំណើរការធនធាន %1"
@@ -511,100 +509,86 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>សូមរង់ចាំខណៈពេលប្រព័ន្ធត្រូវបានរៀបចំ សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "ប្រតិបត្តិស្គ្រីបរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ដែលរត់មុនដំឡើង"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការកំណត់ទូទៅ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "រៀបចំភាសា"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "បង្កើតប្លង់ភាគថាស"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "ការចុះឈ្មោះ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជម្រើសផ្នែកទន់"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធក្រុមភាគ"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "កំពុងប្រតិបត្តិស្គ្រីបរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ដែលរត់មុនដំឡើង..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការកំណត់ទូទៅ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set up language"
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "រៀបចំភាសា"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតប្លង់ភាគថាស..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "កំពុងជួសជុលប្រព័ន្ធ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជម្រើសផ្នែកទន់..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring language..."
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធភាសា..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "កំពុងរៀបចំប្រព័ន្ធសម្រាប់ការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -613,12 +597,12 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធភាសា..."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -627,7 +611,7 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។\n"
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1604,7 +1588,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យ XML ដែលមានសុពលកម្ម RNG..."
@@ -1614,7 +1598,7 @@
msgstr "ភាគ %1 ៖ "
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យ XML ដែលមានសុពលកម្ម RNC..."
@@ -1653,7 +1637,7 @@
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនឡើងវិញ បន្ទាប់ពីដំណាក់កាលទី ២"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "ការដោះស្រាយហត្ថលេខា"
@@ -2319,7 +2303,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ញែក XML បានរាយការណ៍កំហុសមួយ ខណៈពេលញែកទម្រង់ autoyast ។ សារកំហុសគឺ ៖\n"
@@ -2340,45 +2324,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "ជ្រើសទម្រង់"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកឯកសារបញ្ជាពីថាសទន់ ។"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកឯកសារបញ្ជា (%1) ពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ TFTP ៖ %2 ។"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកឯកសារបញ្ជា (%1) ពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS ៖ %2 ។"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកឯកសារបញ្ជា (%1) ពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ HTTP ៖ %2 ។"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកឯកសារបញ្ជា (%1) ពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ FTP ៖ %2 ។"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "ចម្លងឯកសារបញ្ជាពីឯកសារ ៖ %1 ។"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "ចម្លងឯកសារបញ្ជាពីឧបករណ៍ ៖ /dev/%1 ។"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "ចម្លងឯកសារបញ្ជាពីទីតាំងលំនាំដើម ។"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ប្រភព ។"
@@ -2388,7 +2372,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2398,7 +2382,7 @@
"<p>ស្ទើរតែគ្រប់ធនធានទាំងអស់របស់ឯកសារបញ្ជា អាចត្រូវបាន\n"
"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ដោយប្រើប្រព័ន្ធគ្រប់គ្រងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2412,7 +2396,7 @@
"ដើម្បីដំឡើងប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត ដោយប្រើ AutoYaST ។\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2446,103 +2430,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "អះអាងការដំឡើងឬ ?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "បាទ/ចាស"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr "ទេ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "ដំណាក់កាលទីពីររបស់ AutoYaST"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបន្ទាប់ពីដំណាក់កាលទីមួយ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបន្ទាប់ពីដំណាក់កាលទី ២"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនឡើងវិញបន្ទាប់ពីដំណាក់កាលទី ២"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "ការទទួលយកឯកសារដែលមិនបានចុះហត្ថលេខា"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "ការមិនទទួលយកឯកសារដែលមិនបានចុះហត្ថលេខា"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "ការទទួលយកឯកសារដោយគ្មានឆេកសាំ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "ការមិនទទួលយកឯកសារដោយគ្មានឆេកសាំ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "ការទទួលយកការបញ្ជាក់ដែលបានបរាជ័យ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "ការមិនទទួលយកការបញ្ជាក់ដែលបានបរាជ័យ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "ការយល់ព្រមទទួលសោ GPG ដែលមិនស្គាល់"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "ការមិនយល់ព្រមទទួលសោ GPG ដែលមិនស្គាល់"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "ការនាំចូលសោ GPG ថ្មី"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "ការមិននាំចូលសោ GPG ថ្មី"
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Syncing server..."
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើសមកាលកម្មម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Parsing failed."
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr "ការញែកបានបរាជ័យ ។"
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr "មិនអាចម៉ោនប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារបានឡើយ ។"
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr "មិនអាចប្រើក្រុមភាគ %1 ឡើងវិញបានទេ ។ ក្រុមភាគមិនទាន់មាននៅឡើយទេ ។"
@@ -2624,7 +2584,7 @@
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2634,31 +2594,31 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបន្ថែមឃ្លាំង %1"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យការបង្កើតរូបភាព អំឡុងពេលការដំឡើងលំនាំ ។ សូមពិនិត្យមើល /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "បង្កើតរូបភាព - ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើតរូបភាព អំឡុងពេលដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ ។ សូមពិនិត្យមើល /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr "ផ្ទុករូបភាពទៅកាន់..."
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
@@ -2666,16 +2626,16 @@
"ឥឡូវនេះ អ្នកអាចធ្វើការផ្លាស់ប្ដូររូបភាពក្នុង %1/\n"
"ប្រសិនបើ អ្នកចុចប៊ូតុងយល់ព្រម រូបភាពនឹងត្រូវបានបង្ហាប់ និងមិនអាចត្រូវបានធ្វើការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទៀតទេ ។"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្ហាប់រូបភាពនៅក្នុង '%1' ។ សូមពិនិត្យមើល /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "រូបភាពត្រូវបានបង្កើតដោយជោគជ័យ"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
@@ -2684,30 +2644,30 @@
"អ្នកអាចបង្កើតឯកសារនោះជាមួយ 'ls -F > directory.yast' ប្រសិនបើវាបាត់ ។"
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "មិនអាចអាន '%1' បានទេ ។ ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ?"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "មិនអាចអាន '%1' បានទេ ។ បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើត ISO"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "កំពុងរៀបចំរចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឯកសារ ISO..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសម្រាប់ឌីវីឌី"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "យល់ព្រម"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2717,43 +2677,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "ផ្ទុករូបភាព ISO ទៅកាន់ ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតឯកសារ ISO ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr "បានបង្កើត ISO ដោយជោគជ័យនៅ %1"
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "លំនាំដែលបានជ្រើស"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានជ្រើសដោយឡែកៗ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលត្រូវយកចេញ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "បង្ខំកញ្ចប់ខឺណែល"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "មិនអាចកំណត់លំនាំ ៖ %1 ។"
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "កម្មវិធីដោះស្រាយកញ្ចប់ បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការរត់ ។ សូមពិនិត្យមើលភាគកម្មវិធីរបស់អ្នកនៅក្នុងទម្រង់ autoyast ។"
@@ -2801,14 +2761,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "កំពុងប្រមូលទិន្នន័យកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr "ទម្រង់ AutoYaST ដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប ។ សូមបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ពីរដង ។"
@@ -2816,14 +2776,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរភាគ %1 ទៅឯកសារ %2 បានទេ ។"
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr "ទម្រង់ AutoYaST ដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប ។ សូមបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
@@ -2841,6 +2801,26 @@
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "យល់ព្រម"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
+#~ msgid "Configure users and groups"
+#~ msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធក្រុមភាគ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Syncing server..."
+#~ msgid "Syncing time..."
+#~ msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើសមកាលកម្មម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Parsing failed."
+#~ msgid "Time syncing failed."
+#~ msgstr "ការញែកបានបរាជ័យ ។"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
+#~ msgid "Cannot update system time."
+#~ msgstr "មិនអាចម៉ោនប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារបានឡើយ ។"
+
#~ msgid "Configure runlevel"
#~ msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្រិតរត់"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/base.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/base.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/base.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 08:46+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
msgstr "រកកញ្ចប់ %1 ចេញ ?"
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "មិនបានកំណត់លំហូរការងារ សម្រាប់របៀបដំឡើងនេះឡើយ ។"
@@ -446,14 +446,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "បន្តការដំឡើង"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "បោះបង់ការដំឡើង"
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
msgstr "កំហុសខាងក្នុងមួយបានកើតឡើង នៅពេលរួមបញ្ចូលលំហូរការងារបន្ថែម ។"
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "តម្លៃរបស់ %1 មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
@@ -1107,6 +1107,89 @@
"<p>ក្នុងបរិស្ថានមួយចំនួន គ្រាប់ចុច F\n"
"ខ្លះ ឬទាំងអស់មិនមានឡើយ ។</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read Other Settings."
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "អានការកំណត់ផ្សេងទៀត ។"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read Other Settings."
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "អានការកំណត់ផ្សេងទៀត ។"
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "ស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Operating System Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការចាប់ផ្ដើម"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "ការព្រមាន"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&top now ..."
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ឥឡូវ ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Stopped"
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr "បានបញ្ឈប់"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start it now?"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមវាឥឡូវ ?"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1307,7 +1390,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "រំលង"
@@ -1330,7 +1413,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
@@ -1555,27 +1638,27 @@
msgstr "រកមិនឃើញឯកសារគ្រោងការណ៍ Kerberos"
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "ពិតជាបោះបង់ការដំឡើងឬ ?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "ពិតជាបោះបង់ការជួសជុលប្រព័ន្ធរបស់ YaST ឬ ?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "បោះបង់ការជួសជុលប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "បន្តជួសជុលប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1588,7 +1671,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1602,7 +1685,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1613,18 +1696,18 @@
"អ្នកត្រូវតែដំឡើងវាឡើងវិញ ។"
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "ពិតជាបោះបង់ឬ ?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងបាត់បង់ !"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "លម្អិត..."
@@ -2674,47 +2757,47 @@
"មិនអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យមានដកឃ្លាឡើយ ។\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "តំបន់ខាងក្រៅ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "តំបន់ខាងក្នុង"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "តំបន់ស"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "តំបន់ដែលមិនស្គាល់"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2730,8 +2813,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2740,72 +2823,72 @@
"រត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងរបស់ YaST2 ហើយផ្ដល់តម្លៃវា ។\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr "ពិនិត្យសេវាដែលអាចនឹងប៉ះទង្គិចគ្នា"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យសេវាដែលអាចនឹងប៉ះទង្គិចគ្នា..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "លៃតម្រូវសេវាជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "កំពុងលៃតម្រូវសេវាជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "ការសរសេរការកំណត់បានបរាជ័យ"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "ពិធីការដែលមិនស្គាល់ (%1)"
@@ -2903,51 +2986,52 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service: %1"
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "សេវា ៖ %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "សេវាមិនស្គាល់ '%1'"
@@ -2971,35 +3055,78 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "លុប"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking file system..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "កំពុងត្រួតពិនិត្យប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "(no message available)"
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr "(មិនមានសារឡើយ)"
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "កំពុងទាញយកកញ្ចប់ %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "កំពុងទាញយកកញ្ចប់"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ %1 ខូចហើយ ការពិនិត្យភាពត្រឹមត្រូវបានបរាជ័យ ។"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "ព្យាយាមការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ម្ដងទៀត ?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "បោះបង់ការដំឡើង ?"
@@ -3008,15 +3135,15 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "កំហុស ៖ %1 ៖"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
@@ -3025,35 +3152,35 @@
"ប្រព័ន្ធ គួរតែត្រូវបានបញ្ជាក់នៅពេលក្រោយ ដោយដំណើរការម៉ូឌុលគ្រប់គ្រងកម្មវិធី\n"
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "កំពុងលុបកញ្ចប់ %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "កំពុងលុបកញ្ចប់..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "ការយកកញ្ចប់ %1 ចេញបានបរាជ័យ ។"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ %1 បានបរាជ័យ ។"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
@@ -3062,7 +3189,7 @@
"ប្រព័ន្ធគួរតែបញ្ជាក់នៅពេលក្រោយ ដោយការដំណើរការម៉ូឌុលការគ្រប់គ្រងកម្មវិធី ។"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3077,27 +3204,27 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "ផ្នែក A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "ផ្នែក B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (ថាស %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3106,7 +3233,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3119,7 +3246,7 @@
"ពិនិត្យមើលថាតើ ថតអាចចូលដំណើរការបានដែរឬទេ ។"
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3133,83 +3260,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "រំលងការធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់ដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "ច្រានចេញ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "ច្រានឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកស៊ីឌី ឬឌីវីឌីដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "ព្យាយាមការដំឡើងម្ដងទៀត ?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "រំលងឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក ?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "កំពុងមិនអើពើឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកដែលខូច..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតឃ្លាំង %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតឃ្លាំង ។"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "មិនអាចទៅយកសេចក្ដីពិពណ៌នាឃ្លាំងពីចម្ងាយបានឡើយ ។"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "កំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលទៅយកទិន្នន័យមេតាថ្មី ។"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "ឃ្លាំងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "ទិន្នន័យមេតាឃ្លាំងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
@@ -3217,92 +3344,92 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "កំពុងស្ទង់ឃ្លាំង %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "កំហុសបានកើតឡើងខណៈពេលស្ទង់ឃ្លាំង ។"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការស្ទង់ឃ្លាំង ។"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "ទិន្នន័យមេតាឃ្លាំងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "ឃ្លាំង %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "កំពុងទាញយកកញ្ចប់ RPM ដែលតា %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "ការទាញយកកញ្ចប់ RPM ដែលតា"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "កំពុងអនុវត្តកញ្ចប់ RPM ដែលតា %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "ការអនុវត្តកញ្ចប់ RPM ដែលតា"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ ៖ "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមស្គ្រីប %1 (បំណះ %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "កំពុងរត់ស្គ្រីប..."
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "បំណះ ៖ "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "ស្គ្រីប ៖"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "លទ្ធផលស្គ្រីប"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3311,7 +3438,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3326,36 +3453,36 @@
"អាចបាត់បង់ ឬហួសសម័យ ។"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "រំលងការធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "ការទាញយក"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "ការទាញយក ៖ %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យកញ្ចប់"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "កំពុងស្ថាបនាមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យកញ្ចប់ឡើងវិញ ។ ដំណើរការនេះ អាចត្រូវការពេលវេលាខ្លះ ។"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3364,16 +3491,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "កំពុងបម្លែងមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យកញ្ចប់ ។ ដំណើរការនេះ អាចត្រូវការពេលខ្លះ ។"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "ស្ថានភាព"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3382,12 +3509,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ RPM..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "កំពុងអានកញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង"
@@ -3398,27 +3525,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "កំពុងស្កេនមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ RPM..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមរបស់គោលដៅ បានបរាជ័យ ។"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "អានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ RPM"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវអ្នកប្រើ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3429,20 +3556,20 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "បង្ហាញលម្អិត"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "ទំហំ ៖"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "ពេលវេលានៅសល់ ដែលត្រូវព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀតដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ៖ %1"
@@ -3523,12 +3650,12 @@
"ឲ្យដោះស្រាយដោយដៃនៅក្នុងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងផ្នែកទន់ ។"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលទាមទារបានបរាជ័យ ។"
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3539,12 +3666,12 @@
"YaST អាចនឹងមិនដំណើរការត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "មិនអាចបន្ត ដោយមិនដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលទាមទារបានឡើយ ។"
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3553,22 +3680,22 @@
"YaST អាចនឹងដំណើរការមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "អះអាងអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណកញ្ចប់ ៖ %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "ខ្ញុំយល់ព្រម"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "ខ្ញុំមិនយល់ព្រមទេ"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3587,7 +3714,7 @@
"ដើម្បីច្រានចោលអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណរបស់កញ្ចប់ សូមចុច <b>ខ្ញុំមិនយល់ព្រមទេ</b> ។"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3601,7 +3728,7 @@
"\t\tដើម្បីមើលសេចក្ដីពិពណ៌នាសម្រាប់ធាតុមួយ ជ្រើសវានៅក្នុងបញ្ជី ។\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3615,7 +3742,7 @@
"\t\t ជាមួយនឹងម៉ឺនុយបរិបទ អ្នកក៏អាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស្ថានភាពរបស់ធាតុទាំងអស់បានដែរ ។\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3627,7 +3754,7 @@
"\t\t ដែលអ្នកអាចមើល និងជ្រើសកញ្ចប់កម្មវិធីនីមួយៗបាន ។\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3647,134 +3774,134 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "ការជ្រើសផ្នែកទន់ និងភារកិច្ចប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(បន្ថែមទៀត)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់ការដំឡើងដោយជោគជ័យ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "សារកំហុស ៖ %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបរាជ័យ ៖ %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង ៖ %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព ៖ %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានយកចេញ ៖ %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលមិនទាន់បានដំឡើង ៖ %1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "ពេលវេលាដែលកន្លងហួស ៖ %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "ទំហំដែលបានដំឡើងសរុប ៖ %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "ទំហំដែលបានទាញយកសរុប ៖ %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "ស្ថិតិ"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "កំណត់ហេតុការដំឡើង"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "លម្អិត"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "បញ្ចប់"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការចូលដំណើរការការគ្រប់គ្រងកម្មវិធី"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបរបស់ការដំឡើង</B></BIG><BR>នេះជាសេចក្ដីសង្ខេបរបស់កញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង ។</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការដំឡើង"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានយកចេញ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលនៅសល់"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -4201,84 +4328,84 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើង..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "មេឌៀ"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលនៅសល់"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "រយៈពេល"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "បានធ្វើអំពើ ៖"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ ។</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>បោះបង់ការដំឡើង</B> អ្នកអាចបោះបង់ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដោយប្រើប៊ូតុង <B>បោះបង់</B> ។ ទោះយ៉ាងណា ប្រព័ន្ធគឺអាចស្ថិតនៅក្នុងស្ថានភាពមិនស្ថិតស្ថេរ ឬមិនអាចប្រើបាន ឬវាមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមបាន ប្រសិនបើមិនបានដំឡើងសមាសភាពប្រព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋាននោះទេ ។</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "ឯកសារចេញផ្សាយ"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "បញ្ចាំងស្លាយ"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិត"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "អនុវត្តការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "អនុវត្តការដំឡើង"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4287,7 +4414,7 @@
"បោះបង់ការដំឡើងឬ ?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "បានបោះបង់"
@@ -4882,6 +5009,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ប៊្លូធូស"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4971,7 +5108,7 @@
"ដែលត្រូវបានបំបែកដោយសញ្ញា (:) ។"
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4982,7 +5119,7 @@
"ឬចុងបញ្ចប់នៃសមាសភាគឡើយ ហើយសមាសភាគចុងក្រោយមិនគួរផ្ដើមដោយតួលេខឡើយ ។"
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5960,68 +6097,6 @@
"មិនមានតំបន់បញ្ច្រាសសម្រាប់ %1 ដែលគ្រប់គ្រងដោយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS របស់អ្នកឡើយ ។\n"
"ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន %2 មិនអាចត្រូវបានបន្ថែមឡើយ ។"
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "ស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖"
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Operating System Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read Other Settings."
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "អានការកំណត់ផ្សេងទៀត ។"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Warning"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "ការព្រមាន"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "S&top now ..."
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ឥឡូវ ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Stopped"
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr "បានបញ្ឈប់"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Start it now?"
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមវាឥឡូវ ?"
-
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកឃ្លាំងត្រឹមត្រូវ មិនអាចត្រូវបានម៉ោនបានទេ ។"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/bootloader.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/bootloader.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/bootloader.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 10:42+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -29,53 +29,157 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set a global option"
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកល"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "លុបជម្រើសសកលមួយ ឬជម្រើសផ្នែកមួយ"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកល"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកលមួយ ឬជម្រើសផ្នែកមួយ"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr "បន្ថែមផ្នែកថ្មី - សូមប្រើរបៀបអន្តរសកម្មភាព"
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr "បោះពុម្ពតម្លៃរបស់ជម្រើសដែលបានបញ្ជាក់"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះផ្នែក"
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr "គន្លឺះជម្រើស"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr "តម្លៃជម្រើស"
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr "រកមិនឃើញផ្នែក %1 ។"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់តម្លៃ ។"
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr "បន្ថែមជម្រើសដែលមាននៅក្នុងរបៀបអន្តរសកម្មភាពបន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជា"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr "ត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះផ្នែក ។"
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "ជម្រើសមិនបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។"
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Value: %1"
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "តម្លៃ ៖ %1"
-
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr "មិនមានជម្រើសដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។"
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr "តម្លៃ ៖ %1"
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n"
+#| "For details, read the related chapter \n"
+#| "in the documentation. \n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកនឹងត្រូវបិទនៅពេលនេះ ៖%1%2\n"
+"ចំពោះសេចក្ដីលម្អិត សូមអាចជំពូកដែលទាកទង \n"
+"នៅក្នុងឯកសារ ។ \n"
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងចាប់ផ្ដើមឥឡូវនេះ..."
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងឡើយ ។ ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកប្រហែលជាមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមបានឡើយ ។"
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "ដោយសារតែការចែកភាគថាស មិនអាចដំឡើងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធឲ្យត្រឹមត្រូវទេ"
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម"
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "លំដាប់ថាស"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "ការកំណត់លំដាប់ថាស"
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr "ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម"
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -163,13 +267,21 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ប្រើ Grub ដែលទុកចិត្ត</b> មានន័យថាដំឡើង grub ដែលទុកចិត្ត និងប្រើវា ។ ជម្រើស <i>ឯកសារម៉ឺនុយក្រាហ្វិក</i> នឹងត្រូវបានមិនអើពើ ។\n"
+"វាត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ឲ្យដំឡើង grub ទៅ MBR</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ចាប់ផ្ដើមពី Master Boot Record</b> គឺមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ទេ នៅពេលដែលអ្នកបានដំឡើង\n"
"ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេងនៅលើកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -181,17 +293,17 @@
"នៅក្នុង <b>ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម</b> ដើម្បីធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព master boot record នៅពេលដែលត្រូវការ ។ ឬកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធី\n"
"ចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្សេងទៀតរបស់អ្នកដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្នែកនេះ ។</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកជ្រើសភាគថាសដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
@@ -199,40 +311,29 @@
"<p>អារេ MD គឺបង្កើតឡើងពីថាសចំនួន ២ ។ <b>អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យភាពសាមញ្ញសម្រាប់អារេ</b>\n"
"អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យសរសេរ GRUB ទៅកាន់ MBR នៃថាសទាំងពីរ ។</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ប្រើកុងសូលសៀរៀល</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រដែលត្រូវប្រើ\n"
-"សម្រាប់កុងសូលសៀរៀល ។ សូមមើលឯកសារ grub (<code>info grub</code>) ។</p>"
+"សម្រាប់កុងសូលសៀរៀល ។ សូមមើលឯកសារ grub (<code>info grub</code>) ។</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
-#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ការកំណត់ស្ថានីយ</b></p><br>\n"
-"កំណត់ប្រភេទស្ថានីយដែលអ្នកចង់ប្រើ ។ ចំពោះស្ថានីយសៀរៀល (ឧ. កុងសូលសៀរៀល)\n"
-"អ្នកត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ <code>serial</code> ។ អ្នកក៏អាចហុច <code>console</code> ទៅ\n"
-"ពាក្យបញ្ជាជា <code>serial console</code> ។ ក្នុងករណីនេះ ស្ថានីយដែលអ្នក\n"
-"ចុចគ្រាប់ចុចណាមួយនោះ នឹងត្រូវបានជ្រើសជាស្ថានីយ GRUB ។</p>"
+"កំណត់ប្រភេទស្ថានីយដែលអ្នកចង់ប្រើ ។ ចំពោះស្ថានីយសៀរៀល (ឧ. កុងសូលសៀរៀល)\n"
+"អ្នកត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ <code>serial</code> ។ អ្នកក៏អាចហុច <code>console</code> ទៅ\n"
+"ពាក្យបញ្ជា ជា <code>serial console</code> ។ ក្នុងករណីនេះ ស្ថានីយន៍ដែលអ្នក\n"
+"ចុចគ្រាប់ចុចណាមួយនោះ នឹងត្រូវបានជ្រើសជាស្ថាន័យន៍ GRUB ។</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
@@ -240,26 +341,30 @@
"<p><b>ផ្នែក Fallback នៅពេលដែលបរាជ័យលំនាំដើម</b> មានបញ្ជីនៃលេខផ្នែក\n"
"ដែលនឹងត្រូវបានប្រើសម្រាប់ការចាប់ផ្ដើម ក្នុងករណីដែលផ្នែកលំនាំដើមមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមបាន ។</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ការជ្រើសរើស <b>លាក់ម៉ឺនុយនៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម</b> នឹងលាក់ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម ។</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-#| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ឯកសារម៉ឺនុយក្រាហ្វិក</b> កំណត់ឯកសារដើម្បីប្រើសម្រាប់ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើមជាលក្ខណៈក្រាហ្វិក ។</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>អនុញ្ញាតសញ្ញាជាសូរ</b> បើក/បិទសញ្ញាជាសូរ ។</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ការពារកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b><br>\n"
"កំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលត្រូវការសម្រាប់ចូលដំណើរការម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ YaST យល់ព្រមទទួលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ លុះត្រាតែអ្នកវាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ចូលម្ដងទៀត\n"
"នៅក្នុង <b>វាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -273,125 +378,197 @@
"ដើម្បីបន្ថែមថាស គឺត្រូវចុច <b>បន្ថែម</b> ។\n"
"ដើម្បីយកថាសចេញ ត្រូវចុច <b>យកចេញ</b> ។</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "កំណត់ទង់ជាតិសកម្មនៅក្នុងតារាងភាគថាសសម្រាប់ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "ពេលវេលាត្រូវអស់"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "ផ្នែកចាប់ផ្តើមលំនាំដើម"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "សរសេរកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមទូទៅទៅកាន់ MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr "ប្រើ Grub ដែលទុកចិត្ត"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពី Master Boot Record"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស Root"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសដែលបានពង្រីក (Extended)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រតភ្ជាប់សៀរៀល"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "ផ្នែក Fallback ប្រសិនបើបរាជ័យលំនាំដើម"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "លាក់ម៉ឺនុយនៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr "ឯកសារម៉ឺនុយក្រាហ្វិក"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់ម៉ឺនុយ"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "ទង់ជាតិបំបាត់កំហុស"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារម៉ឺនុយក្រាហ្វិកថ្មី"
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr "បើកសញ្ញាសូរ"
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "ការពារកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "វាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត"
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr "ប្រើកុងសូលសៀរៀល"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr "អាគុយម៉ង់របស់កុងសូល"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "ឧបករណ៍"
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "បញ្ជីឧបករណ៍ត្រូវតែមានឧបករណ៍យ៉ាងហោច ១"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "ថាស"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "ឡើងលើ"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "ចុះក្រោម"
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស Root"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពី Master Boot Record"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសបន្ថែម"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតភាពសាមញ្ញសម្រាប់អារេ MD"
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
@@ -400,45 +577,40 @@
msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រខឺណែលដែលបានបន្ថែម ៖ %1"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Secure"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "សុវត្ថិភាព"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "បើកការគាំទ្រកូតា"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -457,36 +629,62 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ថែមដើម្បីហុចទៅកាន់ខឺណែល ។</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>របៀប Vga</b> កំណត់របៀប VGA សម្រាប់ <i>កុងសូល</i> ដែលខឺណែលគួរតែកំណត់នៅពេលដែលចាប់ផ្ដើម ។</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ថែមដើម្បីហុចទៅកាន់ខឺណែល ។</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Distribution:"
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "ការចែកចាយ ៖"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "របៀប Vga"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Probe Source Type"
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr "ការស្ទង់ប្រភេទប្រភព"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -495,20 +693,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr "%1x%2, %3 ប៊ីត( របៀប %4)"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr "របៀបពុម្ពអក្សរ ៨ ភីកសែលស្តង់ដារ"
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr "របៀបអត្ថបទ"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់"
@@ -533,7 +741,7 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autodetected card"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -541,72 +749,225 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារម៉ឺនុយក្រាហ្វិកថ្មី"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use &serial console"
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "ប្រើកុងសូលសៀរៀល"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "ដំណោះស្រាយការប៉ះទង្គិច ៖"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Console arguments"
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "អាគុយម៉ង់របស់កុងសូល"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr "ប្រើកុងសូលសៀរៀល"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr "អាគុយម៉ង់របស់កុងសូល"
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារ"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "ភាគចាប់ផ្ដើមគឺជាប្រភេទ NFS ។ កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមមិនអាចត្រូវបានដំឡើងទេ ។"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "មិនមានជម្រើសដើម្បីកំណត់សម្រាប់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្នឡើយ ។"
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "ផ្នែកខឺណែល"
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "ការកំណត់ផ្នែក"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr "ការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ៖ គ្រប់គ្រងផ្នែក"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "ផ្នែក Xen"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "ផ្នែកម៉ឺនុយ"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "ផ្នែកឥតបានការ"
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr "ផ្នែកប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះឯកសារ"
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះឯកសារ ៖ %1"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr "មាតិកាឯកសារ"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយដៃបែបជំនាញ"
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "ផ្សេងទៀត"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "រូបភាព"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr "Xen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr "ថាសទន់"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr "ម៉ឺនុយ"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr "ឥតបានការ"
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr "Def."
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "ស្លាក"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "ប្រភេទ"
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr "រូបភាព / ឧបករណ៍"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "កំណត់ជាលំនាំដើម"
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -620,66 +981,116 @@
"\n"
"បន្ដឬ ?\n"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "កែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"អ្នកបានជ្រើសផ្លាស់ប្ដូរកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។ ខណៈពេលកំពុងបម្លែង \n"
+"ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ការកំណត់ខ្លះអាចនឹងបាត់បង់ ។\n"
+"\n"
+"ឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ននឹងត្រូវបានរក្សាទុក ហើយអ្នកអាច\n"
+"ស្ដារវាឡើងវិញ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកត្រឡប់ទៅកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។\n"
+"\n"
+"ជ្រើសវគ្គសកម្មភាព ៖\n"
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "ស្នើការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថ្មី"
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "បម្លែងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថ្មីស្រឡាង"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានរក្សាទុកលើថាស"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr "ស្ដារការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានរក្សាទុក មុនពេលបម្លែង"
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr "ជ្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ មុនពេលកែសម្រួលផ្នែក ។"
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr "កែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមជាថ្មី"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឡើងវិញពីថាស"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "ស្ដារ MBR របស់ថាសរឹង"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr "សរសេរកម្មវិធីកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមរបស់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធទៅថាស"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "ផ្សេងទៀត"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr "MBR បានស្ដារដោយជោគជ័យ ។"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការស្ដារ MBR ។"
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការកំណត់ការសរសេរកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "ការរៀបចំផ្នែក"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
-
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
@@ -698,9 +1109,18 @@
"<P><B><BIG>កំពុងរក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"សូមរង់ចាំ...<br></p>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+"បើអ្នកបានដំឡើងប្រព័ន្ធលីនុចច្រើន\n"
+"YaST អាចព្យាយាមស្វែងរកពូកវា និងបញ្ចូលម៉ឺនុយរបស់ពួកវាចូលគ្នា ។"
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -712,7 +1132,7 @@
"ឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានរក្សាទុកលើថាសរបស់អ្នកឡើងវិញ ។ %1</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
@@ -721,7 +1141,7 @@
"ដោយដៃ ចុច <B>កែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ</B> ។</P>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
@@ -730,7 +1150,7 @@
"ក្នុងម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម ។</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
@@ -739,7 +1159,7 @@
"ផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស ។</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -756,7 +1176,7 @@
" អាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ដោយប្រើប៊ូតុង <B> លើ</B> និង<B> ក្រោម</B>។</P>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -767,7 +1187,7 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
@@ -776,7 +1196,7 @@
"កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចាប់ផ្ដើម (%1) អាចដំឡើងតាមមធ្យោបាយខាងក្រោម ៖</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -787,7 +1207,7 @@
"លើកុំព្យូទ័រ ។</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -807,8 +1227,24 @@
"ប្រសិនើបើវាចាំបា ច់ត្រូវកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឲ្យ boot manager របស់អ្នកផ្សេងទៀត\n"
"ដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើមផលិតផល ។</p>"
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- នៅលើ<b>ថាសទន់</b>មួយ\n"
+"សូមប្រើវា ដើម្បីចៀសវាងគ្រោះថ្នាក់បណ្ដាលមកពីការរំខានរបស់យន្ដការចាប់ផ្ដើមដែលមានស្រាប់ ។\n"
+"ធ្វើឲ្យការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីថាសទន់ក្នុង\n"
+" BIOS នៃម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់អ្នកអាចប្រើបាន ដើម្បីប្រើជម្រើសនេះ។</p>"
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -819,7 +1255,7 @@
"ពេលជ្រើសជម្រើសនេះ </p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -832,7 +1268,7 @@
"អ្នកប្រហែលជាអាច ឬមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសឡូជីខល ។</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -843,7 +1279,7 @@
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) ក្នុងវាលបញ្ចូល ។</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -854,7 +1290,7 @@
"ឧបករណ៍) គឺត្រូវចុច <b>សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ</b>។</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -865,7 +1301,7 @@
"សូមប្រើ <b>កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ</b >។</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -876,7 +1312,7 @@
"<b>ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -887,7 +1323,7 @@
"<P>ចំណាំ ៖ ឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចុងក្រោយអាចមានការចូលបន្ទាត់ផ្សេងគ្នា ។</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -898,7 +1334,7 @@
"ត្រូវមានតែមួយគត់ ។</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
@@ -907,7 +1343,7 @@
"ជ្រើសប្រភេទផ្នែកថ្មីដែលត្រូវបង្កើត ។</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -918,7 +1354,7 @@
"ផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស ។</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
@@ -927,7 +1363,7 @@
"សម្រាប់ផ្ទុក និងចាប់ផ្ដើម ។</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
@@ -936,7 +1372,7 @@
"ប៉ុន្តែត្រូវចាប់ផ្ដើមវានៅក្នុងបរិស្ថាន Xen ។</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -946,7 +1382,7 @@
"ផ្ទុក និងចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្នែកចាប់ផ្ដើមនៃភាគថាសង ។ វានេះប្រើសម្រាប់\n"
"ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេង ។</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -957,40 +1393,50 @@
"ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេងទៀត ។</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "លំដាប់ថាសរឹង ៖ %1"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr "កុំដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធណាទាំងអស់"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr "កុំដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធណាទាំងអស់"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធលំនាំដើម"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធលំនាំដើម"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr "ផ្នែកចាប់ផ្ដើម %1 បានសរសេរទៅកាន់ថាសទន់ ។"
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr "ទុកថាសទន់ក្នុងដ្រាយ ។"
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -1009,13 +1455,18 @@
"ពិតជាចង់ចាកចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយមិនរក្សាទុកឬ ?\n"
"ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងបាត់បង់ ។\n"
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "ពិតជាចង់លុបផ្នែក %1 ?"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនអាចទទេ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -1023,15 +1474,81 @@
"'ពាក្យសម្ងាត់' និង'ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលបានវាយម្តងទៀត'\n"
"មិនផ្គូផ្គង ។ វាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត ។"
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ការកំណត់ថាសបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ។\n"
+"ពិនិត្យការកំណត់ផ្នែក %1 ។\n"
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ការកំណត់ថាសបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ហើយអ្នកបានកែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ\n"
+"ដោយដៃ ៖ ពិនិត្យការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n"
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr "%1 កំណត់ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធឬ ?\n"
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "កុំបង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "បង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ext2 "
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr "បង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ FAT"
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ចម្រៀកចាប់ផ្ដើមរបស់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ នឹងត្រូវបានសរសេរទៅកាន់\n"
+"ថាសទន់ ។ បញ្ចូលថាសទន់មួយ\n"
+"និងអះអាងដោយចុច យល់ព្រម។\n"
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr "ការធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយកម្រិតទាប"
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "បង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr "ការធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយកម្រិតខ្ពស់បានបរាជ័យ ។ ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀតឬ ?"
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "បានបរាជ័យការបង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ។"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
@@ -1040,7 +1557,7 @@
"ប្រើឈ្មោះមួយផ្សេង ។\n"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
@@ -1048,9 +1565,14 @@
"កំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង អំឡុងពេលដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n"
"ព្យាយាមកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ?\n"
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr "មិនអាចដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើយ ។"
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -1073,791 +1595,608 @@
"បន្ដឬ ?\n"
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr "បាទ/ចាស សរសេរឡើងវិញ"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "ដោយសារតែការចែកថាសជាភាគ កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធនឹងមិនអាចដំឡើងបានត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ផ្នែករូបភាព</b></p>"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "បញ្ជីឧបករណ៍ត្រូវតែមានឧបករណ៍យ៉ាងហោច ១"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>រូបភាពខឺណែល</b> កំណត់ខឺណែលដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ អ្នកអាចបញ្ចូលឈ្មោះដោយផ្ទាល់ក៏បាន ឬជ្រើសតាមរយៈ <b>រកមើល</b> ។</p>"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់លំដាប់ថាស"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ឧបករណ៍ Root</b> កំណត់ឧបករណ៍ដើម្បីហុចទៅឲ្យខឺណែលជាឧបករណ៍ root ។</p>"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "ថាស"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ថាសអង្គចងចាំដំបូង</b> ប្រសិនបើមិនទទេ កំណត់ឲ្យប្រើថាសអង្គចងចាំដំបូង ។ អ្នកអាចបញ្ចូលផ្លូវ និងឈ្មោះឯកសារដោយផ្ទាល់\n"
+"ឬជ្រើសដោយប្រើ <b>រកមើល</b></p>\n"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "ឧបករណ៍"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>ជ្រើស <b>ផ្នែក Chainloader</b> ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់កំណត់ផ្នែកសម្រាប់ការចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេងក្រៅពីលីនុច ។</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>ការកំណត់ <b>ប្រើការការពារដោយពាក្យសម្ងាត់</p> នឹងទាមទារពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដើម្បីជ្រើសផ្នែកនេះ ។</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកជ្រើសក្នុងចំណោមប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការមិនមែនជាលីនុចដែលបានរកឃើញនៅលើកុំព្យូទ័រ ។</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr "<p>ជ្រើស <b>ធ្វើឲ្យភាគថាសនេះសកម្មនៅពេលបានជ្រើសសម្រាប់ចាប់ផ្ដើម</b> នៅពេលដែល BIOS របស់អ្នកត្រូវការកំណត់ទង់ជាតិនេះដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើមវា</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ប្លុកអុហ្វសិតសម្រាប់ផ្ទុកបន្ត</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកបញ្ជាក់បញ្ជីប្លុកដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ ក្នុងករណីភាគច្រើន អ្នកចង់\n"
+"បញ្ជាក់ <code>+1</code> នៅទីនេះ ។ ដើម្បីឲ្យកាន់តែជាក់លាក់អំពីការកំណត់បញ្ជីប្លុក សូមមើលឯកសារ grub</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>ជ្រើស <b>ផ្នែក Xen</b> ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បន្ថែមខឺណែលលីនុចថ្មី ឬរូបភាពផ្សេង\n"
+"និងចាប់ផ្ដើមវានៅក្នុងបរិស្ថាន Xen ។</p>\n"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត</b> បញ្ជាក់ឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិតដើម្បីប្រើ ។</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត Xen បន្ថែម</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ថែមដើម្បីហុចទៅកាន់ឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត xen ។</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ផ្នែកម៉ឺនុយ</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ភាគថាសនៃឯកសារម៉ឺនុយ</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n"
-#| "For details, read the related chapter \n"
-#| "in the documentation. \n"
+#| msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File<b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ឯកសារពិពណ៌នាម៉ឺនុយ<b> បញ្ជាក់ផ្លូវនៅលើឧបករណ៍ root ចេញពីឯកសារម៉ឺនុយដែលត្រូវបានផ្ទុក ។</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ផ្គូផ្គងផ្នែកទៅនឹងថាសដំបូងពីផែនទីឧបករណ៍</b> វីនដូ ជាទូទៅត្រូវស្ថិតនៅលើថាសដំបូង ។</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកនឹងត្រូវបិទនៅពេលនេះ ៖%1%2\n"
-"ចំពោះសេចក្ដីលម្អិត សូមអាចជំពូកដែលទាកទង \n"
-"នៅក្នុងឯកសារ ។ \n"
+"<p><b>ខ្នាត</b> រួមមានឯកសារខ្នាតជាមួយ PCR ។ ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរតារាងគឺអាចធ្វើទៅបានតាមរយៈប៊ូតុង ៖ <b>បន្ថែម</b> \n"
+"<b>កែសម្រួល</b> និង<b>លុប</b></p>"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងចាប់ផ្ដើមឥឡូវនេះ..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យកំណត់ទីតាំងឡើងវិញ</b>\n"
+"ជាទូទៅ ត្រូវបានបញ្ជាក់នៅក្នុងផ្នែកសកល</p>"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>បង្ខំប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root ឲ្យម៉ោនបានតែអាន</b><br>\n"
+"ជាទូទៅ ត្រូវបានបញ្ជាក់នៅក្នុងផ្នែកសកល</p>"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ជ្រើស <b>ផ្នែកឥតបានការ</b> ដើម្បីបន្ថែមផ្នែកដែលបញ្ជាក់ពីវិធី\n"
+"បង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឥតបានការនៅលើភាគថាស DASD ឬឧបករណ៍កាសែតទៅជាឯកសារ\n"
+"នៅលើភាគថាស SCSI ។</p>"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងឡើយ ។ ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកប្រហែលជាមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមបានឡើយ ។"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ជ្រើស <b>ផ្នែកម៉ឺនុយ</b> ដើម្បីបន្ថែមម៉ឺនុយថ្មីទៅការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។\n"
+"ផ្នែកម៉ឺនុយបង្ហាញបញ្ជីភារកិច្ចដែលត្រូវបានដាក់ជាក្រុមរួមគ្នា ។</p>\n"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "ដោយសារតែការចែកភាគថាស មិនអាចដំឡើងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធឲ្យត្រឹមត្រូវទេ"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ជ្រើស <b>បើក SELinux</b> ដើម្បីបន្ថែមប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រចាប់ផ្ដើមខឺណែលដែលត្រូវការ ដើម្បីបើកគ្រោងការណ៍សុវត្ថិភាពរបស់ SELinux ។\n"
+"សូមចំណាំថា វានឹងបិទ AppArmor ដែរ ។</p>"
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr "ការជ្រើសរូបភាព"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "រូបភាពខឺណែល"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ Root"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr "ថាសអង្គចងចាំដំបូង"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេង"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "ប្រើការការពារពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr "កុំផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារមុនពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យភាគនេះសកម្ម នៅពេលបានច្រើនដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr "ប្លុកអុហ្វសិតសម្រាប់ផ្ទុកបន្ត"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr "ផ្គូផ្គងផ្នែកទៅថាសដំបូងក្នុងផែនទីឧបករណ៍"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត Xen បន្ថែម"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "ភាគថាសរបស់ឯកសារម៉ឺនុយ"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "ឯកសារពិពណ៌នាម៉ឺនុយ"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr "តម្រូវឲ្យប្រើប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root ឲ្យម៉ោនបានតែអាន"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យកំណត់ទីតាំងឡើងវិញ"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr "ថតគោលដៅសម្រាប់ផ្នែក"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "ឯកសារប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រជាជម្រើស"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr "ផ្នែកឥតបានការ (លែងប្រើ)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ឥតបានការ"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ឥតបានការ SCSI"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr "បញ្ជីធាតុម៉ឺនុយ"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr "ចំនួនធាតុលំនាំដើម"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr "អស់ពេលវេលា"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr "បង្ហាញម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr "ចម្លងរូបភាពទៅភាគថាសចាប់ផ្តើម"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr "រំលងផ្នែកដែលគួរសមនៅពេលមានកំហុស"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្តើមរបស់ប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត"
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr "ផ្នែករូបភាព ត្រូវតែមានរូបភាពខឺណែលដែលបានបញ្ជាក់"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "មិនមានឯកសាររូបភាពនោពេលនេះទេ ។ តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់ប្រើវាឬ ?"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "មិនមានឯកសារ Initrd នៅពេលនេះទេ ។ តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់ប្រើវាឬ ?"
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr "បើក SELinux"
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះ មានតួអក្សរដែលមិនអនុញ្ញាត"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr "សួររកគុណភាពបង្ហាញ នៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម ។"
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "ក្លូនផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស"
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេង (Chainloader)"
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "ប្រភេទផ្នែក"
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះផ្នែក"
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "ដោយសារតែការចែកថាសជាភាគ កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធនឹងមិនអាចដំឡើងបានត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>"
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "បានបើកការចាប់ផ្ដើមពី MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">បិទ</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>"
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr "បានបិទការចាប់ផ្ដើមពី MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">បើក</a>"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>"
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "បានបើកការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">បិទ</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>"
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr "បានបិទការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">បើក</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>"
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "បានបើកការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសថាស \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">បិទ</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>"
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr "បានបិទការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">បើក</a>"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change Location: %1"
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទីតាំង ៖ %1"
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "ប្រភេទកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ៖ %1"
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (បន្ថែម)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr " (\"/\")"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "ទីតាំងស្ថានភាព ៖ %1"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr " (លំនាំដើម)"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr "ផ្នែក ៖<br>%1"
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr "កុំដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធអី គ្រាន់តែបង្កើតឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបានហើយ"
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr "ស្នើ និងបញ្ចូលជាមួយម៉ឺនុយ GRUB ដែលមានស្រាប់"
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "បើកសុវត្ថិភាព GSS"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ៖ %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr "មិនគាំទ្រការផ្សំវេទិកាផ្នែករឹង %1 និងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ %2 ទេ"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ចាប់ផ្ដើមនៅលើប្រភេទ raid ៖ %1 ។ ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងមិនចាប់ផ្ដើមទេ ។"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ចាប់ផ្ដើមនៅលើកម្មវិធី RAID1 ។ ជ្រើសទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ឧ. Master Boot Record"
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr "វាមិនអាចកំណត់លំដាប់ថាសជាក់លាក់សម្រាប់ផែនទីឧបករណ៍បានទេ ។ លំដាប់ថាស អាចត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរនៅក្នុង \"សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ\""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "អានភាគថាស"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "ផ្ទុកការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានភាគថាស..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងផ្ទុកការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រខឺណែលដែលបានបន្ថែម ៖ %1"
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "បង្កើត initrd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "រក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើត initrd..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Distribution:"
-#~ msgid "D&istributor"
-#~ msgstr "ការចែកចាយ ៖"
+#~| msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកល"
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកល"
+
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ថែមដើម្បីហុចទៅកាន់ខឺណែល ។</p>"
+#~| msgid "Value: %1"
+#~ msgid "Value: %s"
+#~ msgstr "តម្លៃ ៖ %1"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#~ msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "លុបជម្រើសសកលមួយ ឬជម្រើសផ្នែកមួយ"
-
-#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកលមួយ ឬជម្រើសផ្នែកមួយ"
-
-#~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "បន្ថែមផ្នែកថ្មី - សូមប្រើរបៀបអន្តរសកម្មភាព"
-
-#~ msgid "The name of the section"
-#~ msgstr "ឈ្មោះផ្នែក"
-
-#~ msgid "Section %1 not found."
-#~ msgstr "រកមិនឃើញផ្នែក %1 ។"
-
-#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "បន្ថែមជម្រើសដែលមាននៅក្នុងរបៀបអន្តរសកម្មភាពបន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជា"
-
-#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
-#~ msgstr "ត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះផ្នែក ។"
-
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "លំដាប់ថាស"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
-#~ msgstr "ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
+#~| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
-#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
+#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>ប្រើ Grub ដែលទុកចិត្ត</b> មានន័យថាដំឡើង grub ដែលទុកចិត្ត និងប្រើវា ។ ជម្រើស <i>ឯកសារម៉ឺនុយក្រាហ្វិក</i> នឹងត្រូវបានមិនអើពើ ។\n"
-#~ "វាត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ឲ្យដំឡើង grub ទៅ MBR</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>ប្រើកុងសូលសៀរៀល</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រដែលត្រូវប្រើ\n"
+#~ "សម្រាប់កុងសូលសៀរៀល ។ សូមមើលឯកសារ grub (<code>info grub</code>) ។</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ឯកសារម៉ឺនុយក្រាហ្វិក</b> កំណត់ឯកសារដើម្បីប្រើសម្រាប់ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើមជាលក្ខណៈក្រាហ្វិក ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>អនុញ្ញាតសញ្ញាជាសូរ</b> បើក/បិទសញ្ញាជាសូរ ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
-#~ msgstr "ប្រើ Grub ដែលទុកចិត្ត"
-
-#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "ឯកសារម៉ឺនុយក្រាហ្វិក"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
-#~ msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារម៉ឺនុយក្រាហ្វិកថ្មី"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
-#~ msgstr "បើកសញ្ញាសូរ"
-
-#~ msgid "&Up"
-#~ msgstr "ឡើងលើ"
-
-#~ msgid "&Down"
-#~ msgstr "ចុះក្រោម"
-
-#~ msgid "Kernel Section"
-#~ msgstr "ផ្នែកខឺណែល"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Settings"
-#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់ផ្នែក"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ៖ គ្រប់គ្រងផ្នែក"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen Section"
-#~ msgstr "ផ្នែក Xen"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu Section"
-#~ msgstr "ផ្នែកម៉ឺនុយ"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump Section"
-#~ msgstr "ផ្នែកឥតបានការ"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System Section"
-#~ msgstr "ផ្នែកប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត"
-
-#~ msgid "&Filename"
-#~ msgstr "ឈ្មោះឯកសារ"
-
-#~ msgid "Filename: %1"
-#~ msgstr "ឈ្មោះឯកសារ ៖ %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents"
-#~ msgstr "មាតិកាឯកសារ"
-
-#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយដៃបែបជំនាញ"
-
-#~ msgid "Image"
-#~ msgstr "រូបភាព"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen"
-#~ msgstr "Xen"
-
-#~ msgid "Floppy"
-#~ msgstr "ថាសទន់"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu"
-#~ msgstr "ម៉ឺនុយ"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump"
-#~ msgstr "ឥតបានការ"
-
-#~ msgid "Def."
-#~ msgstr "Def."
-
-#~ msgid "Label"
-#~ msgstr "ស្លាក"
-
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "ប្រភេទ"
-
-#~ msgid "Image / Device"
-#~ msgstr "រូបភាព / ឧបករណ៍"
-
-#~ msgid "Set as De&fault"
-#~ msgstr "កំណត់ជាលំនាំដើម"
-
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
-#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
-#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Select a course of action:\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "អ្នកបានជ្រើសផ្លាស់ប្ដូរកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។ ខណៈពេលកំពុងបម្លែង \n"
-#~ "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ការកំណត់ខ្លះអាចនឹងបាត់បង់ ។\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "ឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ននឹងត្រូវបានរក្សាទុក ហើយអ្នកអាច\n"
-#~ "ស្ដារវាឡើងវិញ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកត្រឡប់ទៅកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "ជ្រើសវគ្គសកម្មភាព ៖\n"
+#~ "<p><b>ការកំណត់ស្ថានីយ</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "កំណត់ប្រភេទស្ថានីយដែលអ្នកចង់ប្រើ ។ ចំពោះស្ថានីយសៀរៀល (ឧ. កុងសូលសៀរៀល)\n"
+#~ "អ្នកត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ <code>serial</code> ។ អ្នកក៏អាចហុច <code>console</code> ទៅ\n"
+#~ "ពាក្យបញ្ជាជា <code>serial console</code> ។ ក្នុងករណីនេះ ស្ថានីយដែលអ្នក\n"
+#~ "ចុចគ្រាប់ចុចណាមួយនោះ នឹងត្រូវបានជ្រើសជាស្ថានីយ GRUB ។</p>"
-#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "បម្លែងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
-
-#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
-#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថ្មីស្រឡាង"
-
-#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
-#~ msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានរក្សាទុកលើថាស"
-
-#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
-#~ msgstr "ស្ដារការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានរក្សាទុក មុនពេលបម្លែង"
-
-#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
-#~ msgstr "ជ្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ មុនពេលកែសម្រួលផ្នែក ។"
-
-#~ msgid "&Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "ការរៀបចំផ្នែក"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
-#~ msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
-#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "បើអ្នកបានដំឡើងប្រព័ន្ធលីនុចច្រើន\n"
-#~ "YaST អាចព្យាយាមស្វែងរកពូកវា និងបញ្ចូលម៉ឺនុយរបស់ពួកវាចូលគ្នា ។"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
-#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
-#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
-#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- នៅលើ<b>ថាសទន់</b>មួយ\n"
-#~ "សូមប្រើវា ដើម្បីចៀសវាងគ្រោះថ្នាក់បណ្ដាលមកពីការរំខានរបស់យន្ដការចាប់ផ្ដើមដែលមានស្រាប់ ។\n"
-#~ "ធ្វើឲ្យការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីថាសទន់ក្នុង\n"
-#~ " BIOS នៃម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់អ្នកអាចប្រើបាន ដើម្បីប្រើជម្រើសនេះ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
-#~ msgstr "ផ្នែកចាប់ផ្ដើម %1 បានសរសេរទៅកាន់ថាសទន់ ។"
-
-#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
-#~ msgstr "ទុកថាសទន់ក្នុងដ្រាយ ។"
-
-#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-#~ msgstr "ពិតជាចង់លុបផ្នែក %1 ?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n"
-#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "ការកំណត់ថាសបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ។\n"
-#~ "ពិនិត្យការកំណត់ផ្នែក %1 ។\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
-#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "ការកំណត់ថាសបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ហើយអ្នកបានកែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ\n"
-#~ "ដោយដៃ ៖ ពិនិត្យការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
-#~ msgstr "កុំបង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ"
-
-#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
-#~ msgstr "បង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ext2 "
-
-#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System"
-#~ msgstr "បង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ FAT"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
-#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
-#~ "and confirm with OK.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "ចម្រៀកចាប់ផ្ដើមរបស់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ នឹងត្រូវបានសរសេរទៅកាន់\n"
-#~ "ថាសទន់ ។ បញ្ចូលថាសទន់មួយ\n"
-#~ "និងអះអាងដោយចុច យល់ព្រម។\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Low Level Format"
-#~ msgstr "ការធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយកម្រិតទាប"
-
-#~ msgid "&Create File System"
-#~ msgstr "បង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ"
-
-#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
-#~ msgstr "ការធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយកម្រិតខ្ពស់បានបរាជ័យ ។ ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀតឬ ?"
-
-#~ msgid "Creating file system failed."
-#~ msgstr "បានបរាជ័យការបង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ។"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
-#~ msgstr "មិនអាចដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើយ ។"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ផ្នែករូបភាព</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>រូបភាពខឺណែល</b> កំណត់ខឺណែលដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ អ្នកអាចបញ្ចូលឈ្មោះដោយផ្ទាល់ក៏បាន ឬជ្រើសតាមរយៈ <b>រកមើល</b> ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ឧបករណ៍ Root</b> កំណត់ឧបករណ៍ដើម្បីហុចទៅឲ្យខឺណែលជាឧបករណ៍ root ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
-#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>ថាសអង្គចងចាំដំបូង</b> ប្រសិនបើមិនទទេ កំណត់ឲ្យប្រើថាសអង្គចងចាំដំបូង ។ អ្នកអាចបញ្ចូលផ្លូវ និងឈ្មោះឯកសារដោយផ្ទាល់\n"
-#~ "ឬជ្រើសដោយប្រើ <b>រកមើល</b></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>ជ្រើស <b>ផ្នែក Chainloader</b> ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់កំណត់ផ្នែកសម្រាប់ការចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេងក្រៅពីលីនុច ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>ការកំណត់ <b>ប្រើការការពារដោយពាក្យសម្ងាត់</p> នឹងទាមទារពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដើម្បីជ្រើសផ្នែកនេះ ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកជ្រើសក្នុងចំណោមប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការមិនមែនជាលីនុចដែលបានរកឃើញនៅលើកុំព្យូទ័រ ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>ជ្រើស <b>ធ្វើឲ្យភាគថាសនេះសកម្មនៅពេលបានជ្រើសសម្រាប់ចាប់ផ្ដើម</b> នៅពេលដែល BIOS របស់អ្នកត្រូវការកំណត់ទង់ជាតិនេះដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើមវា</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>ប្លុកអុហ្វសិតសម្រាប់ផ្ទុកបន្ត</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកបញ្ជាក់បញ្ជីប្លុកដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ ក្នុងករណីភាគច្រើន អ្នកចង់\n"
-#~ "បញ្ជាក់ <code>+1</code> នៅទីនេះ ។ ដើម្បីឲ្យកាន់តែជាក់លាក់អំពីការកំណត់បញ្ជីប្លុក សូមមើលឯកសារ grub</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
-#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>ជ្រើស <b>ផ្នែក Xen</b> ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បន្ថែមខឺណែលលីនុចថ្មី ឬរូបភាពផ្សេង\n"
-#~ "និងចាប់ផ្ដើមវានៅក្នុងបរិស្ថាន Xen ។</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត</b> បញ្ជាក់ឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិតដើម្បីប្រើ ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត Xen បន្ថែម</b> អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ថែមដើម្បីហុចទៅកាន់ឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត xen ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ផ្នែកម៉ឺនុយ</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ភាគថាសនៃឯកសារម៉ឺនុយ</b></p>"
-
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File<b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ឯកសារពិពណ៌នាម៉ឺនុយ<b> បញ្ជាក់ផ្លូវនៅលើឧបករណ៍ root ចេញពីឯកសារម៉ឺនុយដែលត្រូវបានផ្ទុក ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ផ្គូផ្គងផ្នែកទៅនឹងថាសដំបូងពីផែនទីឧបករណ៍</b> វីនដូ ជាទូទៅត្រូវស្ថិតនៅលើថាសដំបូង ។</p>"
-
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+#~| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+#~| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
-#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+#~ "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>ខ្នាត</b> រួមមានឯកសារខ្នាតជាមួយ PCR ។ ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរតារាងគឺអាចធ្វើទៅបានតាមរយៈប៊ូតុង ៖ <b>បន្ថែម</b> \n"
-#~ "<b>កែសម្រួល</b> និង<b>លុប</b></p>"
+#~ "<p><b>ការពារកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b><br>\n"
+#~ "កំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលត្រូវការសម្រាប់ចូលដំណើរការម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ YaST យល់ព្រមទទួលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ លុះត្រាតែអ្នកវាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ចូលម្ដងទៀត\n"
+#~ "នៅក្នុង <b>វាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត</b> ។</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យកំណត់ទីតាំងឡើងវិញ</b>\n"
-#~ "ជាទូទៅ ត្រូវបានបញ្ជាក់នៅក្នុងផ្នែកសកល</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>បង្ខំប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root ឲ្យម៉ោនបានតែអាន</b><br>\n"
-#~ "ជាទូទៅ ត្រូវបានបញ្ជាក់នៅក្នុងផ្នែកសកល</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
-#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
-#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>ជ្រើស <b>ផ្នែកឥតបានការ</b> ដើម្បីបន្ថែមផ្នែកដែលបញ្ជាក់ពីវិធី\n"
-#~ "បង្កើតប្រព័ន្ធឥតបានការនៅលើភាគថាស DASD ឬឧបករណ៍កាសែតទៅជាឯកសារ\n"
-#~ "នៅលើភាគថាស SCSI ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>ជ្រើស <b>ផ្នែកម៉ឺនុយ</b> ដើម្បីបន្ថែមម៉ឺនុយថ្មីទៅការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។\n"
-#~ "ផ្នែកម៉ឺនុយបង្ហាញបញ្ជីភារកិច្ចដែលត្រូវបានដាក់ជាក្រុមរួមគ្នា ។</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
-#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>ជ្រើស <b>បើក SELinux</b> ដើម្បីបន្ថែមប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រចាប់ផ្ដើមខឺណែលដែលត្រូវការ ដើម្បីបើកគ្រោងការណ៍សុវត្ថិភាពរបស់ SELinux ។\n"
-#~ "សូមចំណាំថា វានឹងបិទ AppArmor ដែរ ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Image Section"
-#~ msgstr "ការជ្រើសរូបភាព"
-
-#~ msgid "&Kernel Image"
-#~ msgstr "រូបភាពខឺណែល"
-
-#~ msgid "&Root Device"
-#~ msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ Root"
-
-#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
-#~ msgstr "ថាសអង្គចងចាំដំបូង"
-
-#~ msgid "Chainloader Section"
-#~ msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេង"
-
-#~ msgid "Use Password Protection"
-#~ msgstr "ប្រើការការពារពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
-
-#~ msgid "&Other System"
-#~ msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
-#~ msgstr "កុំផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារមុនពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-
-#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
-#~ msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យភាគនេះសកម្ម នៅពេលបានច្រើនដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-
-#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
-#~ msgstr "ប្លុកអុហ្វសិតសម្រាប់ផ្ទុកបន្ត"
-
-#~ msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
-#~ msgstr "ផ្គូផ្គងផ្នែកទៅថាសដំបូងក្នុងផែនទីឧបករណ៍"
-
-#~ msgid "&Hypervisor"
-#~ msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត"
-
-#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រឧបករណ៍ត្រួតពិនិត្យម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត Xen បន្ថែម"
-
-#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "ភាគថាសរបស់ឯកសារម៉ឺនុយ"
-
-#~ msgid "&Menu Description File"
-#~ msgstr "ឯកសារពិពណ៌នាម៉ឺនុយ"
-
-#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
-#~ msgstr "តម្រូវឲ្យប្រើប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root ឲ្យម៉ោនបានតែអាន"
-
-#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
-#~ msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យកំណត់ទីតាំងឡើងវិញ"
-
-#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
-#~ msgstr "ថតគោលដៅសម្រាប់ផ្នែក"
-
-#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
-#~ msgstr "ឯកសារប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រជាជម្រើស"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
-#~ msgstr "ផ្នែកឥតបានការ (លែងប្រើ)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ឥតបានការ"
-
-#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ឥតបានការ SCSI"
-
-#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
-#~ msgstr "បញ្ជីធាតុម៉ឺនុយ"
-
-#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
-#~ msgstr "ចំនួនធាតុលំនាំដើម"
-
-#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
-#~ msgstr "អស់ពេលវេលា"
-
-#~ msgid "&Show boot menu"
-#~ msgstr "បង្ហាញម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-
-#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
-#~ msgstr "ចម្លងរូបភាពទៅភាគថាសចាប់ផ្តើម"
-
-#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
-#~ msgstr "រំលងផ្នែកដែលគួរសមនៅពេលមានកំហុស"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
-#~ msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្តើមរបស់ប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត"
-
-#~ msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
-#~ msgstr "ផ្នែករូបភាព ត្រូវតែមានរូបភាពខឺណែលដែលបានបញ្ជាក់"
-
-#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "មិនមានឯកសាររូបភាពនោពេលនេះទេ ។ តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់ប្រើវាឬ ?"
-
-#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "មិនមានឯកសារ Initrd នៅពេលនេះទេ ។ តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់ប្រើវាឬ ?"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux"
-#~ msgstr "បើក SELinux"
-
-#~ msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
-#~ msgstr "ឈ្មោះ មានតួអក្សរដែលមិនអនុញ្ញាត"
-
-#~ msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
-#~ msgstr "សួររកគុណភាពបង្ហាញ នៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម ។"
-
-#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section"
-#~ msgstr "ក្លូនផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
-#~ msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេង (Chainloader)"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Type"
-#~ msgstr "ប្រភេទផ្នែក"
-
-#~ msgid "Section &Name"
-#~ msgstr "ឈ្មោះផ្នែក"
-
-#~ msgid " (\"/boot\")"
-#~ msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
-
-#~ msgid " (\"/\")"
-#~ msgstr " (\"/\")"
-
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (លំនាំដើម)"
-
-#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
-#~ msgstr "ផ្នែក ៖<br>%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "កុំដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធអី គ្រាន់តែបង្កើតឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបានហើយ"
-
-#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
-#~ msgstr "ស្នើ និងបញ្ចូលជាមួយម៉ឺនុយ GRUB ដែលមានស្រាប់"
-
#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
#~ msgstr "លេខភាគថាស > 3 គឺត្រូវបានប្រើសម្រាប់ការចាប់ផ្ដើមជាមួយតារាងភាគថាស GPT"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgstr "វាមិនអាចកំណត់លំដាប់ថាសជាក់លាក់សម្រាប់ផែនទីឧបករណ៍បានទេ ។ លំដាប់ថាស អាចត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរនៅក្នុង \"សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ\""
-
-#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
-#~ msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រខឺណែលដែលបានបន្ថែម ៖ %1"
-
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
#~ msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ចាប់ផ្ដើមនៅលើប្រភេទ iSCSI ៖ %1 ។ ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងមិនចាប់ផ្ដើមទេ ។"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ca-management.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ca-management.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ca-management.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-01 16:40+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -1944,14 +1944,14 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ..."
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
@@ -1960,28 +1960,27 @@
"ក្នុងម៉ូឌុលគ្រប់គ្រង CA បានដែរ ។\n"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "បញ្ចប់"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "ពិតជារក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឬ ?"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "ចេញ"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr "ពិតជាចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ដោយមិនរក្សាទុកឬ ?"
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr "លម្អិត"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/cio.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/cio.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/cio.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,13 +44,13 @@
msgstr "បានប្រើ"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ទេ"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "បាទ/ចាស"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "ទេ"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/cluster.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/cluster.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/cluster.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
msgstr "សាកសំឡេង ពេលកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកាតរួច"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានបណ្ដាញ ៖"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Multicast Group"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
@@ -246,151 +246,151 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "បើកសុវត្ថិភាព GSS"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr "កំពុងរត់"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No network running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "គ្មានបណ្ដាញកំពុងរត់"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "បើក ៖ ចាប់ផ្ដើមឥឡូវ និងនៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "បិទ -- ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចាប់ផ្ដើមបានតែដោយដៃប៉ុណ្ណោះ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "បិទ បើក"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "ស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Squid Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើម Squid ឥឡូវ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងឥឡូវនេះ"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Main Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនមេ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr "បន្ថែម"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "ពន្យារពេល"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "កែសម្រួល"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "ជួរ fstab ដែលបានស្នើ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a user name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើម្នាក់ ។"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write hostname"
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "សរសេរឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a filename"
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះឯកសារ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the file name"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះឯកសារ"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Archive %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -403,50 +403,50 @@
"តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់សរសេរជាន់លើវាឬ?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "ការញែកឯកសារកូនសោបានបរាជ័យ ។"
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "ការបង្កើតរូបភាពបានបរាជ័យ ។"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
@@ -559,41 +559,41 @@
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបោះពុម្ព"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "អានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់ពីមុន"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង ។"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ពីមុន..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -601,71 +601,71 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages"
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "មិនអាចដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលត្រូវការ"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្តូរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលមានស្រាប់"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "មិនអាចអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ ១ ។"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "មិនអាចអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ ២ ។"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញឧបករណ៍ ។"
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "រក្សាទុកការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទៅទម្រង់"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទៅកាន់ឯកសារ..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់បានឡើយ ។"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/control-center.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/control-center.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/control-center.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-25 10:59+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/control.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/control.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/control.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-04 15:25+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -20,328 +20,320 @@
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"X-Language: km-KH\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-#| "\t "
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>សូមអបអរសាទរ !</b></p>\n"
-"<p>ការដំឡើងអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ីនៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់អ្នកត្រូវបានបញ្ចប់ ។\n"
-"បន្ទាប់ពីចុច <b>បញ្ចប់</b> អ្នកអាចចូលទៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធបានហើយ ។</p>\n"
-"<p>សូមទស្សនាពួកយើងនៅ %1 ។</p>\n"
-"<p>សូមរីករាយចុះ !<br>ក្រុមអភិវឌ្ឍអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ីរបស់អ្នក</p>\n"
-"\t "
+"<p>\n"
+"ការដំឡើងបានបញ្ចប់ដោយជោគជ័យ ។\n"
+"ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នករួចរាល់សម្រាប់ប្រើហើយ ។\n"
+"ចុច បញ្ចប់ ដើម្បីចូលទៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"សូមទស្សនាពួកយើងនៅ http://www.novell.com/linux/ ។\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុនៅលើកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នកផ្ដល់នូវចំណុចប្រទាក់\n"
-"អ្នកប្រើក្រាហ្វិកសម្រាប់កុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក ព្រមទាំងឈុតកម្មវិធីសម្រាប់\n"
-"អ៊ីមែល កម្មវិធីរុករកបណ្ដាញ កម្មវិធីការិយាល័យ ល្បែងកម្សាន្ត និងឧបករណ៍ប្រើប្រាស់ផ្សេងៗ \n"
-"ដើម្បីគ្រប់គ្រងកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក ។\n"
-"\n"
-"អូផឹនស៊ូស៊ី ផ្ដល់នូវជម្រើសរបស់បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុ ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុ\n"
-"ដែលបានប្រើយ៉ាងទូលំទូលាយគឺ GNOME និង KDE ហើយពួកវាត្រូវបានគាំទ្រ\n"
-"ដូចគ្នានៅក្នុងអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ី ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុទាំងពីរ គឺងាយស្រួលប្រើ\n"
-"មានការរួមបញ្ចូលខ្ពស់ និងមានរូបរាងគួរឲ្យចាប់អារម្មណ៍ ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុនីមួយៗ\n"
-"មានរចនាប័ទ្មផ្សេងៗគ្នា ដូច្នេះចំណូលចិត្តរចនាប័ទ្មផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន\n"
-"កំណត់ថាតើប្រភេទផ្ទៃតុមួយណា សមរម្យបំផុតសម្រាប់អ្នក ។"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ CIM"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ GNOME"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ KDE"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ XFCE"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ LXDE"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "បង្អួច X អប្បបរមា"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុមួយផ្សេងទៀត"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "ការជ្រើសម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើអប្បបរមា (របៀបអត្ថបទ)"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់ការដំឡើង"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "ជំនាញ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់ការដំឡើងផ្ទាល់"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់ការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្នែករឹង"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "ការរៀបចំ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Setup"
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "រៀបចំបណ្ដាញ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "សូមស្វាគមន៍"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យបណ្ដាញសកម្ម"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យថាសសកម្ម"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "ការវិភាគប្រព័ន្ធ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "ផលិតផលបន្ថែម"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "ថាស"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "តំបន់ពេលវេលា"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "ឃ្លាំងលើបណ្ដាញ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "ផលិតផលបន្ថែម"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "ការជ្រើសផ្ទៃតុ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់អ្នកប្រើ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "ការដំឡើង"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅនៃការដំឡើង"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "អនុវត្តការដំឡើង"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "ការដំឡើង"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធដែលត្រូវធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "សង្ខេបការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "អនុវត្តការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "ការដំឡើងគោល"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់ AutoYaST"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រព័ន្ធ"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "\t"
+#~| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~| "\t "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ " "
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "ការដំឡើងបានបញ្ចប់ដោយជោគជ័យ ។\n"
-#~ "ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នករួចរាល់សម្រាប់ប្រើហើយ ។\n"
-#~ "ចុច បញ្ចប់ ដើម្បីចូលទៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "សូមទស្សនាពួកយើងនៅ http://www.novell.com/linux/ ។\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
+#~ "<p><b>សូមអបអរសាទរ !</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>ការដំឡើងអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ីនៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់អ្នកត្រូវបានបញ្ចប់ ។\n"
+#~ "បន្ទាប់ពីចុច <b>បញ្ចប់</b> អ្នកអាចចូលទៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធបានហើយ ។</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>សូមទស្សនាពួកយើងនៅ %1 ។</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>សូមរីករាយចុះ !<br>ក្រុមអភិវឌ្ឍអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ីរបស់អ្នក</p>\n"
+#~ "\t "
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ CIM"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#~ "manage your computer.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុនៅលើកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នកផ្ដល់នូវចំណុចប្រទាក់\n"
+#~ "អ្នកប្រើក្រាហ្វិកសម្រាប់កុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក ព្រមទាំងឈុតកម្មវិធីសម្រាប់\n"
+#~ "អ៊ីមែល កម្មវិធីរុករកបណ្ដាញ កម្មវិធីការិយាល័យ ល្បែងកម្សាន្ត និងឧបករណ៍ប្រើប្រាស់ផ្សេងៗ \n"
+#~ "ដើម្បីគ្រប់គ្រងកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក ។\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "អូផឹនស៊ូស៊ី ផ្ដល់នូវជម្រើសរបស់បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុ ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុ\n"
+#~ "ដែលបានប្រើយ៉ាងទូលំទូលាយគឺ GNOME និង KDE ហើយពួកវាត្រូវបានគាំទ្រ\n"
+#~ "ដូចគ្នានៅក្នុងអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ី ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុទាំងពីរ គឺងាយស្រួលប្រើ\n"
+#~ "មានការរួមបញ្ចូលខ្ពស់ និងមានរូបរាងគួរឲ្យចាប់អារម្មណ៍ ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុនីមួយៗ\n"
+#~ "មានរចនាប័ទ្មផ្សេងៗគ្នា ដូច្នេះចំណូលចិត្តរចនាប័ទ្មផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន\n"
+#~ "កំណត់ថាតើប្រភេទផ្ទៃតុមួយណា សមរម្យបំផុតសម្រាប់អ្នក ។"
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅ"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ GNOME"
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "ជំនាញ"
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ KDE"
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ XFCE"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ LXDE"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal X Window"
+#~ msgstr "បង្អួច X អប្បបរមា"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
+#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុមួយផ្សេងទៀត"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "ការជ្រើសម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើអប្បបរមា (របៀបអត្ថបទ)"
+
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "ឃ្លាំងលើបណ្ដាញ"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "ការជ្រើសផ្ទៃតុ"
+
#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសេវាបណ្ដាញ"
#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
#~ msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបការដំឡើង"
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "សង្ខេបការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
-
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "ការដំឡើងផលិតផលបន្ថែម"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/country.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/country.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/country.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 13:47+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -862,8 +862,8 @@
"កាលបរិច្ឆេទមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ (DD-MM-YYYY) %1 ។\n"
"សូមបញ្ចូលកាលបរិច្ឆេទត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgid "Other &Settings..."
@@ -871,44 +871,44 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "កាលបរិច្ឆេទ និងពេលវេលា (NTP ត្រូវបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ)"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "កាលបរិច្ឆេទ និងពេលវេលា"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "កំណត់នាឡិការបស់ផ្នែករឹងទៅជា UTC"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "តំបន់"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "តំបន់ពេលវេលា"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Date and Time"
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "កាលបរិច្ឆេទ និងពេលវេលា"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@
"<p><b><big>ការកំណត់តំបន់ពេលវេលា និងនាឡិកា</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -943,12 +943,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "នាឡិកា និងតំបន់ពេលវេលា"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "ជ្រើសតំបន់ពេលវេលាត្រឹមត្រូវមួយ ។"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/crowbar.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/crowbar.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/crowbar.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,19 +23,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ drbd"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -49,11 +39,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -196,32 +186,35 @@
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន &IP"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Login Error"
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការចូល"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះគោលដៅ"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "ស្ថាបត្យកម្ម"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -234,88 +227,95 @@
"ជ្រើសការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្សេងមួយ ។"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "URL របស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Repository Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository URL"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "URL ឃ្លាំង"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "បន្ថែមឃ្លាំង"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local NTP Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP មូលដ្ឋាន"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ WINS ពីចម្ងាយ"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Finger Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើម្រាមដៃ"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the Password"
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើមិនអាចទទេ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -337,19 +337,19 @@
"ជ្រើសការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្សេងមួយ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "URL ដែលបានបញ្ចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "បានបិទ"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -377,14 +377,14 @@
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ពីចម្ងាយ មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "ស្គាល់ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ '%1' ក្នុងបណ្ដាញ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "IP address %1 does not match\n"
@@ -395,27 +395,27 @@
"បណ្តាញបច្ចុប្បន្ន %2/%3 ទេ ។\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP អប្បបរមា"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP អតិបរមា"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "IP address %1 does not match\n"
@@ -426,56 +426,56 @@
"បណ្តាញបច្ចុប្បន្ន %2/%3 ទេ ។\n"
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានទាបបំផុត ត្រូវតែនៅក្រោមអាសយដ្ឋានខ្ពស់បំផុត ។"
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់អ្នកប្រើ"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "របៀបបណ្ដាញ"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "ចងបណ្ដាញ"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "បណ្តាញ"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repositories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "ឃ្លាំង"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -547,44 +547,44 @@
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនស្កេន"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រូកស៊ី"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/dhcp-server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/dhcp-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/dhcp-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 15:50+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -61,9 +61,7 @@
msgstr "គ្រប់គ្រងជម្រើស DHCP subnet"
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "រាយម៉ាស៊ីនទាំងអស់ដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ដោយអាសយដ្ឋានថេរ"
@@ -103,242 +101,249 @@
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP (ឬឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន) របស់ម៉ាស៊ីន ដែលមានអាសយដ្ឋានថេរ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "ជ្រើសចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញដែលត្រូវប្រើ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr "បោះពុម្ពចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលបានប្រើបច្ចុប្បន្ន និងរាយចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលមានផ្សេងទៀត"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "បោះពុម្ពជម្រើសបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកល"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "កូនសោជម្រើស (ឧទាហរណ៍ ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ntp)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "តម្លៃជម្រើស (ឧទាហរណ៍ អាសយដ្ឋាន IP)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ទាបបំផុត របស់ជួរផ្ដល់តម្លៃអាសយដ្ឋានអថេរ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ខ្ពស់បំផុត របស់ជួរផ្ដល់តម្លៃអាសយដ្ឋានអថេរ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "រយៈពេលជួលលំនាំដើមគិតជាវិនាទី"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "រយៈពេលជួលអតិបរមាគិតជាវិនាទី"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ប្រើបាន"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ប្រើមិនបាន"
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីន ៖ %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "ផ្នែករឹង ៖ %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ៖ %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន ។"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "មិនមានម៉ាស៊ីនដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr "គ្មាន"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលបានជ្រើស ៖ %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់ផ្សេងៗ ៖ %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "មិនមានចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់ប្រតិបត្តិការជាមួយនឹងចំណុចប្រទាក់ ។"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "ត្រូវតែកំណត់កូនសោជម្រើស ។"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "ត្រូវតែកំណត់តម្លៃ ។"
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "ជួរអាសយដ្ឋាន ៖ %1-%2"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "រយៈពេលជួលលំនាំដើម ៖ %1"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "រយៈពេលជួលអតិបរមា ៖ %1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបានបរាជ័យ ។ ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់ឬ ?"
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP"
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើសសកល"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ Subnet"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនដែលមានអាសយដ្ឋានថេរ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "បណ្ដាញរួម"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "អាងអាសយដ្ឋាន"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើសដែលបញ្ជាក់ជាក្រុម"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr "ថ្នាក់"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "&Subnet"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីន"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "បណ្ដាញរួម"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "ក្រុម"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "អាងអាសយដ្ឋាន"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "ថ្នាក់"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "ប្រភេទប្រកាស"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "ប្រភេទប្រកាស"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចំណុចប្រទាក់"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងកូនសោ TSIG"
@@ -363,190 +368,150 @@
msgstr "វិនាទី"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ការជ្រើសកាត"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "ការជ្រើសកាត"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ការកំណត់សកល"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់សកល"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ DHCP អថេរ"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP អថេរ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ការគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីន"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីន"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ការកំណត់បែបជំនាញ"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់បែបជំនាញ"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "ដោយដៃ"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "ដោយដៃ"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP កំពុងរត់"
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP មិនកំពុងរត់ឡើយ"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ ឥឡូវនេះ"
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "អាគុយម៉ង់ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP"
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញសម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "បានជ្រើស"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះចំណុចប្រទាក់"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះឧបករណ៍"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "ជ្រើស"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "ដោះជម្រើស"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន DHCP"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់ ត្រូវកំណត់ចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញមួយ ។"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
@@ -562,60 +527,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "ការគាំទ្រ &LDAP"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើស DHCP (ស្រេចចិត្ត)"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះដែន"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "IP របស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះចម្បង"
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "IP របស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះរង"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "ផ្លូវចេញចូលលំនាំដើម (រ៉ោតទ័រ) "
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើពេលវេលា NTP"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើបោះពុម្ព"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ &WINS"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "រយៈពេលជួលលំនាំដើម"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "ឯកតា"
@@ -623,48 +588,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "តម្លៃដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ មិនមែនជាឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន ឬអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "ព័ត៌មានរបស់ Subnet"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "បណ្ដាញបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "របាំងបណ្ដាញបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "ប៊ីតរបាំងបណ្ដាញ"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP អប្បបរមា"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP អតិបរមា"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "ជួរអាសយដ្ឋាន IP"
@@ -672,10 +637,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ដំបូង"
@@ -683,61 +648,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ចុងក្រោយ"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "អនុញ្ញាត &BOOTP ថាមវន្ត"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "រយៈពេលជួល"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "លំនាំដើម"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "អតិបរមា"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "ឯកតា"
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "បង្កើតតំបន់ DNS ថ្មីពីទទេ"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "កែសម្រួលតំបន់ DNS បច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "ទទួលយកព័តមានតំបន់បច្ចុប្បន្ន"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "ធ្វើសមកាលកម្មម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ..."
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -747,8 +712,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "បញ្ចូលតម្លៃសម្រាប់ចុងទាំងពីរនៃជួរអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ។"
@@ -756,8 +721,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
@@ -766,127 +731,127 @@
"IP %1 មិនផ្គូផ្គងនឹងបណ្ដាញ %2/%3 ឡើយ ។"
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនដែលបានចុះឈ្មោះ"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះ"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានផ្នែករឹង"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "ប្រភេទ"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "រៀបចំបញ្ជី"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះ"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន &IP"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានផ្នែករឹង"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "អ៊ីសឺរណិត"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "&Token Ring"
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរក្នុងបញ្ជី"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "លុបពីបញ្ជី"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "អ៊ីសឺរណិត"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានផ្នែករឹងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានផ្នែករឹង ត្រូវមានតែមួយគត់ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនមិនអាចទទេ ។"
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "មានម៉ាស៊ីនឈ្មោះ %1 រួចហើយ ។"
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "បញ្ចូល IP របស់ម៉ាស៊ីន ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "ត្រូវតែកំណត់អាសយដ្ឋានផ្នែករឹង ។"
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "ជ្រើសម៉ាស៊ីនមួយជាមុនសិន ។"
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "ត្រូវតែកំណត់តម្លៃបញ្ចូល ។"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -907,15 +872,15 @@
"បន្ត ?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "\"-%1\" មិនមែនជាជម្រើសបន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ត្រឹមត្រូវទេ"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr "ជម្រើសបន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP \"-%1\" ទាមទារអាគុយម៉ង់"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -934,7 +899,7 @@
"ពិតជាបន្តឬ ?\n"
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "អ្នកជំនួយការម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP (%1 នៃ ៤)"
@@ -1224,7 +1189,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានចុងក្រោយ IP ត្រូវតែខ្ពស់ជាងមួយមុនដំបូង ។"
@@ -1251,7 +1216,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
@@ -1262,9 +1227,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
@@ -1282,44 +1247,44 @@
"IP ដែលអនុញ្ញាត (%2-%3) ដែលបានកំណត់ក្នុងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ទេ ។\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតធាតុតំបន់ DNS ឡើងវិញ ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "បន្ថែមកំណត់ត្រា DNS ថ្មី"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "កំពុងបន្ថែមជួរ DHCP %1 - %2 ក្នុងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "យកកំណត់ត្រា DNS ដែលផ្គូផ្គងជួរ"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "កំពុងយកជួរកំណត់ត្រា %1 - %2 ចេញពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
@@ -1328,7 +1293,7 @@
"ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS មិនអាចសរសេរកំណត់ត្រាណាមួយទៅកាន់វាបានទេ ។\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1338,18 +1303,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "មិនអាចបង្កើតតំបន់ %1 បានឡើយ ។"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើសមកាលកម្មកំណត់ត្រា DNS បញ្ច្រាស..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
@@ -1358,62 +1323,62 @@
"ពិតជាបោះបង់ប្រតិបត្តិការនេះឬ ?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "ដែន"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "បណ្ដាញ"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "របាំងបណ្ដាញ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "កំណត់ត្រាតំបន់ DNS"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "IP ដែលបានកំណត់"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "បន្ថែម..."
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "ភារកិច្ចពិសេស"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "បន្ថែមជួរថ្មីនៃកំណត់ត្រា DNS"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "រត់អ្នកជំនួយការដើម្បីសរសេរតំបន់ DNS ឡើងវិញពី Scratch"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr "ធ្វើសមកាលកម្មជាមួយតំបន់បញ្ច្រាស %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ការធ្វើសមកាលកម្មម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS"
@@ -1708,8 +1673,7 @@
"សូមរង់ចាំ...</p>"
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1736,20 +1700,9 @@
"ជម្រើសនេះអាចមានតែក្នុងករណី\n"
"ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងត្រូវបានធ្វើឲ្យប្រើបានប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>ដើម្បីដំណើរការម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP រាល់ពេលដែលកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នកត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើម\n"
-"សូមកំណត់ <b>ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP</b> ។</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1761,7 +1714,7 @@
"គឺមានសុវត្ថិភាពជាង ហើយគួរតែប្រើវា ។</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1772,7 +1725,7 @@
"បើក <b>ការគាំទ្រ LDAP</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1787,7 +1740,7 @@
"ដើម្បីលុបការប្រកាសមួយ សូមជ្រើសវា ហើយចុច <b>លុប</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1802,7 +1755,7 @@
"ការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព DNS ថាមវន្ត ។</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
@@ -1811,7 +1764,7 @@
"កំណត់ <b>អាសយដ្ឋានបណ្ដាញ</b> និង<b>Mask បណ្ដាញ</b> នៃ subnet ។</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1822,7 +1775,7 @@
"ជម្រើសពិសេសផ្សេងទៀត ក្នុង <b>ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1835,7 +1788,7 @@
"ឈ្មោះនឹងមិនប៉ះពាល់ដល់ឥរិយាបថរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើយ ។</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1848,7 +1801,7 @@
"ឈ្មោះនឹងមិនប៉ះពាល់ដល់ឥរិយាបថរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើយ ។</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1861,7 +1814,7 @@
"ឈ្មោះនឹងមិនប៉ះពាល់ដល់ឥរិយាបថរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើយ ។</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -1870,7 +1823,7 @@
"កំណត់ឈ្មោះរបស់ថ្នាក់ម៉ាស៊ីនក្នុង <b>ឈ្មោះថ្នាក់</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1885,7 +1838,7 @@
"ជ្រើសវា ហើយចុច <b>លុប</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
@@ -1894,7 +1847,7 @@
"ដើម្បីលៃតម្រូវ DNS ថាមវន្ត សម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីននៃ subnet នេះ, ប្រើ <b>DNS ថាមវន្ត</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1905,7 +1858,7 @@
"កំណត់ <b>បើក DNS អថេរសម្រាប់ Subnet នេះ</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1920,7 +1873,7 @@
"និងតំបន់បញ្ច្រាស ។</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1933,7 +1886,7 @@
"សូមកំណត់ <b>ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់សកលរបស់ DNS អថេរ</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1946,7 +1899,7 @@
"នោះអ្នកអាចទុកវាលឲ្យនៅទទេបាន ។</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1959,7 +1912,7 @@
"ពីគ្រោះទំព័រសៀវភៅដៃ dhcpd ។ បើទុកទទេ តម្លៃលំនាំដើមនឹងត្រូវបានប្រើ ។</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
@@ -1968,7 +1921,7 @@
"ជ្រើសកាតបណ្ដាញដែលរាយមួយ ឬច្រើនដើម្បីប្រើសម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ។</p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
@@ -1977,7 +1930,7 @@
"(ឈ្មោះរបស់វត្ថុ dhcpServer LDAP) ប្រសិនបើវាខុសគ្នាពីម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់អ្នក ។\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1987,7 +1940,7 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
@@ -1996,7 +1949,7 @@
"ជួល IP ទៅម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ ។</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -2007,7 +1960,7 @@
"តម្លៃទាំងនេះត្រូវតែជាអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ។</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
@@ -2016,7 +1969,7 @@
"ជាផ្លូវលំនាំដើម ក្នុងតារាងផ្លូវរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ ។</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
@@ -2025,12 +1978,12 @@
"សម្រាប់ការធ្វើសមកាលកម្មពេលវេលា ។</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបោះពុម្ព</b> ធ្វើឲ្យម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើនេះក្លាយជាម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបោះពុម្ពលំនាំដើម ។</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
@@ -2039,7 +1992,7 @@
"(Windows Internet Naming Service) ។</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
@@ -2048,7 +2001,7 @@
"ហើយម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវនឹងស្នើសុំ IP ម្ដងទៀត ។</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -2061,7 +2014,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2078,7 +2031,7 @@
"ដោយអថេរទៅម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ BOOTP ព្រមទាំងម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ DHCP ដែរ</p> ។\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -2089,7 +2042,7 @@
"ដែលកំណត់ពេលវេលាធ្វើឲ្យ IP ស្រស់ប្រសើរបំផុតសម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ ។<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
@@ -2098,7 +2051,7 @@
"ដែលម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវនៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP នឹងទប់ស្កាត់ IP នេះ ។</p>"
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2109,7 +2062,7 @@
"<b>ការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP បែបជំនាញ</b> ។</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
@@ -2118,7 +2071,7 @@
"សូមប្រើប្រអប់នេះ ដើម្បីកែសម្រួលម៉ាស៊ីនដែលមានអាសយដ្ឋានប្រែប្រួល ។</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2133,17 +2086,17 @@
"ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរតម្លៃទាំងអស់ ហើយចុច <b>ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរក្នុងបញ្ជី</b> ។</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ដើម្បីយកម៉ាស៊ីនមួយចេញ ជ្រើសវា ហើយចុច <b>លុបពីបញ្ជី</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ជ្រើសប្រភេទការប្រកាស ដែលត្រូវបន្ថែម ។</p>"
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
@@ -2152,7 +2105,7 @@
"សូមជ្រើស <b>Subnet</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
@@ -2161,7 +2114,7 @@
"(ជាធម្មតាគឺអាសយដ្ឋានថេរ) សូមជ្រើស <b>ម៉ាស៊ីន</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
@@ -2170,7 +2123,7 @@
"ជ្រើស <b>បណ្ដាញរួម</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
@@ -2179,7 +2132,7 @@
"ប្រសិនបើពួកវាគួរចែករំលែកការកំណត់ខ្លះ) សូមជ្រើស <b>ក្រុម</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -2190,7 +2143,7 @@
"subnet ដូចគ្នាក៏ដោយ សូមជ្រើស <b>អាងអាសយដ្ឋាន</b> ។</p>"
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -2203,23 +2156,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានដែលបានបញ្ចូល មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់ ត្រូវបញ្ជាក់អាសយដ្ឋានមួយ ។"
@@ -2229,94 +2182,94 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "តម្លៃ"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានដែលបានបញ្ចូល មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់ ត្រូវបញ្ជាក់គូអាសយដ្ឋានមួយ ។"
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "បើក"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "បិទ"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "ត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់តម្លៃមួយ ។"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានថ្មី"
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "តម្លៃថ្មី"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "បំបែកអាសយដ្ឋានច្រើនដោយដកឃ្លា ។"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "បន្ថែមគូអាសយដ្ឋាន"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានទាបបំផុត ត្រូវតែនៅក្រោមអាសយដ្ឋានខ្ពស់បំផុត ។"
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកផ្លាស់ប្ដូរវា នោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ syslog ក៏នឹងត្រូវបានធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពផងដែរ ។"
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "ប្រភេទផ្នែករឹង"
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន &MAC"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ទាបបំផុត"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ខ្ពស់បំផុត"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
@@ -2325,7 +2278,7 @@
"នោះការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងត្រូវបាត់បង់ ។ ពិតជាចាកចេញឬ ?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2336,7 +2289,7 @@
"បន្តឬ ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2347,7 +2300,7 @@
"រត់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងរបស់ YaST ដើម្បីផ្ដល់តម្លៃពួកវាទៅតំបន់មួយ ។"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2357,8 +2310,8 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2366,199 +2319,190 @@
"មិនមានអនុគមន៍នេះឡើយ\n"
"អំឡុងពេលរៀបចំការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។"
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ"
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ"
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "ការប្រកាសដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "DNS ថាមវន្ត"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "កូនសោ TSIG របស់តំបន់បញ្ជូនបន្ត"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "កូនសោ TSIG របស់តំបន់បញ្ច្រាស"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារដែលមានកូនសោផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "អនុវត្តការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទៅប្រអប់"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "រត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ក្នុង Chroot Jail"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "កម្រិតខ្ពស់"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "បង្ហាញកំណត់ហេតុ"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចំណុចប្រទាក់"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានបណ្ដាញ"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "&Mask បណ្ដាញ"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្រុម"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះអាង"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះបណ្ដាញរួម"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះថ្នាក់"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលមាន"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "បើកជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងសម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលបានជ្រើស"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "បើក DNS អថេរ សម្រាប់ Subnet នេះ"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់សកលរបស់ DNS អថេរ"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "តំបន់"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS ចម្បង"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "តំបន់បញ្ច្រាស"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS ចម្បង"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP បែបជំនាញ..."
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "ពិនិត្យបរិស្ថាន"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យបរិស្ថាន..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2575,7 +2519,7 @@
"កំពុងបញ្ឈប់ពេលនេះ ។"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
@@ -2584,7 +2528,7 @@
"ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP នឹងមិនអាចប្រើបានទេ ។"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2593,87 +2537,87 @@
"បង្កើតការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថ្មីមួយឬ ?"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិន DHCP ឡើងវិញ ។"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP បានចាប់ផ្ដើម នៅពេលបើកកុំព្យូទ័រ"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP មិនចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើយ នៅពេលបើកកុំព្យូទ័រ"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "ស្ដាប់ ៖ %1"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "ជួរអាសយដ្ឋានអថេរ ៖ %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ LDAP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។ មិនអាចប្រើ LDAP ។"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "ការគាំទ្រ dhcpServiceDN ច្រើន មិនបានប្រតិបត្តិឡើយ ។"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "សេវា DN របស់ DHCP មិនបានកំណត់ឡើយ ។"
@@ -2681,27 +2625,69 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើត %1 ។"
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព %1 ។"
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើត cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1 ។"
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលសរសេរ /etc/dhcpd.conf ។"
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP កំពុងរត់"
+
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running"
+#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP មិនកំពុងរត់ឡើយ"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ"
+
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ"
+
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ"
+
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ ឥឡូវនេះ"
+
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>ដើម្បីដំណើរការម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP រាល់ពេលដែលកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នកត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើម\n"
+#~ "សូមកំណត់ <b>ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP</b> ។</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP"
+
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "IP address %1 does not match\n"
#~ "the current network %2/%3\n"
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/dns-server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/dns-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/dns-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 08:30+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -420,8 +420,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបញ្ជូនបន្ត"
@@ -554,8 +554,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "តំបន់ DNS"
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "ការគាំទ្រ &LDAP សកម្ម"
@@ -602,12 +602,12 @@
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS បែបជំនាញ..."
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS"
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog"
msgid "Apply Changes"
@@ -615,21 +615,21 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើសគោល"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "ការចូល"
@@ -637,8 +637,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -646,8 +646,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "កូនសោ TSIG"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/docker.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/docker.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/docker.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/drbd.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/drbd.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/drbd.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: drbd.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-02 15:44+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
@@ -265,10 +265,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -294,13 +295,13 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ s390 reIPL</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -309,20 +310,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសកលរបស់ DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr "<p>គូសធីក <b>\"បិទការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ IP\"</b> ដើម្បីបិទការពិនិត្យភាពប្រក្រតីរបស់ drbdadm</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -338,7 +341,7 @@
" ប្រអប់ នឹងបោះពុម្ពចំនួនវិនាទី 'dialog-refresh' នីមួយៗ\n"
" កំណត់វាទៅ ០ ដើម្បីបិទការគូរឡើងវិញទាំងស្រុង ។ </p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -353,7 +356,7 @@
" ដូចបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានអធិប្បាយនៅក្នុងឯកសារនេះ ។ </p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -366,7 +369,7 @@
"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ drbd នៅទីនេះ ។<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -379,7 +382,7 @@
"បន្ទាប់មកចុច <b>កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ</b> ។</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -390,7 +393,7 @@
"ដែលអ្នកអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនៅក្នុង ។</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -406,7 +409,7 @@
"កែសម្រួលការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ពួកគេ ។<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
@@ -415,7 +418,7 @@
"ចុច <b>បន្ថែម</b> ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ drbd ។</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -426,7 +429,7 @@
"បន្ទាប់មកចុច <b>កែសម្រួល</b> ឬ <b>លុប</b> តាមតម្រូវការ ។</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -438,7 +441,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -449,7 +452,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -460,60 +463,129 @@
"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of DASD"
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DASD"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device type"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "ប្រភេទឧបករណ៍"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..."
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ SCPM..."
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable TLS"
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr "បើក TLS"
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះធនធាន"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Nodes"
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr "ថ្នាំង"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "បន្ថែម"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "កែសម្រួល"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "លុប"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Save"
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr "រក្សាទុក"
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "ពិធីការ"
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "យល់ព្រម"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "បោះបង់"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះចែករំលែកមិនអាចទទេឡើយ ។"
+
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
-msgstr "ឈ្មោះថ្នាំង ត្រូវតែខុសគ្នា ។"
-
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "សូមបំពេញរាល់វាលទាំងអស់ ។"
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configure authentication of the nodes."
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវរបស់ថ្នាំង ។"
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the module name."
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះរបស់ម៉ូឌុល ។"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះថ្នាំង ត្រូវតែខុសគ្នា ។"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -623,80 +695,80 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរ idmapd.conf បានឡើយ ។"
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DRBD"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់សកល"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "អានធនធាន"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configurations"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "អានស្ថានភាពដេមិន"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង ។"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់សកល..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានធនធាន..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configurations..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានស្ថានភាពដេមិន..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការរក្សាទុក ipsec.conf ៖"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups"
msgid ""
@@ -704,12 +776,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ក្រុមធនធាន"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DRBD"
@@ -717,55 +789,55 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់សកល"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "សរសេរធនធាន"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "កំណត់ស្ថានភាពដេមិន"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់សកល..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរធនធាន..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់ស្ថានភាពដេមិន..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/fcoe-client.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/fcoe-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/fcoe-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-23 11:33+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firewall-services.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firewall-services.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firewall-services.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-23 15:53+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firewall.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firewall.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firewall.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 16:10+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firstboot.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firstboot.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/firstboot.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 10:31+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -117,13 +117,13 @@
msgstr "ស្លាក"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "ស្ថានភាព"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ូឌុល"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "ស្ថានភាព"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/fonts.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/fonts.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/fonts.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,63 +19,63 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "កម្មវិធីនិពន្ធរូបភាព"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "លំនាំដើម"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "ពុម្ពអក្សរ"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ftp-server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ftp-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ftp-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 11:05+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/geo-cluster.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/geo-cluster.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/geo-cluster.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
@@ -120,17 +120,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr "បន្ថែម"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "កែសម្រួល"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "លុប"
@@ -139,18 +139,16 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication"
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
@@ -158,9 +156,9 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr "យល់ព្រម"
@@ -173,193 +171,201 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "កូនសោផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The kernel will be written to slot B."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
+msgstr "ខឺណែលនឹងត្រូវបានសរសេរទៅរន្ធ B ។"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The Disk Image Directory must be an absolute path."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
+msgstr "ថតរូបភាពថាសត្រូវតែជាផ្លូវដាច់ខាតមួយ ។"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "កូនសោផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Basics"
msgid "Basic"
msgstr "គោល"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "បោះបង់"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please enter a password"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "សូមបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No entries."
msgid "retries"
msgstr "គ្មានធាតុ ។"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Height"
msgid "weights"
msgstr "កម្ពស់"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Expired"
msgid "expire"
msgstr "ផុតកំណត់"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Required patterns"
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "លំនាំដែលបានទាមទារ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "អំពើមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "' មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "URL បានបញ្ចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "URL បានបញ្ចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "' មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "វាលច្រកមិនអាចទទេបានទេ"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានអ៊ីមែលរបស់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានអ៊ីមែលរបស់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The target already exists"
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "មានគោលដៅរួចហើយ"
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមិនអាចទទេ ។"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមិនអាចទទេ ។"
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "កូនសោមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "កម្មវិធីត្រូវដំឡើង ៖"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr "កម្មវិធីត្រូវដំឡើង ៖"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
@@ -367,20 +373,26 @@
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk."
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើតថាសសតិដំឡើង ។"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "កំណត់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ប្រូកស៊ី"
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "កូនសោផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image created successfully"
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr "បានបង្កើតរូបភាពដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -388,7 +400,7 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
@@ -397,7 +409,7 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "ការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ - ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -554,6 +566,16 @@
msgstr "សង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authentication"
+#~ msgid "Authentification"
+#~ msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "កំណត់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ប្រូកស៊ី"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Software to be installed:"
#~ msgid "site have to be filled"
#~ msgstr "កម្មវិធីត្រូវដំឡើង ៖"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/http-server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/http-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/http-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 16:28+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/inetd.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/inetd.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/inetd.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 09:10+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -103,11 +103,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr "អ្នកមិនអាចផ្សំជម្រើស 'លេខសម្គាល់' ជាមួយជម្រើសផ្សេងទៀតបានឡើយ ។"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr "ស្ថានភាព"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr "សេវា"
@@ -119,15 +119,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr "ពិធីការ"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr "រង់ចាំ"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ"
@@ -142,12 +142,12 @@
msgstr "បិទ"
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "បាទ/ចាស"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "ទេ"
@@ -163,127 +163,127 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ %1 នឹងត្រូវបានដំឡើង អំឡុងពេលសរសេរ ។"
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ %1 មិនបានដំឡើងឡើយ ។ អ្នកមិនអាចកែសម្រួលសេវាបានឡើយ ។"
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ %1 ត្រូវបានដំឡើងដោយជោគជ័យ ។"
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសេវាទាំងអស់សកម្ម"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសេវាទាំងអស់អសកម្ម"
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr "បិទ"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr "បើក"
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr "សេវាដែលមានបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr "Ch"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr "ប្រភេទ "
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "ពិធីការ"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ / អាគុយម៉ង់"
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "បន្ថែម"
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "កែសម្រួល"
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "លុប"
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr "ស្ថានភាពរបស់សេវាទាំងអស់"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសេវាបណ្ដាញ (xinetd)"
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr "បន្ថែមធាតុសេវាថ្មីមួយ"
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr "មិនអាចលុបសេវាបានឡើយ ។ វាមិនបានដំឡើងឡើយ ។"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "ដើម្បីលុបសេវាមួយ សូមជ្រើសសេវាមួយក្នុងប្រអប់មេ ។"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr "ដើម្បីធ្វើឲ្យសេវាមួយសកម្ម ឬអសកម្ម សូមជ្រើសសេវាមួយក្នុងប្រអប់មេ ។"
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr "កែសម្រួលធាតុសេវាកម្ម"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "ដើម្បីកែសម្រួលសេវាកម្ម សូមជ្រើសសេវាមួយក្នុងប្រអប់មេ ។"
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
@@ -292,54 +292,54 @@
"ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើអ៊ីនធឺណិតនឹងត្រូវបានធ្វើឲ្យប្រើលែងបាន ។"
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "សេវាកម្ម"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr "កំណែ RPC"
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr "សេវាសកម្ម ។"
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr "ប្រភេទរន្ធ"
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "ពិធីការ"
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr "រង់ចាំ"
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "ក្រុម"
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr "អាគុយម៉ង់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ"
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr "សេចក្ដីអធិប្បាយ"
@@ -353,14 +353,14 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr "--លំនាំដើម--"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
@@ -369,12 +369,12 @@
"សូមបញ្ចូលតម្លៃត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n"
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះសេវាកម្មមានតួអក្សរដែលមិនអនុញ្ញាត \"/\" ។"
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ %1 ត្រូវបានបម្រុងសម្រាប់តែដំណើរការខាងក្នុងរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។"
@@ -653,57 +653,57 @@
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម..."
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ inetd"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ inetd..."
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..."
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់ !"
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>សេវាទាំងអស់ត្រូវបានសម្គាល់ថា បានបញ្ឈប់ ។</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr "សេវាបណ្ដាញ"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr "សេវាបណ្ដាញត្រូវបានគ្រប់គ្រងតាមរយៈ %1"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr "សេវាទាំងនេះនឹងបើក"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/installation.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/installation.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/installation.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 09:11+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..."
@@ -208,28 +208,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ត្រឡប់ថយក្រោយ ហើយពិនិត្យការកំណត់បើអ្នកមិនច្បាស់ ។</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "អះអាងការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr "<p>មានព័ត៌មានគ្រប់គ្រាន់ហើយ ដើម្បីប្រតិបត្តិការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព ។</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
@@ -285,61 +285,7 @@
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា %1..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ប្រើ <b>ក្លូន</b> ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតទម្រង់ AutoYaST ។\n"
-"AutoYaST គឺជាវិធីត្រូវធ្វើដើម្បីបំពេញរដំឡើងលីនុចស៊ូស៊ី ដោយមិនមានអន្តរកម្មរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ។ AutoYaST\n"
-"ត្រូវការទម្រង់ដើម្បីដឹងអ្វីដែលប្រព័ន្ធបានដំឡើងមានរូបរាងយ៉ាងម៉េច ។ ប្រសិនបើជម្រើសនេះ\n"
-"ត្រូវបានជ្រើស ទម្រង់របស់ប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្នត្រូវបានទុកនៅក្នុង <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> ។</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..."
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រព័ន្ធ..."
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងឯកសារទៅប្រព័ន្ធដែលបានដំឡើង..."
@@ -536,7 +482,7 @@
msgstr "បច្ចុប្បន្នភាពសម្រាប់ %1 %2"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ផលិតផល"
@@ -565,54 +511,28 @@
"ជ្រើសថាតើត្រូវរត់ការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពលើបណ្ដាញឥឡូវ ឬក៏អត់ ។\n"
"អ្នកអាចរំលងជំហាននេះ ហើយរត់ការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពលើបណ្ដាញពេលក្រោយក៏បានដែរ ។\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "ភាសា"
-
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "ប្លង់ក្ដារចុច"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "ខ្ញុំយល់ព្រមនឹងលក្ខខណ្ឌរបស់អាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ ។"
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "ក្តារចុច"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "ឯកសារចេញផ្សាយ"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "កិច្ចព្រមព្រៀងអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "ការបកប្រែអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ..."
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -626,7 +546,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -639,7 +559,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -650,7 +570,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -663,7 +583,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -675,24 +595,50 @@
"ដំណើរការដំឡើងនៅពេលណាមួយ ។\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "ឯកសារចេញផ្សាយ"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "កិច្ចព្រមព្រៀងអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "ភាសា"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "ប្លង់ក្ដារចុច"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "ខ្ញុំយល់ព្រមនឹងលក្ខខណ្ឌរបស់អាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ ។"
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "ក្តារចុច"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "ការបកប្រែអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -795,7 +741,7 @@
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ autoyast2 មិនត្រូវបានដំឡើងទេ ។ បានបិទការក្លូន ។"
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងចាប់ផ្ដើមឥឡូវនេះ..."
@@ -804,8 +750,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -813,7 +759,7 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
@@ -822,7 +768,7 @@
"កំពុងបោះបង់ការដំឡើង...\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
@@ -831,20 +777,20 @@
"YaST នឹងបើកកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងកញ្ចប់សម្រាប់អ្នក ដើម្បីពិនិត្យមើលស្ថានភាពកញ្ចប់បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។"
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "ទាញយករូបភាពនៅល្បឿន %1/វិ."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "ទាញយករូបភាព %1 នៅល្បឿន %2/វិ."
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "បង្ហាញរូបភាព..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "បង្ហាញរូបភាព %1..."
@@ -870,36 +816,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "កំពុងរកឧបករណ៍បញ្ជាដែលមាន..."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យថាសសកម្ម"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស &DASD"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស &ZFCP"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចំណុចប្រទាក់ &FCoE"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស &iSCSI"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
-msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..."
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
@@ -917,7 +864,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម"
@@ -957,53 +904,53 @@
msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតបញ្ជីស្គ្រីបបញ្ចប់ដើម្បីហៅ..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "ចម្លងឯកសារទៅប្រព័ន្ធដែលបានដំឡើង"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ការដំឡើង"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "រៀបចំប្រព័ន្ធ សម្រាប់ការចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងជាលើកដំបូង"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលដំណាក់កាល ៖ %1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "កំពុងហៅជំហាន %1..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការដំឡើង"
@@ -1028,24 +975,24 @@
msgstr "កំពុងរៀបចំការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រព័ន្ធចាប់ផ្ដើម..."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Mode"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "របៀបដំឡើង"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "បន្ថែមឃ្លាំងលើបណ្ដាញមុនពេលដំឡើង"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "រួមបញ្ចូលផលិតផលបន្ថែមពីមេឌៀដាច់ដោយឡែក"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1056,7 +1003,7 @@
"ជ្រើសអ្វីដែលត្រូវធ្វើ ៖</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1067,7 +1014,7 @@
"<b>បន្ថែមឃ្លាំងលើបណ្ដាញ មុននឹងដំឡើង</b> ។</p>"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -1078,7 +1025,7 @@
"សូមជ្រើស <b>រួមបញ្ចូលផលិតផលបន្ថែមពីមេឌៀផ្សេងគ្នា</b> ។</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1353,7 +1300,7 @@
msgstr "YaST កំពុងស្ទង់រកផ្នែករឹងរបស់កុំព្យូទ័រ និងប្រព័ន្ធដែលបានដំឡើងឥឡូវ..."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1366,7 +1313,7 @@
"សូមពិនិត្យផ្នែករឹងរបស់អ្នក !\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1379,7 +1326,7 @@
"រកមិនឃើញថាសរឹង ដើម្បីដំឡើង ។\n"
"សូមពិនិត្យផ្នែករឹងរបស់អ្នក !\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1390,7 +1337,7 @@
"(ជាពិសេសនៅលើប្រព័ន្ធ S/390 ឬ iSCSI)\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1407,7 +1354,7 @@
"សូមពិនិត្យមើលផ្នែករឹងរបស់អ្នក ។\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1415,6 +1362,36 @@
"បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការចាប់ផ្ដើមឃ្លាំងកម្មវិធី ។\n"
"បោះបង់ការដំឡើង ។"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "មិនអាចម៉ោនភាគថាស /var %1 បានឡើយ ។\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "មិនអាចកំណត់លំនាំ ៖ %1 ។"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1468,8 +1445,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្តូរ..."
@@ -1699,7 +1676,7 @@
msgstr "រៀបចំឃ្លាំង linker ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..."
@@ -1828,35 +1805,22 @@
msgstr "កំពុងស្វែងរកភាគថាសលីនុច..."
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "ពិតជាកំណត់អ្វីៗទាំងអស់ ទៅជាតម្លៃលំនាំដើម ?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "អ្នកនឹងបាត់បង់ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់ ។"
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ អាស្រ័យលើសំណើរបស់អ្នកប្រើ"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1865,25 +1829,25 @@
"ដោះស្រាយមុននឹងបន្ត ។\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសម្រួលសំណើទៅកាន់ការកំណត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ERROR ៖ គ្មានសំណើ"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1896,46 +1860,38 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "ប្រើការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធខាងក្រោម"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "ចុចចំណងជើង ដើម្បីធ្វើការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ឬប្រើម៉ឺនុយ \"ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ...\" នៅខាងក្រោម ។"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "ចុចចំណងជើង ដើម្បីធ្វើការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ឬប្រើម៉ឺនុយ \"ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ...\" នៅខាងក្រោម ។"
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "កំណត់ទៅជាលំនាំដើមវិញ"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "ដំឡើង"
@@ -1970,7 +1926,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1983,7 +1939,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1995,7 +1951,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2007,7 +1963,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2019,7 +1975,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2030,12 +1986,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>សំណើដំឡើង UML</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2046,7 +2002,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2065,6 +2021,18 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ"
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Profile"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "ទម្រង់ប្រព័ន្ធ"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2072,12 +2040,73 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root..."
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញ URL '%1' តាមរយៈពិធីការ HTTP(S) ។ ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើបានត្រឡប់កូដ %2 ។"
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញ URL '%1' តាមរយៈពិធីការ FTP ។ ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើបានត្រឡប់កូដ %2 ។"
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr "ការអានឯកសារនៅលើ %1/%2 បានបរាជ័យ ។\n"
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr "ការអានឯកសារនៅលើ %1 បានបរាជ័យ ។\n"
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr "ការម៉ោន %1 បានបរាជ័យ ។"
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr "ការអានឯកសារមួយនៅលើស៊ីឌីបានបរាជ័យ ។ ផ្លូវ ៖ %1/%2 ។"
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr "ឯកសារពីចម្ងាយ %1 មិនអាចទាញយកបានd"
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr "%1 មិនត្រូវបានម៉ោងទេ ហើយម៉ោនបានបរាជ័យ"
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr "ឯកសារ %1 មិនអាចរកឃើញបាន"
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញ URL '%1' តាមរយៈពិធីការ TFTP ។"
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "ពិធីការដែលមិនស្គាល់ %1 ។"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
@@ -2114,6 +2143,48 @@
"ការដំឡើងមិនអាចដោះស្រាយភាពអាស្រ័យរបស់កញ្ចប់ដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិបានទេ ។\n"
"កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងផ្នែកទន់ នឹងត្រូវបានបើកដើម្បីដោះស្រាយដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>ប្រើ <b>ក្លូន</b> ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតទម្រង់ AutoYaST ។\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST គឺជាវិធីត្រូវធ្វើដើម្បីបំពេញរដំឡើងលីនុចស៊ូស៊ី ដោយមិនមានអន្តរកម្មរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ។ AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "ត្រូវការទម្រង់ដើម្បីដឹងអ្វីដែលប្រព័ន្ធបានដំឡើងមានរូបរាងយ៉ាងម៉េច ។ ប្រសិនបើជម្រើសនេះ\n"
+#~ "ត្រូវបានជ្រើស ទម្រង់របស់ប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្នត្រូវបានទុកនៅក្នុង <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> ។</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Writing the system configuration..."
+#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រព័ន្ធ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
+#~ msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Export Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "កំហុស ៖ បាត់ចំណងជើង"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/instserver.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/instserver.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/instserver.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 14:27+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -63,25 +63,25 @@
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរមេឌៀ"
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr "បញ្ចូលស៊ីឌី %1 បន្ទាប់មកចុចបន្ត ។"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr "ជ្រើសរូបភាព ISO %1 បន្ទាប់មកចុចបន្ត ។"
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr "បញ្ចូលស៊ីឌី %1 នៃ %2 ។"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr "ជ្រើសរូបភាព ISO %1 នៃ %2 ។"
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
@@ -90,12 +90,12 @@
"%1"
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "ជ្រើស %1"
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -108,63 +108,63 @@
"ជ្រើសឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកផលិតផលមូលដ្ឋានជាមុនសិន ។"
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងមាតិការបស់ស៊ីឌីទៅថតមូលដ្ឋាន"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr "វាប្រហែលជាត្រូវការពេលមួយរយៈ..."
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr "កំហុសខណៈពេលផ្លាស់ទីមាតិកាឃ្លាំង ។"
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឃ្លាំង"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "អានឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកជាស៊ីឌី ឬឌីវីឌី"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr "ប្រភពទិន្នន័យ"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr "ប្រើរូបភាព &ISO"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr "ថតដែលមានរូបភាពស៊ីឌី ៖"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "ជ្រើសថត"
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "ជ្រើសថត"
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr "បាត់ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើការដំឡើង ។"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
"មិនចម្លងស៊ីឌី ។"
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
@@ -182,20 +182,20 @@
"បន្ថែម ។ល។) ទៅឃ្លាំង ?"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង ៖"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr "ប្រកាសសេវាការដំឡើងជាមួយ SLP"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
"បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះផ្សេង ។"
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
"អាចសរសេរបាន និងព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។\n"
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -230,87 +230,87 @@
"ពិតជាលុបមាតិកាចាស់ និងបង្កើតវាពីដំបូងដែរឬទេ ?"
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមការរៀបចំ -- ការរៀបចំដំបូង"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr "កុំកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសេវាបណ្ដាញណាទាំងអស់"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr "ថតត្រូវផ្ទុកឃ្លាំង ៖"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជាឃ្លាំង HTTP"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជាឃ្លាំង FTP"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជាឃ្លាំង NFS"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr "បាត់ផ្លូវថតសម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើការដំឡើង ។"
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើការដំឡើង -- NFS"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "អក្សរជំនួសម៉ាស៊ីន"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើស"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr "កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NFS ។"
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើការដំឡើង -- FTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr "ថត Root របស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ &FTP ៖"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយរបស់ថត ៖"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr "កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ FTP ។"
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើការដំឡើង -- HTTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយរបស់ថត"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការបង្កើតការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ HTTPD ។"
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@
"ចុច <b>កែសម្រួល</b> ឬ <b>លុប</b>រៀងៗខ្លួន ។</p>\n"
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
@@ -674,73 +674,73 @@
"មិនកែប្រែការនាំចេញ NFS ?\n"
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "អានឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr "ស្វែងរកឃ្លាំងថ្មី"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr "កំពុងរកមើលឃ្លាំងថ្មីមួយ..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "មិនអាចអានការកំណត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។"
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើការដំឡើង"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "ដំណើរការ SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "កំពុងដំណើរការ SuSEconfig..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់បានឡើយ ។"
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "ឃ្លាំងដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iplb.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iplb.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iplb.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iscsi-client.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iscsi-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iscsi-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 14:52+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -119,10 +119,8 @@
msgstr "កែសម្រួល"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Disconnected"
-msgid "Disconnect"
-msgstr "បានផ្ដាច់"
+msgid "Log Out"
+msgstr "ចេញ"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -133,6 +131,9 @@
msgstr "របកគំហើញ"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr "ចូល"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "តភ្ជាប់"
@@ -214,8 +215,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម iSCSI</h1>"
@@ -334,32 +335,34 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
+"បញ្ជីសម័យបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។ ដើម្បីបន្ថែមគោលដៅថ្មី ជ្រើសវា ហើយចុច <b>បន្ថែម</b> ។\n"
+"ដើម្បីយកវាចេញ ចុច <b>ចេញ</b> ។\n"
+"ដើម្បីផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស្ថានភាពចាប់ផ្ដើម ចុច <b>បិទ/បើក</b> ។\n"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>ព្រមាន</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>ពេលចូលដំណើរការឧបករណ៍ iSCSI <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, ប្រាកដថាការចូលដំណើរការនេះដាច់ដោយឡែក ។ មិនដូច្នេះបណ្ដាលឲ្យទិន្នន័យខូចទាំងស្រុង ។</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
-#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម</b> គឺជាតម្លៃដែលបានមកពី<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> ។ \n"
-"ក្នុងករណីអ្នកមាន iBFT តម្លៃនេះនឹងត្រូវបានបន្ថែមពីទីនោះ ហើយអ្នកអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរវាតែនៅក្នុងការដំឡើង BIOS ។</p>"
+"<p><b>ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម</b> គឺជាតម្លៃដែលបានមកពី<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> ។ \n"
+"ក្នុងករណីអ្នកមាន iBFT តម្លៃនេះនឹងត្រូវបានបន្ថែមពីទីនោះ ហើយអ្នកអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរវាតែនៅក្នុងការដំឡើង BIOS ។</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
@@ -367,25 +370,24 @@
"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើ <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) សម្រាប់រកគោលដៅជំនួសឲ្យវិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ញើគោលដៅលំនាំដើម\n"
"បំពេញអាសយដ្ឋាន IP របស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ iSNS និងច្រក ។ ច្រកលំនាំដើមគួរតែជា ៣២០៥ ។\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
-#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
-#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-"បញ្ចូល <b>អាសយដ្ឋាន IP</b> នៃម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលបានរកឃើញ ។\n"
-"ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរតែ <b>ច្រក</b> បើត្រូវការ ។ សម្រាប់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ សូមប្រើ <b>ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ</b> និង<b>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b> ។ បើអ្នកមិនត្រូវការការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវទេ\n"
-"សូមជ្រើស <b>គ្មានការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ</b> ។\n"
+"បញ្ចូល <b>អាសយដ្ឋាន IP</b> នៃម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលបានរកឃើញ ។\n"
+"ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរតែ <b>ច្រក</b> បើត្រូវការ ។ សម្រាប់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ សូមប្រើ <b>ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ</b> និង<b>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b> ។ បើអ្នកមិនត្រូវការការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវទេ\n"
+"សូមជ្រើស <b>គ្មានការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ</b> ។\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr "បញ្ជីរបស់ថ្នាំងដែលបានផ្ដល់ដោយគោលដៅ iSCSI ។ ជ្រើសធាតុមួយ និងចុច <b>តភ្ជាប់</b> ។"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "ជ្រើសប្រភេទនៃការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ និងបញ្ចូល <b>ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ</b> និង<b>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b> ។"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>ចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង</h1>"
@@ -406,22 +408,12 @@
"<p><b>ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ</b> គឺសម្រាប់គោលដៅ iSCSI ត្រូវបានតភ្ជាប់នៅពេល iSCSI \n"
"ចាប់ផ្ដើម ។</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr "<h4>ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ</h4>"
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgstr "បញ្ជីគោលដៅដែលបានរកឃើញ ។ ចាប់ផ្ដើម <b>របកគំហើញ</b> ថ្មីមួយ ឬ<b>តភ្ជាប់</b> គោលដៅណាមួយ ។"
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -472,32 +464,15 @@
msgstr "វាលច្រកមិនអាចទទេបានទេ"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Initiator Name"
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr "ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
-#| "The correct syntax is\n"
-#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Example:\n"
-#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
"ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n"
"វាក្យសម្ពត្រឹមត្រូវគឺ\n"
@@ -508,12 +483,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "បញ្ចូលអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ។"
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "បញ្ចូលច្រក ។"
@@ -521,36 +496,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr "ពិត"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr "មិនពិត"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "គោលដៅជាមួយឈ្មោះគោលដៅនេះត្រូវបានតភ្ជាប់រួចហើយ ។ សូមប្រាកដថាការដាក់ផ្លូវជាច្រើនត្រូវបានបើកដើម្បីការពារការខូចទិន្នន័យ ។"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "បន្ត"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "បោះបង់"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "គោលដៅត្រូវបានតភ្ជាប់រួចហើយ ។"
@@ -643,7 +618,7 @@
msgstr "ទាំងអស់"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -655,38 +630,83 @@
"ធ្វើការបម្រុងទុក ។ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្សេង ប្ដូរវា \n"
"នៅក្នុង BIOS ។\n"
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Image creation failed."
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr "ការបង្កើតរូបភាពបានបរាជ័យ ។"
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
-#~ msgid "Log Out"
-#~ msgstr "ចេញ"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Disconnected"
+#~ msgid "Disconnect"
+#~ msgstr "បានផ្ដាច់"
-#~ msgid "Log In"
-#~ msgstr "ចូល"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+#~| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+#~ "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម</b> គឺជាតម្លៃដែលបានមកពី<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> ។ \n"
+#~ "ក្នុងករណីអ្នកមាន iBFT តម្លៃនេះនឹងត្រូវបានបន្ថែមពីទីនោះ ហើយអ្នកអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរវាតែនៅក្នុងការដំឡើង BIOS ។</p>"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+#~| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#~| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+#~ "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+#~ "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#~ "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "បញ្ជីសម័យបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។ ដើម្បីបន្ថែមគោលដៅថ្មី ជ្រើសវា ហើយចុច <b>បន្ថែម</b> ។\n"
-#~ "ដើម្បីយកវាចេញ ចុច <b>ចេញ</b> ។\n"
-#~ "ដើម្បីផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស្ថានភាពចាប់ផ្ដើម ចុច <b>បិទ/បើក</b> ។\n"
+#~ "បញ្ចូល <b>អាសយដ្ឋាន IP</b> នៃម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលបានរកឃើញ ។\n"
+#~ "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរតែ <b>ច្រក</b> បើត្រូវការ ។ សម្រាប់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ សូមប្រើ <b>ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ</b> និង<b>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b> ។ បើអ្នកមិនត្រូវការការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវទេ\n"
+#~ "សូមជ្រើស <b>គ្មានការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ</b> ។\n"
-#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-#~ msgstr "ជ្រើសប្រភេទនៃការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ និងបញ្ចូល <b>ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ</b> និង<b>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b> ។"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+#~ msgstr "<h4>ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ</h4>"
-#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-#~ msgstr "បញ្ជីគោលដៅដែលបានរកឃើញ ។ ចាប់ផ្ដើម <b>របកគំហើញ</b> ថ្មីមួយ ឬ<b>តភ្ជាប់</b> គោលដៅណាមួយ ។"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Initiator Name"
+#~ msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+#~ msgstr "ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+#~| "The correct syntax is\n"
+#~| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#~| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#~| "\n"
+#~| "Example:\n"
+#~| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "The correct syntax is\n"
+#~ "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#~ "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Example:\n"
+#~ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Do you want to use the name?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n"
+#~ "វាក្យសម្ពត្រឹមត្រូវគឺ\n"
+#~ "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#~ "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "ឧទាហរណ៍ ៖\n"
+#~ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Image creation failed."
+#~ msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "ការបង្កើតរូបភាពបានបរាជ័យ ។"
+
#~ msgid "(Software)"
#~ msgstr "ផ្នែកទន់"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iscsi-lio-server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iscsi-lio-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/iscsi-lio-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr "គោលដៅ"
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write groups"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -112,135 +112,142 @@
msgstr "ផ្លូវ"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr "បន្ថែម"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "កែសម្រួល"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "លុប"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ"
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mappings"
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr "ការផ្គូផ្គង"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authors"
msgid "Auth"
msgstr "អ្នកនិពន្ធ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit "
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "កែសម្រួល"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit &SOA"
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr "កែសម្រួល &SOA"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "គ្មានការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវចូល"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវចេញ"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "ដោយដៃ"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "ដោយដៃ"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Test Status"
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr "សាកល្បងស្ថានភាព"
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "គ្រាប់ចុច"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "តម្លៃ"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target Overview"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
@@ -248,33 +255,34 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>គោលដៅ iSCSI</h1>"
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "បន្ថែមគោលដៅ iSCSI"
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr "កែប្រែគោលដៅ iSCSI"
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr "កែប្រែគោលដៅ iSCSI"
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr "កំណត់ការនាំចេញគោលដៅ iSCSI"
@@ -442,7 +450,10 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
@@ -450,17 +461,19 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
"ជ្រើសប្រភេទផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ ប្រើ<b>គ្មានការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ</b> ឬមួយក្នុងចំណោម <b>ចូល</b> និង<b>ចេញ</b> (អាចទាំងពីររួមគ្នា) ។ បន្ទាប់មកបញ្ចូល <b>អ្នកប្រើ</b> និង<b>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b> ។ \n"
"សម្រាប់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវចូល វាអាច<b>បន្ថែម</b> ច្រើន និង<b>កែសម្រួល</b> ហើយ<b>លុប</b>ពួកវា ។"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n"
@@ -474,14 +487,14 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>គោលដៅ iSCSI</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -490,21 +503,21 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values.\n"
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr "បង្កើតគោលដៅថ្មីមួយ ។ ជំនួសតម្លៃពុម្ពដោយតម្លៃដែលត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ \n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -513,11 +526,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr "វាអាច<b>បន្ថែម</b> <b>កែសម្រួល</b> ឬ<b>លុប</b> ជម្រើសកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបន្ថែមទាំងអស់ ។"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n"
@@ -554,7 +567,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The specified node is already in the cluster."
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "មានថ្នាំងដែលបានបញ្ជាក់នៅក្នុង cluster រួចហើយ ។"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -587,9 +600,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ"
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
#, fuzzy
@@ -615,9 +628,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ"
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
#, fuzzy
@@ -629,24 +642,26 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Alias name must not be empty."
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយត្រូវតែមិនទទេ ។"
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name already exists!"
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr "មានឈ្មោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរួចហើយ !"
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
@@ -656,110 +671,136 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "បោះបង់"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "ប្រើបាន"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "ប្រើមិនបាន"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "ពិតជាលុបធាតុដែលបានជ្រើសឬ ?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Setting UDP port to %1"
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr "កំណត់ច្រក UDP ទៅ %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n"
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr "កំហុសនៅពេលយកចេញ %1\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "គោលដៅមិនអាចទទេ ។"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "គោលដៅមិនអាចទទេ ។"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "មានគោលដៅរួចហើយ ។"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "សំបុត្រចូល"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "សំបុត្រចេញ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr "គ្មាន"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "ប្រើមិនបាន"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតថត %1 ៖\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតថត %1 ៖\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតថត %1 ៖\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
#| "%2"
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
"កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតថត %1 ៖\n"
"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable fingerprint authentication"
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
+msgstr "បើកការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ស្នាមម្រាមដៃ"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110
@@ -774,11 +815,11 @@
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -888,6 +929,31 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
+#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#~ msgstr "កែប្រែគោលដៅ iSCSI"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration name already exists!"
+#~ msgid "Client name already exists!"
+#~ msgstr "មានឈ្មោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរួចហើយ !"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "រត់ SuSEconfig"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/isns.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/isns.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/isns.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 08:36+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/journal.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/journal.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/journal.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/kdump.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/kdump.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/kdump.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 17:14+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -379,10 +379,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "ដើម្បីអនុវត្តការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ តម្រូវឲ្យចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងវិញ ។"
@@ -1243,154 +1241,180 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?"
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr "ជម្រើសខឺណែលមានជួរជាច្រើន ។ សរសេរវាឡើងវិញ ?"
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This module must be run as root.\n"
+#| "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+#| "For example, some settings can be read improperly\n"
+#| "and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"អ្នកត្រូវតែរត់ម៉ូឌុលនេះជា root ។ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកបន្តឥឡូវនេះ ម៉ូឌុលនឹងមិនដំណើរការត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។\n"
+"ឧទាហរណ៍ ការកំណត់ខ្លះអាចអានមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ\n"
+"ហើយការកំណត់នោះអាចនឹងមិនបានសរសេរឡើយ ។\n"
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Currently not supported."
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr "បច្ចុប្បន្នមិនបានគាំទ្រ ។"
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ kdump"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "កំពុងអាចជម្រើសចាប់ផ្ដើមខឺណែល..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានភាគថាសរបស់ថាស..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានអង្គចងចាំដែលមាន..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "មិនអាចអានឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ /etc/sysconfig/kdump បានឡើយ"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "មិនអាចអានជម្រើសការចាប់ផ្ដើមខឺណែលបានទេ ។"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "មិនអាចអានអង្គចងចាំដែលអាចប្រើ ។"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "ការអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ kdump"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពជម្រើសចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពជម្រើសចាប់ផ្ដើម..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់បានឡើយ ។"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "បន្ថែមប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រខឺណែលគាំងទៅកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធបានបរាជ័យ ។"
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "ស្ថានភាព Kdump ៖ %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "បានបើក"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "បានបិទ"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "តម្លៃរបស់ជម្រើសខឺណែលគាំង ៖ %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ Dump ៖ %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "គោលដៅរបស់ dumps ៖ %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "ចំនួន dumps ៖ %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/languages_db.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/languages_db.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/languages_db.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-04 08:34+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ldap-client.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ldap-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ldap-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 13:53+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ldap.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ldap.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ldap.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/live-installer.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/live-installer.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/live-installer.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 09:18+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -39,27 +39,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "កំពុងវាយតម្លៃឯកសារប្រព័ន្ធត្រូវចម្លង..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងរូបភាពបន្តផ្ទាល់..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "កំពុងចម្លង %1..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -74,71 +74,53 @@
"ប្រព័ន្ធផ្ទាល់ ។"
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការចម្លងរូបភាពបន្តផ្ទាល់ទៅកាន់ថាសរឹង ។"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "កំណត់ការដំឡើង"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគប្រព័ន្ធ..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "ប្រើ %1%% នៃថាស %2 សម្រាប់លីនុច"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "កុំប្រើថាស %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "ការចែកជាភាគ"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "សួរថាតើត្រូវចាប់ផ្ដើមពីលីនុច ឬពីប្រព័ន្ធដែលមានស្រាប់"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមតែពីលីនុចប៉ុណ្ណោះ"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "ពេលសម្រាកប្រព័ន្ធចាប់ផ្ដើម ៖ %1 វិនាទី"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "ក្ដារចុច"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "តំបន់ពេលវេលា"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់ការដំឡើង"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -147,7 +129,7 @@
"ប្រើ<b>ព្រមទទួល</b> ដើម្បីអនុវត្តការដំឡើងថ្មីជាមួយនឹងតម្លៃដែលបានបង្ហាញ ។</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -158,7 +140,7 @@
"ឬជ្រើស <b>ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់ការដំឡើង</b> ។</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -271,7 +253,7 @@
"'កំណត់ឡើងវិញ' ដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើមវាឡើងវិញ ។"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងឯកសារទៅប្រព័ន្ធដែលបានដំឡើង..."
@@ -295,6 +277,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកតំបន់ពេលវេលា..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "សួរថាតើត្រូវចាប់ផ្ដើមពីលីនុច ឬពីប្រព័ន្ធដែលមានស្រាប់"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមតែពីលីនុចប៉ុណ្ណោះ"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "ពេលសម្រាកប្រព័ន្ធចាប់ផ្ដើម ៖ %1 វិនាទី"
+
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "កំណត់ការដំឡើង"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/mail.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/mail.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/mail.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 09:56+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/multipath.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/multipath.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/multipath.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 16:31+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/network.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/network.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/network.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-04 15:27+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបអំពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីន ៖"
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "កំហុសកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ៖ ចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលមិនបានចាប់ផ្ដើម ។"
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ"
@@ -809,13 +809,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "ព្រមាន ៖ មិនបានប្រើការអ៊ិនគ្រីបឡើយ ។"
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ។"
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP"
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "បន្ថែម"
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@
msgstr "ក្រុមធ្យូនែល"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ប្រ៊ីដ្យ"
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr "គ្មានតំណ និងការរៀបចំ IP ឡើយ (Bonding Slaves)"
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន &IP"
@@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1324,13 +1324,13 @@
"តែក្នុងករណីអ្នកដឹងថា ការរកឃើញគឺមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "មានវត្តមានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1 រួចហើយ ។"
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1344,20 +1344,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "គ្មានអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "គ្មានរបាំងបណ្ដាញ ឬប្រវែងបុព្វបទដែលត្រឹមត្រូវទេ ។"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@
"តើពិតជាទុកឲ្យឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនទំនេរឬ ?\n"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1382,54 +1382,54 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr "ទូទៅ"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យឧបករណ៍សកម្ម"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "តំបន់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការកំណត់កាតបណ្ដាញលម្អិត នៅទីនេះ ។</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអាសយដ្ឋាន IP របស់អ្នក ។</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "ផ្នែករឹង"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "ចងរង"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "ឥតខ្សែ"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ifplugd priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1452,12 +1452,12 @@
" កំណត់អាទិភាពរបស់ចំណុចប្រទាក់នីមួយៗ ។ </p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "រៀបចំកាតបណ្ដាញ"
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
@@ -1795,12 +1795,12 @@
"នោះចំណុចប្រទាក់នឹងមិនត្រូវបានគ្រប់គ្រងដោយកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងបណ្ដាញ តទៀតឡើយ ។\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ដែលអ្នកជ្រើសមាន STARTMODE=nfsroot ។ ពិតជាលុបឬ ?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្ររៀបចំបណ្ដាញ"
@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់បណ្ដាញ"
@@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
@@ -3139,47 +3139,47 @@
msgstr "កូនសោ &WEP"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ WPA អាចធ្វើបានតែនៅក្នុងរបៀបប្រតិបត្តិគ្រប់គ្រងប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។"
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "បញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះបណ្ដាញ សម្រាប់របៀបនេះ ។"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះបណ្ដាញត្រូវតែខ្លីជាង ៣២ តួអក្សរ ។"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "ឃ្លាសម្ងាត់ត្រូវតែស្ថិតនៅចន្លោះពី ៨ និង ៦៣ តួអក្សរ (រាប់បញ្ចូលទាំង ៨ និង ៦៣) ។"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "កូនសោត្រូវតែមានតួលេខគោលដប់ប្រាំមួយ %1 ខ្ទង់ ។"
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "ការអ៊ិនគ្រីបសោ ។"
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "អ្នកត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ការអ៊ិនគ្រីបសោ សម្រាប់របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវនេះ ។"
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3189,13 +3189,13 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់ឥតខ្សែបែបជំនាញ"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
@@ -3204,7 +3204,7 @@
"នៅទីនេះ ។</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -3217,7 +3217,7 @@
"ក្នុងករណីនោះ ។</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
@@ -3226,7 +3226,7 @@
"ជាក់ស្ដែងតែម្ដង ។ លំនាំដើមគឺត្រូវទៅឲ្យលឿនតាមតែអាចធ្វើបាន ។</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
@@ -3235,7 +3235,7 @@
"កំណត់ access point មួយដែលត្រូវតភ្ជាប់ ដោយបញ្ចូលអាសយដ្ឋាន MAC របស់វា ។</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -3247,57 +3247,57 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "ឆានែល"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "អត្រាប៊ីត"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "ចំណុចចូលដំណើរការ"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "ប្រើការគ្រប់គ្រងថាមពល"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "AP ScanMode"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលកូនសោបម្លែងជាកូដ"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "កូនសោ"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "ជំនួយ"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "កូនសោឥតខ្សែ"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3312,7 +3312,7 @@
"សោមួយប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3327,43 +3327,43 @@
"</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "សោ WEP"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "ប្រវែងកូនសោ"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr "លេខ"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "គ្រាប់ចុច"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "លំនាំដើម"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "កំណត់ជាលំនាំដើម"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "ជ្រើសវិញ្ញាបនបត្រមួយ"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
@@ -3372,7 +3372,7 @@
"មិនមានសុវត្ថិភាព គឺបណ្ដាញឥតខ្សែមិនល្អ ។ បន្តដោយគ្មាន CA ឬ ?"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3381,47 +3381,47 @@
"ឬវិញ្ញាបនបត្រម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ ។"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr "ណាមួយក៏បាន"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិត WPA-EAP"
@@ -3468,12 +3468,12 @@
msgstr "ការកំណត់ការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "ត្រូវតែដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ទាំងនេះ ៖"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3485,111 +3485,61 @@
"\n"
"ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀតឬ ?\n"
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DNS បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DSL បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកុំព្យូទ័រ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ISDN បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកាតបណ្ដាញ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ូដឹម បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រូកស៊ី បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្ដល់ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ ត្រូវបានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសំបុត្រឥឡូវនេះឬ ?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "រត់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ %1 ?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញ"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "ម៉ូឌឹម"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "កាត ISDN"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ DSL"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញទាំងអស់"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះកុំព្យូទ័រមិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
@@ -3663,8 +3613,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និងឈ្មោះដែន"
@@ -3690,28 +3640,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr "វាមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ឲ្យប្រើ .local ជាឈ្មោះដែននោះទេ ដោយសារតែ DNS ម៉ាល់ធីខាស់ជាច្រើន ។ ប្រើវាមានគ្រោះថ្នាក់ណាស់ ?"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "បញ្ជីស្វែងរកអាចមានច្រើនបំផុតត្រឹម %1 ដែនប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "បញ្ជីស្វែងរកអាចមានច្រើនបំផុតត្រឹម %1 តួអក្សរប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "ដែនស្វែងរក '%1' មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះ"
@@ -3745,27 +3695,27 @@
"<b>ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយម៉ាស៊ីន</b>(ជាជម្រើស)មួយ ដែលបំបែកដោយចន្លោះ ។</p>\n"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនក្លែងក្លាយ"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនក្លែងក្លាយ"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយ \"%1\" មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
@@ -3805,40 +3755,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "ទិសដៅ"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "Ge&nmask"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "ផ្លូវចេញចូល"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "ទិសដៅមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ផ្លូវចេញចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Subnetmask មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "ផ្លូវចេញចូលលំនាំដើមមិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។"
@@ -4108,7 +4058,7 @@
msgstr "ការកំណត់ពិធីការ IPv6"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "បើក IPv6"
@@ -4207,7 +4157,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
@@ -4230,7 +4180,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
@@ -4242,100 +4192,100 @@
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព /etc/resolv.conf ..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន ៖ កំណត់ដោយ DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន ៖ %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីននឹងមិនត្រូវបានសរសេរទៅ /etc/hosts ឡើយ"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះ ៖ %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "បញ្ជីស្វែងរក ៖ %1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព /etc/hosts"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព /etc/hosts ..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "រកឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "អានព័ត៌មានរបស់កម្មវិធីបញ្ជា"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឧបករណ៍"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និង DNS"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "អានព័ត៌មានដំឡើង"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "រកស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "កំពុងរកមើល ndiswrapper..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
@@ -4345,7 +4295,7 @@
"ប៉ុន្តែម៉ូឌុលខឺណែលមិនត្រូវបានស្ទង់រកទេ ។\n"
"តើអ្នកចង់ស្ទង់រក ndiswrapper ឬទេ ?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
@@ -4354,247 +4304,240 @@
"Check configuration manually.\n"
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "កំពុងរកឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឧបករណ៍..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និង DNS..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានព័ត៌មានអំពីការដំឡើង..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "កំពុងរកស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "ដើម្បីអនុវត្តការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរនេះ តម្រូវឲ្យចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងវិញ ។"
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "សរសេរព័ត៌មានរបស់កម្មវិធីបញ្ជា"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឧបករណ៍"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និង DNS"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "រៀបចំសេវាបណ្ដាញ"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសេវាបណ្ដាញសកម្ម"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរ /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឧបករណ៍..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការនាំផ្លូវ..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និង DNS..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងសេវាបណ្ដាញ..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើឲ្យសេវាបណ្ដាញសកម្ម..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "គ្មានបណ្ដាញកំពុងដំណើរការឡើយ"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "របៀបបណ្ដាញ"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់បានគ្រប់គ្រងដោយ NetworkManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "មិនអនុញ្ញាតកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងបណ្ដាញឡើយ"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "ការរៀបចំបណ្ដាញបុរាណជាមួយនឹង NetControl - ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងបណ្ដាញ"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "បានបើកការគាំទ្រពិធីការ IPv6"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "បិទ IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "បានបិទការគាំទ្រពិធីការ IPv6"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not connected"
msgid "connected"
msgstr "មិនបានតភ្ជាប់"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "បានចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ នៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "បានចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ដោយភ្ជាប់តាមរយៈខ្សែ"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "គ្រប់គ្រងដោយកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងបណ្ដាញ"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "នឹងមិនត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើមទាល់តែសោះ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "បានចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយដៃ"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ដែលបានកំណត់ដោយប្រើ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1/%2"
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ៖ %1/%2"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
@@ -4602,46 +4545,46 @@
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "មិនបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះឧបករណ៍ ៖ %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "ចងកូនចៅ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "មិនបានតភ្ជាប់"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "គ្មាន hwinfo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details.</p>"
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "<p>មិនអាចកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកាតបណ្ដាញ ពីព្រោះឧបករណ៍ខឺណែល (eth0, wlan0) មិនបង្ហាញ ។ ភាគច្រើនវាបណ្ដាលមកពីបាត់កម្មវិធីបង្កប់ (សម្រាប់ឧបករណ៍ wlan) ។ ចំពោះសេចក្ដីលម្អិតសូមមើលលទ្ធផលរបស់ dmesg ។</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4653,17 +4596,17 @@
"<p>ឧបករណ៍មិនត្រូវបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធទេ ។ ចុច <b>កែសម្រួល</b>\n"
"ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "ត្រូវការកម្មវិធីបង្កប់"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgid ""
@@ -4672,37 +4615,37 @@
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ SuSEfirewall2 មិនត្រូវបានដំឡើង ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងនឹងត្រូវបានបិទ ។"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញ"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញ..."
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed."
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យសេវា 'uml' ប្រើបាន ត្រូវបានបរាជ័យ ។"
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4710,30 +4653,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "បើកការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ ។"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "បិទការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ ។"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់នៃការនាំផ្លូវ"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនៃការនាំផ្លូវ"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត..."
@@ -4742,26 +4685,26 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់នៃការនាំផ្លូវ"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "ផ្លូវចេញចូល ៖ %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត ៖"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
@@ -4782,6 +4725,42 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(មិនបានការពារ)"
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DNS បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DSL បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកុំព្យូទ័រ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ISDN បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកាតបណ្ដាញ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ូដឹម បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រូកស៊ី បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្ដល់ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ ត្រូវបានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ"
+
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសំបុត្រឥឡូវនេះឬ ?"
+
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "រត់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ %1 ?"
+
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "ពិធីការចាប់ផ្ដើមរបស់ឧបករណ៍"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nfs.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nfs.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nfs.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 14:33+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nfs_server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nfs_server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nfs_server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 08:51+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
@@ -73,27 +73,27 @@
msgstr "ជម្រើស បាទ/ចាស ឬទេ សម្រាប់បិទ/បើក NFS សុវត្ថិភាព"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS អាចប្រើបាន"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS មិនត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាតឡើយ"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលត្រូវការ (%1) មិនត្រូវបានដំឡើងឡើយ ។"
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "គ្មានចំណុចម៉ោនដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។"
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -104,11 +104,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr "ដែនមិនអាចត្រូវបានកំណត់ដោយមិនបើក NFSv4 ។ សូមប្រើពាក្យបញ្ជា 'set enablev4' ។"
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr "ពាក្យបញ្ជា 'set' ត្រូវតែប្រើនៅក្នុងសំណុំបែបបទ 'set option=value' ។ ប្រើ 'set help' ដើម្បីទទួលព័ត៌មានអំពីជម្រើសដែលមាន ។"
@@ -173,48 +173,59 @@
"ប្រហែលជាមានចន្លោះមិនឃើញមិនត្រឹមត្រូវនៅក្នុងឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "ថតដែលនាំចេញ"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "រកមើល..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr "បញ្ចូលផ្លូវនាំចេញមិនទទេ ។ ឧទាហរណ៍ /exports ។"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr "តារាងនាំចេញមានថតនេះរួចហើយ ។"
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+"របៀបអ្នកប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS (%1) មិនអាចនាំចេញថត\n"
+"ដែលមានឈ្មោះដកឃ្លា ។\n"
+"ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដោយផ្អែកលើខឺណែល (%2) ដើម្បីធ្វើនោះ ។"
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "មិនមានថតឡើយ ។ បង្កើតវា ?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "ជ្រើសថតដែលត្រូវនាំចេញ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "តួអក្សរជំនួសម៉ាស៊ីន"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "ជម្រើស"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
@@ -223,7 +234,7 @@
"បានបើក NFSv4 (ទំព័រមុន)\n"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -233,12 +244,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr "មិនអាចអានឯកសារ /etc/idmapd.conf ។ កំណត់លំនាំដើម សម្រាប់ដែនទៅជា 'localdomain' ។"
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -247,7 +258,7 @@
"និងនាំចេញថតមួយចំនួនក្នុងចំណោមថតរបស់អ្នកទៅកន្លែងផ្សេង ។</P>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
@@ -255,7 +266,7 @@
"<P>បើអ្នកជ្រើស <B>ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS</B> ចុច <B>បន្ទាប់</B> បើក\n"
"ប្រអប់កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលត្រូវបញ្ជាក់ថតដែលត្រូវនាំចេញ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -266,7 +277,7 @@
"ដែនមូលដ្ឋាន ឬសំអាងទៅលើ man page សម្រាប់ idmapd និង idmapd.conf ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនប្រាកដ ។</P>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
@@ -275,44 +286,44 @@
"<B>បើកសុវត្ថិភាព GSS</B> ។ អាចប្រើ GSS API បច្ចុប្បន្នអ្នកត្រូវតែមាន Kerberos និង gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) នៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក</P>\n"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "កុំចាប់ផ្ដើម"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "បើក NFSv4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "បើក NFS&v4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះដែន NFSv4 ៖"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "បើកសុវត្ថិភាព GSS"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -323,7 +334,7 @@
"ម៉ោនថតនេះ ។</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
@@ -333,63 +344,68 @@
"វាអាចជាម៉ាស៊ីនមួយ ក្រុម តួអក្សរជំនួស ឬ\n"
"IP បណ្តាញ ។</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>បញ្ចូលសញ្ញា (<tt>*</tt>)មួយជំនួសឲ្យឈ្មោះ ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ម៉ាស៊ីនទាំងអស់ ។</p>"
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>ទុកឲ្យវាលទទេ ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ម៉ាស៊ីនទាំងអស់ ។</p>"
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<P>យោងតាម <tt>man exports</tt> សម្រាប់ព័ត៌មានបន្ថែម ។</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "បន្ថែមថត"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "កែសម្រួល"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "លុប"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "តួអក្សរជំនួសម៉ាស៊ីន"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើស"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "បន្ថែមម៉ាស៊ីន"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "កែសម្រួល"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "លុប"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "ថតដែលត្រូវនាំចេញ"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -398,7 +414,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -409,62 +425,72 @@
"លើថតដែលនាំចេញឡើយ ។\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "ការសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "រក្សាទុក /etc/exports"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញ"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុក /etc/exports..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញ..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "ការសរសេរការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS ។ សូមរង់ចាំ..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរ idmapd.conf បានឡើយ ។"
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr "មិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើម idmapd បានឡើយ ។ សូមពិនិត្យការកំណត់ដែនរបស់អ្នក ។"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr "មិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើម idmapd ឡើងវិញបានឡើយ"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr "មិនអាចបញ្ចប់ idmapd បានទេ ។"
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr "មិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើម svcgssd បានទេ ។ សូមប្រាកដថាការរៀបចំ kerberos និង gssapi (nfs-utils) គឺត្រឹមត្រូវហើយ ។"
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
-msgstr "មិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើម idmapd ឡើងវិញបានឡើយ"
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
+msgstr "'svcgssd' កំពុងរត់ ។ មិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមវាឡើងវិញបានឡើយ ។"
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr "'svcgssd' កំពុងដំណើរការ ។ មិនអាចបញ្ឈប់វាបានឡើយ ។"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -473,39 +499,20 @@
"ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូររបស់អ្នក នឹងត្រូវធ្វើឲ្យសកម្មបន្ទាប់ពីការចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងវិញ ។\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "ការនាំចេញ NFS"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr "ដែន NFSv4 សម្រាប់ idmapping គឺ %1 ។"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
-#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "របៀបអ្នកប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS (%1) មិនអាចនាំចេញថត\n"
-#~ "ដែលមានឈ្មោះដកឃ្លា ។\n"
-#~ "ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដោយផ្អែកលើខឺណែល (%2) ដើម្បីធ្វើនោះ ។"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>ទុកឲ្យវាលទទេ ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ម៉ាស៊ីនទាំងអស់ ។</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-#~ msgstr "មិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើម idmapd បានឡើយ ។ សូមពិនិត្យការកំណត់ដែនរបស់អ្នក ។"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
#~ msgstr "មិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើម idmapd ឡើងវិញបានឡើយ"
-#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "មិនអាចបញ្ចប់ idmapd បានទេ ។"
-
-#~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
-#~ msgstr "'svcgssd' កំពុងរត់ ។ មិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមវាឡើងវិញបានឡើយ ។"
-
#~ msgid "Directories"
#~ msgstr "ថត"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nis.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nis.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nis.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 09:08+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nis_server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nis_server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/nis_server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-15 09:04+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ntp-client.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ntp-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/ntp-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 11:27+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
@@ -90,12 +90,12 @@
"ដោយមិនបានដំឡើង %1 ឡើយ ។\n"
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើសមកាលកម្មជាមួយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP..."
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgid ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/oneclickinstall.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/oneclickinstall.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/oneclickinstall.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: oneclickinstall.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 10:23+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/online-update-configuration.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/online-update-configuration.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/online-update-configuration.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-02 10:26+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/online-update.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/online-update.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/online-update.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 10:24+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/opensuse_mirror.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/opensuse_mirror.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/opensuse_mirror.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/packager.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/packager.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/packager.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-06 09:17+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះ"
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr "<p>កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងឃ្លាំងកំពុងតែទាញយកសេចក្ដីលម្អិតអំពីឃ្លាំង...</p>"
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់..."
@@ -519,8 +519,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..."
@@ -550,102 +550,85 @@
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងកញ្ចប់..."
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "អាទិភាព"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr "រក្សាទុកកញ្ចប់ដែលបានទាញយក"
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "ឃ្លាំងដំឡើង - ម៉ូឌុលនេះមិនគាំទ្រចំណុចប្រទាក់បន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាទេ ប្រើ '%1' ជំនួសវិញ ។"
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr "លំនាំដើម"
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ឈ្មោះ"
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់"
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL ៖ %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "URL: %1"
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr "URL ៖ %1"
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr "ប្រភេទ ៖ %1"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "សេវា ៖ %1"
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr "ឃ្លាំងទាំងអស់"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr "សេវាទាំងអស់"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr "សេវា '%1'"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr "មើល"
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "អាទិភាព"
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "បានបើក"
@@ -654,88 +637,88 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់ដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr "សេវា"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr "ជំនួស..."
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr "បានជ្រើសធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr "បិទ ឬបើកស្ថានភាព"
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr "បិទ ឬបើកការធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់"
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr "កំណត់ឈ្មោះ..."
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "លក្ខណសម្បត្តិ"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "បានបើក"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់ដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr "កូនសោ GPG..."
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិទាំងអស់"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr "បានបើកធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់ទាំងអស់"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr "ឃ្លាំងកម្មវិធីដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
@@ -743,11 +726,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"គ្រប់គ្រងសេវាកម្ម និងឃ្លាំងកម្មវិធីដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr "<P> <B>សេវា</B> ឬ <B>សេវាលិបិក្រមឃ្លាំង (RIS) </B> គឺជាពិធីការសម្រាប់ការគ្រប់គ្រងឃ្លាំងកញ្ចប់ ។ សេវាអាចផ្ដល់ឃ្លាំងកម្មវិធីមួយ ឬច្រើនដែលអាចត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរជាឋាមវន្តដោយអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងសេវា ។</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -762,7 +745,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -775,7 +758,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -796,7 +779,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -811,7 +794,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
@@ -820,12 +803,12 @@
"អាទិភាពនៃឃ្លាំងគឺជាតម្លៃចំនួនគត់ចន្លោះ ០ (អាទិភាពខ្ពស់បំផុត) និង ២០០ (អាទិភាពទាបបំផុត) ។ អាទិភាពលំនាំដើមគឺ ៩៩ ។ បើកញ្ចប់មានក្នុងឃ្លាំងច្រើន ឃ្លាំងដែលមានអាទិភាពខ្ពស់ត្រូវបានប្រើ ។</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ជ្រើសជម្រើសសមរម្យនៅផ្នែកខាងលើនៃបង្អួច ដើម្បីរុករកក្នុងឃ្លាំង និងសេវា ។</P>"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
@@ -835,12 +818,12 @@
"នៅក្នុងឃ្លាំងមូលដ្ឋាន ដូច្នេះពួកវាអាចត្រូវបានប្រើ នៅពេលកញ្ចប់ត្រូវបានដំឡើងឡើងវិញ\n"
" ។ ប្រសិនបើមិនបានគូសធីក កញ្ចប់ដែលបានទាញយកនឹងត្រូវបានលុបបន្ទាប់ពីដំឡើង ។</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ឃ្លាំងមូលដ្ឋានលំនាំដើមត្រូវបានដាក់នៅក្នុងថត <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B> ។ ការផ្លាស់ទីតាំងនៅក្នុងឯកសារ <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> ។</P>"
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -850,7 +833,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "លម្អិត ៖"
@@ -858,18 +841,18 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "ព្យាយាមម្តងទៀត ?"
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឃ្លាំង"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -878,7 +861,7 @@
"ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងត្រូវបាត់បង់ ។"
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
@@ -887,40 +870,40 @@
"%1"
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យឃ្លាំងស្រស់"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសេវាស្រស់"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យឃ្លាំងស្រស់"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសេវាស្រស់"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើឲ្យឃ្លាំងស្រស់ %1..."
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើឲ្យសេវា %1 ស្រស់..."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "លុបឃ្លាំងដែលបានជ្រើសពីបញ្ជីឬ ?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
@@ -929,7 +912,7 @@
"និងឃ្លាំងរបស់វា ?"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
@@ -938,7 +921,7 @@
"កំណត់ការធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់បានទេ ។"
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -951,7 +934,7 @@
"តើអ្នកពិតជាបន្ថែមឃ្លាំងម្ដងទៀតឬ ?"
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>មានកំហុសខណៈពេលស្ដារការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឃ្លាំង ។</p>\n"
@@ -1064,7 +1047,7 @@
"ដំឡើងពួកវាឥឡូវនេះឬទេ ?\n"
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
@@ -1072,7 +1055,7 @@
"មិនអាចកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឃ្លាំងបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពលើបណ្ដាញ \n"
"ដោយមិនបានដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ %1 បានទេ"
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
@@ -1081,7 +1064,7 @@
"ដោយមិនបានដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ %1"
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1426,42 +1409,42 @@
"'%2' ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "ការបន្ថែមឃ្លាំងថ្មី"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលប្រភេទឃ្លាំង"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "បន្ថែមឃ្លាំង"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "អានអាជ្ញាបណ្ណឃ្លាំង"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលប្រភេទឃ្លាំង"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "បន្ថែមឃ្លាំង"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "អានអាជ្ញាបណ្ណឃ្លាំង"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "ឃ្លាំង"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1478,7 +1461,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1488,7 +1471,7 @@
"ពី URL '%1' បានឡើយ ។"
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
@@ -1497,12 +1480,12 @@
"ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរពិធីការ ឬស្រង់រូបភាព ISO នៅផ្នែកខាងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។"
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ URL ហើយព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ?"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1517,19 +1500,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "កំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលរៀបចំប្រព័ន្ធដំឡើង ។"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "រកមិនឃើញឯកសារបញ្ជា %1 លើមេឌៀឡើយ ។"
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgid ""
@@ -1539,26 +1522,26 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "មិនអាចប្រើផលិតផលបន្ថែមបានទេ ។"
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, URL ៖ %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL ៖ %1 ផ្លូវ ៖ %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "ផលិតផលបន្ថែម"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
@@ -1566,37 +1549,37 @@
"ឃ្លាំងដំឡើងមានឃ្លាំងបន្ថែមដែលបានរាយផងដែរ ។\n"
"ជ្រើសឃ្លាំងទាំងនោះដែលអ្នកចង់ប្រើ ។\n"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "ផលិតផលបន្ថែមត្រូវជ្រើស"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "បន្ថែមផលិតផលដែលបានជ្រើស"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលស៊ីឌីផលិតផលបន្ថែម"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកដំឡើងទីមួយ ។"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "មិនអាចបន្ថែមផលិតផល %1 ។"
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ផលិតផល"
@@ -2145,7 +2128,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
@@ -2218,7 +2201,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "ផ្លូវទៅកាន់ថត ឬរូបភាព ISO"
@@ -2286,7 +2269,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "ថតមូលដ្ឋាន"
@@ -2307,17 +2290,17 @@
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ និងថត"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំងមិនអាចទទេបានឡើយ ។"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2326,12 +2309,12 @@
"ប្រើ<b>ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង</b> ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង ។ ប្រសិនបើវាទទេ YaST នឹងប្រើឈ្មោះផលិតផល (ប្រសិនបើមាន) ឬ URL ជាឈ្មោះ ។</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះសេវា"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2340,17 +2323,17 @@
"ប្រើ<b>ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង</b> ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង ។ ប្រសិនបើវាទទេ YaST នឹងប្រើឈ្មោះផលិតផលរបស់សេវា URL ជាឈ្មោះ ។</p>\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL មិនអាចទទេបានឡើយ ។"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2362,16 +2345,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "កែសម្រួលផ្លូវរបស់ URL"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "កែសម្រួលបញ្ជី URL ពេញលេញ"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2381,7 +2364,7 @@
"ប្រើ <b>ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន</b> និង<b>ផ្លូវទៅកាន់ថត ឬរូបភាព ISO</b>\n"
"ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះ និងផ្លូវម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS នៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។</p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2390,16 +2373,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "ស៊ីឌីរ៉ូម"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "ឌីវីឌីរ៉ូម"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2408,12 +2391,12 @@
"កំណត់ <b>ស៊ីឌីរ៉ូម</b> ឬ<b>ឌីវីឌីរ៉ូម</b> ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ប្រភេទរបស់មេឌៀ ។</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ឯកសាររូបភាព ISO"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
@@ -2422,7 +2405,7 @@
"ឬមិនមានថត ។\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
@@ -2431,7 +2414,7 @@
"ឬមិនមានឯកសារ ។\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2442,17 +2425,17 @@
"អញ្ចឹងប្រើវាតែម្ដង?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "ផ្លូវទៅកាន់ថត"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "ថត RPM ធម្មតា"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2467,20 +2450,20 @@
"<b>ថត RPM ធម្មតា</b> ។</p>\n"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកធំៗ USB"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "ថត"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2500,7 +2483,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2511,11 +2494,11 @@
"ចង់ប្រើប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារជាក់លាក់ ដូច្នេះជ្រើសវាពីបញ្ជី ។</p>\n"
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ថាស"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2534,12 +2517,12 @@
"<b>ថត RPM ធម្មតា</b>។</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "ផ្លូវទៅកាន់រូបភាព ISO"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2550,71 +2533,71 @@
"ISO ។</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "ច្រក"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "ចែករំលែក"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "រូបភាព ISO"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "ថតលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "អនាមិក"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "ក្រុមការងារ ឬដែន"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2639,7 +2622,7 @@
"នៃមេឌៀ កំណត់ <b>រូបភាព ISO</b> ។</p>\n"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2650,12 +2633,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2666,7 +2649,7 @@
"ឬនៅលើថាសរឹង ។</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2677,7 +2660,7 @@
"មានស៊ីឌីផលិតផល ឬឌីវីឌី ។</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2692,7 +2675,7 @@
"into the same directory.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2705,25 +2688,25 @@
"ស៊ីឌីទីមួយស្ថិតនៅ ដូចជា /data1/CD1 ។</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "ជម្រើសប្រភេទមេឌៀ"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលស៊ីឌីផលិតផលបន្ថែម"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលឌីវីឌីផលិតផលបន្ថែម"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "រកមិនឃើញថាស USB ឡើយ ។"
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2738,12 +2721,12 @@
"នឹងទាញយកឯកសារដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ នៅពេលវាត្រូវការនោះ ។ </p>\n"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "ប្រភេទមេឌៀ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Product"
msgid "Add On Product"
@@ -2752,7 +2735,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
@@ -2964,6 +2947,11 @@
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "សូមដោះជម្រើសកញ្ចប់មួយចំនួន ។"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "URL: %1"
+#~ msgid "Raw URL: %s"
+#~ msgstr "URL ៖ %1"
+
#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
#~ msgstr "ការទាញយក RPM បំណះ %1 (ទំហំទាញយក %2)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/pam.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/pam.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/pam.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-04 08:44+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/pkg-bindings.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/pkg-bindings.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/pkg-bindings.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-02 11:22+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>ធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់ឃ្លាំង</B></BIG></P><P>កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងកញ្ចប់កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពមាតិកាឃ្លាំង...</P>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "កញ្ចប់មិនអាចត្រូវបានជ្រើសដើម្បីដំឡើងទេ ។"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "មិនមានកញ្ចប់ ។"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/printer.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/printer.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/printer.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-07 11:25+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -211,8 +211,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា"
@@ -441,8 +441,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសអ្វីទាំងអស់"
@@ -3480,56 +3480,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr "បង្ហាញ"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "មូលដ្ឋាន"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "ពីចម្ងាយ"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះ"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "ទីតាំង"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "លំនាំដើម"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "ស្ថានភាព"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យបញ្ជីស្រស់"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "បោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បង"
@@ -3539,7 +3539,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -3555,7 +3555,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -3578,7 +3578,7 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
@@ -3587,67 +3587,67 @@
"(វាអាចចំណាយពេលមួយរយៈ)"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr "កុំប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ CUPS '%1' ដែលមិនអាចចូលដំណើរការបាន ?"
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr "ដើម្បីបន្ត អ្នកគួរយល់ព្រមនឹង '%1' ដែលលែងប្រើទៀតហើយ ។"
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលមិនអាចចូលដំណើរការបាន នឹងនាំទៅកាន់លំដាប់គ្មានចុងបញ្ចប់សម្រាប់ភាពបរាជ័យ ។"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបោះពុម្ព CUPS %1"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr "កំពុងសាកល្បង ថាតើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ CUPS អាចចូលដំណើរការបានដែរឬទេ..."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "ជ្រើសធាតុមួយ ។"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "មិនអាចលុប"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr "នេះជាការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយ ។ មានតែការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋានប៉ុណ្ណោះដែលអាចលុបបាន ។"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "អះអាងការលុប"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានជ្រើស នឹងត្រូវបានលុបភ្លាមៗ ហើយមិនអាចស្តារវិញបានទេ ។"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "លុបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "កុំលុបវា"
@@ -3658,33 +3658,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "អះអាងការលុបថ្នាក់"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "ថ្នាក់ដែលបានលុបមិនអាចត្រូវបានបង្កើតឡើយវិញដោយប្រើឧបករណ៍នេះបានឡើយ ។"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "បដិសេធការងារបោះពុម្ព"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr "ទំព័រសាកល្បងមិនអាចបោះពុម្ពបានទេ ព្រោះការងារបោះពុម្ពត្រូវបានបដិសេធ ។"
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "បានបិទការបោះពុម្ពចេញ"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr "ទំព័រសាកល្បង មិនអាចបោះពុម្ពចេញបានទេ ព្រោះបានបិទការបោះពុម្ពចេញ ។"
@@ -3693,25 +3693,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr "មានការងារបោះពុម្ពដែលមិនទាន់ធ្វើចប់ ដែលអាចត្រូវបានលុបមុនពេលបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បងហើយ ។"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "លុបការងារបោះពុម្ពដែលមិនទាន់ធ្វើចប់ %1"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "លុបពួកវាមិនពេលបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បង"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "បោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បងបន្ទាប់ពីការងារផ្សេងទៀត"
@@ -3719,7 +3719,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការលុបការងារដែលមិនទាន់ធ្វើចប់ទាំងអស់សម្រាប់ %1 ។"
@@ -3738,28 +3738,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "សាកល្បងលទ្ធផលបោះពុម្ព"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr "បោះពុម្ពមួយ ឬពីទំព័រ ឧទាហរណ៍ សាកល្បងការបោះពុម្ពដែលមានពីរ"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "ទំព័រសាកល្បងមួយសន្លឹក"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr "ទំព័រសាកល្បងពីរសន្លឹក"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បងសម្រាប់សាកល្បង %1 ។"
@@ -3767,25 +3767,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr "រង់ចាំរហូតដល់ការបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បងបញ្ចប់"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr "បានផ្ញើទំព័រសាកល្បងទៅកាន់ %1 ។ ការបោះពុម្ពគួរចាប់ផ្ដើមឆាប់ៗនេះ ។"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr "បានបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បងដោយជោគជ័យ"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បង"
@@ -3805,53 +3805,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr "មានការងារបោះពុម្ពមិនទាន់បោះពុម្ពចប់ ដែលអាចត្រូវបានលុបនៅពេលនេះ ។"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "លុបការងារបោះពុម្ពដែលមិនទាន់ចាប់ទាំងអស់"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "កុំលុបវា"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "ចំពោះកំណត់ហេតុពេញលេញ សូមមើលឯកសារ /var/log/cups/error_log ។"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr "ព័ត៌មានកំណត់ហេតុ CUPS ខណៈពេលដំណើរទំព័រសាកល្បងសម្រាប់ %1 (សម្រាប់តែភាសាអង់គ្លេស)"
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "ចំពោះកំណត់ហេតុ CUPS សូមមើលឯកសារ /var/log/cups/error_log ។"
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យនៅពេលបោះពុម្ពតាមរយៈប្រព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយ អ្នកអាចសួរអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងអំពីប្រព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយនេះ ។"
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr "ការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ CUPS ពីចម្ងាយប៉ះទង្គិចជាមួយនឹងការបន្ថែមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "មិនអាចកែប្រែ"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr "នេះជាការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយ ។ មានតែការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋានប៉ុណ្ណោះដែលអាចកែប្រែបាន ។"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/product-creator.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/product-creator.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/product-creator.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 15:16+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/proxy.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/proxy.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/proxy.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/rdp.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/rdp.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/rdp.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/rear.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/rear.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/rear.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -278,16 +278,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading general settings"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ទូទៅ"
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគប្រព័ន្ធ..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading general settings"
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ទូទៅ"
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/registration.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/registration.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/registration.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-07 11:17+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -80,26 +80,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration was successful."
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "ការចុះឈ្មោះជោគជ័យ ។"
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Download CA Certificate"
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "ទាញយកវិញ្ញាបនតប្រ CA"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Import Certificate"
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
@@ -291,30 +291,19 @@
msgstr "ស្នាមម្រាមដៃ ៖ "
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "ទិសដៅមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -330,36 +319,36 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "កូដចុះឈ្មោះ"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration can not be performed."
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "ការចុះឈ្មោះមិនត្រូវបានអនុវត្ត ។"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
@@ -368,7 +357,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -378,23 +367,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -402,6 +391,26 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Invalid value."
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "តម្លៃមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -432,7 +441,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -441,8 +450,8 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
@@ -450,7 +459,7 @@
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព /etc/hosts ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -462,35 +471,35 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "ជំនួយម៉ូឌុលចុះឈ្មោះ"
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "កំពុងផ្ទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1..."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "ជំនួយម៉ូឌុលចុះឈ្មោះ"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait, while volumes are being detected.</p>"
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>សូមរង់ចាំ ខណៈពេលកំពុងរកភាគ ។</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use custom registration server "
msgid ""
@@ -499,7 +508,7 @@
msgstr "ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន "
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
@@ -513,7 +522,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
msgid ""
@@ -550,7 +559,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting registration..."
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
@@ -573,12 +582,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No product found in the repository"
msgid ""
@@ -802,7 +811,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
@@ -840,7 +849,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Email Address"
msgid "&E-mail Address"
@@ -934,12 +943,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -952,7 +961,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -963,7 +972,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -971,10 +980,10 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមជ្ឈមណ្ឌលអតិថិជនណូវែល"
#. SSL error message
@@ -1026,13 +1035,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Invalid value."
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr "តម្លៃមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
@@ -1276,13 +1278,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យ..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use local registration server"
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/reipl.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/reipl.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/reipl.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 10:43+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
"ជាមួយ WWPN '%2'\n"
"និង LUN '%3' ។\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/relocation-server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/relocation-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/relocation-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-client.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-client.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 14:45+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -882,59 +882,59 @@
msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលត្រូវការ..."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr "ចូល PAM"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr "ប្រើ Kerberos"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr "កុំប្រើ Kerberos"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr "Realm លំនាំដើម"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr "ដែនលំនាំដើម"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ KDC"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr "ភាពឆៀងនៃនាឡិកា"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ KDC</b>៖ %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<p><b>ក្រុមការងារ ឬដែន</b> ៖ %1</p>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Realm លំនាំដើម</b>៖ %1<br>"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
@@ -942,23 +942,23 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "បាទ/ចាស"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "ទេ"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្វីដែលត្រូវការតាមរយៈ DNS"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមម្តងទៀត ។\n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 14:35+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -250,11 +250,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
+#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
+#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
+#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"ដោយសារតែអ្នកប្រើបច្ចុប្បន្នត្រូវបានតភ្ជាប់ទៅម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ Samba\n"
"ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើត្រូវបានផ្ទុកឡើងវិញ ជំនួសឲ្យចាប់ផ្តើមឡើងវិញ ។\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-users.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-users.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/samba-users.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 10:49+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/scanner.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/scanner.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/scanner.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-11 09:15+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/security.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/security.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/security.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 10:25+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -120,204 +120,204 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "មិនស្គាល់"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "ប្រើគ្រាប់ចុច SysRq"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "ប្រើសិទ្ធិឯកសារសុវត្ថិភាព"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "ការចូលដំណើរការពីចម្ងាយទៅកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr "សរសេរពេលវេលាប្រព័ន្ធត្រឡប់ទៅនាឡិកាផ្នែករឹង"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr "បង្កើតសារកំណត់ហេតុប្រព័ន្ធសម្រាប់ស្គ្រីប cron ជានិច្ច"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "ដំណើរការដេមិន DHCP នៅក្នុង chroot"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr "ដំណើរការដេមិន DHCP ជាអ្នកប្រើ dhcp"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "ការចូលជា root ពីចម្ងាយ នៅក្នុងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "ចូលដំណើរការពីចម្ងាយទៅកាន់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ X"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "ចូលដំណើរការពីចម្ងាយទៅប្រព័ន្ធរងបញ្ជូនអ៊ីមែល"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវានៅពេលធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "បញ្ឈប់សេវានៅពេលយកចេញ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "បើកខូគីធ្វើសមកាលកម្ម TCP"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "ការបញ្ជូន IPv4 បន្ត"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "ការបញ្ជូន IPv6 បន្ត"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable the service"
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសេវាអាចប្រើបាន"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable the service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសេវាប្រើលែងបាន"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "បានបើក"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "បានបិទ"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "ការកំណត់សុវត្ថិភាព"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "ស្ថានភាព"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "ស្ថានភាពសុវត្ថិភាព"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "ជំនួយ"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr " ឬ "
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>These basic system services are not running:<BR><B>%1</B></P>"
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>សេវាប្រព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋានទាំងនេះមិនកំពុងរត់ទេ ៖<BR><B>%1</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>សេវាមូលដ្ឋានទាំងអស់ត្រូវបានបើក ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>These extra services are running:<BR><B>%1</B></P>"
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>សេវាបន្ថែមទាំងនេះកំពុងរត់ ៖<BR><B>%1</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ពិនិត្យមើលបញ្ជីសេវា និងបិទសេវាដែលមិនប្រើទាំងអស់ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>បើកតែសេវាប្រព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋានប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "សេចក្ដីពិពណ៌នា"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅរបស់សុវត្ថិភាព"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស្ថានភាព"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "សេចក្ដីពណ៌នា"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគប្រព័ន្ធ..."
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់ការចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "សិទ្ធិពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់ផ្សេងៗ"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "ពិនិត្យ"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "អាយុរបស់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
"ចំនួនអតិបរមា ។"
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -335,17 +335,17 @@
"ប្រវែងពាក្យសម្ងាត់អតិបរមាសម្រាប់វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបដែលបានជ្រើស គឺ %1 ។"
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់ចូល"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr "ចូល"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@
"<br>សូមរងចាំ...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
"បញ្ឈប់ឧបករណ៍កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសុវត្ថិភាព ដោយចុច <b>បោះបង់</b> ឥឡូវនេះ ។</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
"<br>សូមរង់ចាំ...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
@@ -380,55 +380,9 @@
"<p><b><big>កំពុងបោះបង់ការរក្សាទុក</big></b><br>\n"
"បោះបង់បែបបទរក្សាទុកដោយចុច <b>បោះបង់</b> ។</p>"
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>សុវត្ថិភាពចាប់ផ្តើម</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>ក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ សូមផ្លាស់ប្តូរការកំណត់ចាប់ផ្តើមផ្សេងៗដែលទាក់ទងនឹងសុវត្ថិភាព ។</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del)</b> ៖\n"
-"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាតើប្រព័ន្ធគួរឆ្លើយតបទៅ\n"
-"អ្នកណាម្នាក់នៅកុងសូលដោយចុចគ្រាប់ចុចបន្សំ បញ្ជា(CTRL)+ជំនួស(ALT)+លុប(DEL) ។\n"
-"ជាទូទៅការចាប់ផ្តើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើងវិញ ។ ពេលខ្លះព្រឹត្តិការណ៍នេះអាចមិនអើពើបាន\n"
-"ឧទាហរណ៍ ពេលប្រព័ន្ធដើរតួទាំងពីរជា\n"
-"ស្ថានីយការងារ និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ឥរិយាបថបិទរបស់កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចូល</b>៖\n"
-"កំណត់តើថា អ្នកណាដែលត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យបិទម៉ាស៊ីនពី KDM ។</p>\n"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ប្រព័ន្ធសម្ងំ</b> ៖\n"
-"កំណត់លក្ខខណ្ឌសម្រាប់ការអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកប្រើត្រូវសម្ងំប្រព័ន្ធ ។ តាមលំនាំដើម អ្នកប្រើលើកុងសូលសកម្មមានសិទ្ធិ ។\n"
-"ជម្រើសផ្សេងទៀតកំពុងត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យសកម្មភាពទៅកាន់អ្នកប្រើមួយចំនួន ឬទាមទារការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវនៅក្នុងករណីណាក៏ដោយ ។</p>\n"
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -442,7 +396,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
@@ -455,14 +409,14 @@
"ទៅប្រភេទបណ្តាញណាមួយ រួមទាំងអ៊ីនធឺណិត ។</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
@@ -471,12 +425,12 @@
"ប្រភេទសេវាណាមួយ ។</p>"
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>ការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន</b> ៖ បង្កើតការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្ទាល់របស់អ្នក ។</p>"
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -487,7 +441,7 @@
"ត្រូវបានទុកក្នុងឯកសារ /etc/login.defs ។</p>"
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -500,7 +454,7 @@
"នៅពេលពួកគេចង់បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ឡើងវិញ ពេលគេវាយខុស ។ តម្លៃសមរម្យគឺ (<tt>៣</tt>) វិនាទី ។</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -513,7 +467,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -525,7 +479,7 @@
"ម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់អ្នកដោយប្រើកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ អាចនឹងបង្កឲ្យមានហានិភ័យផ្នែកសុវត្ថិភាព ។</p>"
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
@@ -534,7 +488,7 @@
"ត្រូវបានទុកជាចម្បងក្នុងឯកសារ /etc/login.defs ។</p>"
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -545,7 +499,7 @@
"ដោយធីកប្រអប់នេះ សូមបង្កើតការត្រួតពិនិត្យពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិដោយគោរពទៅតាមក្បួនច្បាប់ទាំងនេះ ។</p>"
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -560,7 +514,7 @@
"ជម្រើសនេះអាចត្រូវបានកែប្រែតែ តែនៅពេលដែល <b>ពិនិត្យមើលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ថ្មី</b> ត្រូវបានកំណត់ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។</p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -571,12 +525,12 @@
"បញ្ចូល 0 បើពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនគួររក្សាទុក ។</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖</b></p>"
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -587,7 +541,7 @@
"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកត្រូវការភាពឆបគ្នាជាមួយប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងៗទៀត</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
@@ -596,12 +550,12 @@
"ប៉ុន្តែវាមិនគាំទ្រដោយប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត ឬផ្នែកទន់ចាស់ឡើយ ។</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> ជាវិធីសាស្ត្រសញ្ញាស្តង់ដារបច្ចុប្បន្ន ដោយប្រើក្បួនដោះស្រាយផ្សេងៗមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ លុះត្រាតែមានគោលបំណងភាពឆបគ្នា ។</p>"
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
@@ -610,7 +564,7 @@
"អតិបរមាដែលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវប្រើ ។</p>"
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -621,7 +575,7 @@
"កាន់តែយូរលទ្ធភាពទាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ក៏កាន់តែតិច ។</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
@@ -630,7 +584,7 @@
"<p>ក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ សូមផ្លាស់ប្តូរការកំណត់ផ្សេងៗដែលបានប្រើដើម្បីបង្កើតអ្នកប្រើ ។</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
@@ -639,7 +593,7 @@
"កំណត់លេខសម្គាល់អ្នកប្រើអប្បបរមា និងអតិបរមាដែលអាចទៅរួច ។</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
@@ -648,7 +602,7 @@
"កំណត់លេខសម្គាល់ក្រុមអប្បបរមា និងអតិបរមាដែលអាចទៅរួច ។</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
@@ -657,7 +611,7 @@
"<p>ក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ សូមផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់ផ្សេងៗដែលទាក់ទងទៅនឹងសុវត្ថិភាពមូលដ្ឋាន ។</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -688,7 +642,7 @@
"សម្រេចចិត្តថាតើអ្នកប្រើណាមួយអាចរត់កម្មវិធី X និងកម្មវិធី setuid ។</p>\n"
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -703,7 +657,7 @@
" (ឯកសារពីរបី) ឬ<b>root</b> (ឯកសារទាំងអស់) ។</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -716,7 +670,7 @@
"ស្វែងរកពួកវាទាំងស្រុងតាមរយៈផ្លូវស្វែងរក (អថេរ PATH) ។</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -729,7 +683,7 @@
"ទាំងស្រុងតាមរយៈផ្លូវស្វែងរក (អថេរ PATH) ។</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -745,7 +699,7 @@
"នឹងកាន់តែងាយស្រួល បើកំណត់ជម្រើសនេះ ។</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
@@ -754,7 +708,7 @@
"root ដើម្បីកំណត់វាជាផ្លូវស្វែងរកចុងក្រោយ ។</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
@@ -763,7 +717,7 @@
"ថតបច្ចុប្បន្នជានិច្ច ដែលថតនាំមុខដោយ \"./\" ។ ឧទាហរណ៍ ៖ \"./configure\" ។</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -774,26 +728,26 @@
") ។ ចំពោះព័ត៌មានលម្អិត សូមមើល /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅនៃសុវត្ថិភាព</B><BR>ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅនេះបង្ហាញការកំណត់សុវត្ថិភាពដែលចាំបាច់បំផុត ។</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ដើម្បីផ្លាស់ប្ដូរតម្លៃបច្ចុប្បន្ន ចុចតំណដែលភ្ជាប់ទៅជម្រើសនេះ ។</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr "<P> សញ្ញាធីកនៅក្នុងជួរឈរ <B>ស្ថានភាពសុវត្ថិភាព</B> បង្ហាញថា តម្លៃជម្រើសបច្ចុប្បន្នមានសុវត្ថិភាព ។</P>"
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>តម្លៃបច្ចុប្បន្នមិនអាចអានបានទេ ។ សេវាអាចនឹងមិនទាន់ត្រូវបានដំឡើង ឬប្រហែលជាបាត់ជម្រើសនៅលើប្រព័ន្ធ ។</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -813,7 +767,7 @@
"ផងដែរ ។</P><P>ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនត្រូវការប្រើ <EM>XDMCP</EM> សម្រាប់ការចូលជាក្រាហ្វិកពីចម្ងាយទេ\n"
"សូមបិទជម្រើសនេះ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -825,23 +779,23 @@
"គឺសំខាន់បំផុត ។</P><P>ពេលវេលាប្រព័ន្ធស្ថិតស្ថេរ គឺមានសារសំខាន់បំផុតសម្រាប់ប្រព័ន្ធក្នុងការបង្កើត\n"
"សារកំណត់ហេតុត្រឹមត្រូវ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr "<P>មុខងារមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ជាទូទៅត្រូវបានរកឃើញដោយដំណើរការមិនប្រក្រតីនៅក្នុងឥរិយាបថរបស់វា ។ សារកំណត់ហេតុប្រព័ន្ធអំពីព្រឹត្តិការណ៍ដែលកើតឡើងវិញនៅលើមូលដ្ឋានធម្មតា គឺមានសារសំខាន់បំផុតសម្រាប់ការស្វែងរកប្រភពនៃបញ្ហា ។ ហើយអវត្តមាននៃកំណត់ត្រាមួយអាចប្រាប់បញ្ហាបានច្រើនជាងអវត្តមាននៃកំណត់ត្រាទាំងអស់ ។</P><P>ដ
ូច្នេះ សារកំណត់ហេតុប្រព័ន្ធរបស់ព្រឹត្តិការណ៍ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងមានសារប្រយោជន៍ លុះត្រាតែពួកវាបង្ហាញវត្តមាន ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr "<P>បរិស្ថានប្រតិបត្តិ Chroot កំណត់កម្រិតដំណើរការចំពោះតែឯកសារចូលដំណើរការណាដែលវាត្រូវការដោយជំនួសពួកវានៅក្នុងថតរងដោយឡែក ហើយការដំណើរការជាមួយ changed root (chroot) នឹងត្រូវបានកំណត់ទៅថតនោះ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ដេមិនកម្មវិធីម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ DHCP គួរតែដំណើរការជាអ្នកប្រើ <EM>dhcpd</EM> ដើម្បីកាត់បន្ថយការគំរាមកំហែងដែលអាចមាន ប្រសិនបើសេវានោះត្រូវបានរកឃើញថាមានភាពទន់ខ្សោយនៅក្នុងកូដកម្មវិធីរបស់វា ។</P><P>ចំណាំថា dhcpd មិនត្រូវដំណើរការជា <EM>root</EM> ឬជាមួយសមត្ថភាព <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> សម្រាប់ការកំណត់ការប្រតិបត្តិ chroot ដើម្បីឲ្យវាមានប្រសិទ្ធភាពនោះទេ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr "<P>អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងមិនគួរចូលជា <EM>root</EM> ទៅក្នុងសម័យ X Window ដើម្បីកាត់បន្ថយការប្រើប្រាស់សិទ្ធិជា root នោះទេ ។</P><P>ជម្រើសនេះមិនជួយដល់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងដែលធ្វេសប្រហែសទេ ប៉ុន្តែនឹងរារាំងអ្នកវាយប្រហារមិនឲ្យចូលជា <EM>root</EM> តាមរយៈកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ ប្រសិនបើពួកគេធ្វើការស្មាន បើមិនដូច្នេះទេ វានឹងទាមទារពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -861,7 +815,7 @@
"វានឹងផ្ដល់នូវជម្រើសវាយប្រហារ ការកំណត់ដែលមានសុវត្ថិភាពបំផុតគឺត្រូវតែបិទវា ។</P><P>ដើម្បីបង្ហាញម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ X\n"
"Window តាមបណ្ដាញ យើងសូមផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ឲ្យប្រើសែលដែលមានសុវត្ថិភាព (<EM>ssh</EM>) ដែលនឹងអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ X Window តភ្ជាប់ទៅម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ X តាមរយៈការតភ្ជាប់ ssh ដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
@@ -869,7 +823,7 @@
"<P>ប្រព័ន្ធរងបញ្ជូនអ៊ីមែលតែងតែត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើមជានិច្ច ។ ទោះយ៉ាងណា វាមិនបង្ហាញខ្លួនវា\n"
"នៅខាងក្រៅប្រព័ន្ធតាមលំនាំដើមទេ ដោយសារតែវាមិនទទួលយកច្រក ២៥ លើបណ្ដាញ SMTP ។</P><P>ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនបញ្ជូនអ៊ីមែលទៅកាន់ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកតាមរយៈពិធីការ SMTP នេះទេ សូមបិទជម្រើសនេះ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -889,7 +843,7 @@
" ។</P><P>ការកំណត់នេះអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរបាន លុះត្រាតែមានហេតុផលច្បាស់លាស់\n"
"ក្នុងការធ្វើដូច្នេះ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -909,38 +863,139 @@
"បញ្ឈប់ ។</P><P>ការកំណត់នេះអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរបាន លុះត្រាតែមានហេតុផលច្បាស់លាស់\n"
"ក្នុងការធ្វើដូច្នេះ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ប្រព័ន្ធអាចនឹងត្រូវបានគ្របដណ្ដប់ដោយការប៉ុនប៉ងតភ្ជាប់ជាច្រើន ដែលធ្វើឲ្យប្រព័ន្ធអស់អង្គចងចាំ និងនាំឲ្យមានភាពទន់ខ្សោយផ្នែក Denial of Service (DoS) ។</P><P>ការប្រើប្រាស់ខូគីប្រព័ន្ធ គឺជាវិធីសាស្ត្រមួយដែលអាចជួយក្នុងស្ថានភាពនេះបាន ប៉ុន្តែក្នុងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជាមួយការប៉ុនប៉ងតភ្ជាប់ត្រឹមត្រូវភាគច្រើនពីប្រភព�
�មួយ <EM>បានបិទ</EM> ការកំណត់នេះអាចនាំមកនូវបញ្ហាជាមួយការតភ្ជាប់ TCP ដែលបានបដិសេធក្រោមការផ្ទុកខ្ពស់ពេក ។</P><P>លើសពីនេះទៀត សម្រាប់បរិស្ថានភាគច្រើន ខូគីប្រព័ន្ធ គឺជាប្រព័ន្ធការពារជួរមុខទប់ទល់នឹងការវាយប្រហារលំហូរ DoS របស់ SYN ដួច្នេះការកំណត់ដែលមានសុវត្ថិភាពគឺ <EM>បើក</EM> ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្តមានន័យថា ត្រូវចម្លងកញ្ចប់ព័ត៌មានលើបណ្ដាញដែលត្រូវបានទទួល ប៉ុន្តែមិនត្រូវបានកំណត់ទិសដៅសម្រាប់នៃចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ប្រព័ន្ធទេ ឧ. អាសយដ្ឋានចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញ ។</P><P>ប្រសិនបើប្រព័ន្ធ បញ្ជូនសេវាបណ្ដាញបន្តនៅលើ ISO/OSI layer 3 វាត្រូវបានហៅ ឬនាំផ្លូវ ។ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនត្រូវការមុខ�
�ារនាំផ្លូវទេ បន្ទាប់មកបិទជម្រើសនេះ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ការកំណត់នេះ អនុវត្តទៅតែ <EM>IPv4</EM> ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ការកំណត់នេះអនុវត្តតែទៅ <EM>IPv6</EM> ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr "<P>គ្រាប់ចុច SysRq អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យត្រួតពិនិត្យលើប្រព័ន្ធមួយចំនួន សូម្បីតែវាគាំងក៏ដោយ ឧ. អំឡុងពេលបំបាត់កំហុសរបស់ខឺណែល) ឬប្រសិនបើប្រព័ន្ធមិនឆ្លើយតប ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr "<P>មានសិទ្ធិឯកសារដែលបានកំណត់ជាមុននៅក្នុងឯកសារ /etc/permissions.* ។ សិទ្ធិឯកសារដែលតឹងរ៉ឹងបំផុតត្រូវបានកំណត់ ឯកសារ 'secure' ឬ 'paranoid' ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>សេវាប្រព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋានត្រូវតែបើក ដើម្បីផ្ដល់ភាពស្ថិតស្ថេររបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ និងដើម្បីដំណើរការសេវាដែលទាក់ទងនឹងសុវត្ថិភាព ។</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr "<P>រាល់សេវាដែលដំណើរការទាំងអស់ គឺជាគោលដៅសំខាន់នៃការវាយប្រហារផ្នែកសុវត្ថិភាព ។ ដូច្នេះអ្នកត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ឲ្យបិទសេវាទាំងឡាយណា ដែលប្រព័ន្ធមិនប្រើ ។</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>សុវត្ថិភាពចាប់ផ្តើម</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>ក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ សូមផ្លាស់ប្តូរការកំណត់ចាប់ផ្តើមផ្សេងៗដែលទាក់ទងនឹងសុវត្ថិភាព ។</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del)</b> ៖\n"
+"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាតើប្រព័ន្ធគួរឆ្លើយតបទៅ\n"
+"អ្នកណាម្នាក់នៅកុងសូលដោយចុចគ្រាប់ចុចបន្សំ បញ្ជា(CTRL)+ជំនួស(ALT)+លុប(DEL) ។\n"
+"ជាទូទៅការចាប់ផ្តើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើងវិញ ។ ពេលខ្លះព្រឹត្តិការណ៍នេះអាចមិនអើពើបាន\n"
+"ឧទាហរណ៍ ពេលប្រព័ន្ធដើរតួទាំងពីរជា\n"
+"ស្ថានីយការងារ និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del)</b> ៖\n"
+"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាតើប្រព័ន្ធគួរឆ្លើយតបទៅ\n"
+"អ្នកណាម្នាក់នៅកុងសូលដោយចុចគ្រាប់ចុចបន្សំ បញ្ជា(CTRL)+ជំនួស(ALT)+លុប(DEL) ។\n"
+"ជាទូទៅការចាប់ផ្តើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើងវិញ ។ ពេលខ្លះព្រឹត្តិការណ៍នេះអាចមិនអើពើបាន\n"
+"ឧទាហរណ៍ ពេលប្រព័ន្ធដើរតួទាំងពីរជា\n"
+"ស្ថានីយការងារ និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del)</b> ៖\n"
+"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាតើប្រព័ន្ធគួរឆ្លើយតបទៅ\n"
+"អ្នកណាម្នាក់នៅកុងសូលដោយចុចគ្រាប់ចុចបន្សំ បញ្ជា(CTRL)+ជំនួស(ALT)+លុប(DEL) ។\n"
+"ជាទូទៅការចាប់ផ្តើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើងវិញ ។ ពេលខ្លះព្រឹត្តិការណ៍នេះអាចមិនអើពើបាន\n"
+"ឧទាហរណ៍ ពេលប្រព័ន្ធដើរតួទាំងពីរជា\n"
+"ស្ថានីយការងារ និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ឥរិយាបថបិទរបស់កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចូល</b>៖\n"
+"កំណត់តើថា អ្នកណាដែលត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យបិទម៉ាស៊ីនពី KDM ។</p>\n"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ប្រព័ន្ធសម្ងំ</b> ៖\n"
+"កំណត់លក្ខខណ្ឌសម្រាប់ការអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកប្រើត្រូវសម្ងំប្រព័ន្ធ ។ តាមលំនាំដើម អ្នកប្រើលើកុងសូលសកម្មមានសិទ្ធិ ។\n"
+"ជម្រើសផ្សេងទៀតកំពុងត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យសកម្មភាពទៅកាន់អ្នកប្រើមួយចំនួន ឬទាមទារការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវនៅក្នុងករណីណាក៏ដោយ ។</p>\n"
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -1006,163 +1061,238 @@
"maximum."
msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ក្រុមអប្បបរមាមិនអាចធំជាងអតិបរមា ។"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr "ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del)"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "មិនអើពើ"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងវិញ"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "បញ្ឈប់"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "តែ root ប៉ុណ្ណោះ"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "អ្នកប្រើទាំងអស់"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "គ្មានអ្នកណាម្នាក់"
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr "ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del)"
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យចូលបែបក្រាហ្វិកពីចម្ងាយ"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr "គ្រាប់ចុច SysRq"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "បិទ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "បើកមុខងារទាំងអស់"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "ពន្យារពេលបន្ទាប់ពីការប៉ុនប៉ងចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "អតិបរមា"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "អប្បបរមា"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr "ឥរិយាបថបិទរបស់កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចូល KDM ៖"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "តែ root ប៉ុណ្ណោះ"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "អ្នកប្រើទាំងអស់"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "គ្មានអ្នកណាម្នាក់"
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធសម្ងំ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "អ្នកប្រើលើកុងសូលសកម្ម"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr "អ្នករាល់គ្នាអាចសម្ងំ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "ទាមទារការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវជានិច្ច"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "ពិនិត្យពាក្យសម្ងាត់ថ្មី"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "ចំនួនពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលត្រូវចងចាំ"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "ប្រវែងពាក្យសម្ងាត់អប្បបរមាដែលអាចទទួលយកបាន"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "ចំនួនថ្ងៃព្រមានមុនពាក្យសម្ងាត់ផុតកំណត់"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "សិទ្ធិឯកសារ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "ងាយស្រួល"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "សុវត្ថិភាព"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "Paranoid"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "ការបើកដំណើរការ updatedb ដោយអ្នកប្រើ"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "អតិបរមា"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "អប្បបរមា"
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:"
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr "បិទឥរិយាបថរបស់កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចូល ៖"
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសុវត្ថិភាពដែលបានកំណត់ជាមុន"
@@ -1178,69 +1308,72 @@
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសុវត្ថិភាព"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់សុវត្ថិភាព"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ inittab"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ PAM"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save system settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់សុវត្ថិភាព..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ inittab ..."
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ PAM ..."
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving system settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់ប្រព័ន្ធ..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "កម្រិតសុវត្ថិភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ ការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "កម្រិតសុវត្ថិភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ %1"
+#~ msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
+#~ msgstr "ឥរិយាបថបិទរបស់កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចូល KDM ៖"
+
#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
#~ msgstr "កម្រិតសុវត្ថិភាពរបស់ស្ថានីយការងារនៅផ្ទះ (ដោយគ្មានបណ្តាញ)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/services-manager.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/services-manager.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/services-manager.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/slp-server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/slp-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/slp-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 10:01+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/snapper.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/snapper.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/snapper.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 09:17+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -18,45 +18,21 @@
"X-Generator: WordForge 0.8 RC1\n"
"X-Language: km-CM\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរូបថតប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User name"
msgid "User data"
@@ -64,49 +40,49 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&leanup Script"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "ស្គ្រីបជម្រះ"
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify %1"
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr "កែប្រែ %1"
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify %1"
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr "កែប្រែ %1"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "PReP (%1)"
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "PReP (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host %1"
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីន %1"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create New "
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "បង្កើតថ្មី"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Snapshots"
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -114,222 +90,215 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "មុន"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "ពិតជាលុប '%1' ឬ ?"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr "ពិតជាលុប '%1' ឬ ?"
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "រូបថត"
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr "តែមួយ"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "មុន និងក្រោយ"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានបញ្ជីរូបថត..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "ប្រភេទ"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "កាលបរិច្ឆេទចាប់ផ្ដើម"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "កាលបរិច្ឆេទបញ្ចប់"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Us&er Data"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "ទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "បង្ហាញការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "កែប្រែ"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅរបស់រូបថតដែលបានជ្រើស"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1 ៖ %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "កំពុងគណនាឯកសារដែលបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "កំពុងគណនាកំណែប្រែឯកសារ..."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 does not exist in snapshot %2\n"
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "%1 គ្មាននៅក្នុងរូបថត%2\n"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "របៀបឯកសារត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរពី '%1' ទៅ '%2' ។"
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "កម្មសិទ្ធិអ្នកប្រើឯកសារត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរពី '%1' ទៅ '%2' ។"
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "កម្មសិទ្ធិក្រុមឯកសារត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរពី '%1' ទៅ '%2' ។"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "ស្ដារពីដំបូង"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "ស្ដារ"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "ស្ដារពីទីពីរ"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "បង្ហាញភាពខុសគ្នារវាងរូបថត និងប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr "បង្ហាញភាពខុសគ្នារវាងរូបថតបច្ចុប្បន្ន និងរូបថតដែលបានជ្រើស ៖"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "បង្ហាញភាពខុសគ្នារវាងរូបថតទីមួយ និងទីពីរ"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr "បង្ហាញភាពខុសគ្នារវាងរូបថតដំបូង និងប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr "បង្ហាញភាពខុសគ្នារវាងរូបថតទីពីរ និងប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
-msgstr "ពេលវេលានៃការថតរូប ៖"
-
-#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "ពេលវេលានៃការថតរូបដំបូង ៖"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "ពេលវេលានៃការថតរូបទីពីរ ៖"
+#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+msgstr "ពេលវេលានៃការថតរូប ៖"
+
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "បើក"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "ស្ដារអ្វីដែលបានជ្រើស"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -345,7 +314,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -360,19 +329,19 @@
"ពីរូបថត '%2' ទៅប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្នដែរឬទេ ?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "គ្មានឯកសារត្រូវបានជ្រើសសម្រាប់ស្ដារឡើយ"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "ស្ដារឯកសារ"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -389,7 +358,7 @@
"<p>ឯកសារដែលមិនមាននៅក្នុងរូបថតនឹងត្រូវបានលុប ។</p>តើអ្នកប្រាកដទេ ?"
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -398,7 +367,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -411,8 +380,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរូបថត</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -423,7 +392,7 @@
"ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារថ្មីនៅក្នុងរូបថតដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ ។</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -439,7 +408,7 @@
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅរបស់រូបថត</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -451,7 +420,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -469,152 +438,187 @@
"នៅពេលឯកសារត្រូវបានជ្រើសនៅក្នុងមែកធាង អ្នកអាចមើលឃើញភាពខុសគ្នារបស់វារវាងកំណែរូបថត និងប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgstr "រកមិនឃើញរូបថត '%1' ទេ ។"
+
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Create new snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr "ហេតុផលមិនស្គាល់ ។"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr "រកមិនឃើញការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធទេ ។"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+"បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការចាប់ផ្ដើមបណ្ណាល័យ snapper ៖\n"
+"%1"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
-msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការរក្សាទុក ipsec.conf ៖"
+#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "រកមិនឃើញរូបថត '%1' ទេ ។"
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការលុបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1 ។"
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើតផែនទីថ្មី ។"
-
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to modify %1."
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការកែប្រែ %1 ។"
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការលុបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1 ។"
+#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgstr "រកមិនឃើញរូបថត '%1' ទេ ។"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+msgstr "រកមិនឃើញរូបថត '%1' ទេ ។"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "រកមិនឃើញរូបថត '%1' ទេ ។"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើតផែនទីថ្មី ។"
+
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើម Snapper"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read configurations"
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
-msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
-
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr "អានបញ្ជីរបស់រូបថត"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading the configurations..."
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
-msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgstr "កំពុងអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
-msgstr "កំពុងអានបញ្ជីរូបថត..."
-
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed."
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធបានបរាជ័យ ។"
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "កំពុងស្ដារឯកសារ..."
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "បានលុប %1\n"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "%1 បានរំលង\n"
-#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgstr "រកមិនឃើញរូបថត '%1' ទេ ។"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modify %1"
+#~ msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#~ msgstr "កែប្រែ %1"
-#~ msgid "Reason not known."
-#~ msgstr "ហេតុផលមិនស្គាល់ ។"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "PReP (%1)"
+#~ msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#~ msgstr "PReP (%1)"
-#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
-#~ msgstr "រកមិនឃើញការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធទេ ។"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Host %1"
+#~ msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីន %1"
-#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+#~ msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+#~ msgstr "ពិតជាលុប '%1' ឬ ?"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-#~ "%1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការចាប់ផ្ដើមបណ្ណាល័យ snapper ៖\n"
-#~ "%1"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#~ msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការរក្សាទុក ipsec.conf ៖"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "រកមិនឃើញរូបថត '%1' ទេ ។"
+#~| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
+#~ msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+#~ msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការលុបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1 ។"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-#~ msgstr "រកមិនឃើញរូបថត '%1' ទេ ។"
+#~| msgid "Read configurations"
+#~ msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "រកមិនឃើញរូបថត '%1' ទេ ។"
+#~| msgid "Reading the configurations..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
-#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
-#~ msgstr "កំពុងអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#~ msgstr "កំពុងអានបញ្ជីរូបថត..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed."
+#~ msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធបានបរាជ័យ ។"
+
#~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available."
#~ msgstr "មិនមានឯកសារ /etc/sysconfig/snapper ទេ ។"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sound.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sound.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sound.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-09 08:36+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/squid.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/squid.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/squid.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 11:43+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sshd.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sshd.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sshd.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 11:31+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/storage.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/storage.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/storage.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-14 08:44+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -183,7 +183,13 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "គ្មានទំហំគ្រប់គ្រាន់ត្រូវស្នើបំបែក /home ។"
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "គ្មានអ្វីត្រូវបានកំណត់ជាប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root ទេ !"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -971,7 +977,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "ស្នើបំបែកភាគផ្ទះ"
@@ -989,7 +995,7 @@
msgstr "ប្រភេទសំណើ"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1004,7 +1010,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំនេះឬ ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1019,7 +1025,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំនេះឬ ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1034,7 +1040,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំនេះឬ ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1050,7 +1056,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1060,7 +1066,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1081,7 +1087,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំនេះឬ ?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1096,7 +1102,7 @@
"ពិតជារក្សាទុកទំហំភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមឬ ?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1108,7 +1114,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1135,7 +1141,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំដោយមិនមានភាគថាស /boot ឬ ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1155,11 +1161,11 @@
"\n"
"ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំនេះឬ ?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1305,7 +1311,7 @@
"ពិតជាមិនចង់ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយភាគថាសឬ ?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1314,7 +1320,7 @@
"សូមយកវាចេញពី RAID សិន មុននឹងកែសម្រួលវា ។\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1323,7 +1329,7 @@
"យកវាចេញពីក្រុមភាគសិន មុននឹងកែសម្រួលវា ។\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1332,7 +1338,7 @@
"យកភាគចេញសិន មុននឹងកែសម្រួលវា ។\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1341,7 +1347,7 @@
"យកវាចេញពី RAID សិន មុននឹងលុបវា ។\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1349,12 +1355,12 @@
"ឧបករណ៍ (%2) ត្រូវបានប្រើដោយ %1 ។\n"
"យក %1 ចេញសិន មុននឹងលុបវា ។\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "មិនអាចលុប នៅខណៈពេលកំពុងម៉ោនបានទេ ។"
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1363,7 +1369,7 @@
"ហើយភាគថាសឡូជីខលមួយទៀតដែលមានចំនួនខ្ពស់កំពុងតែត្រូវបានប្រើ ។\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1376,7 +1382,7 @@
"សូមជ្រើសបោះបង់ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនដឹងច្បាស់ថាអ្នកកំពុងធ្វើអ្វី ។\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1391,7 +1397,7 @@
"មុននឹងលុបភាគថាស extended ។\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1406,7 +1412,7 @@
"លុបភាគថាស extended ។\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1425,13 +1431,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "សូមកុំភ្លេចអ្វីដែលអ្នកបានបញ្ចូលនៅទីនេះ ។"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យមានពាក្យសម្ងាត់ទទេ ។"
@@ -1460,7 +1466,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ប្រព័ន្ធឯកសាររបស់អ្នក ៖"
@@ -1471,7 +1477,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត ដើម្បីផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ ៖"
@@ -1494,7 +1500,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1505,7 +1511,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1874,7 +1880,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1889,7 +1895,7 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "មិនអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យមានឈ្មោះភាគរងទទេឡើយ ។"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
@@ -1897,11 +1903,11 @@
"មានតែឈ្មោះភាគរងដែលចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយ \"%1\" ប៉ុណ្ណោះត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាត !\n"
"បន្ថែមខាងដើមដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ \"%1\" ទៅកាន់ឈ្មោះភាគរង ។"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "មានឈ្មោះភាគរង %1 នេះរួចហើយ ។"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "កំណែប្រែដែលបានធ្វើរួចនៅក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ នឹងត្រូវបាត់បង់ ។"
@@ -1944,7 +1950,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1963,7 +1969,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1982,7 +1988,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -2014,7 +2020,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2235,7 +2241,7 @@
"ទៅឲ្យឧបករណ៍ដែលមានប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារដែលមិនមាន ឬមិនស្គាល់នោះទេ ។"
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2259,12 +2265,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារបច្ចុប្បន្នត្រូវបានម៉ោននៅលើ %1 ។"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2274,12 +2280,12 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "អាន់ម៉ោន"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2287,15 +2293,15 @@
"អ្នកអាចព្យាយាមអាន់ម៉ោនវាឥឡូវ ឬបោះបង់ ។\n"
"ចុច បោះបង់ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនដឹងច្បាស់ថា អ្នកនឹងធ្វើអ្វី ។"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "មិនអាចបង្រួញប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ខណៈពេលកំពុងម៉ោនបានឡើយ ។"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "មិនអាចពង្រីកប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ខណៈពេលកំពុងម៉ោនបានឡើយ ។"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "មិនអាចប្ដូរទំហំប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ខណៈពេលកំពុងម៉ោនបានឡើយ ។"
@@ -2726,36 +2732,43 @@
msgstr "<p>ជ្រើសទំហំសម្រាប់ភាគថាសថ្មី ។</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "HFS Boot Partition"
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្តើម HFS"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការ"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr "វឌ្ឍនភាពកម្មវិធី RPM ដែលតា"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Role: %s"
msgid "Role"
msgstr "តួនាទី ៖ %s"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2764,7 +2777,7 @@
"និងប្រភេទប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារចង់បាន ។</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2775,7 +2788,7 @@
"នឹងលុបទិន្នន័យទាំងអស់នៅលើវា ។</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2784,47 +2797,47 @@
"និងបញ្ចូលចំណុចម៉ោន (/, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.) ដែរឬទេ ។</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើសធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយភាគថាស"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "កុំធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយភាគថាស"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "កុំម៉ោនភាគថាស"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើសម៉ោន"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "ម៉ោនភាគថាស"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "ចំណុចម៉ោន"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "ជម្រើស Fstab..."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "ឯកសារគ្រីបត្រូវបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2837,17 +2850,17 @@
"សូមពិនិត្យមើលជម្រើសធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយផងដែរ ។\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "ការគ្រីបឯកសារត្រូវការចំណុចម៉ោន ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs ទាមទារចំណុចម៉ោន ។"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2862,7 +2875,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2876,21 +2889,21 @@
"(ផ្អាកទៅថាស) ។\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "ទិន្នន័យទាំងអស់ដែលរក្សាទុកនៅលើភាគនេះនឹងត្រូវបាត់បង់ !"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2900,7 +2913,7 @@
"អ្នកមិនអាចប្ដូរទំហំភាគថាសដែលបានជ្រើសបានឡើយ ពីព្រោះប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ\n"
"នៅលើភាគថាសនេះមិនគាំទ្រការប្ដូរទំហំទេ ។\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2909,7 +2922,7 @@
"អាចនឹងត្រូវបានប្ដូរទំហំ នៅខណៈពេលដែលកំពុងម៉ោននោះបានដែរឬទេ ។"
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2918,21 +2931,21 @@
"ពីព្រោះប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារហាក់បីដូចជាប្រែប្រួល ។\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "ប្ដូរទំហំភាគថាស %1"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "ប្ដូរទំហំភាគឡូជីខល %1"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "ទំហំបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "បានប្រើថ្មីៗ ៖ %1"
@@ -2940,8 +2953,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2953,33 +2966,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "ទំហំអតិបរមា (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "ទំហំអប្បបរមា (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "ទំហំផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ជ្រើសទំហំថ្មី ។</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2989,7 +3002,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3002,12 +3015,12 @@
"ក្នុងការប្ដូរទំហំ ។"
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "លទ្ធផលរបស់ %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគរកថាសឡើងវិញ..."
@@ -3206,50 +3219,50 @@
msgstr "តំបន់ដែលបានបញ្ចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "បន្ថែមភាគថាសលើ %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "កែសម្រួលភាគថាស %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "គ្មានទំហំសម្រាប់ផ្លាស់ទីភាគថាស %1 ។"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ទីភាគថាស %1 ទៅមុខ ?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ទីភាគថាស %1 ថយក្រោយ ?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ទីភាគថាស %1?"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "ទៅមុខ"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "ថយក្រោយ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "អះអាងការលុបភាគថាសទាំងអស់"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3257,30 +3270,35 @@
"ថាស \"%1\" យ៉ាងហោចណាស់មានភាគថាសមួយ ។\n"
"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកធ្វើបន្ត នោះភាគថាសខាងក្រោមនឹងត្រូវបានលុប ៖"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "តើអ្នកពិតជាលុបភាគថាសទាំងអស់នៅលើ \"%1\" ឬ ?"
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសថាសរឹង ។"
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "ថាសកំពុងប្រើ និងមិនអាចកែប្រែបានឡើយ ។"
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "ជ្រើសប្រភេទតារាងភាគថាសថ្មីសម្រាប់ %1 ។"
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
@@ -3289,29 +3307,29 @@
"នៅលើ %1 និងក្រុម RAIDs ហើយនិងភាគទាំងអស់ដែលប្រើភាគថាសនៅលើ %1 ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "គ្មានថាសបានជ្រើសឡើយ ។"
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "ពិតជាលុប BIOS RAID %1?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "ពិតជាចង់លុប RAID %1 ដែលបានចែកជាភាគឬ ?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "មិនមានភាគថាសដែលត្រូវលុបនៅលើថាសនេះទេ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "វាមិនអាចបង្កើតភាគថាសមួយនៅលើ %1 ។"
@@ -3319,15 +3337,15 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសភាគថាស ។"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3336,12 +3354,12 @@
"បានឡើយ ។ ដើម្បីកែប្រែ %1 សូមប្រាកដថា វាមិនត្រូវបានប្រើ ។"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "ភាគថាសបន្ថែមមិនអាចកែសម្រួលបានទេ ។"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
@@ -3350,12 +3368,12 @@
"ហើយមិនអាចត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ទីទេ ។"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "ភាគថាសដែលបានពង្រីកមិនអាចត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ទីទេ ។"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3364,12 +3382,12 @@
"បានឡើយ ។ ដើម្បីប្ដូរទំហំ %1 សូមប្រាកដថា វាមិនត្រូវបានប្រើ ។"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "មិនអាចប្ដូរទំហំភាគថាសពង្រីកបានទេ ។"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3385,7 +3403,7 @@
"ច្រើន ។ បន្ទាប់ពីបានក្លូន ភាគថាស\n"
"ទាំងនេះនឹងត្រូវបានលុប ។</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
@@ -3393,11 +3411,11 @@
"ភាគថាសដូចខាងក្រោមនឹងត្រូវបានលុប\n"
"ហើយទិន្នន័យទាំងអស់នៅលើវានឹងបាត់បង់ ៖"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "ពិតជាលុបភាគថាសទាំងនេះឬ ?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3407,7 +3425,7 @@
"ត្រូវតែមានភាគថាសយ៉ាងហោចណាស់មួយ ។\n"
"បង្កើតភាគថាស មុននឹងក្លូនថាស ។\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
@@ -3415,20 +3433,20 @@
"ថាសនេះមិនអាចត្រូវបានក្លូនទេ ។ មិនមានថាសសមរម្យ\n"
"ដែលគួរមានប្លង់ភាគថាសដូចគ្នាទេ ។"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "ប្លង់ភាគថាសក្លូនរបស់ %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "ថាសគោលដៅដែលអាចប្រើបាន ៖"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "ជ្រើសថាសគោលដៅសម្រាប់បង្កើតក្លូន"
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3437,7 +3455,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រតិបត្តិ dasdfmt នៅលើថាស %1ឬ ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3699,11 +3717,11 @@
msgstr "បានផ្ដល់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។"
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "អះអាងការលុបភាគថាសដែលបានប្រើដោយ LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
@@ -3713,15 +3731,15 @@
"ដើម្បីរក្សាឲ្យប្រព័ន្ធស្ថិតនៅក្នុងស្ថានភាពដដែល ក្រុមភាគ\n"
"និងភាគឡូជីខលខាងក្រោមនឹងត្រូវបានលុប ៖\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "លុបភាគថាស \"%1\" និងក្រុមភាគ \"%2\" ឥឡូវឬ ?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "អះអាងការលុបភាគថាសដែលប្រើដោយ RAID"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
@@ -3731,24 +3749,24 @@
"ដើម្បីរក្សាឲ្យប្រព័ន្ធស្ថិតនៅក្នុងស្ថានភាពដដែល\n"
"ឧបករណ៍ RAID ខាងក្រោមនឹងត្រូវបានលុប ៖\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "លុបភាគថាស \"%1\" និង RAID \"%2\" ឥឡូវឬ ?"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "ពិតជាលុបភាគថាសទាំងអស់នៅលើ %1 ឬ ?"
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "ពិតជាលុប %1 ឬ ?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3758,7 +3776,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "មិនបានចែកជាភាគ"
@@ -3766,33 +3784,33 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "មិនបានបម្រុងទុក"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>គ្មានការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរចំពោះការចែកភាគថាស ។</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរចំពោះការចែកភាគថាស ៖</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>គ្មានការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរចំពោះការកំណត់ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក ។</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>ការកំណត់ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក ៖</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>ការកំណត់ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក ៖</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
@@ -3912,12 +3930,12 @@
"ទង់ជាតិបង្កើតសកម្ម ។"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "បន្ថែមឯកសារគ្រីប"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "កែសម្រួលឯកសារគ្រីប %1"
@@ -4240,12 +4258,12 @@
msgstr "ប្រើដោយ"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "បន្ថែមភាគឡូជីខលលើ %1"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "កែសម្រួលភាគឡូជីខល %1 នៅលើ %2"
@@ -4283,9 +4301,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសភាគឡូជីខល ។"
@@ -4295,7 +4313,7 @@
msgstr "មិនមានទំហំទំនេរនៅក្នុងក្រុមភាគ %1 ឡើយ ។"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -4310,7 +4328,7 @@
"វាមិនអាចសង្គ្រោះបានឡើយ ។\n"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4692,17 +4710,17 @@
msgstr "<p>ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរឧបករណ៍ដែលបានប្រើសម្រាប់ RAID ។</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "បន្ថែម RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "ប្ដូរទំហំ RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "កែសម្រួល RAID %1"
@@ -4997,7 +5015,7 @@
msgstr "<p>ទិដ្ឋភាពនេះបង្ហាញអំពីសេចក្ដីសង្ខេបការដំឡើង ។</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr "បន្ថែមម៉ោន Tmpfs"
@@ -5869,19 +5887,60 @@
"ដឹងច្បាស់ពីអ្វីដែលអ្នកកំពុងធ្វើ ។</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
+#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"ការចែកភាគថាសនៅលើថាស %1 គឺមិនអាចអានបាន ឬ \n"
+"មិនត្រូវបានគាំទ្រដោយឧបករណ៍ចែកភាគថាស parted ដែលត្រូវបានប្រើ ដើម្បីផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ\n"
+"តារាងភាគថាស ។\n"
+"\n"
+"អ្នកអាចប្រើភាគថាសនៅលើថាស %1 ឬ\n"
+"ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយពួកវា ឬកំណត់ចំណុចម៉ោនបាន ប៉ុន្តែអ្នកមិនអាចបន្ថែម កែសម្រួល \n"
+"ប្ដូរទំហំ ឬយកភាគថាសចេញពីថាសនោះនៅទីនេះបានទេ ។\n"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
+#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5894,8 +5953,8 @@
"ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយពួកវា ឬកំណត់ចំណុចម៉ោនបាន ប៉ុន្តែអ្នកមិនអាចបន្ថែម កែសម្រួល \n"
"ប្ដូរទំហំ ឬយកភាគថាសចេញពីថាសនោះនៅទីនេះបានទេ ។\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -5908,11 +5967,11 @@
#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5926,7 +5985,7 @@
"ប្ដូរទំហំ ឬយកភាគថាសចេញពីថាសនោះនៅទីនេះបានទេ ។\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5941,7 +6000,7 @@
"ប៉ុន្តែវានឹងបំផ្លាញទិន្នន័យដែលនៅលើភាគថាសទាំងអស់ក្នុងថាសនេះ ។\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5959,7 +6018,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "មិនអាចប្ដូរទំហំបានឡើយ ៖"
@@ -5972,7 +6031,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5985,7 +6044,7 @@
"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ៊ិនគ្រីបដែលបានផ្ដល់អាចនឹងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5996,7 +6055,7 @@
"ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -6008,24 +6067,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ៊ិនគ្រីប ៖"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "ផ្ដល់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "ភាគដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីបដូចខាងក្រោមអាចប្រើបានហើយ ។"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យភាគដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីបសកម្ម"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6037,12 +6096,12 @@
"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវតែបានស្គាល់ ប្រសិនបើភាគត្រូវបានទាមទារអំឡុងពេល\n"
"ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព ឬប្រសិនបើពួកវាមានភាគហ្វីស៊ីខល LVM ដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប ។"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "តើអ្នកចង់ផ្ដល់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ៊ិនគ្រីបទេ ?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6053,65 +6112,65 @@
"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់នឹងត្រូវបានព្យាយាមសម្រាប់គ្រប់ឧបករណ៍ ។"
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ៊ិនគ្រីប"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "មិនមានភាគដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីបត្រូវដោះសោឡើយ ។"
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "សូមផ្ដល់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ឧបករណ៍ណាមួយដូចខាងក្រោម ៖"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "សូមផ្ដល់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ឧបករណ៍ដូចខាងក្រោម ៖"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "កំពុងព្យាយាមដោះសោភាគដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនបានដោះសោភាគណាមួយទេ ។"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "ថាស IDE"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "ថាស SCSI"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "ថាស"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD RAID"
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលទាមទារ បានបរាជ័យ ។"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "បន្តទោះបីជាមានកំហុសក៏ដោយ ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6123,7 +6182,7 @@
"មិនអាចយកភាគថាស %1 ចេញបានទេ ពីព្រោះភាគថាសផ្សេងទៀតដែលនៅលើ\n"
"ថាស %2 កំពុងត្រូវបានប្រើ ។\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6133,7 +6192,7 @@
"មិនអាចកែប្រែឧបករណ៍ %1 បានទេ ពីព្រោះវាមានស្វបដែលសកម្ម\n"
" ដែលនឹងត្រូវការ ដើម្បីដំណើរការការដំឡើង ។\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6143,7 +6202,7 @@
"មិនអាចកែប្រែឧបករណ៍ %1 បានទេ ពីព្រោះវាមានទិន្នន័យសម្រាប់ដំឡើង\n"
"ដែលត្រូវការដើម្បីដំឡើង ។\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6153,7 +6212,7 @@
"មិនអាចយកឧបករណ៍ %1 ចេញបានទេ ព្រោះវាមានស្វបដែលបានធ្វើឲ្យសកម្ម\n"
"ដែលត្រូវការដើម្បីដំណើរការការដំឡើង ។\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6163,7 +6222,7 @@
"មិនអាចយកឧបករណ៍ %1 ចេញបានទេ ព្រោះវាមានទិន្នន័យការដំឡើង\n"
"ដែលត្រូវការសម្រាប់ធ្វើការដំឡើង ។\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6175,7 +6234,7 @@
"%2 ដោយមិនផ្ទាល់ ដែលមានស្វបដែលបានធ្វើឲ្យសកម្មដែលត្រូវការដើម្បី\n"
"ដំណើរការការដំឡើង ។\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6186,7 +6245,7 @@
"%2 ដោយមិនផ្ទាល់ ដែលមានទិន្នន័យដែលបានត្រូវការសម្រាប់ធ្វើការដំឡើង ។\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6197,18 +6256,18 @@
"ថាស %2 កំពុងត្រូវបានប្រើ ។\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "គ្មានអ្វីត្រូវបានកំណត់ជាប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root ទេ !"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "ការដំឡើងស្ទើរតែនឹងបរាជ័យទាំងស្រុង !"
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការបន្ថែមកញ្ចប់ដោះស្រាយដូចខាងក្រោម ៖ %1"
@@ -6862,62 +6921,45 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "មិនអាចប្ដូរទំហំបានទេ ដោយសារតែប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារមិនស្ថិតស្ថិរ ។ ព្យាយាមពិនិត្យមើលប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារតាមវីនដូ ។"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "បង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "ក្រុមភាគអ៊ិនគ្រីប"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "ជម្រើសប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ៖"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "ស្នើបំបែកភាគផ្ទះ"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Proposal settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់សំណើ"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ដើម្បីបង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM ជ្រើសប៊ូតុងដែលដូចគ្នា ។</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6926,35 +6968,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់អ្នកសម្រាប់ការអ៊ិនគ្រីបសំណើ ។"
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ឡើងវិញសម្រាប់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ ៖"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Partition Based"
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "មានមូលដ្ឋានលើភាគថាស"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "បង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "បង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -6998,6 +7059,20 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "ព័ត៌មានដែលអាចមើលឃើញនៅលើឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក ៖"
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "ក្រុមភាគអ៊ិនគ្រីប"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>\n"
+#~| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "ដើម្បីបង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM ជ្រើសប៊ូតុងដែលដូចគ្នា ។</p>\n"
+
#~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist."
#~ msgstr "មិនមានការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរដែលមិនបានរក្សាទុក ។"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/support.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/support.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/support.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,54 +32,54 @@
msgstr "ការគាំទ្រ"
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr "ប្រអប់ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅ Supportconfig"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "បើកមជ្ឈមណ្ឌលគាំទ្រណូវែល"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr "បើក"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr "ប្រមូលទិន្នន័យ"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr "បង្កើត tarball របាយការណ៍"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr "ផ្ទុកទិន្នន័យឡើង"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr "ផ្ទុកឡើង"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -87,186 +87,185 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr "ប្រអប់ផ្ទុកឡើង Supportconfig"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr "រក្សាទុកជា"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលមានឯកសារកំណត់ហេតុ"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr "ផ្ទុកឡើងគោលដៅ"
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់បានឡើយ ។"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារ Tarball ឯកសារកំណត់ហេតុ"
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រ Supportconfig"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr "បង្កើតបញ្ជីរាយឯកសារពេញពី '/'"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr "ដកចេញព័ត៌មានថាសលម្អិត និងស្កេន"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr "ស្វែងរកប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root សម្រាប់វត្ថុ eDirectory"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr "រួមបញ្ចូលបញ្ជីសេវា SLP ពេញលេញ"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr "ដំណើរការ rpm -V សម្រាប់ rpm ដែលបានដំឡើងនីមួយៗ"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសកម្មអនុគមន៍ដែលគាំទ្រទាំងអស់"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr "គ្រាន់តែប្រមូលព័ត៌មានចំនួនតិចបំផុត"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់បែបជំនាញ"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើស"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជំនាញ Supportconfig"
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr "ជម្រើសលំនាំដើម"
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធទំនាក់ទំនង Supportconfig"
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr "ក្រុមហ៊ុន"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានអ៊ីមែល"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះ"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr "លេខទូរស័ព្ទ"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr "រក្សាទុកលេខសម្គាល់"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ស្ថានីយ៍"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell 11 digit service request number"
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr "លេខសំណើសេវា ១១ ខ្ទង់ Novell"
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr "កំពុងប្រមូលទិន្នន័យ"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "វឌ្ឍនភាព"
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr "ប្រមូលការពិនិត្យទិន្នន័យឡើងវិញ"
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះឯកសារ"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr "យកចេញពីទិន្នន័យ"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sysconfig.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sysconfig.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/sysconfig.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 10:46+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/tftp-server.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/tftp-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/tftp-server.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 10:17+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/timezone_db.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/timezone_db.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/timezone_db.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 08:18+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/tune.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/tune.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/tune.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 09:59+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/update.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/update.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/update.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 15:40+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/users.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/users.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/users.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 16:09+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -131,638 +131,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr "កុំសួររកទិន្នន័យដែលបាត់ ត្រឡប់កំហុសជំនួសវិញ ។"
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើ"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ</b><br>\n"
-"ជ្រើសវិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវដែលត្រូវប្រើជាមួយនឹងអ្នកប្រើលើប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ជ្រើស <b>មូលដ្ឋាន</b> ដើម្បីផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើដោយប្រើតែឯកសារមូលដ្ឋាន <i>/etc/passwd</i> និង<i>/etc/shadow</i> ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមានការដំឡើងពីមុន ឬប្រព័ន្ធជម្រើស វាអាចបង្កើតអ្នកប្រើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើប្រភពនេះ ។ ដើម្បីធ្វើដូច្នេះបាន ជ្រើស <b>អានទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើពីការដំឡើងពីមុន</b> ។ ជម្រើសនេះប្រើថតផ្ទះដែលមានស្រាប់ ឬបង្កើតថតផ្ទះថ្មីសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើនីមួយៗនៅក្នុងទីតាំងដែលបានបញ្ជាក់សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងនេះ ។"
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "&LDAP"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "N&IS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "&Samba"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "ដែនវីនដូ"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "មូលដ្ឋាន (/etc/passwd)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NIS ឬ LDAP ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើ ឬក៏អ្នកចង់\n"
-"ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើជាមួយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NT សូមជ្រើសតម្លៃសមស្រប ។\n"
-"បន្ទាប់មកចុច <b>បន្ទាប់</b> ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NIS ឬ LDAP មួយ ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ សូមជ្រើស\n"
-"តម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មកចុច <b>បន្ទាប់</b> ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP មួយ ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ឬបើអ្នកចង់\n"
-"ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើជាមួយនឹងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NT សូមជ្រើសតម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មក\n"
-"ចុច <b>បន្ទាប់</b> ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ សូមជ្រើស\n"
-"តម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មកចុច <b>បន្ទាប់</b> ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>គូសធីក <b>រៀបចំការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ Kerberos</b> ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ Kerberos បន្ទាប់ពីបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រភពទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើ ។</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "អានទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើពីការដំឡើងពីមុន"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "ជ្រើស..."
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "រៀបចំការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ Kerberos"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "ជ្រើសអ្នកប្រើត្រូវអាន"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "ជ្រើស ឬដោះជ្រើសទាំងអស់"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធគឺ \"root\""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "សូមកុំភ្លេចអ្វីដែលអ្នកបានបញ្ចូលនៅទីនេះ ។"
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើជា root"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "អះអាងពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "សាកល្បងប្លង់ក្ដារចុច"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "ជម្រើសជំនាញ..."
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ខុសពីអ្នកប្រើប្រព័ន្ធធម្មតា ដែលសរសេរអត្ថបទ បង្កើតក្រាហ្វិក\n"
-"ឬរុករកអ៊ីនធឺណិត អ្នកប្រើជា \"root\" មាននៅលើប្រព័ន្ធទាំងអស់\n"
-"ហើយនឹងដើរតួ នៅពេលអនុវត្តជាមួយកិច្ចការ\n"
-"គ្រប់គ្រង ។ អ្នកគួរតែចូលជា root នៅពេលដែល\n"
-"អ្នកចង់ក្លាយជាអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ដោយសារតែអ្នកប្រើជា root ត្រូវបានផ្ដល់នូវសិទ្ធិទូលំទូលាយ ដូច្នេះអ្នកគួរតែជ្រើស\n"
-"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ \"root\" ដោយប្រុងប្រយ័ត្នជានិច្ច ។ អ្នកគួរតែផ្សំអក្សរ និងលេខចូលគ្នា ។\n"
-"ដើម្បីប្រាកដថា ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានវាយបញ្ចូលត្រឹមត្រូវ\n"
-"សូមវាយបញ្ចូលវាម្ដងទៀតក្នុងវាលទីពីរ ។\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ច្បាប់ទាំងអស់សម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ្នកប្រើអនុវត្តទៅពាក្យសម្ងាត់ \"root\" ៖\n"
-"សម្គាល់រវាងអក្សរតូច និងអក្សរធំ ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោច\n"
-"៥ តួអក្សរ និងតាមច្បាប់មិនអាចមានតួអក្សរសង្កត់សំឡេង ឬសញ្ញាកំណត់សំឡេង ។\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"សូមកុំភ្លេចពាក្យសម្ងាត់ \"root\" ឲ្យសោះ ។\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n"
-"យ៉ាងហោចណាស់វាត្រូវតែមាន %1 តួអក្សរ ។</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ដើម្បីពិនិត្យថាតើប្លង់ក្ដារចុចបច្ចុប្បន្នរបស់អ្នកត្រឹមត្រូវឬទេ ព្យាយាមបញ្ចូលអត្ថបទទៅក្នុងវាល<b>សាកល្បងប្លង់ក្ដារចុច</b> ។</p>"
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនដូចគ្នាឡើយ ។\n"
-"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"គ្មានពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានបញ្ចូល ។\n"
-"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n"
-"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោចណាស់ %1 តួអក្សរ ។"
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "ពិតជាប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះឬ ?"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"មិនអាចកំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ជា root បានឡើយ ។\n"
-"អ្នកប្រហែលជាមិនអាចចូលបានទេ ។\n"
-"ព្យាយាមកំណត់វាម្ដងទៀត ?\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ូឌុលសម្រាប់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនៃការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ..."
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"កញ្ចប់ %1 មិនត្រូវបានដំឡើងឡើយ ។\n"
-"ដំឡើងវាឥឡូវ ?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DES"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr "SHA-256"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr "SHA-512"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "ប្រភេទអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr "&DES"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "&MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr "SHA-&256"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr "SHA-&512"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>ការកំណត់ការចូល</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់គឺ %1 ។"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> គឺជាវិធីសាស្ត្រសញ្ញាស្តង់ដារបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។ ការប្រើក្បួនដោះស្រាយផ្សេងទៀតមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ទេ លុះត្រាតែត្រូវការសម្រាប់ភាពឆបគ្នា ។</p>"
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "ឈ្មោះពេញរបស់អ្នកប្រើ"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះសម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "ទទួលសំបុត្ររបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "ចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "បង្កើតអ្នកប្រើថ្មី"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "ការចូលអ្នកប្រើទទេ"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"ការទុកឲ្យឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើនៅទទេ សក្ដិសមប្រើតែក្នុងបរិស្ថានបណ្ដាញមួយ\n"
-"ដែលមានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។\n"
-"ទុកវានៅទទេឬ ?"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"បញ្ចូល <b>ឈ្មោះពេញរបស់អ្នកប្រើ</b> <b>ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ</b> និង<b>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b> ដើម្បី\n"
-"ផ្ដល់តម្លៃទៅគណនីអ្នកប្រើនេះ ។\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ពេលបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ សូមសម្គាល់រវាងតួអក្សរតូច និង\n"
-"តួអក្សរធំ ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមិនមានតួអក្សរសង្កត់សំឡេង ឬសញ្ញាកំណត់សំឡេង ។\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ជាមួយវិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន (%1) ប្រវែងពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែស្ថិតនៅចន្លោះ\n"
-" %2 និង %3 តួអក្សរ ។\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n"
-"យ៉ាងហោចណាស់វាត្រូវតែមាន %1 តួអក្សរ ។</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ដើម្បីឲ្យប្រាកដថា ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានបញ្ចូលត្រឹមត្រូវ\n"
-"អ្នកត្រូវវាយវាម្ដងទៀតក្នុងវាលទីពីរ ។ សូមកុំភ្លេចពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់អ្នក ។\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ចំពោះ <b>ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ</b> សូមប្រើតែអក្សរ (ដោយគ្មានតួអក្សរសញ្ញា)\n"
-"តួលេខ និង<tt>._-</tt> ។\n"
-"សូមកុំប្រើអក្សរធំក្នុងធាតុនេះ លុះត្រាតែអ្នកដឹង\n"
-"ច្បាស់ថាអ្នកកំពុងធ្វើអ្វី ។ ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើមានការរឹតបន្តឹងជាងពាក្យសម្ងាត់\n"
-"ទៅទៀត ។ អ្នកអាចកំណត់ការរឹតបន្តឹងនៅក្នុងឯកសារ /etc/login.defs ។\n"
-"សូមអានទំព័រសៀវភៅដៃ សម្រាប់ព័ត៌មាននានា ។\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>គូសធីក <b>ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះសម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ</b> ប្រសិនបើពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដដែលត្រូវបានបញ្ចូលសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើដំបូង វាក៏គួរត្រូវបានប្រើសម្រាប់ root ផងដែរ ។</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ និងពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលបានបង្កើតទីនេះ គឺត្រូវការដើម្បីចូល និងធ្វើការជាមួយប្រព័ន្ធលីនុចរបស់អ្នក ។ ដោយបើក <b>ចូលស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ</b> បែបបទចូលនឹងត្រូវបានរំលង ។ អ្នកប្រើនេះត្រូវបានចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"បញ្ជូនសំបុត្រសម្រាប់ root ទៅអ្នកប្រើនេះ ដោយធីក <b>ទទួលសំបុត្ររបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ</b> ។</p>\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់បែបជំនាញ"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវគឺជា /etc/passwd មូលដ្ឋាន ។"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់គឺ %1 ។"
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "User %1 will be imported."
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "អ្នកប្រើ %1 នឹងត្រូវបាននាំចូល ។"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្តូរ..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេប"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-#| "the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n"
-"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោចណាស់ %1 តួអក្សរ ។"
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -884,11 +252,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "UID ថ្មីរបស់អ្នកប្រើ"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្នកប្រើ..."
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1143,93 +506,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "វិនាទី"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr "Samba (ដែនរបស់វីនដូ)"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "<%1>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់ Root<%2> ត្រូវបានកំណត់"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "<%1>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ Root<%2> មិនត្រូវបានកំណត់"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "មិនបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2>"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "<%1>វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ<%2> ៖ %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "<%1>វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ<%2> ៖ %3 និង Kerberos ។"
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "<%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 ត្រូវបានជ្រើសសម្រាប់នាំចូល"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "<%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 នឹងត្រូវបាននាំចូល ។"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 (%4)"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖ %1"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "ការកំណត់អ្នកប្រើ"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់ Root"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1392,6 +668,24 @@
"ការកំណត់អ៊ិនគ្រីបសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើនេះ\n"
"បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់បច្ចុប្បន្នរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ។"
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនដូចគ្នាឡើយ ។\n"
+"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1422,6 +716,13 @@
msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរម្ចាស់ថត"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះពេញរបស់អ្នកប្រើ"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr "នាមខ្លួន"
@@ -1436,11 +737,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr "សម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើពីចម្ងាយ មានតែសមាជិកភាពក្រុមបន្ថែមប៉ុណ្ណោះដែលអាចត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ។"
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "ទទួលសំបុត្ររបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "ចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះសម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1610,6 +930,33 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "កម្មវិធីជំនួយ"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "ការចូលអ្នកប្រើទទេ"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"ការទុកឲ្យឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើនៅទទេ សក្ដិសមប្រើតែក្នុងបរិស្ថានបណ្ដាញមួយ\n"
+"ដែលមានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។\n"
+"ទុកវានៅទទេឬ ?"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "ពិតជាប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះឬ ?"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1701,6 +1048,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "ទិន្នន័យក្រុម"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DES"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1714,6 +1075,32 @@
"អក្សរតូច ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនគួរមានតួអក្សរសញ្ញា ឬសញ្ញាពិសេស ។ \n"
"</p>\n"
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ជាមួយវិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន (%1) ប្រវែងពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែស្ថិតនៅចន្លោះ\n"
+" %2 និង %3 តួអក្សរ ។\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ដើម្បីឲ្យប្រាកដថា ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានបញ្ចូលត្រឹមត្រូវ\n"
+"អ្នកត្រូវវាយវាម្ដងទៀតក្នុងវាលទីពីរ ។ សូមកុំភ្លេចពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់អ្នក ។\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1879,6 +1266,19 @@
"<b>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b> ដើម្បីផ្ដល់តម្លៃទៅអ្នកប្រើនេះ ។\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"បញ្ចូល <b>ឈ្មោះពេញរបស់អ្នកប្រើ</b> <b>ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ</b> និង<b>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់</b> ដើម្បី\n"
+"ផ្ដល់តម្លៃទៅគណនីអ្នកប្រើនេះ ។\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1919,6 +1319,25 @@
"សូមអានទំព័រសៀវភៅ សម្រាប់ព័ត៌មាននានា ។\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ និងពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលបានបង្កើតទីនេះ គឺត្រូវការដើម្បីចូល និងធ្វើការជាមួយប្រព័ន្ធលីនុចរបស់អ្នក ។ ដោយបើក <b>ចូលស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ</b> បែបបទចូលនឹងត្រូវបានរំលង ។ អ្នកប្រើនេះត្រូវបានចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"បញ្ជូនសំបុត្រសម្រាប់ root ទៅអ្នកប្រើនេះ ដោយធីក <b>ទទួលសំបុត្ររបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ</b> ។</p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2677,7 +2096,9 @@
msgstr "អ្នកប្រើប្រព័ន្ធ"
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "អ្នកប្រើមូលដ្ឋាន"
@@ -2753,6 +2174,11 @@
msgstr "ក្រុម Samba"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2772,6 +2198,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "&Samba"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2899,6 +2330,11 @@
"មិនគាំទ្រវាទេ ដូច្នេះអ្នកអាចនឹងមានបញ្ហាជាមួយ NIS ។\n"
"</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> គឺជាវិធីសាស្ត្រសញ្ញាស្តង់ដារបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។ ការប្រើក្បួនដោះស្រាយផ្សេងទៀតមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ទេ លុះត្រាតែត្រូវការសម្រាប់ភាពឆបគ្នា ។</p>"
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2909,6 +2345,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "ប្រភេទអ៊ិនគ្រីប"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr "&DES"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "&MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr "SHA-&256"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr "SHA-&512"
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -3202,6 +2658,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធ"
@@ -3537,6 +2999,15 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "មិនមានកញ្ចប់ %1 សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងឡើយ ។"
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"កញ្ចប់ %1 មិនត្រូវបានដំឡើងឡើយ ។\n"
+"ដំឡើងវាឥឡូវ ?\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3554,6 +3025,433 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#| "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n"
+"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោចណាស់ %1 តួអក្សរ ។"
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n"
+"យ៉ាងហោចណាស់វាត្រូវតែមាន %1 តួអក្សរ ។</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្នកប្រើ..."
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់គឺ %1 ។"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> គឺជាវិធីសាស្ត្រសញ្ញាស្តង់ដារបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។ ការប្រើក្បួនដោះស្រាយផ្សេងទៀតមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ទេ លុះត្រាតែត្រូវការសម្រាប់ភាពឆបគ្នា ។</p>"
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "ប្រភេទអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "សូមកុំភ្លេចអ្វីដែលអ្នកបានបញ្ចូលនៅទីនេះ ។"
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើជា root"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "អះអាងពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "សាកល្បងប្លង់ក្ដារចុច"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ខុសពីអ្នកប្រើប្រព័ន្ធធម្មតា ដែលសរសេរអត្ថបទ បង្កើតក្រាហ្វិក\n"
+"ឬរុករកអ៊ីនធឺណិត អ្នកប្រើជា \"root\" មាននៅលើប្រព័ន្ធទាំងអស់\n"
+"ហើយនឹងដើរតួ នៅពេលអនុវត្តជាមួយកិច្ចការ\n"
+"គ្រប់គ្រង ។ អ្នកគួរតែចូលជា root នៅពេលដែល\n"
+"អ្នកចង់ក្លាយជាអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ដោយសារតែអ្នកប្រើជា root ត្រូវបានផ្ដល់នូវសិទ្ធិទូលំទូលាយ ដូច្នេះអ្នកគួរតែជ្រើស\n"
+"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ \"root\" ដោយប្រុងប្រយ័ត្នជានិច្ច ។ អ្នកគួរតែផ្សំអក្សរ និងលេខចូលគ្នា ។\n"
+"ដើម្បីប្រាកដថា ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានវាយបញ្ចូលត្រឹមត្រូវ\n"
+"សូមវាយបញ្ចូលវាម្ដងទៀតក្នុងវាលទីពីរ ។\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ច្បាប់ទាំងអស់សម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ្នកប្រើអនុវត្តទៅពាក្យសម្ងាត់ \"root\" ៖\n"
+"សម្គាល់រវាងអក្សរតូច និងអក្សរធំ ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោច\n"
+"៥ តួអក្សរ និងតាមច្បាប់មិនអាចមានតួអក្សរសង្កត់សំឡេង ឬសញ្ញាកំណត់សំឡេង ។\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"សូមកុំភ្លេចពាក្យសម្ងាត់ \"root\" ឲ្យសោះ ។\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធគឺ \"root\""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"គ្មានពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានបញ្ចូល ។\n"
+"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>ជ្រើស <b>មូលដ្ឋាន</b> ដើម្បីផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើដោយប្រើតែឯកសារមូលដ្ឋាន <i>/etc/passwd</i> និង<i>/etc/shadow</i> ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "បង្កើតអ្នកប្រើថ្មី"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ពេលបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ សូមសម្គាល់រវាងតួអក្សរតូច និង\n"
+"តួអក្សរធំ ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមិនមានតួអក្សរសង្កត់សំឡេង ឬសញ្ញាកំណត់សំឡេង ។\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+#| "</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ជាមួយវិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន (%1) ប្រវែងពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែស្ថិតនៅចន្លោះ\n"
+" %2 និង %3 តួអក្សរ ។\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ចំពោះ <b>ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ</b> សូមប្រើតែអក្សរ (ដោយគ្មានតួអក្សរសញ្ញា)\n"
+"តួលេខ និង<tt>._-</tt> ។\n"
+"សូមកុំប្រើអក្សរធំក្នុងធាតុនេះ លុះត្រាតែអ្នកដឹង\n"
+"ច្បាស់ថាអ្នកកំពុងធ្វើអ្វី ។ ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើមានការរឹតបន្តឹងជាងពាក្យសម្ងាត់\n"
+"ទៅទៀត ។ អ្នកអាចកំណត់ការរឹតបន្តឹងនៅក្នុងឯកសារ /etc/login.defs ។\n"
+"សូមអានទំព័រសៀវភៅដៃ សម្រាប់ព័ត៌មាននានា ។\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>គូសធីក <b>ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះសម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ</b> ប្រសិនបើពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដដែលត្រូវបានបញ្ចូលសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើដំបូង វាក៏គួរត្រូវបានប្រើសម្រាប់ root ផងដែរ ។</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "អានទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើពីការដំឡើងពីមុន"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Migration"
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "រំលងការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "អ្នកប្រើមូលដ្ឋាន"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "បង្កើតអ្នកប្រើថ្មី"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "អានទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើពីការដំឡើងពីមុន"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Users"
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "អ្នកប្រើប្រព័ន្ធ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Migration"
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "រំលងការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "ចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No server is selected."
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "គ្មានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើណាមួយត្រូវបានជ្រើស ។"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User %1 will be imported."
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "អ្នកប្រើ %1 នឹងត្រូវបាននាំចូល ។"
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "ជ្រើសអ្នកប្រើត្រូវអាន"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "ជ្រើស ឬដោះជ្រើសទាំងអស់"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr "SHA-256"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr "SHA-512"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖ %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "ប្រភេទអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "ការកំណត់អ្នកប្រើ"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់ Root"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "<%1>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់ Root<%2> ត្រូវបានកំណត់"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "<%1>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ Root<%2> មិនត្រូវបានកំណត់"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "មិនបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "<%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 នឹងត្រូវបាននាំចូល ។"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 (%4)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖ %1"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -4011,7 +3909,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4030,202 +3928,202 @@
"បន្ទាប់ពីអ្នកម៉ោនបានត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ បន្តការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្នកប្រើ?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "អ្នកប្រើជាច្រើនពេញចិត្តនឹងលក្ខខណ្ឌបញ្ចូល ។"
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុម"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់ការចូលលំនាំដើម"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់ប្រព័ន្ធលំនាំដើម"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "អានប្រភេទការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "អានការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លូនរបស់អ្នកប្រើ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "អានអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុម"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "ស្ថាបនារចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឃ្លាំងសម្ងាត់"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ចូលលំនាំដើម..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ប្រព័ន្ធលំនាំដើម..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានប្រភេទការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "កំពុងអានអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុម..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "កំពុងស្ថាបនារចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឃ្លាំងសម្ងាត់..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "មិនមានអ្នកប្រើឡើយ ។"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "មិនមានក្រុមឡើយ ។"
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុម"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "សរសេរអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុមរបស់ LDAP"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "សរសេរក្រុម"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "ត្រួតពិនិត្យអ្នកប្រើដែលបានលុប"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "សរសេរអ្នកប្រើ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "សរសេរពាក្យសម្ងាត់"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ចូលលំនាំដើម"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុមរបស់ LDAP..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរក្រុម..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "កំពុងត្រួតពិនិត្យអ្នកប្រើដែលបានលុប..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរអ្នកប្រើ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរពាក្យសម្ងាត់..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន......"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ចូលលំនាំដើម..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "ឯកសារ %s មិនត្រូវបានអានត្រឹមត្រូវ ដូច្នេះវានឹងមិនត្រូវបានសរសេរឡើយ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "មានកំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលយកអ្នកប្រើចេញ ។"
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "ឯកសារ %s មិនត្រូវបានអានត្រឹមត្រូវ ដូច្នេះវានឹងមិនត្រូវបានសរសេរឡើយ ។"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "មានកំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលកំណត់ការបញ្ជូនសំបុត្ររបស់ root បន្ត ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "គ្មាន UID សម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើប្រភេទនេះឡើយ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4235,7 +4133,7 @@
"ជ្រើសចំនួនគត់ត្រឹមត្រូវមួយរវាង %i និង %i ។"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4244,7 +4142,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រើវាឬ ?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4256,7 +4154,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រើវាឬ ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4268,7 +4166,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្ដូរប្រភេទអ្នកប្រើទៅជាមូលដ្ឋានឬ ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4279,7 +4177,7 @@
"ព្រោះលេខសម្គាល់មានចំនួនតូចជាង %i ។\n"
"ពិតជាប្ដូរប្រភេទអ្នកប្រើទៅជាប្រព័ន្ធឬ ?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
@@ -4288,7 +4186,7 @@
"ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើដែលមានស្រាប់អាចនឹងជារបស់អ្នកប្រើ NIS ឬ LDAP ។\n"
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4299,7 +4197,7 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើផ្សេង ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4308,7 +4206,7 @@
"សញ្ញា (៖) បានឡើយ ។ សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4319,7 +4217,7 @@
"សូមយកផ្នែកដែលលើសចេញ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4330,7 +4228,7 @@
"ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4340,7 +4238,7 @@
"ជ្រើសផ្លូវផ្សេងទៀត សម្រាប់ថតផ្ទះ ។"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4349,7 +4247,7 @@
"ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4360,7 +4258,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រើផ្លូវនេះឬ ?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4370,7 +4268,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4382,7 +4280,7 @@
"ប្រើថតនេះឬ ?\n"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4396,7 +4294,7 @@
"ប្រើថតនេះ ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
@@ -4405,12 +4303,12 @@
"ប្រើសែលនេះឬ ?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "គ្មាន GID សម្រាប់ក្រុមប្រភេទនេះឡើយ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4420,7 +4318,7 @@
"ជ្រើសចំនួនគត់ត្រឹមត្រូវមួយរវាង %i និង %i ។"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4429,7 +4327,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រើវា ?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4441,7 +4339,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្រើវាឬ ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4453,7 +4351,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្ដូរប្រភេទក្រុមទៅជាមូលដ្ឋានឬ ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4465,7 +4363,7 @@
"ពិតជាប្ដូរប្រភេទក្រុមទៅជាប្រព័ន្ធឬ ?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4474,7 +4372,7 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4484,7 +4382,7 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4497,7 +4395,7 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4507,13 +4405,13 @@
"និងឈ្មោះក្រុមដែលមានស្រាប់ ។\n"
"សូមព្យាយាមប្រើឈ្មោះក្រុមផ្សេង ។"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "មិនទាន់មានអ្នកប្រើ %s ទេ ។"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4524,7 +4422,7 @@
"ជាក្រុមលំនាំដើម ។"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4535,22 +4433,22 @@
"យកអ្នកប្រើទាំងនេះចេញពីក្រុម ជាមុនសិន ។"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>អ្នកប្រើ</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>ក្រុម</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>ការកំណត់ការចូល</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ %1 បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសម្រាប់ការចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ"
@@ -4570,23 +4468,23 @@
"នៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP ឡើយ ។ បង្កើតវាឥឡូវ ?"
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Quota Configuration"
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកូតា"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4718,7 +4616,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4729,7 +4627,7 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4744,7 +4642,7 @@
"</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4755,37 +4653,37 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើឈ្មោះក្រុមជាផ្នែករបស់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ ជាផ្នែករបស់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើតែអក្សរតូចប៉ុណ្ណោះសម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើតែអក្សរធំសម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើ palindrome សម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើតែតួលេខសម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4795,7 +4693,7 @@
"វានឹងត្រូវបានកាត់ឲ្យខ្លីទៅតួអក្សរ %s ។"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4805,13 +4703,13 @@
"%s."
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោចណាស់ %i តួអក្សរ ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4820,7 +4718,7 @@
"ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4830,7 +4728,7 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4843,7 +4741,7 @@
"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -4853,15 +4751,13 @@
"និងឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើដែលមានស្រាប់ ។\n"
"សូមព្យាយាមប្រើឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើផ្សេងទៀត ។"
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកផ្នែកបន្ថែម %1 ..."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "កំពុងចេញផ្សាយផ្នែកបន្ថែម %1..."
@@ -4928,6 +4824,148 @@
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr "មានអ្នកប្រើជាច្រើនពេញចិត្តនឹងលក្ខខណ្ឌបញ្ចូល ។"
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើ"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ</b><br>\n"
+#~ "ជ្រើសវិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវដែលត្រូវប្រើជាមួយនឹងអ្នកប្រើលើប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+#~ msgstr "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមានការដំឡើងពីមុន ឬប្រព័ន្ធជម្រើស វាអាចបង្កើតអ្នកប្រើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើប្រភពនេះ ។ ដើម្បីធ្វើដូច្នេះបាន ជ្រើស <b>អានទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើពីការដំឡើងពីមុន</b> ។ ជម្រើសនេះប្រើថតផ្ទះដែលមានស្រាប់ ឬបង្កើតថតផ្ទះថ្មីសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើនីមួយៗនៅក្នុងទីតាំងដែលបានបញ្ជាក់សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងនេះ ។"
+
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS"
+
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "ដែនវីនដូ"
+
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "មូលដ្ឋាន (/etc/passwd)"
+
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NIS ឬ LDAP ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើ ឬក៏អ្នកចង់\n"
+#~ "ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើជាមួយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NT សូមជ្រើសតម្លៃសមស្រប ។\n"
+#~ "បន្ទាប់មកចុច <b>បន្ទាប់</b> ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NIS ឬ LDAP មួយ ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ សូមជ្រើស\n"
+#~ "តម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មកចុច <b>បន្ទាប់</b> ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP មួយ ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ឬបើអ្នកចង់\n"
+#~ "ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើជាមួយនឹងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NT សូមជ្រើសតម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មក\n"
+#~ "ចុច <b>បន្ទាប់</b> ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ សូមជ្រើស\n"
+#~ "តម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មកចុច <b>បន្ទាប់</b> ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>គូសធីក <b>រៀបចំការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ Kerberos</b> ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ Kerberos បន្ទាប់ពីបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រភពទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើ ។</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "ជ្រើស..."
+
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "រៀបចំការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ Kerberos"
+
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "ជម្រើសជំនាញ..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n"
+#~ "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់វាត្រូវតែមាន %1 តួអក្សរ ។</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>ដើម្បីពិនិត្យថាតើប្លង់ក្ដារចុចបច្ចុប្បន្នរបស់អ្នកត្រឹមត្រូវឬទេ ព្យាយាមបញ្ចូលអត្ថបទទៅក្នុងវាល<b>សាកល្បងប្លង់ក្ដារចុច</b> ។</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n"
+#~ "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោចណាស់ %1 តួអក្សរ ។"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "មិនអាចកំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ជា root បានឡើយ ។\n"
+#~ "អ្នកប្រហែលជាមិនអាចចូលបានទេ ។\n"
+#~ "ព្យាយាមកំណត់វាម្ដងទៀត ?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ូឌុលសម្រាប់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនៃការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>ការកំណត់ការចូល</b></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់បែបជំនាញ"
+
+#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
+#~ msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវគឺជា /etc/passwd មូលដ្ឋាន ។"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់គឺ %1 ។"
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្តូរ..."
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេប"
+
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr "Samba (ដែនរបស់វីនដូ)"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ<%2> ៖ %3"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "<%1>វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ<%2> ៖ %3 និង Kerberos ។"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 ត្រូវបានជ្រើសសម្រាប់នាំចូល"
+
#~ msgid "No Password Entered"
#~ msgstr "គ្មានពាក្យសម្ងាត់បានបញ្ចូលទេ"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/vm.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/vm.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/vm.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-29 10:55+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
@@ -33,12 +33,12 @@
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត..."
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr "x86_64 គឺជាស្ថាបត្យកម្មដែលគាំទ្រសម្រាប់តែម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិតប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។ ស្ថាបត្យកម្មរបស់អ្នកគឺ"
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -48,169 +48,169 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់កញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រ៊ីតបណ្ដាញ"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ VM (ដែន 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ VM</b></big></p><p>ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ VM (ដែន 0) មានពីរផ្នែក ។</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>កញ្ចប់ដែលទាមទារ ត្រូវបានដំឡើងទៅកាន់ប្រព័ន្ធជាមុន ។ បន្ទាប់មក កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ត្រូវបានប្ដូរទៅ GRUB (ប្រសិនបើវាមិនទាន់ត្រូវបានប្រើ) ហើយផ្នែក Xen នឹងត្រូវបានបន្ថែមទៅកាន់ម៉ឺនុយកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ប្រសិនបើវាបាត់ ។</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ត្រូវការ GRUB ពីព្រោះវាគាំទ្រស្តង់ដារនៃការចាប់ផ្ដើមជាច្រើនដែលចាំបាច់សម្រាប់ចាប់ផ្ដើម Xen និងខឺណែលលីនុច ។</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>នៅពេលការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបានបញ្ចប់ដោយជោគជ័យ អ្នកអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ VM ពីម៉ឺនុយកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "ការដំឡើងត្រូវបានបោះបង់ ។"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "បានដំឡើងឧបករណ៍ និងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត ។"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត..."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Admin tools"
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍គ្រប់គ្រប់"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "បានដំឡើងឧបករណ៍ និងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត ។"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Broken server"
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលខូច"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Admin tools"
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr "ឧបករណ៍គ្រប់គ្រប់"
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "ការដំឡើងត្រូវបានបោះបង់ ។"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "ការដំឡើងត្រូវបានបោះបង់ ។"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "កំពុងដំណើរការក្នុងរបៀបអត្ថបទ ។ បើអញ្ចឹងដំឡើងសមាសភាគក្រាហ្វិកឬទេ ?"
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យកញ្ចប់..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "មិនអាចដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលត្រូវការបានទេ ។"
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration files..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រ៊ីតបណ្ដាញលំនាំដើម..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "ប្រ៊ីតបណ្ដាញ ។"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr "<p>ចំពោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញធម្មតាដោយបង្ហោះម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត ប៊្រីតបណ្ដាញត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ ។</p><p>កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រ៊ីតបណ្ដាញលំនាំដើម ?</p>"
@@ -223,35 +223,35 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr "ចំពោះការដំឡើងម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ Xen ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនឡើងវិញ ហើយជ្រើសផ្នែករបស់ Xen នៅក្នុងម៉ឺនុយកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr "ចំពោះការដំឡើងម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ Xen ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនឡើងវិញ ហើយជ្រើសផ្នែករបស់ Xen នៅក្នុងម៉ឺនុយកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "បានដំឡើងឧបករណ៍ និងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត ។"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "បានដំឡើងឧបករណ៍ និងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត ។"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/vpn.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/vpn.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/vpn.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -237,14 +237,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "បានប្រើឈ្មោះជួរ %1 ដែលបានបញ្ជាក់រួចហើយ ។"
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -349,122 +349,122 @@
msgstr "តើអ្នកចង់ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស៊ីឌី ហើយព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀតឬទេ ?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ឈ្មោះ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All networks"
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "បណ្ដាញទាំងអស់"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Management"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងការតភ្ជាប់"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "ប្រភេទ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master Server"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើមេ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "ជ្រើសឆាក"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "ជ្រើសថតដែលមានវិញ្ញាបនតប្រ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "External credentials"
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "លិខិតសម្គាល់ខាងក្រៅ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើត្រូវការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read certificates"
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "អានវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "IP ផ្លូវចេញចូលលំនាំដើម"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -573,40 +573,40 @@
msgstr "Smart គឺមិនមានសម្រាប់ថាសនេះទេ ។"
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលទាមទារ ។"
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon"
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិន CUPS"
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system."
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការអនុវត្តការកំណត់ទៅប្រព័ន្ធ ។"
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើតផែនទីថ្មី ។"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -614,35 +614,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Global Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "ការកំណត់សកល"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "បើកសេវា VPN "
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "បង្កើតការតភ្ជាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
msgid "A client connecting to "
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/yast2-apparmor.km.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/yast2-apparmor.km.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/yast2-apparmor.km.po 2016-07-04 09:24:58 UTC (rev 96044)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.km\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 08:59+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96043 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:23:53 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96043
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/crowbar.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journalctl.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/live-installer.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/oneclickinstall.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/opensuse_mirror.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/product-creator.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/proxy.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rdp.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/slp-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sound.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/squid.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sshd.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tftp-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/timezone_db.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tune.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/xpram.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_CN.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/crowbar.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/crowbar.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/crowbar.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -39,30 +39,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough "
-"to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also "
-"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/"
-"product</i> for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/"
-"sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>在这里您可以编辑您<b>更新软件源</b>的位置。</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"若软件源存储在 SMT 服务器或 SUSE Manager 服务器上，输入服务器 URL 就够了，软"
-"件源路径将自动填充。</p>也可以使用自定义路径。一些 URL 示例：\n"
+"若软件源存储在 SMT 服务器或 SUSE Manager 服务器上，输入服务器 URL 就够了，软件源路径将自动填充。</p>也可以使用自定义路径。一些 URL 示例：\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li>SMT 服务器：<i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/"
-"product</i>\n"
-"<li>SUSE Manager 服务器：<i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-"
-"cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i>\n"
+"<li>SMT 服务器：<i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i>\n"
+"<li>SUSE Manager 服务器：<i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i>\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"详细描述请查阅部署指南。\n"
"</p>"
@@ -85,10 +78,8 @@
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as "
-"space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>在这里定义一个<b>网络模式</>及相关的<b>绑定策略</b>。</p>\n"
"<p>您也可以空格分隔列表指定堡垒网络管道的接口名称。</p>"
@@ -394,8 +385,7 @@
#. label (hint for user)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
-msgid ""
-"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr "若没有用户则将使用 'crowbar' 用户和默认密码。"
#. tab header
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-05 16:59\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-17 14:12+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: marguerite <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -20,71 +20,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "点阵字体"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
-msgstr ""
-"不像'轮廓字体' (通过曲线以数学方式描述的字体，其余方案选择)，'点阵字体'代表一组字体，容纳了每个字形和尺寸的位图。从而，每个字体只存在几种尺寸。它们渲"
-"染起来非常快，因为位图不需要计算，并且被认为是更加可读的，尤其在小尺寸环境 (甚至，某些轮廓字体还容纳了所谓的'嵌入点阵'，为小尺寸设计的其自身的点阵版本)"
-"。点阵字体使用黑白渲染，不能平滑。"
+msgstr "不像'轮廓字体' (通过曲线以数学方式描述的字体，其余方案选择)，'点阵字体'代表一组字体，容纳了每个字形和尺寸的位图。从而，每个字体只存在几种尺寸。它们渲染起来非常快，因为位图不需要计算，并且被认为是更加可读的，尤其在小尺寸环境 (甚至，某些轮廓字体还容纳了所谓的'嵌入点阵'，为小尺寸设计的其自身的点阵版本)。点阵字体使用黑白渲染，不能平滑。"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr "黑白渲染"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
-msgstr ""
-"使用黑白渲染、没有反锯齿 (灰阶平滑) 的字体。与平滑字体相比，它们更加可读，没有任何平滑带来的缺陷 (模糊或笔画粗细不均匀等)。针对删格化 (hint) "
-"良好的字体 (例如 Liberation 1 字体)，这一设置可在保持缩放性能的同时给出点阵质量的字体。"
+msgstr "使用黑白渲染、没有反锯齿 (灰阶平滑) 的字体。与平滑字体相比，它们更加可读，没有任何平滑带来的缺陷 (模糊或笔画粗细不均匀等)。针对删格化 (hint) 良好的字体 (例如 Liberation 1 字体)，这一设置可在保持缩放性能的同时给出点阵质量的字体。"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr "针对等宽字体的黑白渲染"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr "等宽字体不使用平滑渲染，其它字体 (衬线体，无衬线体和未指定) 使用默认设置。使用默认字族偏好列表。"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "默认"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
-msgstr ""
-"反锯齿平滑渲染字体。不像黑白渲染的字体，这一设置有时通过牺牲一定可读性可以生成 '漂亮的' 字体。已知有较好删格化指令的 TrueType "
-"字体将使用字节码解释器 (bytecode interpreter) 渲染，否则将使用 'hintslight' 删格化级别的 FreeType "
-"自动删格器 (autohinter)。使用字体原生的删格化指令可生成笔画较细的字形。将使用默认字族偏好列表 (目前偏好具有较好删格化指令的 "
-"TrueType 字体)。"
+msgstr "反锯齿平滑渲染字体。不像黑白渲染的字体，这一设置有时通过牺牲一定可读性可以生成 '漂亮的' 字体。已知有较好删格化指令的 TrueType 字体将使用字节码解释器 (bytecode interpreter) 渲染，否则将使用 'hintslight' 删格化级别的 FreeType 自动删格器 (autohinter)。使用字体原生的删格化指令可生成笔画较细的字形。将使用默认字族偏好列表 (目前偏好具有较好删格化指令的 TrueType 字体)。"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "CFF 字体"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
-msgstr ""
-"考虑到 Adobe 对 FreeType 库的贡献，紧凑字体格式 (CFF) 的字体可被认为是在渲染出字形的可读性和平滑度之间折中得比较好的字体。"
+msgstr "考虑到 Adobe 对 FreeType 库的贡献，紧凑字体格式 (CFF) 的字体可被认为是在渲染出字形的可读性和平滑度之间折中得比较好的字体。"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr "仅使用自动删格器渲染"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
-msgstr ""
-"不像默认方案，即使针对删格化良好的字体也使用 FreeType 的自动删格器 (使用 'hintslight' 级别)。这将生成更厚实，但有时也更模糊 "
-"(因此可读性更差) 的字形。将使用默认字族偏好列表。"
+msgstr "不像默认方案，即使针对删格化良好的字体也使用 FreeType 的自动删格器 (使用 'hintslight' 级别)。这将生成更厚实，但有时也更模糊 (因此可读性更差) 的字形。将使用默认字族偏好列表。"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr "次像素渲染"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr "使用 LCD 显示器的次像素渲染功能。需要启用了次像素渲染的 FreeType 库。"
@@ -471,9 +459,7 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>默认设置中，FreeType 的自动删格器的使用取决于字体类型和原生删格化指令质量。可通过<b>强制开启自动删格化</b>选项强制使用自动删格器。<"
-"/p>"
+msgstr "<p>默认设置中，FreeType 的自动删格器的使用取决于字体类型和原生删格化指令质量。可通过<b>强制开启自动删格化</b>选项强制使用自动删格器。</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
@@ -489,8 +475,7 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>某些轮廓字体也包含了所谓的点阵笔画，即给定字体特定尺寸的点阵版本。在这里可以将之完全关闭，仅针对覆盖指定语言的字体开启，或针对每个字体都开启。"
+msgstr "<p>某些轮廓字体也包含了所谓的点阵笔画，即给定字体特定尺寸的点阵版本。在这里可以将之完全关闭，仅针对覆盖指定语言的字体开启，或针对每个字体都开启。"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
@@ -542,9 +527,7 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>系统将在列表中查找第一个<b>已安装</b>字族，当然也考虑其它查询元素。可至 <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org</b> 浏览和安装 "
-"SUSE 发行版可用的字体软件包。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>系统将在列表中查找第一个<b>已安装</b>字族，当然也考虑其它查询元素。可至 <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org</b> 浏览和安装 SUSE 发行版可用的字体软件包。</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
@@ -576,8 +559,7 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>当勾选后，该选项将为这里定义的偏好列表引入非常强的分量。若字族涵盖了所需字符集，该选项会在文档或图形界面请求字族前就从列表中推送字族。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>当勾选后，该选项将为这里定义的偏好列表引入非常强的分量。若字族涵盖了所需字符集，该选项会在文档或图形界面请求字族前就从列表中推送字族。</p>"
#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
@@ -608,5 +590,3 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240
msgid "&Languages"
msgstr "语言(&L)"
-
-
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journalctl.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journalctl.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journalctl.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -124,4 +124,3 @@
#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
msgid "Message"
msgstr "消息"
-
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/live-installer.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/live-installer.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/live-installer.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -123,8 +123,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</"
-"p>"
+"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"用<b>接受</b>来用显示的值执行全新安装。</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 10:23\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/oneclickinstall.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/oneclickinstall.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/oneclickinstall.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 10:37+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <opensuse-zh(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/opensuse_mirror.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/opensuse_mirror.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/opensuse_mirror.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-08 11:02+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <opensuse-zh(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/product-creator.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/product-creator.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/product-creator.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/proxy.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/proxy.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/proxy.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rdp.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rdp.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rdp.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rdp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/slp-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/slp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/slp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sound.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sound.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sound.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/squid.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/squid.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/squid.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sshd.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sshd.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sshd.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tftp-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tftp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tftp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/timezone_db.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/timezone_db.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/timezone_db.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tune.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tune.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tune.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-12 11:25\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -257,14 +257,10 @@
#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible "
-"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) "
-"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
-"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available "
-"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
msgstr ""
-"若 VPN 客户端访问特定互联网站点发生问题，可能是受影响的站点由于防火墙配置不正"
-"确而阻止了自动 MTU (最大传输单元) 发现。\n"
+"若 VPN 客户端访问特定互联网站点发生问题，可能是受影响的站点由于防火墙配置不正确而阻止了自动 MTU (最大传输单元) 发现。\n"
"降低 TCP-MSS 将纠正这种情况; 然而，可用带宽也将降低大约 10%。"
#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
@@ -521,8 +517,7 @@
#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
-"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the "
-"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
"The script is located at %s"
msgstr ""
"VPN 网关和客户端都需要特殊的 SuSE 防火墙配置。\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/xpram.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/xpram.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/xpram.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_CN.po 2016-07-04 09:23:53 UTC (rev 96043)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96042 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:23:09 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96042
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ftp-server.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap-client.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/live-installer.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/migration.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nfs.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/pam.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/rdp.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/services-manager.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sshd.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/update.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vpn.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/xpram.ar.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/yast2-apparmor.ar.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-01 08:49\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-28 08:52+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: سوزي\n"
@@ -25,19 +25,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "إعدادات Crowbar"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -63,11 +53,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -201,28 +191,31 @@
msgstr "عنوان IP"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "اسم"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "عنوان URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "اسأل عن الخطأ"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "User '%1' already exists.\n"
@@ -235,74 +228,79 @@
"اختر اسماً مختلفاً."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "اسم المستودع"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "اسأل عن الخطأ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "عنوان المستودع"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr "مسارات URL الفارغة تعني أنه سيتم استخدام القيمة الافتراضية."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository Name"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "اسم المستودع"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "اختياري"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "اسم المستخدم"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "كلمة المرور"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "كرر كلمة المرور"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -311,7 +309,7 @@
"حاول مرة أخرى."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -320,17 +318,17 @@
"اختر اسماً مختلفاً."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "قناع الشبكة '%1' غير صالح"
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "تعطيل"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -340,7 +338,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -349,7 +347,7 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -358,17 +356,17 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "عنوان جهاز التوجيه '%1' ليس جزءا من شبكة '%2'."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "عنوان '%1' ليس جزءا من شبكة '%2'."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -377,60 +375,60 @@
"استخدم زر 'تحرير النطاقات' لتكييفها."
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "عنوان IP الأدنى"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "عنوان IP الأعلى"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "عنوان '%1' ليس جزءا من شبكة '%2'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "يجب أن يكون العنوان الأدنى أقل من العنوان الأعلى."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr "يتراوح ما بين '%1' و '%2' يتداخل معها."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "إعدادات المستخدم"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr "إذا كان لايوجد أي مستخدم، سيستخدم 'crowbar' المستخدم الافتراضي مع كلمة المرور الافتراضية."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "وضع الشبكة"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "شبكة الحصن"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "الشبكات"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "مستودعات"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
@@ -449,7 +447,7 @@
"يمكنك زيارة صفحة Crowbar واجهة المستخدم في http://%1:3000/"
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة على إعداد Crowbar"
@@ -510,38 +508,38 @@
msgstr "تهيئة..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "تهيئة إعدادات crowbar"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعداد..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "انتهى"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "حفظ إعدادات crowbar"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "اكتب الاعدادات"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-03 10:42\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-13 15:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ghayss Tarraf <jodi(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,61 +20,61 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default language"
msgid "Default"
msgstr "لغة افتراضية"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ftp-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ftp-server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ftp-server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 14:17\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 10:41\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap-client.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap-client.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap-client.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/live-installer.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/live-installer.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/live-installer.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-20 16:43+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: محمد الحرقان <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: http://www.vertaal.com.ar/files/factory/ar/list/\n"
@@ -41,27 +41,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "تقييم نظام الملفات للنسخ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "نسخ نظام ملفات الجذر..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "نسخ الصورة الحية..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "نسخ %1..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -76,71 +76,53 @@
" النظام الحي."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "فشل تثبيت النظام الحي على القرص الصلب."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "إعدادات التثبيت"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "تحليل النظام..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "استخدم %1%% من القرص %2 للينكس"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "لا تستخدم القرص %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "تقسيم"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "بدء تشغيل النظام"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "اسأل إذا كان الإقلاع لنظام لينكس أو الأنظامة القائمة"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "إقلاع لينُكس فقط"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "مهلة بدء النظام : %1 ثانية"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "لوحة المفاتيح"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "تغيير إعدادات التثبيت"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -149,7 +131,7 @@
"استخدم <b>قبول</b> لتنفيذ تثبيت جديد مع القيم المعروضة.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -160,7 +142,7 @@
"أو حدد <b>تغيير إعدادات التثبيت</b></p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -275,7 +257,7 @@
"لضغط زر 'الطاقة' لإعادة تشغيله."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "يتم الآن نسخ الملفات إلى النظام المثبَّت..."
@@ -299,6 +281,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ المنطقة الزمنية..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "بدء تشغيل النظام"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "اسأل إذا كان الإقلاع لنظام لينكس أو الأنظامة القائمة"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "إقلاع لينُكس فقط"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "مهلة بدء النظام : %1 ثانية"
+
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "إعدادات التثبيت"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/migration.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/migration.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/migration.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 11:24\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nfs.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nfs.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nfs.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-07 09:41+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: openSUSE\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 08:26+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: openSUSE\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/pam.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/pam.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/pam.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 14:45\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/rdp.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/rdp.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/rdp.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rdp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/services-manager.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/services-manager.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/services-manager.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sshd.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sshd.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sshd.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-03 10:42\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-13 09:32\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/update.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/update.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/update.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vpn.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vpn.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vpn.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-13 15:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ghayss Tarraf <jodi(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -200,12 +200,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -286,102 +286,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "اسم"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "وصف"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "نوع"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,32 +466,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -499,28 +499,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/xpram.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/xpram.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/xpram.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/yast2-apparmor.ar.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/yast2-apparmor.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/yast2-apparmor.ar.po 2016-07-04 09:23:09 UTC (rev 96042)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96041 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:22:58 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96041
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1226,32 +1226,21 @@
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Opprettar tillegget</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opprettar tillegget</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Lagrar tilleggsproduktoppsett<br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Lagrar tilleggsproduktoppsett<br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. help text for start menu
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44
@@ -2287,12 +2276,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Vent medan data vert for generert tilleggsprodukt</b><br>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n"
+msgstr "<b>Vent medan data vert for generert tilleggsprodukt</b><br>\n"
#. error report
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-05 14:16+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -95,24 +95,21 @@
#. Create a summary
#. return string
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<li>Medium: %1 – adresse: %2 – produkt: %3</li>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
+msgstr "<li>Medium: %1 – adresse: %2 – produkt: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
-msgstr "Klarte ikkje leggja til tilleggsprodukt."
-
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\""
msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr "Gjer tillleggsproduktet «%1» tilgjengeleg via «%2»"
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+msgstr "Klarte ikkje leggja til tilleggsprodukt."
+
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
@@ -298,17 +295,13 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
-"Select the repository to use.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Val av pakkebrønn</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Val av pakkebrønn</b></big><br>\n"
"Fann fleire pakkebrønner på det valde mediet.\n"
-"Vel pakkebrønnen du vil bruka.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Vel pakkebrønnen du vil bruka.</p>\n"
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399
msgid "Repositories &Found"
@@ -350,17 +343,13 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
-"to install.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to install.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Produktval</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Produktval</big></b><br>\n"
"Fann fleire produkt i pakkebrønnen. Vel produkta\n"
-"du vil installera.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du vil installera.</p>\n"
#. message popup
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
@@ -370,14 +359,12 @@
#. Help for add-on products
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
"To add a new product, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an already added one,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Installering av tilleggsprodukt</b></big><br/>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Installering av tilleggsprodukt</b></big><br/>\n"
"Her er ei oversikt over alle tilleggsprodukta som vert installerte.\n"
"Trykk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til eit nytt produkt eller\n"
"<b>Fjern</b> for å fjerna eit produkt.</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -565,75 +565,55 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer LAF-oppsett (Linux Audit Framework)</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer LAF-oppsett (Linux Audit Framework)</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar auditd-oppsett og regler</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar auditd-oppsett og regler</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n"
"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Loggfiloppsett for auditd</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Loggfiloppsett for auditd</big></b><br>\n"
"audit-nissen er den komponenten i overvåkingssystemet om lagrar alle relevante audit-hendingar i loggfilen <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (standard).\n"
"Handlingar kan genererast av <i>apparmor</i>-kjernemodulen, frå program som brukar <i>libaudit</i> (t.d. PAM) eller utløysast av regler (t.d. filovervåking).</p>"
@@ -663,13 +643,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n"
"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n"
-"data sent to the dispatcher).</p>"
-" "
+"data sent to the dispatcher).</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Format</b>: Vel <i>RAW</i> for å logga alle data (lagra i nøyaktig same format som dei kjernen\n"
"sender dei) eller <i>NOLOG</i> for å forkasta all audit-informasjon i staden for å lager han på disken (påverkar\n"
-"ikkje data som vert send til sendaren).</p>"
-" "
+"ikkje data som vert send til sendaren).</p> "
#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74
@@ -690,8 +668,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n"
-"value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje maksimal loggfilstørrelse (i megabyte) og handlinga som skal utførast når dette\n"
"verdet er nått, under <b>Storleik og handling</b>.</p>"
@@ -704,8 +681,7 @@
"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n"
"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n"
"disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n"
-"to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"Viss handlinga <i>ROTATE</i> er vald, angjev <b>Mengd loggfiler</b> kor mange loggfiler\n"
"som skal haldast på. <i>SYSLOG</i> tyder: audit-nissen vil lagra ein advarsel i /var/log/messages,\n"
@@ -720,8 +696,7 @@
"log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n"
"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n"
"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n"
-"domain name.</p>"
-"\n"
+"domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Format for datamaskinnavn</b> skildrar korleis datamaskinnavnet skal lagrast i loggfilen.\n"
"Viss <i>USER</i> er valt, vil <b>Brukerdefinert namn</b> nyttast. <i>NONE</i> tyder: datamaskinnavn vert\n"
@@ -732,13 +707,11 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n"
"('man auditd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppsett av auditd-sender</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppsett av auditd-sender</big></b><br>\n"
"Du finn detaljert informasjon om senderinnstillinger på manualsiden\n"
"'auditd.conf'.</p>"
@@ -781,8 +754,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n"
-" file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>"
-"\n"
+" file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Hugs:</b> Senderprogrammet må vera eid av 'root', ha '0750'\n"
"som filrettigheter, og heile stigen på angjevast.</p>"
@@ -791,17 +763,13 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n"
-"For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
-"\n"
+"For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset av diskplass for auditd</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset av diskplass for auditd</big></b><br>\n"
"Desse innstillingane gjeld diskplassen på loggpartisjonen.\n"
-"Du finn detaljert informasjon om innstillingar på manualsiden 'auditd.conf'</p>"
-"\n"
+"Du finn detaljert informasjon om innstillingar på manualsiden 'auditd.conf'</p>\n"
#. disk space dialog help 2/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132
@@ -828,18 +796,15 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n"
-"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br>"
-" <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n"
+"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n"
"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n"
"do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n"
"Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n"
"switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n"
-"system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss <i>EMAIL</i> er vald for ei handling, vil ei e-postmelding sendast til til kontoen som er angjeven under\n"
-"<b>E-postkonto for varsling</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>E-postkonto for varsling</b>.<br>\n"
" <i>SYSLOG</i> tyder: advarsel om lite ledig plass på disken vil vert lagra i /var/log/messages, <i>IGNORE</i>:\n"
"ikkje gjer noko, <i>EXEC</i>: køyr skriptet frå <b>Filsti til skript</b>, <i>SUSPEND</i>: slutt å lagra\n"
"oppføringer på disken, <i>SINGLA</i>: sett datamaskina i enkeltbrukermodus, <i>HALT</i>: slå av\n"
@@ -862,8 +827,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n"
-"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>"
-"\n"
+"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Hugs:</b> Alle skript som er definerte for <i>EXEC</i> må eigast\n"
"av 'root', ha '0750' som filrettigheter og heile filstien må angjevast.</p>"
@@ -872,14 +836,12 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n"
"This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n"
"auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n"
"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Regler for auditctl</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Regler for auditctl</big></b><br>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du aktivera eller deaktivere systemkommandoen\n"
"for overvåking og låsa audit-oppsettet.\n"
"Statusen under <b>Definer aktivert-status</b> vert lagd til reglene.</p>"
@@ -887,64 +849,48 @@
#. rules dialog help 2/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b><br>"
-"Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Merk</b><br>"
-"Låsing av reglene tyder at dei ikkje kan låsast før maskina startast på nytt! </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Merk</b><br>Låsing av reglene tyder at dei ikkje kan låsast før maskina startast på nytt! </p>"
#. rules dialog help 3/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n"
-" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p>"
-" "
+" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Å aktivera overvåking utan tilleggsregler vil føra til at\n"
-" program som brukar <i>libaudit</i>, t.d. PAM, vil lagra informasjon i /var/log/audit/audit.log (standard).</p>"
-" "
+" program som brukar <i>libaudit</i>, t.d. PAM, vil lagra informasjon i /var/log/audit/audit.log (standard).</p> "
#. rules dialog help 4/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>"
-"\n"
-"For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n"
+"For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>I denne dialogen kan du òg redigera regler manuelt, noko som berre vert rådt til for avanserte brukarar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>I denne dialogen kan du òg redigera regler manuelt, noko som berre vert rådt til for avanserte brukarar.<br>\n"
"Du finn detaljert informasjon om vala på manualsiden 'auditctl'.</p>"
#. rules dialog help 5/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br>"
-"<b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kontrollar syntaks</b> sender reglene vigd <i>auditctl</i> til audit-systemet og viser\n"
-" om syntaksen er korrekt.<br>"
-"<b>Gjenopprett</b> gjenoppretter innstillingane frå /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>"
+" om syntaksen er korrekt.<br><b>Gjenopprett</b> gjenoppretter innstillingane frå /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>"
#. rules dialog help 6/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\n"
-"the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n"
"Click <b>Load</b> to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n"
-"an example rules file.</p>"
-"\n"
+"an example rules file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>Gjenopprett og tilbakestill</b> for å gjenopprette tidlegare regler og tilbakestille\n"
-" endringar (sidan tidlegare syntakskontroller) vigde <i>auditctl</i>.<br>"
-"\n"
+" endringar (sidan tidlegare syntakskontroller) vigde <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n"
"<b>Last</b>-knappen opnar eit navigasjonsvindu der du kan lasta eit\n"
"døme på ein regelfil.</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -18,1110 +18,1666 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -293,7 +293,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -436,12 +437,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -467,8 +468,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,7 +477,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -557,8 +558,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -613,8 +614,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n"
"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n"
-"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
@@ -641,8 +641,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPI</b> enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n"
"LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n"
-"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41
@@ -652,8 +651,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n"
-"network ports or not.</p>"
-"\n"
+"network ports or not.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. First part of the Add Database Widget
@@ -669,8 +667,7 @@
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
-"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>"
-"\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
@@ -686,16 +683,14 @@
"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n"
"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n"
-"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p>"
-" "
+"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
-"entered earlier in the installation process.</p>"
-" "
+"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
@@ -705,8 +700,7 @@
"clients</b>. This will result in the hostname \"localhost\" and the above \n"
"entered <b>Base DN</b> being written to the OpenLDAP client configuration \n"
"file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n"
-"when creating the first database on a server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
@@ -720,8 +714,7 @@
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
"authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n"
-"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>"
-"\n"
+"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
@@ -731,8 +724,7 @@
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n"
"<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n"
-"set in the configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
@@ -753,8 +745,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
@@ -784,8 +775,7 @@
"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n"
"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
-"to manage passwords.</p>"
-" "
+"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
@@ -794,8 +784,7 @@
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
"locked. This notification might provide useful information to an\n"
"attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n"
-"option.</p>"
-" \n"
+"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
@@ -806,8 +795,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
-"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
@@ -827,39 +815,34 @@
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n"
-"of indexes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
-"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
-"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>"
-"\n"
+"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
-"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>"
-"\n"
+"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
-"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>"
-"\n"
+"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
@@ -867,8 +850,7 @@
"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n"
-"information for the database.</p>"
-"\n"
+"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
@@ -878,23 +860,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
-"currently configured for the selected database</p>"
-"\n"
+"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
-"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
-"delete an access control rule.</p>"
-"\n"
+"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
@@ -902,8 +881,7 @@
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
@@ -929,8 +907,7 @@
"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n"
"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n"
"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n"
-"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>"
-"\n"
+"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
@@ -952,8 +929,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
-"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
@@ -983,16 +959,14 @@
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
"interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n"
-"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
-"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>"
-"\n"
+"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
@@ -1002,8 +976,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
-"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
@@ -1016,8 +989,7 @@
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n"
"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n"
-"slave server is as slave server too. </p>"
-"\n"
+"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
@@ -1027,25 +999,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
-" \n"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
-"informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
-"\n"
+"informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
@@ -1057,15 +1024,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n"
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
-"Server module.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Server module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p>"
-" "
+msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
@@ -1075,8 +1039,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
-"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
@@ -1087,15 +1050,13 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
-"no preparations for replication.</p>"
-"\n"
+"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
-"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>"
-"\n"
+"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
@@ -1117,24 +1078,21 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
-"to use.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
-"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
-"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
@@ -1146,15 +1104,13 @@
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n"
-"textfields.</p>"
-"\n"
+"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
-"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
@@ -1189,8 +1145,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
-"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
@@ -1209,8 +1164,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
-"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>"
-"\n"
+"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
@@ -1221,31 +1175,27 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
-"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>"
-"\n"
+"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
-"authentication</p>"
-"\n"
+"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
-"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
-"connections.</p>"
-"\n"
+"connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
@@ -1255,8 +1205,7 @@
"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n"
"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n"
-"the LDAP server itself.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
@@ -1267,8 +1216,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
-"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>"
-"\n"
+"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
@@ -1280,8 +1228,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
-"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>"
-"\n"
+"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
@@ -1299,9 +1246,7 @@
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
-msgid ""
-"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: database_name
@@ -1505,9 +1450,7 @@
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p>"
-"<p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
@@ -2250,7 +2193,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2318,7 +2261,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2479,237 +2422,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "Dette kan ta eit bel"
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
#, fuzzy
@@ -359,24 +359,22 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Køyrar postskript"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Fullfører konfigurasjon"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "handsamar ressursen %1"
@@ -392,12 +390,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Vent medan diskbildet vert henta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Vent medan diskbildet vert henta.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32
#, fuzzy
@@ -460,12 +456,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Vent medan systemet vert for klargjort autoinstallasjon.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Vent medan systemet vert for klargjort autoinstallasjon.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
#, fuzzy
@@ -576,123 +570,110 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<p>Vent medan systemet vert for klargjort autoinstallasjon.</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "Køyr brukerskript før installasjon"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "Konfigurer generelle innstillingar "
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "Språkinnstillinger"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "Opprett partisjonstabeller"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "Konfigurer oppstartslaster"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Spurnad"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "Konfigurer programvareutvalg"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr "Konfigurera volumgrupper"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "Køyrer brukerskript før installasjon …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer generelle innstillingar …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Språkinnstillinger"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "Opprettar partisjonstabeller …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer oppstartslaster …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Klonar systemet …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer programvareutvalg …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer språk …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "Klargjer system for automatisk installasjon"
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer språk …"
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
@@ -702,7 +683,7 @@
"Freist igjen.\n"
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
@@ -777,23 +758,19 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
-"installation messages.</p>"
-" \n"
+"installation messages.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Avhengig av røynsle kan du deaktivere, logga og visa (med tidsavbrudd)\n"
-"installasjonsmeldinger</p>"
-" \n"
+"installasjonsmeldinger</p> \n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n"
-"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vi rår til å visa alle <b>meldingar</b> med tidsavbrudd.\n"
-"Advarsler kan deaktiveres nokon stadar, men bør ikkje ignorerast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Advarsler kan deaktiveres nokon stadar, men bør ikkje ignorerast.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230
#, fuzzy
@@ -813,14 +790,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel éin av følgjande <b>grunnutvalg</b>, og klikk på <i>Detaljert<i> for å leggja til\n"
"<b>tilleggsutvalg og -pakker</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
@@ -1152,8 +1127,7 @@
"on the command line and try again. Because of this error, you\n"
"can only enter a URL to a profile and not to a directory. If you\n"
"are using rules or host name-based control files, restart the\n"
-"installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</p>"
-"\n"
+"installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"En profil for denne maskina vart ikkje funnen eller kunne ikkje lastast.\n"
@@ -1161,8 +1135,7 @@
"på kommandolinjen, og forsøk igjen. På grunn av denne feilen kan du\n"
"berre leggja inn adressa til en profil, ikkje til ein katalog. Viss du\n"
"brukar regler eller vertsmaskinnavn basert på kontrollfiler, må du starta\n"
-"installasjonsprosessen på nytt og forsikra deg om at kontrollfilene er tilgjengelege.</p>"
-"\n"
+"installasjonsprosessen på nytt og forsikra deg om at kontrollfilene er tilgjengelege.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30
#, fuzzy
@@ -1290,36 +1263,28 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>I denne dialogen kan du definera kontrollfilklasser. </p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>I denne dialogen kan du definera kontrollfilklasser. </p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n"
-"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>"
-"\n"
+"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan til dømes definera ulike konfigurasjonsklasser for\n"
-"avdelingar, arbeidsgrupper eller arbeidssteder i føretaket.</p>"
-"\n"
+"avdelingar, arbeidsgrupper eller arbeidssteder i føretaket.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n"
"and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Rekkjefølgda (prioriteten) definerer plassen til klassa i hierarkiet,\n"
"og når han skal tilordnes ein kontrollfil som vert oppretta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243
#, fuzzy
@@ -1429,12 +1394,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n"
-"file should belong.</p>"
-"\n"
+"file should belong.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel éin eller fleire av dei oppførde klassene som denne kontrollfilen\n"
-"skal tilordnes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"skal tilordnes.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614
#, fuzzy
@@ -1717,20 +1680,19 @@
msgid ""
"<P>If you are using the classes feature\n"
"of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n"
-"all class files are stored.</p>"
-"\n"
+"all class files are stored.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Viss du brukar klassefunksjonen\n"
"i Autoyast, må òg klassekatalogen angjevast, dvs. katalogen der\n"
-"alle klassefiler er lagra.</p>"
-"\n"
+"alle klassefiler er lagra.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Vel katalog"
@@ -1874,7 +1836,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer XML med RNG-validering …"
@@ -1886,7 +1848,7 @@
msgstr "Seksjon %1:"
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer XML med RNC-validering …"
@@ -1933,7 +1895,7 @@
msgstr "Start maskina på nytt etter andre trinn"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "Signaturbehandling"
@@ -2184,24 +2146,20 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
-"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette verktøyet brukar <em>xmllint</em> for å validera profilen mot DTDen, og\n"
"kontrollerer om data manglar. Data kan iblant utelatast med føremål, og\n"
-"rapporterte feil kan i så fall vert ignorert, til dømes når klasser opprettast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"rapporterte feil kan i så fall vert ignorert, til dømes når klasser opprettast.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n"
-"is validated.</p>"
-"\n"
+"is validated.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du må først lasta en profil for å unngå at ei tom fil\n"
-"vert validert.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vert validert.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25
#, fuzzy
@@ -2213,26 +2171,22 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n"
"The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n"
-"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å importera ein hurtigoppstartsfil treng du berre å angje stigen til konfigurasjonsfilen. \n"
"Den importerte informasjonen vil deretter lastast inn i konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet \n"
-"slik at fleire konfigurasjonsalternativer vert tilgjengelege for SUSA.</p>"
-"\n"
+"slik at fleire konfigurasjonsalternativer vert tilgjengelege for SUSA.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>"
-"\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette verktøyet opprettar ein referanseprofil ved å lesa\n"
"informasjon frå dette systemet. Vel ressursane som skal lesast frå dette systemet,\n"
-"i tillegg til grunnressurser som partisjonering og pakkeutvalg.</p>"
-"\n"
+"i tillegg til grunnressurser som partisjonering og pakkeutvalg.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
@@ -2243,13 +2197,11 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Tabellen til høgre visar partisjonene som skal opprettast i målsystemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
@@ -2334,15 +2286,13 @@
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Les dokumentasjonen for oppsett av LVM og RAID, og legg konfigurasjonen\n"
"inn i ein eksisterande kontrollfil. Du kan berre oppretta uformaterte LVM- og RAID-partisjoner som\n"
"ei førebuing.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
@@ -2443,13 +2393,11 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
"<P>Add commands to run on the system before the installation begins. </P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<h3>Preinstallasjonsskript</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>Preinstallasjonsskript</h3>\n"
"<P>Legg til kommandoar som skal køyrast i systemet før installasjonen byrjar. </P>\n"
#. help 2/6
@@ -2457,15 +2405,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n"
"is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<h3>Postinstallasjonsskript</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>Postinstallasjonsskript</h3>\n"
"<P>Du kan òg leggja til kommandoar som skal køyrast i systemet etter at installasjonen\n"
"er fullførd. Disse skriptene vert køyrd utanfor chroot-miljøet.\n"
"</P>"
@@ -2500,15 +2446,13 @@
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Det er mogleg å køyra chroot-skriptene seinare, og etter\n"
"at oppstartslasteren er konfigurert, ved å bruka den boolske verdet \"chrooted\".\n"
"Dette vil gjera at skriptene køyrast direkte i det installerte systemet. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help 5/6
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108
@@ -2689,13 +2633,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
-"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ved å leggja til skript i autoinstallasjonsprosessen kan du tilpassa installasjonen til\n"
-"behova dine og styre ulike fasar av installasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"behova dine og styre ulike fasar av installasjonen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
@@ -2725,7 +2667,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
#, fuzzy
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "XML-analysen rapporterte ein feil under analysen av autoyast-profilen. Feilmeldinga var:\n"
@@ -2748,54 +2690,54 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Vel profil"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil frå diskett."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå TFTP-servar: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå NFS-servar: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå HTTP-servar: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå FTP-servar: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå fil: %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå eining: /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå standardplassering."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "Ukjend kjelde."
@@ -2806,50 +2748,42 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
-"configured using the configuration management system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<h3>AutoYaST konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystem</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>AutoYaST konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystem</h3>\n"
"<p>Nesten alle ressursane i kontrollfilen kan\n"
-"konfigurerast ved hjelp av konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"konfigurerast ved hjelp av konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dei fleste modulane som vert brukte for å oppretta konfigurasjonen er identiske med modulane\n"
"i YaST kontrollsenter. I staden for å konfigurera dette systemet kan informasjonen\n"
"samlast og vert eksportert til ein kontrollfil. Denne kan deretter brukast for å\n"
"installera eit anna system ved hjelp av AutoYaST.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
-"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>"
-"\n"
+"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>I tillegg til dei eksisterande og velkjende modulane\n"
"er nye dialogar for spesielle og kompliserte konfigurasjonar utvikla, til dømes\n"
-"for partisjonering, generelle val og programvare.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for partisjonering, generelle val og programvare.</p>\n"
#. Construct node name for display in tree.
#.
@@ -2878,115 +2812,96 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "Stadfest installasjon?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nei"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "Andre fase i AutoYaST"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr "Slå av maskina etter første trinn"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Slå av maskina etter andre trinn"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Start maskina på nytt etter andre trinn"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Godta usignerte filer"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Ikkje godta usignerte filar"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Godta filer utan ein kontrollsum"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Ikkje godta filar utan ein kontrollsum"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Godta mislukka bekreftelser"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Ikkje godta mislukka bekreftelser"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "Godta ukjende GPG-nøklar"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "Ikkje godta ukjende GPG-nøklar"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "Importera nye GPG-nøklar"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "Ikkje importera nye GPG-nøklar"
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr "Montering av %1 mislukkast."
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr "Kan ikkje gjenbruka volumgruppen %1. Volumgruppen finnast ikkje."
@@ -3081,7 +2996,7 @@
msgstr "Ukjent"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
@@ -3092,36 +3007,36 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Kunne ikkje leggja til pakkebrønnen %1"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Diskbilde kunne ikkje opprettast under installasjon av mønster. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Opprettar diskbilde – installerer pakker"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Diskbilde kunne ikkje opprettast under installasjon av pakker. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
#, fuzzy
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr "Lagre diskbilde som …"
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
@@ -3130,18 +3045,18 @@
"Du kan framleis endra diskbildet i %1/\n"
"Viss du trykkjer OK, vil diskbildet komprimerast og kan ikkje lenger endrast."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Komprimering av diskbilde i '%1' mislukkast. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "Diskbildet er oppretta"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
@@ -3151,35 +3066,35 @@
"Du kan oppretta fila med kommandoen 'ls -F > directory.yast' viss han manglar."
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
#, fuzzy
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "kan ikkje lesa '%1'. Vil du freista igjen?"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa '%1'. ISO kunne ikkje opprettast."
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "Klargjer ISO-filstruktur …"
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
#, fuzzy
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr "Oppstartsoppsett for DVD"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
@@ -3190,51 +3105,51 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "Lagre ISO-diskbilde som …"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "Opprettar ISO-fil …"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr "ISO er oppretta på %1"
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "Valde mønster"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
#, fuzzy
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "Valde enkeltpakker"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "Pakkar som skal fjernast"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
#, fuzzy
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "Vel spesiell kjernepakke"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikkje definera mønster: %1."
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "Køyringa av pakkeløseren mislukkast. Kontroller programvareseksjonen i autoyast-profilen."
@@ -3287,7 +3202,7 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "Hentar konfigurasjonsdata …"
@@ -3295,7 +3210,7 @@
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr "Kryptert autoyast-profil. Angje passordet to gonger."
@@ -3304,7 +3219,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Kunne ikkje lagra seksjonen %1 i fila %2"
@@ -3312,7 +3227,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr "Kryptert autoyast-profil. Angje riktig passord."
@@ -3335,6 +3250,14 @@
msgstr "&OK"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configure users and groups"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurera volumgrupper"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Time syncing failed."
+#~ msgstr "Montering av %1 mislukkast."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Configure runlevel"
#~ msgstr "Konfigurer kjørenivåer"
@@ -3365,8 +3288,7 @@
#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -3375,8 +3297,7 @@
#~ "behov. Viss du vil gjenbruka ein eksisterande partisjon, må du angje partisjonsnummeret for partisjonen som skal nyttast (lista startar med partisjon nummer 1), men ingen storleik.</P>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "For partisjoner som tilhøyrer ein volumgruppe (ikkje dei logiske partisjonene i ein volumgruppe), må du velja partisjons-ID 0x8e og deretter velja volumgruppen. Volumgruppen må opprettast i AutoYaST.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<P>Den elektroniske dokumentasjonen inneheld meir informasjon.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-10 01:23+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Det er ikkje definert nokon prosedyre for denne installasjonsmodusen."
@@ -441,14 +441,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Hald fram installeringa"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "&Avbryt installeringa"
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
msgstr "Det oppstod ein intern feil ved integrering av tilleggsprosedyre."
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "Verdien til %1 er ugyldig."
@@ -503,13 +503,11 @@
#. (both without quotes)
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
"<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel <b>%1</b> for å starta tenesta ved kvar oppstart av maskina.\n"
"Elles, vel <b>%2</b>.</p>"
@@ -521,14 +519,12 @@
#. (both without quotes)
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
"<b>%1</b>. To start the service via the xinetd daemon, set <b>%3</b>.\n"
"Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel <b>%1</b> for å starta tenesta ved kvar oppstart av maskina.\n"
"Vel <b>%3</b> for å starta tenesta via xinetd-tenesta.\n"
"Elles, vel <b>%2</b>.</p>"
@@ -583,13 +579,11 @@
#. (both without quotes)
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
"<b>%1</b> or <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start og steng</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start og steng</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk <b>%1</b> eller <b>%2</b> for å \n"
"høvesvis starta eller stengja tenesta.</p>"
@@ -600,12 +594,10 @@
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
-"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>%3</b> for å lagra alle\n"
-"endringane og starta tenesta på nytt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"endringane og starta tenesta på nytt.</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
@@ -651,13 +643,11 @@
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
"set <b>%1</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP-støtte</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP-støtte</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel <b>%1</b> for å lagra innstillingane i LDAP\n"
"i staden for i oppsettfilene til systemet.</p>"
@@ -785,67 +775,51 @@
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
+"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"I dette vindauget kan du administrera TSIG-nøklane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</b></big><br>\n"
+"I dette vindauget kan du administrera TSIG-nøklane.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
-"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Leggja til ein eksisterande TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Leggja til ein eksisterande TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ein TSIG-nøkkel som alt er oppretta, vel du <b>filnamnet</b>\n"
-"til fila som inneheld nøkkelen, og trykkjer så <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"til fila som inneheld nøkkelen, og trykkjer så <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
"create the key and the <b>Key ID</b> to identify the key then click\n"
-"<b>Generate</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"For å laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel, vel du <b>filnamnet</b> der du\n"
"vil lagra nøkkelen, samt ein <b>nøkkel-ID</b> for å identifisera\n"
-"nøkkelen. Trykk så på <b>Lag</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"nøkkelen. Trykk så på <b>Lag</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"All keys in the same file are deleted.\n"
"If a TSIG key is in use in the configuration\n"
"of the server, it cannot be deleted. The server must stop using it\n"
-"in the configuration first.</p>"
-"\n"
+"in the configuration first.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Fjerna ein TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Fjerna ein TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"For å fjerna ein oppsett TSIG-nøkkel, vel du nøkkelen og trykkjer <b>Slett</b>.\n"
"Alle nøklar i same fil vert sletta.\n"
"Viss ein TSIG-nøkkel er i bruk i tenaroppsettet,\n"
-"kan du ikkje sletta han. Tenaren må først slutta å bruka han i oppsettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan du ikkje sletta han. Tenaren må først slutta å bruka han i oppsettet.</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
@@ -925,13 +899,11 @@
#. help 1/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n"
"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera innstillingane</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera innstillingane</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera innstillingane, vel ei oppføring\n"
"i tabellen og trykk <b>Rediger</b>.</p>"
@@ -1015,15 +987,13 @@
#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
msgid ""
-"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n"
"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n"
"the next element and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] to move backwards.\n"
"Select or activate elements with [SPACE] or [ENTER].\n"
"Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>1) <i>Generelt</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>1) <i>Generelt</i><br>\n"
"Flytt mellom dialogelementa med «Tab» for å gåtil neste element og «Shift + Tab» (eller «Alt + Tab»)\n"
"for å gå til førre element.\n"
"Vel eller bruk elementa med «Space» eller «Enter».\n"
@@ -1048,25 +1018,21 @@
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
-"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>"
-"\n"
+"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Trykk «Escape» for å lukka sprettoppvindauge (for\n"
-"eksempel frå menyknappane) utan å velja noko.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eksempel frå menyknappane) utan å velja noko.</p>\n"
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
msgid ""
-"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n"
"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n"
"there is more than one way to navigate the dialog pages.\n"
"If [TAB] and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] do not work,\n"
"move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>2) <i>Alternative tastar</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>2) <i>Alternative tastar</i><br>\n"
"<p>Fordi miljøet kan påverka bruken av tastaturet,\n"
"kan du flytta gjennom dialogvindauga på meir enn éin måte.\n"
"Viss «Tab» og «Shift + Tab» og (eller «Alt + Tab») ikkje verkar,\n"
@@ -1087,17 +1053,14 @@
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>"
-#| "\n"
+#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
#| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n"
#| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>3) <i>Funksjonstastar</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>3) <i>Funksjonstastar</i><br>\n"
"F-tastane gjev rask tilgang til viktige funksjonar. Trykk «F1»\n"
"for å visa kva funksjonstastane gjer i det gjeldande vindauget.</p>"
@@ -1109,43 +1072,26 @@
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
msgid ""
-"F1 = Help<br>"
-"\n"
-"F2 = Info or Description<br>"
-"\n"
-"F3 = Add<br>"
-"\n"
-"F4 = Edit or Configure<br>"
-"\n"
-"F5 = Delete<br>"
-"\n"
-"F6 = Test<br>"
-"\n"
-"F7 = Expert or Advanced<br>"
-"\n"
-"F8 = Back<br>"
-"\n"
-"F9 = Abort or Cancel<br>"
-"\n"
+"F1 = Help<br>\n"
+"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n"
+"F3 = Add<br>\n"
+"F4 = Edit or Configure<br>\n"
+"F5 = Delete<br>\n"
+"F6 = Test<br>\n"
+"F7 = Expert or Advanced<br>\n"
+"F8 = Back<br>\n"
+"F9 = Abort or Cancel<br>\n"
"F10 = OK, Next, Finish, or Accept<br>"
msgstr ""
-"F1 = Hjelp<br>"
-"\n"
-"F2 = Info eller skildring<br>"
-"\n"
-"F3 = Legg til<br>"
-"\n"
-"F4 = Rediger eller set opp<br>"
-"\n"
+"F1 = Hjelp<br>\n"
+"F2 = Info eller skildring<br>\n"
+"F3 = Legg til<br>\n"
+"F4 = Rediger eller set opp<br>\n"
"F5 = Slett\n"
-"F6 = Test<br>"
-"\n"
-"F7 = Ekspert eller avansert<br>"
-"\n"
-"F8 = Tilbake<br>"
-"\n"
-"F9 = Avbryt<br>"
-"\n"
+"F6 = Test<br>\n"
+"F7 = Ekspert eller avansert<br>\n"
+"F8 = Tilbake<br>\n"
+"F9 = Avbryt<br>\n"
"F10 = OK, neste, hald fram, fullfør eller stadfest<br>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
@@ -1157,6 +1103,85 @@
"<p>I nokre miljø er ingen eller berre\n"
"nokre av F-tastane tilgjengelege.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Start av teneste"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Status: "
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Ved oppstart"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Åtvaring"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "&Stopp"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "&Stopp"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1357,7 +1382,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Hopp over"
@@ -1380,7 +1405,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passord"
@@ -1602,27 +1627,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta installeringa?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta YaST systemreparering?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Avbryt systemreparering"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Hald fram med systemreparering"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1635,7 +1660,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1649,7 +1674,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1660,18 +1685,18 @@
"Du må installera då installera det på nytt."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Er du sikker at du vil avbryta?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle endringane går då tapt."
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detaljar …"
@@ -1884,12 +1909,10 @@
#. fill up the widget in init handler
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>GPG-privatnøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>GPG-privatnøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"Tabellen inneheld ei oversikt over GPG-privatnøklar.</p>"
#. Get widget description map
@@ -1901,12 +1924,10 @@
#. fill up the widget in init handler
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>GPG-offentlegnøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>GPG-offentlegnøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"Tabellen inneheld ei oversikt over GPG-offentlegnøklar.</p>"
#. Get widget description map
@@ -1917,14 +1938,12 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Lag ein ny GPG-nøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Lag ein ny GPG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> er starta. Sjå manualsida for <tt>gpg</tt>\n"
"for meir informasjon.\n"
"Trykk «Ctrl+C» for å avbryta.\n"
@@ -1938,12 +1957,10 @@
#. help text
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Passfrase</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Passfrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Skriv inn passfrasen for å låsa opp GPG-nøkkelen."
#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
@@ -1968,27 +1985,21 @@
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n"
-"the field below.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the field below.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Loggvising</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Loggvising</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk <b>Logg</b> for å velja kva logg du vil visa.\n"
-"Han vert så vist i feltet nedanfor.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Han vert så vist i feltet nedanfor.</p>\n"
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n"
"This screen displays the log.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Loggen</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Loggen</big></b><br>\n"
"Loggen vert vist i dette vindauget.</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label
@@ -2018,13 +2029,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n"
-"to which to save the log.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å lagra loggen i ei fil, trykk <b>Lagra logg</b>\n"
-"og vel fila du vil lagra loggen i.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og vel fila du vil lagra loggen i.</p>\n"
#. menu button
#. Get the buttons below the box with the log
@@ -2210,13 +2219,11 @@
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
"set <b>%1</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel <b>%1</b> for å opna brannmuren slik at eksterne maskiner\n"
"har tilgang til tenesta.<br>"
@@ -2751,47 +2758,47 @@
"Du kan ikkje bruka mellomrom.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "Ekstern sone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "Intern sone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "Demilitarisert sone"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "Ukjend sone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2807,8 +2814,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2817,72 +2824,72 @@
"Du kan tilordna det manuelt under «Brannmur» i YaST2.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Set opp brannmur"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "Søk etter nettverkseiningar"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "Les gjeldande oppsett"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr "Sjå etter tenester i konflikt"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "Søkjer etter nettverkseiningar …"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "Les gjeldande oppsett …"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr "Ser etter tenester i konflikt …"
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar brannmuroppsett"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmuroppsett"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "Juster brannmurtenesta"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillingar …"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "Tilpassar brannmurtenesta …"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra innstillingane"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "Ukjend protokoll (%1)"
@@ -2976,51 +2983,52 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service: %1"
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Teneste: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "Ukjend teneste: «%1»"
@@ -3044,35 +3052,77 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Avinstaller"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Ser etter tenester i konflikt …"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Laster ned pakken %1 (%2) …"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Laster ned pakken"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Integritetskontrollen viser at pakken %1 er øydelagd."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Vil du prøva å installera pakken på nytt?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Vil du avbryta installeringa?"
@@ -3081,15 +3131,15 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Feil: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
@@ -3102,35 +3152,35 @@
"Du bør kontrollera system på nytt seinare, ved å køyra programvareinstallasjonsmodulen."
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Avinstallerer pakken %1 (%2) …"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Installerer pakken %1 (%2) …"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Avinstallerer pakke"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Installerer pakke"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje fjerna pakken %1."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Feil ved installering av pakken %1."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
@@ -3139,44 +3189,42 @@
"Du bør kontrollera system på nytt seinare, ved å køyra programvareinstallasjonsmodulen."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
-"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pakkebrønnen på den valde adressa har no ein annan medie-ID.\n"
"Viss adressa framleis er rett, tyder dette at pakkebrønninnhaldet er endra. For å \n"
"halda fram å bruka denne pakkebrønnen, bør du starta modulen <b>Pakkebrønnar</b> i \n"
-"YaST og oppdatera pakkebrønnen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"YaST og oppdatera pakkebrønnen.</p>\n"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "side A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "side B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (plate %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (medium %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3185,7 +3233,7 @@
"«%1»"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3198,7 +3246,7 @@
"Kontrollar at mappa er tilgjengeleg."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3212,51 +3260,51 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Hopp over autooppdatering"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Løys ut"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Løys a&utomatisk ut CD-/DVD-medium"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Vil du prøva å installera på nytt?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Vil du hoppa over mediet?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Hoppar over ugyldig medium …"
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønnen %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository."
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
@@ -3265,32 +3313,32 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje henta skildring av ekstern pakkebrønn."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved henting av ny metadata."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Pakkebrønnen er ikkje gyldig."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Pakkebrønnen har ugyldige metadata."
@@ -3298,92 +3346,92 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Vil du prøva på nytt?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Undersøkjer pakkebrønnen %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved gransking av pakkebrønnen."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Granskingsdetaljer."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Pakkebrønnen har ugyldige metadata."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Pakkebrønn %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Lastar ned delta-RPM-pakken %1 (%2) …"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Lastar ned delta-RPM-pakke"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM-pakken %1 …"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM-pakke"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Pakke: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Startar skriptet %1 (pakkeoppdatering %2) …"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Køyrer skript"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Pakkeoppdatering: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Skript: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Resultat av skriptet"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3392,7 +3440,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3407,36 +3455,36 @@
"nokre pakker mangla eller vera forelda."
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Hopp over oppdatering"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Lastar ned"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Laster ned: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Kontrollerer pakkedatabase"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Bygger opp att pakkedatabasen. Denne prosessen kan ta litt tid."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3445,16 +3493,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Konverterer pakkedatabasen. Dette kan ta litt tid."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3463,12 +3511,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Leser pakkedatabase …"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Finn installerte pakkar"
@@ -3479,27 +3527,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Søkjer gjennom pakkedatabasen …"
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje gjera klar målet."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "Pakkedatabase lesen"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Brukerautentisering"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3510,20 +3558,20 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Brukernamn"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Vis &detaljar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Storleik: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Prøver på nytt om: %1"
@@ -3607,12 +3655,12 @@
"løysast manuelt i pakkehandsamaren."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje installera nødvendige pakkar."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3623,12 +3671,12 @@
"kan det henda at YaST ikkje vil fungera skikkeleg.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Kan ikkje halda utan å installera nødvendige pakkar."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3637,47 +3685,42 @@
"pakkane, kan det henda at YaST ikkje vil fungera skikkeleg.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Godta pakkelisens: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "&Godta"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "&Ikkje godta"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
-"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>"
-"."
+"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lisensgodtaking</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lisensgodtaking</big></b><br>\n"
"Pakken nemnd i overskrifta krev at du uttrykkjeleg\n"
"\n"
"godtek dei tilhøyrande lisensvilkåra.\n"
"Viss du avviser desse, vert ikkje pakke installert.\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
"Trykk <b>Godta</b> for å godta lisensvilkåa,\n"
"eller trykk <b>Ikkje godta</b> for å avslå vilkåra.</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3692,7 +3735,7 @@
"\t\t kolonne, fordelt på kategoriar. Vel eit element for å visa skildringa.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3706,7 +3749,7 @@
"\t\t Du kan òg endra status for alle elementa i denne menyen.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3718,7 +3761,7 @@
"\t\t Her kan du visa og velja einskilde programvarepakkar.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3739,134 +3782,134 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "Programvareutval og systemoppgåver"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(fleire)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Installeringa er fullførd"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Feil ved pakkeinstallering"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Feilmelding: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Pakkar som ikkje kunne installerast: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Installerte pakkar: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Oppdaterte pakkar: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Fjerna pakkar: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Ikkje installerte pakker: %1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Pakkar"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Brukt tid: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Samla installert storleik: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Samla nedlastingsstorleik: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Statistikk"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Installasjonslogg"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detaljar"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Installerer pakke"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "&Fullfør"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Fekk ikkje tilgang til programvarehandsaming"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installasjonssamandrag</B></BIG><BR>Her er ei oversikt over dei installerte pakkane.</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Feil ved installering"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Installerte pakkar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Oppdaterte pakkar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Fjerna pakkar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Gjenståande pakker"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -4421,84 +4464,84 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Installerer …"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Medium"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Gjenståande pakker"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Tid"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Utførde handlingar:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait while packages are being installed.</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vent mens pakkene vert installerte.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Avbryta installeringa</B> Du kan avbryta pakkeinstalleringa med <B>Avbryt</B>-knappen. Men viss ikkje alle grunnleggjande systemkomponentane er installerte enno, kan det henda at systemet vert inkonsistent eller ubrukeleg.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "&Versjonsmerknader"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "&Lysbiletepresentasjon"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detaljar"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Installer"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallering"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4507,7 +4550,7 @@
"avslutta installeringa?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Avbroten"
@@ -5102,6 +5145,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Bluetooth-eining"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
#, fuzzy
@@ -5193,7 +5246,7 @@
"heksadesimalsiffer skilde med kolon."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -5204,7 +5257,7 @@
"starta eller avslutta eit komponentnamn, og den siste komponenten kan ikkje begynna med eit tal."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -6192,72 +6245,6 @@
"Det finst ikkje noka baklengs sone for %1 administrert av DNS-tenaren.\n"
"Vertsnamnet %2 kan ikkje leggjast til."
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Start av teneste"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status: "
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Status: "
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "During Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "Ved oppstart"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Warning"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "Åtvaring"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Stop"
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "&Stopp"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Stop"
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "&Stopp"
-
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "Klarte ikkje montera pakkebrønnmediet."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-16 20:31+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -34,57 +34,175 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "Slett eit generelt alternativ eller eit seksjonsalternativ"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "Definer eit generelt alternativ eller seksjonsalternativ"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr "Legg til ein ny seksjon – bruk interaktiv modus"
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr "Skriv ut verdet for det spesifiserte alternativet"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
#, fuzzy
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr "Namnet til seksjonen"
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr "Koda til alternativet"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr "Verdet til alternativet"
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr "Seksjonen %1 ikkje funnet."
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "Inkje verd spesifisert."
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr "Legg til-valet er berre tilgjengeleg i interaktiv kommandolinjemodus"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr "Eit seksjonsnavn må spesifiserast."
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "Alternativ ikkje spesifisert."
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+msgstr "Det spesifiserte alternativet finst ikkje."
+
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Value: %s"
+msgid "Value: %1"
msgstr "Verd: %1"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
-msgstr "Det spesifiserte alternativet finst ikkje."
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster …"
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Systemet vil slåast av.%1%2\n"
+"Du finn meir informasjon i det aktuelle kapittelet \n"
+"i dokumentasjonen. \n"
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "Maskina vil startast på nytt no …"
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Ingen oppstartslaster er valde for installasjon. Systemet vil kanskje ikkje kunna verta opp starta."
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen"
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "Oppstart"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "&Oppstart"
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "Diskrekkefølge"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Innstillingar fir diskrekkefølge"
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr "Oppstartsmeny"
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -101,24 +219,18 @@
#. $Id$
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br>"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Oppstartsmeny</b></big><br>"
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+msgstr "<p><big><b>Oppstartsmeny</b></big><br></p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Angje oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Angje oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b><br>\n"
"Brukast for å aktivare partisjonen som inneheld oppstartslasteren. Den generiske MBR-koda vil då\n"
"starta opp den aktive partisjonen. Eldre BIOS-er krev at ein partisjon er aktiv sjølv om\n"
"oppstartslasteren er installert i MBR.</p>"
@@ -141,15 +253,11 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tidsavbrudd i sekund</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Angjev kor lenge oppstartslasteren skal venta før standardkjernen lastast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Tidsavbrudd i sekund</b><br>\n"
+"Angjev kor lenge oppstartslasteren skal venta før standardkjernen lastast.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
#, fuzzy
@@ -159,16 +267,14 @@
"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>"
-"\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> Ved å klikka <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valde \n"
"seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren visa ein \n"
"oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukaren skal velja ein kjerne eller anna \n"
"operativsystem som skal startast. Viss det ikkje vert trykt nokon tast før tidsavbruddet, vert \n"
"standardkjernen/operativsystemet lasta. Rekkjefølgda på seksjonane i oppstartslasteren \n"
-"kan endrast ved hjelp av <b>Opp</b> og <b>Ned</b>-knappen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan endrast ved hjelp av <b>Opp</b> og <b>Ned</b>-knappen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
@@ -176,8 +282,7 @@
"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b></big><br>"
-" erstattar «master boot record» på disken med generisk kode (OS-uavhengig kode som\n"
+"<p><big><b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b></big><br> erstattar «master boot record» på disken med generisk kode (OS-uavhengig kode som\n"
"startar opp den aktive partisjonen).</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
@@ -192,13 +297,22 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Vel <b>Bruk påliteleg Grub</b> for å installera og bruka påliteleg Grub. Valet <i>Grafisk menyfil</i> vil ignorerast.\n"
+"Det vert rådt til å installera Grub i MBR</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Start frå hovedoppstartssektor</b> vert ikkje rådt til viss du har eit anna operativsystem\n"
"installert på datamaskina</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
@@ -211,18 +325,18 @@
" i <b>Oppstartslastervalg</b> for å oppdatera \"master boot record\" viss det er naudsynt, eller konfigurera den andre oppstartslasteren\n"
" til å starta denne seksjonen.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Med <b>Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon</b> kan du velja kva for ein partisjon du vil starta frå.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
@@ -231,35 +345,31 @@
"<p>MD-tilordning vert oppretta frå 2 diskar. <b>Aktivar redundans for MD-tilordning</b>\n"
"aktivum lagring av GRUB i MBR på begge diskar.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Med <b>Bruk seriell konsoll</b> kan du definera parametrar som skal brukast\n"
"for ein seriell konsoll. Du finn meir informasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen (<code>info grub</code>).</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Terminaldefinisjon</b></p>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Terminaldefinisjon</b></p><br>\n"
"Definerer typen terminal du vil bruka. For ein seriell terminal (t.d. ein seriell konsoll),\n"
" må du angje <code>seriell</code>. Du kan òg senda <code>konsoll</code> til\n"
" kommandoen, som <code>seriell konsoll</code>. I dette tilfellet vil det veljast ein terminal \n"
"der du kan trykkja ein kva for ein som helst tast, som GRUB-terminal.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
@@ -268,186 +378,276 @@
"<p><b>Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast</b> inneheld ei liste med nummer \n"
"på seksjonar som vert brukt til oppstart viss filsystemet i standardseksjonen ikkje kan startast.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Viss du vel <b>Skjul meny ved oppstart</b>, vert skjult oppstartsmenyen.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Fil for grafisk meny</b> definerere fila som skal brukast til den grafiske oppstartsmenyen.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Aktivar lydsignaler</b> slå på/av lydsignaler.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>"
-"YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Passord for oppstartslaster</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Passord for oppstartslaster</b><br>\n"
"Angje passordet som må brukast for å få tilgjenge til oppstartsmenyen. YaST godkjenner berre passordet når du gjentek det i\n"
" <b>Gjenta passordet</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Diskrekkefølge</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Diskrekkefølge</b></big><br>\n"
"Angje diskrekkefølgen i samsvar med rekkjefølgda i BIOS med\n"
"<b>opp</b>- og <b>ned</b>-knappane.\n"
"Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til ein disk.\n"
"Nytte <b>Fjern</b> for å fjerne ein disk.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Plassering av oppstartslaster"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "Angje oppstartspartisjonen som &aktiv i partisjonstabellen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "&Tidsavbrudd i sekund"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Standar&d oppstartsseksjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "Skriv &generisk oppstartskode til MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr "Nytte påli&telig Grub"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Start frå hovedoppstartssektor"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Start frå rotpartisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Start frå oppstartspartisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "Start frå utvida partisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "&Parametrar for seriell tilkobling"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "&Skjul meny ved oppstart"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr "Fil for grafisk &meny"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "Pa&ssord for menygrensesnitt"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "Feilsøk&ingsvalg"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr "Vel ny fil for grafisk meny"
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr "Aktiver lydar&signal"
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "B&eskytt oppstartslasteren med eit passord"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passord"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Gjen&ta passordet"
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "&Eining"
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "Enhetskartet må innehalda minst éi eining"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "D&isker"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "&Opp"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "&Ned"
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "Start frå &rotpartisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Star&t frå oppstartspartisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "E&gendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Start frå &Mastar Boot Record"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Start frå utvid&eit partisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
#, fuzzy
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "E&gendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr "Aktivar rei&undans for MD-tilordning"
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr "&Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon"
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
@@ -455,39 +655,33 @@
msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "Ekstra kjerneparametere: %1"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -506,38 +700,60 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Med <b>Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen</b> kan du definera tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definerer VGA-modusen for <i>konsollen</i> kjernen skal stilla inn ved oppstart.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Med <b>Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen</b> kan du definera tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "Andre kommandolinje¶metrar for kjernen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "&VGA-modus"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "Andre kommandolinje¶metrar for kjernen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -546,22 +762,32 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bitar sine (modus %4)"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
#, fuzzy
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr "Standard skrifttypemodus med 8 piksler."
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr "Tekstmodus"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "Uspesifisert"
@@ -583,81 +809,254 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Vel ny fil for grafisk meny"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "Vel fil"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "Oppstartspartisjonen er av typen NFS. Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillinger"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "Ingen tilgjengelege val for denne oppstartslasteren."
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "Kjerneseksjon"
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "Seksjonsinnstillinger"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillinger: Administrasjon av seksjonar"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "Xen-seksjon"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "Meny-seksjon"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "Dumpseksjon"
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr "Annan systemseksjon"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "&Filnavn"
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "Filnavn: %1"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr "Fi&linnhold"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "Avansert manuell konfigurasjon"
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "Anna"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "Diskbilde"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr "Xen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr "Diskett"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr "Meny"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr "Dump"
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr "Def."
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "Nemning"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Type"
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr "Diskbilde / Eining"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "Definer som st&andard"
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "&Oppstartslaster"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -672,78 +1071,134 @@
"\n"
"Vil du halda fram?\n"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
#, fuzzy
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "&Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Du valde å endra oppstartslasteren. Under konvertering \n"
+"av konfigurasjonen kan nokre innstillingar gå tapt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gjeldande konfigurasjon vil lagrast, og du kan\n"
+"gjenopprette han viss du går tilbake til gjeldande oppstartslaster.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vel kva du vil gjera:\n"
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "&Foreslå ny konfigurasjon"
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "Ko&nverter gjeldande konfigurasjon"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr "&Lag heilt ny konfigurasjon"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "&Konfigurasjonen til le som er lagra på disk"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr "Gjen&opprett konfigurasjon som vart lagra før konvertering"
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr "Vel ein oppstartslaster før du redigerer seksjonar."
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr "&Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler"
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr "&Lag heilt ny"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr "&Bruk konfigurasjon frå disk"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "Gjenopprett MBR på harddisk"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr "Skriv oppstartskode for oppstartslaster til disk"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Anna"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr "MBR gjenopprettet."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr "MBR kunne ikkje gjenopprettes."
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillingene kunne ikkje lagrast."
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "Administrasjon av &seksjonar"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr "&Installasjon av oppstartslaster"
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "Oppstart sin&lastervalg"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "&Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon"
-
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
#, fuzzy
@@ -759,17 +1214,25 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster </BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+"Viss du har fleire Linux-system installert,\n"
+"kan YaST freista å finna dei og slå saman menyane."
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -781,7 +1244,7 @@
"konfigurasjonen som er lagra på disken som utgangspunkt. %1</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
@@ -791,7 +1254,7 @@
"manuelt, klikk <B>Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler</B>.</P>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
@@ -801,7 +1264,7 @@
"i oppstartsmenyen.</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
@@ -811,7 +1274,7 @@
"valde seksjonen.</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
@@ -829,7 +1292,7 @@
"kan endrast ved å bruka <B>Opp</B>- og <B>Ned</B>knappane.</P>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
@@ -841,19 +1304,17 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Oppstartslasterplassering</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Oppstartslasterplassering</b></big><br>\n"
"Oppstartslasteren (%1) kan installerast på følgjande måtar:</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
@@ -865,7 +1326,7 @@
"på datamaskina.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -886,8 +1347,25 @@
"viss dette er naudsynt, eller konfigurer den andre oppstartslasteren\n"
"for å starta &product;.</p>"
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- På ein <b>diskett</b>.\n"
+"Bruk dette valet for å unngå å påverka eit eksisterande\n"
+"oppstartssystem. Du må aktivera oppstart frå diskett i\n"
+"BIOS for å bruka dette valet.</p>"
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -899,7 +1377,7 @@
"viss du vel dette alternativet.</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
@@ -913,7 +1391,7 @@
"er det kanskje mogleg å starta opp frå ein logisk partisjon, og kanskje ikkje.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -925,49 +1403,43 @@
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) i feltet.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b><br>\n"
"Nytte avanserte val for oppstartslasterinstallasjonen (til dømes\n"
"enhetsmapping) under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Oppstartslastertype</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Oppstartslastertype</b><br>\n"
"Vel om ein oppstartslaster skal installerast, og i så fall kva for ein\n"
"under <b>Oppstartslaster</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Oppstartslastervalg</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Oppstartslastervalg</b><br>\n"
"For velja alternativ for oppstartslasteren, t.d. forseinking, klikk på\n"
"<b>Oppstartslastervalg</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
@@ -979,33 +1451,29 @@
"<P>Merk: Den endelege konfigurasjonsfilen treng ikkje å ha same tekstinnrykk.</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
"name must be unique.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Seksjonsnavn</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Seksjonsnavn</b><br>\n"
"Klikk på <b>Seksjonsnavn</b> for å angje oppstartslasterseksjonens namn. Seksjonsnavnet\n"
"må vera unikt.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Ny seksjonstype</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Ny seksjonstype</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel kva for ein ny seksjonstype som skal opprettast.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
@@ -1017,7 +1485,7 @@
"som skal vera annleis.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
@@ -1027,7 +1495,7 @@
"som skal lastast og vert starta.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
@@ -1037,7 +1505,7 @@
"men starta han i eit XEN-miljø.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
@@ -1048,7 +1516,7 @@
"skal lasta og starta opp ein oppstartssektor på ein diskpartisjon. Dette valet vert nytta for å\n"
"starta opp andre operativsystemer.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
@@ -1060,46 +1528,58 @@
"starta opp andre operativsystemer.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "Harddiskrekkefølge: %1"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "Oppstartslaster"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "Oppstartslastar"
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr "%1-oppstartssektoren er lagra på disketten."
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr "La disketten stå i stasjonen."
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -1120,14 +1600,20 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil avslutta konfigurasjonen av oppstartslasteren utan å lagra?\n"
"Alle endringar vil gå tapt.\n"
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta seksjonen %1?"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "Passordfeltet må ikkje vera tomt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
@@ -1136,16 +1622,92 @@
"'Passord og Stadfest passord'\n"
"samsvarte ikkje. Skriv inn passordet på nytt."
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Diskinnstillingene er endra.\n"
+"Kontroller innstillingane for seksjonen %1.\n"
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Diskinnstillingene er endra, og du har endra oppstartslasterens\n"
+"konfigurasjonsfiler manuelt. Kontrollar oppstartslasteren innstillingar.\n"
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr "%1Definer oppstartslasterens plassering?\n"
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "Ikkje opprett noko filsystem"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "Opprett eit ext2-filsystem"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr "Opprett eit FAT-filsystem"
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Oppstartslasterens oppstartsektor vil lagrast\n"
+"på ein diskett. Sett inn ein diskett\n"
+"og stadfest med OK.\n"
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr "&Lavnivåformater"
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "&Opprett filsystem"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr "Lavnivåformatering mislukkast. Vil du prøva igjen?"
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "Oppretting av filsystem mislukkast."
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
@@ -1155,7 +1717,7 @@
"Vel eit anna.\n"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
@@ -1164,9 +1726,15 @@
"Ein feil oppstod under installasjon av\n"
"oppstartslasteren. Vil du freista å konfigurera oppstartslasteren på nytt?\n"
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr "Kan ikkje installera oppstartslasteren."
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
@@ -1190,953 +1758,641 @@
"Vil du halda fram?\n"
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr "&Ja, overskriv"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen."
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Diskbilde-seksjon</b></p>"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "Enhetskartet må innehalda minst éi eining"
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Kjernediskbilde</b> definerer kjernen som skal startast. Skriv inn namnet direkte, eller vel ein kjerne med <b>Bla gjennom.</b></p>"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "Innstillingar fir diskrekkefølge"
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Rotenhet</b> angjev eininga som skal sendast til kjernen som rotenhet.</p>"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "D&isker"
-
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "&Eining"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Første RAM-disk</b> definerer, viss utfylt, kva for ein RAM-DISK som skal verta først brukt. Skriv inn stigen og filnavnet\n"
+"direkte, eller vel ein disk ved hjelp av <b>Bla gjennom</b>.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster …"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Chainloader-seksjon</b> viss du vil definera ein seksjon for å starta eit anna operativsystem enn Linux.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Systemet vil slåast av.%1%2\n"
-"Du finn meir informasjon i det aktuelle kapittelet \n"
-"i dokumentasjonen. \n"
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Viss du angjev <b>Bruk passordbeskyttelse</p>, vil det krevjast eit passord for å velja denne seksjonen.</p>"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "Maskina vil startast på nytt no …"
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Med <b>Anna system</b> kan du velja blant dei andre operativsystemene (ikkje Linux) på datamaskina.</p>"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "Oppstart"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Aktivum denne partisjonen når han er vald for oppstart</b> viss BIOSen treng dette flagga for å starta henne</p>"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "&Oppstart"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Med <b>Blokkforskyvning for chainloading</b> kan du angje lista over blokker som skal startast. I dei fleste tilfelle bør du\n"
+"angje <code>+1</code> her. Du finn meir informasjon om blokklistenotasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen.</p>\n"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
#, fuzzy
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "Ingen oppstartslaster er valde for installasjon. Systemet vil kanskje ikkje kunna verta opp starta."
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Vel <b>Xen-seksjon</b> viss du vil leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde\n"
+"som skal startast i eit Xen-miljø.</p>\n"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen"
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> angjev kva for ein hypervisor som skal brukast.</p>"
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">deaktiver</a>"
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Med <b>Fleire Xen Hypervisor-parametrar</b> kan du du angje fleire parametrar som skal verta til send Xen Hypervisor.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">aktiver</a>"
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Meny-seksjon</b></p>"
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktiver</a>"
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Partisjon for menyfil</b></p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">aktiver</a>"
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Menybeskrivelsesfil<b> angjev adressa på rotenheten der menyfilen verta frå lasta.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">deaktiver</a>"
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Plasser seksjonen på første disk i enhetskartet</b>: Windows må vanlegvis liggja på første disk.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">aktiver</a>"
-
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Bruk <b>Måling</b> for å inkludera mælte filer med PCR. Tabellen kan endrast med knappen: <b>Legg til</b> , \n"
+"<b>Rediger</b> og <b>Slett</b></p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr "Endre plassering: %1"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b></p>\n"
+"Verta vanlegvis angjeven i den generelle seksjonen</p>"
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr "Oppstartslastertype: %1"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Fremtving skrivebeskyttet montering av rotfilsystem</b><br>\n"
+"Verta vanlegvis angjeven i den globale seksjonen</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr " (utvida)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
-#, fuzzy
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr " (MBR)"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr "Status for plassering: %1"
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Vel<b>Dump seksjon</b> for å leggja til ein seksjon som definerer\n"
+"korleis ein systemdump skal opprettast på ein DASD-diskpartisjon eller båndenhet\n"
+" eller ei fil på ein SCSI-diskpartisjon.</p>"
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr "Ukjent oppstartslaster: %1"
-
-#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
-msgstr "Ein kombinasjon av maskinvareplattformen %1 og oppstartslasteren %2 vert ikkje støtta"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
-msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Vel<b>Menyseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein meny i oppsettet.\n"
+"Menyseksjoner representerer ei liste over oppgåver som er gruppert saman</p>\n"
-#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er på raid-typen: %1. Systemet vil ikkje starta opp."
-
-#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er plassert på programvarebasert RAID1. Vel ein anna plassering for oppstartslasteren, t.d. Mastar Boot Record."
-
-#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
-msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Vel <b>Aktivum SELinux</b> for å leggja til naudsynte oppstartsparametere for kjernen for å aktivare sikkerhetssystemet SELinux. \n"
+"Hugs at dette òg vil deaktivere AppArmor.</p>"
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Check boot loader"
-msgstr "Kontrollar oppstartslaster"
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr "Diskbildeseksjon"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Read partitioning"
-msgstr "Les partisjonstabell"
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "&Kjernediskbilde"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Load boot loader settings"
-msgstr "Last innstillingar for oppstartslaster"
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr "&Rotenhet"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Checking boot loader..."
-msgstr "Kontrollerer oppstartslaster …"
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr "&Første RAM-disk"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Reading partitioning..."
-msgstr "Lesar partisjonstabell …"
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr "Chainloader-seksjon"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
-msgstr "Lastar innstillingar for oppstartslaster …"
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "Nytte passordbeskyttelse"
-#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "Initialiserer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "&Anna system"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create initrd"
-msgstr "Opprett initrd"
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr "Ikkje &verifiser filsystem før oppstart"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
-msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster"
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr "&Aktivar denne partisjonen når han er vald for oppstart"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster"
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr "B&lokkforskyvning for chainloading"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Creating initrd..."
-msgstr "Opprettar initrd …"
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr "&Plasser seksjonen på første disk i enhetskartet"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
-msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster …"
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr "&Hypervisor"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr "Installerer oppstartslaster …"
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr "Fleire p&arametere for Xen Hypervisor"
-#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "&Partisjon for menyfil"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Med <b>Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen</b> kan du definera tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen.</p>"
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "Fil for &menybeskrivelse"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#~ msgstr "Andre kommandolinje¶metrar for kjernen"
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr "Nytte skrivebeskyttet montering av rot&filsystem"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "Slett eit generelt alternativ eller eit seksjonsalternativ"
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr "Tillat fo&rsøk på flytting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "Definer eit generelt alternativ eller seksjonsalternativ"
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr "Målkatalo&g for seksjon"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "Legg til ein ny seksjon – bruk interaktiv modus"
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "Fil med al&ternative parametrar"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The name of the section"
-#~ msgstr "Namnet til seksjonen"
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr "Dump-seksjon (forelda)"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section %1 not found."
-#~ msgstr "Seksjonen %1 ikkje funnet."
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr "&Dumpenhet"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "Legg til-valet er berre tilgjengeleg i interaktiv kommandolinjemodus"
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr "&SCSI-dumpenhet"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
-#~ msgstr "Eit seksjonsnavn må spesifiserast."
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr "&Liste over menyoppføringer"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "Diskrekkefølge"
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr "&Nummer på standardoppføring"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
-#~ msgstr "Oppstartsmeny"
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr "&Tidsavbrudd i sekund"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
-#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vel <b>Bruk påliteleg Grub</b> for å installera og bruka påliteleg Grub. Valet <i>Grafisk menyfil</i> vil ignorerast.\n"
-#~ "Det vert rådt til å installera Grub i MBR</p>"
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr "Vis opp&startsmeny"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Fil for grafisk meny</b> definerere fila som skal brukast til den grafiske oppstartsmenyen.</p>"
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr "K&opier diskbilde til oppstartspartisjon"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Aktivar lydsignaler</b> slå på/av lydsignaler.</p>"
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr "Hopp over &seksjonen utan melding ved feil"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
-#~ msgstr "Nytte påli&telig Grub"
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr "Oppstart sin&partisjon for anna system"
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "Fil for grafisk &meny"
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr "Det må angjevast eit kjernediskbilde for diskbildeseksjonen"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
-#~ msgstr "Vel ny fil for grafisk meny"
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "Diskbildefilen finst førebels ikkje. Vil du bruka han likevel?"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
-#~ msgstr "Aktiver lydar&signal"
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "Initrd-fila finst førebels ikkje. Vil du bruka han likevel?"
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Up"
-#~ msgstr "&Opp"
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr "Aktivar &SELinux"
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Down"
-#~ msgstr "&Ned"
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr "Namnet inneheld ugyldige teikn"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Kernel Section"
-#~ msgstr "Kjerneseksjon"
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr "Spør om oppløysing under oppstart."
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Seksjonsinnstillinger"
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "Klon valt seksjon"
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillinger: Administrasjon av seksjonar"
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr "Anna system (chainloader)"
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Xen Section"
-#~ msgstr "Xen-seksjon"
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "Seksjonstype"
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Menu Section"
-#~ msgstr "Meny-seksjon"
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr "Namnet til &seksjonen"
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Dump Section"
-#~ msgstr "Dumpseksjon"
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen."
+#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
+#.
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Other System Section"
-#~ msgstr "Annan systemseksjon"
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">deaktiver</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Filename"
-#~ msgstr "&Filnavn"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">aktiver</a>"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Filename: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Filnavn: %1"
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktiver</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents"
-#~ msgstr "Fi&linnhold"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">aktiver</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Avansert manuell konfigurasjon"
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">deaktiver</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Image"
-#~ msgstr "Diskbilde"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">aktiver</a>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Xen"
-#~ msgstr "Xen"
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
+msgstr "Endre plassering: %1"
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Floppy"
-#~ msgstr "Diskett"
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
+msgstr "Oppstartslastertype: %1"
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Menu"
-#~ msgstr "Meny"
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr " («/boot»)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Dump"
-#~ msgstr "Dump"
+msgid " (extended)"
+msgstr " (utvida)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Def."
-#~ msgstr "Def."
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr " (\"/\")"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Label"
-#~ msgstr "Nemning"
+msgid " (MBR)"
+msgstr " (MBR)"
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "Type"
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
+msgstr "Status for plassering: %1"
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Image / Device"
-#~ msgstr "Diskbilde / Eining"
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr " (standard)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Set as De&fault"
-#~ msgstr "Definer som st&andard"
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr "Seksjoner:<br>%1"
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
-#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
-#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Select a course of action:\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Du valde å endra oppstartslasteren. Under konvertering \n"
-#~ "av konfigurasjonen kan nokre innstillingar gå tapt.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Gjeldande konfigurasjon vil lagrast, og du kan\n"
-#~ "gjenopprette han viss du går tilbake til gjeldande oppstartslaster.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vel kva du vil gjera:\n"
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr "Ikkje installer oppstartslasteren – berre opprett konfigurasjonsfiler"
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Ko&nverter gjeldande konfigurasjon"
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr "Foreslå og &slå saman med eksisterande GRUB-menyar"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
-#~ msgstr "&Lag heilt ny konfigurasjon"
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
-#~ msgstr "&Konfigurasjonen til le som er lagra på disk"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgstr ""
+#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
-#~ msgstr "Gjen&opprett konfigurasjon som vart lagra før konvertering"
+msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
+msgstr "Ukjent oppstartslaster: %1"
+#. grub2 is sooo cool...
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
-#~ msgstr "Vel ein oppstartslaster før du redigerer seksjonar."
+msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
+msgstr "Ein kombinasjon av maskinvareplattformen %1 og oppstartslasteren %2 vert ikkje støtta"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "Administrasjon av &seksjonar"
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
-#~ msgstr "&Installasjon av oppstartslaster"
+msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
+msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er på raid-typen: %1. Systemet vil ikkje starta opp."
+#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
-#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Viss du har fleire Linux-system installert,\n"
-#~ "kan YaST freista å finna dei og slå saman menyane."
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er plassert på programvarebasert RAID1. Vel ein anna plassering for oppstartslasteren, t.d. Mastar Boot Record."
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
-#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
-#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
-#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- På ein <b>diskett</b>.\n"
-#~ "Bruk dette valet for å unngå å påverka eit eksisterande\n"
-#~ "oppstartssystem. Du må aktivera oppstart frå diskett i\n"
-#~ "BIOS for å bruka dette valet.</p>"
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr "Det var ikkje mogleg å definera den nøyaktige diskrekkefølgen for enhetskartet. Diskrekkefølgen kan endrast under «Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon»"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
-#~ msgstr "%1-oppstartssektoren er lagra på disketten."
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
+msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
+msgstr ""
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
-#~ msgstr "La disketten stå i stasjonen."
+msgid "Check boot loader"
+msgstr "Kontrollar oppstartslaster"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-#~ msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta seksjonen %1?"
+msgid "Read partitioning"
+msgstr "Les partisjonstabell"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n"
-#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Diskinnstillingene er endra.\n"
-#~ "Kontroller innstillingane for seksjonen %1.\n"
+msgid "Load boot loader settings"
+msgstr "Last innstillingar for oppstartslaster"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
-#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Diskinnstillingene er endra, og du har endra oppstartslasterens\n"
-#~ "konfigurasjonsfiler manuelt. Kontrollar oppstartslasteren innstillingar.\n"
+msgid "Checking boot loader..."
+msgstr "Kontrollerer oppstartslaster …"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
-#~ msgstr "Ikkje opprett noko filsystem"
+msgid "Reading partitioning..."
+msgstr "Lesar partisjonstabell …"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
-#~ msgstr "Opprett eit ext2-filsystem"
+msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
+msgstr "Lastar innstillingar for oppstartslaster …"
+#. dialog header
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System"
-#~ msgstr "Opprett eit FAT-filsystem"
+msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialiserer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
-#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
-#~ "and confirm with OK.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Oppstartslasterens oppstartsektor vil lagrast\n"
-#~ "på ein diskett. Sett inn ein diskett\n"
-#~ "og stadfest med OK.\n"
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "Ekstra kjerneparametere: %1"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Low Level Format"
-#~ msgstr "&Lavnivåformater"
+msgid "Create initrd"
+msgstr "Opprett initrd"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Create File System"
-#~ msgstr "&Opprett filsystem"
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
+msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
-#~ msgstr "Lavnivåformatering mislukkast. Vil du prøva igjen?"
+msgid "Install boot loader"
+msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Creating file system failed."
-#~ msgstr "Oppretting av filsystem mislukkast."
+msgid "Creating initrd..."
+msgstr "Opprettar initrd …"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
-#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje installera oppstartslasteren."
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster …"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Diskbilde-seksjon</b></p>"
+msgid "Installing boot loader..."
+msgstr "Installerer oppstartslaster …"
+#. progress line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Kjernediskbilde</b> definerer kjernen som skal startast. Skriv inn namnet direkte, eller vel ein kjerne med <b>Bla gjennom.</b></p>"
+msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
+msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Rotenhet</b> angjev eininga som skal sendast til kjernen som rotenhet.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
-#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Første RAM-disk</b> definerer, viss utfylt, kva for ein RAM-DISK som skal verta først brukt. Skriv inn stigen og filnavnet\n"
-#~ "direkte, eller vel ein disk ved hjelp av <b>Bla gjennom</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Chainloader-seksjon</b> viss du vil definera ein seksjon for å starta eit anna operativsystem enn Linux.</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p>"
-#~ " will require a password to select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Viss du angjev <b>Bruk passordbeskyttelse</p>"
-#~ ", vil det krevjast eit passord for å velja denne seksjonen.</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Med <b>Anna system</b> kan du velja blant dei andre operativsystemene (ikkje Linux) på datamaskina.</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Aktivum denne partisjonen når han er vald for oppstart</b> viss BIOSen treng dette flagga for å starta henne</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Med <b>Blokkforskyvning for chainloading</b> kan du angje lista over blokker som skal startast. I dei fleste tilfelle bør du\n"
-#~ "angje <code>+1</code> her. Du finn meir informasjon om blokklistenotasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
-#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vel <b>Xen-seksjon</b> viss du vil leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde\n"
-#~ "som skal startast i eit Xen-miljø.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> angjev kva for ein hypervisor som skal brukast.</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Med <b>Fleire Xen Hypervisor-parametrar</b> kan du du angje fleire parametrar som skal verta til send Xen Hypervisor.</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Meny-seksjon</b></p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Partisjon for menyfil</b></p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Menybeskrivelsesfil<b> angjev adressa på rotenheten der menyfilen verta frå lasta.</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Plasser seksjonen på første disk i enhetskartet</b>: Windows må vanlegvis liggja på første disk.</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
-#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Bruk <b>Måling</b> for å inkludera mælte filer med PCR. Tabellen kan endrast med knappen: <b>Legg til</b> , \n"
-#~ "<b>Rediger</b> og <b>Slett</b></p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Verta vanlegvis angjeven i den generelle seksjonen</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Fremtving skrivebeskyttet montering av rotfilsystem</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Verta vanlegvis angjeven i den globale seksjonen</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
-#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
-#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vel<b>Dump seksjon</b> for å leggja til ein seksjon som definerer\n"
-#~ "korleis ein systemdump skal opprettast på ein DASD-diskpartisjon eller båndenhet\n"
-#~ " eller ei fil på ein SCSI-diskpartisjon.</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vel<b>Menyseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein meny i oppsettet.\n"
-#~ "Menyseksjoner representerer ei liste over oppgåver som er gruppert saman</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
-#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vel <b>Aktivum SELinux</b> for å leggja til naudsynte oppstartsparametere for kjernen for å aktivare sikkerhetssystemet SELinux. \n"
-#~ "Hugs at dette òg vil deaktivere AppArmor.</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Image Section"
-#~ msgstr "Diskbildeseksjon"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Kernel Image"
-#~ msgstr "&Kjernediskbilde"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Root Device"
-#~ msgstr "&Rotenhet"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
-#~ msgstr "&Første RAM-disk"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Chainloader Section"
-#~ msgstr "Chainloader-seksjon"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Use Password Protection"
-#~ msgstr "Nytte passordbeskyttelse"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Other System"
-#~ msgstr "&Anna system"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
-#~ msgstr "Ikkje &verifiser filsystem før oppstart"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
-#~ msgstr "&Aktivar denne partisjonen når han er vald for oppstart"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
-#~ msgstr "B&lokkforskyvning for chainloading"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
-#~ msgstr "&Plasser seksjonen på første disk i enhetskartet"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Hypervisor"
-#~ msgstr "&Hypervisor"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "Fleire p&arametere for Xen Hypervisor"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "&Partisjon for menyfil"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Menu Description File"
-#~ msgstr "Fil for &menybeskrivelse"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
-#~ msgstr "Nytte skrivebeskyttet montering av rot&filsystem"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
-#~ msgstr "Tillat fo&rsøk på flytting"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
-#~ msgstr "Målkatalo&g for seksjon"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
-#~ msgstr "Fil med al&ternative parametrar"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
-#~ msgstr "Dump-seksjon (forelda)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "&Dumpenhet"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "&SCSI-dumpenhet"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
-#~ msgstr "&Liste over menyoppføringer"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
-#~ msgstr "&Nummer på standardoppføring"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
-#~ msgstr "&Tidsavbrudd i sekund"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Show boot menu"
-#~ msgstr "Vis opp&startsmeny"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
-#~ msgstr "K&opier diskbilde til oppstartspartisjon"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
-#~ msgstr "Hopp over &seksjonen utan melding ved feil"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
-#~ msgstr "Oppstart sin&partisjon for anna system"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
-#~ msgstr "Det må angjevast eit kjernediskbilde for diskbildeseksjonen"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "Diskbildefilen finst førebels ikkje. Vil du bruka han likevel?"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "Initrd-fila finst førebels ikkje. Vil du bruka han likevel?"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux"
-#~ msgstr "Aktivar &SELinux"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
-#~ msgstr "Namnet inneheld ugyldige teikn"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
-#~ msgstr "Spør om oppløysing under oppstart."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section"
-#~ msgstr "Klon valt seksjon"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
-#~ msgstr "Anna system (chainloader)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section Type"
-#~ msgstr "Seksjonstype"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section &Name"
-#~ msgstr "Namnet til &seksjonen"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid " (\"/boot\")"
-#~ msgstr " («/boot»)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid " (\"/\")"
-#~ msgstr " (\"/\")"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (standard)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Sections:<br>"
-#~ "%1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Seksjoner:<br>"
-#~ "%1"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "Ikkje installer oppstartslasteren – berre opprett konfigurasjonsfiler"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
-#~ msgstr "Foreslå og &slå saman med eksisterande GRUB-menyar"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
#~ msgstr "Partisjonsnummer > 3 vert brukte til oppstart med GPT-partisjonstabellen"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgstr "Det var ikkje mogleg å definera den nøyaktige diskrekkefølgen for enhetskartet. Diskrekkefølgen kan endrast under «Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon»"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Ekstra kjerneparametere: %1"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
#~ msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er på iSCSI-disken: %1. Systemet vil kanskje ikkje starta."
@@ -2206,13 +2462,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n"
#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n"
#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Angje ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br/>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Angje ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br/>\n"
#~ "Enhetskartet inneheld meir enn 8 einingar, og oppstartsenheten er utanfor området.\n"
#~ "Områdd er avgrensa i BIOS til dei første 8 einingane. Juster oppstartsrekkefølgen i BIOS (eller korriger rekkjefølgda i oppstartslasteroppsettet viss dette allereie er gjort)."
@@ -2226,22 +2480,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>\n"
#~ "Viss det ikkje er mogleg å velja ei plassering, må du kanskje oppretta ein liten primær Apple HFS-partisjon."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>\n"
#~ "Viss det ikkje er mogleg å velja ei plassering, må du kanskje oppretta ein PReP Boot-partisjon."
#, fuzzy
@@ -2290,39 +2540,31 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br>"
-#~ " Increase verbosity of ELILO\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\n"
#~ "in case of boot problems.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Angje detaljnivå [0-5]</b><br>"
-#~ " Auk detaljnivået for ELILO\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Angje detaljnivå [0-5]</b><br> Auk detaljnivået for ELILO\n"
#~ "i tilfelle med oppstartsproblemer.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\n"
#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
-#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med globale kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med globale kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>\n"
#~ "Her kan du definera globale tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen. Desse vert brukte\n"
-#~ "viss ingen 'tillegg' er til steda i ein aktuell seksjon.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "viss ingen 'tillegg' er til steda i ein aktuell seksjon.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
-#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Namn på standard initrd-fil</b> definerer, viss utfylt, kva for ein \n"
#~ "RAM-DISK som skal verta først brukt. Skriv inn stigen og filnavnet direkte, eller bruk\n"
-#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2336,42 +2578,34 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n"
#~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Angje brukergrensesnitt for ELILO («enkelt» eller «tekstmeny»)</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Angje brukergrensesnitt for ELILO («enkelt» eller «tekstmeny»)</b><br>\n"
#~ "Forsiktig: «tekstmeny» har medført problem på einskilde maskiner.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n"
#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n"
#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n"
#~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n"
-#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Hindre EDD30-modus</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Hindre EDD30-modus</b><br>\n"
#~ "Som standard vil ELILO prøva å setja variabelen til SANN viss EDD30 er av.\n"
#~ "Einskilde kontrollera støtter likevel ikkje EDD30, og å bruka variabelen\n"
#~ "kan difor føra til problem. Difor kan ein frå og med elilo 3.2 \n"
-#~ "unngå å bruka variabelen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "unngå å bruka variabelen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b><br>\n"
#~ "In case of memory allocation error at initial load point of\n"
#~ "kernel, allow attempt to relocate (assume this kernel is relocatable).\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b><br>\n"
#~ "I tillfeller av minnetilordningsfeil ved første innlastingspunkt i\n"
#~ " kjernen, tillatast forsøk på flytting (føresett at kjernen kan flyttast).\n"
#~ " </p>"
@@ -2608,29 +2842,23 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\n"
#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
-#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med generelle kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med generelle kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>\n"
#~ "Her kan du definera generelle tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen. Desse vert brukte\n"
-#~ "viss ingen 'append'-verd finst i ein seksjon.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "viss ingen 'append'-verd finst i ein seksjon.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
-#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Namn på standard initrd-fil</b> definerer, viss utfylt, kva for ein \n"
#~ "RAM-DISK som skal verta først brukt. Skriv inn stigen og filnavnet direkte, eller bruk\n"
-#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -138,15 +138,13 @@
"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n"
"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"YaST genererer standard CA og sertifikat automatisk. CA og sertifikatet\n"
"vert nytta ved kommunikasjon med Apache-serveren.\n"
"Her kan du endra innstillingar for dette CA og sertifikat, eller importera eit CA og sertifikat frå fil.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193
@@ -162,7 +160,8 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr "&Passord:"
@@ -247,7 +246,8 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
#, fuzzy
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr "Nye passord samsvarer ikkje."
@@ -595,14 +595,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n"
"while completing the installation.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Her kan du velja installasjonsmetode for <b>CA</b> og <b>sertifikat</b>\n"
"medan installasjonen vert fullførd.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112
#, fuzzy
@@ -610,14 +608,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n"
"if you do not want to create or import it now.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan òg oppretta standard-CA og sertifikat i det installerte systemet \n"
"viss du ikkje vil oppretta eller importera no.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Creates Country items
#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table
@@ -721,15 +717,13 @@
"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n"
"Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"YaST genererer <b>standard CA og sertifikat</b> automatisk. CA og sertifikatet\n"
"vert nytta ved kommunikasjon med <b>Apache-serveren</b>.\n"
"Her kan du endra desse <b>standardinnstillingene</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484
#, fuzzy
@@ -1617,12 +1611,8 @@
#. Translators: long help text - security information
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Warning!<br>"
-"Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user."
-msgstr ""
-"Advarsel!<br>"
-"Ved å aktivera automatisk oppretting og eksport av CRL, vil CA-passordet lagrast i ein oppsettfil på disken. Passordet vil lagrast som rein tekst, fordi dette vert kravt for å oppretta ein CRL. Fila vil berre kunna lesast av rotbrukeren."
+msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user."
+msgstr "Advarsel!<br>Ved å aktivera automatisk oppretting og eksport av CRL, vil CA-passordet lagrast i ein oppsettfil på disken. Passordet vil lagrast som rein tekst, fordi dette vert kravt for å oppretta ein CRL. Fila vil berre kunna lesast av rotbrukeren."
#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA
#. @param selected CA
@@ -2196,15 +2186,15 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "Opprettar sertifikat …"
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
@@ -2214,32 +2204,31 @@
"modulen CA-administrasjon.\n"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Fullfør"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil lagra konfigurasjonen?"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Avslutt"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avslutta konfigurasjonen utan å lagra?"
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detaljer"
@@ -2639,27 +2628,32 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "Sjå&rtifikat og nøkkel ukryptert i PEM-format"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "S&ertifikat og nøkkel kryptert i PEM-format"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr "&Sertifikat i DER-format"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr "Ser&tifikat og nøkkel i PKCS12-format"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr "&Som PKCS12 og inkluder CA-kjeda"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
#, fuzzy
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr "&Nytt passord"
@@ -2732,12 +2726,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n"
-" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>"
-"\n"
+" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Importera vanleg serversertifikat (PKCS12- + CA-kjedeformat)\n"
-" frå disk:</big></b> Vel eit filnavn og klikk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>"
-"\n"
+" frå disk:</big></b> Vel eit filnavn og klikk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222
@@ -2749,15 +2741,11 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password:</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Certificate password</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n"
+"Certificate password</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Passord:</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Sertifikatpassord</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Passord:</b><br>\n"
+"Sertifikatpassord</p>\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236
#, fuzzy
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -203,311 +203,246 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>"
-"This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>"
-"This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>"
-"This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>"
-"This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>"
-"This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>"
-"This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>"
-"This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>"
-"This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>"
-"Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>"
-"Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>"
-"This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>"
-"Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>"
-"Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>"
-"The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>"
-"The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>"
-"Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>"
-"A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>"
-"The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>"
-"The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>"
-"A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -521,96 +456,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:02+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -14,329 +14,305 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>"
-"Your openSUSE Development Team</p>"
-"\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Gratulerer!</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>openSUSE er no ferdig installert på maskina.\n"
-"Etter at du har trykkja på <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga på systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Besøk oss på %1.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>"
-"openSUSE-utviklarane</p>"
-"\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"Installeringa er ferdig.\n"
+"Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n"
+"Trykk «Fullfør» for å logga på systemet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"Skrivebordsmiljøet på datamaskina er den grafiske\n"
-"brukerflata, og har blant anna program for e-post\n"
-"nettlesing, kontorarbeid, spel og verktøy for å\n"
-"administrera datamaskina.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE tilbyr ulike skrivebordsmiljø. Dei mest\n"
-"brukte miljøa er GNOME og KDE. Begge desse er like\n"
-"godt støtta i openSUSE, og begge er enkle å bruka,\n"
-"godt integrerte og elegant utforma. Dei to\n"
-"skrivebordsmiljøa har kvart sitt særpreg, så det er\n"
-"opp til deg kven av dei du føretrekkjer."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "CIM-tenar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "GNOME-miljøet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE-miljøet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "XFCE-miljøet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "LXDE-miljøet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "Minimalt grafisk grensesnitt"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Enlightenment-miljøet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Minimal tenar i tekstmodus"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installasjonsinnstillingar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Oversikt"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar for live-installasjon"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Oppdateringsinnstillingar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Nettverksoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Maskinvareoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Førebuing"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Last linuxrc-nettverksoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Automatisk nettverksoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Velkommen"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Nettverksoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Systemanalyse"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "Tilleggsprodukt"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidssone"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Pakkebrønnar"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "Tilleggsprodukt"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Skrivebordsval"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Brukarinnstillingar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installering"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Installasjonsoversikt"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Installer"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Installering"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "System som skal oppgraderast"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Oppgrader"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "Oppgraderingssammendrag"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Oppgrader"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Oppsett"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Grunninstallasjon"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST-innstillingar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Oppsett"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Systemoppsett"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>"
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~| "</p>"
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "\t"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ " "
+#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Gratulerer!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>openSUSE er no ferdig installert på maskina.\n"
+#~ "Etter at du har trykkja på <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga på systemet.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Besøk oss på %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Ha det gøy!<br>openSUSE-utviklarane</p>\n"
+#~ " "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#~ "manage your computer.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " "
+#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skrivebordsmiljøet på datamaskina er den grafiske\n"
+#~ "brukerflata, og har blant anna program for e-post\n"
+#~ "nettlesing, kontorarbeid, spel og verktøy for å\n"
+#~ "administrera datamaskina.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Installeringa er ferdig.\n"
-#~ "Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n"
-#~ "Trykk «Fullfør» for å logga på systemet.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "\t"
+#~ "openSUSE tilbyr ulike skrivebordsmiljø. Dei mest\n"
+#~ "brukte miljøa er GNOME og KDE. Begge desse er like\n"
+#~ "godt støtta i openSUSE, og begge er enkle å bruka,\n"
+#~ "godt integrerte og elegant utforma. Dei to\n"
+#~ "skrivebordsmiljøa har kvart sitt særpreg, så det er\n"
+#~ "opp til deg kven av dei du føretrekkjer."
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "CIM-tenar"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "GNOME-miljøet"
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Oversikt"
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "KDE-miljøet"
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "Ekspert"
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "XFCE-miljøet"
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "LXDE-miljøet"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal X Window"
+#~ msgstr "Minimalt grafisk grensesnitt"
+
+#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Enlightenment-miljøet"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Minimal tenar i tekstmodus"
+
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Pakkebrønnar"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Skrivebordsval"
+
#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Oppsett av nettverkstenester"
#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
#~ msgstr "Installasjonssamandrag"
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Oppgraderingssammendrag"
-
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Installering av tilleggsprodukt"
@@ -350,12 +326,10 @@
#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
#~| "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>"
-#~| "\n"
+#~| "</p>\n"
#~| "<p>\n"
#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~| "</p>"
-#~| "\n"
+#~| "</p>\n"
#~| "\t"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
@@ -363,12 +337,10 @@
#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "\t"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
@@ -376,12 +348,10 @@
#~ "Installeringa er ferdig.\n"
#~ "Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n"
#~ "Trykk <b>Fullfør</b> for å logga på systemet.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "\t"
#~ msgid "Initialization..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -81,12 +81,8 @@
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Desse innstillingane påverkar berre konsolltastaturet. Innstillingane for det grafiske miljøet må du setja opp med eit anna verktøy.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Desse innstillingane påverkar berre konsolltastaturet. Innstillingane for det grafiske miljøet må du setja opp med eit anna verktøy.</p>\n"
#. heading text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
@@ -168,16 +164,14 @@
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka ved\n"
"installering og på det installerte systemet. \n"
"Test oppsettet med<b>Test</b>.\n"
"Vel <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> for avanserte val som repetisjonsfart og forseinking.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238
@@ -195,17 +189,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>"
-"\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka på systemet.\n"
-"Vel <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> for avanserte val som repetisjonsfart og forseinking.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Du finn fleire val og fleire tastaturoppsett i tastaturverktøyet i skrivebordsmiljøet ditt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Vel <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> for avanserte val som repetisjonsfart og forseinking.</p>\n"
+"<p>Du finn fleire val og fleire tastaturoppsett i tastaturverktøyet i skrivebordsmiljøet ditt.</p>\n"
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
@@ -327,12 +317,8 @@
#. help for write dialog
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>"
-"Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Lagrar oppsettet</b><br>"
-"Vent litt …</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Lagrar oppsettet</b><br>Vent litt …</p>"
#. summary label
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
@@ -408,27 +394,23 @@
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n"
"the installed system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>språket</b> du vil bruka under installeringa og etter at\n"
"systemet er installert.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å gå vidare til neste steg.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259
@@ -436,14 +418,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
"all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ikkje noko vil skje med datamaskina før du stadfestar\n"
"alle innstillingane i det siste installasjonssteget.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270
@@ -451,13 +431,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n"
"installation process.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan velja å <b>avbryta</b> installeringa når som helst.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. different help text when called after installation
#. in an installed system
@@ -465,26 +443,22 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel nytt <b>språk</b> for systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel nytt <b>hovudspråk</b> for systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox'
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
@@ -492,31 +466,25 @@
"<p>\n"
"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Kryss av for <b>Tilpass tastaturoppsett</b> for å tilpassa tastaturoppsettet til hovudspråket.\n"
"Kryss av for <b>Tilpass tidssone</b> for å endra gjeldande tidssone i samsvar med hovudspråket. Viss tastaturoppsettet eller tidssona alt er tilpassa standardspråket, vert ikkje dei aktuelle tilgjengelege.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n"
"In the selection box, specify additional languages to use on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Tilleggsspråk</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Tilleggsspråk</b><br>\n"
"Vel kva tilleggsspråk du vil bruka på systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. error message - package solver failed
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533
@@ -539,15 +507,13 @@
"Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n"
"These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n"
"If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Her kan du finjustera innstillingane for språkhandtering.\n"
"Desse vert lagra i fila <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n"
"ruk standardverdiane om du ikkje er sikker på kva du skal velja.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585
@@ -564,21 +530,15 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
-"are unset.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>"
-"\n"
+"are unset.<br>\n"
+"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Berre ctype</b>: Rotbrukaren får same LC_CTYPE som ein vanleg brukar. Dei andre verdiane vert ikkje definerte.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Ja</b>: Rotbrukaren får same språk- og landinnstillingar som ein vanleg brukar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Berre ctype</b>: Rotbrukaren får same LC_CTYPE som ein vanleg brukar. Dei andre verdiane vert ikkje definerte.<br>\n"
+"<b>Ja</b>: Rotbrukaren får same språk- og landinnstillingar som ein vanleg brukar.<br>\n"
"<b>Nei</b>: Ingen språk- og landvariablar vert definerte.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
@@ -756,8 +716,7 @@
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel om maskina er innstilt på lokal tid eller UTC under <b>Maskinvareklokke innstilt på</b>.\n"
@@ -767,8 +726,7 @@
"UTC.\n"
"Viss maskinvareklokka er innstilt på UTC, kan systemet byta frå normaltid\n"
"til sommartid og tilbake automatisk.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text: extra note about localtime
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118
@@ -883,49 +841,49 @@
"Ugyldig klokkeslett (DD-MM-YYYY) %1\n"
"Vel rett dato.\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr "Andre &innstillingar …"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett (NTP er sett opp)"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "&Maskinvareklokka er innstilt på UTC"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Region"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "&Tidssone"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett:"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -934,24 +892,22 @@
"<p><b><big>Tidssone og klokke</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å velja tidssona du vil bruka på systemet, vel først <b>Region</b>.\n"
"Under <b>Tidssone</b> vel du så tidssona, landet eller \n"
"regionen.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -962,12 +918,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Klokke og tidssone"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Vel ei gyldig tidssone."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 16:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -24,19 +24,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Oppsett av crowbar"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -46,19 +36,15 @@
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>"
-"It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -81,8 +67,7 @@
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -176,124 +161,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -301,91 +294,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -394,36 +387,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b>Crowbar Configuration Overview</b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help
@@ -446,37 +432,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -68,9 +68,7 @@
msgstr "Administrer alternativ for DHCP-undernettverk"
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "Vis alle definerte vertsmaskiner med fast adresse"
@@ -118,178 +116,184 @@
msgstr "IP-adresse (eller vertsnavn) til vertsmaskin med fast adresse"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "Vel nettverksgrensesnittet som skal brukast"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr "Skriv ut gjeldande grensesnitt og vis andre tilgjengelege grensesnitt"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "Skriv ut gjeldande alternativ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "Definer eit globalt alternativ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "Valgnøkkel (t.d. ntp-servar sine)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "Valgverdi (t.d. IP address)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Lågaste IP-adresse i tildelingsområdet for dynamiske adresser"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Høgaste IP-adresse i tildelingsområdet for dynamiske adresser"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Standard tildelingstid i sekund"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Maksimal tildelingstid i sekund"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren er aktivert"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren er deaktivert"
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "Vertsmaskin %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "Maskinvare: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "Vertsnavn ikkje spesifisert."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "Han spesifiserte vertsmaskinen finst ikkje."
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
#, fuzzy
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Valde grensesnitt: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Andre grensesnitt: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "Det spesifiserte grensesnittet finst ikkje."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "Operasjon med grensesnittet ikkje spesifisert."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "Ein alternativnøkkel må spesifiserast."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "Eit verd må spesifiserast."
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "Adresseområde: %1-%2"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Standard tildelingstid: %1"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Maksimal tildelingstid: %1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikkje lagrast. Vil du endra innstillingane?"
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikkje lagrast. Vil du endra innstillingane?"
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar"
@@ -297,108 +301,108 @@
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
#, fuzzy
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Generelle alternativ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "Subnettkonfigurasjon"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "Vert med fast adresse"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "Delt nettverk"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "Adresseutvalg"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "Gruppespesifikke alternativ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Klasse"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "&Subnett"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "&Vertsmaskin"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "Delt &nettverk"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Gruppe"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "&Adresseutvalg"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "&Klasse"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "Deklarasjonstyper"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
#, fuzzy
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "Deklarasjonstype"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Grensesnittkonfigurasjon"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr "Administrasjon av TSIG-nøkkel"
@@ -428,7 +432,7 @@
msgstr "Sekunder"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Oppstart"
@@ -436,216 +440,168 @@
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Oppstart"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Val av kort"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "Val av kort"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Generelle innstillingar"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "Generelle innstillingar"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Dynamisk DHCP"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "Dynamisk DHCP"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Vertsmaskinadministrasjon"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "Vertsmaskinadministrasjon"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Avanserte innstillingar"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Under &oppstart"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manuelt"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Under oppstart"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manuelt"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
#, fuzzy
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer"
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer ikkje"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren no"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "S&topp DHCP-serveren no"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt &no"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren no"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Stopp DHCP-serveren no"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt no"
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
-#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Oppstartsalternativer"
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "Nettverkskort for DHCP-servar"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Valde"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "Grensesnittnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Enhetsnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&Vel"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "&Vel bort"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "Minst eit nettverksgrensesnitt må veljast."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
@@ -657,70 +613,70 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&LDAP-støytte"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "DHCP-servar&namn (valfritt)"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "&Domenenavn"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Primær navneserver-IP"
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Sekundær navneserver-IP"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "Standard &systemport (ruter) "
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "NTP-&tidsserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "&Utskriftsserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "&WINS-servar"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "Standard tilde&lingstid"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Einingar"
@@ -729,41 +685,41 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "Det spesifiserte verdet er ikkje eit gyldig vertsnavn eller IP-adresse."
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Subnettkonfigurasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "Gjeldande &nettverk"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "Maska til&gjeldande nettverk"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "Nettverksmaskebi&ts"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
@@ -771,13 +727,13 @@
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "Hø&yeste IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "IP-adresseområde"
@@ -786,10 +742,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
#, fuzzy
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "&Første IP-adresse"
@@ -798,71 +754,71 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "&Siste IP-adresse"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
#, fuzzy
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "Tillat dynamisk &BOOTP"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "Tildelingstid"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "&Standard"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "&Maks. tildelingstid"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "Enhe&ter"
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Opprett ny DNS-sone"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "Rediger Gjeldande DNS-sone"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "Hent informasjon om gjeldande sone"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "&Synkroniser DNS-servar …"
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
@@ -873,8 +829,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "Angje start- og sluttverdier for IP-adresseområdet."
@@ -883,8 +839,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
@@ -894,149 +850,149 @@
"IP '%1' samsvarer ikkje med nettverket %2/%3."
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "Registrert vertsmaskin"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Namn"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Maskinvareadresse"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
#, fuzzy
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "Oppsettliste"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Namn"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "&Maskinvareadresse"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "&Ethernet"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "&Tokenring"
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "E&ndre i liste"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "Sleit&te frå liste"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Tokenring"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "Maskinvareadressen er ugyldig.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "Maskinvareadressen må vera unik."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "Du må angje eit vertsnavn."
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
#, fuzzy
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "Ein vertsmaskin med namnet %1 finst allereie."
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "Angje IP for vertsmaskin."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "Maskinvareadressen må spesifiserast."
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "Vel ein vertsmaskin først."
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
#, fuzzy
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "Verdet må spesifiserast."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
@@ -1057,17 +1013,17 @@
"Vil du halda fram?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
#, fuzzy
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "\"-%1\" er ikkje eit gyldig kommandolinjevalg for DHCP-serveren"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr "Kommandolinjevalget \"-%1\" for DHCP-serveren krev eit argument"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
@@ -1087,7 +1043,7 @@
"Vil du halda likevel fram?\n"
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "Veiviser for DHCP-servar (%1 av 4)"
@@ -1099,8 +1055,7 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n"
"the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n"
"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n"
@@ -1109,11 +1064,9 @@
"If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n"
"string. <tt>%i</tt> can be used only once in <b>Hostname Base</b>.\n"
"<b>Start</b> defines the first number that is used for the first\n"
-"hostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.</p>"
-"\n"
+"hostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Leggja til eit nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Leggja til eit nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />\n"
"<b>Første IP-adresse</b> angjev\n"
"startadressen for området. <b>Siste IP-adresse</b> angjev\n"
"den siste. <b>Vertsnavnbase</b> er ein streng som definerer korleis vertsnavn\n"
@@ -1122,98 +1075,79 @@
"Viss ingen <tt>%i</tt> er definert, vil verdet leggjast til på slutten av\n"
"strengen. <tt>%i</tt> kan berre nyttast éin gong i <b>Vertsnavnbase</b>.\n"
"<b>Start</b> angjev det første verdet som vert for brukt første\n"
-"vertsnavn. Vertsnavn vert oppretta inkrementelt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vertsnavn. Vertsnavn vert oppretta inkrementelt.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n"
"In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n"
"directly from the DHCP server configuration. This DNS zone is important\n"
"if you want to identify your DHCP clients by hostname. The DNS zone\n"
"translates names to the assigned IP addresses. You can also\n"
-"create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>"
-"\n"
+"create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>DNS-veiviser</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>DNS-veiviser</b></big><br />\n"
"Med denne veiviseren kan du enkelt oppretta ein ny DNS-sone\n"
"direkte frå DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen. Denne DNS-sona er viktig\n"
"viss du òg vil identifisera DHCP-klientane med vertsnavn. DNS-sona\n"
"omset namn til IP-adresser som er tilordnet til dei. Du kan òg\n"
-"oppretta ein baklengssone, som omset IP-adresser til namn.</p>"
-"\n"
+"oppretta ein baklengssone, som omset IP-adresser til namn.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n"
-"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>"
-"\n"
+"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Namn på ny sone</b> eller <b>Namn på baklengssone</b>\n"
-"verta frå henta gjeldande DHCP-servar og nettverksinnstillinger, og kan difor ikkje endrast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"verta frå henta gjeldande DHCP-servar og nettverksinnstillinger, og kan difor ikkje endrast.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n"
-"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kryss av for <b>Opprett òg baklengssone</b> viss du vil\n"
-"oppretta ei sone som inneheld reverserte oppføringer i tilhøve til hoved-DNS-sona.</p>"
-"\n"
+"oppretta ei sone som inneheld reverserte oppføringer i tilhøve til hoved-DNS-sona.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n"
"Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n"
-"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>"
-"\n"
+"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Navneservere</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Navneservere</b></big><br />\n"
"Navneservere vert kravd for at DNS-serveren skal fungera riktig.\n"
-"Desse administrerer alle oppføringer i DNS-sona.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Desse administrerer alle oppføringer i DNS-sona.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n"
"Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n"
"hostname in a DNS zone) first asks the parent zone\n"
"(<tt>com</tt> for <tt>example.com</tt>) for the current zone\n"
"name servers. Then it sends a DNS query to these name servers requesting\n"
-"the desired IP address.<br />"
-"\n"
+"the desired IP address.<br />\n"
"Therefore, always specify the current DNS server hostname as one of\n"
-"the zone name servers.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the zone name servers.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>DNS-førespurnader</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>DNS-førespurnader</b></big><br />\n"
"Alle DNS-førespurnader som t.d. må finna ein IP-adresse for eit\n"
"vertsnavn i ein DNS-sone, søkjer først i den overordna sona\n"
"(<tt>com</tt> til dømes.com <tt></tt>) over\n"
"navneservere for gjeldande sone, og sender deretter ein DNS-førespurnad til desse navneserverne for å få\n"
-"eit svar med den aktuelle IP-adressa.<br />"
-"\n"
+"eit svar med den aktuelle IP-adressa.<br />\n"
"Difor må du bruka vertsnavnet til gjeldande DNS-servar som ein av\n"
-"sonenavneserverne.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sonenavneserverne.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
@@ -1222,14 +1156,12 @@
"<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n"
"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n"
"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n"
-"during the zone creation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"during the zone creation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ein <b>Ny navneserver</b>, klikk <b>Legg til</b>, fyll ut skjemaet\n"
"og klikk deretter <b>OK</b>. Viss det nye navneservernavnet vert omfatta av gjeldande\n"
"DNS-sone, må IP-adressa verta òg angjeven. Dette er obligatorisk fordi informasjonen vil brukast\n"
-"når sona vert oppretta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"når sona vert oppretta.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4)
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5)
@@ -1238,74 +1170,60 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n"
-"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å redigera eller slette ein oppføring, vel henne og klikk\n"
-"på <b>Rediger</b>- eller <b>Slett</b>-knappen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"på <b>Rediger</b>- eller <b>Slett</b>-knappen.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n"
"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n"
"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n"
-"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />\n"
"Her definerer du DNS-vertsnavn for alle DHCP-klientar. Du treng ikkje å definera\n"
"alle vertsnavn kvar for seg. Du kan definera éin eller fleire enkle regler om korleis\n"
"vertsnavn skal opprettast. Desse reglene angjev område for IP-adresser som skal brukast\n"
-"og ein streng som skal brukast for å generera vertsnavn for eit område.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og ein streng som skal brukast for å generera vertsnavn for eit område.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n"
"to <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> with IP addresses from <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n"
-"to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />\n"
"Du kan til dømes oppretta eit sett vertsnavn frå <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n"
"til <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> med IP-adresser frå <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n"
-"til <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"til <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n"
-"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til eit nytt område for DNS-oppføringer, klikk <b>Legg til</b>,\n"
-"fyll ut skjemaet og klikk <b>OK</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"fyll ut skjemaet og klikk <b>OK</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This is a summary of all data\n"
-"entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>"
-"\n"
+"entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her finn du eit oversyn over alt\n"
-"du har lagt inn i konfigurasjonsveiviseren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du har lagt inn i konfigurasjonsveiviseren.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111
@@ -1314,32 +1232,26 @@
"<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n"
"the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n"
"The settings are not saved permanently until you complete the \n"
-"DHCP server configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"DHCP server configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Klikk <b>Godta</b> for å lager innstillingane for\n"
"DNS-serveren og gå tilbake til DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen.\n"
"Innstillingane vert ikkje lagra permanent før du fullfører \n"
-"DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n"
"This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n"
"DHCP settings. Only 'A' records--DNS records that convert hostnames to\n"
-"IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>"
-"\n"
+"IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>DNS-synkronisering</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>DNS-synkronisering</b></big><br />\n"
"Dette er eit avansert verktøy for redigering av gjeldande DNS-serverinnstillinger slik at dei samsvarer med\n"
"DHCP-innstillingane. Bara 'A'-oppføringer – DNS-oppføringer som omset vertsnavn til\n"
-"IP-adresser – kan verta her administrerte.</p>"
-"\n"
+"IP-adresser – kan verta her administrerte.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126
@@ -1348,14 +1260,12 @@
"<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n"
"<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n"
-"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Gjeldande undernettverk</b> og <b>Nettverksmaske</b> viser gjeldande nettverksinnstillinger.\n"
"<b>Domane</b> er henta frå gjeldande DHCP-konfigurasjon.\n"
"<b>Første IP-adresse</b> og <b>Andre IP-adresse</b> tilsvarer gjeldande\n"
-"dynamiske DHCP-område.</p>"
-"\n"
+"dynamiske DHCP-område.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133
@@ -1363,13 +1273,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n"
-"from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du vil oppretta ein heilt ny DNS-sone, vel <b>Køyr veiviser</b>\n"
-"i menyen <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"i menyen <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139
@@ -1382,8 +1290,7 @@
"reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n"
"Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n"
"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n"
-"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
" For å oppretta eller fjerne ein einskild DNS-oppføring,\n"
@@ -1392,8 +1299,7 @@
"baklengssonen, vel <b>Synkroniser med baklengssone</b>.\n"
"Vel <b>Fjern sansvarssone for DNS-oppføringer</b> \n"
"under <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b> for å slette eventuell informasjon i samband med dette IP-adresseområdet frå DNS-serveren. For å oppretta eit nytt område fro DNS-oppføringer, vel\n"
-"<b>Legg til nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b> under <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Legg til nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b> under <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>\n"
#. old_range: $[
#. "base" : "dhcp-%",
@@ -1451,7 +1357,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "Den siste IP-adressa må vera høgare enn den første."
@@ -1481,7 +1387,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn."
@@ -1493,9 +1399,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "Ugyldig IP-adresse."
@@ -1515,20 +1421,20 @@
"IP-adresser (%2-%3) som er definerte for DHCP-serveren.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "Genererer DNS-soneoppføringer på nytt …"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "Leggja til ny DNS-oppføring"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hostname"
@@ -1536,29 +1442,29 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "Legger til DHCP-område %1-%2 for DNS-servar …"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "Fjerne samsvarsområde for DNS-oppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "Fjernar oppføringer i området %1-%2 frå DNS-servar …"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
@@ -1568,7 +1474,7 @@
"DNS-serveren kan ikkje lagra oppføringer her.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
@@ -1579,20 +1485,20 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "Kan ikkje oppretta sona %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr "Synkroniserer reverserte DNS-oppføringer …"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
@@ -1602,73 +1508,73 @@
"Vil du verkeleg avbryta denne handlinga?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Domane"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Nettverk"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
#, fuzzy
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Maska til&nettverk"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "DNS-soneoppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Vertsnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "Tilordnet IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "Le&gg til …"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "&Spesielle oppgåver"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "Legg til nytt område for DNS-oppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Køyr veiviseren for å oppretta DNS-sona på nytt"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr "Synkroniser med baklengssone %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Synkronisering av DNS-servar"
@@ -1918,12 +1824,8 @@
#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i'
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Range: %1-%2<br />"
-"Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4"
-msgstr ""
-"Område: %1-%2<br />"
-"Vertsnavnbase: %3, startar med: %4"
+msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4"
+msgstr "Område: %1-%2<br />Vertsnavnbase: %3, startar med: %4"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011
@@ -1998,38 +1900,31 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Vent…</p>"
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Vent…</p>"
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
"<b>Available Interfaces</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel nettverksgrensesnittene som DHCP-serveren skal lytta på\n"
"<b>Tilgjengelege grensesnitt</b>.</p>"
@@ -2037,40 +1932,24 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n"
"remote computers through the selected interface, set\n"
"<b>Open Firewall for Selected Interface</b>. \n"
"This option is only available if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan opna brannmuren for å gje tilgjenge til tenesta frå eksterne maskiner\n"
"via det valde grensesnittet ved å velja\n"
"<b>Opne brannmur for valt grensesntt</b>.\n"
"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren\n"
"er aktivert.</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start DHCP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"For å køyra DHCP-serveren kvar gong datamaskina startar opp, vel\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP-servar</b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -2082,7 +1961,7 @@
"aukar tryggleiken og rådast til sterkt.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2094,7 +1973,7 @@
"aktivum <b>LDAP-støytte</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
@@ -2110,111 +1989,97 @@
"Vel ein deklarasjon og klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
"change network interfaces to which the DHCP server listens,\n"
"or manage TSIG keys that can be used for authentication of \n"
"dynamic DNS updates.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk <b>Avansert</b> for å vise loggen for DHCP-serveren,\n"
"endra nettverksgrensesnittene som DHCP-serveren lyttar på\n"
"eller administrera TSIG-nøklar som kan brukast ved autentisering av \n"
"dynamiske DNS-oppdateringar.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Nettverksadresse og nettverksmaske</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Nettverksadresse og nettverksmaske</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje <b>Nettverksadresse</b> og <b>Nettverksmaske</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
"special options in <b>Hostname</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vertsmaskin med fast adresse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vertsmaskin med fast adresse</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje namnet på vertsmaskinen som skal tilordnes den faste adressa eller andre\n"
"spesielle val.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
"It is just for your identification.\n"
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Gruppespesifikke val</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Gruppespesifikke val</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje eit namn for deklarasjonsgruppen under <b>Gruppenavn</b>. \n"
" Dette er berre for identifikasjonsformål.\n"
"Namnet påverkar ikkje funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
"It is just for your identification.\n"
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresseutvalg</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresseutvalg</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje eit namn for adresseutvalget under <b>Namn på utval</b>. \n"
". Dette er berre for identifikasjonsformål.\n"
"Namnet påverkar ikkje funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
"It is just for your identification.\n"
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Delt nettverk</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Delt nettverk</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel eit namn for det delte nettverket under <b>Namn på delt nettverk</b>. \n"
". Dette er berre for identifikasjonsformål.\n"
"Namnet påverkar ikkje funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Klasse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Klasse</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje eit namn for vertsmaskinklassen under <b>Klassenavn</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2230,7 +2095,7 @@
"eit alternativ, vel alternativet og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2240,101 +2105,87 @@
"Bruk <b>Dynamisk DNS</b> for å justera dynamisk DNS for vertsmaskinene i subnettet.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
"<b>Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Aktivering av dynamisk DNS</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aktivering av dynamisk DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"For å aktivare dynamiske DNS-oppdateringar for dette subnettet, vel\n"
"<b>Aktivum dynamisk DNS for dette subnettet</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
"<b>TSIG Key</b> to select the key to use for authentication. The key must\n"
"be the same for both DHCP and DNS servers. Specify the key for both forward\n"
"and reverse zone.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøkkel</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøkkel</big></b><br>\n"
"For å utføra dynamiske DNS-oppdateringar må autentiseringskoden definerast. Nytte\n"
"<b>TSIG-nøkkel</b> for å velja koda som skal verta for brukt autentisering. Koda må\n"
"vera identisk for DHCP- og DNS-serveren. Spesifiser koda for både framlengs\n"
"og baklengs navnesone.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
"DNS work properly. To do it automatically, set\n"
"<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Generelle innstillingar for DHCP-servar må oppdaterast for at dynamisk\n"
"DNS skal fungera riktig. Du kan gjera dette automatisk med valet\n"
"<b>Oppdater generelle innstillingar for dynamisk DNS</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n"
"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sonar som skal oppdaterast</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sonar som skal oppdaterast</big></b><br>\n"
"Spesifiser framlengs- og baklengssonene som skal oppdaterast. Spesifiser òg\n"
"den primære navneserveren for begge. Viss navneserveren køyrer på same vertsmaskin som DHCP-\n"
"serveren, kan du la felta vera tomme.</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n"
"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppstartsargumenter for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppstartsargumenter for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du definera parametrar som DHCP-serveren skal starta med \n"
"(t.d. \"-p 1234\") for å laut på ein annan port ein standardporten). Du finn ei skildring av alle moglege val\n"
"på manualsiden for dhcpd. Standardverdier vil brukast dersom ingen argument vert angjevne.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
+"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Val av nettverkskort</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel eit eller fleire nettverkskort som skal verta for brukt DHCP-serveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Val av nettverkskort</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vel eit eller fleire nettverkskort som skal verta for brukt DHCP-serveren.</p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
@@ -2344,20 +2195,18 @@
"(namnet på LDAP-objektet dhcpServer) dersom dette avvik frå vertsnavnet.\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du definera fleire DHCP-innstillingar.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
@@ -2367,7 +2216,7 @@
"tildeler IP-adresser til klientane.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
@@ -2379,7 +2228,7 @@
"Desse verda må vera IP-adresser.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
@@ -2389,7 +2238,7 @@
"verdet som standardrute i klientane sine rutingtabell.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
@@ -2397,13 +2246,13 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Tidsserver</b> fortel klientane at dei skal bruka denne serveren til tidssynkronisering.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Utskriftsserver</b> definerer standard utskriftsserver.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
@@ -2413,7 +2262,7 @@
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
@@ -2423,63 +2272,51 @@
"slik at klienten må be om ein ny IP-adresse.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
"netmask, minimum and maximum IP addresses available for the clients.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Subnettinformasjon</big></b></br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Subnettinformasjon</big></b></br>\n"
"Her kan du visa informasjon om valt undernettverk, som adresse\n"
"og nettverksmaske og dessutan høgaste og lågaste IP-adresser som er tilgjengeleg for klientane.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n"
"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n"
"Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n"
-"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>"
-".\n"
+"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>IP-adresseområde</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>IP-adresseområde</big></b><br>\n"
"Her angjev du <b>Første IP-adresse</b> og <b>Siste IP-addresse</b>\n"
"som klientane skal tildelast. Desse adressene må ha same nettverksmaske,\n"
"til dømes <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> og <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Kryss av for\n"
"<b>Tillat dynamisk BOOTP</b>for å tilordne adresser dynamisk til BOOTP-klientar \n"
-"og ordinære DHCP-klientar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og ordinære DHCP-klientar.</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
-"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tildelingstid</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tildelingstid</big></b><br>\n"
"Her angjev du <b>Standard</b> tildelingstid for det gjeldande IP-adresseområdet.\n"
-"Dette definerer han optimale IP-oppdateringstiden for klientane.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"Dette definerer han optimale IP-oppdateringstiden for klientane.<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
@@ -2489,63 +2326,57 @@
"når denne IP-adressa er sperra på DHCP-serveren for klienten.</p>"
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
"<b>DHCP Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"For å konfigurera DHCP-serveren manuelt, klikk\n"
"<b>Avansert konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar</b>.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av vertsmaskin</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av vertsmaskin</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk denne dialogen for å redigera vertsmaskiner med statisk adressebinding.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"then click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>To modify a configured host, select it in the table,\n"
"change all values, and click <b>Change in List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ein ny vertsmaskin, angje <b>Namn</b>,\n"
"<b>Maskinvareadress</b> og <b>IP-adresse</b>.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>For å endra ein konfigurert vertsmaskin, vel henne i tabellen,\n"
"rediger alle verda og klikk <b>Endre i liste</b>.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>For å fjerne ein vertsmaskin, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett frå liste</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel deklarasjonstypen som skal verta til lagd.</p>"
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
@@ -2555,7 +2386,7 @@
"vel <b>Subnett</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
@@ -2565,7 +2396,7 @@
"(vanlegvis ei fast adresse), vel <b>Vertsmaskin</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
@@ -2575,7 +2406,7 @@
"fleire logiske nettverk), vel <b>Delt nettverk</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
@@ -2585,7 +2416,7 @@
"fordi dei deler nokre innstillingar, vel <b>Gruppe</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
@@ -2597,7 +2428,7 @@
"subnett, vel <b>Adresseutvalg</b>.</p>"
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
@@ -2611,25 +2442,25 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "A&dressar"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "Denne adressa er ikkje gyldig."
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "Minst éi adresse må spesifiserast."
@@ -2640,110 +2471,110 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "&Verd"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
#, fuzzy
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "Desse adressene er ikkje gyldige."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "Minst eit adressepar må spesifiserast."
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
#, fuzzy
msgid "On"
msgstr "På"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
#, fuzzy
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Av"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
#, fuzzy
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "Eit verd må spesifiserast."
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
#, fuzzy
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "&Ny adresse"
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
#, fuzzy
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "&Nytt Verd"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
#, fuzzy
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "Adressene må vera adskilt av mellomrom."
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "&Legg til adressepar"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
#, fuzzy
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Den lågaste adressa må vera lågare enn den høgaste."
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
#, fuzzy
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "Viss du endrar dette, må du òg oppdatera syslog-konfigurasjonen."
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "&Maskinvaretype"
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
#, fuzzy
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC-adresse"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "&Lågaste IP-adresse"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "&Høgaste IP-adresse"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
@@ -2753,7 +2584,7 @@
"vil alle endringar vil gå tapt. Vil du avslutta likevel?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
@@ -2765,7 +2596,7 @@
"Vil du halda fram?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2777,7 +2608,7 @@
"De kan tilordnes ei sone i brannmurmodulen i YaST."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2788,8 +2619,8 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
@@ -2798,236 +2629,222 @@
"Denne funksjonen er ikkje tilgjengeleg under\n"
"førebuingar til autoinstallasjon."
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "&Konfigurerte deklarasjonar"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "&Dynamisk DNS"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel for forlengssone"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel for baklengssone"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "Vel fila med autentiseringsnøkkelen"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "&Køyr DHCP-serveren i Chroot-varetekt"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "A&vansert"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "Vis &logg"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "&Grensesnittkonfigurasjon"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "&Nettverksadresse"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "Maska til&nettverk"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "Gruppe&namn"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "&Namn på utval"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "&Namn på delt nettverk"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "Klasse&namn"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "Tilgjengelege grensesnitt"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "Opne &brannmur for valde grensesnitt"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "&Aktiver dynamisk DNS for dette subnettet"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "&Oppdater globale dynamiske DNS-innstillingar"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Sone"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "&Primær DNS-servar"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "&Baklengssone"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "PR&imær DNS-servar"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar …"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av DHCP-servar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Kontroller miljøet"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "Les innstillingar for DNS-servar"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Les innstillingar for DNS-servar …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
@@ -3044,8 +2861,8 @@
"\n"
"Avsluttar."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
@@ -3055,7 +2872,7 @@
"DHCP-servar vil ikkje vera tilgjengeleg."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
@@ -3065,103 +2882,103 @@
"konfigurert enno. Vil du oppretta ein ny konfigurasjon?"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for DHCP-servar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingar for DNS-servar"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for DHCP-servar …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "Startar DHCP-serveren på nytt …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for DNS-servar …"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under omstart av DHCP-nissen."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
#, fuzzy
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren startar når systemet vert opp starta"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
#, fuzzy
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "DHCP-ein startar ikkje når systemet vert opp starta"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
#, fuzzy
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "Lote på: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "Dynamisk adresseområde: %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP-konfigurasjon. Kan ikkje bruka LDAP."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "Støtte for fleire dhcpServiceDN er ikkje implementert."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "DN for DHCP-teneste ikkje spesifisert."
@@ -3170,32 +2987,86 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under uppretting av %1."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppdatering av %1."
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under lagring av /etc/dhcpd.conf."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer ikkje"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren no"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "S&topp DHCP-serveren no"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt &no"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren no"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Stopp DHCP-serveren no"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt no"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Start DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "For å køyra DHCP-serveren kvar gong datamaskina startar opp, vel\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP-servar</b>.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "IP address %1 does not match\n"
#~ "the current network %2/%3\n"
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -493,8 +493,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "Videresendere"
@@ -649,8 +649,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS-sonar"
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP-støytte aktivert"
@@ -706,36 +706,36 @@
msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon av DNS-servar …"
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS-servar"
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
#, fuzzy
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr "E&ndre"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Oppstart"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "Grunnleggjande val"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Logging"
@@ -744,8 +744,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
#, fuzzy
@@ -754,8 +754,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "TSIG-nøklar"
@@ -1727,53 +1727,41 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DNS-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DNS-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>"
@@ -1782,13 +1770,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n"
"<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start DNS-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"For å køyra DNS-serveren kvar gong maskina startar opp, vel\n"
"<b>Start DNS-servar</b>.</p>"
@@ -1796,14 +1782,12 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>\n"
"For å køyra DNS-serveren i chroot-varetekt, vel\n"
"<b>Køyr DNS-servar i chroot-varetekt</b>. Å starta alle nissar i choot-varetekt\n"
"aukar tryggleiken og rådast til sterkt.</p>"
@@ -1812,15 +1796,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n"
"entry of the table and click <B>Edit</B>.\n"
"To add a new DNS zone, use <B>Add</B>. To remove\n"
"a configured DNS zone, select it and click <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera innstillingane for ein DNS-sone, vel ein oppføring\n"
"i tabellen og klikk <B>Rediger</B>.\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny DNS-sone, bruk <B>Legg til</B>. For å slette\n"
@@ -1830,16 +1812,14 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit global options,\n"
"adjust firewall settings,\n"
"manage the TSIG keys for dynamic updates of the zones,\n"
"or display the log of the DNS server,\n"
"use <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera generelle alternativ,\n"
"justera brannmurinnstillingene,\n"
"{administrera TSIG-nøklar for dynamisk oppdatering av sonene\n"
@@ -1851,28 +1831,24 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sonenavn</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sonenavn</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje sonenavnet (domenet) under <b>Sonenavn</b>.</p>"
#. help 2/5, alt. 1
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n"
"The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n"
"assigned IP addresses by DHCP server. To allow DDNS updates, set\n"
"<b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b> and the <b>TSIG Key</b>\n"
"to use for authentication. The key must be the same for\n"
"both DHCP and DNS servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>\n"
"Sona kan oppdaterast automatisk, normalt på grunn av dynamisk\n"
"tildelte IP-addresser frå DHCP-serveren. For å tillata DNS-oppdateringar, vel\n"
"<b>Tillat dynamiske oppdateringar</b> og angje <b>TSIG-nøkkelen</b>\n"
@@ -1883,13 +1859,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n"
"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigering av ein DNS-sone</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigering av ein DNS-sone</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera soneinnstillingene, vel ein\n"
"oppføring i tabellen og klikk <b>Rediger</b>.</p>"
@@ -1907,13 +1881,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n"
"<b>Edit SOA</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera SOA-oppføringen (Start of Authority) for sona, klikk\n"
"<b>Rediger SOA</b>.</p>"
@@ -1921,14 +1893,12 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n"
"to remove an existing one.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Hovedservere</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Hovedservere</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel IP-addresser for hovednavneserverne for denne sona. Bruk <b>Legg til</b>\n"
"for å leggja til ein ny hovednavneserver. Vel ein eksisterande navneserver og klikk <b>Slett</b>\n"
"for å slette henne.</p>"
@@ -1937,15 +1907,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n"
"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n"
"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n"
"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n"
"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sonetype</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sonetype</big></b><br>\n"
"For å gjera denne navneserveren til sona si primære datakilde,\n"
"vel <b>Hoved</b>. For å gjera han til sekundær navneserver, vel <b>Slave</b>\n"
"eller <b>Stub</b>, slik at dataet til sona vert spegla frå hovedsoneserveren.\n"
@@ -1955,16 +1923,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n"
"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n"
"Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n"
"addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n"
-"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>"
-"\n"
+"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Soneretning</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Soneretning</big></b><br>\n"
"DNS vert nytta til å omsetja domenenavn til IP-addresser og omvend.\n"
"Definer om denne sona skal omsetja domenenavn til IP-\n"
"addresser (vel <b>Framlengs>) eller frå IP-addresser til domenenavn\n"
@@ -1975,14 +1940,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n"
"Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n"
-"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>"
-"\n"
+"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Grensesnittklasser</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Grensesnittklasser</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel kva for grensesnittklasser som skal gje tilgjenge til DNS-serveren.\n"
"Grensesnittklassene vert definerte i\n"
"konfigurasjonsmodulen for brannmur.</p>"
@@ -1991,15 +1953,12 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n"
"via all network interfaces to which it listens, check\n"
-"<b>Adapt Firewall Settings</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Adapt Firewall Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tilpassa brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tilpassa brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
"For å tilpassa brannmurinnstillingene slik at det er tilgjenge til DNS-serveren\n"
"via alle nettverksgrensesnitt han lyttar på, kryssar du av for\n"
"<b>Tilpass brannmurinnsinnstillinger.</p>"
@@ -2010,12 +1969,10 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>\n"
"Rediger innhaldet i SOA-oppføringen.</p>"
#. help text 2/9 - TTL
@@ -2043,8 +2000,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n"
-"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>E-post til administrator</b> må innehalda e-postadressen til\n"
"administratoren som er ansvarleg for sona.</p>"
@@ -2055,8 +2011,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n"
"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
-"entire zone).</p>"
-"\n"
+"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Serienummer</b> vert brukt for å avgjera om sona er endra på\n"
"hovedservere (slik at slaveserverne ikkje alltid må synkronisera\n"
@@ -2112,16 +2067,14 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n"
"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n"
"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>\n"
"Definer TSIG-nøklane som vert til brukte dynamiske soneoppdateringer.\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny TSIG-nøkkel, bruk tekstfeltet \n"
"<b>Filnavn> eller <b>Bla gjennom</b>-knappen, og klikk deretter <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
@@ -2132,29 +2085,23 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n"
-"<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p>"
-" "
+"<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppstart</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppstart</big></b><br>\n"
"For å starta DNS-serveren kvar gong maskina vert opp starta, vel\n"
-"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p>"
-" "
+"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p> "
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
"set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP-støytte</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP-støytte</big></b><br>\n"
"For å lager DNS-sonar i LDAP i staden for i lokale konfigurasjonsfiler,\n"
"vel <b>LDAP-støtte aktivert</b>.</p>"
@@ -2162,35 +2109,27 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n"
"<b>Start DNS Server Now</b> or\n"
-"<b>Stop DNS Server Now</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Stop DNS Server Now</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Slå Av eller På</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Slå Av eller På</big></b><br>\n"
"For å starta eller stoppa DNS-serveren straks, bruk \n"
"<b>Start DNS-serveren no</b> eller\n"
-"<b>Stopp DNS-serveren no</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Stopp DNS-serveren no</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n"
"Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n"
-"it cannot answer.</p>"
-"\n"
+"it cannot answer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Videresendere</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Videresendere</big></b><br>\n"
"Videresendere er DNS-servera som din DNS-servar skal senda førespurnader han ikkje\n"
-"kan besvare til.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan besvare til.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3
#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full
@@ -2212,12 +2151,10 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Rediger alternativ for DNS-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rediger alternativ for DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk denne dialogen for å redigera alternativa for DNS-serveren.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3
@@ -2225,18 +2162,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n"
-"enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>To modify a configured option, select it in the table,\n"
-"change the <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Change</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"change the <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Change</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til nye alternativ, vel eit <b>Alternativ</b>,\n"
-"angje eit <b>Verd</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"angje eit <b>Verd</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>For å endra eit konfigurert alternativ, vel alternativet i tabellen,\n"
-"rediger <b>verdet</b> og klikk <b>Endre</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"rediger <b>verdet</b> og klikk <b>Endre</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236
@@ -2248,12 +2181,10 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk denne dialogen for å definera ulike loggalternativer for DNS-serveren.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
@@ -2266,16 +2197,14 @@
"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n"
"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n"
-"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Lager i systemlogg</b> for å lager systemmeldinger for DNS-serveren i systemloggen.\n"
"For å lager loggmeldinger for DNS-serveren i ein eiga fil, vel <b>Lager i fil</b> og angje eit <b>Filnavn</b> der loggen skal verta samt lagra \n"
"<b>Maksimal storleik</b> for loggfilen.\n"
"DNS-serveren skiftar ut loggfilene automatisk. Bruk <b>Maksimalt mengd versjonar</b>\n"
-"for å angje kor mange loggfiler som skal lagrast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å angje kor mange loggfiler som skal lagrast.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252
@@ -2287,8 +2216,7 @@
"<b>Log Zone Updates</b> logs when DNS has been updated.\n"
"<b>Log Zone Transfers</b> logs when zone is completely transferred to the \n"
"secondary\n"
-"name server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"name server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Andre typar logging</b>\n"
"Angje kva for handlingar som skal loggast. Vanlege handlingar vert alltid logga.\n"
@@ -2296,24 +2224,19 @@
"Vel <b>Logg soneoppdateringer</b> for å logga DNS-oppdateringar.\n"
"Vel <b>Logg soneoverføringer</b> for å logga når overføring av sona til ein \n"
"sekundær\n"
-"navneserver er fullførd.</p>"
-"\n"
+"navneserver er fullførd.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n"
-"access to zones.</p>"
-"\n"
+"access to zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>ACLer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>ACLer</big></b><br>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du definera tilgangskontrollister for å kontrollera\n"
-"tilgjenget til sonar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"tilgjenget til sonar.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268
@@ -2321,31 +2244,25 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n"
"and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n"
-"ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Legg til ein ACL-oppføring ved å angje namnet til <b>Valet</b>\n"
"og <b>Verd</b>. Klikk deretter på <b>Legg til</b>. For å slette ein ACL-oppføring \n"
-"som allereie er definert, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som allereie er definert, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n"
"TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n"
"changing the configuration of the DNS server. This is needed\n"
-"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>"
-"\n"
+"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>\n"
"TSIG-nøklar vert nytta til autentisering når DNS-serverens\n"
"konfigurasjon skal endrast eksternt. Dette er naudsynt\n"
-"for dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-soner (DDNS).</p>"
-"\n"
+"for dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-soner (DDNS).</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281
@@ -2354,14 +2271,12 @@
"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n"
"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>"
-"\n"
+"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ein eksisterande nøkkel, angje <b>Filnavn</b>\n"
"(eller bruk <b>Bla gjennom</b>-knappen for å velja fila), og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
"For å generera ein ny nøkkel, angje <b>Filnavn</b> og <b>Nøkkel-ID</b>.\n"
-"Klikk deretter på <b>Generer</b>. Den nye nøkkelen vil genererast og lagt til.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter på <b>Generer</b>. Den nye nøkkelen vil genererast og lagt til.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288
@@ -2377,27 +2292,21 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n"
+"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS-sonar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"I denne dialogen kan du administrera DNS-sonene.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS-sonar</big></b><br>\n"
+"I denne dialogen kan du administrera DNS-sonene.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n"
-"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ei sone, angje <b>Sonenavn</b>, vel <b>Sonetype</b>\n"
-"og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302
@@ -2406,14 +2315,12 @@
"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n"
-"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ein ny IPv4-baklengs sone, legg til ein del av ein baklengs IPv4-adresse følgt av\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> som <b>sonenavn</b> (t.d. sonenavn\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for nettverket <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>). Vel\n"
-"<b>sonetype</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>sonetype</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4
#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
@@ -2425,16 +2332,14 @@
"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
-"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>"
-"\n"
+"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ein ny IPv6-baklengssone, angje ein del av IPv6-baklengsadressen etterfulgt av\n"
"<tt>%1</tt> som <b>Sonenavn</b>. Fleire format for angivelse av sonenavn\n"
"vert støtta: Standardform: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Videreformidlingsform: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Videreformidlingsform utan nettverksmaskebits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
-"(som standard vert nytta<tt>64</tt> nettverksmaskebits).</p>"
-"\n"
+"(som standard vert nytta<tt>64</tt> nettverksmaskebits).</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326
@@ -2442,29 +2347,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n"
"mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å endra innstillingar for ei sone, t.d. sonetransport og dessutan navne- og\n"
"e-postservere, vel ei sone og klikk <b>Rediger sone</b>.\n"
-"For å fjerne ei konfigurert sone, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett sone</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"For å fjerne ei konfigurert sone, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett sone</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n"
-"to the zone.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS og sonetransport</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS og sonetransport</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk denne dialogen for å endra dynamiske DNS-innstillingar for sona og kontrollera tilgjenget\n"
-"til sona.</p>"
-"\n"
+"til sona.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342
@@ -2473,14 +2372,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n"
"and select the <b>TSIG Key</b>. At least one TSIG key must be defined\n"
-"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>"
-"\n"
+"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å tillata dynamisk oppdatering av sona, vel <b>Tillat dynamiske oppdateringar</b>\n"
"og vel ein <b>TSIG-nøkkel</b>. Minst éin TSIG-nøkkel må definerast\n"
-"før dynamisk oppdatering av sona er mogleg.</p>"
-"\n"
+"før dynamisk oppdatering av sona er mogleg.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350
@@ -2505,8 +2402,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n"
"Select the <b>Automatically Generate Records From</b>\n"
-"check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.</p>"
-"\n"
+"check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Oppføringer for ein baklengssone kan genererast frå ein annan hovedsone.\n"
@@ -2529,39 +2425,31 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>NS-oppføringer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>NS-oppføringer</big></b><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny navneserver, angje navneserverens adresse og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
"For å slette ein av navneserverne på lista, vel henne og klikk\n"
-"<b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n"
"and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed mail servers, select it and click\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>MX-oppføringer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>MX-oppføringer</big></b><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ei ny e-postserver, angje e-postserverens <b>Adresse</b> og <b>Prioritet</b>\n"
"og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
"Vel ei e-postserver på lista og klikk\n"
-"<b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390
@@ -2570,8 +2458,7 @@
"<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n"
"changed on\n"
"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
-"entire zone).</p>"
-"\n"
+"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Seriell</b> vert brukt for å avgjera om sona er endra på\n"
"hovedservere (slik at slaveserverne ikkje alltid må synkronisera\n"
@@ -2604,14 +2491,12 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n"
"records, set the <b>Record Key</b>, <b>Type</b>, and <b>Value</b> then\n"
"click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppføringer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppføringer</big></b><br>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du redigera ressursoppføringene for sona. For å leggja til nye\n"
"ressursoppføringer, angje <b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b>, <b>Type</b> og <b>Verd</b> og\n"
"klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
@@ -2633,12 +2518,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Kvar oppføringstype har sin eigen syntaks som er definert i RFC.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Kvar oppføringstype har sin eigen syntaks som er definert i RFC.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436
@@ -2663,16 +2546,14 @@
"qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n"
"qualified hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by\n"
-"an A record.</p>"
-"\n"
+"an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>CNAME: Alias for domenenavn</b>\n"
"<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit\n"
"gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.\n"
"<b>Verd</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit\n"
"gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av\n"
-"ein A-oppføring.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ein A-oppføring.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1)
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2)
@@ -2683,15 +2564,13 @@
"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n"
"domain name followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n"
-"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>"
-"\n"
+"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NS: Navneserver</b>\n"
"<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b>er eit sonenavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit absolutt\n"
"domenenavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.\n"
"<b>Verd</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit gyldig\n"
-"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460
@@ -2701,15 +2580,13 @@
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"or an absolute hostname or zone name followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n"
-"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>"
-"\n"
+"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>MX: E-postsystem</b>\n"
"<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b> er eit vertsmaskin- eller sonenavn relativt til gjeldande sone\n"
"eller eit absolutt vertsmaskin- eller sonenavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.\n"
"<b>Verd</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit gyldig\n"
-"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468
@@ -2722,8 +2599,7 @@
" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
-"<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>PTR: Bakleies omsetjing</b>\n"
"<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b> er eit gyldig bakleies sonenavn (konvertert frå IP-addressen)\n"
@@ -2732,22 +2608,17 @@
" eller ein del av eit bakleies sonenavn relativt til gjeldande sone\n"
"(t.d. <tt>1</tt> for IP-adressa <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> i sona\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
-"<b>Verd</b> er eit gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Verd</b> er eit gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.</p>\n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Fullføra konfigurasjonen</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Kontrollar innstillingane før du fullfører konfigurasjonen.</p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>Fullføra konfigurasjonen</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Kontrollar innstillingane før du fullfører konfigurasjonen.</p> \n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491
@@ -2765,13 +2636,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n"
-"start-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p>"
-" \n"
+"start-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å starta DNS-serveren kvar gong maskina vert opp starta, vel\n"
-"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p>"
-" "
+"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p> "
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502
@@ -2801,13 +2670,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n"
"Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n"
"<b>Master DNS Server IP</b> to define the master name server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Slave-DNS-sone</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Slave-DNS-sone</b></big><br>\n"
"Ein hovednavneserver må definerast for kvar slavesone. Nytte\n"
"<b>Hoved-DNS-serverens IP</b> for å definera hovednavneserveren.</p>"
@@ -2815,15 +2682,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n"
"To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n"
"and select the <b>ACLs</b> to check when a remote host\n"
"attempts to transfer the zone. At least one ACL must be defined\n"
"to allow zone transports.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Sonetransport</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Sonetransport</b></big><br>\n"
"Vel <b>Aktivum sonetransport</b> for å tillata transport av sona,\n"
"og vel <b>ACLer</b> som skal kontrollerast når ein ekstern vertsmaskin\n"
"freistar å transportera sona. Minst éin ACL må definerast\n"
@@ -2833,13 +2698,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n"
"This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n"
"defined in it.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>DNS-sone for vidaresending</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>DNS-sone for vidaresending</b></big><br>\n"
"Denne DNS-sonetypen vidaresender berre DNS-førespurnader til videresendere\n"
"som er definert for sona.</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -179,65 +179,45 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -251,162 +231,97 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t"
-"<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t"
-"<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-"<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t"
-"<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-"<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>Protocol</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-"<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t"
-"<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Deaktiver IP-verifisering\"</b> for å deaktivere ein av gyldighetskontrollene i drbdadm</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
@@ -423,7 +338,7 @@
" Dialogen vil oppdatera telleverdien i samsvar med sekundverdien i 'Oppdater dialog'.\n"
" Bruk 0 for å deaktivere oppdatering av skjermen heilt. </p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
@@ -439,200 +354,220 @@
" som denne fila angjev. </p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure drbd here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Sett opp drbd her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Sett opp drbd her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein drbd frå lista over registrerte drbd.\n"
"Viss ein drbd ikkje vart registrert, bruk <b>Andre (ikkje registrert)</b>.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n"
-"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
-"edit their configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
"Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte drbd-er. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera oppsetta.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera oppsetta.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein drbd.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein drbd du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, første del</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, første del</big></b><br>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br></p>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Velja noko:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Velja noko:</big></b><br>\n"
"Du må hacke litt før du kan velja noko :-)\n"
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, andre del</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, andre del</big></b><br>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Globalt oppsett av DRBD"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Ressursnavn"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr "Andre nodenavn må angjevast."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "Fyll ut alle felt."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "Andre nodenavn må angjevast."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -751,92 +686,92 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer DRBD-oppsett"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Les globale innstillingar"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Les ressursar"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "Drbd-oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Les nissestatus"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Les globale innstillingar"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Les globale innstillingar …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Les ressursar …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Lesar nissestatus …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett"
@@ -845,57 +780,57 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Lagre generelle innstillingar"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Lagre ressursane"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Definer nissestatus"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre generelle innstillingar"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar generelle innstillingar …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Lagrar ressursar …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Definerer nissestatus …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Lagrar generelle innstillingar …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -367,130 +367,90 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av fcoe-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av fcoe-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett for fcoe-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett for fcoe-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure fcoe-client here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset av FcoeClient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Sett opp fcoe-klienten her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset av FcoeClient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Sett opp fcoe-klienten her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n"
"If your fcoe-client was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein fcoe-klient:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein fcoe-klient:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein fcoe-klient frå lista over fcoe-klientar som er funnen. \n"
"Viss fcoe-klienten ikkje vart funnen, bruk <b>Annan (ikkje funnet)</b>.\n"
-"Trykk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Trykk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n"
-"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>\n"
#. Services dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br>"
-"</b><br>"
-"Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start av tenester</big><br>"
-"</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start av tenester</big><br></b><br>\n"
"Du kan aktivera eller deaktivere start av tenestene\n"
-"<b>fcoe</b> og <b>lldpad</b> ved oppstart av systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>fcoe</b> og <b>lldpad</b> ved oppstart av systemet.</p>\n"
#. Services dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76
@@ -511,20 +471,13 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br>"
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br></p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>"
-"FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>"
-"For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Grensesnittdialogen viser alle registrerte nettverkskort og dessutan status for VLAN- og FCoE-oppsettet.<br>"
-"FCoE kan nyttast viss VLAN-grensesnittet er sett opp for FCoE (avkryssingsboks). For alle nettverkskort (nettverksgrensesnitt) visast dette i kolonnen <i>«FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>».</p>"
+msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Grensesnittdialogen viser alle registrerte nettverkskort og dessutan status for VLAN- og FCoE-oppsettet.<br>FCoE kan nyttast viss VLAN-grensesnittet er sett opp for FCoE (avkryssingsboks). For alle nettverkskort (nettverksgrensesnitt) visast dette i kolonnen <i>«FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>».</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99
@@ -534,19 +487,11 @@
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br>"
-"<b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br>"
-"<b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>"
-"Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>"
-"If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Detaljert om verda for <i>FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>ikkje tilgjengeleg</b> tyder at FCoE ikkje kan nyttast (må aktiverast ved å kryssa av først)<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>ikkje sat opp</b>: FCoE kan nyttast men er ikkje aktiverte enno. Trykk på <b>Opprett FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</b> for å gjera dette.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Detaljert om verda for <i>FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>:<br>\n"
+"<b>ikkje tilgjengeleg</b> tyder at FCoE ikkje kan nyttast (må aktiverast ved å kryssa av først)<br>\n"
+"<b>ikkje sat opp</b>: FCoE kan nyttast men er ikkje aktiverte enno. Trykk på <b>Opprett FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</b> for å gjera dette.<br>\n"
" Viss FCoE VLAN-grensesnittet allereie er oppretta, vert vist namnet i kolonnen, t.d. eth3.200.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
@@ -571,21 +516,13 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>The values are:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>"
-"This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br>"
-"<b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>"
-"Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
+"<p>The values are:<br>\n"
+"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Verda er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Feilsøking</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>"
-"\n"
-"Dette vert brukt for å aktivare feilsøkingsmeldinger frå fcoe-tenesta si skript og <i>fcoemon</i>»<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Nytte syslog</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Verda er:<br>\n"
+"<b>Feilsøking</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n"
+"Dette vert brukt for å aktivare feilsøkingsmeldinger frå fcoe-tenesta si skript og <i>fcoemon</i>»<br>\n"
+"<b>Nytte syslog</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n"
" Meldingar vert send til systemloggen viss <i>ja</i> er vald (data loggast i /var/log/messages).</p>"
#. edit dialog help 1/3
@@ -597,9 +534,7 @@
#. Edit dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>"
-"There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><i>fcoemon</i>-nissen les desse oppsettfilene under initialisering.\n"
" Det er ei fil for kvart grensesnitt, og verda viser om FCoE-instansar\n"
@@ -608,27 +543,14 @@
#. Edit dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values are:<br>"
-"<b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>"
-"Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br>"
-"<b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>"
-"The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br>"
-"<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>"
-"If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Verda er:<br>"
-" \n"
-" Aktivar FCoE: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>"
-"\n"
-" Aktivar eller deaktiver skiping av FCoE-instansar. <br>"
-"\n"
-" DCB krevjast: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>"
-"\n"
-" Standardinnstillingen er <i>ja</i>. DCB vert vanlegvis kravde.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Verda er:<br> \n"
+" Aktivar FCoE: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n"
+" Aktivar eller deaktiver skiping av FCoE-instansar. <br>\n"
+" DCB krevjast: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n"
+" Standardinnstillingen er <i>ja</i>. DCB vert vanlegvis kravde.<br>\n"
+"<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n"
"Viss <i>ja</i>, vil 'fcoemon' automatisk oppretta VLAN-\n"
"grensesnitt.</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:10+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -235,58 +235,46 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Please wait...</p>"
+"<br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lesar brannmurkonfigurasjon</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Vent…</p>"
+"<br>Vent…</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Please wait...</p>"
+"<br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lagrar brannmurkonfigurasjon</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Vent..</p>"
+"<br>Vent..</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n"
-"by selecting the device in the table and clicking <b>Change</b>.</p>"
+"<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n"
+"by selecting the device in the table and clicking <b>Change</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Enter special strings, like <tt>any</tt>, using \n"
"<b>Custom</b>. You can also enter interfaces not yet configured here.\n"
-"If you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed.</p>"
+"If you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Every network device should be assigned to a firewall zone.\n"
-"Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Grensesnitt</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Her kan du tilordne nettverksenhetene til brannmursoner\n"
-"ved å velja ei eining i tabellen og klikka på <b>Endre</b>.</p>"
+"<br>Her kan du tilordne nettverksenhetene til brannmursoner\n"
+"ved å velja ei eining i tabellen og klikka på <b>Endre</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Angje spesielle kommandoar som <i>any</i> ved å bruka \n"
"<b>Egendefinert</b>. Her kan du òg angje grensesnitt som ikkje er konfigurert enno.\n"
-"Viss du vil bruka maskering, er ikkje kommandoen <i>any</i> tillate.</p>"
+"Viss du vil bruka maskering, er ikkje kommandoen <i>any</i> tillate.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Alle nettverksenheter bør tilordnes ein brannmursone.\n"
-"Nettverkstrafikk via eit grensesnitt som ikkje er tilordnet, vil blokkerast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Nettverkstrafikk via eit grensesnitt som ikkje er tilordnet, vil blokkerast.</p>\n"
#. Network Manager
#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ?
@@ -304,36 +292,27 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n"
-"Networks are divided into firewall zones.</p>"
+"<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n"
+"Networks are divided into firewall zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n"
"<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n"
"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n"
-"be unprotected.</p>"
-"\n"
+"be unprotected.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tillatne tenester</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Her spesifiserer du tenester eller portar som skal vera tilgjengelege frå nettverket.\n"
-"Nettverk er delt inn i brannmursoner.</p>"
+"<br>Her spesifiserer du tenester eller portar som skal vera tilgjengelege frå nettverket.\n"
+"Nettverk er delt inn i brannmursoner.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>For å tillata ei teneste, vel <b>Sone</b> og\n"
-"<b>Tillati teneste</b>, og klikk på <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
+"<b>Tillati teneste</b>, og klikk på <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
+"For å fjerne ei tillati teneste, vel <b>Sone</b> og <b>Tillati teneste<b>, og klikk på <b>Fjern</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"For å fjerne ei tillati teneste, vel <b>Sone</b> og <b>Tillati teneste<b>, og klikk på <b>Fjern</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Fjern avkryssingen for <b>Deaktiver brannmur for intern sone</b> for å fjerne\n"
-"vernet for heile sona. Alle tenester og portar i denne sona vil vera ubeskyttet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vernet for heile sona. Alle tenester og portar i denne sona vil vera ubeskyttet.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89
@@ -341,47 +320,39 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n"
"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n"
-"IP protocols.</p>"
-"\n"
+"IP protocols.</p>\n"
"<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Fleire innstillingar kan konfigurerast under <b>Avansert</b>.\n"
"Oppføringer må vera adskilt av eit eit mellomrom. Her kan du aktivera TCP-, UDP- og RPC-portar og dessutan\n"
-"IP-protokollar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"IP-protokollar.</p>\n"
"<p>TCP- og UDP-portar kan angjevast som portnavn (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"portnummer (<tt>3128</tt>) og portområder (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
"RPC-portar må angjevast som tjenestenavn (<tt>portmap</tt> eller <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
"Angje IP-protokollar med protokollnavnet (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n"
+"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n"
"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n"
"from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n"
"Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n"
-"to the external network.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the external network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Maskering</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Maskering er ein funksjon som skjuler det interne nettverket ditt bak brannmuren, men gjev\n"
+"<br>Maskering er ein funksjon som skjuler det interne nettverket ditt bak brannmuren, men gjev\n"
"det interne nettverket transparent tilgjenge til eksterne nettverk, til dømes Internett. Førespurnader\n"
"frå det eksterne nettverket til det interne vert blokkert.\n"
"Vel <b>Maskar nettverk</b> for å maskera nettverka\n"
-"for eksterne nettverk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for eksterne nettverk.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109
@@ -390,183 +361,142 @@
"<p>\n"
"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n"
"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n"
-"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>"
+"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
-"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Sjølv om førespurnader frå det eksterne nettverket ikkje når fram til det interne nettverket, er det mogleg å\n"
"tillata transparent omdirigering av alle forespurte portar i brannmuren til kva for ein som helst intern IP.\n"
-"Legg til ein ny omdirigeringsregel ved å klikka på <b>Legg til</b> og fylla ut omdirigeringsskjemaet.</p>"
+"Legg til ein ny omdirigeringsregel ved å klikka på <b>Legg til</b> og fylla ut omdirigeringsskjemaet.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
-"<p>Ein omdirigeringsregel kan fjernast ved å velja han i tabellen og klikka på <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Ein omdirigeringsregel kan fjernast ved å velja han i tabellen og klikka på <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n"
+"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n"
"neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n"
-"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>"
+"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n"
"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n"
-"particular zones.</p>"
+"particular zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n"
"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n"
-"for the desired zones.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for the desired zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Kringkastingskonfigurasjon</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Kringkasta pakker er spesielle UDP-pakker som vert til send heile nettverket for å finne \n"
+"<br>Kringkasta pakker er spesielle UDP-pakker som vert til send heile nettverket for å finne \n"
"tilkoblede datamaskiner eller for å senda informasjon til alle maskinene i nettverket.\n"
-"CUP sin-servera sendar til dømes informasjon om utskriftskøer ved hjelp av kringkasta pakker."
-"<p>\n"
+"CUP sin-servera sendar til dømes informasjon om utskriftskøer ved hjelp av kringkasta pakker.<p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>SuSEfirewall2-tenester som er valde for tillatne grensesnitt, legg automatisk til naudsynte\n"
"kringkastingsporter her. For å fjerne nokon av desse eller leggja til andre kan du redigera lister med portar adskilt av komene for\n"
-"spesielle soner.</p>"
+"spesielle soner.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Andre avviste kringkasta pakker vert logga. I store nettverk kan dette dreia seg om mange pakker.\n"
"For å stansa loggingen av desse pakkene, fjern avkryssingen for <b>Ikkje logg avviste kringkasta pakker</b>\n"
-"for aktuelle soner.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for aktuelle soner.</p>\n"
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n"
-"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>"
+"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n"
-"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>"
-"\n"
+"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Kringkastingssvar<big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kringkastingssvar<big></b><br>\n"
"Brannmuren forkastar vanlegvis pakker som er send frå andre maskiner som svar\n"
-"på kringkasta pakker frå ditt eige system, t.d., Samba- eller SLP-søk.</p>"
+"på kringkasta pakker frå ditt eige system, t.d., Samba- eller SLP-søk.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Her kan du angje kva for pakker som vert tillatne å passera gjennom brannmuren. Bruk <b>Legg til</b>-\n"
"knappen for å leggja til ein ny regel. Du må velja brannmursone og dessutan velja éin eller\n"
-"fleire tenester som allereie er definert, eller definera ein eigen regel heilt manuelt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"fleire tenester som allereie er definert, eller definera ein eigen regel heilt manuelt.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n"
+"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n"
"the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n"
-"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>"
+"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n"
-"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>"
-"\n"
+"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec-støytte</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"IPsec er kryptert kommunikasjon mellom pålitelege vertsmaskiner eller nettverk vigd upålitelige nettverk, til dømes Internett. Denne dialogen opnar IPsec for ei ekstern sone viss du vel\n"
-"<b>Aktivert</b>.</p>"
+"<br>IPsec er kryptert kommunikasjon mellom pålitelege vertsmaskiner eller nettverk vigd upålitelige nettverk, til dømes Internett. Denne dialogen opnar IPsec for ei ekstern sone viss du vel\n"
+"<b>Aktivert</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Under <b>Detaljar</b> konfigurerer du korleis IPsec-pakkar med godkjent\n"
-"dekryptering skal handterast. Dei kan til dømes handterast som om komer frå den interne sona.</p>"
-"\n"
+"dekryptering skal handterast. Dei kan til dømes handterast som om komer frå den interne sona.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n"
-"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>"
+"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n"
+"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n"
"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n"
-"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Nivå for logging</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Dette er ein grunnleggjande dialog for logging av IP-pakker. Her\n"
-"konfigurerer du korleis innkommende tilkoblingspakker skal loggast. Utgående pakker vert ikkje logga i det heile.</p>"
+"<br>Dette er ein grunnleggjande dialog for logging av IP-pakker. Her\n"
+"konfigurerer du korleis innkommende tilkoblingspakker skal loggast. Utgående pakker vert ikkje logga i det heile.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>IP-pakkar som kan loggast, vert delt inn i to grupper: <b>Godkjende pakker</b> og <b>Ikkje godkjende pakker</b>.\n"
"For kvar gruppe kan du velja mellom tre nivå for logging: <b>Logg alle</b> for å logga alle\n"
"pakkar, <b>Logg berre kritiske</b> for å logga berre interessante pakker eller <b>Ikkje logg nokon</b>\n"
-"for å deaktivere all logging. Du bør i det minste logga kritiske, godkjende pakker.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å deaktivere all logging. Du bør i det minste logga kritiske, godkjende pakker.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n"
+"<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n"
"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n"
-"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>"
+"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n"
-"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>"
+"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>"
+"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n"
"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n"
-"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Sammendrag</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Her finn du eit sammendrag av konfigurasjonsinnstillingene.\n"
+"<br>Her finn du eit sammendrag av konfigurasjonsinnstillingene.\n"
"Sammendraget er delt inn ein generell del og sammendrag for kvar enkelt brannmursone.\n"
-"Alle eksisterande soner er oppførde her.</p>"
+"Alle eksisterande soner er oppførde her.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p><b>Oppstart av brannmur</b> viser om brannmuren vert aktivert ved oppstart\n"
-"<b>av maskina</b> eller berre <b>manuelt</b>.</p>"
+"<b>av maskina</b> eller berre <b>manuelt</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"<p>Brannmursonene må ha eit tilordnet nettverksgrensesnitt for at elementa nedanfor skal inngå i sammendraget:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Brannmursonene må ha eit tilordnet nettverksgrensesnitt for at elementa nedanfor skal inngå i sammendraget:</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
"<p><b>Grensesnitt</b>: Alle grensesnitt er oppførde med konfigurasjonsnavn og enhetsnavn.\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Opne tenester, portar og protokollar</b>: Her er alle nettverkstjenester og dessutan ekstra\n"
"TCP- (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP- (User Datagram Protocol) og RPC-portar (Remote Procedure Call)\n"
-"og IP-portar (Internet Protocol) oppført.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og IP-portar (Internet Protocol) oppført.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181
@@ -648,101 +578,81 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
-"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
+"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brannmur</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brannmur</big></b><br />\n"
"Ein brannmur er ein forsvarsmekanisme som vernar maskina mot angrep via nettverket.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n"
"Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n"
-"matching these rules.</p>"
-"\n"
+"matching these rules.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Egendefinerte regler</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Egendefinerte regler</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du definera regler for brannmuren som tillèt samband\n"
-"som samsvarer med desse reglene."
-"<p>"
+"som samsvarer med desse reglene.<p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Source Network</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n"
"Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n"
"e.g., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> or <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n"
-"or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>"
-"\n"
+"or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kildenettverk</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Kildenettverk</b><br>\n"
"Nettverk eller IP-adresse som tilkoblingen kjem frå,\n"
"f.eks <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> eller <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n"
-"eller <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> eller <tt>0/0</tt> (som tyder <tt>alle</tt>)."
-"<p>"
+"eller <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> eller <tt>0/0</tt> (som tyder <tt>alle</tt>).<p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protocol</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n"
"Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n"
"RPC services.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Protokoll</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Protokoll</b><br>\n"
"Kva for ein protokoll pakka nyttar. Spesialprotokollen <tt>RPC</tt> vert nytta\n"
-"for RPC-tenester."
-"<p>"
+"for RPC-tenester.<p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n"
"Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n"
"accessed, e.g., <tt>smtp</tt> or <tt>25</tt> or <tt>100:110</tt>.\n"
"In case of <tt>RPC</tt> protocol, use the RPC service name.\n"
"This entry is optional.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Målport</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Målport</b><br>\n"
"Portnavn, portnummer eller eit område av portar som det er tillate\n"
"å aksessera, f.eks <tt>smtp</tt> eller <tt>25</tt> eller <tt>100:110</tt>.\n"
"Viss det gjeld <tt>RPC</tt>-protokollen, nytt RPC-tjenestenavnet.\n"
-"Dette valet er valfritt."
-"<p>"
+"Dette valet er valfritt.<p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Source Port</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n"
"Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n"
"originates from. This entry is optional.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kildeport</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Kildeport</b><br>\n"
"Portnavn, portnummer eller område av portar som\n"
-"avsenderport. Dete valet er valfritt."
-"<p>"
+"avsenderport. Dete valet er valfritt.<p>"
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289
#, fuzzy
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:24+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -37,15 +37,11 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kryss av for <b>Set opp ved første oppstart</b> for å starta firstboot-verktøyet ved første oppstart av systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Sjå hjelpeteksten til modulen yast2-firstboot for meir informasjon.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Kryss av for <b>Set opp ved første oppstart</b> for å starta firstboot-verktøyet ved første oppstart av systemet.</p>\n"
+"<p>Sjå hjelpeteksten til modulen yast2-firstboot for meir informasjon.</p>\n"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -117,13 +113,13 @@
msgstr "Namn"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "Modulnamn"
-
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "Modulnamn"
+
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -136,15 +132,11 @@
#. help text fro desktop dialog
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p>"
-"<h3>Desktop Selections</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n"
"This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n"
"the desktop to enable as the default desktop.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>"
-"<h3>Skrivebordsval</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<p><h3>Skrivebordsval</h3>\n"
"Dette systemet har meir enn eitt skrivebordsmiljø installert.\n"
"Vel kva skrivebord du vil bruka som standard.</p>"
@@ -175,12 +167,10 @@
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>&product; er no installert på maskina di.\n"
-"Når du har trykt <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Når du har trykt <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language
@@ -191,12 +181,8 @@
#. congratulation text 4/4
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83
-msgid ""
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>"
-"Your SuSE Development Team</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>"
-"SuSE-utviklarane</p>"
+msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Ha det gøy!<br>SuSE-utviklarane</p>"
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112
@@ -207,24 +193,19 @@
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n"
-"to the login screen.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Trykk <b>Fullfør</b> for å avslutta YaST-installeringa gå til innloggingsvindauget.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the login screen.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Trykk <b>Fullfør</b> for å avslutta YaST-installeringa gå til innloggingsvindauget.</p>\n"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
-"our SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"our SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vel KDE, det grafiske standardskrivebordet, kan du\n"
"tilpassa nokre KDE-innstillingar til maskinvara di. Sjå òg\n"
-"velkomstvindauget.</p>"
-"\n"
+"velkomstvindauget.</p>\n"
#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128
@@ -232,14 +213,12 @@
"<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n"
"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n"
"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n"
-"return to this installation sequence.</p>"
-"\n"
+"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du er ein avansert brukar, har du no tilgang til alle oppsettmodulane i SuSE no.\n"
"Kryss av for <b>Start YaST kontrollsenter</b> for å opna dette\n"
"etter at du trykkjer <b>Fullfør</b>. Merk at kontrollsenteret ikkje har nokon tilbakeknapp for å\n"
-"gå tilbake tilbake til denne installasjonsprosessen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"gå tilbake tilbake til denne installasjonsprosessen.</p>\n"
#. popup text
#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
@@ -278,27 +257,23 @@
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n"
"configuration and in the installed system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>språk</b> og <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka under\n"
"oppsettet og etter at systemet er installert.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å gå vidare til neste steg.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
@@ -306,14 +281,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
"installation process at any time.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Avbryt</b> for å avbryta\n"
"installeringa når som helst.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. error message
#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:12+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -20,59 +20,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "CFF-skrifter"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
@@ -115,9 +115,7 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Scripts</b>"
-"<ul>"
+msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
msgstr "<p><b>Skriftprøve for %s</b></p>"
#. nothing to do nowadays
@@ -347,9 +345,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
-msgid ""
-"This setting can be changed:"
-"<ul>"
+msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
@@ -369,9 +365,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
-msgid ""
-"User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
@@ -393,9 +387,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: "
-"<ul>"
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
@@ -456,12 +448,8 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
-msgid ""
-"<p>See: %s"
-"<p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sjå: %s"
-"<p>"
+msgid "<p>See: %s<p>"
+msgstr "<p>Sjå: %s<p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087
msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1128,7 +1128,8 @@
#. Expert Settings widget
#.
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Br&owse"
msgstr "Bla gjenn&om"
@@ -1492,63 +1493,45 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av FTP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av FTP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for FTP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for FTP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -1556,15 +1539,12 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n"
" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n"
" </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Valt teneste</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Valt teneste</b><br>\n"
" Viser kva for ein nisse som er sett opp no: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n"
" </b>. Du kan byta mellom dei to nissane dersom begge er installerte.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1575,153 +1555,121 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>\n"
"Specify the name of a file containing the\n"
"text to display when someone connects to the server.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Velkomstmelding</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Velkomstmelding</b><br>\n"
"Dette valet er namnet på ei fil som inneheld \n"
"teksta som vert vist når nokon kobler til serveren.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general chroot help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n"
"When enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \n"
"chroot() jail in their home directory after login.\n"
"<b>Warning:</b> This option has security implications, \n"
"especially if users have upload permission\n"
"or shell access. Only enable Chroot if you know what you are doing.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n"
"Viss dette er aktivert, vil lokale brukarar (som standard) plasserast i \n"
"chroot()-varetekt i sin eigen hjemmekatalog når dei loggar inn.\n"
"<b>Advarsel:</b> Dette valet påverkar tryggleiken, \n"
"spesielt viss brukarane har opplastingsrettigheter \n"
"eller tilgjenge til eit skal. Valet bør berre aktiverast viss du veit kva du gjer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general logging help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>\n"
"When enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Utvida logging</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Utvida logging</b><br>\n"
"Aktiverast for å logga alle ftp-førespurnader og -svar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Umask</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n"
"File creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \n"
"177:077 if you feel paranoid.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Umask</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n"
"Maske for oppretting av filer. (umask for filar):(umask for katalogar). \n"
"177:077 viss du er paranoid.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>\n"
"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \n"
"If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n"
"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Umask for anonym:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Umask for anonym:</b><br>\n"
"Angje umask-verdet for oppretting av filer som vert definert for anonyme brukarar. \n"
"Hugsar prefikset \"0\" viss du angjev oktalverdier. Viss ikkje, \n"
"vil verdet vart handsama som eit basa 10-heiltal.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n"
"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n"
"If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n"
"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Umask for autoriserte brukarar:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Umask for autoriserte brukarar:</b><br>\n"
"Angje umask-verdet for oppretting av filer som vert definert for autentiserte brukarar. \n"
"Hugsar prefikset \"0\" viss du vil angje oktalverdier. Viss ikkje,\n"
"vil verdet handsamast som eit basa 10-heiltal.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\n"
"Specify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \n"
"Press <b>Browse</b> to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>FTP-katalog for anonyme brukarar:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>FTP-katalog for anonyme brukarar:</b><br>\n"
"Du kan angje katalogen som vert brukt for anonyme ftp-brukarar. \n"
"Trykk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja katalogen i det lokalet filsystemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n"
"Specify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \n"
"Press <b>Browse</b> to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>FTP-katalog for autentiserte brukarar:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>FTP-katalog for autentiserte brukarar:</b><br>\n"
"Du kan angje ein katalog som vert for brukt autentiserte FTP-brukarar. \n"
"Trykk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja katalogen i det lokalet filsystemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -1729,33 +1677,26 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>\n"
"The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n"
"may wait between FTP commands.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Maks. inaktivitet:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Maks. inaktivitet:</b><br>\n"
"Den maksimale tida ein ekstern klient\n"
"kan vera inaktiv mellom ftp-kommandoar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>\n"
"The maximum number of clients allowed to connect\n"
"from the same source internet address. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Maks. klientar for ein IP:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Maks. klientar for ein IP:</b><br>\n"
"Maksimalt mengd klientar som kan koble til samstundes \n"
"frå same internettadresse. \n"
"</p>"
@@ -1764,15 +1705,12 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>\n"
"The maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \n"
"Any additional clients trying to connect will get an error message.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Maks. klientar:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Maks. klientar:</b><br>\n"
"Maksimalt mengd klientar som kan vera tilkoblet.\n"
"Nye klientar ved maksimalt mengd, vil få ei feilmelding.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1781,13 +1719,11 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>\n"
"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Lokal maksimumshastighet:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Lokal maksimumshastighet:</b><br>\n"
"Maksimal overføringshastighet for lokale autentiserte brukarar.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1795,15 +1731,11 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\n"
+"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Anonym maksimumsrate</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Maks overføringsrate for anonyme brukarar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Anonym maksimumsrate</b><br>\n"
+"Maks overføringsrate for anonyme brukarar.</p>\n"
#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -1811,76 +1743,60 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n"
"<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n"
"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n"
"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktivar/Deaktiver anonyme og lokale brukarar</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Aktivar/Deaktiver anonyme og lokale brukarar</b><br>\n"
"<b>Berre anonym</b> Viss dette er aktivert, vil berre anonym innlogging tillatast.\n"
"<b>Berre autentiserte brukarar</b> Viss dette er aktivert, vil berre autentiserte brukarar tillatast.\n"
"<b>Begge</b> Viss dette er aktivert, vil autentiserte og anonyme brukarar tillatast.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n"
"to upload, enable <b>Anonymous Can Upload</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktivar opplasting</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Aktivar opplasting</b><br>\n"
"Viss dette er aktivert, kan ftp-brukarar lasta opp. For anonyme brukarar må\n"
"<b>Anonym kan lasta opp</b> veljast for å tillata opplasting.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n"
"If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n"
"<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n"
"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Anonym kan lasta opp</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Anonym kan lasta opp</b><br>\n"
"Viss dette er aktivert, kan anonyme brukarar lasta opp.\n"
"<i>Berre vsftpd: </i>Viss du vil tillata anonyme brukarar å lasta opp, \n"
"treng du ein eksisterande katalog utan skrivebeskyttelse i hjemmekatalogen etter innlogging.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n"
"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n"
-"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>"
-"\n"
+"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Anonyme brukarar kan oppretta katalogar</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Anonyme brukarar kan oppretta katalogar</b><br>\n"
"Tillat berre anonyme brukarar å oppretta katalogar <i>berre vsftpd</i>\n"
-"Eksisterande katalog med opplastingstilgang vert trungen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Eksisterande katalog med opplastingstilgang vert trungen.</p>\n"
#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -1888,66 +1804,51 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktiver passiv modus</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Aktiver passiv modus</b><br>\n"
"Viss dette er aktivert, tillèt ftp-serveren tilkobling i passiv modus. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>\n"
"Minimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n"
"This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Min. port for passiv modus</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Min. port for passiv modus</b><br>\n"
"Minimumsverdi for portområde ved svar på passiv tilkobling.\n"
"Dette vert nytta ved brannmurbeskyttelse. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>\n"
"Maximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n"
" This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Maks. port for pas. modus</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Maks. port for pas. modus</b><br>\n"
"Maksimumsverdi for portområde ved svar på passiv tilkobling.\n"
" Dette vert nytta ved brannmurbeskyttelse. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktivar SSL</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Aktivar SSL</b><br>\n"
"Viss dette er aktivert, vil SSL-tilkobling tillatast.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1955,14 +1856,11 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktivar SSL v2</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Aktivar SSL v2</b><br>\n"
"Viss dette er aktivert, vil tilkobling med SSL- versjon 2 tillatast.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1970,14 +1868,11 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktivar SSL v3</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Aktivar SSL v3</b><br>\n"
"Viss dette er aktivert, vil tilkobling med SSL- versjon 3 tillatast.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1985,14 +1880,11 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktivar TLS</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Aktivar TLS</b><br>\n"
"Viss dette er aktivert, vil TLS-tilkobling tillatast.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2000,33 +1892,26 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n"
"This option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \n"
"use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>DSA-sertifikat for SSL-krypterte tilkoblinger</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>DSA-sertifikat for SSL-krypterte tilkoblinger</b><br>\n"
"Dette valet angjev plasseringa til DSA-sertifikatet som \n"
"vert nytta for SSL-krypterte tilkoblinger. Trykk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>\n"
"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n"
"but not validated by a local admin.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Deaktiver nedlasting av uvaliderte data</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Deaktiver nedlasting av uvaliderte data</b><br>\n"
"Ikket tillat nedlasting av filer som er lasta opp, \n"
"men ikkje validert, av ein lokal administrator\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2035,15 +1920,13 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n"
"<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n"
"<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n"
"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b><br>\n"
"<i>Deaktiver SSL/TLS</i> Deaktiver SSL/TLS-kryptering.\n"
"<i>Tillat SSL og TLS</i> Tillat både tradisjonelle og krypterte økter.\n"
"<i>Ikkje tillat tilkoblinger utan SSL/TLS</i> Ikkje tillat tilkoblinger som ikkje brukar SSL/TLS-sikkerhetsmekanismer. Dette gjeld òg anonyme økter.\n"
@@ -2055,99 +1938,71 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure the FTP server.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure the FTP server.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppsett av FTP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Sett opp ftp-serveren her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppsett av FTP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Sett opp ftp-serveren her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\n"
"If your FTP server was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein SLP-servar:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein SLP-servar:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein ftp-servar frå lista over registrerte ftp-servera. \n"
"Viss din ftp-servar ikkje vart funnen, bruk <b>Annan (ikkje funnet)</b>. \n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, vert vist ein ny dialogboks der du kan\n"
-"endra oppsettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"endra oppsettet.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\n"
-"edit their configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over FTP-serveroppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over FTP-serveroppsett</big></b><br>\n"
"Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte ftp-servera. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera oppsetta.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera oppsetta.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a FTP server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a FTP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein FTP-servar:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Trykkar <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein ftp-servar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein FTP-servar:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Trykkar <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein ftp-servar.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a FTP server to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein ftp-servar du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-"Trykk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Trykk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>\n"
#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value
#. that says if the service is started.
@@ -2432,14 +2287,8 @@
#. anonymous dir
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>"
-"<ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul>"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>"
-"<ul><i>FTP-nissen er ikkje sett opp</i></ul>"
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
+msgstr "<p><ul><i>FTP-nissen er ikkje sett opp</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -62,9 +62,10 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -115,17 +116,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -133,24 +134,25 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -159,176 +161,185 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -329,32 +329,12 @@
#~ msgstr "Vent …"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>"
-#~ "<p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying <i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h1>Føremål</h1>"
-#~ "<p>Med dette verktøyet kan du installera, fjerne og oppgradera program.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Programvare til &product; vert distribuert i form av pakker. Viss fleire program krev ein vert felt systemfil, vil denne systemfilen difor distribuerast som ein eiga pakke og installerast berre dersom det er naudsynt. Brukaren treng ikkje å bekymra seg om slike underliggande <i>avhengigheter</i>. På same måte kan det henda at innstikk og andre tillegg til eit program kan distribuerast som eigne pakker, slik at brukar kan installera dei dersom behovet oppstår.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.</p><p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying <i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h1>Føremål</h1><p>Med dette verktøyet kan du installera, fjerne og oppgradera program.</p><p>Programvare til &product; vert distribuert i form av pakker. Viss fleire program krev ein vert felt systemfil, vil denne systemfilen difor distribuerast som ein eiga pakke og installerast berre dersom det er naudsynt. Brukaren treng ikkje å bekymra seg om slike underliggande <i>avhengigheter</i>. På same måte kan det henda at innstikk og andre tillegg til eit program kan distribuerast som eigne pakker, slik at brukar kan installera dei dersom behovet oppstår.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p>"
-#~ "<ul>"
-#~ "<li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li>"
-#~ "</ul>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vanlege suffiks for tilleggspakker:</p>"
-#~ "<ul>"
-#~ "<li><b>-plugin-</b> (innstikk): utvidar programmet med ekstra funksjonar.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-devel</b> (utvikling): verta for kravt programvareutvikling.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-debuginfo</b>: feilsøkingssymboler for testing av programvare.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> eller andre språkkoder: oversettelsesfiler (språket ditt vil verta automatisk merkast for installasjon ved behov).</li>"
-#~ "</ul>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Vanlege suffiks for tilleggspakker:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b> (innstikk): utvidar programmet med ekstra funksjonar.</li><li><b>-devel</b> (utvikling): verta for kravt programvareutvikling.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: feilsøkingssymboler for testing av programvare.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> eller andre språkkoder: oversettelsesfiler (språket ditt vil verta automatisk merkast for installasjon ved behov).</li></ul>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the <i>repositories</i> you have configured will be listed together. <i>Status</i> filters are available in the right-bottom box.</p>"
@@ -369,110 +349,44 @@
#~ msgstr "<h1>Bruk</h1>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>"
-#~ "<p>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.</p>"
-#~ "<p>The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Use the <b>Version</b> list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button when you want your changes to be performed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h2>Fanene Installer, Oppgrader, Fjern og Angre</h2>"
-#~ "<p>Alle pakker er oppførde saman viss du ikkje har valt ein <i>status</i>-filter i feltet nedst til høgre. Avkrysssingsboksen ved sida av pakkenavnet viser om pakka er installert eller ikkje. Viss ein nyare versjon av ei installert pakke er tilgjengeleg, vil versjonsteksten visast med blå skrift og med ein oppgraderingsknapp ved sida av. Rød skrift viser at den installerte versjonen ikkje lenger er tilgjengeleg frå nokon av dei valde pakkebrønnene.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Kontekstmenyen (høyreklikk på ei pakke) inneheld fleire val. <b>Angrar</b> kan brukast for å reversera alle endringar du har gjort. Fleire pakker kan veljast (ved å halda Ctrl-tasten nede) og verta samstundes endra.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Bruk <b>Versjon</b>-lista over beskrivelsesfeltet for å velja ein spesifikk versjon av ei pakke.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Klikk på <b>Bruk</b>-knappen for å utføra endringane.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2><p>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.</p><p>The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.</p><p>Use the <b>Version</b> list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.</p><p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button when you want your changes to be performed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h2>Fanene Installer, Oppgrader, Fjern og Angre</h2><p>Alle pakker er oppførde saman viss du ikkje har valt ein <i>status</i>-filter i feltet nedst til høgre. Avkrysssingsboksen ved sida av pakkenavnet viser om pakka er installert eller ikkje. Viss ein nyare versjon av ei installert pakke er tilgjengeleg, vil versjonsteksten visast med blå skrift og med ein oppgraderingsknapp ved sida av. Rød skrift viser at den installerte versjonen ikkje lenger er tilgjengeleg frå nokon av dei valde pakkebrønnene.</p><p>Kontekstmenyen (høyreklikk på ei pakke) inneheld fleire val. <b>Angrar</b> kan brukast for å reversera alle endringar du har gjort. Fleire pakker kan veljast (ved å halda Ctrl-tasten nede) og verta samstundes endra.</p><p>Bruk <b>Versjon</b>-lista over beskrivelsesfeltet for å velja ein spesifikk versjon av ei pakke.</p><p>Klikk på <b>Bruk</b>-knappen for å utføra endringane.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h2>Lock software</h2>"
-#~ "<p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h2>Lås programvare</h2>"
-#~ "<p>Pakkar kan låsast via kontekstmenyen for å hindra automatiske endringar.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Låsing er nyttig berre i unntakstifeller: Det kan t.d. henda at du ikkje vil installera ein spesiell drivar fordi han påverkar med systemet, men du ynskjer likevel å installera pakkesamlingen som inneheld henne. Låsefunksjonen kan brukast anten pakka er installert eller ikkje.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2><p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.</p><p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h2>Lås programvare</h2><p>Pakkar kan låsast via kontekstmenyen for å hindra automatiske endringar.</p><p>Låsing er nyttig berre i unntakstifeller: Det kan t.d. henda at du ikkje vil installera ein spesiell drivar fordi han påverkar med systemet, men du ynskjer likevel å installera pakkesamlingen som inneheld henne. Låsefunksjonen kan brukast anten pakka er installert eller ikkje.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>"
#~ msgstr "<h2>Filtre</h2>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h3>Search</h3>"
-#~ "<p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h3>Søk</h3>"
-#~ "<p>Bruk fritekst i søkefeltet for å søkja på namn og skildring si. (eit søk etter 'office' vil henta LibreOffice'-pakkene og AbiWord, som har orda «office» i skildringa). Du kan søkja etter fleire ord atskilt av mellomrom («spread sheet» vil t.d. henta libreoffice-calc). Du kan kombinera søkefunksjonen med eit filter, f.eks søkja etter ei pakke i ein spesifikk pakkebrønn. Andre søkekriterier finst òg, som å søkja etter ein spesifikk fil.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h3>Søk</h3><p>Bruk fritekst i søkefeltet for å søkja på namn og skildring si. (eit søk etter 'office' vil henta LibreOffice'-pakkene og AbiWord, som har orda «office» i skildringa). Du kan søkja etter fleire ord atskilt av mellomrom («spread sheet» vil t.d. henta libreoffice-calc). Du kan kombinera søkefunksjonen med eit filter, f.eks søkja etter ei pakke i ein spesifikk pakkebrønn. Andre søkekriterier finst òg, som å søkja etter ein spesifikk fil.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h3>Groups</h3>"
-#~ "<p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h3>Grupper</h3>"
-#~ "<p>Programvara for &product; er indeksert slik at du kan finna programvare for ein spesifikk oppgåve sjølv om du ikkje veit kva slags program som er tilgjengelege. Filtret <b>RPM-grupper</b> viser eit meir detaljert og hierarkisk utval.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3><p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3><p>Programvara for &product; er indeksert slik at du kan finna programvare for ein spesifikk oppgåve sjølv om du ikkje veit kva slags program som er tilgjengelege. Filtret <b>RPM-grupper</b> viser eit meir detaljert og hierarkisk utval.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>"
-#~ "<p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.</p>"
-#~ "<p>If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool from the YaST control center.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h3>Mønster og Språk</h3>"
-#~ "<p><b>Mønster</b> er oppgaveorienterte pakkesamlinger som vert samstundes installert. Installasjon av mønstret <i>Filserver</i> vil til dømes, installera ulike pakker som vert kravt for å køyra ein slik servar.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Viss du vil installera eit spesielt språk, kan du gjera dette i <b>Språk</b>-modulen i YaST.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3><p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.</p><p>If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool from the YaST control center.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h3>Mønster og Språk</h3><p><b>Mønster</b> er oppgaveorienterte pakkesamlinger som vert samstundes installert. Installasjon av mønstret <i>Filserver</i> vil til dømes, installera ulike pakker som vert kravt for å køyra ein slik servar.</p><p>Viss du vil installera eit spesielt språk, kan du gjera dette i <b>Språk</b>-modulen i YaST.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>"
-#~ "<p>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.</p>"
-#~ "<p>You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h2>Programvareinformasjon i det nedre feltet</h2>"
-#~ "<p>Tilgjengeleg informasjon om pakka vert vist i feltet under. Hugs at meir informasjon er tilgjengeleg for installerte pakker, enn for dei som berre er tilgjengelege frå ein pakkebrønn.</p>"
-#~ "<p>I dette feltet kan du òg velja å installera ein spesifikk versjon av pakka.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.</p><p>You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h2>Programvareinformasjon i det nedre feltet</h2><p>Tilgjengeleg informasjon om pakka vert vist i feltet under. Hugs at meir informasjon er tilgjengeleg for installerte pakker, enn for dei som berre er tilgjengelege frå ein pakkebrønn.</p><p>I dette feltet kan du òg velja å installera ein spesifikk versjon av pakka.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>"
-#~ "<p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h1>Føremål</h1>"
-#~ "<p>Med dette verktøyet kan du visa og velja pakkeoppdateringer. Du kan òg reversera oppdateringar som er utførd tidlegare.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h1>Føremål</h1><p>Med dette verktøyet kan du visa og velja pakkeoppdateringer. Du kan òg reversera oppdateringar som er utførd tidlegare.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h1>Usage</h1>"
-#~ "<h2>Categories</h2>"
-#~ "<p>Patches are grouped as follows:</p>"
-#~ "<ul>"
-#~ "<li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>YaST</b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li>"
-#~ "</ul>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h1>Bruk</h1>"
-#~ "<h2>Kategoriar</h2>"
-#~ "<p>Pakkeoppdateringer er gruppert på følgjande måte:</p>"
-#~ "<ul>"
-#~ "<li>Tryggleik: Reparerer ein programvarefeil som kan utnyttast for å skaffa seg tilgjenge til systemet.</li>"
-#~ "<li> tilRådd: Reparerer programvarefeil som ikkje er sikkerhetsrelaterte (som t.d. kan øydeleggja data eller medføra redusert yting)</li>"
-#~ "<li>Valfri: Oppdateringar som berre gjeld for einskilde brukarar.</li>"
-#~ "</ul>"
-#~ "</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>Dokumentasjon</b>: Rettar opp feil i dokumentasjonen.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>YaST</b>: Pakkeoppdateringer for modulane i YaST.</li>"
-#~ "</ul>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2><p>Patches are grouped as follows:</p><ul><li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>"
+#~ msgstr "<h1>Bruk</h1><h2>Kategoriar</h2><p>Pakkeoppdateringer er gruppert på følgjande måte:</p><ul><li>Tryggleik: Reparerer ein programvarefeil som kan utnyttast for å skaffa seg tilgjenge til systemet.</li><li> tilRådd: Reparerer programvarefeil som ikkje er sikkerhetsrelaterte (som t.d. kan øydeleggja data eller medføra redusert yting)</li><li>Valfri: Oppdateringar som berre gjeld for einskilde brukarar.</li></ul></li><li><b>Dokumentasjon</b>: Rettar opp feil i dokumentasjonen.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: Pakkeoppdateringer for modulane i YaST.</li></ul>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</p>"
-#~ "<p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Berre oppdateringar som gjeld for systemet ditt vil vera synlege. Du kan vera sikker på at alle oppdateringar er viktige.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Viss du er interessert i oppgraderte versjonar av programvara, bør du sjå etter <i>oppgraderinger</i> i <b>programvarehandsamaren</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</p><p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Berre oppdateringar som gjeld for systemet ditt vil vera synlege. Du kan vera sikker på at alle oppdateringar er viktige.</p><p>Viss du er interessert i oppgraderte versjonar av programvara, bør du sjå etter <i>oppgraderinger</i> i <b>programvarehandsamaren</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages."
@@ -1201,22 +1115,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Anna"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Common suffixes for complementory packages:</p>"
-#~ "<ul>"
-#~ "<li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li>"
-#~ "</ul>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vanlege suffiks for tilleggspakker:</p>"
-#~ "<ul>"
-#~ "<li><b>-plugin-</b> (innstikk): utvidar programmet med ekstra funksjonar.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-devel</b> (utvikling): verta for kravt programvareutvikling.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-debuginfo</b>: feilsøkingssymboler for testing av programvare.</li>"
-#~ "<li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> eller andre språkkoder: toversettelsesfiler (språket ditt vil verta automatisk merkast for installasjon ved behov).</li>"
-#~ "</ul>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Common suffixes for complementory packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Vanlege suffiks for tilleggspakker:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b> (innstikk): utvidar programmet med ekstra funksjonar.</li><li><b>-devel</b> (utvikling): verta for kravt programvareutvikling.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: feilsøkingssymboler for testing av programvare.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> eller andre språkkoder: toversettelsesfiler (språket ditt vil verta automatisk merkast for installasjon ved behov).</li></ul>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -285,7 +285,8 @@
msgstr "Servermoduler"
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Main Host"
msgstr "Hovedvertsmaskin"
@@ -338,7 +339,8 @@
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default Host"
msgstr "Standard vertsmaskin"
@@ -372,64 +374,44 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon for HTTP-servar</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for HTTP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for HTTP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
-"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
-"\n"
+"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
-"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>\n"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38
@@ -469,16 +451,14 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\n"
"The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n"
"The first column contains the name of the module. \n"
"The second column shows whether the module should be\n"
"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n"
"of the module.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigering av HTTP-servermoduler</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigering av HTTP-servermoduler</big></b><br>\n"
"Tabellen inneheld ei liste over alle tilgjengelege Apache2-modular.\n"
"Den første kolonnen inneheld namnet til modulen. \n"
"Den andre kolonnen viser om modulen skal\n"
@@ -490,40 +470,32 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To change the status of a module, \n"
-"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å endra statusen for ein modul, \n"
-"vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk <b>Endre status</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk <b>Endre status</b>.</p>\n"
#. module dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n"
-"use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du må leggja til ein modul som ikkje er oppførd i tabellen, \n"
-"kan du bruka <b>Legg til modul</b>-knappen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan du bruka <b>Legg til modul</b>-knappen.</p>\n"
#. apache service enabling help 1/1
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n"
-"<b>Disabled</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for HTTP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for HTTP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Aktivar HTTP-serveren ved å velja <b>Aktivert</b>. Deaktiver serveren ved å velja\n"
-"<b>Deaktivert</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Deaktivert</b>.</p>\n"
#. firewall adapting help 1/1
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81
@@ -532,14 +504,12 @@
"<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n"
"adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n"
"The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n"
-"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ved å bruka <b>Opne brannmur via valde portar</b> \n"
"kan du tilpassa brannmuren i samsvar med portane som Apache2 lyttar på.\n"
"Grensesnitt for brannmuren vert ikkje lagd til eller sletta. \n"
-"Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg viss brannmuren er aktivert.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg viss brannmuren er aktivert.</p>\n"
#. server configuration overview help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88
@@ -555,8 +525,7 @@
"default (fallback) host. If the server name of the default\n"
"host is not specified, a path to the document root of the\n"
"default host is displayed.\n"
-"<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Lista over alternativ viser\n"
"fleire deler av serverkonfigurasjonen. <b>Lote på</b>\n"
@@ -568,8 +537,7 @@
"standard. Viss serverennavnet til\n"
"standardvertsmaskinen ikkje er angjevne, vert viste stigen til dokumentroten på\n"
"standardvertsmaskinen i staden.\n"
-"<b>Vertsmaskiner</b> inneheld ei liste over vertsmaskiner som er konfigurert for serveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Vertsmaskiner</b> inneheld ei liste over vertsmaskiner som er konfigurert for serveren.</p>\n"
#. server configuration overview help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102
@@ -587,21 +555,17 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n"
"This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n"
"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n"
"matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n"
-"press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurerte vertsmaskiner</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurerte vertsmaskiner</big></b><br>\n"
"Dette er ei liste over allereie konfigurerte vertsmaskiner. Ein av vertsmaskinene er \n"
"markert som standard (ei stjerne ved sida av servernavnet). Ein standardvertsmaskin vert brukt dersom ingen annan vertsmaskin\n"
"samsvarer med ein innkommende førespurnad. For å definera ein vertsmaskin som standard,\n"
-"klikk på <b>Bruk som standard</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"klikk på <b>Bruk som standard</b>.</p>\n"
#. hosts list help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116
@@ -617,13 +581,11 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vertsmaskinkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vertsmaskinkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera innstillingane for vertsmaskinen, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk <b>Rediger/b>.\n"
"For å leggja til eit nytt alternativ, klikk <b>Legg til</b>. Vel eit alternativ og klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette det.</p>"
@@ -637,8 +599,7 @@
"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk vala under <b>Serverdefinisjon</b> for å angje rutedefinisjonen for \n"
-"\tvirtuelle vertsmaskiner. Men viss du vel <b>Definisjon vigd HTTP-deklarasjonar</p>"
-",\n"
+"\tvirtuelle vertsmaskiner. Men viss du vel <b>Definisjon vigd HTTP-deklarasjonar</p>,\n"
"\tvil standardserveren aldri motta førespurnader sendt til IP-adressa for\n"
"\tein navnebasert virtuell vertsmaskin. Viss du vil setja opp ein SSL-basert virtuell vertsmaskin, nytte <b>Definisjon vigd IP-adresse</b></p>"
@@ -646,17 +607,13 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n"
"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n"
-"where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>"
-"\n"
+"where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big><i></i>-innstillingar for vertsmaskin</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big><i></i>-innstillingar for vertsmaskin</big></b><br>\n"
"Under <i>Lytt på</i> kan du velja portar og nettverksgrensesnitt\n"
-"der HTTP-serveren skal lytta etter innkommende førespurnader.</p>"
-"\n"
+"der HTTP-serveren skal lytta etter innkommende førespurnader.</p>\n"
#. listen dialog editor help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139
@@ -672,19 +629,15 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n"
"of the host. SSL allows communicating securely with the host by \n"
-"encrypting communication.</p>"
-"\n"
+"encrypting communication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>SSL-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>SSL-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"Dette er ei liste over alternativ i samband med SSL-innstillingane (Secure Socket Layer)\n"
"for vertsmaskinen. SSL sørgar for sikker kommunikasjon med vertsmaskinen ved \n"
-"å kryptera innholde.</p>"
-"\n"
+"å kryptera innholde.</p>\n"
#. ssl options dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150
@@ -693,14 +646,12 @@
"<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n"
"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
"or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dei generelle eigenskapane vert definerte av SSL-alternativet. Du kan velja at vertsmaskinen\n"
"ikkje skal støtte SSL i det heile (<tt>Ingen SSL</tt>), at han skal gje tilgjenge både med og utan SSL (<tt>Tillaten</tt>)\n"
"eller berre tillata kommunikasjon som er kryptert via SSL (<tt>Obligatorisk</tt>).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. ssl options dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157
@@ -720,38 +671,32 @@
"importing server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \n"
"allows use of a special purpose certificate. \n"
"<b>Use Common Certificate</b> configures usage of the\n"
-"common certificate issued for this host.</p>"
-"\n"
+"common certificate issued for this host.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Frå <b>Sertifikat</b>-menyen \n"
"kan du importerast serversertifikater. Bruk <b>Importar serversertifikat</b> \n"
"for å ta i bruk eit sertifikat for eit bestemt føremål . \n"
"<b>Bruk normalt sertifikat</b> konfigurerer nytta av\n"
-"det normale sertifikatet som er tildelt denne vertsmaskinen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"det normale sertifikatet som er tildelt denne vertsmaskinen.</p>\n"
#. ssl options dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n"
-"module should be loaded by the server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Merk:</b> Viss du aktiverer SSL for ein vertsmaskin, må modulen <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n"
-"lastast av serveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"lastast av serveren.</p>\n"
#. new host dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n"
"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Ny vertsmaskin</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Ny vertsmaskin</big></b><br>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du leggja inn grunnleggjande informasjon om ein ny virtuell vertsmaskin.</p>"
#. new host dialog help 2/3
@@ -763,23 +708,20 @@
"of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n"
"is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n"
"this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n"
-"address for feedback about this host.</p>"
-"\n"
+"address for feedback about this host.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Serveridentifikasjon</b> definerer innhaldet i og\n"
"presentasjonen av ein ny virtuell vertsmaskin. <b>Servernavn</b> er DNS-namnet som vert angjeve som ein del\n"
"av HTTP-deklarasjonane i serverens respons. <b>Serverens rotinnhold</b>\n"
"er ein absolutt stig til katalogen som inneheld alle dokumenta til\n"
"denne virtuelle vertsmaskinen. Under <b>E-post for administrator</b> kan du angje ei e-postadresse\n"
-"for tilbakemeldinger om denne vertsmaskinen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for tilbakemeldinger om denne vertsmaskinen.</p>\n"
#. new host dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\n"
"Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n"
"settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n"
"There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n"
@@ -787,11 +729,9 @@
"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n"
"by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n"
"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n"
-"Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Serverdefinisjon</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Serverdefinisjon</b></big><br>\n"
"Apache 2 treng informasjon om kva for innstillingar for\n"
"virtuell vertsmaskin som skal nyttast ved respons på ein HTTP-førespurnad. \n"
"Det er i prinsippet to hovedmetoder. Ved å bruka HTTP-deklarasjonar\n"
@@ -799,19 +739,16 @@
"HTTP-deklarasjonane til førespurnaden. Ein anna høve er å definera den virtuelle vertsmaskinen\n"
"ut frå IP-adressa som vert nytta av klienten ved tilkobling til serveren.\n"
"Viss du vil setja opp ein SSL-basert virtuell vertsmaskin, nytte <b>Definisjon vigd IP-adresse</b>\n"
-"Du finn meir informasjon i brukerveiledningen for Apache2.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Du finn meir informasjon i brukerveiledningen for Apache2.</p>\n"
#. advanced new host dialog 1/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n"
"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Informasjon om ny vertsmaskin</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Informasjon om ny vertsmaskin</big></b><br>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du spesifisera tilleggsinformasjon om ein ny virtuell vertsmaskin.</p>"
#. advanced new host dialog 2/5
@@ -831,8 +768,7 @@
"<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n"
"\n"
"Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n"
-"Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For HTTPS-tilgjenge til denne virtuelle vertsmaskinen, vel <b>Aktivum SSL-støtte</b>.\n"
"\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -122,12 +122,12 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr "Alternativet 'id' kan ikkje kombinerast med andre alternativ."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Teneste"
@@ -142,17 +142,17 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr "Prot."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wait"
msgstr "Vent"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "User"
msgstr "Brukar"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Servar"
@@ -170,13 +170,13 @@
msgstr "Av"
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid "No"
@@ -195,151 +195,151 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr "Pakka %1 vil installerast under lagringsprosessen."
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr "Pakka %1 vart ikkje installert. Tenesta kan ikkje redigerast."
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr "Pakka %1 vart installert."
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr "&Aktiver alle tenester"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr "&Deaktiver alle tenester"
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr "D&eaktiver"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr "Akti&ver"
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr "Tilgjengelege tenester"
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ch"
msgstr "Endre"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Type "
msgstr "Type "
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr "Servar / Argm"
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "&Legg til"
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Rediger"
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Slett"
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr "&Endre status (På eller Av)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr "Status for alle &tenester"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "Oppset av nettverkstjenester (xinetd)"
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr "Legg til ein ny tjenesteoppføring"
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr "Kan ikkje sletta tenesta. Han er ikkje installert."
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
#, fuzzy
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "Vel ei teneste i hoveddialogen for å slette henne"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
#, fuzzy
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr "Vel ei teneste i hoveddialogen for å aktivare eller deaktivere han."
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr "Rediger ein tjenesteoppføring"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
#, fuzzy
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "Vel ei teneste i hoveddialogen for å redigera henne"
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
@@ -349,64 +349,64 @@
"Superserveren for Internett vil verta deaktivert."
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Teneste"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr "RPC-versjo&n"
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr "Tenesta er akti&vert."
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
#, fuzzy
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr "Sokkelt&ype"
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokoll"
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr "&Vent"
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&Brukar"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Gruppe"
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr "S&erver"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr "Serverargumen&ter"
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
#, fuzzy
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr "Ko&mmentar"
@@ -421,15 +421,15 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
#, fuzzy
msgid "--default--"
msgstr "--standard--"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
@@ -439,13 +439,13 @@
"Angje gyldige verd.\n"
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr "Tjenestenavnet inneheld ugyldige teikn \"/\""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
#, fuzzy
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr "Brukaren %1 er reservert for interne serverprosesser."
@@ -466,108 +466,78 @@
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer xinetd-oppsett-</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer xinetd-oppsett-</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initaliseringsprosessen:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avslutta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initaliseringsprosessen:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avslutta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar xinetd-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar xinetd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagringsprosessen:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagringsprosessen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n"
-"configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset av nettverkstjenester</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset av nettverkstjenester</big></b><br>\n"
"Klikk <b>Aktivum</b> for å aktivare nettverkstjenester som vert styrt av ein superserver.\n"
-"Klikk <b>Deaktiver</b> for å deaktivere superserveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk <b>Deaktiver</b> for å deaktivere superserveren.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n"
"All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n"
-"and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppsettstatus for tenester:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppsettstatus for tenester:</big></b><br>\n"
"Alle tenester markert med <b>X</b> i kolonnen <b>Endre</b> er redigert\n"
-"og vil endrast i systemoppsettet</p>"
-"\n"
+"og vil endrast i systemoppsettet</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n"
"All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n"
"All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n"
"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tjenestestatus:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tjenestestatus:</big></b><br>\n"
"Alle tenester markert med <b>---</b> er deaktivert (låste).\n"
"Alle tenester markert med <b>På</b> er aktiverte (ulåste).\n"
"Alle tenester markert med <b>II</b> er ikkje installerte og kan ikkje verta opp sette.</p>"
@@ -575,65 +545,49 @@
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Endre tjenestestatus:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel tenesta du vil aktivera eller deaktivere og klikk <b>Endra status (På eller Av)</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Endre tjenestestatus:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vel tenesta du vil aktivera eller deaktivere og klikk <b>Endra status (På eller Av)</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigering av tenester:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel tenesta du vil redigera og klikk <b>Rediger</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigering av tenester:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vel tenesta du vil redigera og klikk <b>Rediger</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Slette tenester:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel tenesta du vil sletta og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Slette tenester:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vel tenesta du vil sletta og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n"
-"Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Leggja til ny oppføring:</big></b>\n"
-"Klikk <b>Opprett</b> og fyll ut skjemaet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk <b>Opprett</b> og fyll ut skjemaet.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n"
"Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n"
-"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Avbryt oppsett:</big></b>\n"
"Avbryt oppsettet ved å klikka på <b>Avbryt</b>-knappen.\n"
-"Viss du gjer dette, vil alle endringar gå tapt og det originale oppsettet vil ikkje endrast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss du gjer dette, vil alle endringar gå tapt og det originale oppsettet vil ikkje endrast.</p>\n"
#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog.
#. @return The help text.
@@ -642,13 +596,11 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n"
-"enter</p>"
-"\n"
+"enter</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>For å oppretta ein gyldig oppføring (teneste) for superserveren,\n"
-"angje</p>"
-"\n"
+"angje</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
@@ -666,8 +618,7 @@
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul>\n"
-"<li>Tjenestennavn{"
-"<li>RPC-versjon (valfritt)\n"
+"<li>Tjenestennavn{<li>RPC-versjon (valfritt)\n"
"<li>Sokkeltype\n"
"<li>Protokoll\n"
"<li>wait/nowait\n"
@@ -679,23 +630,17 @@
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dette er ei kort skildring. Du finn meir informasjon i <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Dette er ei kort skildring. Du finn meir informasjon i <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje eit gyldig tjenestenavn i <b>teneste</b>-feltet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128
#, fuzzy
@@ -703,27 +648,23 @@
"<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n"
"depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n"
"requires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\n"
-"transmission.</p>"
-"\n"
+"transmission.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sokkeltype</b> skal vera stream, dgram, raw eller seqpacket,\n"
"avhengig av om tenesta er streambasert, datagrambasert,\n"
"krev direkte tilgjenge til IP eller krev ein påliteleg, sekvensiell\n"
-"datagramoverføring.</p>"
-"\n"
+"datagramoverføring.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n"
"Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Protokollen</b> må vera gyldig i samsvar med /etc/protocols.\n"
"Dette kan t.d. vera <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> og <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139
#, fuzzy
@@ -739,8 +680,7 @@
"xinetd accepts the connection. \n"
"<i>udp/dgram</i> services normally expect the value to be <b>yes</b>,\n"
"because udp is not connection oriented. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers\n"
-"normally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"normally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Oppføringen <b>wait/nowait</b> spesifiserer om tenesta er\n"
"enkel- eller multitrådet, og dessutan om xinetd og\n"
@@ -753,8 +693,7 @@
"aksepterer tilkoblingen.\n"
"<i>udp/dgram</i>-tenester forventar normalt at verdet er <b>yes</b>\n"
"fordi udp ikkje er tilkoblingsorientert. <i>tcp/stream</i>-servera\n"
-"forventar normalt at verdet er <b>no</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"forventar normalt at verdet er <b>no</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153
#, fuzzy
@@ -762,13 +701,11 @@
"<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n"
"<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n"
"less than root.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Serveren vil køyra med rettane til brukaren som er vald under\n"
"<b>Brukar</b>. Dette er nyttig for å køyra tenester med lågare rettar enn rot.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159
#, fuzzy
@@ -777,15 +714,13 @@
"be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n"
"Parameters for this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments</b>.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>In <b>Servar</b>: skriv inn stigen til programmet som skal\n"
"køyrast av superserveren når ein førespurnad kjem til sokkelen.\n"
"Parametrar for dette programmet kan definerast under <b>Serverargumenter</b>.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194
@@ -815,75 +750,69 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer …"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av inetd"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr "Les oppsettet"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Les oppsettet …"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar inetd-oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingane"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …"
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra innstillingane!"
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>"
-"<ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul>"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>"
-"<ul><i>All tenester er markerte som deaktivert.</i></ul>"
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
+msgstr "<p><ul><i>All tenester er markerte som deaktivert.</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network services"
msgstr "Nettverkstjenester"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr "Nettverkstjenester vert administrerte via %1"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
#, fuzzy
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr "Desse tenestene vil aktiverast"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 16:28+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Gjer klar …"
@@ -201,28 +201,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Viss du er usikker, kan du gå tilbake og sjå over desse vala på nytt.</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Stadfest oppgradering"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr "<p>All nødvendig informasjon for oppgraderinga er no klar.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "Start &oppgradering"
@@ -272,51 +272,7 @@
msgstr "Svartelistar einingar …"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr "Genererer om nødvendig AutoYaST-profil …"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bruk <b>Klon systemoppsett</b> viss du vil oppretta ein AutoYaST-profil.\n"
-"Med AutoYaST kan heile installeringa gjerast utan medverknad frå brukaren.\n"
-"AutoYaST treng en profil for å veta korleis det installerte systemet skal sjå ut.\n"
-"Når du kryssar av for dette, vert det lagra ein profil for systemet i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr "Vil du lagra AutoYaST-profilen til «/root/autoinst.xml» ved slutten av installeringa?"
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Klon systemoppsett"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "&Klon sytemoppsett"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert lagra til «/root/autoinst.xml» (<a href=\"%1\">ikkje lagra han</a>)."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert ikkje lagra (<a href=\"%1\">lagra han</a>)."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer filer til installert system …"
@@ -396,14 +352,12 @@
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
-"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>"
-"\n"
+"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Med <b>installering frå diskbilete</b> går installeringa raskare.\n"
"Diskbilete er komprimerte kopiar av eit installert system basert på ei\n"
"samling pakkar. Andre pakkar (som ikkje finst i diskbiletet) vert installerte\n"
-"som enkeltpakkar på vanleg måte.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som enkeltpakkar på vanleg måte.</p>\n"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
@@ -516,7 +470,7 @@
msgstr "Oppdateringar for %1 %2"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
@@ -545,140 +499,130 @@
"Vel om du vil køyra ei oppdatering frå Internett no.\n"
"Du kan hoppa over dette steget no, og køyra oppdateringa seinare.\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr "Språk, tastatur og lisensavtale"
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Språk"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "&Versjonsmerknadar …"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "Eg &godkjenner lisensavtala."
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "&Tastaturtest"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Lisensavtale"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "Lisens&omsetjingar …"
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
"installation and for the installed system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>språket</b> og <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka\n"
"under installeringa og etter at systemet er installert.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du må godkjenna lisensavtala før du kan halda fram med installeringa.\n"
"Vel <b>Lisensomsetjingar</b> for å vise alle tilgjengelege omsetjingar av avtala.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Neste</b> for å gå vidare til neste steg.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
"all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ikkje noko vil skje med datamaskina før du stadfestar\n"
"alle innstillingane i det siste installasjonssteget.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
"installation process at any time.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan når som helst velja <b>Avbryt</b>\n"
"for å avbryta installeringa.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "&Versjonsmerknadar …"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Lisensavtale"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Språk"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "Eg &godkjenner lisensavtala."
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr "Du må godta lisensvilkåra for å kunna installera produktet"
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "&Tastaturtest"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "Lisens&omsetjingar …"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -688,12 +632,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
-"the ZMD service during system start.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel <b>Slå av ZMD-tenesta</b> for å stengja og\n"
-"deaktivera ZMD-tenesta under oppstart av systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"deaktivera ZMD-tenesta under oppstart av systemet.</p>\n"
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
@@ -715,12 +657,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>&product; er no ferdig installert på maskina.\n"
-"Når du trykkjer <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Når du trykkjer <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
@@ -729,12 +669,8 @@
#. congratulation text 4/4
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
-msgid ""
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>"
-"Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>"
-"Helsing SUSE-utviklarane</p>"
+msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Ha det gøy!<br>Helsing SUSE-utviklarane</p>"
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
@@ -745,25 +681,21 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n"
-"to the login screen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the login screen.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel <b>Fullfør</b> for å fullføra installeringa og\n"
-"gå til innloggingsbiletet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"gå til innloggingsbiletet.</p>\n"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
-"our SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"our SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vel KDE, det grafiske standardskrivebordet, kan du\n"
"tilpassa nokre KDE-innstillingar til maskinvara di. Sjå òg\n"
-"velkomstvindauget.</p>"
-"\n"
+"velkomstvindauget.</p>\n"
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
@@ -793,7 +725,7 @@
msgstr "Pakken «autoyast2» er ikkje installert. Kloning ikkje mogleg."
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "Maskina vert no starta på nytt …"
@@ -802,8 +734,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -811,7 +743,7 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
@@ -820,7 +752,7 @@
"Avbryt installeringa …\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
@@ -829,20 +761,20 @@
"Opnar ein pakkehandsamar, slik at du kan kontrollera gjeldande status for pakkar."
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Laster ned diskbilete med farten %1/s"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Laster ned diskbiletet %1 med farten %2/s"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbilete …"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbiletet %1 …"
@@ -868,33 +800,36 @@
msgstr "Hardisk å leggja diskbilete på"
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Søkjer etter tilgjengelege kontrollarar"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskbruk"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Set opp &DASD-diskar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Set opp &ZFCP-diskar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Set opp &FCoE-diskar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Set opp &iSCSI-diskar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Endra &nettverksoppsett"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -913,7 +848,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Gjer klar"
@@ -953,53 +888,53 @@
msgstr "Laga oversikt over fullføringsskript som skal køyrast …"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopier filer til installert system"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Lagra oppsett"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Lagra installasjonsinnstillingar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Klargjer systemet for første oppstart"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer steg: %1 …"
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Køyrer steg %1 …"
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Ferdig"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Feil ved installering"
@@ -1024,27 +959,27 @@
msgstr "Klargjer første systemoppsett …"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Installasjonsval"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "&Legg til pakkebrønnar før installering"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "&Ta med tilleggsprodukt frå andre medium"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Installasjonsval</b></big></p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1055,20 +990,18 @@
"foreslåtte eksterne pakkebrønnar under installeringa eller oppgraderinga.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
-"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Ta med tilleggsprodukt frå andre medium</b> for òg å installera\n"
-"andre tilleggsprodukt saman med &product;.</p>"
-"\n"
+"andre tilleggsprodukt saman med &product;.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Viss du treng eigne maskinvaredrivarar for installeringa, sjå <i>http://drivers.suse.com/</i>.</p>"
@@ -1117,23 +1050,19 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
-"have a configured network.</p>"
-"\n"
+"have a configured network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det er ikkje sett opp noko nettverk\n"
-"for systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for systemet.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du må setja opp nettverket dersom du ønskjer å bruka eksterne pakkebrønnar\n"
-"eller tilleggsprodukt. Viss du ikkje vil bruka dette, kan du hoppa over oppsettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eller tilleggsprodukt. Viss du ikkje vil bruka dette, kan du hoppa over oppsettet.</p>\n"
#. error popup
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
@@ -1227,12 +1156,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
-"summary of new features and changes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Versjonsmerknadene</b> for det installerte Linux-systemet\n"
-"inneheld eit kort oversikt over endringar og nye funksjonar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"inneheld eit kort oversikt over endringar og nye funksjonar.</p>\n"
#. informative message in RichText widget
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
@@ -1243,12 +1170,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
-"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel det bruksområdet som best svarar til behova dine.\n"
-"Du kan velja fleire program seinare i installeringa.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Du kan velja fleire program seinare i installeringa.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
@@ -1343,7 +1268,7 @@
msgstr "Søkjer no etter maskinvare og installerte system."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
@@ -1352,7 +1277,7 @@
"Sjå «http://drivers.suse.com/» viss du treng eigne maskinvaredrivarar for installeringa."
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1362,7 +1287,7 @@
"Kontroller maskinvara.\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1373,7 +1298,7 @@
"(spesielt på S/390- og iSCSI-system).\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1386,7 +1311,7 @@
"%1\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1394,6 +1319,32 @@
"Klarte ikkje gjera klar pakkebrønnar.\n"
"Avbryt installeringa."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1447,8 +1398,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Endra …"
@@ -1646,26 +1597,22 @@
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
-"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det gjenstår nokre få steg før systemet er klart til\n"
"bruk. YaST vil no rettleia deg gjennom grunnoppsettet.\n"
-"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>\n"
" \n"
#. help ttext
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n"
-"basic configuration of the system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"basic configuration of the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å starta\n"
-"grunnoppsett av systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"grunnoppsett av systemet.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
@@ -1688,7 +1635,7 @@
msgstr "Set opp snøgglager for programkopling …"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett …"
@@ -1815,33 +1762,22 @@
msgstr "Krympar PREP-partisjon …"
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil tilbakestille alt til standardvala?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Alle endringane dine går då tapt."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Plassering til lagra oppsett"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra oppsett. Du finn meir informasjon i loggen."
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Hoppar over oppsett etter ønske frå brukar"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1850,25 +1786,25 @@
"retta før du kan halda fram.\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Tilpassar forslaget til gjeldande innstillingar …"
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analyserer systemet …"
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "Feil: Ingen forslag"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1881,42 +1817,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Hopp over oppsett"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Bruk dette oppsettet"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&Eksporter oppsett"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Trykk på ei overskrift for å endra, eller bruk menyen «Endra» nedanfor."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Trykk på overskriftene for å endra noko."
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Tilbakestill til standardvala"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Oppgradering"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Installer"
@@ -1931,106 +1861,92 @@
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan endra verdiane ved å trykkja på overskriftene,\n"
"eller ved å bruka menyen <b>Endra</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Harddisken er ikkje endra enno, så du kan framleis trygt avbryta installeringa.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Installer</b> for starta installeringa med desse vala.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Oppgrader</b> for å starta oppgraderinga med desse vala.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å ta i bruk nettverksinnstillingane.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å ta i bruk tenesteinnstillingane.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å ta i bruk maskinvareinnstillingane.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Forslag til UML-installasjon</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2041,17 +1957,15 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å bruka desse vala.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Text to display
#.
@@ -2060,6 +1974,18 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Gjer klar for fjernadministrering …"
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Probing"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "Maskinvare- og systemoppdaging"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2067,10 +1993,73 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "Lagar augeblinksbilete av rotfilsystemet …"
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
@@ -2107,19 +2096,55 @@
"Klarte ikkje løysa pakkekonfliktene automatisk.\n"
"Opnar programhandsamaren, slik at du kan løysa dei manuelt."
+#~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
+#~ msgstr "Genererer om nødvendig AutoYaST-profil …"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Bruk <b>Klon systemoppsett</b> viss du vil oppretta ein AutoYaST-profil.\n"
+#~ "Med AutoYaST kan heile installeringa gjerast utan medverknad frå brukaren.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST treng en profil for å veta korleis det installerte systemet skal sjå ut.\n"
+#~ "Når du kryssar av for dette, vert det lagra ein profil for systemet i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+#~ msgstr "Vil du lagra AutoYaST-profilen til «/root/autoinst.xml» ved slutten av installeringa?"
+
+#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Klon systemoppsett"
+
+#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Klon sytemoppsett"
+
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert lagra til «/root/autoinst.xml» (<a href=\"%1\">ikkje lagra han</a>)."
+
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert ikkje lagra (<a href=\"%1\">lagra han</a>)."
+
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Plassering til lagra oppsett"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
+#~ msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra oppsett. Du finn meir informasjon i loggen."
+
+#~ msgid "&Export Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Eksporter oppsett"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "Feil: Manglar tittel"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Nokre forslag kan vera låste av systemadministratoren, og\n"
#~ "kan såleis ikkje endrast. Ta kontakt med systemadministratoren\n"
-#~ "dersom du ønskjer å endra eit låst forslag.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "dersom du ønskjer å endra eit låst forslag.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
#~ msgstr "Gjer klar installasjonsmiljøet …"
@@ -2245,13 +2270,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\n"
#~ "and click the <b>Next</b> button.\n"
-#~ "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Dersom du vil setja opp eit nettverkskort,\n"
#~ "vel det frå lista og trykk <b>Neste</b>.\n"
-#~ "Trykk elles <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Trykk elles <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "IP address cannot be empty."
#~ msgstr "IP-adressa kan ikkje vera tom."
@@ -2340,48 +2363,36 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Network Setup</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "Configure your network card.\n"
+#~ "<br>Configure your network card.\n"
#~ "Select either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\n"
#~ "For details contact your Internet provider or your network\n"
-#~ "administrator.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "administrator.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Nettverksoppsett</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "Set opp nettverkskortet.\n"
+#~ "<br>Set opp nettverkskortet.\n"
#~ "Vel anten DHCP eller ei statisk adresse. DHCP passar i dei tilfelle.\n"
#~ "Kontakt nettleverandøren eller nettverksadministratoren din\n"
-#~ "viss du treng meir informasjon.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "viss du treng meir informasjon.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Proxy</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\n"
+#~ "<br>Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\n"
#~ "In most cases, if you have a direct connection to the Internet,\n"
-#~ "you do not need to use one.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "you do not need to use one.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Mellomtenar</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "Ein mellomtenar er ei maskin om står mellom maskina di og Internett.\n"
+#~ "<br>Ein mellomtenar er ei maskin om står mellom maskina di og Internett.\n"
#~ "I dei fleste tilfella har du direkte tilgang til Internett, slik at det ikkje er\n"
-#~ "nødvendig å bruka ein mellomtenar.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "nødvendig å bruka ein mellomtenar.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>The output of the command was:\n"
-#~ "<pre>%2</pre>"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<pre>%2</pre></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Feil med kommandoen <tt>%1</tt>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>Feil med kommandoen <tt>%1</tt>.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>Resultat frå kommandoen:\n"
-#~ "<pre>%2</pre>"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<pre>%2</pre></p>"
#~ msgid "Setting up Network Failed"
#~ msgstr "Feil ved oppsett av nettverk"
@@ -2546,15 +2557,13 @@
#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Vel <b>Nyinstallering</b> viss det ikkje finst noko Linux-system på\n"
#~ "maskina frå før, eller viss du vil byta ut eit eksisterande Linux-systemet\n"
#~ "og alle tilhøyrande innstillingar.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -2575,15 +2584,13 @@
#~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n"
#~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n"
#~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n"
-#~ "configuration.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "configuration.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Vel <b>Bruk automatisk oppsett</b> for å la installasjonsprogrammet\n"
#~ "setja opp nettverk og maskinvare automatisk. Viss ikkje, vil du\n"
#~ "få eit forslag til oppsett der du kan justera alle innstillingane manuelt.\n"
-#~ "Me rår uerfarne brukarar til å velja automatisk oppsett.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Me rår uerfarne brukarar til å velja automatisk oppsett.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Update mode does not support automatic configuration.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Du kan ikkje bruka automatisk oppsett ved oppgradering.</p>"
@@ -2591,13 +2598,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n"
#~ "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Funksjonen <b>Oppgrader</b> er berre tilgjengeleg viss\n"
#~ "installasjonsprogrammet fann eit eksisterande Linux-system.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid "&Show Release Notes"
#~ msgstr "&Vis versjonsmerknader"
@@ -2609,13 +2614,11 @@
#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes for the initial release. They are\n"
#~ "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n"
#~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n"
-#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Dette er versjonsmerknadene laga for den opphavlege versjonen,\n"
#~ "og følgjer med på installasjonsmediet. Viss du har tilgang til Internett under\n"
-#~ "installeringa, kan du lasta ned oppdaterte versjonsmerknader frå nettet.</b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "installeringa, kan du lasta ned oppdaterte versjonsmerknader frå nettet.</b></p>\n"
#~ msgid "Configuring the superuser's environment..."
#~ msgstr "Set opp miljø for superbrukar …"
@@ -2726,13 +2729,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n"
#~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n"
-#~ "this process can take some time.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "this process can take some time.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Må lagra oppsettet for &product;-systemet.\n"
#~ "Avhengig av CPU og minnekapasitet, kan denne\n"
-#~ "prosessen ta litt tid.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "prosessen ta litt tid.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Progress"
#~ msgstr "Framgang"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -74,29 +74,29 @@
msgstr "Endre medium"
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Sett inn CD %1 og klikk Hald fram."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Vel ISO-diskbildet %1 og klikk Hald fram."
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr "Sett inn CD %1 av %2."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr "Vel ISO-diskbilde %1 av %2."
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
@@ -106,13 +106,13 @@
"%1"
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "Vel %1"
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
@@ -126,72 +126,74 @@
"Vel først grunnproduktmediet."
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr "Kopierer CD-innhald til lokal katalog"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
#, fuzzy
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr "Dette kan ta eit bel …"
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr "Feil under overføring av innhald i pakkebrønn."
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Pakkebrønnoppsett"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Les &CD- eller DVD-medium"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
#, fuzzy
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr "Data&kjelde"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr "Bruk &ISO-diskbilder"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr "Ka&talog med CD-diskbilder:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "Vel &katalog"
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Vel katalog"
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr "Installasjonsservernavn manglar."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
@@ -201,7 +203,7 @@
"Cdane vert ikkje kopierte."
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
@@ -211,23 +213,23 @@
"fleire pakker osb.) i pakkebrønnen?"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr "Pakkebrønn&namn:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr "A&ngi som installasjonstjeneste med SLP"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr "Ugyldig pakkebrønnnavn."
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
@@ -237,7 +239,7 @@
"Vel eit anna namn."
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
@@ -251,7 +253,7 @@
"ikkje er skrivebeskyttet, og prøv igjen.\n"
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
@@ -267,104 +269,104 @@
"Vil du verkeleg slette det gamle innhaldet og oppretta det på nytt?"
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr "Første oppsett -- Første oppsett"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr "Ikkje sett opp nokon nett&verkstjenester"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr "Katalog som skal innehalda a&rkiver:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr "&Sett opp som HTTP-pakkebrønn"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr "&Sett opp som FTP-pakkebrønn"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr "&Sett opp som NFS-pakkebrønn"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr "Vel ei gyldig adresse for den manglande installasjonsserveren."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr "Installasjonsserver -- NFS"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Jokertegn for vertsmaskin"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Alternativ"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under NFS-oppsettet."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr "Installasjonsserver -- FTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr "&FTP-serverens rotkatalog:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr "&Katalogalias:"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under FTP-oppsettet."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr "Installasjonsserver -- HTTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr "&Katalogalias"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr "Feil under skiping av HTTPD-oppsettet."
@@ -373,12 +375,10 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Network Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Network Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset av nettverksserver</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset av nettverksserver</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19
@@ -398,24 +398,20 @@
"<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\n"
"server configuration manually, select not to configure \n"
"the services.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss ein av tenestene allereie køyrer og du ynskjer å utføra\n"
"serveroppsettet manuelt, kan du velja å ikkje setja opp \n"
"tenestene.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppsett av NFS-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppsett av NFS-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33
@@ -424,14 +420,12 @@
"<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\n"
"<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \n"
"installed and started.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å fullføra dene oppsettet må det leggjast til ein\n"
"ny oppføring i fila <em>/etc/exports</em>, og NFS-serveren må\n"
"installerast og vert starta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
@@ -439,27 +433,23 @@
"<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n"
"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
"to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vil avgrensa tilgjenget til dei eksporterte katalogane for visse \n"
"vertsmaskiner, kan du leggja til ein meir restriktiv jokertegnmaske. Bruk til dømes <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
"for å avgrensa tilgjenget til undernettverket <em>192.168.1.0</em>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n"
"options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan òg spesifisera eksportalternativer. Du finn meir informasjon om tilgjengelege\n"
"alternativ for manualsiden for <em>exports</em> (ein exports(5))\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
@@ -473,23 +463,18 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppsett av FTP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppsett av FTP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n"
-"installed and started.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>For å fullføra dette oppsettet må ein FTP-servar installerast og starta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"installed and started.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>For å fullføra dette oppsettet må ein FTP-servar installerast og starta.</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59
#, fuzzy
@@ -498,26 +483,22 @@
"the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
"This makes the software repository directory available under the\n"
"FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss den valde katalogen med pakkebrønnen er utanfor\n"
"FTP-serveren filstruktur, vil eit monteringspunkt leggjast til i <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>,\n"
"som gjer katalogen med pakkebrønnen tilgjengeleg på\n"
"FTP-serveren (ved å bruka valet <tt>--bind</tt> for <tt>mount</tt>-kommandoen).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Installasjonsserveren vil vera tilgjengeleg for klientane på følgjande nettverksadresse:\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69
#, fuzzy
@@ -531,12 +512,10 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppsett av HTTP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppsett av HTTP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73
@@ -544,23 +523,19 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \n"
"installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n"
-"server root directory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"server root directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å fullføra dette oppsettet må ein HTTP-servar installerast og starta. Aliaset vil vart nytta som referanse til\n"
-"installasjonsserverens rotkatalog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"installasjonsserverens rotkatalog.</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n"
-"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>"
-"\n"
+"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel eit kort alias som er lett å hugsa. Viss du til dømes vel\n"
-"<em>SUSA</em> som alias, vil pakkebrønnene vera tilgjengelege som vist nedanfor:</p>"
-"\n"
+"<em>SUSA</em> som alias, vil pakkebrønnene vera tilgjengelege som vist nedanfor:</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81
#, fuzzy
@@ -574,28 +549,22 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n"
"CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n"
-"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p>"
-" \n"
+"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pakkebrønnnavnet vert nytta for å oppretta ein katalog som alle produkt-\n"
"CD-er skal kopierast til. Pakkebrønnen er tilgjengeleg via den\n"
-"valde protokollen (NFS, FTP eller HTTP)</p>"
-" \n"
+"valde protokollen (NFS, FTP eller HTTP)</p> \n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90
#, fuzzy
@@ -606,34 +575,28 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n"
-"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) gjer det lettare å finna ein installasjonsserver. \n"
-"Viss du kryssar av her, vil pakkebrønnen verta automatisk angjeve på nettverket vigd SLP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss du kryssar av her, vil pakkebrønnen verta automatisk angjeve på nettverket vigd SLP.</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n"
-"<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel ein kildestasjon frå lista, sett inn det første mediet for eit grunnprodukt og klikk\n"
-"<b>Neste</b> for å kopiera innhaldet til den lokale pakkebrønnen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Neste</b> for å kopiera innhaldet til den lokale pakkebrønnen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n"
-"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>"
-"\n"
+"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Etter at grunnmediet er kopiert til den lokale pakkebrønnen, kan du leggja til fleire\n"
-"CD-er i pakkebrønnen (til dømes CDEN til Ei-oppdatering eller kva for ein som helst CDEN til Anna-tillegg).</p>"
-"\n"
+"CD-er i pakkebrønnen (til dømes CDEN til Ei-oppdatering eller kva for ein som helst CDEN til Anna-tillegg).</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101
#, fuzzy
@@ -644,176 +607,127 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n"
-"select ISO image files.</p>"
-"\n"
+"select ISO image files.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>ISO-diskbilder kan vert i staden nytta for CD- eller DVD-medium. Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å\n"
-"velja ISO-diskbildefiler.</p>"
-"\n"
+"velja ISO-diskbildefiler.</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Saving Repository Configuration</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Saving Repository Configuration</b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure the installation server here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\n"
+"Configure the installation server here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Her kan du setja opp installasjonsserveren.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Her kan du setja opp installasjonsserveren.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n"
"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n"
"available for configuration.\n"
-"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Leggja til ein pakkebrønn:</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Leggja til ein pakkebrønn:</b><br>\n"
"Systemet søkjer etter katalogar som ikkje er valt, i pakkebrønnkatalogen og gjer\n"
"dei tilgjengelege for oppsett.\n"
-"Legg til ein pakkebrønn ved å velja han i lista over pakkebrønner som ikkje er vald. Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Legg til ein pakkebrønn ved å velja han i lista over pakkebrønner som ikkje er vald. Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n"
-"du kan endra oppsettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du kan endra oppsettet.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\n"
"Get an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \n"
-"configuration if necessary.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"configuration if necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over pakkebrønner</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over pakkebrønner</big></b><br>\n"
"Her vert vist eit oversyn over valde pakkebrønner. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera desse pakkebrønnene.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera desse pakkebrønnene.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein pakkebrønn:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein pakkebrønn.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein pakkebrønn:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein pakkebrønn.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose the repository you want to change or remove and\n"
-"press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>"
-"\n"
+"press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein pakkebrønn du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>\n"
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
@@ -843,7 +757,7 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
@@ -853,86 +767,86 @@
"Vil du la NFS-eksportane vera uendra?\n"
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "Les oppsettfil"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr "Søk etter ny pakkebrønn"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "Lesar oppsettfil …"
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr "Søkar etter ny pakkebrønn …"
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa gjeldande innstillingar."
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for installasjonsserver"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingane"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Køyr SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …"
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Køyrar SuSEconfig …"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra innstillingane."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Valde pakkebrønner"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -174,190 +174,124 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Defines the number of second between server checks.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: 10 seconds\n"
+"</p><p>Defines the number of second between server checks.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: 1\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
+"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: 0\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: all\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n"
"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n"
"configuration.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
+"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n"
"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: no\n"
+"</p><p>Default: no\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
+"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n"
"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n"
"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n"
"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n"
"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n"
"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n"
"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n"
"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n"
"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n"
"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n"
"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n"
"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n"
"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n"
"underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n"
+"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n"
"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n"
"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n"
"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n"
@@ -365,306 +299,186 @@
"activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n"
"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default:\n"
-"</p>"
-"<dl compact=\"compact\">\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n"
"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Otherwise: none\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n"
"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
-"</p>"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* virtual server port\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* real server ip\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* real server port\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>Default: /bin/true\n"
+"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
+"</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n"
+"</dt><dt>* real server ip\n"
+"</dt><dt>* real server port\n"
+"</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
+"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
"rows. This is a required setting.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
+"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
" are replaced with a new line character.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n"
"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default:\n"
-"</p>"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
+"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default:\n"
-"</p>"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
+"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
"from uname if unset.\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n"
"is a required setting.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
"<b>passwd</b> above).\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: empty string\n"
+"</p><p>Default: empty string\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>persistent</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>persistent</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>netmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>netmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
"protocol must be fwm.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default:\n"
-"</p>"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
-"</dt>"
-"<dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
-"</dt>"
-"</dl>"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
+"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: 1\n"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: 0\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: all\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
+"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disconnect"
-msgstr "Koble til"
+msgid "Log Out"
+msgstr "Logg ut"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
#, fuzzy
@@ -148,6 +148,10 @@
msgstr "Søk"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr "Logg inn"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connect"
@@ -244,8 +248,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-initiator</h1>"
@@ -264,192 +268,145 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjonen til vent men av iSCSI-initiator initialiseres…</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Konfigurasjonen til vent men av iSCSI-initiator initialiseres…</big></b></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vent medan konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator vert lagra…</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Vent medan konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator vert lagra…</big></b></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringsprosedyren ved å trykkja <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
" Ein ny dialogboks forteljar deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-" </p>"
-"\n"
+" </p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Konfigurer ein iSCSI-initiator her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n"
+"Konfigurer ein iSCSI-initiator her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n"
"Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n"
"If your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein iSCSI-initiator frå lista over oppdaga initiatorer.\n"
" Viss iSCSI-initiatoren ikkje vart oppdaga, brukar du <b>Anna (ikkje funnet)</b>.\n"
-" Klikk deretter <b>Konfigurer</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+" Klikk deretter <b>Konfigurer</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, vert vist ein ny dialogboks der du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>\n"
+"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, vert vist ein ny dialogboks der du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n"
-"edit their configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n"
"Få eit oversyn over installerte iSCSI-initiatorer. Du kan òg\n"
-" redigera konfigurasjonen.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" redigera konfigurasjonen.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å konfigurera ein iSCSI-initiator.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n"
+"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å konfigurera ein iSCSI-initiator.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein iSCSI-initiator du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-" Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>"
-"\n"
+" Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>\n"
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>List of current sessions.</p>"
-"<p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>"
-"Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
+"Liste over gjeldande økter. Legg til eit mål ved å klikka <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
+"Fjern eit mål ved å velja det og klikka <b>Logg ut</b>.\n"
+"Klikk <b>Byt</b> for å endra oppstartsstatus.\n"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Advarsel</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Når du brukar ein iSCSI-eining med <b>LESA</b>/<b>SKRIVA</b>-rettar, må desse rettane vera eksklusive for å unngå risiko for øydelagte data.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Når du brukar ein iSCSI-eining med <b>LESA</b>/<b>SKRIVA</b>-rettar, må desse rettane vera eksklusive for å unngå risiko for øydelagte data.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Initiatornavn</b> er eit verd frå <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n"
"Viss du har iBFT, vil dette verdet leggjast til derfrå, og du vil berre kunna endra han i BIOS-oppsettet.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
@@ -458,10 +415,10 @@
"Viss du vil bruka <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for å finna mål i staden for vanlege SendTargets-metodar,\n"
"angje IP-adressa for iSNS-serveren og porten. Standardporten skal vera 3205.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -469,11 +426,16 @@
"<b>Port</b> bør berre endrast viss det er naudsynt. Bruk <b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b> for autentisering. Viss du ikkje treng autentisering,\n"
"vel <b>Ingen autentisering</b>.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr "Liste over tilgjengelege noder på iSCSI-målet. Vel eitt element, og klikk <b>Koble til</b>. "
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "Vel autentiseringstypen og angje <b>Brukernavn</b>og<b>Passord</b>."
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -483,47 +445,25 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n"
-"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>"
-"\n"
+"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n"
"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n"
-"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>"
-"\n"
+"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n"
"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n"
-"starts up.</p>"
-"\n"
+"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>manual</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål ikkje kan tilkobles som standard. Brukaren må gjera det manuelt</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>manual</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål ikkje kan tilkobles som standard. Brukaren må gjera det manuelt</p>\n"
"<p><b>onboot</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål tilkobles ved oppstart, dvs. dersom root er på\n"
-"iSCSI. Dei vil då vurderast av initrd.</p>"
-"\n"
+"iSCSI. Dei vil då vurderast av initrd.</p>\n"
"<p><b>automatic</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål tilkobles når sjølve iSCSI-tenesta\n"
"startar.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr "Ingen autentisering"
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgstr "Liste over mål som vart funnen. Start eit nytt <b>Søk</b> eller <b>Koble til</b> eit mål."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p>"
-"<p><b>Please note:</b><br>"
-"'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p>"
-"<p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br>"
-"<b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>"
-"To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br>"
-" <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p>"
-"<p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -584,23 +524,16 @@
msgstr "Port-feltet kan ikkje vera tomt"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr "Initiatornavn"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
"Feil initiatornavn\n"
"Riktigsyntaks er\n"
@@ -611,13 +544,13 @@
"iqn.2007-04.no.servar:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Angje IP-adressa."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Angje porten."
@@ -626,41 +559,41 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "True"
msgstr "Sann"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "False"
msgstr "Usann"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "Målet med dette målnavnet er allereie tilkoblet. Passar på at Multipath er aktivert for å unngå øydelagte data."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
#, fuzzy
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Hald fram"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Avbryt"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "Målet er allereie tilkoblet."
@@ -766,7 +699,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
@@ -778,39 +711,20 @@
"Gammalt initiatornavn vil erstattast med verdet frå iBFT, og det vil opprettast ein sikkerhetskopi.\n"
"Viss du vil bruka eit anna initiatornavn, kan du endra det i BIOS."
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag …"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Log Out"
-#~ msgstr "Logg ut"
+#~ msgid "Disconnect"
+#~ msgstr "Koble til"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Log In"
-#~ msgstr "Logg inn"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+#~ msgstr "Ingen autentisering"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Liste over gjeldande økter. Legg til eit mål ved å klikka <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
-#~ "Fjern eit mål ved å velja det og klikka <b>Logg ut</b>.\n"
-#~ "Klikk <b>Byt</b> for å endra oppstartsstatus.\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-#~ msgstr "Vel autentiseringstypen og angje <b>Brukernavn</b>og<b>Passord</b>."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-#~ msgstr "Liste over mål som vart funnen. Start eit nytt <b>Søk</b> eller <b>Koble til</b> eit mål."
+#~ msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+#~ msgstr "Initiatornavn"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -40,14 +40,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr ""
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -64,7 +65,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -98,194 +99,190 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57
@@ -297,71 +294,56 @@
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure an iSCSI target here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n"
"If your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n"
-"edit their configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
@@ -369,8 +351,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -378,12 +359,9 @@
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. discovery authentication
@@ -393,21 +371,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>"
-"After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -415,12 +396,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -429,19 +410,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -450,11 +431,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -477,7 +458,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -505,7 +486,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
@@ -525,7 +506,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
@@ -534,21 +515,21 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -559,93 +540,99 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -659,11 +646,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -146,135 +146,77 @@
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av ISNS-nisse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av ISNS-nisse</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar iSNS-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar iSNS-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure an iSNS server.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure an iSNS server.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>iSNS-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Her kan du setja opp ein iSNS-servar.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSNS-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Her kan du setja opp ein iSNS-servar.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p>"
-" "
-"<p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p>"
-" "
-"<p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Lista over alle tilgjengelege iSCSI-noder som er registrerte med iSNS-tenesta, vert vist.</p>"
-" "
-"<p>Nodene vert med registrert iSCSI-initiatorer og iSCSI-mål.</p>"
-" "
-"<p> Det er berre mogleg å <b>sletta</b> dei. Å sletta ein node, fjernar han frå iSNS-databasen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Lista over alle tilgjengelege iSCSI-noder som er registrerte med iSNS-tenesta, vert vist.</p> <p>Nodene vert med registrert iSCSI-initiatorer og iSCSI-mål.</p> <p> Det er berre mogleg å <b>sletta</b> dei. Å sletta ein node, fjernar han frå iSNS-databasen.</p>"
#. discovery domains
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. "
-"<p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Ei liste over alle søkedomener vert viste. For søkedomener er det mogleg å <b>oppretta</b> eller <b>sletta</b> eit domane. "
-"<p>Å sletta eit domane, fjernar medlemmane frå domenet, men slettar ikkje iSCSI-nodemedlemmer. </p>"
+msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>"
+msgstr "Ei liste over alle søkedomener vert viste. For søkedomener er det mogleg å <b>oppretta</b> eller <b>sletta</b> eit domane. <p>Å sletta eit domane, fjernar medlemmane frå domenet, men slettar ikkje iSCSI-nodemedlemmer. </p>"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. "
-"<p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p>"
-" "
-"<p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p>"
-" "
-"<p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p>"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-"Ei liste over alle iSCSI-noder vert med viste søkedomener. Å velja eit anna søkedomene oppdaterer lista med medlemmar frå det nye søkedomenet. Det er mogleg å <b>leggja til</b> ein iSCSI-node i eit søkedomene eller <b>slette</b> noden. "
-"<p>Å sletta ein node fjernar han frå domenet, men slettar ikkje iSCSI-noden</p>"
-" "
-"<p>Ved å oppretta ein iSCSI-node kan ein uregistrert node verta til lagd som medlem av søkedomenet. Når initiatoren eller målet registrerer denne noden, vert han ein del av dette domenet</p>"
-" "
-"<p>Når ein iSCSI-initiator utfører ein søkeforespørsel, finn iSNS-tenesta alle iSCSI-nodemål som er medlemmar av same søkedomener.</p>"
-" "
+msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> "
+msgstr "Ei liste over alle iSCSI-noder vert med viste søkedomener. Å velja eit anna søkedomene oppdaterer lista med medlemmar frå det nye søkedomenet. Det er mogleg å <b>leggja til</b> ein iSCSI-node i eit søkedomene eller <b>slette</b> noden. <p>Å sletta ein node fjernar han frå domenet, men slettar ikkje iSCSI-noden</p> <p>Ved å oppretta ein iSCSI-node kan ein uregistrert node verta til lagd som medlem av søkedomenet. Når initiatoren eller målet registrerer denne noden, vert han ein del av dette domenet</p> <p>Når ein iSCSI-initiator utfører ein søkeforespørsel, finn iSNS-tenesta alle iSCSI-nodemål som er medlemmar av same søkedomener.</p> "
#. dds table dialog
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. "
-"<p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p>"
-"<p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Øvst vert viste ei liste over alle søkedomenesett. Søkedomener tilhøyrer søkedomenesett. "
-"<p>Eit søkedomene må vera medlem i eit søkedomensett for å aktiverast. </p>"
-"<p>I ein iSNS-database inneheld eit søkedomenesett søkedomener, og søkedomener inneheld iSCSI-nodemedlemmer.</p>"
+msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>"
+msgstr "Øvst vert viste ei liste over alle søkedomenesett. Søkedomener tilhøyrer søkedomenesett. <p>Eit søkedomene må vera medlem i eit søkedomensett for å aktiverast. </p><p>I ein iSNS-database inneheld eit søkedomenesett søkedomener, og søkedomener inneheld iSCSI-nodemedlemmer.</p>"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53
#, fuzzy
@@ -394,12 +336,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Legg til søkedomene"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>"
-#~ "The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b><big>Plassering av iSNS-servar</big></b><br>"
-#~ "DNS-namnet eller IP-adressa for iSNS-tenesta kan angjevast som iSNS-adresse.\n"
+#~ msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n"
+#~ msgstr "<b><big>Plassering av iSNS-servar</big></b><br>DNS-namnet eller IP-adressa for iSNS-tenesta kan angjevast som iSNS-adresse.\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -428,10 +428,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
#, fuzzy
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Maskina må startast på nytt for å aktivare endringar."
@@ -870,42 +868,29 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n"
" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n"
-" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktiver/deaktiver Kdump</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Aktiver/deaktiver Kdump</b><br>\n"
" Aktivar eller deaktiver kdump. Oppstartsvalget crashkernel er lagd til/fjerna.\n"
-" Maskina må startast på nytt for å aktivare endringane.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" Maskina må startast på nytt for å aktivare endringane.<br></p>\n"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>"
-"\n"
-" Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n"
+" Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kdump-minne</b><br>"
-"\n"
-" Tilordnet minne for kdump-kjerne.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Kdump-minne</b><br>\n"
+" Tilordnet minne for kdump-kjerne.<br></p>\n"
#. T: help text for a combo box
#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n"
" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -913,33 +898,24 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n"
" Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n"
" Pages of the specified type are copied to dumpfile. \n"
-" The page type marked in the following table is included. <br>"
-"</p>"
+" The page type marked in the following table is included. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dumpnivå</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Dumpnivå</b><br>\n"
" Angje type for påkrevet side som skal analyserast.\n"
" Sider av angjeven type vert kopierte til dumpfilen. \n"
-" Sidetypen angjeven i den følgjande tabellen er inkludert. <br>"
-"</p>"
+" Sidetypen angjeven i den følgjande tabellen er inkludert. <br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>"
-"\n"
-" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>"
-"\n"
-" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>"
-"\n"
-" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>"
-"\n"
-" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
+" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n"
+" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n"
+" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -947,16 +923,11 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>"
-"\n"
-" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
+" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Lagringsmål for Kdump-diskbilde</b><br>"
-"\n"
-" Målet der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast. Vel måltypen der dumper skal mælast.<br>"
-"</p>"
-" "
+"<p><b>Lagringsmål for Kdump-diskbilde</b><br>\n"
+" Målet der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast. Vel måltypen der dumper skal mælast.<br></p> "
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
@@ -965,15 +936,12 @@
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
" <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n"
-" <br>"
-"</p>"
+" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Lokalt filsystem</b> – Lager kdump-bilete på det lokalet filsystemet.\n"
" <i>Katalog for lagring av dumper</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.\n"
" Val av katalog for lagring av kdump-bilete vigde dialogvindu ved å trykkja <i>Bla gjennom</i>\n"
-" <br>"
-"</p>"
-" "
+" <br></p> "
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
@@ -984,16 +952,14 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> – Lager kdump-bilete vigde FTP.\n"
" <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til ftp-serveren.\n"
" <i>Port</i> – Portnummeret for sambandet.\n"
" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.\n"
" <i>Aktivar anonym tilkobling</i> Aktiverer anonym tilkobling til serveren.\n"
-" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen. <i>Passord</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen. <i>Passord</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
@@ -1004,16 +970,13 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
-" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>SSH</b> – Lager kdump-diskbilde vigde SSH.\n"
" <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til serveren.\n"
" <i>Port</i> – Portnummeret for sambandet.\n"
" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Filstien der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast.\n"
-" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
@@ -1024,16 +987,13 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
-" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>SSH</b> – Lager kdump-diskbilde vigde SSH.\n"
" <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til serveren.\n"
" <i>Port</i> – Portnummeret for sambandet.\n"
" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Filstien der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast.\n"
-" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br></p>"
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
@@ -1048,13 +1008,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
-" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> – Lager kdump-bilete på NFS.\n"
" <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til NFS-serveren.\n"
-" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
@@ -1065,16 +1023,14 @@
" <i>Exported Share</i> - The windows share name.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Use Authentication</i> enables authenticated connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> – Lager kdump-bilete vigde CIFS.\n"
" <i>Servernavn</b> – Namnet til serveren.\n"
" <i>Delt ressurs</i> – Namnet til windows-ressursen.\n"
" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.\n"
" <i>Nytte autentisering</i> aktiverer brukerautentisering mot servar.\n"
-" <i>Brukernavn</i> for sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for sambandet<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Brukernavn</i> for sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for sambandet<br></p>"
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
@@ -1082,25 +1038,21 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
-" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tilpassa Kdump-kinna</b> Brukaren kan angje ein tilpassa kjerne.\n"
" Navnemønsteret er: <i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
-" Angje berre <i>kernel_string</i>.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" Angje berre <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
-" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br>"
-"</p>"
+" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kdump kommandolinje</b>\n"
-" Tilleggsargumenter til kexec. <br>"
-"</p>"
+" Tilleggsargumenter til kexec. <br></p>"
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
@@ -1109,29 +1061,22 @@
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
" Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n"
" The string will be appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\n"
-" is set. <br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" is set. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><br>"
-"Kdump-kommandolinjetillegg</b>\n"
+"<p><br>Kdump-kommandolinjetillegg</b>\n"
" Dette tyder at verd vert _lagt til_ standardstrengen for kommandolinjen.\n"
" Strengen vert òg lagd til viss <i>Kdump-kommandolinje</i>\n"
-" er definert. <br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" er definert. <br></p>\n"
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
-" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aktivar umiddelbar omstart etter at kjernen er lagra</b> – \n"
-" Aktivum umiddelbar omstart etter at kjernen er lagra i kdump.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" Aktivum umiddelbar omstart etter at kjernen er lagra i kdump.<br></p>"
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
@@ -1139,13 +1084,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
-" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aktiver sletting av gamle dumper</b> – \n"
" Aktivum sletting av gamle dumper. Viss mengda dumpfiler i \n"
-" <i>Mengd gamle dumpfiler</i> overskrid dette talet, skal eldre dumpfiler fjernast.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Mengd gamle dumpfiler</i> overskrid dette talet, skal eldre dumpfiler fjernast.<br></p>"
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
@@ -1155,16 +1098,13 @@
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
" debugging information (if installed) are copied into the dump\n"
" directory. The default is \"off\". It is useful to have\n"
-" everything in place for debugging.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" everything in place for debugging.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aktivar kopiering av kjerne til dump-katalog</b> – \n"
" Viss dette er val vil sleva kjernen samg\n"
" feilsøkingsinformasjon (viss installert) vert kopiert til dump-\n"
" katalogen. Standardverdien er «av». Det er nyttig å aktivera\n"
-" alle feilsøkingsfunksjoner.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" alle feilsøkingsfunksjoner.<br></p>"
#. SMTP Server
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
@@ -1177,8 +1117,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
-" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>"
-"\n"
+" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Brukernavn</b> for SMTP-autentisering viss <i>SMTP-servar</i> er vald. Dette er valfritt,\n"
" og utan brukernavn/passord vil enkel SMTP brukast.</p>"
@@ -1188,8 +1127,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
-" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>"
-"\n"
+" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Passord</b> for SMTP-autentisering viss <i>SMTP-servar</i> er valt. Dette er valfritt,\n"
" og utan brukernavn/passord vil enkel SMTP brukast.</p>"
@@ -1197,9 +1135,7 @@
#. Notification To (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Varsling til</b> e-postadressen til han som skal varslast når ei dump er\n"
" lagra.</p>"
@@ -1209,8 +1145,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
-" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>"
-"\n"
+" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Varslingskopi</b> er ei liste over e-postadresser, adskilt av mellomrom, dit kopiar av varslingen\n"
" skal sendast via e-post når ei dump er lagra.</p>"
@@ -1227,161 +1162,115 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vennligst vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vennligst vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vennligst vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vennligst vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure kdump here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset av Kdump</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Sett opp kdump her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset av Kdump</big></b><br>\n"
+"Sett opp kdump her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n"
"If your kdump was not detected, select <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til Kdump:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein kdump frå lista over registrerte kdump.\n"
"Viss ein kdump ikkje er registrert, nytte <b>Andre (ikkje registrerte)</b>.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n"
-"du kan endra oppsettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du kan endra oppsettet.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n"
-"edit their configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over Kdump-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over Kdump-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
"Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte dumper. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera oppsetta.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera oppsetta.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein Kdump:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Trykk på <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein kdump.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein kdump du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>\n"
#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target
#.
@@ -1481,172 +1370,187 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr "Kjernevalget inkluderer fleire område. Vil du lagra på nytt?"
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer kdump-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Lesar oppsettsfil …"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Les oppstartsvalg for kjernen …"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Les diskane sine partisjoner …"
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Les tilgjengeleg minne …"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa oppsettsfilen /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa oppstartsvalg for kjerne."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa tilgjengeleg minne."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar kdump-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingane"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Oppdater oppstartsvalg"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …"
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer oppstartsvalg …"
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra innstillingane."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Legger til crashkernel-parameter for oppstartslasterfeil."
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump-status: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktivert"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktivert"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Verd for crashkernel-val: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Dump-format: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Dump-mål: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Mengd dumpar: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
@@ -1674,18 +1578,13 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
#~ " <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page.\n"
-#~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dumpformat</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Dumpformat</b><br>\n"
#~ " <i>Komprimert format</i> – Komprimer dumpdata etter kvar side.\n"
-#~ " <i>ELF-format</i> – Opprett dumpfil i ELF-format<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ " "
+#~ " <i>ELF-format</i> – Opprett dumpfil i ELF-format<br></p> "
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-06-05 00:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,24 +46,20 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Configure the template used for creating \n"
-"new objects (like users or groups).</p>"
-"\n"
+"new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her konfigurerer du malen som skal brukast ved\n"
-"oppretting av nye objekt (som brukarar eller grupper).</p>"
-"\n"
+"oppretting av nye objekt (som brukarar eller grupper).</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/ui.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Nytte <b>Rediger</b> for å redigera malen sin attributtverdier.\n"
-"Malen får nytt namn når <b>cn</b>-verdet vert endra.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Malen får nytt namn når <b>cn</b>-verdet vert endra.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/ui.rb:176
@@ -71,13 +67,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n"
"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n"
-"removing current ones.</p>"
-"\n"
+"removing current ones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Den andre tabellen inneheld ei liste over <b>standardverdier</b> som vert nytta\n"
"for nye objekt. Du kan endra lista ved å leggja til nye verd og redigera eller\n"
-"sletta eksisterande.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sletta eksisterande.</p>\n"
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
@@ -159,14 +153,12 @@
"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n"
"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n"
"create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n"
-"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kvart konfigurasjonssett vert kalla ein konfigurasjonsmodul. Viss det ikkje\n"
"er nokon konfigurasjonsmodul i angjeven plassering (basekonfigurasjon),\n"
" opprettar du ein med <b>Ny</b>. Gjeldande modul vert sletta\n"
-" med <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+" med <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/4
#: src/ui.rb:449
@@ -174,13 +166,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
-"current module.</p>"
-"\n"
+"current module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Rediger attributtverdiene i tabellen med <b>Rediger</b>.\n"
"Nokre verd har spesielle tydingar. Ved å endra <b>cn</b>-verdet endrar du til dømes namn på\n"
-"gjeldande modul.</p>"
-"\n"
+"gjeldande modul.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4
#: src/ui.rb:455
@@ -188,13 +178,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n"
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å konfigurera standardmalen for gjeldande modul,\n"
"klikk <b>Konfigurer mal</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. combobox label
#: src/ui.rb:535
@@ -357,13 +345,10 @@
#~ "er kopiert til katalogen '%2'"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Her kan datamaskina konfigurerast som ein \n"
-#~ "LDAP-klient.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "LDAP-klient.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
@@ -394,14 +379,12 @@
#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Angje LDAP-serverens adresse (t.d. ldap.døme.com eller 10.20.0.2) i <b>Adresser</b> og det unike namnet på søkebasen (<b>DN for base</b>, t.d. dc=døme,dc=com). Angje fleire servera ved å\n"
#~ "skilja adressene med mellomrom. Det må vera mogleg å løysa\n"
#~ " adressene utan å bruka LDAP. Du kan òg angje porten serveren køyrar på med syntaksen <b>servar:port</b>, til dømes <tt>ldap.døme.com:379</tt>.\n"
-#~ " </p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " </p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
@@ -412,42 +395,35 @@
#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
-#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Nokre LDAP-servera støttar StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
#~ "Viss serveren støttar dette og er sett opp, aktivum <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-#~ "for å kryptera kommunikasjonen med LDAP-serveren. Du kan lasta ned CA-sertifikatsfilen i PEM-format frå den angjevne nettadressen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for å kryptera kommunikasjonen med LDAP-serveren. Du kan lasta ned CA-sertifikatsfilen i PEM-format frå den angjevne nettadressen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
-#~ "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klikk\n"
-#~ "<b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b> for å konfigurera avanserte LDAP-innstillingar.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b> for å konfigurera avanserte LDAP-innstillingar.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
-#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Automounter er ein nisse som automatisk monterer katalogar,\n"
#~ "til dømes brukaren sin hjemmekataloger.\n"
#~ "Det vert at føresett nissen sin konfigurasjonsfiler (auto.*) allereie finst,\n"
#~ "anten lokalt eller vigt LDAP.\n"
#~ "Viss han er ikkje installert og du ynskjer å bruka henne, vert han installert\n"
-#~ "automatisk.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "automatisk.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
@@ -579,13 +555,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
#~ "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss Kerberos-autentisering skal nyttast, angje ein <b>region</b> og ein <b>KDC-adresse</b>.\n"
#~ "Vel at brukerrettigheter skal mellomlagres lokalt ved å kryssa av for <b> Lokal SSSD-autentisering</b>.\n"
-#~ "Du finn meir informasjon om SSSD-innstillingar, på manualsiden <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Du finn meir informasjon om SSSD-innstillingar, på manualsiden <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -596,12 +570,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Angje typen LDAP-grupper som skal brukast.\n"
-#~ "Standardverdien for <b>Gruppemedlemattributt</b> er <i>%1</i>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Standardverdien for <b>Gruppemedlemattributt</b> er <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -618,59 +590,49 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
-#~ "server.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "server.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Gå først til <b>Konfigurasjon av hoved-DN</b>.\n"
#~ "Dette er ein database for lagring av konfigurasjonsinformasjonen på LDAP-\n"
-#~ "serveren.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "serveren.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
-#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Angje <b>DN for Administrator</b> for å få tilgjenge til dataa som er lagra på serveren.\n"
#~ " Du kan bruka det fullstendige unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator,dc=mittdomene,dc=com)\n"
-#~ " eller bara det lokale unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator). DN for LDAP-basen vert til lagd automatisk viss det er merkt av for det aktuelle alternativet.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " eller bara det lokale unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator). DN for LDAP-basen vert til lagd automatisk viss det er merkt av for det aktuelle alternativet.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For å oppretta standard konfigurasjonsobjekter for for LDAP-brukarar og -grupper,\n"
-#~ "kryss av for <b>Opprett standard konfigurasjonsobjekter</b>. Objekta må eksistera for å kunne opprettast.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "kryss av for <b>Opprett standard konfigurasjonsobjekter</b>. Objekta må eksistera for å kunne opprettast.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klikk <b>Konfigurer</b> for å konfigurera innstillingar som er lagra på\n"
#~ "LDAP-serveren. Du vil vart beden om passord viss du ikkje er tilkoplet enno,\n"
-#~ "eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Spesifiser søkebasene som skal brukast for spesifikke kart (brukarar, passord og grupper) viss dei avvik frå basis-DN. Desse verda\n"
#~ "vert nytta for attributta nss_basa_passwd, nss_basa_shadow og nss_basa_group attributes\n"
-#~ "i fila /etc/ldap.conf.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "i fila /etc/ldap.conf.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "C&lient Settings"
@@ -1081,24 +1043,18 @@
#~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n"
#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n"
#~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss attributtet kan ha fleire verd, legg du til nye oppføringer\n"
#~ " med <b>Legg til verd</b>. Iblant inneheld knappen lista over\n"
#~ " moglege verd som kan brukast for gjeldande attributt.\n"
#~ " Viss verdet av det redigerte attributtet skulle vera eit unikt namn (DN),\n"
#~ " er det mogleg å velja det frå LDAP-treet ved hjelp av <b>Bla gjennom</b>.\n"
-#~ " </p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " </p>\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Skildring av attributtet \"%1\":<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Skildring av attributtet \"%1\":<br></p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute"
@@ -1156,27 +1112,23 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
-#~ "the new object is created.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the new object is created.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Her kan du definera verd for attributt for\n"
#~ "eit objekt som brukar gjeldande mal. Slike verd vert brukte som standardinnstillinger når\n"
-#~ "det nye objektet vert oppretta.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "det nye objektet vert oppretta.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
#~ "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
-#~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Du kan bruka ein spesiell syntaks for å oppretta\n"
#~ "attributtverdier frå eksisterande verd. Uttrykt <i>%attr_name</i> vil erstattast\n"
#~ "av verdet for attributtet \"attr_name\" (bruk til dømes \"/home/%uid\"\n"
-#~ "som verd for \"homeDirectory\").</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "som verd for \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Attribute &Name"
@@ -1224,9 +1176,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vel om passordkvaliteten skal kontrollerast når passord vert endra eller vert oppretta. Vel <b>Ingen kontroll</b> viss det ikkje skal gjerast kontroll av passord. Med <b>Godta passord som ikkje kan kontrollerast</b> godtakast passord sjølv om kontrollen ikkje kan utførast, til dømes viss brukaren har angjeve eit kryptert passord. Med <b>Godta berre kontrollerte passord</b> avvisast passord viss kvalitetskontrollen mislukkast eller passordet ikkje kan kontrollerast."
-#~ "<p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Vel om passordkvaliteten skal kontrollerast når passord vert endra eller vert oppretta. Vel <b>Ingen kontroll</b> viss det ikkje skal gjerast kontroll av passord. Med <b>Godta passord som ikkje kan kontrollerast</b> godtakast passord sjølv om kontrollen ikkje kan utførast, til dømes viss brukaren har angjeve eit kryptert passord. Med <b>Godta berre kontrollerte passord</b> avvisast passord viss kvalitetskontrollen mislukkast eller passordet ikkje kan kontrollerast.<p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
@@ -1367,34 +1317,28 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n"
-#~ "LDAP client.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "LDAP client.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Her kan datamaskina konfigurerast som ein \n"
-#~ "LDAP-klient.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "LDAP-klient.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Nokre LDAP-servera støttar StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
#~ "Viss serveren støttar dette og er sett opp, aktivum <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-#~ "for å kryptera kommunikasjonen med LDAP-serveren. Du kan lasta ned CA-sertifikatsfilen i PEM-format frå den angjevne nettadressen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for å kryptera kommunikasjonen med LDAP-serveren. Du kan lasta ned CA-sertifikatsfilen i PEM-format frå den angjevne nettadressen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klikk\n"
-#~ "<b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b> for å konfigurera avanserte LDAP-innstillingar.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b> for å konfigurera avanserte LDAP-innstillingar.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1403,16 +1347,14 @@
#~ "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n"
#~ "locally or over LDAP.\n"
#~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
-#~ "automatically.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "automatically.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Automounter er ein nisse som automatisk monterer katalogar,\n"
#~ "til dømes brukaren sin hjemmekataloger.\n"
#~ "Det vert at føresett nissen sin konfigurasjonsfiler (auto.*) allereie finst,\n"
#~ "anten lokalt eller vigt LDAP.\n"
#~ "Viss han er ikkje installert og du ynskjer å bruka henne, vert han installert\n"
-#~ "automatisk.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "automatisk.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Do N&ot Use LDAP"
@@ -1460,38 +1402,32 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n"
#~ "an LDAP server using protocol 2 (for example, OpenLDAP v1), activate\n"
-#~ "<b>LDAP Version 2</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>LDAP Version 2</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vanlegvis vert brukt versjon 3 av LDAP-protokollen. Viss du har\n"
#~ "ein LDAP-servar som brukar protokoll 2 (til dømes OpenLDAP v1), aktiverer du\n"
-#~ " <b>LDAP versjon 2</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " <b>LDAP versjon 2</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
-#~ "server.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "server.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Gå først til <b>Konfigurasjon av hoved-DN</b>.\n"
#~ "Dette er ein database for lagring av konfigurasjonsinformasjonen på LDAP-\n"
-#~ "serveren.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "serveren.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
-#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Angje <b>DN for Administrator</b> for å få tilgjenge til dataa som er lagra på serveren.\n"
#~ " Du kan bruka det fullstendige unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator,dc=mittdomene,dc=com)\n"
-#~ " eller bara det lokale unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator). DN for LDAP-basen vert til lagd automatisk viss det er merkt av for det aktuelle alternativet.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " eller bara det lokale unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator). DN for LDAP-basen vert til lagd automatisk viss det er merkt av for det aktuelle alternativet.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>"
@@ -1502,14 +1438,12 @@
#~ "<p>If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n"
#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n"
#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n"
-#~ "user home directories.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "user home directories.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kryss av for aktuelt val viss brukarane sine hjemmekataloger skal lagrast\n"
#~ "på denne maskina. Det har ingen direkte konsekvensar å endra dette verdet.\n"
#~ "Han servar berre som informasjon for brukermodulen i YaST, der brukarane sine hjemmekataloger\n"
-#~ "kan administrerast.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "kan administrerast.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>"
@@ -1570,24 +1504,20 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Here, configure the template used for\n"
-#~ "creating new objects (like users or groups).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "creating new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Her konfigurerer du malen som skal brukast ved\n"
-#~ "oppretting av nye objekt (som brukarar eller grupper).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "oppretting av nye objekt (som brukarar eller grupper).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b>, used\n"
#~ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n"
-#~ "removing current ones.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "removing current ones.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Den andre tabellen inneheld ei liste over <b>standardverdier</b> som vert nytta\n"
#~ "for nye objekt. Du kan endra lista ved å leggja til nye verd og redigera eller\n"
-#~ "sletta eksisterande.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "sletta eksisterande.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -199,8 +199,7 @@
"possible values to use for the current attribute.\n"
"If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n"
"it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows.
@@ -211,9 +210,7 @@
#. or:
#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287
-msgid ""
-"<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br>"
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
@@ -285,8 +282,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
-"the new object is created.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the new object is created.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass"
@@ -300,8 +296,7 @@
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
"with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
-"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>"
-"\n"
+"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-18 20:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -35,27 +35,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Undersøkjer filsystem som skal kopierast …"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Kopierer rotfilsystem …"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Kopierer live-diskbilete …"
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "Kopierer %1 …"
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -69,71 +69,53 @@
"diskpartisjon for installering av live-systemet."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Feil ved kopiering live-diskbilete til harddisken."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installasjonsinnstillingar"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Analyserer systemet …"
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "Bruk %1 %% av disken %2 til Linux"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Ikkje bruk disken %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partisjonering"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Oppstart av systemet"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Spør om Linux eller det eksisterande systemet skal startast"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Start berre Linux"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Ventetid før systemstart: %1 sekund"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Tastatur"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidssone"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Endra installasjonsinnstillingar"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -142,20 +124,18 @@
"Vel <b>Stadfest</b> for å starta ei ny installasjon med desse verdiane.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
-"or select <b>Change Installation Settings</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"or select <b>Change Installation Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan endra verdiane ved å trykkja på overskrifta\n"
-"eller på <b>Endra installasjonsinnstillingar</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eller på <b>Endra installasjonsinnstillingar</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -169,12 +149,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_live_welcome.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p>Welcome to the &product; installation.\n"
-"Press <b>Next</p>"
-" to run the installation wizard.</p>"
+"Press <b>Next</p> to run the installation wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Velkomen til installeringa av &product;.\n"
-"Trykk <b>Neste</p>"
-" for å starta installasjonsvegvisaren.</p>"
+"Trykk <b>Neste</p> for å starta installasjonsvegvisaren.</p>"
#. dialog caption, %1 is product name (typically openSUSE)
#: src/clients/inst_live_welcome.rb:43
@@ -272,7 +250,7 @@
"du må bruka «Reset»-knappen til dette."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer filer til installert system …"
@@ -295,3 +273,15 @@
#: src/clients/live_save_config_finish.rb:80
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Lagrar tidssone …"
+
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstart av systemet"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Spør om Linux eller det eksisterande systemet skal startast"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Start berre Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Ventetid før systemstart: %1 sekund"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -103,37 +103,31 @@
"\n"
"<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n"
"mails will not be sent immediately but rather after invoking\n"
-"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Kva slags internettforbindelse har du? Dersom du har eit oppringt samband,\n"
"vil ikkje e-post sendast med ein gong, men etter aktivering av\n"
-"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n"
-"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>"
-"\n"
+"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>E-postserveren vil startast sjølv om du vel <b>Ingen forbindels</b>.\n"
-"Men berre lokal e-postoverføring vil vera mogleg. E-postsystemet lyttar på localhost.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Men berre lokal e-postoverføring vil vera mogleg. E-postsystemet lyttar på localhost.</p>\n"
#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Her definerer du omskrivingen av avsenderadressen for kvar enkelt brukar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Her definerer du omskrivingen av avsenderadressen for kvar enkelt brukar.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96
@@ -142,14 +136,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n"
"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n"
-"simply leave these fields empty.</p>"
-"\n"
+"simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Nokre servera krev autentisering for utgående e-post. Her kan du\n"
"leggja inn informasjon for dette alternativet. Viss du du ikkje ynskjer å bruka autentisering,\n"
-"kan du la desse felta vera tomme.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan du la desse felta vera tomme.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103
@@ -157,38 +149,32 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
-"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Utgående e-postservere er vanlegvis berekna på oppringte samband.\n"
"Legg inn internettleverandørens SMTP-servar, t.d.\n"
-"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Legg inn brukernavnet du har fått av leverandøren i <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Legg inn brukernavnet du har fått av leverandøren i <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Angje passordet ditt i <b>Passord</b>-feltet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Angje passordet ditt i <b>Passord</b>-feltet.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115
@@ -197,14 +183,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n"
"although there may be more of them in your configuration file.\n"
-"They will not be lost.</p>"
-"\n"
+"They will not be lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Merk: For å gjera det enkelt verta berre vist éin servar i denne dialogen\n"
"sjølv om det kan finnast fleire i konfigurasjonsfilen.\n"
-"Øvrige servera vil ikkje fjernast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Øvrige servera vil ikkje fjernast.</p>\n"
#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126
@@ -212,13 +196,11 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n"
-"a POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"a POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Dette er parametrar for nedlasting av e-post frå ein \n"
-"POP- eller ein IMAP-servar vigd <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"POP- eller ein IMAP-servar vigd <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n"
#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136
@@ -227,14 +209,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n"
"Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n"
-"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>"
-"\n"
+"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Denne tabellen omadresserer e-post som leverast lokalt.\n"
"Omadresser henne til ein annan lokal brukar (nyttig for systemkontoer, \n"
-"spesielt for <b>rotbrukeren</b>), til ei ekstern adresse eller til ein adresseliste.</p>"
-"\n"
+"spesielt for <b>rotbrukeren</b>), til ei ekstern adresse eller til ein adresseliste.</p>\n"
#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143
@@ -242,13 +222,11 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n"
-"for a description of advanced features.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for a description of advanced features.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Meir avanserte funksjonar er\n"
-"skildra på manualsiden aliases(5).</p>"
-"\n"
+"skildra på manualsiden aliases(5).</p>\n"
#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153
@@ -257,14 +235,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n"
"it also considers the domain\n"
-"part of the address.</p>"
-"\n"
+"part of the address.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Denne tabellen omadresserer innkommende post. I motsetnad til aliastabellen \n"
"vurderer han òg domenet som \n"
-"ein del av adressa.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ein del av adressa.</p>\n"
#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160
@@ -272,13 +248,11 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n"
-"on a single machine.</p>"
-"\n"
+"on a single machine.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Han tillèt vertskap for fleire \"virtuelle domener\"\n"
-"på same maskin.</p>"
-"\n"
+"på same maskin.</p>\n"
#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog
#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name
@@ -725,14 +699,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as\n"
-"<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Ein utgående e-postserver er vanlegvis berekna på oppringte samband.\n"
"Legg inn internettleverandørens SMTP-servar, t.d.\n"
-"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>\n"
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102
@@ -747,14 +719,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n"
"<b>company.com</b> instead of <b>pc-042.company.com</b>.\n"
-"Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Det kan hende du ynskjer at e-posten du sender skal sjå ut som han kjem frå\n"
"<b>selskap.com</b> i staden for <b>PC-042.selskap.com</b>.\n"
-"Bruk tekstboksen eller ein meir detaljert dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Bruk tekstboksen eller ein meir detaljert dialog.</p>\n"
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122
@@ -769,14 +739,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n"
"will be delivered locally. If you enter nothing,\n"
-"the local host name is assumed.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the local host name is assumed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Her angjev du domener for lokal levering\n"
"av e-post. Dersom du ikkje skriv noko, vil \n"
-"localhost veljast automatisk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"localhost veljast automatisk.</p>\n"
#. check box label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142
@@ -810,32 +778,24 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n"
-"with AMaViS.</p>"
-"\n"
+"with AMaViS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Viss du aktiverer virusskanning, vil innkommende og utgående e-post kontrollerast\n"
-"av AMaViS.</p>"
-"\n"
+"av AMaViS.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n"
+"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n"
+"<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>\n"
"<p><b>Clamav</b> open source virus scanner engine</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aktivering av AMaViS vil òg aktivera følgjande modular: </p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Spamassassin</b>, ein spamskanner</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>DKIM</b>, som kontrollerer domennøkkelsignerte innkommnede mldinger</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Aktivering av AMaViS vil òg aktivera følgjande modular: </p>\n"
+"<p><b>Spamassassin</b>, ein spamskanner</p>\n"
+"<p><b>DKIM</b>, som kontrollerer domennøkkelsignerte innkommnede mldinger</p>\n"
"<p><b>Clamav</b>, ein virusskanner med opi kjeldekode</p>"
#. help text
@@ -844,13 +804,11 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n"
-"automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
+"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Dersom AMaViS ikkje er installert og du vil bruka programmet, vil pakka installerast\n"
-"automatisk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"automatisk.</p>\n"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186
@@ -863,13 +821,11 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Viss du aktiverer virusskanning, vil innkommende og utgående e-post kontrollerast\n"
-"av AMaViS.</p>"
-"\n"
+"av AMaViS.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194
@@ -881,8 +837,7 @@
"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n"
"email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n"
"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n"
-"the domain key.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the domain key.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Å aktivera DKIM for utgående meldingar krev fleire handlingar. Ein SSL-nøkkel\n"
@@ -890,8 +845,7 @@
"'submersion'-teneste vil setjast opp i Postfix. Etter at dette er sett opp, kan du senda\n"
"e-post med tenesta 'submersion' frå 'mynetworks' med aktivert SASL-\n"
"autorisasjon. Bara meldingar som vert send med denne nye tenesta, vil signerast med\n"
-"domenenøkkelen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"domenenøkkelen.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204
@@ -904,8 +858,7 @@
"according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n"
"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n"
"public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n"
-"automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
+"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Den offentlege nøkkelen i domenenøkkelen må tilbydast av ein\n"
@@ -914,8 +867,7 @@
"samsvarande domenenavntjeneste. Viss det køyrer ein navnetjeneste\n"
"på den serveren som er autorisasjonsserver for det aktuelle domenet, vil\n"
"den offentlege nøkkelen automatisk leggjast til som ein TXT-oppføring\n"
-"for dette domenet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for dette domenet.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215
@@ -1364,15 +1316,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<P><B>Mail Server Configuration</B><BR>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Oppset av E-postserver</b></p>"
-#~ "<BR>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Oppset av E-postserver</b></p><BR>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<P>This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Denne modulen set opp og aktiverer Postfix og viss naudsynt, Cyrus IMAP-serveren."
-#~ "<p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Denne modulen set opp og aktiverer Postfix og viss naudsynt, Cyrus IMAP-serveren.<p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1381,12 +1329,10 @@
#~ "features of their email application to send and\n"
#~ "receive email. They do not need this module.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Merk:</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Merk:</b><br>\n"
#~ "Dei fleste hjemmebrukere kan nytta dei innebygde\n"
#~ "funksjonane i e-postklienten for å senda og\n"
-#~ "motta e-post. Dei treng ikkje å bruka denne modulen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "motta e-post. Dei treng ikkje å bruka denne modulen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1394,8 +1340,7 @@
#~ "email on your local system or for some special cases.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Du treng Postfix berre viss du vil lagra\n"
-#~ "e-posten lokalt eller i andre spesielle tilfelle.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "e-posten lokalt eller i andre spesielle tilfelle.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Skip this page in the future"
@@ -2005,382 +1950,267 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n"
-#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n"
+#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Administratorautorisasjon</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Administratorautorisasjon</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "For å bruk e-postserverkomponenten i YaST, må systemet bruka LDAP\n"
-#~ "til lagring av brukar- og gruppekontoer og til DNS-tenester.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Nokre av innstillingane for e-postserveren vil òg lagrast i LDAP.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "til lagring av brukar- og gruppekontoer og til DNS-tenester.<br>\n"
+#~ "Nokre av innstillingane for e-postserveren vil òg lagrast i LDAP.<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp e-postserver </big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vent…<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp e-postserver </big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Vent…<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av e-postserver </big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vent…<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av e-postserver </big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Vent…<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for e-postserver </big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vent…<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for e-postserver </big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Vent…<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
#~ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
#~ "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "This is the SMTP server's greeting banner.</b>.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Serveridentifikasjon:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Serveridentifikasjon:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Dette er velkomstbildet for SMTP-serveren.</b>.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n"
#~ "including envelope information.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Meldingsstørrelse:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Meldingsstørrelse:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Denne parameteren avgrensar den totale storleiken på ei melding i byte (sending og mottak),\n"
#~ "inkludert metainformasjon.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Set the transport type for outgoing mails.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Ugående meldingar:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Ugående meldingar:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "vel transporttype for utgående meldingar.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Add or modify mail transport routes.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Administrer meldingsruting</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Administrer meldingsruting</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Legg til eller endre rutingen for meldingstransport.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Defined Mail Transport Routes</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Defined Mail Transport Routes</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "This is the list of the defined mail transports.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Definerte meldingstransportruter</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Definerte meldingstransportruter</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Dette er ei liste over definerte meldingstransportmetoder.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n"
#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n"
#~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Søppelpostblokkering</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Søppelpostblokkering</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Postfix har ei rekkje parametrar som avgrensar levering av uønska kommersiell e-post (UCE).\n"
#~ "I denne dialogen kan du konfigurera desse innstillingane, til dømes definera tilgangslister eller RBL-\n"
#~ "navneservere (liste over svarte hol i sanntid). \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n"
#~ "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder <b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n"
#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Start antivirusprogrammet AMAVIS:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Start antivirusprogrammet AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Viss du startar antivirusprogrammet AMAVIS, vil e-postmeldingene dine skannast for virus og søppelpost.\n"
#~ "Virusskannermotoren <b>Clamavd</b> og søppelpostrenseren <b>SpamAssassin</b> vil òg installerast \n"
#~ "og sett opp. Du kan òg installera andre (kommersialle) antivirussystemer.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n"
#~ "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be created. Spam email \n"
#~ "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n"
#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n"
#~ "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp innlæringstillegg for søppelpost:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp innlæringstillegg for søppelpost:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Innlæringstillegget for søppelpost kan berre verta opp sette dersom den lokale leveringsmetoden er <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n"
#~ "I så fall vil dei delte mappene <b>NewSpam</b> og <b>NoSpam</b> opprettast. Søppelpost \n"
-#~ "som ikkje vart oppdaga av <b>SpamAssassin</b>, bør plasserast i mappen "
-#~ "<p>NewSpam</p>"
-#~ ".\n"
+#~ "som ikkje vart oppdaga av <b>SpamAssassin</b>, bør plasserast i mappen <p>NewSpam</p>.\n"
#~ "Viss du vil at søppelpostprogrammet skal fungera mest mogleg effektivt, bør du òg plassera meldingar som ikkje er søppelpost, i\n"
-#~ "mappen "
-#~ "<p>NoSpam</p>"
-#~ ". Meldingane i denne mappen kan ikkje lesast av nokon.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "mappen <p>NoSpam</p>. Meldingane i denne mappen kan ikkje lesast av nokon.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Trusted Local Networks:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Trusted Local Networks:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Clients from these networks can use your mail server for mail relaying.\n"
#~ "(Sending non-local mails)\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Pålitelege lokalnettverk:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Pålitelege lokalnettverk:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Klientar frå desse nettverka kan bruka e-postserveren til overføring av meldingar. \n"
#~ "(senda meldingar til eksterne adresser)\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Require SASL Authentication:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Require SASL Authentication:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "If set to true, clients must authenticate to use\n"
#~ "the mail server for mail relaying. \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Krev SASL-autentisering:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Krev SASL-autentisering:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Viss 'Ja', må klientane autentisere seg for å bruka\n"
#~ "e-postserveren til overføring av meldingar. \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n"
#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n"
-#~ "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>"
-#~ ". \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Lokal leveringstype</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Lokal leveringstype</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Her kan du velja ein metode for lokal meldingslevering. \n"
#~ "For at klientar skal kunna koble til e-postserveren via POP- eller IMAP-\n"
-#~ "protokollen, må du velja <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>"
-#~ ". \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "protokollen, må du velja <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Depending on the local delivery method, you have\n"
#~ "different possibilities of settings.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Avhengig av lokal leveringsmetode, kan\n"
#~ "ulike innstillingar vera tilgjengelege.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n"
#~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Planlegg meldingshenting</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Planlegg meldingshenting</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Viss du har postboksar hos ein internettleverandør, kan du henta meldingar regelmessig\n"
#~ "ved å koble til Internett med definerte intervall.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Note: If you have not defined any local delivery type, you cannot\n"
#~ "define mail fetching jobs.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Merk: Viss du ikkje har definert nokon lokal leveringstype, Kan du ikkje\n"
#~ "definera hentejobber for meldingar.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Server Domains</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Server Domains</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Here, define the domains for which your mail server considers itself \n"
#~ "the final destination.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>E-postserverdomener</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>E-postserverdomener</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Her definerer du kva for domener e-postserveren skal definera seg sjølv \n"
#~ "som sluttdestinasjon for.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n"
#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n"
#~ "concerning the mail server.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Merk: Du kan oppretta og konfigurera domener i modulen \n"
#~ "DNS-servar i YaST. I denne modulen kan du berre definera innstillingane\n"
#~ "for e-postserveren.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "You can define virtual and local domains. In virtual domains, only users\n"
#~ "assigned an email address in the domain can receive emails.\n"
#~ "In local domains, all users can get emails. Assign virtual email \n"
#~ "addresses in the YaST user module.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Du kan definera virtuelle og lokale domener. I virtuelle domener kan bara brukarar\n"
#~ "som er tilordnet ei e-postadresse i domenet, motta meldingar.\n"
#~ "I lokale domener kan alle brukarar motta meldingar. Du kan tilordne virtuelle \n"
#~ "e-postadresser i brukermodulen i YaST.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The server uses &TLS."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -231,251 +231,143 @@
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av multipath</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av multipath</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar multipath-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar multipath-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for Status help
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>"
+"<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br>"
-"<br>"
+"\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Multipath-status</big></b><br>"
+"<p><b><big>Multipath-status</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tStart eller stopp multipathd, kontrollar multipath-informasjonen.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t\tStart eller stopp multipathd, kontrollar multipath-informasjonen.<br>"
-"<br>"
+"\t\t\t<b><big>Stopp/start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Bruk Multipath\"</b> for å starta multipathd. Klikk <b>\"Ikkje nytte Multipath\"</b> for å stoppa multipathd.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tStatusinformasjon om multipath kan visast sjølv om multipathd er stoppet.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b><big>Stopp/start Multipathd</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Bruk Multipath\"</b> for å starta multipathd. Klikk <b>\"Ikkje nytte Multipath\"</b> for å stoppa multipathd.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tStatusinformasjon om multipath kan visast sjølv om multipathd er stoppet.<br>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b><big>Sett opp Multipath</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>Sett opp</b> for å setja opp multipath.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t\t<b><big>Sett opp Multipath</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>Sett opp</b> for å setja opp multipath.<br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for Configure tab
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br>"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tAlt innhald i /etc/multipath.conf kan vert opp her sett. Oppsettfilen inneheld fire seksjonar:\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Multipath:</b>Liste over fininnstillinger for multipath.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Standardverdier:</b> Standardinnstillinger for multipath-verktøy.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Sett opp standardverdier\"</b> for å setja opp standardinnstillingene.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Svartelista:</b> Liste over enhetsnavn som skal forkastast som multipath-kandidatar.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tKlikk<b>\"Sett opp svartelista\"</b> for å endra svartelisteinnstillinger.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Svartelisteunntak:</b> Liste over enhetsnavn som ikkje skal vera med på svartelisten.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>\"Sett opp svartelisteunntak\"</b> for å endra blacklist_exceptions-innstillingane.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Einingar:</b> Liste over kontrollar-innstillingar per lagringsenhet. Overstyrer standardinnstillingene og vert overstyrde per multipath.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>\"Sett opp einingar\"</b> for å endra enhetsinnstillinger.<br>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Fullfør\"</b> for å lager og oppdatera oppsetta.<br>"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Multipath:</b>Liste over fininnstillinger for multipath.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Standardverdier:</b> Standardinnstillinger for multipath-verktøy.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Sett opp standardverdier\"</b> for å setja opp standardinnstillingene.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Svartelista:</b> Liste over enhetsnavn som skal forkastast som multipath-kandidatar.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlikk<b>\"Sett opp svartelista\"</b> for å endra svartelisteinnstillinger.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Svartelisteunntak:</b> Liste over enhetsnavn som ikkje skal vera med på svartelisten.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>\"Sett opp svartelisteunntak\"</b> for å endra blacklist_exceptions-innstillingane.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Einingar:</b> Liste over kontrollar-innstillingar per lagringsenhet. Overstyrer standardinnstillingene og vert overstyrde per multipath.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>\"Sett opp einingar\"</b> for å endra enhetsinnstillinger.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Fullfør\"</b> for å lager og oppdatera oppsetta.<br><br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset av standardverdier</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tGlobale standardinnstillinger kan vert opp sette og vert her fjerna.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tAlle standardinnstillinger her vil brukast i alle multipath-oppsett viss ikkje ei samsvarande lokal innstilling overstyrer han.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tViss ein standardinnstilling vert her fjerna, vil multipath bruka sin eige verd som standard.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset av standardverdier</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tGlobale standardinnstillinger kan vert opp sette og vert her fjerna.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tAlle standardinnstillinger her vil brukast i alle multipath-oppsett viss ikkje ei samsvarande lokal innstilling overstyrer han.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tViss ein standardinnstilling vert her fjerna, vil multipath bruka sin eige verd som standard.<br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Svartelisteoppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tEnhetsnavn som er angjeve her, kan forkastast som multipath-kandidatar.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tEit enhetsnavn kan identifiserast på tre måtar: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: World wide ID som enhetsidentifikasjon i svartelisten.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regulære uttrykk kan verta her brukte for å identifisera enhetsnavn i udev_dir (katalogen /dev er standard). Vanlege enhetsnavn er cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Brukast for å identifisera ein spesifikk lagrings-kontrollar i svartelisten. Ei eining kan òg angjevast med produsent- og produktnavn.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Svartelisteoppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEnhetsnavn som er angjeve her, kan forkastast som multipath-kandidatar.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEit enhetsnavn kan identifiserast på tre måtar: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: World wide ID som enhetsidentifikasjon i svartelisten.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regulære uttrykk kan verta her brukte for å identifisera enhetsnavn i udev_dir (katalogen /dev er standard). Vanlege enhetsnavn er cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Brukast for å identifisera ein spesifikk lagrings-kontrollar i svartelisten. Ei eining kan òg angjevast med produsent- og produktnavn.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset av svartelisteunntak</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tEnhetsnavn som er angjeven her, er ikkje med på svartelisten.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tEit enhetsnavn kan angjevast på tre måtar: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: World wide ID angjev eininga som ikkje er med på svartelisten.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regulære uttrykk kan verta her brukt for å angje enhetsnavn i udev_dir (standard er katalogen /dev). Vanlege enhetsnavn er cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Brukast for å angje ein spesifikk lagrings-kontrollar som ikkje er med på svartelisten. Ei eining kan angjevast med produsent- og produktnavn.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset av svartelisteunntak</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEnhetsnavn som er angjeven her, er ikkje med på svartelisten.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEit enhetsnavn kan angjevast på tre måtar: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: World wide ID angjev eininga som ikkje er med på svartelisten.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regulære uttrykk kan verta her brukt for å angje enhetsnavn i udev_dir (standard er katalogen /dev). Vanlege enhetsnavn er cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Brukast for å angje ein spesifikk lagrings-kontrollar som ikkje er med på svartelisten. Ei eining kan angjevast med produsent- og produktnavn.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset av einingar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tKontrollar-innstillingar per lagringsenhet er angjeven her. Dei overstyrer standardinnstillinger, og vert overstyrde per multipath-innstilling.<br>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\tKvar eining vert angjeven med <b>produsent</b>- og <b>produkt</b>-namn.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset av einingar</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKontrollar-innstillingar per lagringsenhet er angjeven her. Dei overstyrer standardinnstillinger, og vert overstyrde per multipath-innstilling.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKvar eining vert angjeven med <b>produsent</b>- og <b>produkt</b>-namn.<br></p>\n"
#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words.
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -784,12 +784,8 @@
#. part1 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p>"
-"<p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<h3>Velkomen til pakkehandsamaren</h3>"
-"<p>Med dette verktøyet kan du administrera programvara som er installert på systemet. Du kan installera, oppdatera eller fjerne enkeltpakker, mønstra (pakkesett for spesielle føremål) or språk. Du treng vanlegvis ikkje å bry deg om avhengigheter når du installerer eller fjernar program – pakkehandsamaren ordnar dette for deg. Pakkehandsamaren består av tre deler: <b>filter, pakketabell<b> og <b>menylinje</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<h3>Velkomen til pakkehandsamaren</h3><p>Med dette verktøyet kan du administrera programvara som er installert på systemet. Du kan installera, oppdatera eller fjerne enkeltpakker, mønstra (pakkesett for spesielle føremål) or språk. Du treng vanlegvis ikkje å bry deg om avhengigheter når du installerer eller fjernar program – pakkehandsamaren ordnar dette for deg. Pakkehandsamaren består av tre deler: <b>filter, pakketabell<b> og <b>menylinje</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
@@ -806,27 +802,8 @@
#. part2 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ol>"
-"<li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li>"
-" "
-"<li>Package name</li>"
-"<li>Package summary</li>"
-"<li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li>"
-" "
-"<li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li>"
-" "
-"<li>Package size</li>"
-"</ol>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ol>"
-"<li>Pakkestatus (du finn meir informasjon under <i>Pakkestatus og symbol</i> )</li>"
-"<li>Pakkenavn</li>"
-"<li>Pakkesammendrag</li>"
-"<li>Tilgjengeleg versjon (frå dei valde pakkebrønnene)</li>"
-"<li>Installert versjon (berre for installerte pakker)</li>"
-"<li>Pakkestørrelse</li>"
-"</ol>"
+msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
+msgstr "<ol><li>Pakkestatus (du finn meir informasjon under <i>Pakkestatus og symbol</i> )</li><li>Pakkenavn</li><li>Pakkesammendrag</li><li>Tilgjengeleg versjon (frå dei valde pakkebrønnene)</li><li>Installert versjon (berre for installerte pakker)</li><li>Pakkestørrelse</li></ol>"
#. part3 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
@@ -849,12 +826,8 @@
#. part 1 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p>"
-"<p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pakkestatus kan endrast ved hjelp av <i>Handlingar</i>-menyen eller med tastane som er spesifiserte i menypunktene. Bruk til dømes '+' for å installera ein tilleggspakke.</p>"
-"<p> Statusen \"Tabu\" tyder at pakka aldri skal installerast. Statusen \"Låst\" tyder at den installerte versjonen av pakka alltid skal haldast på.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pakkestatus kan endrast ved hjelp av <i>Handlingar</i>-menyen eller med tastane som er spesifiserte i menypunktene. Bruk til dømes '+' for å installera ein tilleggspakke.</p><p> Statusen \"Tabu\" tyder at pakka aldri skal installerast. Statusen \"Låst\" tyder at den installerte versjonen av pakka alltid skal haldast på.</p>"
#. part 2 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
@@ -871,34 +844,14 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p>"
-"<p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p>"
-"<p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p>"
-"<p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p>"
-"<p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p>"
-"<p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p>"
-"<p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b> + </b>: Pakka vil installerast</p>"
-"<p><b>a+ </b>: Pakka vil installerast automatisk</p>"
-"<p><b> > </b>: Pakka vil oppgraderast</p>"
-"<p><b>a> </b>: Pakka vil oppgraderast automatisk</p>"
-"<p><b> i </b>: Pakka er installert</p>"
-"<p><b> – </b>: Pakka vil fjernast</p>"
-"<p><b>---</b>: Installer aldri denne pakka (tabu)</p>"
+msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: Pakka vil installerast</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Pakka vil installerast automatisk</p><p><b> > </b>: Pakka vil oppgraderast</p><p><b>a> </b>: Pakka vil oppgraderast automatisk</p><p><b> i </b>: Pakka er installert</p><p><b> – </b>: Pakka vil fjernast</p><p><b>---</b>: Installer aldri denne pakka (tabu)</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p>"
-"<p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p>"
-"<p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>-i-</b>: Hald på den installerte versjonen. Han skal aldri oppgraderast eller vert fjerna (låst pakke)</p>"
-"<p>Statusinformasjon for mønster og språk</p>"
-"<p><b></b>: Alle avhengigheter for dette mønstret/språket er oppfylt</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>: Hald på den installerte versjonen. Han skal aldri oppgraderast eller vert fjerna (låst pakke)</p><p>Statusinformasjon for mønster og språk</p><p><b></b>: Alle avhengigheter for dette mønstret/språket er oppfylt</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206
@@ -944,9 +897,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br>"
-" This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Avhengigheter:</b> Denne menyen tilbyr ulike handlingar for å lause pakkekonflikter. Som standard vert kontrollert avhengighetene kvar gong du endrar pakkestatus (<i>Automatisk konfliktkontroll</i> er avkrysset). Du får informasjon om pakkekonflikter og forslag til å løysa dei. Vel ein av dei foreslegne løysingane for å lause ein konflikt, og prøv på nytt.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
@@ -956,36 +907,26 @@
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br>"
-"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Tilgjengelege val for avhengighetskontroll er: <i>Systemverifiseringsmodus</i> (overvak og reparer avhengigheter for allereie installerte pakker og lòs konfliktar umiddelbart), <i>Rydd opp når pakker vert fjerna</i> (fjern pakkar som ikkje lenger krevjast av andre pakker) og <i>Tillat byte av leverandør</i> (pakka kan ha ein annan leverandør enn den installerte pakka). Hugs: Etter at systemet er kontrollert med <i>Verifiser systemet no</i>, vil <i>Systemverifiseringsmodus</i> aktiverast (fjern eventuelt dette valet).</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
-msgid ""
-"<p>Advanced options:<br>"
-" <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View:</b><br>"
-"Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Vis:</b> Her kan du velja kva for ein informasjon som skal visast om den valde pakka i vindauget under pakketabellen. Tilgjengelege val er: pakkebeskrivelse, teknisk informasjon (versjon, storleik, lisens osb.), pakkeversjoner (alle tigjengelige), filliste (alle filene som pakka består av) og avhengigheter (gir, krev osb.).</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>"
-"This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Oppset:</b> I denne menyen er pakkevelgeren integrert med resten av pakkehandsamarverktøyene. Her kan du velja <b>Start pakkebrønnhandsamar</b> for å redigera pakkebrønner, velja å oppdatera pakkebrønner og setja opp periodisk nedlasting av tilgjengelege oppdateringar (<b>Start oppsett av online-oppdatering</b>). Du kan òg velja ein av dei tre måtane pakkevelgeren skal avsluttast på i menyen <b>Handlng etter pakkeinstallasjon</b>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>"
-"Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Under <b>Tillegg:</b> finn du diverse funksjonar. <i>Eksportar pakkeliste til fil</i> lagrar rådata om installerte pakker, mønster og språk i ein spesifisert XML-fil. Denne fila kan seinare brukast av funksjonen <i>Importar pakkeliste frå fil</i>, t.d. på ein anna datamaskin. Dette vil gje pakkene på måldatamaskinen same status som XML-fila skildrar. <i>Vis ledig diskplass</i> vil visa brukt og ledig plass på den monterte partisjonen i eit oppsprettvindu.</p>"
#. label of a frame with search settings
@@ -1222,9 +1163,7 @@
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
-msgid ""
-"<p>General information about patches:</p>"
-"<p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
+msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
@@ -1236,32 +1175,17 @@
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p>"
-"<p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p>"
-"<p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p>"
-"<p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Statusindikatorenes tyding:</p>"
-"<p><b>a+ </b>: Pakkeoppdateringer for installasjonen er forhåndsvalgt. Dei vil lastast ned og installert. Viss du ikkje ynskjer ei spesiell oppdatering, kan du velja han bort med '-'.</p>"
-"<p><b> i</b>: Alle avhengigheter for denne pakkeoppdateringen er oppfylt.</p>"
-"<p><b>+ </b>: Du har valt å installera denne pakkeoppdateringen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Statusindikatorenes tyding:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Pakkeoppdateringer for installasjonen er forhåndsvalgt. Dei vil lastast ned og installert. Viss du ikkje ynskjer ei spesiell oppdatering, kan du velja han bort med '-'.</p><p><b> i</b>: Alle avhengigheter for denne pakkeoppdateringen er oppfylt.</p><p><b>+ </b>: Du har valt å installera denne pakkeoppdateringen.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
-msgid ""
-"<p>More details about the status:<br>"
-"If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
+msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
-msgid ""
-"<p>The menus:</p>"
-"<p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>"
-"Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>"
-"The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>"
-"The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for a warning popup
@@ -1316,12 +1240,8 @@
#. text for a Notify popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>"
-"Really exit?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Alle vala dine vil gå tapt når du avsluttar med Avbryt.<br>"
-"Vil du verkeleg avslutta?</p>"
+msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Alle vala dine vil gå tapt når du avsluttar med Avbryt.<br>Vil du verkeleg avslutta?</p>"
#. the label of language table
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
@@ -1378,22 +1298,8 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<b>Update Problem List</b><br>"
-"<p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p>"
-"<p>Possible reasons:</p>"
-"<p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p>"
-"<p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p>"
-"<p>They are third-party packages</p>"
-"<p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Oppgraderingsfeil</b><br>"
-"<p>Pakkene i lista kan ikkje oppgraderast automatisk.</p>"
-"<p>Moglege årsaker:</p>"
-"<p>Dei er inkompatible pga. installasjon av andre pakker.</p>"
-"<p>Det finst ingen nyare versjon å oppgradera til på installasjonsmediene.</p>"
-"<p>Det er pakker frå tredjepart</p>"
-"<p>Vel kva du vil gjera med dei manuelt. Det sikraste alternativet er å fjerna pakka.</p>"
+msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
+msgstr "<b>Oppgraderingsfeil</b><br><p>Pakkene i lista kan ikkje oppgraderast automatisk.</p><p>Moglege årsaker:</p><p>Dei er inkompatible pga. installasjon av andre pakker.</p><p>Det finst ingen nyare versjon å oppgradera til på installasjonsmediene.</p><p>Det er pakker frå tredjepart</p><p>Vel kva du vil gjera med dei manuelt. Det sikraste alternativet er å fjerna pakka.</p>"
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804
@@ -1434,16 +1340,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854
-msgid ""
-"<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p>"
-"<p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864
-msgid ""
-"<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p>"
-"<p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones."
-"<p>"
+msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>"
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -142,14 +142,12 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brannmur og SSH</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brannmur og SSH</big></b><br />\n"
"Ein brannmur er ein forsvarsmekanisme som vernar maskina mot angrep via nettverket.\n"
"SSH er ei teneste som tillèt innlogging på denne datamaskina via ein spesiell\n"
"SSH-klient</p>"
@@ -248,7 +246,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Vertsmaskiner, oppsettssammendrag:"
@@ -282,36 +280,30 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
-"Internet connection test.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert vist fremdriften for\n"
-"kontrollen av internettforbindelsen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kontrollen av internettforbindelsen.</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
-"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan avbryta testen ved å klikka på\n"
-"<b>Avbryt test</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Avbryt test</b>.</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
-"and correct the settings.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Gå tilbake til nettverksoppsett og korriger\n"
-"innstillingane viss testen mislukkast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"innstillingane viss testen mislukkast.</p>\n"
#. Label for result of internet test
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
@@ -571,7 +563,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Oppsettfeil: Grensesnitt er ikkje initialisert!"
@@ -674,7 +666,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Rutingoppsett"
@@ -878,14 +870,14 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Advarsel: ingen kryptering vert nytta."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Endre."
@@ -1256,7 +1248,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
@@ -1265,7 +1257,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1276,7 +1268,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
#, fuzzy
@@ -1288,7 +1280,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
#, fuzzy
@@ -1344,7 +1336,7 @@
msgstr "Tunnelgruppe"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Bru-einingar"
@@ -1393,7 +1385,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr "Tilkoblings- og IP-oppsett manglar (bonding-slavar)"
@@ -1433,7 +1425,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
@@ -1467,7 +1459,7 @@
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
@@ -1479,14 +1471,14 @@
"du er sikker på at feil grensesnittype vart funnen."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Oppsettet %1 finst allereie."
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
@@ -1501,23 +1493,23 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Ugyldig IP-adresse."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Ugyldig nettverksmaske eller prefikslengde."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
@@ -1533,7 +1525,7 @@
"Vil du likevel ikkje angje noko vertsnavn?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
@@ -1544,96 +1536,92 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
#, fuzzy
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Generelt"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Enhetsaktivering"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Brannmursone"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Største overføringsenhet (MTU)"
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel detaljerte innstillingar for nettverkskort her.</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Sett opp IP-adressa di.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Maskinvare"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Bond-slavar"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Trådlaust"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr "Ifplugd-prioritet"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
-" set the priority of each interface. </p>"
-"\n"
+" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> Alle grensesnitt sat opp med <b>Kabelforbindelse</b> og med IFPLUGD_pRIORITY != 0 vil brukast uavhengig av kvarandre. Viss fleire enn eitt av desse grensesnitta er <b>Kabelforbindelse</b>,\n"
" må det kjennast kva for eit grensesnitt som skal nyttast. Difor må\n"
-" det angjevast ein prioritet for kvart grensesnitt. </p>"
-"\n"
+" det angjevast ein prioritet for kvart grensesnitt. </p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Nettverkskortoppsett"
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
@@ -2016,13 +2004,13 @@
"vil det ikkje lengjer kunna styrast via NetworkManager.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr "Den valde eininga har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du verkeleg slette henne?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Oppsettsmetode for nettverk"
@@ -2032,7 +2020,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Nettverksinnstillinger"
@@ -2068,12 +2056,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
-"your network device here.</p>"
-"\n"
+"your network device here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje maskinvarespesifikke val for \n"
-"nettverksenheten her.</p>"
-"\n"
+"nettverksenheten her.</p>\n"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
@@ -2111,13 +2097,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
-"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>"
-"\n"
+"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kjernemodul</b>. Angje kjernemodulnavnet (driv) \n"
"for nettverksenheten her. Viss eininga allereie er sett opp, kontrollar om det er meir enn éin drivar tilgjengeleg for\n"
-"eininga i nedtrekkslisten. Du kan om naudsynt velja ein driv frå lista, men normalt fungerer standardverdien bra.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eininga i nedtrekkslisten. Du kan om naudsynt velja ein driv frå lista, men normalt fungerer standardverdien bra.</p>\n"
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
@@ -2125,34 +2109,26 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
-"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>"
-"\n"
+"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan òg angje <b>Val</b> for kjernemodulen i følgjande format: <i>val</i>=<i>verd</i>. Kvar oppføring skal vera adskilt\n"
"av mellomrom, til dømes, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Merk:</b> Viss to kort er sette opp\n"
-"med same modulnavn, vil vala slåast saman ved lagring.</p>"
-"\n"
+"med same modulnavn, vil vala slåast saman ved lagring.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du skriv inn noko under <b>Ethtool.val</b>, vil ifup senda ein kommando med desse vala til ethtool.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Viss du skriv inn noko under <b>Ethtool.val</b>, vil ifup senda ein kommando med desse vala til ethtool.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
-"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>"
-"\n"
+"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du har eit <b>PCMCIA</b>-nettverkskort, vel PCMCIA.\n"
-"Viss du har eit <b>USB</b>-nettverkskort, vel USB.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss du har eit <b>USB</b>-nettverkskort, vel USB.</p>\n"
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
@@ -2160,12 +2136,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
-"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her kan du setja opp nettverksenheten. Verda vert\n"
-"lagra i <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> eller <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"lagra i <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> eller <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
@@ -2441,12 +2415,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
-"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>"
-"\n"
+"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje namnet til ein annan IUCV-maskin,\n"
-"til dømes z/VM-brukernavnet som skal brukast ved tilkobling (det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar).</p>"
-"\n"
+"til dømes z/VM-brukernavnet som skal brukast ved tilkobling (det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar).</p>\n"
#. #176330, must be static
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
@@ -2470,91 +2442,65 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n"
-"Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett for\n"
-"nettverkskort</big></b><br>"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"nettverkskort</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialiseringen:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avslutta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</B> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialiseringen:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avslutta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</B> no.</p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n"
-"Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett for\n"
-"nettverkskort</big></b><br>"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"nettverkskort</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>\n"
#. Network setup method help
#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n"
"managing connections for all interfaces. It is well suited\n"
-"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppsettmetode for nettverk</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppsettmetode for nettverk</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Vel <b>NetworkManager</b> for bruka eit skrivebordsprogram\n"
"til å kontrollera tilkoblingene for alle grensesnitt. Dette er praktisk\n"
-"for å byte mellom kabelnettverk og ulike trådlause nettverk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å byte mellom kabelnettverk og ulike trådlause nettverk.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
-"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>"
-"\n"
+"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>Tradisjonell metode med <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
"viss du ikkje køyrer eit grafisk skrivebordsmiljø (GNOME eller KDE),\n"
-"eller viss du har behov for å bruka fleire grensesnitt samstundes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eller viss du har behov for å bruka fleire grensesnitt samstundes.</p>\n"
#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678)
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
@@ -2562,70 +2508,52 @@
"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n"
"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n"
"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n"
-"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>"
-"\n"
+"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
-"edit their configuration.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverkskort</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverkskort</big></b><br>\n"
"Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte nettverkskort. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera oppsettet.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera oppsettet.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til eit nettverkskort:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp eit nytt nettverkskort manuelt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til eit nettverkskort:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp eit nytt nettverkskort manuelt.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a network card to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel eit nettverkskort som skal endrast eller vert sletta.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n"
"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n"
"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n"
-"time can be faster.</p>"
-"\n"
+"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for IPv6-protokollen</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for IPv6-protokollen</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Kryss av for <b>Aktivum IPv6</b> for å aktivare IPv6-modulen i kjernen.\n"
"Det er mogleg å bruka IPv6 saman med IPv4, og dette er standarvalget.\n"
"For å deaktivere IPv6, fjern avkryssingen (dette vil svartelista kjernemodulen\n"
@@ -2645,27 +2573,23 @@
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
"If any other entry exists that matches the required address, it is\n"
"used instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\n"
-"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>"
-"\n"
+"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Rutingen kan verta opp sette i denne dialogen.\n"
"<b>Standard systemport</b> samsvarer med alle moglege bestemmelsessteder, men ikkje særleg presist. \n"
"Viss det finst andre verd som samsvarer med adressa, vil desse brukast i staden for standardruten. Prinsippet bak standardruten er ganske enkelt\n"
-"å gje melding om at \"alt anna skal verta hit sendt\".</p>"
-"\n"
+"å gje melding om at \"alt anna skal verta hit sendt\".</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For kvar rute angjev du destinasjonsnettverkets IP-adresse, systemportens adresse\n"
"og nettverksmasken. Nytte bindestrek «-» for å kanne over nokon av desse verda. Vel\n"
-"òg eininga som trafikken til det angjevne nettverket skal rutast gjennom. Nytte «-» som alias for kva for eit som helst nettverk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"òg eininga som trafikken til det angjevne nettverket skal rutast gjennom. Nytte «-» som alias for kva for eit som helst nettverk.</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
@@ -2687,8 +2611,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
-"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>"
-"\n"
+"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aktivar <b>IP-vidaresending</b> (vidaresending av pakker frå eksterne nettverk\n"
"til det interne) viss dette systemet er ein ruter. Både IPv4- og IPv6-samband \n"
@@ -2704,15 +2627,13 @@
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n"
"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n"
-"different hostnames.</p>"
-" "
+"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du brukar DHCP for å få ein IP-adresse, vel om du òg vil motta\n"
"eit vertsnavn vigd DHCP. Vertsnavnet vil veljast automatisk av DHCP-klienten.\n"
"Det kan likevel forvirra det grafiske skrivebordsmiljøet å endra vertsnavn under køyring. \n"
"Difor bør du fjerne denne avkryssingen viss du kobler til ulike nettverk sine som tilordner \n"
-"ulike vertsnavn.</p>"
-" "
+"ulike vertsnavn.</p> "
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
#, fuzzy
@@ -2721,8 +2642,7 @@
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n"
"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n"
-"if this computer provides some network services.</p>"
-"\n"
+"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tilordne vertsnavn til Loopback-IP</b> knyter ditt vertsnavn til IP-adressa \n"
"<tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er eit \n"
@@ -2734,12 +2654,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
-"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje navneserverne og domenesøkelisten for \n"
-"vertsnavn. Desse kan vanlegvis hentast via DHCP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vertsnavn. Desse kan vanlegvis hentast via DHCP.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
@@ -2747,13 +2665,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
-"(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ein navneserver er ei datamaskin som omset vertsnavn til\n"
"IP-adresser. Dette verdet må skrivast inn som ein <b>IP-adresse</b>\n"
-"(t.d. 192.168.0.42), ikkje som eit vertsnavn.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(t.d. 192.168.0.42), ikkje som eit vertsnavn.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
@@ -2762,14 +2678,12 @@
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n"
-"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Søkedomenet er domenenavnet der søking etter vertsnavn startar.\n"
"Primært søkedomene er vanlegvis det same som domenenavnet for\n"
"datamaskina di (t.d. susa.dei). Det kan vera fleire søkedomener\n"
-"(t.d. susa.com) Domener skal vera adskilt av komma eller mellomrom.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(t.d. susa.com) Domener skal vera adskilt av komma eller mellomrom.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
#, fuzzy
@@ -2793,8 +2707,7 @@
"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n"
"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n"
"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n"
-"configurations.</p>"
-"\n"
+"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel korleis DNS-oppsettet (navneservere, søkeliste, innhaldet i \n"
"fila <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) skal endrast. Normalt vert handtert dette av skriptet <i>netconfig</i>,\n"
@@ -2812,8 +2725,7 @@
"including wildcards, with STATIC and STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special\n"
"values. For more information, see the <i>netconfig</i> manual page. Note:\n"
"Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n"
-"policy.</p>"
-"\n"
+"policy.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel<b>Berre manuelt</b> viss du ikkje vil at<i>netconfig</i> lengjer skal kunna endra \n"
"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Du kan redigera fila manuelt i staden. vel <b>Bruk egendefinert praksis</b> \n"
@@ -2827,38 +2739,28 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
-"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresseoppsett</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresseoppsett</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Vel <b>Ikkje adresseoppsett</b> viss du ikkje ynskjer nokon IP-adresse for denne eininga.\n"
-"Dette er spesielt nyttig for bond-nettverkskort.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dette er spesielt nyttig for bond-nettverkskort.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kryss av for <b>iBFT</b> viss du vil at nettverket skal setjast opp i BIOS.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>iBFT</b> viss du vil at nettverket skal setjast opp i BIOS.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
-"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>"
-"\n"
+"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel <b>Dynamisk adresse</b> viss du ikkje har fått tildelt ein statisk IP-adresse \n"
-"frå systemadministroren eller internettleverandøren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"frå systemadministroren eller internettleverandøren.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
@@ -2866,13 +2768,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
-"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan velja ein av metodane for dynamisk adressetildeling. Vel <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"viss du har ein <b>DHCP-servar</b> som køyrer på lokalnettverket. Nettverksadresser vert då \n"
-"henta automatisk frå han serveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"henta automatisk frå han serveren.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
@@ -2880,13 +2780,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
-"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å søkja etter ein IP-adresse for statisk tildeling, vel \n"
"
<b>Zeroconf</b>. For å bruka DHCP, men ha zeroconf som reserveløsning, vel <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>.\n"
-"Viss ikkje, må adressa tildelast <b>statisk</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss ikkje, må adressa tildelast <b>statisk</b>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
@@ -2894,12 +2792,10 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
-"for your peer.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje ein <b>IP-adresse</b> (t.d. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for datamaskina di og ein <b>Ekstern IP-adresse</b> (t.d. <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>4)\n"
-"for ein anna maskin.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for ein anna maskin.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
@@ -2907,13 +2803,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For <b>Statisk adresseoppsett</b>, angje den statiske IP-adressa for datamaskina (til dømes: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) og\n"
"nettverksmasken (vanlegvis <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>, eller berre lengda på prefikset<tt>/24</tt>). Du kan òg angje\n"
-"eit vertsnavn for denne IP-adressa. Vertsnavnet vil lagrast i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eit vertsnavn for denne IP-adressa. Vertsnavnet vil lagrast i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
@@ -2937,8 +2831,7 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
"select a zone, the firewall will be enabled. If you do not and other \n"
"firewalled interfaces exist, the firewall\n"
@@ -2946,8 +2839,7 @@
"interface. If you do not select a zone and no others exist, \n"
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brannmursone</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brannmursone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Vel ein brannmursone å plassera grensesnittet i. Viss du\n"
"vel ei sone, vil brannmuren aktiverast. Viss ikkje, avheng dette av\n"
"om det finst andre brannmurbeskyttede grensesnitt. I så fall vil brannmuren\n"
@@ -2963,23 +2855,19 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
"transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n"
"set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n"
"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n"
-"values or define another one.</p>"
-"\n"
+"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Største overføringsenhet</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Største overføringsenhet</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Største overføringsenhet (<b>MTU</b>) angjev kor stor pakke som\n"
"vert overført via nettverket per overføringsvindu. Det er normalt ikkje naudsynt å\n"
"angje MTU, men ein redusert MTU-verd, kan forbetra nettverksytelsen,\n"
"spesielt ved treige oppringte samband. Vel ein av dei tilrådde verda, eller\n"
-"angje ein egendefinert verd.</p>"
-"\n"
+"angje ein egendefinert verd.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
#, fuzzy
@@ -3019,13 +2907,11 @@
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
-"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>"
-"\n"
+"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
-"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>"
-"\n"
+"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Overført vertsnavn</b> angjev strengen som vert brukt for valgfeltet for \n"
"vertsnavn når dhcpcd sender meldingar til ein DHCP-servar. Einskilde \n"
@@ -3034,22 +2920,17 @@
"Einskilde DHCP-servera krev òg at alternativfeltet <b>Overførd vertsnavn</b>\n"
"inneheld ein bestemd streng i DHCP-meldingar frå klientar. La verdet vera <i>AUTO</i>\n"
"for å senda gjeldande vertsnavn (dvs. namnet som er definert i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
-"La feltet stå tomt viss vertsnavn ikkje skal sendast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"La feltet stå tomt viss vertsnavn ikkje skal sendast.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tilleggsadresser</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Sett opp tilleggsadresser for eit grensesnitt (aliaser) i denne tabellen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tilleggsadresser</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Sett opp tilleggsadresser for eit grensesnitt (aliaser) i denne tabellen.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280
@@ -3086,37 +2967,29 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>ASCII</b>: The ASCII values of the characters entered constitute the\n"
+"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
+"<br><b>ASCII</b>: The ASCII values of the characters entered constitute the\n"
"key. Enter 5 characters for 64-bit keys, up to 13\n"
"characters for 128-bit keys, up to 16 characters for 156-bit keys, and\n"
"up to 29 characters for 256-bit keys.\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>Hexadecimal</b>: Enter the hex codes of the key directly. Enter\n"
+"<br><b>Hexadecimal</b>: Enter the hex codes of the key directly. Enter\n"
"10 hex digits for 64-bit keys, 26 digits for 128-bit keys, 32 digits\n"
"for 156-bit keys, and 58 digits for 256-bit keys. You can\n"
"use hyphens <tt>-</tt> to separate pairs or groups of digits, for example,\n"
"<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n"
-"</p>"
-" \n"
+"</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel blant tre <b>Nøkkelangivelsestyper</b> for nøkkelen\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>Passfrase</b>: Nøkkelen vert generert ut frå frasen som vert angjeven.\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>ASCII</b>: ASCII verdet for teikna som vert angjevne, dannar\n"
+"<br><b>Passfrase</b>: Nøkkelen vert generert ut frå frasen som vert angjeven.\n"
+"<br><b>ASCII</b>: ASCII verdet for teikna som vert angjevne, dannar\n"
"nøkkelen Angje fem teikn for 64-bitsnøkler, inntil 13\n"
"teikn for128-bitsnøkler, inntil 16 teikn for 156-bitsnøkler og.\n"
"inntil 29 teikn for 256-bitsnøkler.\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>Heksadesimal</b>: Angje nøkkelen sin hekskoder direkte. Angje\n"
+"<br><b>Heksadesimal</b>: Angje nøkkelen sin hekskoder direkte. Angje\n"
"10 hekssiffer for 64-bitsnøkler, 26 siffer for 128-bitsnøkler, 32 siffer for 156-bitsnøkler og 58 siffer for 256-bitsnøkler. Du kan\n"
"bruka bindestreker <tt>-</tt> mellom sifferpar eller siffergrupper, til dømes\n"
"<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
@@ -3135,15 +3008,13 @@
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
"<b>Managed</b> (network managed by an access point, sometimes also\n"
"called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n"
-"acts as an access point).</p>"
-"\n"
+"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Driftsmodus</b> avheng av nettverket sitt topologi. Modusen\n"
"kan vera <b>Ad-hoc</b> (direkte samband utan aksesspunkt),\n"
"<b>Styrt</b> (nettverk som vert styrd av eit aksesspunkt, iblant òg\n"
"kalla <i>Infrastrukturmodmodus</i>) eller <b>Master</b> (nettverkskortet\n"
-"fungerer som aksesspunkt).</p>"
-"\n"
+"fungerer som aksesspunkt).</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
#, fuzzy
@@ -3154,8 +3025,7 @@
"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
-"signal strength.</p>"
-"\n"
+"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Spesifiser eit <b>Nettverksnavn (ESSID)</b> som skal brukast for å identifisera\n"
"celler som tilhøyrar same virtuelle nettverk. Alle stasjonar i eit\n"
@@ -3163,8 +3033,7 @@
"du vel driftsmodusen <b>Styrt</b> og ingen <b>WPA</b>-autentiseringsmodus,\n"
"kan du la dette feltet vera tomt eller bruka verdet <tt>any</tt>. I så\n"
"fall vil WLAN-korta koble seg til det aksesspunktet som har dei\n"
-"sterkaste signala.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sterkaste signala.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
#, fuzzy
@@ -3184,8 +3053,7 @@
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
-"<b>Managed</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>I nokre nettverk må du angje ein <b>Autentiseringsmodus</b>.\n"
"Denne avheng av sikkerhetsteknologien som vert brukt, WEP eller WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -3201,8 +3069,7 @@
"innført for å tette sikkerhetshullene, men ikkje all maskinvare støttar\n"
"WPA. Viss du vil bruka WPA, vel <b>WPA-PSK</b> eller <b>WPA-EAP</b>som\n"
"autentiseringsmodus. Dette er berre mogleg i driftsmodusen\n"
-"<b>Styrt</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Styrt</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
#, fuzzy
@@ -3211,14 +3078,12 @@
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
"length of 64, 128, 156, or 256 bits, but not all sizes are\n"
"supported by all devices. Of these keys, 24 bits\n"
-"are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.</p>"
-"\n"
+"are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å bruka WEP, angje\n"
"WEP-krypteringsnøkkelen som skal brukast. Han kan ha ein nøkkellengde\n"
"på 64, 128, 156 eller 256 bitar sine (24 bitar genererast dynamisk,\n"
-"så du treng berre å angje 40 til 232 bitar).</p>"
-"\n"
+"så du treng berre å angje 40 til 232 bitar).</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
@@ -3229,27 +3094,23 @@
"key is used for authentication and encryption keys are generated from\n"
"it. These are not vulnerable to known attacks against WEP keys, but\n"
"dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n"
-"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>"
-"\n"
+"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å bruka WPA-PSK (iblant kalla WPA Home),\n"
"angje den forhåndsdelte nøkkelen. Denne\n"
"nøkkelen vert til brukt autentisering, og han genererer krypteringsnøkler.\n"
"Desse er ikkje sårbare overfor kjende angrep mot WEP-nøklar, men\n"
"ordbokangrep er framleis mogleg. Ikkje bruk ord som er \n"
-"enkle å gjetta som passfrase.</p>"
-"\n"
+"enkle å gjetta som passfrase.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
-"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å bruka WPA-EAP (iblant kalla WPA Enterprise)\n"
-"må du angje nokon tilleggsparametere i neste dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"må du angje nokon tilleggsparametere i neste dialog.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368
#, fuzzy
@@ -3285,7 +3146,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "IP-adressa er ugyldig."
@@ -3351,13 +3212,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n"
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
-"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>WPA-EAP nytter ein RADIUS-servar for å autentisere brukarar. Det\n"
"er ulike metodar i EAP for å koble til serveren og\n"
-"utføra autentiseringen, TLS, TTLS og PEAP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"utføra autentiseringen, TLS, TTLS og PEAP.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98
@@ -3371,14 +3230,12 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For TTLS og PEAP, angje <b>Identitet</b>\n"
"og <b>Passord</b> slik dei er sette opp på serveren.\n"
"Viss du har spesielle krav med omsyn til brukernavn brukt som\n"
-"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du angje dette her. Dette er normalt ikkje naudsynt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du angje dette her. Dette er normalt ikkje naudsynt.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110
@@ -3406,15 +3263,13 @@
"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
-"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>TLS brukar eit <b>Klientsertifikat</b> i staden for ein brukernavn- og\n"
"passordkombinasjon for autentisering. Eit offentleg og privat nøkkelpar vert nytta\n"
"for å kryptera tilkoblingen, og difor treng du i tillegg\n"
"ein <b>Klientnøkkel</b>-fil som inneheld den private nøkkelen din og dessutan\n"
-"eit <b>Klientnøkkelpassord</b> for denne fila.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eit <b>Klientnøkkelpassord</b> for denne fila.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143
@@ -3441,13 +3296,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n"
"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n"
-"to validate the server's authenticity.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to validate the server's authenticity.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å auka tryggleiken vert rådd til det å setja opp eit\n"
"a <b>Serversertifikat</b>. Det vert nytta\n"
-"for å stadfesta serverens identitet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å stadfesta serverens identitet.</p>\n"
#. push button label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211
@@ -3476,14 +3329,12 @@
"<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n"
"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n"
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
-"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>"
-"\n"
+"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her kan du setja opp den interne autentiseringensmetoden (òg kalla fase 2).\n"
"Som standard er alle metodar tillate. Viss du vil avgrensa\n"
"metodane som skal tillatast eller viss du har problem med\n"
-"autentiseringen, kan du velja ein intern autentiseringsmetode.</p>"
-"\n"
+"autentiseringen, kan du velja ein intern autentiseringsmetode.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249
@@ -3495,12 +3346,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
-"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>"
-"\n"
+"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du brukar PEAP, kan du òg velja at ein spesifikk PEAP skal nyttast\n"
-"(versjon 0 eller 1). Dette bør normalt ikkje vera naudsynt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(versjon 0 eller 1). Dette bør normalt ikkje vera naudsynt.</p>\n"
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
@@ -3606,54 +3455,54 @@
msgstr "&WEP-nøklar"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "WPA-autentiseringsmodus er berre mogleg i styrt driftsmodus."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "Angje nettverksnavnet for denne modusen."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
#, fuzzy
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "Nettverksnavnet må ikkje innehalda meir enn 32 teikn."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
#, fuzzy
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "Passfrasen må innehalda mellom 8 og 63 teikn (totalt)."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "Nøkkelen må ha %1 heksadesimalsiffer."
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkelen er ugyldig."
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkelen må angjevast for denne autentiseringsmodusen."
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
@@ -3664,14 +3513,14 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar for trådlaust nettverk"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
@@ -3681,23 +3530,21 @@
"(sjeldan naudsynt).</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
-"points in that case.</p>"
-"\n"
+"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vil bruka eit trådlaust nettverkskort i master- eller Ad-hoc-modus,\n"
"kan du definera ein <b>Kanal</b> som korta skal bruka her. Dette er ikkje naudsynt\n"
"for styrt modus. Korta vil søkja gjennom kanalane etter aksesspunkter\n"
-"i denne modusen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"i denne modusen.</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
@@ -3707,7 +3554,7 @@
"<b>overføringshastighet</b>. Standardinnstillingen er å bruka så høg fart som mogleg.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
@@ -3717,82 +3564,80 @@
"definera kva for eit punkt du vil kopla deg til ved å leggja inn aksesspunktets MAC-adresse.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
-"be disconnected from AC power.</p>"
-"\n"
+"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel <b>Bruk strømstyring</b> for å aktivare strømsparefunksjoner.\n"
"Dette er vanlegvis ein fordel, spesielt viss du brukar ein berbar PC\n"
-"som iblant ikkje er kopla til strømnettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som iblant ikkje er kopla til strømnettet.</p>\n"
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Automatisk"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "&Kanal"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
#, fuzzy
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "O&verføringshastighet"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "&Aksesspunkt"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "Nytte &strømsparing"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
#, fuzzy
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "AP ScanMode"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "Angje krypteringsnøkkel"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "&Nøkkel"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
#, fuzzy
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Hjelp"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "Trådløsnøkler"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
@@ -3808,7 +3653,7 @@
"éin nøkkel.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
@@ -3824,50 +3669,50 @@
"verdet til 64.</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
#, fuzzy
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP-nøklar"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "&Nøkkellengde"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "No."
msgstr "Nr."
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Nøkkel"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "Definer som st&andard"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "Vel eit sertifikat"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
@@ -3877,7 +3722,7 @@
"som er usikkert og sårbart. Vil du halda fram utan CA ?"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
@@ -3887,55 +3732,55 @@
"eller klientsertifikatet."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
#, fuzzy
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Udefinert"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
#, fuzzy
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
#, fuzzy
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
#, fuzzy
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
#, fuzzy
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP-informasjon"
@@ -3968,23 +3813,19 @@
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for ekstern administrasjon</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for ekstern administrasjon</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Viss denne funksjonen er aktivert, kan du\n"
"administrera denne maskina frå ein anna maskin. Du kan bruka ein VNC-\n"
"klient, til dømes krdc (koble til <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>) eller\n"
"ein javakompatibel nettleser (koble til <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"Denne typen ekstern administrasjon er mindre sikker enn SSH.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Denne typen ekstern administrasjon er mindre sikker enn SSH.</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
@@ -3993,13 +3834,13 @@
msgstr "Innstillingar for ekstern administrasjon"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Følgjande pakker må installerast:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
@@ -4012,121 +3853,59 @@
"\n"
"Vil du freista igjen?\n"
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Oppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DNS-oppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DSL-oppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Vertsmaskinoppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ISDN-oppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Oppsettet for nettverkskort er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Modemoppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Mellomserveroppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Leverandøroppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Rutingoppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "Vil du setja opp e-postsystemet no?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "Vil du setja opp %1?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Nettverkskort"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Modem"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN-kort"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
#, fuzzy
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL-einingar"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
#, fuzzy
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Alle nettverksenheter"
@@ -4134,7 +3913,7 @@
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "Vertsnavnet er ugyldig."
@@ -4221,8 +4000,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "Vertsmaskin- og domenenavn"
@@ -4252,32 +4031,32 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr "På grunn av multikast-DNS vert rådde til det ikkje å bruka .local som domenenavn. Vil du bruka det likevel?"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "Søkelisten kan ha maksimalt %1 domener."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "Søkelisten kan ha maksimalt %1 teikn."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "Søkedomenet '%1' er ugyldig."
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "Vertsnavn- og navneserveroppsett"
@@ -4311,39 +4090,37 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a host <b>IP Address</b>, a <b>Hostname</b>, and optional\n"
-"<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje ein <b>IP-adresse</b> for vertsmaskinen, eit <b>vertsnavn</b> og\n"
-"<b>vertsmaskinaliaser</b> (valfritt) adskilt av mellomrom.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>vertsmaskinaliaser</b> (valfritt) adskilt av mellomrom.</p>\n"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "Gjeldande vertsmaskiner"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "Vertsnavn"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "Vertsmaskinaliaser"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "Ver&tsmaskinaliaser"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
#, fuzzy
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "Aliasnavnet \"%1\" er ugyldig."
@@ -4386,47 +4163,47 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Bestemmelsessted"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "Ge&nmaske"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Systemport"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "Ein&heitte"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "Destinasjonen er ugyldig."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Systemportens IP-adresse er ugyldig."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Nettverksmasken er ugyldig."
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Standard systemport er ugyldig."
@@ -4469,15 +4246,13 @@
"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
"A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n"
"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n"
-"to change the prefix.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss <b>Linje ut, regulært uttrykk</b> er valt, kan brukarane\n"
"endra linje ut-verdet i KInternet dersom han samsvarer med uttrykket.\n"
"Verdet <tt>[09]?</tt> rådast til. Han tillèt <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
"og dessutan inga linje ut. Viss uttrykket er tomt, kan ikkje brukarane\n"
-"endra linje ut-verdet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"endra linje ut-verdet.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label,method of setup
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69
@@ -4543,12 +4318,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n"
-"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>"
-"\n"
+"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Manuelt</b>: Du kontrollerer grensesnittet manuelt\n"
-"via 'ifup' eller 'qinternet' (sjå 'Brukerstyrt' nedanfor).</p>"
-".\n"
+"via 'ifup' eller 'qinternet' (sjå 'Brukerstyrt' nedanfor).</p>.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
@@ -4619,19 +4392,15 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
-"%1</p>"
-"\n"
+"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Enhetsaktivering</big></b></p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>Enhetsaktivering</big></b></p> \n"
"<p>Vel når nettverksgrensesnittet skal aktiverast. Vel <b>Ved oppstart av maskina</b> viss grensesnittet skal aktiverast når maskina startar.\n"
"Vel <b>Aldri</b> viss eininga ikkje skal aktiverast.\n"
-"%1</p>"
-"\n"
+"%1</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235
msgid "IPoIB Device Mode"
@@ -4724,7 +4493,7 @@
msgstr "IPv6-protokollinnstillinger"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Aktivar IPv6"
@@ -4830,7 +4599,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Oppdater mellomserveroppsett"
@@ -4857,7 +4626,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer mellomserveroppsett …"
@@ -4871,119 +4640,119 @@
msgstr "Oppdaterer /etc/resolve.conf …"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Vertsnavn: Definert av DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Vertsnavn: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Vertsnavnet vil ikkje lagrast i /etc/hosts"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Navneservere: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Søkeliste: %1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Oppdater /etc/hosts"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar vertsnavnoppsett"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer /etc/hosts …"
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Søk etter nettverksenheter"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Les driverinformasjon"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Les enhetsoppsett"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Les nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Les vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Les installasjonsinformasjon"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Les rutingoppsett"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Søk etter gjeldande status"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Søkjer for ndiswrapper …"
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
@@ -4994,7 +4763,7 @@
"men det vart ikkje køyrt modprobe for kjernemodulen.\n"
"Vil du køyra modprobe for ndiswrapper?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
@@ -5004,395 +4773,387 @@
"Kontroller oppsettet manuelt."
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Søkar etter nettverksenheter …"
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Lesar enhetsoppsett …"
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Lesar nettverksoppsett …"
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …"
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Lesar vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett …"
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Lesar installasjonsinformasjon …"
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Lesar rutinginformasjon …"
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Søkar etter gjeldande status …"
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
#, fuzzy
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Start maskina på nytt for å aktivare denne endringa."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Lagre driverinformasjon"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Lagre enhetsoppsett"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Lagre nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Lagre rutingoppsett"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Lagre vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Sett opp nettverkstjenester"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Aktivar nettverkstjenester"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Lagrar /etc/modprobe.conf …"
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar enhetsoppsett …"
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett …"
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar rutinginformasjon …"
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett …"
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Set opp nettverkstjenester …"
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …"
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Aktiverer nettverkstjenester …"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Ingen nettverk er aktiverte"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Nettverksmodus"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Grensesnitt som vert kontrollerte av NetworkManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Deaktiver NetworkManager"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
#, fuzzy
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "Tradisjonelt nettveksoppsett med NetControl – ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Aktivar NetworkManager"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Støtte for IPv6-protokollen er aktivert"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Deaktiver IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Støtte for IPv6-protokollen er deaktivert"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "Ikkje tilkoblet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Starta automatisk ved oppstart"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Starta automatisk vigde kabelforbindelse"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Nytte NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Vil ikkje startast i det heile"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Starta manuelt"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-adresse tildelt vigde"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %1/%2"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP-adresse %1, nettverksmaske %2"
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Ikkje sat opp"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Enhetsnavn: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Bond Vert slava"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Ikkje tilkoblet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
#, fuzzy
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Ingen maskinvareinfo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "<p>Kunne ikkje setja opp nettverkskortet fordi kjerneenheten (eth0, wlan0) ikkje finst. Dette vert vanlegvis skulda manglande fastvare (for wlan-einingar). Sjå resultatet av dmesg-kommandoen.</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Eininga er ikkje sett opp. Klikk <b>Rediger</b>\n"
-"for å gå til oppsett.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å gå til oppsett.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Naudsynt fastvare"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "ukjent"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Sett opp vindushandsamar"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Start tenesta på nytt"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett av ekstern administrasjon"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Set opp vindushandsamar …"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Startar tenesta på nytt …"
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -5400,35 +5161,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon er aktivert."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon is deaktivert."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Lagre oppsett for IP-overføring"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Lagre oppsett for ruter"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for ruter"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for IP-overføring …"
@@ -5438,25 +5199,25 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for ruter …"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Systemport: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
@@ -5480,6 +5241,54 @@
msgstr "(ubeskyttet"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Oppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DNS-oppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DSL-oppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Vertsmaskinoppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ISDN-oppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Oppsettet for nettverkskort er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Modemoppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Mellomserveroppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Leverandøroppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Rutingoppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "Vil du setja opp e-postsystemet no?"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "Vil du setja opp %1?"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "Enhetsoppstartsprotokoll"
@@ -5498,12 +5307,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For å spesifisera <b>frekvensen</b> i staden for\n"
-#~ "kanalen, kan du velja eit verd.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "kanalen, kan du velja eit verd.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Frequency"
@@ -5701,11 +5508,9 @@
#~ "You can abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>. An additional\n"
#~ "dialog may inform you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>. Ein annan\n"
-#~ "dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use."
@@ -5766,12 +5571,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
-#~ "for the DSL connection.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for the DSL connection.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Her gjer du dei viktigaste innstillingane\n"
-#~ "for DSL-tilkoblingen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for DSL-tilkoblingen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5802,14 +5605,12 @@
#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set up\n"
#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
#~ "connections, <b>Ethernet Card</b> is needed for <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n"
-#~ "connections.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "connections.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Innstillingane for PPP-modus</b> er obligatoriske for\n"
#~ "DSL-sambandet. <b>VPI/VCI</b> er berre aktuelt for <i>PPP vigd ATM</i>-\n"
#~ "tilkoblinger. Eit <b>Ethernet-kort</b> må installerast for <i>PPP vigd Ethernet</i>-\n"
-#~ "tilkoblinger.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "tilkoblinger.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5919,11 +5720,9 @@
#~ "You can abort the save procedure by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n"
#~ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
-#~ "Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Select the item to edit."
@@ -6024,74 +5823,60 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n"
-#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Ekstern telefonnummerliste</b> kontrollerer kva for eksterne maskiner som\n"
-#~ "kan kopla til dette grensesnittet.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "kan kopla til dette grensesnittet.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Deselect <b>Only Listed Numbers Allowed</b> \n"
-#~ "to allow all caller IDs.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "to allow all caller IDs.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Fjern markeringa i <b>Berre angjevne nummer tillate</b>-ruta\n"
-#~ "for gje alle oppringings-Ider tilgjenge.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for gje alle oppringings-Ider tilgjenge.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n"
-#~ "processing.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "processing.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss <b>tilbakeringingsmodus</b> er <b>deaktivert</b>, vert handterte oppringningene utan spesielle \n"
-#~ "prosedyrar.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "prosedyrar.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
-#~ "is triggered.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "is triggered.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss tilbakeringingsmodus er sette til <b>servar</b>, vil ein tilbakeringing utløysast ved \n"
-#~ "innkommende samtalar.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "innkommende samtalar.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n"
-#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss tilbakeringingsmodus er sette til <b>klient</b>, ringar først det lokale systemet opp, \n"
-#~ "og ventar deretter på at den eksterne maskina skal ringa tilbake.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "og ventar deretter på at den eksterne maskina skal ringa tilbake.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n"
#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n"
-#~ "the client.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the client.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Tilbakeringingsforsinkelse</b> er mengd sekund mellom først oppringing og\n"
#~ "tilbakeringing (servar) eller \"legg på\" (klient). Dette verdet bør vera større for serveren enn for\n"
-#~ "klienten.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "klienten.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In <b>Additional ipppd Options</b>, add extra options for ipppd,\n"
-#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Fleire ipppd-alternativ:</b> Vel fleire alternativ for ipppd,\n"
-#~ "til dømes +pap +chap for serverautentisering ved innkommende anrop.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "til dømes +pap +chap for serverautentisering ved innkommende anrop.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options"
@@ -6133,37 +5918,31 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n"
#~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n"
-#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss du har ein kombinert CAPI-kontrollar for ISDN/DSL, set du opp DSL-\n"
#~ "sambandet med <b>Legg til CAPI-grensesnitt for DSL</b>. Dette kan du òg gjera seinare\n"
-#~ "i oppsettsdialogen for DSL.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "i oppsettsdialogen for DSL.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>For networking over ISDN, there are two types of interfaces:\n"
#~ "<b>RawIP</b> and <b>SyncPPP</b>. In most cases, use SyncPPP. It is\n"
-#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For ISDN-samband er det to typar grensesnitt:\n"
#~ "<b>RawIP</b> og <b>SyncPPP</b>. Du bør sannsynlegvis velja SyncPPP. Dette er\n"
-#~ "standard for dei fleste internettleverandører.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "standard for dei fleste internettleverandører.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To switch between various Internet providers, an\n"
#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n"
-#~ "same interface.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "same interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Du treng ikkje eit grensesnitt for kvar leverandør for\n"
#~ "for å skifte mellom ulike tjenesteleverandører. Du kan leggja til fleire tjenesteleverandører for\n"
-#~ "same grensesnitt.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "same grensesnitt.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6231,24 +6010,18 @@
#~ "<p>If you select manual, start and stop the service manually by\n"
#~ "issuing the following commands (while logged in as 'root'):\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ " <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ " <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " <br> <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
+#~ " <br> <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
+#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "Note: ippp0 is an example</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss du vel manuelt, må du starta/stoppa tenesta manuelt ved\n"
#~ "hjelp av følgjande kommandoar (du må vera innlogget som rot):\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ " <b>Start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ " <b>Stopp : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br> <b>Start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
+#~ "<br> <b>Stopp : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
+#~ "<br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "Merk: ippp0 er eit døme</p>"
@@ -6258,35 +6031,27 @@
#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n"
#~ "use the following commands:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
+#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
+#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen automatically. If\n"
#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n"
#~ "removes a channel.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Ved å velja <b>kanalsamling</b> set du opp ein 128 kBit-samband,\n"
#~ "òg kalla Multilink PPP. For å opne eller lukka den andre kanalen\n"
#~ "brukar du følgjande kommandoar:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
+#~ "<br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
+#~ "<br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "Du kan òg installera pakka <b>xibod</b> for å utføra dette automatisk. Når\n"
#~ "meir båndbredde vert kravt, vert lagt ein ekstra kanal til. Når trafikken vert mindre, vert lukka\n"
#~ "ein av kanalane.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6341,12 +6106,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Enter the IP addresses if you received a fixed IP address\n"
-#~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Angje IP-addressene viss har fått fasta adresser\n"
-#~ "frå tjenesteleverandøren for syncppp, eller viss du brukar rå IP.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "frå tjenesteleverandøren for syncppp, eller viss du brukar rå IP.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6354,27 +6117,23 @@
#~ "assigns you one temporary address per connection. In this case, the\n"
#~ "outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n"
#~ "This is the default with most providers.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Dynamisk IP-adresse</b>\n"
#~ "viss tjenesteleverandøren tildeler ei mellombels adresse for kvar tilkobling. I så fall er\n"
#~ "den utgående adressa ukjent inntil sambandet er etablert.\n"
#~ "Dette er standard for dei fleste tjenesteleverandører.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to use this interface as the\n"
#~ "default route. Only one interface can be the default\n"
-#~ "route.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "route.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Standardrute</b> for å bruka dette grensesnittet som\n"
#~ "standardrute. Berre eitt grensesnitt kan vera\n"
-#~ "standardrute.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "standardrute.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "IP Address Settings"
@@ -6456,37 +6215,31 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n"
#~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n"
-#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss du eit IST-KORT av eldre modell, kan du leggja inn verd for\n"
#~ "inn/ut-port, minneadresser og avbruddslinjer.\n"
-#~ "Sjå brukerveiledningen eller kontakt forhandleren der du kjøpte korta for å finna riktige verd.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Sjå brukerveiledningen eller kontakt forhandleren der du kjøpte korta for å finna riktige verd.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Start Mode: </b> With <b>OnBoot</b>, the driver is loaded during\n"
#~ "system boot. For <b>Manual</b>, the driver must be started with the\n"
#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> command. Only the user root can do this.\n"
-#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Oppstartsmodus: </b> Vel <b>Ved oppstart</b> for å lasta drivaren når\n"
#~ "systemet startar opp. Viss du vel <b>Manuelt</b>, må drivaren startast med kommandoen\n"
#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b>. Du må vera rot for å gjera dette.\n"
-#~ "<b>Hotplug </b> er berre aktuelt for PCMCIA- og USB-einingar.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Hotplug </b> er berre aktuelt for PCMCIA- og USB-einingar.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Multiple drivers exist for your ISDN card.\n"
-#~ "Select one from the list.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Select one from the list.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For nokon ISDN-kort finst det fleire drivarar.\n"
-#~ "Vel ein driv frå lista.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Vel ein driv frå lista.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
@@ -6495,22 +6248,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Area Code: </b> Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n"
-#~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Retningsnummer: </b> Angje retningsnummeret for ISDN-\n"
-#~ "linja her, utan innledende null og utan landskode.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "linja her, utan innledende null og utan landskode.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dial Prefix: </b> If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n"
-#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Linje ut: </b> Viss du må slå eit nummer for å kome ut på det offentlege telenettet, \n"
-#~ "skriv du inn dette her. Nummeret vert berre brukt i ein intern S0-buss, og vanlegvis vert brukt \"0\".</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "skriv du inn dette her. Nummeret vert berre brukt i ein intern S0-buss, og vanlegvis vert brukt \"0\".</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN Log</b>.</p>"
@@ -6771,26 +6520,22 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a <b>Dial Prefix</b>.\n"
-#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss du er koblet til ein hussentral (PBX), må du sannsynlegvis angje ei<b>linje ut</b>.\n"
-#~ "Dette er ofte <i>9</i> eller <i>0</i>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Dette er ofte <i>9</i> eller <i>0</i>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\n"
#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\n"
#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\n"
-#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vel <b>ringemodus</b> for telefonsystemet. Dei fleste teleselskaper\n"
#~ "brukar <I>tonesignal</I> som <B>ringemodus</B>. Kryss av i andre\n"
#~ "boksar for å slå på modemhøyttaleren (<i>Høyttaler på</i>)\n"
-#~ "eller for at modemet skal venta på summetone (<i>Vent på summetone</i>).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "eller for at modemet skal venta på summetone (<i>Vent på summetone</i>).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6843,22 +6588,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Baud Rate</b> is a transmission speed that tells\n"
-#~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Overføringshastighet</b> definerer\n"
-#~ "kor mange bitar per sekund som vert overførde mellom datamaskina og modemet.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "kor mange bitar per sekund som vert overførde mellom datamaskina og modemet.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>All the relevant information about <b>Init Strings</b>\n"
-#~ "should be in your modem manual.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "should be in your modem manual.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>All relevant informasjon om <b>Init-strengar</b>\n"
-#~ "byrd finnast i modemet sitt brukerveiledning.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "byrd finnast i modemet sitt brukerveiledning.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B&aud Rate"
@@ -6949,26 +6690,22 @@
#~ "<p><b>Name Servers</b> are required to convert hostnames\n"
#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n"
#~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n"
-#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Navneservere</b> vert kravd for å konverterar vertsnavn\n"
#~ "(t.d. www.susa.com) til IP-adresser (t.d. 213.95.15.200). Du treng\n"
#~ "berre å spesifisera navneservere viss du aktiverer automatisk oppringning eller\n"
-#~ "deaktiverer <b>Endring av DNS</b> ved tilkobling.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "deaktiverer <b>Endring av DNS</b> ved tilkobling.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n"
#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n"
-#~ "option.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "option.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Ignorer spurnad</b> hindrar at førespurnader frå oppringingsserveren\n"
#~ "registrerast. Viss det tek lang tid å etablera sambandet eller viss tilkoblingen mislukkast, kan du prøva dette\n"
-#~ "alternativet.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "alternativet.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6985,12 +6722,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>Idle Time-Out</b> specifies the time after which an idle\n"
-#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Tidsavbrudd ved inaktivitet</b> spesifiserer kor lang tid det skal\n"
-#~ "gå før ein inaktiv samband frakobles (0 tyder at sambandet aldri frakobles).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "gå før ein inaktiv samband frakobles (0 tyder at sambandet aldri frakobles).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "min"
@@ -7089,14 +6824,12 @@
#~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\n"
#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n"
#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n"
-#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Bruk DNS frå anna maskin</b> viss du vil endra \n"
#~ "domenenavneservere etter at sambandet er etablert. Dette erstattar den\n"
#~ "statiske DNS-oppsettet med IP-adresser for DNS-serveren. I dag tilbyr nesten\n"
-#~ "alle tjenesteleverandører <b>Bruk DNS frå anna maskin</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "alle tjenesteleverandører <b>Bruk DNS frå anna maskin</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7167,81 +6900,52 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Provider\n"
-#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "Please wait...<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett\n"
-#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>"
-#~ "Vent…<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Provider\n"
-#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "Please wait...<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett\n"
-#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>"
-#~ "Vent…<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Configure your provider here.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Configure your provider here.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Tjenesteleverandøroppsett</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Sett opp tjenesteleverandøren her.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Tjenesteleverandøroppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Sett opp tjenesteleverandøren her.<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Choose a provider from the list of available providers\n"
-#~ "then press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "then press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Legg til ein tjenesteleverandør:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Legg til ein tjenesteleverandør:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Vel ein leverandør frå lista over tilgjengelege leverandørar\n"
-#~ "og klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "og klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which\n"
-#~ "to change the configuration opens.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "to change the configuration opens.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n"
-#~ "du kan endra oppsettet.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "du kan endra oppsettet.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Obtain an overview of installed providers. Additionally,\n"
-#~ "edit their configurations.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Oversyn over tjenesteleverandører</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "Hent eit oversyn over installerte tjenesteleverandører. Du kan\n"
@@ -7249,27 +6953,21 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Legg til ein leverandør:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "Klikk <B>Legg til</B> for å setja opp ein ny leverandør manuelt.</P>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Choose a provider to change or remove.\n"
-#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Vel ein leverandør du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-#~ "Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Select the appropriate <b>provider</b>.</p>"
@@ -7303,13 +7001,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n"
#~ "dialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b> or call the hot line\n"
-#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For å registrera deg for <b>%1</b> og finne riktig\n"
#~ "oppringingsnummer, besøk nettsiden <b>%2</b> eller ring brukerstøttenummeret\n"
-#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7322,12 +7018,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n"
-#~ "dialing number, call the hot line <b>%2</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "dialing number, call the hot line <b>%2</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For å registrera deg for <b>%1</b> og finne riktig\n"
-#~ "oppringingsnummer, ring brukerstøttenummeret <b>%2</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "oppringingsnummer, ring brukerstøttenummeret <b>%2</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Provider Parameters"
@@ -7336,12 +7030,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n"
-#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Tilgjenge til internettleverandør: Viss du har\n"
-#~ "valt ein leverandør frå lista, er følgjande verd tilgjengelege.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "valt ein leverandør frå lista, er følgjande verd tilgjengelege.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider.</p>"
@@ -7404,16 +7096,14 @@
#~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n"
#~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n"
#~ "(readable by root only).\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Spør alltid etter passord</b> for å bedast om passord kvar gong.\n"
#~ "Din\n"
#~ "internettleverandør tillèt kanskje ikkje at passord vert lagra på\n"
#~ "disken. Viss du angjev passordet her, vert det lagra på disken i klartekst\n"
#~ "(berre lesbart av rot).\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Authorization"
@@ -7525,13 +7215,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space\n"
#~ "(after the <b>/</b>) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n"
-#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen\n"
#~ "(etter <b>/</b>) med Kamp-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord\n"
-#~ "og klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "og klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Access AOL-DSL.</p>"
@@ -7544,16 +7232,14 @@
#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n"
#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n"
#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n"
-#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen (før\n"
#~ "<b>@</b>) med AOL-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord og klikk <b>Neste</b>.\n"
#~ "Viss du er ein ny AOL-kunde og ynskjer å ringa opp for første gong, må du\n"
#~ "du skriva inn AOL PIN-koda éin gong. Viss du har eit Windows-system, finn du\n"
#~ "PIN-koda i AOLs tilkoblingsprogram. Viss ikkje, må du ringa AOLs brukerstøttetelefon og be\n"
-#~ "dei leggja inn PIN-koda for deg.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "dei leggja inn PIN-koda for deg.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL.</p>"
@@ -7563,13 +7249,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen (etter\n"
#~ "<b>/</b>) med 1&1-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord og klikk <b>Neste</b>\n"
-#~ "{(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "{(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL.</p>"
@@ -7578,12 +7262,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Skriv inn passord og klikk <b>Neste</b>\n"
-#~ "(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp T-Online Business DSL.</p>"
@@ -7593,13 +7275,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n"
-#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen (etter\n"
#~ "<b>/</b>) med T-Online Business-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord og\n"
-#~ " klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Provider Configuration"
@@ -7611,21 +7291,17 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n"
#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n"
#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n"
-#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Enhetskontroll</big></b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Enhetskontroll</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Normalt har berre systemadministratoren tilgjenge til å aktivera og \n"
#~ "deaktivere nettverksgrensesnitt. Med <b>Aktivum enhetskontroll for ikkje-rot-brukarar\n"
#~ "vigd QInternet kan alle brukarar styra grensesnittet vigd QInternet. Dette krev at\n"
-#~ "<b>smpppd</b> er installert og køyrer.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>smpppd</b> er installert og køyrer.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration"
@@ -8069,14 +7745,12 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n"
#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
#~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Sett opp ein mellomtjener for Internett her (mellomlagring).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>Sett opp ein mellomtjener for Internett her (mellomlagring).</p>\n"
#~ "<p><b>Merk:</b> Du må normalt logga inn på nytt for å aktivare innstillingane, \n"
#~ "men i nokre tilfelle kan det hende at programmet tek i bruk innstillingane umiddelbart. Undersøk \n"
#~ "kva programmet (nettleser, ftp-klient osb.) støtter. </p>"
@@ -8084,22 +7758,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n"
-#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Under <b>HTTP-mellomserveradresse</b> angjev du adressa til mellomserveren du brukar for å få tilgjenge\n"
-#~ "til Internett (www).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "til Internett (www).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
-#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>HTTPS-mellomserveradresse</b> er adressa til mellomserveren som gjev deg sikkert tilgjenge\n"
-#~ "til Internett (www).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "til Internett (www).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>"
@@ -8127,35 +7797,29 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n"
#~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n"
-#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Ikkje mellomserverdomener</b> er ei liste over domener der førespurnader\n"
#~ "skal handterast direkte utan mellomlagring,\n"
-#~ "til dømes <i>%1</i>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "til dømes <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
#~ "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein mellomserver som krev autentisering, må du fylla ut felta\n"
#~ "<b>Brukernavn for mellomserver</b> og <b>Passord for mellomserver</b>. Eit gyldig brukernavn\n"
-#~ "kan berre innehalda ASCII-teikn (bortsedd frå apostrofar).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "kan berre innehalda ASCII-teikn (bortsedd frå apostrofar).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n"
-#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p>"
-#~ " \n"
+#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klikk <b>Test mellomserverinnstillinger</b>\n"
-#~ "for å testa gjeldande oppsett for HTTP-, HTTPS- og FTP-mellomserver</p>"
-#~ " \n"
+#~ "for å testa gjeldande oppsett for HTTP-, HTTPS- og FTP-mellomserver</p> \n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Enable Proxy"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -202,8 +202,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
-"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <B>Legg til</B>-knappen for å montera ein ny delt NFS-ressurs. For å endra oppsettet for\n"
"ein montert delt ressurs, bruk <B>Rediger</B>-knappen. Fjern og avmonter ein vald delt ressurs med \n"
@@ -215,8 +214,7 @@
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n"
-"of file/directory access rights.</p>"
-"\n"
+"of file/directory access rights.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du må ha tilgjenge til delte NFSv4-ressursar (NFSv4 er ein nyare versjon\n"
"
av NFS-protokollen), kryss av for <b>Aktivum NFSv4</b>. Det kan hende at du må angje eit\n"
@@ -339,13 +337,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n"
"<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n"
-"NFS servers on the local network.</p>"
-"\n"
+"NFS servers on the local network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Skriv inn <b>Vertsmaskinnavn for NFS-servar</b>. Med\n"
"<i>Vel</i> kan du bla gjennom ei liste over\n"
-"NFS-servera i lokalnettverket.</p>"
-"\n"
+"NFS-servera i lokalnettverket.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
#. added "Select" button
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -88,31 +88,31 @@
msgstr "Ja/Nei-val for aktivering/deaktivering av sikker NFS"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "NFS-serveren er aktiverte"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "NFS-serveren er deaktivert"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
#, fuzzy
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "Naudsynte pakker (%1) er ikkje installerte."
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "Monteringspunkt er ikkje spesifiserte."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
#, fuzzy
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr "Domane kan ikkje angjevast utan å aktivera NFSv4. Bruk 'set enablev4'-kommandoen."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
#, fuzzy
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr "Kommandoen må angjevast i formatet 'set alternativt=verd'. Bruk 'set help' for å få informasjon om vala."
@@ -198,48 +198,60 @@
"Det manglar sannsynlegvis informasjon i konfigurasjonsfilen."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "&Katalog som skal eksporterast"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Bla igjennom …"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr "Angje ein eksporteringssti, f.eks /exports."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr "Eksporttabellen inneheld allereie denne katalogen."
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+"Brukermodus-NFS-serveren (%1) kan ikkje eksportera katalogar\n"
+"med mellomrom i namnet.\n"
+"Bruk henne kjernebaserte serveren (%2) for å gjera dette."
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "Katalogen finst ikkje. Vil du oppretta henne?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "Vel katalog som skal eksporterast"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Jokertegn for vertsmaskin"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "A<ernativer"
@@ -247,7 +259,7 @@
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
@@ -257,7 +269,7 @@
"ikkje NFSv4 er aktiverte (forrige side)"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
@@ -268,13 +280,13 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa /etc/idmapd.conf-fila. Nytter standardinnstillingen 'localdomain' for domane."
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
@@ -284,7 +296,7 @@
"og eksportera nokon av katalogane dine til andre.</P>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
@@ -293,7 +305,7 @@
"<P>Vel <B>Start NFS-servar</B> og klikk <B>Neste</B> for å opne\n"
"ein konfigurasjonsdialog der kan du velja kva for katalogar du vil eksportera.</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
@@ -302,67 +314,65 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss serveren må handtera NFSv4-klientar, kryss av for <B>Aktivum NFSv4</B>,\n"
"og angje NFSv4-domenenavnet som idmapping-nissen skal nytta. bruk\n"
-"'localdomain' eller sjå manualsiden for 'idmapd' og 'idmapd.conf' viss du er uusikker.</p>"
-"\n"
+"'localdomain' eller sjå manualsiden for 'idmapd' og 'idmapd.conf' viss du er uusikker.</p>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss klient og servar skal autentiseres ved hjelp av GSS-bibiloteket, vel <b>Aktivum GSS-tryggleik</b>.\n"
-"Kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) er krevjast for å nytta GSS API.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) er krevjast for å nytta GSS API.</p>\n"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-servar"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Start"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "&Ikkje start"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "Aktivar NFSv4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "Aktivar NFS&v4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr "Fyll inn NFSv4-do&menenavn:"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "Aktiver &GSS-tryggleik"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av NFS-servar"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
@@ -374,7 +384,7 @@
"å montera denne katalogen.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
@@ -385,74 +395,80 @@
"Det kan vera enkle vertsmaskiner, grupper, jokertegn eller\n"
"IP-nettverk.</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Bruk ei stjerne (<tt>*</tt>) i staden for eit namn for å velja alle vertsmaskiner.</p>"
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>La feltet vera tomt for å velja alle vertsmaskiner.</p>"
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<P>Skriv <tt>ein exports</tt> i ein terminal for å lesa meir informasjon.</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "Legg til &katalog"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Rediger"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "&Slett"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Jokertegn for vertsmaskin"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Alternativ"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "Legg til &vertsmaskin"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "&Rediger"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "S&lett"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "Katalogar som skal eksporterast"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
@@ -462,7 +478,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
@@ -474,71 +490,86 @@
"eksporterte katalogane.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for NFS-servar"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "Lagre /etc/exports"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Start tenester på nytt"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "Lagrar /etc/exports …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "Startar tenester på nytt …"
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for NFS-servar. Vent …"
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "Kan ikkje skriva til idmapd.conf."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr "Feil ved start av idmapd. Sjekk domeneinstillingene."
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr "Feil ved omstart av idmapd"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr "Feil ved stop av idmapd"
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr "Feil ved start av svcgssd. Kontroller at Kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils) er riktig sett opp."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
-msgstr "Feil ved omstart av idmapd"
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
+msgstr "'svcgssd' køyrer allereie. Feil ved omstart."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr "'svcgssd' køyrer allereie. Feil ved stop."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
@@ -548,48 +579,22 @@
"Endringane vil aktiverast etter omstart av maskina.\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "NFS-eksportar"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
#, fuzzy
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr "NFSv4-domane for idmapping er %1."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
-#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Brukermodus-NFS-serveren (%1) kan ikkje eksportera katalogar\n"
-#~ "med mellomrom i namnet.\n"
-#~ "Bruk henne kjernebaserte serveren (%2) for å gjera dette."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>La feltet vera tomt for å velja alle vertsmaskiner.</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-#~ msgstr "Feil ved start av idmapd. Sjekk domeneinstillingene."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
#~ msgstr "Feil ved omstart av idmapd"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "Feil ved stop av idmapd"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
-#~ msgstr "'svcgssd' køyrer allereie. Feil ved omstart."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Directories"
#~ msgstr "Katalogar"
@@ -610,19 +615,15 @@
#~ "<p>In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n"
#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n"
#~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n"
-#~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />\n"
#~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n"
-#~ "/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Ved fleire eksportar til same NFSv4,\n"
#~ "må du knyta tilleggseksportene (som ikkje har fsid=0) til eksporten som har fsid=0.\n"
#~ "For å eksportera serverfilstiene <tt>/Eva</tt> og <tt>/Adam</tt> som høvesvis\n"
-#~ "<tt>/</tt> og <tt>/ektemann</tt>, bruk<br />"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<tt>/</tt> og <tt>/ektemann</tt>, bruk<br />\n"
#~ "<pre>/Eva 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,…)\n"
-#~ "/Eva/ektemann 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,…)</pre>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "/Eva/ektemann 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,…)</pre>\n"
#~ "</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,25 +110,21 @@
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n"
"in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n"
-"fail to respond. It is a security risk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"fail to respond. It is a security risk.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Alternativet <b>Kringkasting</b> aktiverer søk\n"
"etter ein annan servar i lokalnettverket dersom dei spesifiserte serverne\n"
-"ikkje svarar. Dette er ein sikkerhetsrisiko.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ikkje svarar. Dette er ein sikkerhetsrisiko.</p>\n"
#. Translators: short for Expert settings
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n"
-"less frequently used settings.</p>"
-"\n"
+"less frequently used settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Avansert</b> gjev tilgjenge til nokre\n"
-"innstillingar som ikkje vert så ofte brukte.</p>"
-"\n"
+"innstillingar som ikkje vert så ofte brukte.</p>\n"
#. pushbutton label
#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list
@@ -161,33 +157,27 @@
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n"
"from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n"
"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n"
-"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Brannmurinnstillinger</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Brannmurinnstillinger</b><br>\n"
"For å opne brannmuren og gje tilgjenge til ypbind-tenesta\n"
"frå eksertne datamaskiner, vel <b>Opne port i brannmur</b>.\n"
"For å velja grensesnitt som porten sal vert opna for, klikk <b>Brannmurinformasjon</b>.\n"
-"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren er aktivert.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren er aktivert.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n"
-" and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>"
-"\n"
+" and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje NIS-domenet (t.d. døme.com)\n"
-"og NIS-serverens adresse (t.d. nis.døme.com eller 10.20.1.1).</p>"
-"\n"
+"og NIS-serverens adresse (t.d. nis.døme.com eller 10.20.1.1).</p>\n"
#. help text for netconfig part
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244
@@ -202,8 +192,7 @@
"Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n"
"space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n"
"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n"
-"the netconfig manual page.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the netconfig manual page.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel korleis NIS-oppsettet skal endrast. Vanlegvis vert handtert dette av netconfig-skriptet, som samordnar data som er statistisk definert her med dynamiske data (t.d. frå DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osb.). Dette er standardinnstillingen, som er tilstrekkeleg for dei fleste oppsett.\n"
"Viss du vel 'Berre manuelle endringar', vil ikkje netconfig lenger kunna endra oppsettet. I så fall kan du endra fila manuelt. Vel 'Egendefinert praksis' for å angje ein egendefinert streng som består av ei liste over grensesnittnavn adskilt av komene. Jokertegn kan brukast, og STATIC/STATIC_fALLBACK er forhåndsdefinerte spesialverdier. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for netconfig.</p>"
@@ -213,12 +202,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>"
-"\n"
+"by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Spesifiser fleire servera\n"
-"ved å leggja inn fleire adresser adskilt av mellomrom.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ved å leggja inn fleire adresser adskilt av mellomrom.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -192,13 +192,11 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n"
-"file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>"
-"\n"
+"file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel om <i>passwd</i>-fila skal slåast saman med <i>shadow</i>\n"
"-fila og om <i>group</i>-fila skal slåast saman med <i>gshadow</i>\n"
-"-fila (berre mogleg viss <i>shadow</i>- eller <i>gshadow</i>-filene finst).</p>"
-"\n"
+"-fila (berre mogleg viss <i>shadow</i>- eller <i>gshadow</i>-filene finst).</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81
@@ -262,12 +260,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n"
-"the corresponding option.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the corresponding option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje eit NIS-<b>domane</b>. Dersom denne vertsmaskinen òg er ein NIS-klient, kryssar\n"
-"du av for dette.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du av for dette.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78
@@ -276,14 +272,12 @@
"<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n"
"<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\n"
"<i>Fast Map distribution</i>, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n"
-"slaves.</p>"
-"\n"
+"slaves.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For at slaveservere skal samarbeida med denne hovedserveren, merk av for\n"
"<i>Aktivert slave-NIS-servar finst</i>. Vel\n"
"<i>Rask kartdistribusjon</i> for å auka kartoverføringshastigheten til\n"
-"slavane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"slavane.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89
@@ -292,14 +286,12 @@
"<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\n"
"passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n"
"changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n"
-"be used to set up these more specific options.</p>"
-"\n"
+"be used to set up these more specific options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><i>Tillat endring av passord</i> lèt brukarar endra passorda\n"
"sine der NIS finnast. Knappane for å tillata endring av\n"
"innloggingsskall eller GECOS (fullt namn og relatert informasjon) kan brukast\n"
-"for å setja opp meir spesifikke alternativ.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å setja opp meir spesifikke alternativ.</p>\n"
#. To translators: checkbox label
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106
@@ -378,21 +370,17 @@
#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n"
"from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n"
"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n"
-"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Brannmurinnstillinger</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Brannmurinnstillinger</b><br>\n"
"For å opne ein brannmur for å gje tilgjenge til NIS-serveren\n"
"frå eksertne datamaskiner, vel <b>Opne port i brannmur</b>.\n"
"For å velja grensesnitt som porten sal vert opna for, klikk <b>Brannmurinformasjon</b>.\n"
-"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren er aktivert.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren er aktivert.</p>\n"
#. To translators: popup dialog heading
#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117
@@ -445,12 +433,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n"
-"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ein oppføring med <b>nettverksmaske</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> og <b>nettverk</b>\n"
-"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> må finnast for å tillata tilkoblinger frå den lokale vertsmaskinen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> må finnast for å tillata tilkoblinger frå den lokale vertsmaskinen.</p>\n"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192
@@ -604,12 +590,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n"
-"<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel om du vil konfigurera NIS-serveren som <b>hovedserver</b> eller\n"
-"<b>slave</b>, eller om du ikkje vil konfigurera ein NIS-servar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>slave</b>, eller om du ikkje vil konfigurera ein NIS-servar.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
msgstr "&Konfigurer …"
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
@@ -96,19 +96,19 @@
"utan at pakka %1 er installert"
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Synkroniserer med NTP-servar …"
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
@@ -576,13 +576,15 @@
msgstr "NTP-servar"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr "Lokal NTP-servar"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr "Offentleg NTP-servar"
@@ -671,53 +673,41 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av NTP-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av NTP-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>"
@@ -725,35 +715,29 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>"
-"\n"
+"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Aktivar NTP-nisse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aktivar NTP-nisse</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel om NTP-nissen skal verta no aktivert og under kvar oppstart av systemet.\n"
"NTP-nissen tolkar vertsnavn når han initialiseres.\n"
-"Nettverksforbindelsen må aktiverast før NTP-nissen startar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Nettverksforbindelsen må aktiverast før NTP-nissen startar.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>\n"
"For å køyra NTP-nissen i chroot-varetekt, vel\n"
"<b>Køyr NTP-nisse i chroot-varetekt</b>. Det aukar tryggleiken å starta alle nissar i chroot-varetekt,\n"
"og dette vert rådt til sterkt.</p>"
@@ -761,35 +745,27 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
-"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br>"
-" \n"
-"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
+"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sikkert NTP-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sikkert NTP-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
"Ved å velja <b>Avgrens NTP-tenesta til valde servera</b> hindrar du eksterne maskiner i å visa og endra NTP-innstillingane på datamaskina \n"
-"di. På den måten vert avgrensa NTP-tenesta til serverne som er oppførd i <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> og localhost.<br>"
-" \n"
-"Tilgangskontrollvalgene kan finjusterast i serveroversiktstabellen. Dette valet er ikkje tilgjengeleg viss NTP er sett opp via DHCP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"di. På den måten vert avgrensa NTP-tenesta til serverne som er oppførd i <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> og localhost.<br> \n"
+"Tilgangskontrollvalgene kan finjusterast i serveroversiktstabellen. Dette valet er ikkje tilgjengeleg viss NTP er sett opp via DHCP.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
"your network server instead of setting them manually, set\n"
"<b>Configure NTP Daemon via DHCP</b>. Ask your network administrator if\n"
"the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon vigde DHCP</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon vigde DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"For å henta informasjon om NTP-servera frå nettverksserveren\n"
"vigde DHCP-protokollen i staden for å definera dei manuelt, vel\n"
"<b>Konfigurer NTP-nisse vigde DHCP</b>. Spør nettverksadministratoren om\n"
@@ -799,15 +775,13 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n"
"peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurerte servera</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurerte servera</big></b><br>\n"
"For å tilpassa NTP-servera, direkteforbindelser, lokale klokker og NTP-kringkasting\n"
"vel du den aktuelle linja og klikkar <b>Rediger</b>. For å leggja til ein ny synkroniseringsforbindelse,\n"
"klikk <b>Legg til</b>. Vel ein eksisterande direkteforbindelse for synkronisering\n"
@@ -817,27 +791,21 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vis logg </big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan visa loggene frå NTP-nissen ved å klikka på <b>Vis logg</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vis logg </big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan visa loggene frå NTP-nissen ved å klikka på <b>Vis logg</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
"a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>."
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"For å konfigurera denne vertsmaskinen til å synkronisera mot fleire eksterne vertsmaskiner eller mot\n"
"ein lokalt tilkoblet klokke, vel <b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b>."
@@ -845,25 +813,21 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Klokketype</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Klokketype</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel drivaren for klokka som skal konfigurerast.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
"<b>Unit Number</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Enhetsnummer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enhetsnummer</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du har fleire klokker av same type, må du definera\n"
"<b>Enhetsnummer</b>.</p>"
@@ -871,8 +835,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
"the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n"
"<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n"
@@ -880,8 +843,7 @@
"For some clock types, it is not necessary to create a symbolic link or \n"
"it must be created manually.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Eining</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Eining</big></b><br>\n"
"For at klokka skal fungera, må du kanskje oppretta ei symbolsk lenkje til \n"
"eininga klokka er kopla til. Kryss av for\n"
"<b>Opprett symlink</b> for å gjera dette, og vel <b>Eining</b>. Klikk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å finna eininga.\n"
@@ -892,26 +854,22 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Kalibrering av driver</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kalibrering av driver</big></b><br>\n"
"Klikk <b>Kalibrering av drivar</b> for å kalibrera klokkedriveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
"To find an NTP server, ask your network administrator or Internet service\n"
"provider.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>NTP-serverens adresse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>NTP-serverens adresse</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel NTP-serverens adresse under <b>Adresse</b>.\n"
"For å finne ein NTP-servar, spør internettleverandøren eller\n"
"nettverksadministratoren.</p>"
@@ -920,14 +878,12 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
"or from the list of known NTP servers, click <b>Select</b> and\n"
"choose between <b>Local NTP Server</b> and <b>Public NTP Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Velja ein servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Velja ein servar</big></b><br>\n"
"For å velja ein NTP-servar i lokalnettverket\n"
"eller frå ei liste over kjende NTP-servera, klikk på <b>Vel</b> og\n"
"vel <b>Lokal NTP-servar</b> eller <b>Offentleg NTP-servar</b>.</p>"
@@ -936,13 +892,11 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
"click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet</big></b><br>\n"
"For å testa om den valde serveren køyrer og svarar som han skal,\n"
"klikk <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -950,13 +904,11 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
"use <b>Address</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>\n"
"Definer adressa til vertsmaskinen det skal synkroniserast mot\n"
"under <b>Adresse</b>.</p>"
@@ -964,13 +916,11 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
"text field.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>\n"
"Nytte tekstfeltet <b>Adresse</b> for å angje\n"
"kringkastingsadressen.</p>"
@@ -978,13 +928,11 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
"<b>Address</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>\n"
"Legg inn avsenderadressen for godkjende kringkastingspakker under \n"
"<b>Adresse</b>.</p>"
@@ -993,15 +941,12 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
"<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n"
-"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Val</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Val</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan finjustera synkroniseringskilden ved å skriva inn val i tekstfeltet\n"
"<b>Alternativ</b>. Du finn meir informasjon i\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>"
@@ -1009,36 +954,30 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n"
"host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n"
"<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n"
-"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Val for tilgangskontroll</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Val for tilgangskontroll</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du angje val for tilgangskontroll (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> i\n"
"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for denne serveren ved å velja kva slags handlingar ei ekstern\n"
"maskin kan utføra på den NTP-nisse. Standardvalget er <i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i> Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg viss du har kryssa av for\n"
"<b>Avgrens NTP-tenesta til konfigurerte servera</b> under\n"
-"<b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Forbindelsestype for synkronisering</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Forbindelsestype for synkronisering</big></b><br>\n"
"Her vel du ein direkte synkroniseringsforbindelse som skal verta til lagd.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
@@ -1108,15 +1047,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
-"Network</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"Network</b></big><br>\n"
"To find NTP servers in the local network using the\n"
"Service Location Protocol (SLP), click <b>Lookup</b>.\n"
"Then select a server from the list of found servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Søkja etter servera i lokalnettverket\n"
-"</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"</big></b><br>\n"
"For å finne NTP-servera i lokalnettverket ved hjelp av\n"
"SLP (Service Location Protocol) klikkar du <b>Søk</b>.\n"
"Vel deretter ein servar i lista over servera som vart funnen.</p>"
@@ -1125,13 +1062,11 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Velja ein offentleg NTP-servar</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Velja ein offentleg NTP-servar</b></big><br>\n"
"Vel NTP-serveren som skal brukast, i lista over<b>offentlege NTP-servera</b> list. For å vise\n"
"NTP-servera berre for eit spesielt land, vel dette under <b>Land</b>.</p>"
@@ -1139,8 +1074,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
"for a particular country or region.\n"
"Before using any NTP server from the list, ask your system administrator\n"
@@ -1149,8 +1083,7 @@
"You may also see <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n"
"to find an NTP server near you.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Merk</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Merk</b></big><br>\n"
"NTP-serverne på lista er kanskje ikkje tilgjengelege frå alle land, men berre\n"
"for eit spesielt land eller område.\n"
"Før du brukar NTP-serverne på lista, bør du spørja systemadministratoren\n"
@@ -1163,12 +1096,10 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet:</big></b><br>\n"
"Klikk på <b>Test</b> for å kontrollera om serveren svarar som han skal.</p>"
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
@@ -1176,34 +1107,28 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n"
"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n"
-"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>"
-"\n"
+"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Bruk tilfeldige servera</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Bruk tilfeldige servera</b></big><br>\n"
"Denne tenesta vert tilboden av pool.ntp.org. Viss du kryssar av her,\n"
"vert tre ulike servera lagt til i konfigurasjonen. Servernavnene er\n"
"permanente, men DNS-oppføringene (IP) endrast kvar time. Dette tyder at\n"
-"NTP-klienten verta med synkronisert ulike servera kvar time.</p>"
-"\n"
+"NTP-klienten verta med synkronisert ulike servera kvar time.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n"
"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Kalibrering av klokkedriver</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Kalibrering av klokkedriver</b></big><br>\n"
"Klokkedriveren må kanskje kalibrerast. I denne dialogen kan ulike alternativ\n"
"for kalibrering definerast. Resultatet av bestemde alternativ avheng av\n"
"drivaren. Nokre drivarar nyttar ikkje alle alternativa.</p>"
@@ -1213,8 +1138,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
-"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"For å få informasjon om vala kan du installera pakka\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> og lesa\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:48+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,8 @@
msgstr "Du finn meir informasjon på <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_click_install</tt>."
#. <region name="Define the UI components"> *
-#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:47
+#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:47
msgid "Select the software components you wish to install:"
msgstr "Vel programvarekomponentane du vil installera:"
@@ -158,7 +159,8 @@
#. Load the xml communication from the user interface.
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:107 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:136
-#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:168 src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:41
+#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:168
+#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:41
msgid "Repositories"
msgstr "Pakkebrønnar"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-29 17:31+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:19+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -157,12 +157,8 @@
#. help text for online update
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss det finst spesielle meldingar i samband med pakkeoppdateringane,vert desse viste i eit eige vindauge når oppdateringa vert installert.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Viss det finst spesielle meldingar i samband med pakkeoppdateringane,vert desse viste i eit eige vindauge når oppdateringa vert installert.</p>\n"
#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp)
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81
@@ -419,7 +415,8 @@
msgid "Try again"
msgstr "Prøv på nytt"
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318
msgid "Skip Patch"
msgstr "Hopp over oppdateringa"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:19+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n"
"<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n"
-"the current configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the current configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan fjerne oppføringer ved å velja dei\n"
"i tabellen og klikka <b>Slette</b>-knappen.\n"
@@ -200,13 +199,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n"
"to create a repository that can be used to install\n"
-"other systems.</p>"
-"\n"
+"other systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Installasjon sin-Cdane vil kopierast til systemet\n"
"for å oppretta ein pakkebrønn som kan brukast til å installera\n"
-"andre system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"andre system.</p>\n"
#. label for showing repositories
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57
@@ -217,8 +214,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
@@ -322,12 +319,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n"
-"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vent medan pakkehandsamaren initialiseres\n"
-"og lista over servera lastast ned frå nettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og lista over servera lastast ned frå nettet.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717
@@ -384,26 +379,18 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Linked from:</b> %2<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Summary:</b> %3<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Description:</b> %4<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n"
+"<b>Linked from:</b> %2<br>\n"
+"<b>Summary:</b> %3<br>\n"
+"<b>Description:</b> %4<br>\n"
"%5\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Nettadresse:</b> %1<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Lenkja frå:</b> %2<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Sammendrag:</b> %3<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Skildring:</b> %4<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Nettadresse:</b> %1<br>\n"
+"<b>Lenkja frå:</b> %2<br>\n"
+"<b>Sammendrag:</b> %3<br>\n"
+"<b>Skildring:</b> %4<br>\n"
"%5\n"
"</p>"
@@ -437,34 +424,26 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>List of default online repositories.\n"
-"Click on a repository for details.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Click on a repository for details.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert viste standardpakkebrønnene som er lasta ned frå Internett.\n"
-"Klikk på ein pakkebrønn for å vise meir informasjon.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk på ein pakkebrønn for å vise meir informasjon.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vil bruka éin eller fleire online-pakkebrønner,\n"
-"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Neste</b></p>"
-"\n"
+"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Neste</b></p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vil bruka éin eller fleire online-pakkebrønner,\n"
-"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Fullfør</b></p>"
-"\n"
+"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Fullfør</b></p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
@@ -481,7 +460,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vent medan pakkebrønnhandsamaren lastar ned pakkebrønninformasjon…</p>"
@@ -560,7 +539,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Installerer pakker …"
@@ -605,8 +584,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer …"
@@ -642,24 +621,24 @@
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for pakkehandsamar …"
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Prioritet"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr "Hald på nedlastede pakker"
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "Installasjonspakkebrønner – denne modulen har ikkje støtte for kommandolinjemodus, bruk %1 i staden."
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
@@ -667,83 +646,67 @@
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr "Ukjent namn"
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent"
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "Nettadresse: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr "Nettadresse: %1"
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr "Ukjent pakkebrønnnavn"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr "Kategori: %1"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "Teneste: %1"
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr "Alle pakkebrønner"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "All services"
msgstr "Alle tenester"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr "Tenesta '%1'"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "View"
msgstr "Vis"
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Prioritet"
@@ -751,7 +714,7 @@
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabled"
@@ -761,154 +724,148 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr "Oppdater automatisk"
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Teneste"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL"
msgstr "Nettadresse"
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr "&Erstatt …"
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr "Oppdater &valde pakker"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr "&Endre status (På eller Av)"
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr "&Oppdater På eller Av"
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr "Angje &namn …"
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Eigenskapar"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "&Aktivert"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr "Oppdate&r automatisk"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
#, fuzzy
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr "&GPG-nøklar …"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "Oppdater"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr "Oppdater all&e automatisk"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr "Oppdater all&e aktivert"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr "Valde pakkebrønner"
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du administrera valde pakkebrønner og tenester.</p>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Ei<B>teneste</B> eller <B>pakkebrønnindekstjeneste</B> er ein protokoll for administrasjon av pakkebrønner. Ei teneste kan innehalda éin eller fleire pakkebrønner som kan endrast dynamisk av tjenesteadministrator.</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n"
"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Leggja til ny pakkebrønn.</P> eller ny teneste </b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Leggja til ny pakkebrønn.</P> eller ny teneste </b><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny pakkebrønn, klikk <b>Legg til</b> og angje ein pakkebrønn eller ei teneste.\n"
"YaST oppdagar automatisk om det finst ei teneste eller ein pakkebrønn på den angjevne staden.\n"
"</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
"have the CD set or the DVD available.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å installera pakker frå <b>CD</b>\n"
"må du ha settet med CD-er eller DVD-ein tilgjengeleg.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -918,8 +875,7 @@
"CD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
"Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n"
"into one directory.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"CD-eine kan kopierast til <b>harddisken</b>\n"
@@ -928,32 +884,27 @@
"CD er lagra, til dømes /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
"Berre grunnstien vert kravd viss alle Cdane er kopierte\n"
"til same katalog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n"
"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Endre status for ein pakkebrønn eller ei tenesta</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Endre status for ein pakkebrønn eller ei tenesta</b><br>\n"
"For å endra plasseringa til ein pakkebrønn, klikk <b>Rediger</b>. For å fjerne ein pakkebrønn, klikk\n"
"<b>Slett</b>. For å aktivare eller deaktivere pakkebrønnen eller velja om han skal\n"
"oppdaterast ved initialisering, vel pakkebrønnen i tabellen og bruk avkryssingsboksene nedanfor.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
@@ -963,13 +914,13 @@
"Pakkebrønnprioritet er ein heltallverdi mellom 0 (høgaste prioritet) og 200 (lågaste prioritet). Standardprioriteten er 99. Viss ei pakke er tilgjengeleg frå fleire pakkebrønner, vil pakkebrønnen med høgast prioritet brukast.</P>"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Vel ønsket alternativ øvst i vindauget for å navigera i pakkebrønner og tenester.</P>"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
@@ -977,13 +928,13 @@
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Hald på nedlastede pakker</B><BR>Kryss av her for å halda på nedlastede pakkar i eit lokalt minne, slik at dei kan gjenbrukast viss pakker seinare skal installerast på nytt. Viss dette valet ikkje er avkrysset, vil nedlastede pakker slettast etter installasjon.</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Standardkatalogen på den lokale maskina er <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, men plasseringa kan endrast i fila <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
@@ -994,7 +945,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details:"
@@ -1003,20 +954,20 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Vil du prøva igjen?"
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Avbryt pakkebrønnoppsett"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
@@ -1026,7 +977,7 @@
"Alle endringar vil gå tapt."
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
@@ -1036,47 +987,47 @@
"
%1"
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner "
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "Oppdaterer tenester"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "Oppdater pakkebrønner"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "Oppdater tenester"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønnen %1 …"
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer tenesta %1 …"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "Vil du sletta han valde pakkebrønnen frå lista?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
@@ -1086,7 +1037,7 @@
"
med tilhøyrande katalogar?"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
@@ -1096,7 +1047,7 @@
"for denne pakkebrønnen."
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
@@ -1110,14 +1061,10 @@
"Vil du verkeleg leggja til denne pakkebrønnen på nytt?"
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Feil under gjenoppretting av pakkebrønnoppsett.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Feil under gjenoppretting av pakkebrønnoppsett.</p>\n"
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
@@ -1245,7 +1192,7 @@
"Vil du installera dei no?\n"
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
@@ -1254,7 +1201,7 @@
"Pakkebrønnen på nettet kan ikkje veljast \n"
"utan at pakka %1 er installert"
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
@@ -1264,7 +1211,7 @@
"må pakka %1 installerast"
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
@@ -1574,8 +1521,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Manage known GPG public keys.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Manage known GPG public keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du administrera kjende offentlege GPG-nøklar.</p>"
@@ -1584,15 +1530,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n"
"To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny GPG-nøkkel, klikk <b>Legg til</b> og angje stigen til nøkkelfilen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1618,14 +1561,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n"
"To add a new GPG key, use <b>Add</b> and specify the path to the key file.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny GPG-nøkkel, klikk <b>Legg til</b> og angje stigen til nøkkelfilen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1637,15 +1578,13 @@
"<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\n"
"To modify the trusted flag, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a GPG key, use\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Endre status for GPG-nøkkel</b>\n"
"Bruk <b>Rediger</b> for å endra pålitelighetsstatus. Bruk\n"
"<b>Slett</b> for å slette ein GPG-nøkkel.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. table header
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
@@ -1664,50 +1603,50 @@
"'%2'?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "Legger til ny pakkebrønn"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "Kontrollar pakkebrønntype"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønn"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "Lesar pakkebrønnlisens"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "Kontrollerer pakkebrønntype"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "Legger til pakkebrønn"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "Lesar pakkebrønnlisens"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Pakkebrønn"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@@ -1725,7 +1664,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@@ -1736,7 +1675,7 @@
"frå adressa '%1'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
@@ -1746,13 +1685,13 @@
"Vel ein annan protokoll eller pakk ut ISO-diskbildet på serveren."
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "Vil du endra adressa og freista igjen?"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
@@ -1768,21 +1707,21 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under klargjøring av installasjonssystemet."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Kontrollfilen %1 vart ikkje funnen på mediet."
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1790,30 +1729,30 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Kan ikkje bruka tilleggsprodukter."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, adresse: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "Adresse: %1, Stig: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
@@ -1822,38 +1761,38 @@
"Installasjsonspakkebrønnen inneheld òg dei angjevne tilleggspakkebrønnene.\n"
"Vel dei du vil bruka."
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter som kan veljast"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Legg til valde &produkt"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Sett inn CD-ein med tilleggsproduktet"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Sett inn første installasjonsmedium."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Kan ikkje leggja til produktet %1."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
@@ -2154,20 +2093,12 @@
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>"
-"\n"
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
-"installation media</li>"
-"<li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
-"in the registration step</li>"
-"<li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
-"</li>"
-"</ul>"
-"</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
@@ -2182,8 +2113,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
-"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>"
-"\n"
+"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Disse versjonsmerknadene er laga for den opphavlege versjonen og følgjer med\n"
"på installasjonsmediene. Viss du har tilgjenge til Internett under installasjonen,\n"
@@ -2294,13 +2224,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
-"the configuration will be aborted.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Les lisensavtalen grundig, og vel\n"
"eitt av alternativa. Viss du ikkje godkjenner lisensavtalen,\n"
-"vil konfigurasjonen avbrytast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vil konfigurasjonen avbrytast.</p>\n"
#. dialog title
#. #459391
@@ -2473,7 +2401,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr "&SMB/CIFS"
@@ -2541,12 +2469,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
-"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>"
-"\n"
+"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje plasseringa til det første mediet\n"
-"viss pakkebrønnen er fordelt på fleire medium.</p>"
-"\n"
+"viss pakkebrønnen er fordelt på fleire medium.</p>\n"
#. text entry
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
@@ -2556,7 +2482,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "&Stig til katalog eller ISO-bilete"
@@ -2635,7 +2561,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Lokal katalog"
@@ -2659,145 +2585,128 @@
msgstr "Servar og katalog"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Eit pakkebrønnnavn må angjevast."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Pakkeb&rønnavn"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
+"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Nytte <b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b> for å angje pakkebrønnens namn. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka produktnavnet (viss det er tilgjengeleg) eller nettadressen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b></big><br>\n"
+"Nytte <b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b> for å angje pakkebrønnens namn. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka produktnavnet (viss det er tilgjengeleg) eller nettadressen.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Namn på tena&ste"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
+"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Namn på teneste</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Bruk <b>Namn på teneste</b> for å angje tjenestenavnet. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka ein del av tenesta si nettadresse.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Namn på teneste</b></big><br>\n"
+"Bruk <b>Namn på teneste</b> for å angje tjenestenavnet. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka ein del av tenesta si nettadresse.</p>\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "Du må angje ein nettadresse."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&Nettadresse"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnadresse</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Nytte <b>Nettadresse</b> for å angje adressa til pakkebrønnen."
-"<p>"
+"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnadresse</b></big><br>\n"
+"Nytte <b>Nettadresse</b> for å angje adressa til pakkebrønnen.<p>"
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "Rediger deler av adressa"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "Rediger heile adressa"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>NFS-servar</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>NFS-servar</b></big><br>\n"
"Nytte <b>Servernavn</b> og <b>Stig til katalog eller ISO-bilete</b>\n"
-"for å angje NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stigen på serveren."
-"<p>"
+"for å angje NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stigen på serveren.<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
#, fuzzy
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
#, fuzzy
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>CD- eller DVD-medium</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>CD- eller DVD-medium</b></big><br>\n"
"Vel <b>CD-ROM</b> eller <b>DVD-ROM</b> for å angje medietypen.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO-bildefil"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2807,7 +2716,7 @@
"eller katalogen finst ikkje.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2817,7 +2726,7 @@
"eller fila finst ikkje.\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
@@ -2829,68 +2738,62 @@
"Vil du bruka han likevel?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "&Stig til katalog"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "&Ren RPM-katalog"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
"directory. If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n"
"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n"
-"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Lokal katalog</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Lokal katalog</b></big><br>\n"
"Bruk <b>Stig til katalog</b> for å angje stigen til katalogen.\n"
"Om katalogen inneheld berre RPM-pakker utan noka form\n"
"for metadata (f.eks ikkje noko produktinformasjon) må\n"
"<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b> veljast.</p>"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
#, fuzzy
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "&USB masselagringsenhet"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "&Filsystem"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "&Katalog"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\n"
"If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n"
"If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n"
"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n"
-"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>USB-pinne eller disk</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>USB-pinne eller disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Vel USB-eininga som inneheld pakkebrønnen.\n"
"Bruk <b>Stig til katalog</b> for å angje stigen til katalogen.\n"
"Viss ikkje stigen er angjeven, vil systemet bruk disken sin rotkatalog.\n"
@@ -2900,39 +2803,35 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
-"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>"
-"\n"
+"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Filsystemet som vert nytta på eininga, vil verta finnast automatisk\n"
"viss 'auto' er vald for filsystem. Viss filsystemet ikkje vert funnet\n"
"eller viss du vil bruka eit spesielt filsystem, vel du dette frå lista.</p>"
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Diskenhet"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\n"
"If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n"
"If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n"
"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n"
-"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Vel disken som inneheld pakkebrønnen.\n"
"Bruk <b>Stig til katalog</b> for å angje stigen til katalogen.\n"
"Viss stigen ikkje er angjeven, vil systemet bruka disken sin rotkatalog.\n"
@@ -2941,169 +2840,157 @@
"<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b>.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Stig til ISO-bilete"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
"ISO image file.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Lokalt ISO-bilete</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Lokalt ISO-bilete</b></big><br>\n"
"Bruk <b>Stig til ISO-bilete</b> for å angje stigen til\n"
"fila som inneheld ISO-biletet av installasjonsmediet.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Servar&namn"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Delt ressurs"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "&ISO-bilete"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Katalog på servar"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
#, fuzzy
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "Au&tentisering"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anonym"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "&Arbeidsgruppe eller domane"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Brukernavn"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passord"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
#, fuzzy
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
#, fuzzy
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
#, fuzzy
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.\n"
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
-"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
-"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Servar og katalog</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Servar og katalog</b></big><br>\n"
"Nytte <b>Servernavn</b> og <b>Stig til katalog eller ISO-bilete</b>\n"
"for å angje NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stigen på serveren.\n"
"For å aktivare autentisering, fjern avkryssingen for <b>Anonym sitt</b>, og angje\n"
-"<b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b>."
+"<b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b>.<p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
"For SMB/CIFS-pakkebrønner, angje namn på <b>Delt ressurs</b> og <b>Sti til katalog\n"
"eller ISO-diskbilde</b>. \n"
"Viss plasseringa er ei fil med eit ISO-diskbilde\n"
-"av mediet, vel <b>ISO-diskbilde</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"av mediet, vel <b>ISO-diskbilde</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
-"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ein <b>Port</b>-nummer kan angjevast for ein HTTP/HTTPS-pakkebrønn.\n"
-"La feltet vera blankt for å bruka standardporten.</p>"
-"\n"
+"La feltet vera blankt for å bruka standardporten.</p>\n"
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
"or on the hard disk.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Medietype</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Medietype</b></big><br>\n"
"Pakkebrønnen kan vera på ein CD, på ein nettverksserver\n"
"eller på harddisken.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3115,90 +3002,82 @@
"må du ha ein CD eller DVD med produktet tilgjengeleg.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
"Enter the path to the first CD, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
"Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n"
-"into the same directory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"into the same directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Produkt-CD-er kan kopierast til harddisken.\n"
"Angje kor første\n"
"CD er lagra, til dømes /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
"Berre grunnstien vert kravd viss alle CD-eine er kopiert\n"
-"til same katalog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"til same katalog.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
"Specify the directory in which the packages from\n"
-"the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ein nettverksinstallasjon krev ein fungerande nettverksforbindelse.\n"
"Angje katalogen der pakkene frå\n"
-"første CD er plasserte, til dømes /data1/CD1.</p>"
-"\n"
+"første CD er plasserte, til dømes /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Vel medietype."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Sett inn CD-ein med tilleggsproduktet"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Sett inn DVD-ein med tilleggsproduktet"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Ingen USB-disk vart funnen."
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
-"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>"
-"\n"
+"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>La ned filer</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>La ned filer</b><br>\n"
"Kvar pakkebrønn har filer som skildrar inneholdet i pakkebrønnen.\n"
"Kryss av for <b>Last ned beskrivelsesfiler for pakkebrønnen</b> for å lasta dei ned\n"
"når du lukkar denne Yast-modulen. Viss du ikkje kryssar av her, vil Yast\n"
-"automatisk lasta ned filene når det er behov for dei seinare. </p>"
-"\n"
+"automatisk lasta ned filene når det er behov for dei seinare. </p>\n"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Medietype"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter"
@@ -3206,7 +3085,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3454,6 +3333,10 @@
msgstr "Fjern nokon pakkar frå utvalet."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Raw URL: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Nettadresse: %1"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
#~ msgstr "Laster ned pakkeoppdaterings-RPM %1 (nedlastingsstørrelse %2)"
@@ -3472,12 +3355,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>All registered repositories are shown here.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Alle registrerte pakkebrønner verta her viste.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "All changes will be lost. Really exit?"
@@ -3561,30 +3442,23 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Pakkesøk</b></big><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Pakkesøk</b></big><br>\n"
#~ "Med denne YaST-modulen kan du bruka funksjonen <i>Webpin-pakkesøk</i>.\n"
#~ "Han søkjer i alle kjende pakkebrønner som er oppretta av openSUSE build-service og openSUSE-fellesskapet.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br>"
-#~ " The software found is often not part of the\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of the\n"
#~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n"
-#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Tryggleik</b></big><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Tryggleik</b></big><br>\n"
#~ "Programvara som vert funnen, er ofte ikkje ein del av sjølve distribusjonen, og det er opp\n"
#~ "opp til deg om du vil stola på dei. Vi tek ikkje ansvaret viss du installerer denne typen\n"
-#~ "programvare.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "programvare.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Select packages to install."
@@ -3600,23 +3474,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p><b>No packages matching entered criteria were found.</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Ingen pakkar som samsvarer med kriteria, vart funne</b>"
-#~ "<p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Ingen pakkar som samsvarer med kriteria, vart funne</b><p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n"
#~ "To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n"
#~ "Check the <B>Trusted</B> check box if the key is trusted.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>\n"
#~ "Legg til ein ny GPG-nøkkel ved å angje stigen til nøkkelfilen.\n"
#~ "Kryss av for <B>Påliteleg</B> viss du stolar på nøkkelen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-06 21:28+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-29 17:42+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Oppdaterer pakkebrønn</B></BIG></P><P>Pakkehandsamaren oppdaterer innhaldet i pakkebrønnen …</P>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "Kan ikkje velja pakken for installering."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "Pakken er ikkje tilgjengeleg."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-13 20:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -236,8 +236,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
#, fuzzy
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Skildring"
@@ -487,8 +487,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Ikkje noko er valt"
@@ -1763,16 +1763,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Initialiserer skriveroppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Initialiserer skriveroppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/1:
@@ -1780,16 +1776,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Fullfører skriveroppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Fullfører skriveroppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 1/7:
@@ -1797,29 +1789,22 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n"
+"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n"
-"device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"device.<br>\n"
"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n"
"device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n"
"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Oversyn over utskriftskø</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Oversyn over utskriftskø</big></b><br>\n"
+"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>\n"
"Når fleire program sender utskriftsjobber samstundes,\n"
-"vert jobbane plassert i kø og seint til skrivaren i rekkjefølgd.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert jobbane plassert i kø og seint til skrivaren i rekkjefølgd.<br>\n"
"Det kan vera fleire ulike utskriftskøer for kvar skriv,\n"
"til dømes ein ekstra kø med ein svart-kvitt-driv for ein fargeskriver\n"
"eller ein PostScript-kø og ein kø med ein PCL-driv for ein PostScript+PCL-skriv.\n"
@@ -1830,30 +1815,23 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n"
"Remote queues exist on other hosts in the network,\n"
-"therefore they cannot be changed on this host.<br>"
-"\n"
+"therefore they cannot be changed on this host.<br>\n"
"The remote queues listed here are known on this host.\n"
"Usually they can be used directly by applications\n"
"so there is no need to set up a local queue for a printer\n"
-"that is already available via a remote queue.<br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"that is already available via a remote queue.<br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Bruka eksterne køar:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Bruka eksterne køar:</big></b><br>\n"
"Eksterne køar er på andre vertsmaskiner på nettverket\n"
-"og kan difor ikkje endrast frå denne maskina.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og kan difor ikkje endrast frå denne maskina.<br>\n"
"Dei eksterne køane som er angjevne her, er registrerte av denne vertsmaskinen,\n"
"og kan difor brukast direkte av programma.\n"
"Det er difor ikkje naudsynt å setja opp ein lokal skrivar\n"
-"som allereie er tilgjengeleg via ein ekstern kø.<br>"
-"\n"
+"som allereie er tilgjengeleg via ein ekstern kø.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 3/7:
@@ -1861,14 +1839,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to set up a new queue for a printer device.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Sett opp ein skriv:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Sett opp ein skriv:</big></b><br>\n"
"Klikk på <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein ny kø for ein skriv.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1877,14 +1853,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n"
"Select a local queue and press <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Endre innstillingane for ein kø</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Endre innstillingane for ein kø</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein lokal kø og klikk <b>Sett opp</b>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1893,14 +1867,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n"
"Select a local queue and press <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Slette ein kø:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Slette ein kø:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein lokal kø og klikk <b>Slett</b>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1909,14 +1881,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the queue and press <b>Print Test Page</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>'Skriv ut ein testside:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>'Skriv ut ein testside:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel køen og klikk <b>Skriv ut testside</b>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1925,20 +1895,17 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n"
"After changes to the network printing settings,\n"
"the available remote queues may have changed.\n"
"Usually it takes some time (up to several minutes)\n"
"until such changes become known to the local host.\n"
"Press <b>Refresh List</b> after some time to get an \n"
"up-to-date list of available remote queues.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Oppdater lista over køar:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Oppdater lista over køar:</big></b><br>\n"
"Spesielt etter endringar i samband med utskrift via nettverket,\n"
"kan tilgjengelege eksterne køar endrast.\n"
"Det tek ofte litt tid (inntil nokre minutt)\n"
@@ -1953,18 +1920,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"AutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n"
+"AutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n"
"There is no AutoYaST support to set up local print queues.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>AutoYaST-oversyn over utskriftskøer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"AutoYaST støttar berre innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>AutoYaST-oversyn over utskriftskøer</big></b><br>\n"
+"AutoYaST støttar berre innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>\n"
"AutoYaST støttar ikkje oppsett av lokale utskriftskøer.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1973,13 +1936,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n"
+"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n"
"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n"
"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n"
"should be used for the same printer device.\n"
@@ -1990,13 +1950,10 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Sett opp ny kø for ein skriverenhet</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Sett opp ny kø for ein skriverenhet</big></b><br>\n"
+"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>\n"
"Når fleire program sender utskriftsjobber samstundes,\n"
-"vert jobbane plassert i kø og sendt til skriverenheten i rekkjefølgd.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert jobbane plassert i kø og sendt til skriverenheten i rekkjefølgd.<br>\n"
"Same skriverenhet kan ha fleire utskriftskøer.\n"
"Det kan vera behov for fleire utskriftskøer dersom fleire skriverdrivere\n"
"skal nyttast for same skriv,\n"
@@ -2011,22 +1968,16 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To set up a new queue:<br>"
-"\n"
-"Select the connection of the matching printer device,<br>"
-"\n"
-"find and assign a suitable printer driver, and<br>"
-"\n"
+"To set up a new queue:<br>\n"
+"Select the connection of the matching printer device,<br>\n"
+"find and assign a suitable printer driver, and<br>\n"
"set a unique queue name.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Setja opp ein ny kø:<br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel tilkoblingen for den samsvarande skrivaren,<br>"
-"\n"
-"finn og aktiver ein eigna drivar og<br>"
-"\n"
+"Setja opp ein ny kø:<br>\n"
+"Vel tilkoblingen for den samsvarande skrivaren,<br>\n"
+"finn og aktiver ein eigna drivar og<br>\n"
"angje eit unikt kønavn.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2035,32 +1986,25 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
-"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>"
-"\n"
+"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
-"it is shown for each connection type.<br>"
-"\n"
+"it is shown for each connection type.<br>\n"
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert sendt til skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert sendt til skrivaren.<br>\n"
"Viss feil tilkobling er vald, kan ingen data sendast til eininga,\n"
-"og utskrift vil ikkje vera mogleg.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og utskrift vil ikkje vera mogleg.<br>\n"
"Viss ein skrivar er tilgjengeleg via meir enn éin tilkoblingstype,\n"
-"vil den visast under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vil den visast under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>\n"
"Særleg HP-einingar er ofte tilgjengelege både vigde tilkoblingene 'usb:/…'\n"
"'hp:/…'.\n"
"Den siste typen finst i HP-driverpakken 'hplip'.\n"
@@ -2075,23 +2019,19 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
-"specific printer model.<br>"
-"\n"
+"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n"
"and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n"
-"are shown by default.<br>"
-"\n"
+"are shown by default.<br>\n"
"If driver descriptions match to the autodetected model name\n"
"and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n"
"the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n"
"should be listed topmost and this one is automatically preselected.\n"
"If no driver is automatically preselected, you must manually\n"
-"find and select an appropriate driver.<br>"
-"\n"
+"find and select an appropriate driver.<br>\n"
"On the other hand if a driver was automatically preselected,\n"
"it does not necessarily mean that this driver is\n"
"a reasonable driver for your particular needs.\n"
@@ -2101,19 +2041,16 @@
"can only work based upon comparison of strings\n"
"(the autodetected model name and the driver descriptions)\n"
"so that the result can be only a best-guess proposal\n"
-"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>"
-"\n"
+"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>\n"
"Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense\n"
"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
-"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n"
"If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n"
"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n"
"Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n"
-"and search through all available driver descriptions.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and search through all available driver descriptions.<br>\n"
"Usually the default driver option settings should be reasonable\n"
"so that the driver works for your particular printer model.\n"
"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n"
@@ -2130,23 +2067,19 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ein <b>drivar</b> sørgar for at ein spesifikk skrivermodell\n"
-"vert med forsynt riktige data.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert med forsynt riktige data.<br>\n"
"Viss feil driv tilordnes, vert feil data sendt til skrivaren,\n"
-"noko som resulterer i utskrifter av dårleg kvalitet, kaotiske utskrifter eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>"
-"\n"
+"noko som resulterer i utskrifter av dårleg kvalitet, kaotiske utskrifter eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>\n"
"Redigeringsfeltet for driversøkestrengen vert automatisk utfylt\n"
"med modellnavnet på den tilkoblede og valde skrivaren\n"
"og drivarane med driverbeskrivelser som svarar til modellnavnet,\n"
-"vert viste som standard.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert viste som standard.<br>\n"
"Viss driverbeskrivelsene tilsvarer modellnavnet som vart funne automatisk\n"
"og viss det ser ut til at alle samsvarande driverbeskrivelser tilhøyrer same modell,\n"
"vert driverbeskrivelsene sortert slik at den meste fornuftige drivaren\n"
"som oftast er oppførd først og er forhåndsvalgt.\n"
"Viss ingen drivar er automatisk forhåndsvalgt, må du\n"
-"finna og velja ein eigna drivar manuelt.<br>"
-"\n"
+"finna og velja ein eigna drivar manuelt.<br>\n"
"On the other hand if a driv was automatically preselected,\n"
"it does nót necessarily mean that this driv is\n"
"a reasonable driv for your particular needs.\n"
@@ -2156,19 +2089,16 @@
"can only work based upon comparison of strings\n"
"(the autodetected model name and the driv descriptions)\n"
"so that the result can be only a best-guess proposal\n"
-"how to set up your particular printar model.<br>"
-"\n"
+"how to set up your particular printar model.<br>\n"
"Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense\n"
"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
-"to what you know what works best for your printar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to what you know what works best for your printar.<br>\n"
"If no driv description matchast to the autodetected model name,\n"
"it does nót necessarily mean that there is no driv available for the model.\n"
"Often only the model name in the driv descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driv search string\n"
-"and search through all available drivar descriptions.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and search through all available drivar descriptions.<br>\n"
"Usually the default driv option settings should be reasonable\n"
"so that the drivar works for your particular printar model.\n"
"Some driv option settings musa match to your particular printar.\n"
@@ -2189,16 +2119,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n"
-"but its associated <b>queue name</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"but its associated <b>queue name</b>.<br>\n"
"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_'\n"
"are allowed for the queue name and it must start with a letter.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Programma viser ikkje sjølve skriverenheten,\n"
-"men eit <b>kønavn</b> som er tilordnet skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"men eit <b>kønavn</b> som er tilordnet skrivaren.<br>\n"
"Berre bokstavar (A-Z og a-z), tal (0-9 og understrek '_')\n"
"er tillatne i kønavnet, og namnet må byrja med ein bokstav.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2208,36 +2136,30 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n"
"Application programs should use such a system default print queue\n"
"if no other print queue was specified by the user.\n"
"But there is no such thing as the 'one and only' default queue.\n"
"Beside a system default queue any user can maintain his own\n"
"default queue setting and furthermore any application program\n"
"may implement its own particular way of default queue setting\n"
-"(e.g. the application may remember the previously used queue).<br>"
-"\n"
+"(e.g. the application may remember the previously used queue).<br>\n"
"For details see the openSUSE support database\n"
-"article 'Print Settings with CUPS' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"article 'Print Settings with CUPS' at<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ein av utskriftskøene kan <b>veljast som standard</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Ein av utskriftskøene kan <b>veljast som standard</b>.<br>\n"
"Installerte program skal bruka denne systemstandardkøen automatisk\n"
"viss ikkje ein annan køa angjevast av brukaren.\n"
"Men det kan vera meir enn 'ein ein einaste' standardkø.\n"
"I tillegg til systemstandardkøen kan kvar enkelt brukar ha sin eigen\n"
"standardkø, og enkeltprogrammer\n"
"kan òg ha sin eiga innstilling for standardkø\n"
-"(programmet kan t.d. hugsa den køen som vart brukt sist).<br>"
-"\n"
+"(programmet kan t.d. hugsa den køen som vart brukt sist).<br>\n"
"openSUSE support database inneheld meir informasjon i\n"
-"artikklen 'Print Settings with CUP sin' på<br>"
-"\n"
+"artikklen 'Print Settings with CUP sin' på<br>\n"
"http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_settings_with_cUPs\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2246,8 +2168,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n"
"HP's own tool 'hp-setup' provides setup support in particular\n"
"for HP printers and HP all-in-one devices which require\n"
"a proprietary driver plugin to be downloaded from HP and\n"
@@ -2255,17 +2176,14 @@
"Furthermore 'hp-setup' can provide better setup support\n"
"for HP network printers and HP all-in-one network devices\n"
"because HP's own tool can implement special handling\n"
-"for special HP network devices.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for special HP network devices.<br>\n"
"For details see the openSUSE support database\n"
-"article 'How to set-up a HP printer' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"article 'How to set-up a HP printer' at<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ein annan måte å setja opp HP-einingar på er med kommandoen <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Ein annan måte å setja opp HP-einingar på er med kommandoen <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n"
"HPs eige 'hp-setup'-verktøy er spesielt eigna for oppsett\n"
"av HP-skrivarar og HP all-i-eit-einingar som krev\n"
"at eit proprietært driverinnstikk lastast ned frå HP og\n"
@@ -2273,11 +2191,9 @@
"'hp-setup' kan dessutan gje betre støtte\n"
"for HP nettverksskrivere og HP alt-i-eit-nettverksenheter\n"
"fordi HPs eige verktøy kan implementera spesielle funksjonar\n"
-"for einskilde HP-nettverksenheter.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for einskilde HP-nettverksenheter.<br>\n"
"openSUSE support database inneheld meir informasjon i\n"
-"artikkelen 'How to set-up a HP printar' på<br>"
-"\n"
+"artikkelen 'How to set-up a HP printar' på<br>\n"
"http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_seit-up_a_hP_printer\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2286,17 +2202,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"To modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n"
+"To modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Endre ein utskriftskø</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel berre det du vil endra når du endrar ein utskriftskø.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Endre ein utskriftskø</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vel berre det du vil endra når du endrar ein utskriftskø.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4:
@@ -2304,27 +2216,22 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
-"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>"
-"\n"
+"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
-"it is shown for each connection type.<br>"
-"\n"
+"it is shown for each connection type.<br>\n"
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
-"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>"
-"\n"
+"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n"
"the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the autodetected model name of the new selected connection.\n"
"The drivers for which the driver description matches the model name\n"
-"are shown by default.<br>"
-"\n"
+"are shown by default.<br>\n"
"If driver descriptions match the autodetected model name\n"
"and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n"
"the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n"
@@ -2335,43 +2242,35 @@
"printer model. The automated driver selection\n"
"compares strings (the autodetected model name and the driver \n"
"descriptions) so the result can only be a best-guess proposal\n"
-"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>"
-"\n"
+"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>\n"
"Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense.\n"
"Feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
-"to what you know works best for your printer.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to what you know works best for your printer.<br>\n"
"If no driver description matches the autodetected model name, it does \n"
"not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n"
"Often the model name in the driver descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n"
"and search through all available driver descriptions.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ein <b>tilkobling</b> avgjer korleis data vert send til skriverenheten.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Ein <b>tilkobling</b> avgjer korleis data vert send til skriverenheten.<br>\n"
"Viss feil tilkobling vert vald, kan ingen data sendast til eininga,\n"
-"og ingen utskrifter vil utførast.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og ingen utskrifter vil utførast.<br>\n"
"Viss ein skriverenhet er tilgjengeleg via meir enn éin tilkoblingstype,\n"
-"vert viste han under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert viste han under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>\n"
"Spesielt HP-einingar er ofte tilgjengelege både vigde 'usb:/…'-\n"
"og 'hp:/…'-tilkoblinger.\n"
"Sistnemnde er tilgjengeleg med HP-driverpakken 'hplip'.\n"
"For enkle utskrifter bør begge typane fungera, men for alt anna\n"
"(t.d. enhetsstatus vigde 'hp-toolbox' eller skanning med ein HP alt-i-ei-eining)\n"
-"må 'hp:/…'-tilkoblingen vert nytta.<br>"
-"\n"
+"må 'hp:/…'-tilkoblingen vert nytta.<br>\n"
"Når du erstattar gjeldande tilkobling med ein annan,\n"
"vert redigeringsfeltet for driversøkestrengen automatisk utfylt\n"
"med namnet på den automatiske registrerte modellen med den nye tilkoblingen, \n"
"og drivarane som samsvarer med han tilkoblede og valde skrivaren,\n"
-"vert vist som standard.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert vist som standard.<br>\n"
"Viss driverbeskrivelsene samsvarer med den automatiske registrerte modellen\n"
"og det verkar som alle samsvarande driverbeskrivelser tilhøyrer same modell,\n"
"vert sortert driverbeskrivelsene slik at den meste fornuftige drivaren\n"
@@ -2384,12 +2283,10 @@
"berre fungerer ved å samanlikna søkestrenger\n"
"(det automatisk registrerte modellnavnet og driverbeskrivelsene),\n"
"slik at resultatet berre kan vera eit forslag om\n"
-"korleis din skrivermodell kan vert opp sett.<br>"
-"\n"
+"korleis din skrivermodell kan vert opp sett.<br>\n"
"Kontrollar difor om dei forhåndsvalgte verda verkar fornuftige\n"
"og eksperiment gjerne med innstillingane\n"
-"for å finne fram til det som fungerer best med skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for å finne fram til det som fungerer best med skrivaren.<br>\n"
"Viss ingen driverbeskrivelse samsvarer med det automatisk registrerte modellnavnet,\n"
"tyder det ikkje naudsynlegvis at det ikkje finst nokon driv for den aktuelle modellen.\n"
"Det er ofte berre modellnavnet i driverbeskrivelsen\n"
@@ -2404,32 +2301,26 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
-"specific printer model.<br>"
-"\n"
+"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n"
-"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>"
-"\n"
+"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n"
"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n"
"For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n"
-"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>"
-"\n"
+"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n"
"For other driver option settings you can choose what you like.\n"
"For example any choice of the available printing resolutions\n"
"should work for the particular driver.\n"
"Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n"
"with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n"
-"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n"
"you must first apply this change to the print queue\n"
"so that the new driver is used for the queue\n"
"(i.e. you must finish this dialog as a first step)\n"
"and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n"
-"by using this dialog again.<br>"
-"\n"
+"by using this dialog again.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n"
"This results usually only one single driver which matches\n"
@@ -2442,32 +2333,26 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ein <b>drivar</b> sørgar for at riktig informasjon vert produsert for\n"
-"ein spesifikk skrivermodell.<br>"
-"\n"
+"ein spesifikk skrivermodell.<br>\n"
"Viss feil drivar er vald, vil feil informasjon sendast til skrivaren,\n"
-"noko som vil gje eit dårleg utskriftsresultat eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>"
-"\n"
+"noko som vil gje eit dårleg utskriftsresultat eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>\n"
"Du kan anten velja ein annan driv og endra driverinnstillingene seinare,\n"
-"eller halda på gjeldande driv og endra driverinnstillingene no.<br>"
-"\n"
+"eller halda på gjeldande driv og endra driverinnstillingene no.<br>\n"
"Nokre driverinnstillinger må samsvara med skrivaren du brukar.\n"
"Standard papirstørrelse for drivaren må til dømes\n"
-"samsvara med papiret som faktisk er lagt inn i skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"samsvara med papiret som faktisk er lagt inn i skrivaren.<br>\n"
"For andre driverinnstillinger, kan du velja kva du foretrekker.\n"
"Du kan til dømes vel kva for ein som helst av\n"
"oppløsningsvalgene som er tilgjengelege for drivaren.\n"
"Det kan likevel henda at utskrift mislukkast viss du vel\n"
"for høg oppløysing, til dømes viss du har ein laserskriver\n"
-"som ikkje har nok minne til å produsera sider med høg oppløysing.<br>"
-"\n"
+"som ikkje har nok minne til å produsera sider med høg oppløysing.<br>\n"
"Når du erstattar gjeldande driv med ein annan,\n"
"må du først aktivera denne endringa for utskriftskøen\n"
"slik at den nye drivaren vert brukt for køen\n"
"(dvs. at du først må fullføra denne dialogen),\n"
"og deretter justera alle drivervalg i neste trinn\n"
-"ved å gå tilbake til denne dialogen.<br>"
-"\n"
+"ved å gå tilbake til denne dialogen.<br>\n"
"Redigeringsfeltet for driversøkestrengen er forhåndsutfylt\n"
"med skildringa for drivaren som vart brukt før tilkoblingen vart endra.\n"
"Dette resulterer normalt i éin enkelt samsvarande drivar,\n"
@@ -2516,30 +2401,23 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Usually it is best to leave the driver defaults because\n"
-"the defaults should be reasonable for most cases.<br>"
-"\n"
+"the defaults should be reasonable for most cases.<br>\n"
"Additionally, the print dialogs in most applications\n"
"show the driver options too so that each user can specify\n"
-"driver options for each individual printout.<br>"
-"\n"
+"driver options for each individual printout.<br>\n"
"The only setting which should be checked in any case is the paper size,\n"
"which must be set to what is actually used by default in the printer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Definera drivervalg</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Definera drivervalg</big></b><br>\n"
"Det er vanlegvis best å bruka standardinnstillingene fordi\n"
-"desse bør fungera bra for vanleg utskrift.<br>"
-"\n"
+"desse bør fungera bra for vanleg utskrift.<br>\n"
"Utskriftsdialogene i dei vanlegaste programmen viser dessutan\n"
"òg drivervalgene, slik at brukaren kan angje\n"
-"drivervalg for kvar enkelt utskrift.<br>"
-"\n"
+"drivervalg for kvar enkelt utskrift.<br>\n"
"Han einaste innstillignen som alltid bør kontrollerast, er papirstørrelsen.\n"
"Han bør alltid samsvara med papirstørrelsen som faktisk vert brukt i skrivaren.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2550,22 +2428,17 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n"
-"consequences.<br>"
-" \n"
+"consequences.<br> \n"
"For example, a high resolution setting may not work for a laser printer\n"
"when its default built-in memory is insufficient to process high resolution\n"
-"pages.<br>"
-" \n"
+"pages.<br> \n"
"Or a high quality setting may print intolerably slow on an inkjet printer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Det er ikkje sikkert at andre val enn standardinnstillingene fungerer, og dei kan gje uventa resultat.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Det er ikkje sikkert at andre val enn standardinnstillingene fungerer, og dei kan gje uventa resultat.<br>\n"
"Det er t.d. ikkje sikkert at høg oppløysing fungerer for ein laserskriver\n"
-"dersom skrivaren sin internminne ikkje er tilstrekkeleg for å produsera sider med høg oppløysing,<br>"
-"\n"
+"dersom skrivaren sin internminne ikkje er tilstrekkeleg for å produsera sider med høg oppløysing,<br>\n"
"eller utskrif av høg kvalitet kan føra til svært treig handsaming i ein blekkskriver.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2575,25 +2448,20 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n"
-"must be adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer.<br>"
-"\n"
+"must be adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer.<br>\n"
"In particular, when the printer has optional units installed like\n"
"a duplex unit or optional paper feeders, the respective driver settings\n"
-"should be checked and adjusted.<br>"
-"\n"
+"should be checked and adjusted.<br>\n"
"For example, a duplex unit option must be set to 'installed' or 'true'\n"
"otherwise the driver may ignore duplex printing option settings.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Men i nokre tilfelle må skriverspesifikke driverinnstillinger\n"
-"brukast for å få fullt utbytta av funksjonane til skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"brukast for å få fullt utbytta av funksjonane til skrivaren.<br>\n"
"Dette gjeld spesielt viss det er montert tilleggsenheter på skrivaren, som\n"
"einingar for tosidig utskrift eller ekstra papirmatere. Då bør driverinnstillingene\n"
-"kontrollerast og vert justert.<br>"
-"\n"
+"kontrollerast og vert justert.<br>\n"
"Valet for ein duplex-eining må t.d. kanskje verta til sett 'installed' eller 'truga'.\n"
"Elles kan det henda at drivaren ikkje brukar innstillingane for tosidig utskrift.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2603,30 +2471,23 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n"
"If a printer driver package is not marked, it is not installed.\n"
-"Select the package if you want to install it.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Select the package if you want to install it.<br>\n"
"If a printer driver package is marked, it is installed.\n"
"Deselect the package if you want to remove it.\n"
"In the latter case, make sure that there is no printer configuration \n"
-"which needs the driver.<br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"which needs the driver.<br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"
<b><big>Legg til eller fjern skriverdrivere</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"
<b><big>Legg til eller fjern skriverdrivere</big></b><br>\n"
"
Viss ein skriverdriver ikkje er merkte, er han ikkje installert,\n"
-"
og du kan velja han for installasjon.<br>"
-"\n"
+"
og du kan velja han for installasjon.<br>\n"
"
Viss ein skriverdriver er merkt, er han installert\n"
"
og du kan fjerne merkingen for å fjerne henne.\n"
"
I så fall må du forsikra deg om\n"
-"
at det ikkje er noko oppsett som treng drivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"
at det ikkje er noko oppsett som treng drivaren.<br>\n"
"
</p>"
#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2:
@@ -2634,19 +2495,15 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n"
"To set up a printer configuration, a printer description file\n"
-"(PPD file) is required.<br>"
-"\n"
+"(PPD file) is required.<br>\n"
"If a PPD file is not located in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory,\n"
"it is not available to set up a printer configuration with it.\n"
"Therefore you can specify the full path of a PPD file,\n"
"which is located elsewhere on your system, to get it installed\n"
-"in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Note that a printer description file is not a driver.<br>"
-"\n"
+"in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory.<br>\n"
+"Note that a printer description file is not a driver.<br>\n"
"For non-PostScript printers the PPD file alone is\n"
"not sufficient to set up a working printer configuration.\n"
"In particular, it does not work for non-PostScript printers\n"
@@ -2657,31 +2514,24 @@
"For non-PostScript printers, you need a printer driver\n"
"and a PPD file which matches exactly the particular driver.\n"
"Matching PPD files are automatically installed at the right place\n"
-"when you install the above mentioned printer driver packages.<br>"
-"\n"
+"when you install the above mentioned printer driver packages.<br>\n"
"Only for PostScript printers, a PPD file alone is usually\n"
"sufficient to set up a working PostScript printer configuration.\n"
"In particular, it is sufficient when the PPD file does not\n"
"contain a 'cupsFilter' entry because such an entry would\n"
-"reference a printer driver.<br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"reference a printer driver.<br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"
<b><big>Legg til ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"
<b><big>Legg til ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil</big></b><br>\n"
"
For å setja opp ein skrivar krevjast det ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil\n"
-"
(PPD-fil).<br>"
-"\n"
+"
(PPD-fil).<br>\n"
"
Viss ein PPD-fil ikkje finst i /usr/share/cup sin/model/ directory,\n"
"
er han ikkje tilgjengeleg for bruk i eit skriveroppsett.\n"
"
Difor kan du angje heile filstien til ein PPD-fil\n"
"
dersom han er plassert eit annan stad i systemet, slik at han vert installert\n"
-"
i katalogen /usr/share/cup sin/model/.<br>"
-"\n"
-"
Hugs at ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil ikkje er ein driv.<br>"
-"\n"
+"
i katalogen /usr/share/cup sin/model/.<br>\n"
+"
Hugs at ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil ikkje er ein driv.<br>\n"
"
For ikkje-PostScript-skrivarar er ikkje PPD-fila åleine\n"
"
tilstrekkeleg for eit fungerande skriveroppsett.\n"
"
For ikkje-PostScript-skrivarar fungerer det ikkje\n"
@@ -2692,14 +2542,12 @@
"
For ikkje-PostScript-skrivarar treng du ein skriverdriver\n"
"
og ein PPD-fil som samsvarer nøyaktig med denne drivaren.\n"
"
Samsvarande PPD-filer installerast automatisk på riktig stad\n"
-"
når du installerer dei aktuelle skriverdriverpakkene.<br>"
-"\n"
+"
når du installerer dei aktuelle skriverdriverpakkene.<br>\n"
"
For PostScript-skrivarar er berre ein PPD-fil vanlegvis\n"
"
tilstrekkeleg for å setja opp ein fungerande skrivar.\n"
"
Dette gjeld spesielt dersom PPD-fila ikkje\n"
"
innholder ein 'cupsFilter'-oppføring. Ein sånn oppføring kan referera\n"
-"
til ein skriverdriver.<br>"
-"\n"
+"
til ein skriverdriver.<br>\n"
"
</p>"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7:
@@ -2707,20 +2555,15 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Angje tilkobling</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert send til skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Angje tilkobling</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert send til skrivaren.<br>\n"
"Viss feil tilkoblingstype vert vald, kan ingen informajon sendast til skrivaren,\n"
"og ingen utskrift vil vera mogleg.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2730,88 +2573,60 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
+"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
-"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
-"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
"Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n"
-"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>"
-"\n"
+"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n"
"The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n"
-"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>"
-"\n"
+"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n"
"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n"
"of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n"
-"a full device URI could be for example:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>"
-"\n"
-"Some examples:<br>"
-"\n"
+"a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n"
+"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
+"Some examples:<br>\n"
"A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n"
-"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>"
-"\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>"
-"\n"
+"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
+"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
"A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n"
-"via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>"
-"\n"
-"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>"
-"\n"
+"via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
+"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n"
"A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n"
"via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n"
-"may have a device URI like:<br>"
-"\n"
+"may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
"lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>URI for skriverenhet</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Ein tilkobling vert angjevne som ein såklat <b>eining si-URI</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>URI for skriverenhet</big></b><br>\n"
+"Ein tilkobling vert angjevne som ein såklat <b>eining si-URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Det første ordet (såkalla URI-skjema) angjev dataoverføringstypen,\n"
-"til dømes 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' eller 'ipp'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"til dømes 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' eller 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"Etter skjemaet kan det vera få eller mange ekstra komponentar\n"
-"som spesifiserer den aktuelle dataoverføringstypen meir detaljert.<br>"
-"\n"
+"som spesifiserer den aktuelle dataoverføringstypen meir detaljert.<br>\n"
"Mellomrom er ikkje tillaten i ein URI.\n"
"Difor er eit mellomromtegn i ein URI-komponent\n"
-"koda som '%20' (20 er heksadesimalverdien for mellomromtegnet).<br>"
-"\n"
+"koda som '%20' (20 er heksadesimalverdien for mellomromtegnet).<br>\n"
"Komponentane i ein URI er adskilt av spesielle teikn som\n"
-"kolon ':', skråstrek '/', spørsmålstegn '?', eit '&' eller er lik-teikna '='.<br>"
-"\n"
+"kolon ':', skråstrek '/', spørsmålstegn '?', eit '&' eller er lik-teikna '='.<br>\n"
"Til slutt kan det vera valfrie parametrar (adskilt av eit spørsmålstegn '?')\n"
"eller forma 'option1=verd1&option2=verd2&option3=verd3' slik at\n"
-"ei fullstendig eining si-URI til dømes kan vera:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://servar.domane:631/skrivarar/kønavn?waitjob=falsa&waitprinter=falsa<br>"
-"\n"
-"Nokre døme:<br>"
-"\n"
+"ei fullstendig eining si-URI til dømes kan vera:<br>\n"
+"ipp://servar.domane:631/skrivarar/kønavn?waitjob=falsa&waitprinter=falsa<br>\n"
+"Nokre døme:<br>\n"
"Ein USB-skrivermodell 'Fun Printar 1000+' produsert av 'ACME'\n"
-"med serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan ha eining si-URI:<br>"
-"\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B?Seriell=A1B2C3<br>"
-"\n"
+"med serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan ha eining si-URI:<br>\n"
+"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B?Seriell=A1B2C3<br>\n"
"A nettverk printar med IP 192.168.100.1 which er accessible\n"
-"vigd pellert 9100 may har a Eining URI like:<br>"
-"\n"
-"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>"
-"\n"
+"vigd pellert 9100 may har a Eining URI like:<br>\n"
+"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n"
"A nettverk printar med IP 192.168.100.2 which er accessible\n"
"vigd LPD Protokoll med a ekstern LPD queue Namn 'LPT1'\n"
-"may har a Eining URI like:<br>"
-"\n"
+"may har a Eining URI like:<br>\n"
"lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2820,8 +2635,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n"
"The issue is complicated.\n"
"It is recommended to avoid reserved characters and spaces\n"
"for component values in URIs if the values are under your control\n"
@@ -2836,11 +2650,9 @@
"(e.g. only letters, digits, and underscore are known to work\n"
"for a CUPS print queue name and case is not significant there).\n"
"Therefore it is best to use only lowercase letters, digits,\n"
-"and underscore for all values in all URIs if possible.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and underscore for all values in all URIs if possible.<br>\n"
"Reserved characters and space characters in the value of a component\n"
-"must be percent-encoded (also known as URL encoding).<br>"
-"\n"
+"must be percent-encoded (also known as URL encoding).<br>\n"
"When an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n"
"only a single value for a single component of the URI\n"
"(e.g. separated input fields for username and password),\n"
@@ -2851,8 +2663,7 @@
"For example if a password is actually 'Foo%20Bar' (non-percent-encoded),\n"
"it must be entered literally in the password input field in the dialog.\n"
"The automated percent-encoding results 'Foo%2520Bar' which is how\n"
-"the value of the password component is actually stored in the URI.<br>"
-"\n"
+"the value of the password component is actually stored in the URI.<br>\n"
"In contrast when an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n"
"more that a single value for a single component of the URI\n"
"(e.g. a single input field for all optional parameters\n"
@@ -2869,61 +2680,36 @@
"a first optional parameter 'option=this' and\n"
"a second optional parameter which is only 'that'.\n"
"Therefore a single optional parameter 'option=this&that'\n"
-"must be entered percent-encoded as 'option=this%26that'<br>"
-"\n"
+"must be entered percent-encoded as 'option=this%26that'<br>\n"
"Input fields which require percent-encoded input\n"
-"are denoted by a '[percent-encoded]' hint.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Listing of characters and their percent encoding:<br>"
-"\n"
-"space ' ' is percent encoded as %20<br>"
-"\n"
-"exclamation mark ! is percent encoded as %21<br>"
-"\n"
-"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>"
-"\n"
-"Dollar sign $ is percent encoded as %24<br>"
-"\n"
-"percentage % is percent encoded as %25<br>"
-"\n"
-"ampersand & is percent encoded as %26<br>"
-"\n"
-"apostrophe / single quotation mark ' is percent encoded as %27<br>"
-"\n"
-"left parenthesis ( is percent encoded as %28<br>"
-"\n"
-"right parenthesis ) is percent encoded as %29<br>"
-"\n"
-"asterisk * is percent encoded as %2A<br>"
-"\n"
-"plus sign + is percent encoded as %2B<br>"
-"\n"
-"comma , is percent encoded as %2C<br>"
-"\n"
-"slash / is percent encoded as %2F<br>"
-"\n"
-"colon : is percent encoded as %3A<br>"
-"\n"
-"semicolon ; is percent encoded as %3B<br>"
-"\n"
-"equals sign = is percent encoded as %3D<br>"
-"\n"
-"question mark ? is percent encoded as %3F<br>"
-"\n"
-"at sign @ is percent encoded as %40<br>"
-"\n"
-"left bracket [ is percent encoded as %5B<br>"
-"\n"
-"right bracket ] is percent encoded as %5D<br>"
-"\n"
-"For details see 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"are denoted by a '[percent-encoded]' hint.<br>\n"
+"Listing of characters and their percent encoding:<br>\n"
+"space ' ' is percent encoded as %20<br>\n"
+"exclamation mark ! is percent encoded as %21<br>\n"
+"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>\n"
+"Dollar sign $ is percent encoded as %24<br>\n"
+"percentage % is percent encoded as %25<br>\n"
+"ampersand & is percent encoded as %26<br>\n"
+"apostrophe / single quotation mark ' is percent encoded as %27<br>\n"
+"left parenthesis ( is percent encoded as %28<br>\n"
+"right parenthesis ) is percent encoded as %29<br>\n"
+"asterisk * is percent encoded as %2A<br>\n"
+"plus sign + is percent encoded as %2B<br>\n"
+"comma , is percent encoded as %2C<br>\n"
+"slash / is percent encoded as %2F<br>\n"
+"colon : is percent encoded as %3A<br>\n"
+"semicolon ; is percent encoded as %3B<br>\n"
+"equals sign = is percent encoded as %3D<br>\n"
+"question mark ? is percent encoded as %3F<br>\n"
+"at sign @ is percent encoded as %40<br>\n"
+"left bracket [ is percent encoded as %5B<br>\n"
+"right bracket ] is percent encoded as %5D<br>\n"
+"For details see 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' at<br>\n"
"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Prosentkodet</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Prosentkodet</big></b><br>\n"
"Dette er komplisert.\n"
"Det vert rådt til å unngå reserverte teikn og mellomrom\n"
"eller komponentverdier i URI-er viss verda er under kontrollen din\n"
@@ -2938,11 +2724,9 @@
"(t.d. er det berre bokstavar, tall og understrek som heilt sikkert fungerer i eit\n"
"namn på ein CUP sin-utskriftskø, og her skilst det ikkje mellom små og store bokstavar).\n"
"Difor er det best å bruka berre små bokstavar, tal,\n"
-"og understrek i alle URI-er viss det er mogleg.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og understrek i alle URI-er viss det er mogleg.<br>\n"
"Reserverte teikn og mellomromtegn i verdet for ein komponent\n"
-"må vera prosentkodet (òg kalla URL-koda).<br>"
-"\n"
+"må vera prosentkodet (òg kalla URL-koda).<br>\n"
"Når eit tekstfelt i ein dialog skal innehalda berre \n"
"ein eit einskilt verd eller ein einskild komponent i URI-ein\n"
"(t.d. adskilte felt for brukernavn og passord),\n"
@@ -2953,8 +2737,7 @@
"Viss til dømes passordet faktisk er 'Foo%20Bar' (ikkje prosentkodet),\n"
"må det skrivast inn akkurat sånn i passordfeltet i dialogen.\n"
"Den automatiske prosentkodingen gjev 'Foo%2520Bar', som er korleis\n"
-"verdet av passordkomponenten vert lagra i URI-ein.<br>"
-"\n"
+"verdet av passordkomponenten vert lagra i URI-ein.<br>\n"
"Viss derimot tekstfeltet i ein dialog skal innehalda\n"
"meir enn eit einskilt verd eller ein enkelt URI-komponent,\n"
"(t.d. eit enkelt tekstfelt for alle valgparametere\n"
@@ -2971,55 +2754,31 @@
"eit første valgparameter 'option=this' og\n"
"eit andre valgparameter som berre er 'that'.\n"
"Difor må ein enkel valgparameter 'option=this&that'\n"
-"prosentkodes som 'option=this%26that'<br>"
-"\n"
+"prosentkodes som 'option=this%26that'<br>\n"
"Felt som krev prosentkoding,\n"
-"er merkte med '[prosentkodet]'.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Liste over teikn med tilhøyrande prosentkoding:<br>"
-"\n"
-"mellomrom ' ' prosentkodes som %20<br>"
-"\n"
-"utropstegn ! prosentkodes som %21<br>"
-"\n"
-"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>"
-"\n"
-"Dollartegnet $ prosentkodes som %24<br>"
-"\n"
-"prosent % prosentkodes som %25<br>"
-"\n"
-"eit & prosentkodes som %26<br>"
-"\n"
-"apostrof / enkelt hermeteikn ' prosentkodes som %27<br>"
-"\n"
-"venstre parentes ( prosentkodes som %28<br>"
-"\n"
-"høgre parentes ) prosentkodes som %29<br>"
-"\n"
-"stjerne * prosentkodes som %2A<br>"
-"\n"
-"plusstegn + prosentkodes som %2B<br>"
-"\n"
-"komma , prosentkodes som %2C<br>"
-"\n"
-"skråstrek / prosentkodes som %2F<br>"
-"\n"
-"kolon : prosentkodes som %3A<br>"
-"\n"
-"semikolon ; prosentkodes som %3B<br>"
-"\n"
-"er lik-teikn = prosentkodes som %3D<br>"
-"\n"
-"spørsmålstegn ? prosentkodes som %3F<br>"
-"\n"
-"alfakrøll @ prosentkodes som %40<br>"
-"\n"
-"venstre hakeparentes [ prosentkodes som %5B<br>"
-"\n"
-"høgre hakeparentes ] prosentkodes som %5D<br>"
-"\n"
-"For meir informasjon, sjå 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic på' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"er merkte med '[prosentkodet]'.<br>\n"
+"Liste over teikn med tilhøyrande prosentkoding:<br>\n"
+"mellomrom ' ' prosentkodes som %20<br>\n"
+"utropstegn ! prosentkodes som %21<br>\n"
+"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>\n"
+"Dollartegnet $ prosentkodes som %24<br>\n"
+"prosent % prosentkodes som %25<br>\n"
+"eit & prosentkodes som %26<br>\n"
+"apostrof / enkelt hermeteikn ' prosentkodes som %27<br>\n"
+"venstre parentes ( prosentkodes som %28<br>\n"
+"høgre parentes ) prosentkodes som %29<br>\n"
+"stjerne * prosentkodes som %2A<br>\n"
+"plusstegn + prosentkodes som %2B<br>\n"
+"komma , prosentkodes som %2C<br>\n"
+"skråstrek / prosentkodes som %2F<br>\n"
+"kolon : prosentkodes som %3A<br>\n"
+"semikolon ; prosentkodes som %3B<br>\n"
+"er lik-teikn = prosentkodes som %3D<br>\n"
+"spørsmålstegn ? prosentkodes som %3F<br>\n"
+"alfakrøll @ prosentkodes som %40<br>\n"
+"venstre hakeparentes [ prosentkodes som %5B<br>\n"
+"høgre hakeparentes ] prosentkodes som %5D<br>\n"
+"For meir informasjon, sjå 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic på' at<br>\n"
"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3027,12 +2786,10 @@
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"Devices which are connected via USB\n"
"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
-"For example:<br>"
-"\n"
+"For example:<br>\n"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
@@ -3040,26 +2797,20 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
"A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n"
"and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n"
"A network printer has such a device built-in.\n"
"Access happens via three different network protocols.\n"
"See the manual of your network printer or printserver box\n"
-"to find out what your particular device supports:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"to find out what your particular device supports:<br>\n"
+"<b>TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
"The IP address and a port number is needed to access it.\n"
"Often the port number 9100 is the right one.\n"
"It is the simplest, fastest, and generally the most reliable protocol.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"socket://ip-address:port-number<br>"
-".\n"
-"<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"socket://ip-address:port-number<br>.\n"
+"<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>\n"
"A LPD runs on the device and provides one or more LPD queues.\n"
"The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n"
"Almost all network printers and printserver boxes support it.\n"
@@ -3067,50 +2818,36 @@
"But using a correct LPD queue which does not change\n"
"the data or add additional formfeeds or banner pages\n"
"could be essential for reliable printing.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>"
-".\n"
-"<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>.\n"
+"<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>\n"
"IPP is the native protocol for CUPS running on a real computer,\n"
"but if IPP is implemented in a small printserver box,\n"
"it is often not implemented properly. Only use IPP if the vendor\n"
"actually documents official support for it. \n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>"
-".\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>.\n"
"What 'port-number' and 'resource' exactly is depends\n"
-"on the particular network printer or printserver box model.<br>"
-"\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at<br>"
-"\n"
+"on the particular network printer or printserver box model.<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at<br>\n"
"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Eining si-URIer for tilgjenge til nettverksskriver eller utskriftsserverboks</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Eining si-URIer for tilgjenge til nettverksskriver eller utskriftsserverboks</big></b><br>\n"
"Ein utskriftsserverboks er ei lita eining med nettverksforbindelse\n"
"og dessutan USB- eller parallellportforbindelse til sjølve skrivaren.\n"
"Ein nettverksskriver har ei tilsvarande eining innebygget.\n"
"Tilgjenge er mogleg via tre ulike nettverksprotokoller.\n"
"Brukerveiledningen for nettverksskriveren eller utskriftsserverboksen inneheld informasjon\n"
-"om kva eininga støttar:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>TCP-port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"om kva eininga støttar:<br>\n"
+"<b>TCP-port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
"IP-adressa og eit portnummer vert kravt for å få tilgjenge.\n"
"Portnummer 9100 er ofte riktig.\n"
"Dette er den enklaste, raskaste og generelt meste pålitelege protokollen.\n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>LDP (Line Printar Daemon)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>\n"
+"<b>LDP (Line Printar Daemon)</b><br>\n"
"Ein LPD-nisse køyrer på eininga og produserer éin eller fleire LPD-køar.\n"
"IP-adresse og eit LPD-kønavn vert kravt for å få tilgjenge.\n"
"Nesten alle nettverksskrivere og utskriftsserverbokser støttar denne protokollen.\n"
@@ -3118,25 +2855,18 @@
"Men å bruka eit riktig LPD-kønavn som ikkje endrar\n"
"data eller legger til format eller bannersider,\n"
"kan vera avgjerande for påliteleg utskrift.\n"
-"Samsvarande enhetsURI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande enhetsURI er:<br>\n"
+"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>\n"
+"<b>IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)</b><br>\n"
"IPP er standardprotokollen for CUP sin på ei fysisk datamaskin,\n"
"men dersom IPP vert nytta på ein liten utskriftsserverboks,\n"
"vert han ofte ikkje riktig implementert. Nytte IPP berre dersom produsenten\n"
"dokumenterer offisiell støtte for protokollen. \n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://ip-adresse:portnummer/ressurs<br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"ipp://ip-adresse:portnummer/ressurs<br>\n"
"Kva 'portnummer' og 'ressurs' er, avheng av\n"
-"nettverksskriver- eller utskriftsserverboksmodellen.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Du finn<b>meir informasjon</b> på<br>"
-"\n"
+"nettverksskriver- eller utskriftsserverboksmodellen.<br>\n"
+"Du finn<b>meir informasjon</b> på<br>\n"
"http://www.cup sin.org/documentation.php/network.html\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3145,34 +2875,27 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
"In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n"
-"means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>"
-"\n"
+"means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>\n"
"Access happens via various different network protocols.\n"
"Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n"
-"provides in your particular network:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"provides in your particular network:<br>\n"
+"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n"
"the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a SMB printer share.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to a SMB printer share.<br>\n"
"A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n"
"is needed to access it.\n"
"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
"Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n"
-"must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>"
-"\n"
+"must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>\n"
"By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n"
"When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n"
"the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n"
"so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n"
-"would not work.<br>"
-"\n"
+"would not work.<br>\n"
"For printing in an AD environment additionally\n"
"the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n"
"In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n"
@@ -3195,77 +2918,55 @@
"and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n"
"directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n"
"In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n"
-"where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>"
-"\n"
-"For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>"
-"\n"
+"where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>\n"
+"For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>\n"
+"smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>\n"
"For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n"
-"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>"
-"\n"
-"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>"
-"\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>"
-"\n"
-"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>"
-"\n"
+"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n"
+"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n"
+"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
"'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n"
-"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n"
+"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
"A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n"
"and provides one or more LPD queues.\n"
"The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>CUPS Server</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n"
+"<b>CUPS Server</b><br>\n"
"Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n"
"a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n"
"in the <b>Print Via Network</b> dialog.\n"
"Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n"
-"to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>\n"
"IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n"
"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for å skriva ut via ein utskriftsservermaskin</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for å skriva ut via ein utskriftsservermaskin</big></b><br>\n"
"I motsetnad til ein utskriftsserverboks er ein utskriftsservermaskin\n"
-"ei vanleg datamaskin som tilbyr ein utskriftstjeneste.<br>"
-"\n"
+"ei vanleg datamaskin som tilbyr ein utskriftstjeneste.<br>\n"
"Tilgjenge vert skaffa via ulike nettverksprotokoller.\n"
"Spør nettverksadministratoren kva for ein protokoll utskriftsservermaskinen\n"
-"i nettverket ditt nyttar:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"i nettverket ditt nyttar:<br>\n"
+"<b>Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
"For å få tilgjenge til ein delt SMB-utskriftsserver, må pakka samba-client installerast.\n"
"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-bakgrunnsprosessen 'smb', som er ei lenkje til\n"
"programmet <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, som sender datum\n"
-"til ein delt SMB-skrivar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"til ein delt SMB-skrivar.<br>\n"
"Det vert kravt eit servernavn, namnet på ein delt skrivar og eventuelt eit arbeidsgruppenavn\n"
"for å få tilgjenge.\n"
"Det kan dessutan henda at det vert kravt brukernavn og passord for å få tilgjenge.\n"
"Hugs at mellomrom og spesialtegn i desse verda\n"
-"må vera prosentkodet (sjå ovanfor).<br>"
-"\n"
+"må vera prosentkodet (sjå ovanfor).<br>\n"
"Som standard køyrer CUP sin bakgrunnsprosesser (her smbspool) som brukaren 'LP'.\n"
"Ved utskrift i eit Active Directory (R)-miljø (AD)\n"
"har ikkje brukaren 'LP' lov til å skriva ut,\n"
"slik at den vanlege utskriftsmetoden vigde smbspool som brukaren 'LP'\n"
-"ikkje vil fungera.<br>"
-"\n"
+"ikkje vil fungera.<br>\n"
"For utskrift i eit AD-miljø må òg\n"
"pakka samba-krb-printing installerast.\n"
"I dette tilfellet må lenkja til CUP sin-bakgrunnsprosessen 'smb' link\n"
@@ -3288,49 +2989,33 @@
"og brukaren sin arbeidsstasjon må senda sine utskrift data\n"
"direkte til den delte SMB-skrivaren i AD-miljøet.\n"
"Det vil ikkje fungera på ein separat CUP sin-servermaskin\n"
-"der brukarar som sender utskriftsjobber ikkje er logga på.<br>"
-"\n"
-"For den tradisjonelle metoden er ein samsvarande og fullstendig eining si-URI:<br>"
-"\n"
-"smb://brukernavn:passord@arbeidsgruppe/servar/skriv<br>"
-"\n"
+"der brukarar som sender utskriftsjobber ikkje er logga på.<br>\n"
+"For den tradisjonelle metoden er ein samsvarande og fullstendig eining si-URI:<br>\n"
+"smb://brukernavn:passord@arbeidsgruppe/servar/skriv<br>\n"
"Til dømes kan 'Ola Nordmann' med passordet '@home!' bruka no slikt som\n"
-"denne eining si-URI-ein for å få tilgjenge til ein delt 'Fun Printar 1000+':<br>"
-"\n"
-"smb://Ola%20Nordmann:%40home%21@MINGRUPPE/homeserver/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B<br>"
-"\n"
-"For <b>meir informasjon</b>, sjå <tt>ein smbspool</tt> og<br>"
-"\n"
-"http://ein.openSUSE.org/SDB:printing_via_sMB_(Samba)_share_or_windows_share<br>"
-"\n"
+"denne eining si-URI-ein for å få tilgjenge til ein delt 'Fun Printar 1000+':<br>\n"
+"smb://Ola%20Nordmann:%40home%21@MINGRUPPE/homeserver/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B<br>\n"
+"For <b>meir informasjon</b>, sjå <tt>ein smbspool</tt> og<br>\n"
+"http://ein.openSUSE.org/SDB:printing_via_sMB_(Samba)_share_or_windows_share<br>\n"
"'Windows' og 'Active Directory' er registrerte varemerke\n"
-"for Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre land.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Tradisjonell UNIX-servar (LPR)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"for Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre land.<br>\n"
+"<b>Tradisjonell UNIX-servar (LPR)</b><br>\n"
"Ein linjeutskriftsnisse (LPD) køyrar på ein tradisjonell UNIX-servar\n"
"og tilbyr éin eller fleire LPD-køar.\n"
"Det vert kravt ein ip-adresse og eit LPD-kønavn for å få tilgjenge.\n"
-"Ei samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Servane til-CUP</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"Ei samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>\n"
+"<b>Servane til-CUP</b><br>\n"
"Normalt set du ikkje opp ein lokal utskriftskø for å få tilgjenge\n"
"til ein ekstern kø på servane til ein-CUP. Dette vert i staden opp sett\n"
"i dialogen <b>Skriv ut via nettverket</b>.\n"
"Bara viss du veit nøyaktig kva du gjer, bør du setja opp ein lokal kø for å få\n"
-"tilgjenge til ein ekstern kø på servane til ein-CUP.<br>"
-"\n"
+"tilgjenge til ein ekstern kø på servane til ein-CUP.<br>\n"
"IPP er den interne protokollen for CUP sin som køyrer på ein servar.\n"
"Den offisielle IANA-porten for IPP er 631.\n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://ip-adresse:631/skrivarar/kø<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Novell Netware-utskriftsserver (IPX)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"ipp://ip-adresse:631/skrivarar/kø<br>\n"
+"<b>Novell Netware-utskriftsserver (IPX)</b><br>\n"
"For å få tilgjenge til utskriftskøer på ein Novell Netware-utskriftsserver\n"
"må pakka ncpfs installerast.\n"
"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-bakgrunnsprosessen 'novell', som køyrer\n"
@@ -3338,10 +3023,8 @@
"Til ein Novell Netware-utskriftskø.\n"
"Eit servernavn og eit utskriftskønavn vert kravt for å få tilgjenge it.\n"
"Det kan òg henda at det vert kravt brukernavn og passord for å få tilgjenge.\n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"novell://brukernavn:passord@servar/kø<br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"novell://brukernavn:passord@servar/kø<br>\n"
"For <b>meir informasjon</b>, sjå <tt>ein nprint</tt> og\n"
"annan dokumentasjon i pakka ncpfs.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3351,114 +3034,79 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
"<b>Specify an Arbitrary Device URI</b>\n"
"if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n"
-"or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>\n"
+"<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>\n"
"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n"
"the program that you specified here.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
+"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
"which is then called by beh.\n"
"This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n"
"repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n"
"of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n"
"If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n"
"so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n"
-"print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>"
-"\n"
+"print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>\n"
"Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n"
-"in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>"
-"\n"
+"in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>\n"
"Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n"
-"to call the backend.<br>"
-"\n"
-"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Example:<br>"
-"\n"
-"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>"
-"\n"
+"to call the backend.<br>\n"
+"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n"
+"Example:<br>\n"
+"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n"
"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n"
"between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n"
-"and the print job is lost.<br>"
-"\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>"
-"\n"
+"and the print job is lost.<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Spesielle eining si-URI-er</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Spesielle eining si-URI-er</big></b><br>\n"
"<b>Angje ein annan URI-type</b>\n"
"viss du kjenner nøyaktig eining si-URI i eit spesielt tilfelle\n"
-"eller for å endra ein eksisterande enehtes-URI på ein spesiell måte.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Send utskriftsdata til anna program (pipa)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"eller for å endra ein eksisterande enehtes-URI på ein spesiell måte.<br>\n"
+"<b>Send utskriftsdata til anna program (pipa)</b><br>\n"
"For å gjera dette må pakka cup sin-backends installerast.\n"
"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'pipa', som køyrer\n"
"programmet du angjev her.\n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"pipa:/stig/til/målkommando<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Feilhåndteringskjede for grunnsystem (beh)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"pipa:/stig/til/målkommando<br>\n"
+"<b>Feilhåndteringskjede for grunnsystem (beh)</b><br>\n"
"For å bruka dette må pakka cup sin-backends installerast.\n"
-"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'beh'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'beh'.<br>\n"
"'beh'-systemet er eit innpakning rundt det vanlege grunnsystemet,\n"
"som deretter vil kallast beh.\n"
"På den måten kan beh, avhengig av oppsettet,\n"
"gjenta grunnsystemkommanoden eller skjula ein feilstatus\n"
"for grunnsystemet for CUP sin-nissen.\n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"beh:/ikkedeaktiver/forsøk/forskinkelse/opprinneligEnhets-URI<br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"beh:/ikkedeaktiver/forsøk/forskinkelse/opprinneligEnhets-URI<br>\n"
"Viss ikkedeaktiver er '1', vil beh alltid avsluttast utan feil\n"
"slik at køen aldri vert deaktivert, men på den andre sida vil\n"
-"utskriftsjobber fjernast viss det oppstår ein feil.<br>"
-"\n"
+"utskriftsjobber fjernast viss det oppstår ein feil.<br>\n"
"Forsøk er mengd forsøk på å aktivera grunnsystemet på nytt\n"
-"viss det oppstår ein feil. '0' tyder uavgrensa mengd nye forsøk.<br>"
-"\n"
+"viss det oppstår ein feil. '0' tyder uavgrensa mengd nye forsøk.<br>\n"
"Forseinking er mengd sekund mellom to forsøk\n"
-"på å aktivera grunnsystemet.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Siste parameter er den originale eining si-URI-ein som køen hadde tidlegare.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Døme:<br>"
-"\n"
-"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>"
-"\n"
+"på å aktivera grunnsystemet.<br>\n"
+"Siste parameter er den originale eining si-URI-ein som køen hadde tidlegare.<br>\n"
+"Døme:<br>\n"
+"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>\n"
"beh-grunnsystemet freistar å få tilgjenge til ein nettverksskriver 3 gonger med forseinkinga til 5 sekund\n"
"mellom forsøka. Viss tilkobling framleis mislukkast, vert ikkje køen deaktivert,\n"
-"med utskriftsjobben vert fjerna.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Du finn <b>meir informasjon</b> i <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cup sin/backend/beh</tt> og på <br>"
-"\n"
-"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/ein/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler<br>"
-"\n"
+"med utskriftsjobben vert fjerna.<br>\n"
+"Du finn <b>meir informasjon</b> i <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cup sin/backend/beh</tt> og på <br>\n"
+"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/ein/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
@@ -3466,34 +3114,26 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
+"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n"
"By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n"
-"to make printers available via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n"
"and accordingly on your host the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n"
-"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>"
-"\n"
-"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Regarding firewall:<br>"
-"\n"
+"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n"
+"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.<br>\n"
+"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
"Check if a firewall is active for a network zone\n"
"in which printers are published via network.\n"
"By default the SuSEfirewall allows any incoming information\n"
"via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n"
-"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>"
-"\n"
+"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>\n"
"It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n"
"with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n"
"(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n"
"In particular do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n"
"(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n"
-"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\n"
"To use remote printers in a trusted internal network\n"
"and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n"
"from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n"
@@ -3502,30 +3142,22 @@
"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n"
"to gain security plus usefulness in your network\n"
"and using remote printers in a trusted internal network\n"
-"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>"
-"\n"
+"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n"
"For details see the openSUSE support database\n"
-"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Utskrift via nettverk</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"CUP sin (Common Unix Printing System) verta vanlegvis brukt til utskrift via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Utskrift via nettverk</big></b><br>\n"
+"CUP sin (Common Unix Printing System) verta vanlegvis brukt til utskrift via nettverket.<br>\n"
"Som standard brukar CUP sin ein såkalla 'Browsing'-modus\n"
-"for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>\n"
"I dette tilfellet må eksterne CUP sin-servera publisera skrivarane sine via nettverket,\n"
"og vertsmaskinene må køyra CUP sin-nissen (cupsd),\n"
-"ein prosess som lyttar etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>"
-"\n"
-"CUP sin Browsing-informasjon vert motteken via UDP-port 631.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Om brannmurar:<br>"
-"\n"
+"ein prosess som lyttar etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>\n"
+"CUP sin Browsing-informasjon vert motteken via UDP-port 631.<br>\n"
+"Om brannmurar:<br>\n"
"Kontrollar om ein brannmur er aktivert for nettverkssonen\n"
"der skrivarar vert publisert via nettverket.\n"
"Som standard tillèt SuSEfirewall all innkommende informasjon\n"
@@ -3548,11 +3180,9 @@
"Bruk brannmurmodulen i YaST for å utføra dette grunnoppsettet\n"
"for eit effektivt og sikkert nettverk.\n"
"Eksterne skrivarar kan då brukast i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n"
-"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>"
-"\n"
+"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>\n"
"Du finn meir informasjon i openSUSE support database\n"
-"i artikkelen 'Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' på<br>"
-"\n"
+"i artikkelen 'Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' på<br>\n"
"http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:CUP sin_and_sANE_firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3566,8 +3196,7 @@
"or when you cannot accept incoming information about published printers\n"
"(e.g. because you must have firewall protection for the network zone\n"
"in which printers are published), you can request printer information\n"
-"from CUPS servers (provided the CUPS servers allow your access).<br>"
-"\n"
+"from CUPS servers (provided the CUPS servers allow your access).<br>\n"
"For each CUPS server which is requested, a cups-polld process\n"
"is launched by the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) on your host.\n"
"By default each cups-polld polls a remote CUPS server\n"
@@ -3580,8 +3209,7 @@
"eller viss du ikkje kan godkjenna innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar\n"
"(t.d. fordi du har brannmurbeskyttelse mot nettverkssonen\n"
"der skrivarane er publiserte), kan du spørja etter skriverinformasjon\n"
-"frå CUP sin-servera (viss du har tilgjenge til CUP sin-serverne).<br>"
-"\n"
+"frå CUP sin-servera (viss du har tilgjenge til CUP sin-serverne).<br>\n"
"For servane til kvar-CUP som får ein førespurnad, vert ein cup sin-polld-prosess\n"
"starta av CUP sin-nissen (cupsd) på din vertsmaskin.\n"
"Standardinnstillingen er at kvar cup sin-polld skannar servane til ein-ekstern CUP\n"
@@ -3595,8 +3223,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n"
-"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n"
"A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n"
"for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n"
"to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n"
@@ -3608,8 +3235,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Viss du skriv ut berre via nettverket og viss du alltid brukar servane til same-CUP,\n"
"er det ikkje naudsynt å bruka Søket til-CUP og ha nissen til ein-CUP køyrande på vertsmaskinen.\n"
-"Då er det enklare å angje CUP sin-serveren og gje direkte tilgjenge til han.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Då er det enklare å angje CUP sin-serveren og gje direkte tilgjenge til han.<br>\n"
"Ein mogleg ulempe er at program kan hengja\n"
"eit bel (inntill eit tidsavbrudd) når dei freistar\n"
"å koble til Servane til-CUP medan han ikkje er tilgjengeleg\n"
@@ -3628,8 +3254,7 @@
"or when you must access a network printer directly,\n"
"or when you use another kind of print server\n"
"e.g. when printing via a Windows (R) or Samba server\n"
-"or when printing via a traditional Unix server.<br>"
-"\n"
+"or when printing via a traditional Unix server.<br>\n"
"'Windows' is a registered trademark\n"
"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3640,8 +3265,7 @@
"eller viss du må ha direkte tilgjenge til ein nettverksskriver,\n"
"eller viss du brukar ein annan type utskriftsserver,\n"
"t.d. utskrift via ein Windows (R). eller Sambaserver\n"
-"eller utskrift via ein tradisjonell Unix-servar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"eller utskrift via ein tradisjonell Unix-servar.<br>\n"
"'Windows' er a registrert varemerke\n"
"for Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre land.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3651,28 +3275,22 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n"
-"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n"
"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n"
-"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Dela utskriftskøer og publisera dei via nettverket</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Dela utskriftskøer og publisera dei via nettverket</big></b><br>\n"
"Vanlegvis bør CUP sin (Common Unix Printing System) verta opp sett for å bruka\n"
-"såkalla 'lyttemodus' for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"såkalla 'lyttemodus' for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>\n"
"I så fall publiserer CUP sin-serveren sine lokale skrivarar via nettverket\n"
"og CUP sin-nissen (cupsd) må køyra på CUP sin-klientane\n"
-"for å laut etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for å laut etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>\n"
"CUP sin-informasjonen vert motteken via UDP-port 631.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3682,14 +3300,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
-"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n"
"In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n"
"to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n"
-"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>"
-"\n"
-"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n"
+"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n"
"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n"
"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n"
"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n"
@@ -3700,8 +3315,7 @@
"Angje deretter om skrivarar skal publiserast for klientane eller ikkje.\n"
"I eit lokalnettverk er det vanlegast å setja opp CUP sin-lytting slik at\n"
"alle vertsmaskiner i lokalnettverket har har eksternt tilgjenge\n"
-"og publisera skrivarane til alle desse vertsmaskinene.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og publisera skrivarane til alle desse vertsmaskinene.<br>\n"
"Det er ikkje naudsynt å publisera skrivarane i alle tilfelle.\n"
"Viss du berre har servane til éin-CUP, er det ikkje naudsynt å bruka CUP sin-lytting.\n"
"I så fall er det enklare å spesifisera CUP sin-serveren på klientsystemene\n"
@@ -3714,38 +3328,32 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n"
-"which remote hosts are allowed to access the CUPS server.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which remote hosts are allowed to access the CUPS server.<br>\n"
"Allow remote access for computers within the local network\n"
"will allow access from all hosts in the local network.\n"
"A remote host is in the local network when it has an IP address\n"
"that belongs to the same network as the CUPS server\n"
"and when the network connection of the host\n"
"uses a non-PPP interface on the CUPS server\n"
-"(an interface whose IFF_POINTOPOINT flag is not set).<br>"
-"\n"
+"(an interface whose IFF_POINTOPOINT flag is not set).<br>\n"
"Alternatively or additionally an explicite list of network interfaces\n"
-"from which remote access is allowed can be specified.<br>"
-"\n"
+"from which remote access is allowed can be specified.<br>\n"
"Alternatively or additionally an explicite list of\n"
"allowed IP addresses and/or networks can be specified.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Det finst fleire metodar, som kan brukast parallelt, for å angje\n"
-"kva for eksterne maskiner som skal ha tilgjenge til CUP sin-serveren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"kva for eksterne maskiner som skal ha tilgjenge til CUP sin-serveren.<br>\n"
"Å tillat eksternt tilgjenge for maskiner i lokalnettverket\n"
"vil gje tilgjenge for alle vertsmaskiner i lokalnettverket.\n"
"Ein ekstern vertsmaskin er medlem av lokalnettverket Viss han har ein IP-adresse\n"
"som tilhøyrer same nettverk som CUP sin-serveren\n"
"og viss vertsmaskinens nettverksforbindelse\n"
"brukar eit ikkje-PPP-grensesnitt på CUP sin serveren\n"
-"(eit grensesnitt som ikkje har eit definert IFF_pOINTOPOINT-flagg).<br>"
-"\n"
+"(eit grensesnitt som ikkje har eit definert IFF_pOINTOPOINT-flagg).<br>\n"
"Alternativt eller i tillegg kan det opprettast ein eksplisitt liste over nettverksgrensesnitt\n"
-"som skal tillatast eksternt tilgjenge.<br>"
-"\n"
+"som skal tillatast eksternt tilgjenge.<br>\n"
"Alternativt eller i tillegg kan det opprettast ein eksplisitt liste over\n"
"tillatne IP-adresser og/eller nettverk.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3755,28 +3363,23 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Regarding firewall:<br>"
-"\n"
+"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
"A firewall is used to protect running server processes\n"
"(in this case the CUPS server process 'cupsd')\n"
-"on your host against unwanted access via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"on your host against unwanted access via network.<br>\n"
"Printing via network happens in a trusted internal network\n"
"(nobody lets arbitrary users from whatever external network\n"
"print on his printer) and usually the users need\n"
-"physical printer access to get their paper output.<br>"
-"\n"
+"physical printer access to get their paper output.<br>\n"
"By default the SuSEfirewall lets any network traffic pass\n"
"via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n"
-"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>"
-"\n"
+"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>\n"
"It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n"
"with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n"
"(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n"
"Do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n"
"(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n"
-"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\n"
"To make printers accessible in a trusted internal network\n"
"and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n"
"from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n"
@@ -3785,37 +3388,30 @@
"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n"
"to gain security plus usefulness in your network and\n"
"sharing printers in a trusted internal network\n"
-"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>"
-"\n"
+"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n"
"For details see the openSUSE support database\n"
-"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om brannmurar:<br>"
-"\n"
+"Om brannmurar:<br>\n"
"Ein brannmur vert nytta for å verna køyrande serverprosesser\n"
"(i dette tilfellet CUP sin-serverprosessen 'cupsd')\n"
-"på din vertsmaskin mot uønska tilgjenge via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"på din vertsmaskin mot uønska tilgjenge via nettverket.<br>\n"
"Utskrift via nettverket vert utført i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n"
"(ingen lèt vilkårlige brukarar frå nokre eksterne nettverk\n"
"skriva ut på skrivaren sin), og brukarar treng normalt\n"
-"fysisk skrivertilgang for å henta utskrifter.<br>"
-"\n"
+"fysisk skrivertilgang for å henta utskrifter.<br>\n"
"Som standard slepp SuSEfirewall gjennom all nettverkstrafikk\n"
"via eit nettverksgrensesnitt som tilhøyrer 'intern sone'\n"
-"fordi denne sona er påliteleg.<br>"
-"\n"
+"fordi denne sona er påliteleg.<br>\n"
"Det gjev inga meining å skriva ut via eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n"
"med eit nettverksgrensesnitt som er tilordnet ein upålitelig 'ekstern sone'\n"
"(det siste er av sikkerhetsgrunner standardinnstillingen for nettverksgrensesnitt).\n"
"Ikkje deaktiver brannmurbeskyttelsen for CUP sin\n"
"(dvs. for IPP som brukar TCP port 631 og UDP via port 631)\n"
-"for den upålitelige 'ekstern sone'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for den upålitelige 'ekstern sone'.<br>\n"
"For å få tilgjenge til skrivarar i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n"
"og vernast av brannmuren mot uønska tilgjenge\n"
"frå eksterne nettverk (spesielt Internett),\n"
@@ -3824,11 +3420,9 @@
"Bruk brannmurmodulen i YaST for å utføra dette grunnoppsettet.\n"
"Det gjev eit sikkert og effektivt nettverk, og\n"
"skrivarane kan delast i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n"
-"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>"
-"\n"
+"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>\n"
"Du finn meir informasjon i openSUSE support database\n"
-"i artikkelen Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"i artikkelen Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n"
"http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:CUP sin_and_sANE_firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3837,8 +3431,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"Operation policies are the rules used for each operation in CUPS.\n"
"Such operations are for example 'print something', 'cancel a printout',\n"
"'configure a printer', 'modify or remove a printer configuration',\n"
@@ -3846,8 +3439,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Handlingspraksis for CUP sin</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Handlingspraksis for CUP sin</big></b><br>\n"
"Handlingspraksiser er reglene som vert brukte for kvar handling i CUP sin.\n"
"Slike handlingar kan til dømes vera 'skriv ut noko', 'avbryt ein utskrift',\n"
"'sett opp ein skriv', 'endra eller slett eit skriveroppsett'\n"
@@ -3859,11 +3451,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
-"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
@@ -3875,23 +3465,17 @@
"This could happen when any attempt to establish\n"
"the communication with the printer is useless\n"
"so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"The following error policies exist:<br>"
-"\n"
-"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"The following error policies exist:<br>\n"
+"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n"
+"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n"
"Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Regler ved Feilen til-CUP</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Regler ved Feilen til-CUP</big></b><br>\n"
"Reglene for feil definerer standardregelen som vil brukast dersom\n"
-"CUP sin mislukkast i å senda ein utskirftsjobb til ein skriverenhet.<br>"
-"\n"
+"CUP sin mislukkast i å senda ein utskirftsjobb til ein skriverenhet.<br>\n"
"Avhengig av måten skrivaren er tilkoblet på,\n"
"(til dømes'parallell', 'usb', 'sokkel', 'lpd' eller 'ipp'),\n"
"og avhenig av feiltypen,\n"
@@ -3903,14 +3487,10 @@
"Dette kan skje dersom alle forsøk på å\n"
"kommunisera med skrivaren vil vera nytteløse,\n"
"slik at det ikkje er nokon vits i å freista å senda jobben på nytt.\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"Følgjande regker ved feil finst:<br>"
-"\n"
-"Stopp skrivaren, og hald på jobben for utskrift seinare.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Send jobben på nytt frå byrjinga etter å venta litt (30 sekund som standard).<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"Følgjande regker ved feil finst:<br>\n"
+"Stopp skrivaren, og hald på jobben for utskrift seinare.<br>\n"
+"Send jobben på nytt frå byrjinga etter å venta litt (30 sekund som standard).<br>\n"
"Avbryt og slett jobben, og hald fram med neste jobb.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3919,17 +3499,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n"
"Check the check box to run YaST's automatic configuration\n"
-"for printers which are connected to the local host.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for printers which are connected to the local host.<br>\n"
"For each autodetected local connected printer,\n"
"YaST tests if there exists already a configuration.\n"
"If there is not yet a configuration,\n"
"YaST tries to find a matching driver for the printer\n"
-"and if one is found, the printer is configured.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and if one is found, the printer is configured.<br>\n"
"The resulting configuration is basically the same\n"
"as if one would have selected an autodetected printer\n"
"in the 'Add New Printer Configuration' dialog\n"
@@ -3937,17 +3514,14 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av lokalt tilkoblede skrivarar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av lokalt tilkoblede skrivarar</big></b><br>\n"
"Kryss av i boksen for å køyra automatisk oppsett\n"
-"av skrivarar som er koblet direkte til maskina.<br>"
-"\n"
+"av skrivarar som er koblet direkte til maskina.<br>\n"
"For kvar lokal skriv som vert automatisk registrert,\n"
"kontrollerer YaST om det finst eit eksisterande oppsett.\n"
"Viss det ikkje finst noko oppsett,\n"
"freistar YaST å finna ein eigna drivar for skrivaren\n"
-"og setja opp skrivaren viss ein drivar vert funnen.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og setja opp skrivaren viss ein drivar vert funnen.<br>\n"
"Det resulterande oppsettet vert i prinsippet det same\n"
"som om brukaren hadde valt ein automatisk oppdaga skrivar\n"
"i dialogen «Legg til nytt skriveroppsett»\n"
@@ -3959,17 +3533,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n"
"The RPM package 'udev-configure-printer' provides\n"
-"automatic configuration when USB printers are plugged in.<br>"
-"\n"
+"automatic configuration when USB printers are plugged in.<br>\n"
"When its check box is initially not checked, it is not installed\n"
-"and then you can select it so that it will be installed.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and then you can select it so that it will be installed.<br>\n"
"When its check box is initially checked, it is already installed\n"
-"and then you can un-select it so that it will be removed.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and then you can un-select it so that it will be removed.<br>\n"
"When udev-configure-printer is installed,\n"
"automatic USB printer configuration happens via the entries\n"
"in its udev config file /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\n"
@@ -3981,17 +3551,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar</big></b><br>\n"
"Pakka 'udev-configure-printar' sørgar for\n"
-"automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar når dei kobles til.<br>"
-"\n"
+"automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar når dei kobles til.<br>\n"
"Viss valet ikkje er avkrysset, er ikkje pakka installert.\n"
-"I så fall kan du kryssa av i boksen for å installera henne.<br>"
-"\n"
+"I så fall kan du kryssa av i boksen for å installera henne.<br>\n"
"Viss valet allereie er avkrysset, er pakka installert,\n"
-"og du kan velja å fjerna henne.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og du kan velja å fjerna henne.<br>\n"
"Viss udev-configure-printar er installert,\n"
"vil USB-skrivarar verta automatisk sett opp vigd oppføringene i\n"
"den aktuelle udev-oppsettfilen /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules,nsom i turen sin utløyser køyring av fila 'udev-configure-printar add'\n"
@@ -4026,65 +3592,65 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show"
msgstr "Vis"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "&Lokal"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "Ekste&rn"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Namn"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Plassering"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "Opp&dater liste"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "Skriv ut &testside"
@@ -4095,7 +3661,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
@@ -4112,7 +3678,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
@@ -4136,7 +3702,7 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
@@ -4146,14 +3712,14 @@
"(dette kan ta eit bel)"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr "Vil du ikkje lengjer brukar den utilgjengelige CUP sin-serveren '%1'?"
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr "For å halda fram må du stadfesta at '%1' ikkje lenger vil brukast."
@@ -4161,20 +3727,20 @@
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr "Ein servar du ikkje har tilgjenge til, fører til ei endelaus rekkje av forseinkingar og feil."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "Servane til-CUP %1"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer om servane til ein-CUP er tilgjengeleg …"
@@ -4182,42 +3748,42 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Vel ein oppføring."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "Kan ikkje sletta"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr "Dette er eit eksternt oppsett. Berre lokale oppsett kan slettes."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Stadfest sletting"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
#, fuzzy
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr "Det valde oppsettet vil slettast umiddelbart, og kan ikkje gjenopprettes."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "Slett oppsettet %1"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "Ikkje slett"
@@ -4229,24 +3795,24 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Stadfest sletting av ei klasse"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "Ei slette klasse kan ikkje gjenopprettes med dette verktøyet."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Avviser utskriftsjobber"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
#, fuzzy
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr "Testsiden kan ikkje skrivast ut fordi utskriftsjobber vert avvist."
@@ -4254,13 +3820,13 @@
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Utskrift deaktivert"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr "Testsiden kan ikkje skrivast ut fordi utskrift er deaktivert."
@@ -4270,28 +3836,28 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr "Det er utskriftsjobber i køen som kanskje vil slettast før testsiden skrivast ut."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Slett ventande utskriftsjobber for %1"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "Slett dei før utskrift av testside"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Skriv ut testsiden etter dei andre utskriftsjobbene"
@@ -4300,7 +3866,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikkje sletta alle jobbar i køen for %1."
@@ -4320,32 +3886,32 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "Utskriftstest"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr "Skriv ut éin eller to sider, t.d. for å testa tosidig utskrift"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
#, fuzzy
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "Éin testside"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
#, fuzzy
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr "To testsider"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikkje skriva ut testside for %1."
@@ -4354,28 +3920,28 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr "Vent til testutskriften er fullførde"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr "Testside send til %1. Utskriften bør snart starta."
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr "Testutskriften var vellukka"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "Testutskrift mislukkast."
@@ -4396,62 +3962,62 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr "Det er utskriftsjobber i køen som kan slettast no."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Slett alle ventande jobbar"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "Ikkje slett"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
#, fuzzy
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Fila /var/log/cup sin/error_log inneheld heile loggen."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr "CUP sin-logg for handsaming av testside for %1 (berre engelsk)"
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
#, fuzzy
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Fila /var/log/cup sin/error_log inneheld Informasjonen til-CUP."
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
#, fuzzy
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr "Be ein administrator for det eksterne systemet om hjelp viss ein utskrift via eit eksternt system mislukkast."
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr "Det er ein konflikt mellom ekstern CUP sin-serverinnstilling og nytt oppsett."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "Kan ikkje endra"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
#, fuzzy
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr "Dette er eit eksternt oppsett. Berre lokale oppsett kan endrast."
@@ -4987,14 +4553,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n"
"There is no AutoYaST support for local print queues.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"AutoYaST-innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"AutoYaST-innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>\n"
"Det er ingen AutoYaST-støtte for lokale utskriftskøer.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -5550,77 +5114,56 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n"
#~ "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
-#~ "For example:<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "For example:<br>\n"
+#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
+#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
+#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
#~ "Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n"
#~ "When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n"
-#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n"
#~ "To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n"
#~ "the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
-#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n"
#~ "In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n"
#~ "are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n"
#~ "The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n"
#~ "what the serial port in the printer requires,\n"
#~ "see the manual of your serial printer.\n"
-#~ "Example device URIs:<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Example device URIs:<br>\n"
+#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
+#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
#~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for direktetilkoblede einingar</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for direktetilkoblede einingar</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Einingar som kobles til vigde parallellporten eller vigde USB,\n"
#~ "vert registrert automatisk, og ei eining si-URI is genererast automatisk.\n"
-#~ "Til dømes:<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "parallel:/dev/LP0<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar?serial=A1B2C3<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "hp:/usb/HP_laserJet?serial=1234<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Til dømes:<br>\n"
+#~ "parallel:/dev/LP0<br>\n"
+#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
+#~ "hp:/usb/HP_laserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
#~ "Normalt vil berre automatisk genererte eining si-URI-er fungera.\n"
#~ "Viss eininga ikkje vert oppdaga automatisk, vil det normalt ikkje vera mogleg å kommunisera\n"
-#~ "med eininga, og ingen data vil sendast til han.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "med eininga, og ingen data vil sendast til han.<br>\n"
#~ "For å få tilgjenge til ein HP-skriv eller ein alt-i-ei-eining vigd 'hp'-grunnsystemet\n"
#~ "må RPM-pakka hplip installerast.\n"
-#~ "Pakka inneheld HPs utskrifts- og skanneprogramvare HPLIP.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Pakka inneheld HPs utskrifts- og skanneprogramvare HPLIP.<br>\n"
#~ "Einingar som kobles til via ein serieport, bluetooth,\n"
#~ "eller SCSI vert vanlegvis registrert ikkje automatisk, slik at ei eining si-URI må\n"
#~ "angjevast manuelt.\n"
#~ "URI-parametrar for serielle einingar må samsvara med\n"
#~ "skrivaren sin serieport.\n"
#~ "Sjå brukerveiledningen for den serielle skrivaren.\n"
-#~ "Døme på eining si-URI-er:<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bitar sine=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "scsi:/dev/sg9<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Døme på eining si-URI-er:<br>\n"
+#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bitar sine=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
+#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
+#~ "scsi:/dev/sg9<br>\n"
#~ "For å få tilgjenge til ei eining vigd bluetooth må RP-pakka bluez-cup sin installerast.\n"
#~ "Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'bluetooth', som sender data\n"
#~ "til ein bluetooth-skriv.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -514,12 +514,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n"
-"press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kontroller at informasjonen i Sammendrag-feltet er riktig, og\n"
-"trykk deretter på Fullfør for å gå tilbake til hoveddialogen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"trykk deretter på Fullfør for å gå tilbake til hoveddialogen.</p>\n"
#. caption
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583
@@ -531,26 +529,22 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Verifying data and packages...\n"
-" </p>"
-"\n"
+" </p>\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vent medan informasjonen og pakkene vert kontrollerte...\n"
-" </p>"
-"\n"
+" </p>\n"
" "
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n"
-"Fix the problem and try again.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss noko er gale, vil prosessen avbrytast.\n"
-"Rett opp feilen, og forsøk igjen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Rett opp feilen, og forsøk igjen.</p>\n"
" "
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600
@@ -1025,13 +1019,11 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n"
"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n"
"This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Signar</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Signar</b></big><br>\n"
"Ved å signera produktet med ein GPG-nøkkel, kan brukarar verifisera produktet.\n"
"Nøkkelen vert kontrollert når produktet vert lagt til som ein pakkebrønn.</p>"
@@ -1096,8 +1088,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kontroller at informasjonen i sammendraget er riktig, og\n"
"trykk Neste for å halda fram.\n"
@@ -1107,134 +1098,98 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppstartsalternativer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppstartsalternativer</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du leggja til fleire oppføringer i oppstartsmenyen og nokon oppstartsvalg.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For example, \n"
"configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n"
-"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>"
-"\n"
+"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan til dømes \n"
"setja opp CD-ein for automatisk installasjon og angje ein installasjonskilde.\n"
-"Viss du er usikker, bør du ikkje endra denne fila, men bruka originalen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss du er usikker, bør du ikkje endra denne fila, men bruka originalen.</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n"
-"edit those configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit those configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over oppsett av produktgenerator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over oppsett av produktgenerator</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du visa eit oversyn over tilgjengelege oppsett. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera desse oppsetta.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera desse oppsetta.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til eit oppsett:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til eit oppsett:</big></b><br>\n"
"Trykk på <b>Legg til</b> for å oppretta eit nytt oppsett.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel eit oppsett du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#. overview dialog help part 4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81
@@ -1258,117 +1213,86 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n"
-"the packages to add to the ISO image.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"the packages to add to the ISO image.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Namn på oppsett og pakker</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Namn på oppsett og pakker</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel eit namn for oppsettet og ein metode for val av pakker\n"
-"som skal leggjast til i ISO-diskbildet.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"som skal leggjast til i ISO-diskbildet.<br></p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<b>AutoYaST Profile</b>"
-"<p>\n"
+"<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n"
"Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>AutoYaST-profil</b>"
-"<p>\n"
+"<b>AutoYaST-profil</b><p>\n"
"Vel ein AutoYaST-profil for programvareoppsettet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<b>Software Manager</b>"
-"<p>\n"
+"<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n"
"Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n"
"packages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\n"
"selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\n"
"creating this CD.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Pakkehandsamar</b>"
-"<p>\n"
+"<b>Pakkehandsamar</b><p>\n"
"Nytte pakkehandsamaren utan forhåndsvalgte pakkar. Alle\n"
"pakkar som elles ville ha vorte valde automatisk under installasjonen, må\n"
"veljast manuelt i samsvar med maskinvaren og arkitekturen du\n"
"opprettar denne CDEN-ein for.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Source selection help 1/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Select at least one package source.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n"
+"Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vel pakkekilder</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel minst ein pakkekilde.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vel pakkekilder</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vel minst ein pakkekilde.</p>\n"
#. Source selection help 2/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n"
"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n"
"the machine you are currently working on.\n"
-"All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>"
-"\n"
+"All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n"
"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n"
-"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Målarkitektur</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Målarkitektur</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan oppretta eit produkt for andre arkitekturar, enn arkitekturen på denne maskina.\n"
-"Alle valde pakkebrønner må støtte målarkitekturen.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Alle valde pakkebrønner må støtte målarkitekturen.<br>\n"
"<b>Merk:</b> KIWI støttar førebels ikkje fleire arkitekturar. Du må ikkje endra\n"
-"arkitekturen viss du vil oppretta ein KIWI-diskbilde med dette oppsettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"arkitekturen viss du vil oppretta ein KIWI-diskbilde med dette oppsettet.</p>\n"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n"
"files will be copied to this directory. Select a location with enough disk\n"
"space.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>ISO-katalog og diskbilde</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>ISO-katalog og diskbilde</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje kor katalogen med grunnstrukturen skal opprettast. Alle naudsynte\n"
"filer vil kopierast til denne katalogen. Vel ei plassering med nok plass på\n"
"disken.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131
@@ -1376,13 +1300,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n"
"creating an ISO image at a later time.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Opprett eit ISO-diskbilde eller berre ein katalog der \n"
"eit ISO-diskbilde kan verta seinare oppretta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137
@@ -1390,13 +1312,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n"
"to the skeleton. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å spara plass kan du kryssa av for at berre naudsynte filer \n"
"skal verta til kopiert grunnstrukturen. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143
@@ -1410,13 +1330,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n"
"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n"
-"bootable.</p>"
-"\n"
+"bootable.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ein av pakkebrønnene må merkast som grunnpakkebrønn. Grunnpakkebrønnen\n"
"må kunna brukast til oppstart for å sikre at det oppretta produktet òg\n"
-"kan brukast til oppstart av ei maskin.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan brukast til oppstart av ei maskin.</p>\n"
#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153
@@ -1430,8 +1348,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n"
"the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n"
-"repository from the list.</p>"
-"\n"
+"repository from the list.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Produktgeneratoren løyser konfliktar for dei valde produkta og foreslår\n"
"eit grunnprodukt. Viss det foreslegne verdet er feil, vel riktig grunnpakkebrønn\n"
@@ -1641,25 +1558,18 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>%2.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n"
+"<p>%2.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Desse pakkene frå seksjonen '%1' er ikkje tilgjengelege med valde pakkebrønner:</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>%2.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Desse pakkene frå seksjonen '%1' er ikkje tilgjengelege med valde pakkebrønner:</p>\n"
+"<p>%2.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Du kan fjerna pakkene frå seksjonen og kryssa av for detaljert pakkevalg, eller ignorera situasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Du kan fjerna pakkene frå seksjonen og kryssa av for detaljert pakkevalg, eller ignorera situasjonen.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Viss du går til detaljert pakkevalg, og stadfestar visningen utan endringar, vil problempakker fjernast frå seksjonen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2152,12 +2062,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n"
-"to which the users belongs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to which the users belongs.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For kvar brukar, angje <b>Namn</b>, <b>Passord</b>, <b>Hjemmekatalog</b> og gruppa\n"
-"som brukaren tilhøyrer.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som brukaren tilhøyrer.</p>\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -92,8 +92,7 @@
#. Proxy dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n"
"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
"what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
@@ -103,16 +102,14 @@
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n"
-"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Proxy dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416
msgid ""
"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
-"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8
@@ -140,8 +137,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n"
"for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n"
-"for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Proxy dialog help 7/8
@@ -149,16 +145,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
"the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>"
-"\n"
+"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Proxy dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n"
-"the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p>"
-" \n"
+"the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox entry label
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -132,7 +132,8 @@
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr "Oppgrader viss nyare versjon er tilgjengeleg"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr "Oppgrader uansett"
@@ -869,12 +870,8 @@
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br>"
-"<tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bruk dette valet for å generera detaljerte loggar for feilsøking av konfliktløsningen. Loggene vil lagrast i katalogen <br>"
-"<tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bruk dette valet for å generera detaljerte loggar for feilsøking av konfliktløsningen. Loggene vil lagrast i katalogen <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395
@@ -884,14 +881,8 @@
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br>"
-"<tt>%1</tt></p>"
-"<p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Testkasus for konfliktløsning lagra i <br>"
-"<tt>%1</tt></p>"
-"<p>vil du oppretta arkivet <tt>y2log sin.tgz tek</tt> som vedlegg til Bugzilla?</p>"
+msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Testkasus for konfliktløsning lagra i <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>vil du oppretta arkivet <tt>y2log sin.tgz tek</tt> som vedlegg til Bugzilla?</p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413
@@ -902,12 +893,8 @@
#. caption
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p>"
-"<p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Feil</b> under skiping av testkasus for konfliktløsning</p>"
-"<p>Kontroller at det er nok plass på disken, og at du er autorisert for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Feil</b> under skiping av testkasus for konfliktløsning</p><p>Kontroller at det er nok plass på disken, og at du er autorisert for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. startsWith
#. filter
@@ -1715,49 +1702,37 @@
#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"<h2>Update Problem</h2>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Possible reasons:</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>Possible reasons:</p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n"
"<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n"
"<li>They are third-party packages\n"
-"</ul>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</ul>\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please choose manually what to do with them.\n"
"The safest course of action is to delete them.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"<h2>Oppgraderingsproblem</h2>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"<h2>Oppgraderingsproblem</h2>\n"
"<p>\n"
"<font color=blue>\n"
"Pakkene i denne lista kan ikkje oppgraderast automatisk.\n"
"</font>\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Moglege årsaker:</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>Moglege årsaker:</p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li>Dei har vorte forelda pga. andre pakker\n"
"<li>Det finst ingen nyare versjon å oppgradera til på nokon installasjonsmedier\n"
"<li>Det er tredjepartspakker\n"
-"</ul>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</ul>\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Vel manuelt kva du vil gjera med dei.\n"
"Det sikraste alternativet er å sletta dei.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -78,13 +78,11 @@
#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n"
"client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -146,9 +146,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving."
-"<p>"
+msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
msgstr ""
#. prepare advanced menu
@@ -234,11 +232,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -77,24 +77,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Registreringa er fullførd."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:"
@@ -102,8 +102,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
@@ -257,29 +257,18 @@
msgstr "Fingeravtrykk:"
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -295,34 +284,34 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Registreringa kan ikkje utførast."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Detaljer …"
@@ -330,7 +319,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -340,23 +329,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -364,6 +353,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -393,7 +400,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -402,15 +409,15 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
@@ -421,30 +428,30 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
@@ -452,7 +459,7 @@
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -460,7 +467,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -493,7 +500,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Startar registrering …"
@@ -515,12 +522,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -570,8 +577,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -720,7 +726,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Registreringskode"
@@ -751,7 +757,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -832,12 +838,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -850,7 +856,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -861,7 +867,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -869,9 +875,9 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter"
#. SSL error message
@@ -921,11 +927,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
@@ -1137,12 +1138,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer …"
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Bruk lokal registreringsserver"
@@ -1435,8 +1436,7 @@
#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
#~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
#~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Under registreringsprosessen vil ein Novell-servar kontaktast (eller ein lokal registreringsserver viss det finst for føretaket ditt).\n"
@@ -1637,11 +1637,9 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\n"
-#~ "Data</b>.<br>"
-#~ "To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n"
+#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n"
#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n"
-#~ "-a</tt>.<br>"
-#~ "Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n"
+#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n"
#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Annan informasjon som vert brukt ved registreringa, vert vist under <b>Registreringsdata</b>. Legg til ein nytt nøkkel/verd-par ved å trykkja <b>Legg til</b> og angje aktuelle verd. Desse parametrane kan sendast med kommandoen <tt>susa_register -a</tt>. Bruk kommandoen <tt>susa_register -p</tt> for å vise meir informasjon om parametrane. Fjern eit par med <b>Slett</b> eller endre eit eksisterande par med <b>Rediger</b>.</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
"med WWPN '%2'\n"
"og LUN '%3'.\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -174,63 +174,45 @@
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 1
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55
@@ -246,8 +228,7 @@
"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n"
"choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n"
"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n"
-"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>"
-"\n"
+"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel ein av metodane for omstart av maskina med valgknappene\n"
"under <b>reipl-metodar</b>. Avhengig av kva maskina støttar,\n"
@@ -286,8 +267,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n"
-"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>"
-"\n"
+"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det <b>globale portnummeret</b> (WWPN) må verta med angjeve små\n"
"bokstavar som ein heksverdi med 16 siffer, t.d. 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>"
@@ -321,8 +301,7 @@
"<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n"
"boot record and is currently always 0.</p>"
msgstr ""
-" "
-"<p><b>Logisk blokkadresse for oppstartsoppføring</b> (LBA) angjev\n"
+" <p><b>Logisk blokkadresse for oppstartsoppføring</b> (LBA) angjev\n"
"hovedoppstartsoppføringen og er førebels alltid 0.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 9
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -186,66 +186,48 @@
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n"
+"Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n"
+"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n"
"SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n"
+"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n"
"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -525,63 +525,45 @@
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avslutta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avslutta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</b>.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title
#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation)
@@ -595,24 +577,20 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n"
-"Specify the name of the membership.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ein Linux-klient kan vera medlem av ein arbeidsgruppe, eit NT-domane eller eit Active Directory-domane. \n"
-"Her spesifiserer du namnet på medlemskapen </p>"
-"\n"
+"Her spesifiserer du namnet på medlemskapen </p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n"
-"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nytte SMB-informasjon for Linux-autentisering</b> tillèt \n"
-"verifisering av passord mot NT-serveren eller Kerberos-serveren ved medlemskap i eit AD-domane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"verifisering av passord mot NT-serveren eller Kerberos-serveren ved medlemskap i eit AD-domane.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67
@@ -626,34 +604,26 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n"
-"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Når du klikkar <b>OK</b>, vil systemet kontrollera medlemskapen og\n"
-"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem i eit eventuelt NT-eller Active Directory-domane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem i eit eventuelt NT-eller Active Directory-domane.</p>\n"
#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Spesifiser namnet på NT-domenet eller Active Directory-domenet.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Spesifiser namnet på NT-domenet eller Active Directory-domenet.</p>\n"
#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n"
-"allows this host to join the domain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Når du klikkar <b>Fullfør</b>, vil systemet kontrollera domenet og\n"
-"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem.</p>"
-"\n"
+"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem.</p>\n"
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85
@@ -700,14 +670,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n"
"as an NTP client. Access the configuration with <b>NTP Configuration</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å synkronisera tida med ein NTP-servar, konfigurerer du maskina\n"
"som ein NTP-klient. Dette kan du gjera under <b>NTP-konfigurasjon</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. default value of Machine Account
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
@@ -1011,90 +979,90 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<p><b>Arbeidsgruppe eller domane</b>: %1</p>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr "Frakoblet autentisering aktivert"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
#, fuzzy
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nei"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"Fordi brukarar er koblet til denne Sambaen-serveren,\n"
"er serverkonfigurasjonen lasta på nytt utan omstart av serveren.\n"
@@ -969,119 +969,85 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-servar </big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-servar </big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-servar </big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-servar </big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Val av arbeidsgruppe eller domane</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Val av arbeidsgruppe eller domane</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel eit eksisterande namn på ein arbeidsgruppe eller et domen, eller skriv eit nytt namn og klikk <b>Neste</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n"
-"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n"
"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>\n"
"<p>Den sekundære kontrolleren brukar ein annan domenekontroller for validering.\n"
-"Den primære kontrolleren brukar sin eigen informasjon om brukarar og passord.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Den primære kontrolleren brukar sin eigen informasjon om brukarar og passord.</p>\n"
"<p>Tilgjengelege val i konfigurasjonsdialogen avheng av innstillingane her.</p>"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n"
"depend on the settings in this selection.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>\n"
"<p>Tilgjengelege val i konfigurasjonsdialogene \n"
"avheng av innstillingane her.</p>"
@@ -1095,12 +1061,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n"
-"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette er ei liste over konfigurerte delte ressursar, anten dei \n"
-"er aktiverte eller deaktiverte, og litt grunnleggjande informasjon om dei.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"er aktiverte eller deaktiverte, og litt grunnleggjande informasjon om dei.<br></p>"
#. Share list dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87
@@ -1126,15 +1090,13 @@
"Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n"
"of users. The system shares can be hidden from the table\n"
"by selecting <b>Do Not Show System Shares</b> in the <b>Filter</b>\n"
-"menu.</p>"
-"\n"
+"menu.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Nokre delte ressursar er spesielle. Ressursen\n"
"Homes er til dømes ein spesiell systemressurs som gjev tilgjenge til brukarane sine\n"
"hjemmekataloger. Delte systemressurser kan skjulast i tabellen\n"
"ved å velja <b>Ikkje vis delte systemressurser</b> i <b>Filter</b>-\n"
-"menyen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"menyen.</p>\n"
#. Share list dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103
@@ -1142,29 +1104,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n"
-"remove the information about a share.</p>"
-"\n"
+"remove the information about a share.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til ein ny delt ressurs, <b>Rediger</b> for å endra\n"
"eksisterande delte ressursar og <b>Slett</b> for å slette\n"
-"informasjonen om ein delt ressurs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"informasjonen om ein delt ressurs.</p>\n"
#. Identity dialog help 1/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n"
"These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n"
-"primary role in the network.</p>"
-"\n"
+"primary role in the network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Identitet</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Identitet</big></b><br>\n"
"Med desse vala kan du setja opp serverens identitet og\n"
-"kva for ein primær rolle han skal ha i nettverket.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kva for ein primær rolle han skal ha i nettverket.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115
@@ -1175,16 +1131,14 @@
"uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n"
"uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n"
"If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n"
-"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Grunninnstillingene avgjer domenets og\n"
"serverens rolle. <b>Sekundær domenekontroller</b> og <b>Primær domenekontroller</b> tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane. Den sekundære kontrolleren \n"
"brukar ein annan domenekontroller for validering. Den primære kontrolleren\n"
"nyttar eigen informasjon om brukarar og passord.\n"
"Viss serveren ikkje skal vera ein domenekontroller, vel verdet\n"
-"<b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124
@@ -1193,14 +1147,12 @@
"<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n"
"server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n"
"to log in to a Windows domain. If the server should not participate\n"
-"as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Grunninnstillinger</b> avgjer domenets og\n"
"serverens rolle. <b>Primær domenekontroller</b> tillèt\n"
"Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane. Viss serveren ikkje skal vera\n"
-"ein domenekontroller, vel verdet <b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ein domenekontroller, vel verdet <b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131
@@ -1211,16 +1163,14 @@
"a NetBIOS name. The Samba server can be a \n"
"WINS server or can use another server for its\n"
"queries. In the latter case, choose <b>Remote WINS Server</b>\n"
-"and enter the IP address of the WINS server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and enter the IP address of the WINS server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>WINS</b> er ein nettverksprotokoll som konverterer\n"
"nettverksidentifikasjon på lågt nivå (til dømes IP adresse) for ein vertsmaskin til eit\n"
"NetBIOS-namn. Samba-serveren kan vera ein \n"
"<b>WINS-servar</b> eller han kan bruka ein annan servar ved\n"
"førespurnader. Vel i så fall <b>Ekstern WINS-servar</b>\n"
-"og angje WINS-serverens IP-adresse.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og angje WINS-serverens IP-adresse.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140
@@ -1237,31 +1187,25 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>"
-"\n"
+"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> gjev tilgjenge til \n"
-"detaljerte oppsett, brukerautentiseringskilder og avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"detaljerte oppsett, brukerautentiseringskilder og avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n"
"NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n"
"access rights to users from another domain.\n"
"Here, create a list of domains for which \n"
-"the Samba server should provide access.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the Samba server should provide access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sikre domener</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sikre domener</big></b><br>\n"
"Med sikre domener av NT-typen kan tilgangsrettigheter\n"
"tilordnes brukarar frå eit anna domane.\n"
"Her kan du oppretta ei liste over domener som \n"
-"Samba-serveren skal gje tilgjenge til.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Samba-serveren skal gje tilgjenge til.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154
#, fuzzy
@@ -1271,95 +1215,75 @@
"and a password in the dialog that opens. The password is used by the Samba\n"
"server to access the trusted domain. After <b>OK</b> is pressed,\n"
"the trust relationship is established. To delete a domain,\n"
-"choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til eit note domane på lista, klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
"Angje namnet på det sikre domenet\n"
"og eit passord i dialogen som kjem opp. Passordet vert brukt av Samba-\n"
"serveren for å få tilgjenge til det sikre domenet. Når du klikkar <b>OK</b>,\n"
"vert det sikre sambandet etablert. For å slette eit domane,\n"
-"vel du det i lista og klikkar <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vel du det i lista og klikkar <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n"
-"see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>"
-"\n"
+"see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du finn meir informasjon om korleis sikre domener fungerer,\n"
-"i <i>HOWTO-samlinga for Samba</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"i <i>HOWTO-samlinga for Samba</i>.</p>\n"
#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n"
+"Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Rediger delt ressurs</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Her kan du finjustera alternativa for ein delt ressurs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rediger delt ressurs</big></b><br>\n"
+"Her kan du finjustera alternativa for ein delt ressurs.</p>\n"
#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
-"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>"
-"\n"
+"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til eit nytt konfigurasjonsalternativ, <b>Rediger</b> for å endra\n"
-"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>\n"
#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avansert generell konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Her kan du finjustera generelle alternativ for serveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avansert generell konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Her kan du finjustera generelle alternativ for serveren.</p>\n"
#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
-"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>"
-"\n"
+"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til eit nytt konfigurasjonsalternativ, <b>Rediger</b> for å endra\n"
-"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n"
-"server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP-alternativ for Samba-serveren</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP-alternativ for Samba-serveren</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du velja detaljerte innstillingar for bruk av LDAP via Samba-\n"
-"serveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"serveren.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188
@@ -1369,54 +1293,42 @@
"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n"
"creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n"
"a password for write access, set the password using\n"
-"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Søk i base-DN</b> (Distinguished Name) er\n"
"staden der søk etter informasjon skal byrja, og <b>Administrasjon sin-DN</b> er utgangspunktet når\n"
"nye brukarar og grupper skal opprettast. Viss administrasjon sin-DN krev\n"
"eit passord for skrivetilgang, må dette angjevast ved å bruka\n"
-"<b>Vel passord for LDAP-administrasjon</B>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Vel passord for LDAP-administrasjon</B>.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Merk:</b>Innstillingane vert lagra før passordet for LDAP-administrasjon er angjeve.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Merk:</b>Innstillingane vert lagra før passordet for LDAP-administrasjon er angjeve.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n"
"information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n"
-"only one is allowed.</p>"
-"\n"
+"only one is allowed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Bakstykke for brukerautentisering</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bakstykke for brukerautentisering</big></b><br>\n"
"Her vel du kor Samba-serveren skal søkja etter autentiseringsinformasjon.\n"
-"Samba støttar ikkje fleire bakstykke samstundes lengjer, berre eit bakstykke er tillate.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Samba støttar ikkje fleire bakstykke samstundes lengjer, berre eit bakstykke er tillate.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n"
-"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vil endra brukaren autentiseringskilde, må du først fjerne gjeldande kjelde\n"
-"ved å trykkja <b>Slett</b>. Legg deretter til ein ny med <b>Legg til</b>-knappen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ved å trykkja <b>Slett</b>. Legg deretter til ein ny med <b>Legg til</b>-knappen.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211
@@ -1425,38 +1337,32 @@
"<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n"
"the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n"
"passwd file. It is possible to have a multiple files in this \n"
-"format.</p>"
-"\n"
+"format.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>smbpasswd-fil</b> har same format som\n"
"tidlegare versjonar av Samba. Oppsettet er omtrent som i\n"
"passwd-fila. Fleire filer i dette formatet er \n"
-"mogleg.</p>"
-"\n"
+"mogleg.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n"
-"the information.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>LDAP</b> er ein nettadresse for ein LDAP-servar der det skal søkjast etter\n"
-"informasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"informasjonen.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n"
-"to store and look up the information.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to store and look up the information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>TDB-database</b> brukar ein intern Samba-database i binærformat\n"
-"for lagring og søk etter informasjon.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for lagring og søk etter informasjon.</p>\n"
#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore
#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */
@@ -1481,15 +1387,11 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n"
+"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til ny delt ressurs</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Her kan du leggja inn grunnleggjande informasjon om ein ny delt ressurs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til ny delt ressurs</big></b><br>\n"
+"Her kan du leggja inn grunnleggjande informasjon om ein ny delt ressurs.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252
@@ -1510,14 +1412,12 @@
"<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n"
"is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n"
"is presented as a network disk. <b>Share Path</b> must be\n"
-"entered for a directory share.</p>"
-"\n"
+"entered for a directory share.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det er to typar delte ressursar. Ein <b>skriverressurs</b>\n"
"visast som ein skrivar for klientane. Ein <b>katalogressurs</b> \n"
"vert viste som ein nettverksdisk. <b>Stig til delt ressurs</b> må\n"
-"angjevast for ein katalogressurs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"angjevast for ein katalogressurs.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help 4/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265
@@ -1525,32 +1425,26 @@
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n"
"of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n"
-"directory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss <b>Skrivebeskyttet</b> er avkrysset, kan ikkje\n"
"brukarane av ei teneste oppretta eller endra filer katalogen til\n"
-"tenesta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"tenesta.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n"
"that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n"
-"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Overta ACLS</b> kan brukast for å sikre\n"
"at viss standard-ACLer finn for overordna katalogar, vil desse alltid\n"
-"takast omsyn til når underkataloger vert oppretta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"takast omsyn til når underkataloger vert oppretta.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br>"
-" Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283
@@ -1561,41 +1455,29 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"</p><p>\n"
"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
-"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>."
-"<p>"
+"</p><p>\n"
+"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP-innstillingar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP-innstillingar</big></b><br>\n"
"Her angjev du LDAP-serveren som skal verta til brukt autentisering.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Ved å angje <b>LDAP-passord for grunnsystem</b> kan brukerinformasjon lagrast i LDAP-filstrukturen som nettadressen spesifiserer. Med <b>LDAP Idmap-grunnsystem</b> kan SID/uid/gjev-mappingtabeller lagrast i LDAP.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"</p><p>\n"
"Under Autentisering kan rettane for LDAP-serveren definerast, inkludert full administrator-DN.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<b>Grunn-DN for søk</b> er LDAP-suffikset som vert lagt til Samba-spesifikke LDAP-objekt.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
-"For å testa sambandet til LDAP-serveren, klikk <b>Test samband</b>. For å bruka avanserte LDAP-innstillingar eller standardverdier, klikk <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b>."
-"<p>"
+"</p><p>\n"
+"For å testa sambandet til LDAP-serveren, klikk <b>Test samband</b>. For å bruka avanserte LDAP-innstillingar eller standardverdier, klikk <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b>.<p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303
@@ -1607,12 +1489,10 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Replikasjonsdvale</b> er mengd millisekunder Samba vil vil venta etter å ha skrive til LDAP-serveren, slik at LDAP-replikasjonene kan halda tritt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Replikasjonsdvale</b> er mengd millisekunder Samba vil vil venta etter å ha skrive til LDAP-serveren, slik at LDAP-replikasjonene kan halda tritt.</p>\n"
"<p><b>Tidsavbrudd</b> angjev tidsavbruddet for LDAP-handlingar (i sekund).</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget
@@ -1625,12 +1505,10 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Slett DN</b> angjev om slettehandlingen skal sletta hel LDAP-oppføringen eller bara Samba-spesifikke attributt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Slett DN</b> angjev om slettehandlingen skal sletta hel LDAP-oppføringen eller bara Samba-spesifikke attributt.</p>\n"
"<p>Med <b>Synkroniser passord</b> kan du definera synkronisering av LDAP-passordet med NT- og LM-kryptering. Manualsiden <tt>smb.conf</tt> inneheld meir informasjon.</p>"
#. translators: warning text
@@ -1696,13 +1574,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n"
-"expert global settings.</p>"
-"\n"
+"expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> gjev tilgjenge til \n"
"avanserte konfigurasjonar, t.d. LDAP-innstillingar, brukerautentiseringskilder og\n"
-"avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>\n"
#. translators: combo box value
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-06 21:32+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -88,8 +88,7 @@
"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n"
"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n"
"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n"
-"be used.</p>"
-"\n"
+"be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette programtillegget kan brukast for å gjera ei LDAP-gruppe tilgjengelgeg i Samba.\n"
"Einaste instilling tilgjengeleg er <b>Samba-gruppenamn</b>, som er namnet\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -412,14 +412,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Initialiserer skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Initialiserer skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"Vent...\n"
"</p>"
@@ -428,14 +426,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Lagrar skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Lagrar skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"Vent...\n"
"</p>"
@@ -444,14 +440,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"Konfigurer eller rediger skannerkonfigurasjonen og vis skannere som allereie er aktivert.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -496,8 +490,7 @@
"If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n"
"check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n"
"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ein vanleg USB-skannar byrd finnast automatisk.\n"
@@ -516,8 +509,7 @@
"Viss du har problem med å setja opp skanneren her,\n"
"kontrollar resultatet av kommandoen <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n"
"Viss ikkje skanneren vert funnet av den kommandoen, kan ikkje USB-systemet kommunisera med skanneren.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Overview dialog help 4/8:
#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name.
@@ -553,8 +545,7 @@
"which is connected to the parallel port,\n"
"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n"
"before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Parallellportskannere kan ikkje verta opp sett med dette verktøyet,\n"
@@ -588,8 +579,7 @@
"which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n"
"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n"
"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Nettverksskannere kan ikkje verta opp sett med dette verktøyet,\n"
@@ -673,8 +663,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n"
"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
"The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n"
@@ -682,8 +671,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Val av skannermodell</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Val av skannermodell</big></b><br>\n"
"Alle kjende skannermodeller er oppførde her, anten dei er støtta eller ikkje.\n"
"Les all informasjon grundig før du vel ein modell, og klikk <b>Neste</b>.\n"
"Informasjonen er basert på data frå SANE-prosjektet som du finn på\n"
@@ -699,8 +687,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n"
"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n"
-"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>"
-"\n"
+"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n"
"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n"
"Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n"
"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n"
@@ -710,8 +697,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Ein modell vert støtta viss det er minst éin tilgjengeleg skannerdriver.\n"
"Dei fleste skannerdrivere kjem frå SANE-prosjektet og finst i pakka sane-backends.\n"
-"Status for ulike modellar varierer frå minimal til full støtt.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Status for ulike modellar varierer frå minimal til full støtt.<br>\n"
"Når ein driv skildrast som 'ikkje vedlikeholdt', tyder det ikkje at han ikkje fungerer.\n"
"Ein ikkje vedlikholdt driv kan fungera perfekt,\n"
"men det tyder at det ikkje lenger finst nokon som har kunnskap om funksjonen til drivaren,\n"
@@ -779,19 +765,16 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n"
"The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n"
"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n"
"If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Konfigurasjon av skannar og driv</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Konfigurasjon av skannar og driv</big></b><br>\n"
"Drivaren vert aktivert, og systemet søkjer etter tilhøyrande skannere.\n"
-"Dette kan ta nokre sekund, og du må venta til du kan klikka <b>Neste</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Dette kan ta nokre sekund, og du må venta til du kan klikka <b>Neste</b>.<br>\n"
"Klikk på <b>Tilbake</b> for å deaktivere drivaren.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -800,16 +783,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n"
"If the package that provides the driver is not yet installed,\n"
"an appropriate dialog is shown to install the package.\n"
"Such packages may not be available for all architectures.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Tilleggspakker</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Tilleggspakker</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss pakka som inneheld drivaren ikkje er installert enno,\n"
"kjem ein installasjonsdialog opp.\n"
"Slike pakker er kanskje ikkje tilgjengelege for alle arkitekturar\n"
@@ -820,14 +801,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\n"
"Some models require a firmware upload.\n"
"In this case, an appropriate explanatory text is shown.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p> <b><big>Opplasting av fastvare:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p> <b><big>Opplasting av fastvare:</big></b><br>\n"
"Nokre modellar krev opplasting av fastvare.\n"
"Dersom dette vert kravt, vil ei forklaring visast.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -845,8 +824,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n"
"In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n"
"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n"
@@ -860,8 +838,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>HP alt i eit-einingar:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>HP alt i eit-einingar:</big></b><br>\n"
"HP alt i eit-einingar kan krevja eit spesielt oppsett.\n"
"Ein dialog vil koma opp dersom dette er naudsynt.\n"
"Det finst to programvarepakker som støttar HP alt i eit-einingar:\n"
@@ -881,14 +858,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the appropriate information and press <b>Next</b>\n"
"to set up scanning via network.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p> <b><big>Skanning via nettverket</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p> <b><big>Skanning via nettverket</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje naudsynt informasjon og trykk <b>Neste</b>\n"
"for å konfigurera skanning via nettverket.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -902,8 +877,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n"
"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n"
"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n"
@@ -914,8 +888,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Serverinnstillinger</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Serverinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du har lokalt tilkoblede skannere som du vil gjera tilgjengelege via nettverket,\n"
"må du konfigurera saned-nissen for nettverksskanning slik at vertsmaskinen vert ein servar.\n"
"Angje kva for klientvertsmaskiner som har tilgjenge til saned på serveren under <b>Tillatne klientar</b>.\n"
@@ -936,8 +909,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\n"
"A firewall is used to protect running server processes\n"
"on your host against unwanted access via network.\n"
"For using scanners via network the SANE network daemon (the saned)\n"
@@ -945,16 +917,14 @@
"can access scanners which are connected to your local host.\n"
"Client hosts contact the saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n"
"but scanning data is transferred via an additional random port.\n"
-"Therefore only port 6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Therefore only port 6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network.<br>\n"
"Do not open the sane-port 6566 or any other port\n"
"regarding using scanners for the external zone in the firewall.\n"
"This is dangerous because it allows access to the saned from foreign hosts\n"
"so that the firewall does no longer provide any protection for the saned.\n"
"Allowing access from the external network (i.e. for the external zone)\n"
"does not make sense because scanning documents requires\n"
-"physical scanner access by trusted users.<br>"
-"\n"
+"physical scanner access by trusted users.<br>\n"
"On the other hand the default firewall settings allow\n"
"any access from an internal (i.e. trusted) network.\n"
"To make the saned on your server accessible from an internal network,\n"
@@ -962,17 +932,14 @@
"to the internal zone of the firewall.\n"
"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n"
"regarding network security and firewall and scanning via network\n"
-"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>"
-"\n"
+"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n"
"For details see the openSUSE support database\n"
-"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Om brannmurar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Om brannmurar</big></b><br>\n"
"Ein brannmur vert nytta for å verna køyrande serverprosesser\n"
"på din vertsmaskin mot uønska tilgjenge via nettverket.\n"
"For å bruka skannere via nettverket er det SANE-nettverksnissen (saned)\n"
@@ -980,16 +947,14 @@
"har tilgjenge til skannere som er koblet til din vertsmaskin.\n"
"Klientmaskiner kontaktar saned vigde sane-porten (TCP-port 6566),\n"
"men skannedata vert overførde via fleire vilkårlige portar.\n"
-"Difor er ikkje port 6566 nok for skanning via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Difor er ikkje port 6566 nok for skanning via nettverket.<br>\n"
"sane-port 6566 eller andre portar\n"
"som vert til brukte skanning, må ikkje opnast for den eksterne sona i brannmuren.\n"
"Dette er farleg fordi det gjev tilgjenge til saned frå eksterne vertsmaskiner,\n"
"og brannmuren gjev inkje vern for saned.\n"
"Å gje tilgjenge frå det eksterne nettverket (dvs. frå ekstern sone)\n"
"gir inga meining, fordi skanning av dokument krev\n"
-"fysisk skannertilgang frå pålitelege brukarar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"fysisk skannertilgang frå pålitelege brukarar.<br>\n"
"På den andre sida gjev standardinnstillingene for brannmuren\n"
"fritt tilgjenge frå eit internt (dvs. påliteleg) nettverk.\n"
"For å gje tilgjenge til saned på din servar frå eit internt nettverk,\n"
@@ -997,11 +962,9 @@
"tilordnes til den interne brannmursonen.\n"
"Bruk brannmurmodulen i YaST for å utføra dette grunnoppsettet.\n"
"Då vil skanning via nettverket fungera sikkert og effektivt\n"
-"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>"
-"\n"
+"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>\n"
"Du finn meir informasjon i openSUSE support database\n"
-"i artikkelen 'Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' på<br>"
-"\n"
+"i artikkelen 'Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' på<br>\n"
"http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:CUP sin_and_sANE_firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1013,8 +976,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n"
"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n"
"The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n"
@@ -1024,8 +986,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Klientinnstillinger</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Klientinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du vil ha tilgjenge til skannere som er koblet til andre maskiner (servera) på nettverket,\n"
"må du konfigurera net-metadriveren for å få tilgjenge til dei via nissen som køyrar på serverne.\n"
"saned-nissen og brannmuren på serverne må gje tilgjenge til klienten.\n"
@@ -1046,8 +1007,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By using the loopback network, saned and the net metadriver\n"
"can be used even on your local host.\n"
"In this case, the server and client are the same machine (localhost).\n"
@@ -1057,8 +1017,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Konfigurasjon av lokal vertsmaskin:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Konfigurasjon av lokal vertsmaskin:</big></b><br>\n"
"Ved hjelp av loopback-nettverket kan saned og net-metadriveren\n"
"òg vert nytta på den lokale maskina di.\n"
"I dette tilfellet er serveren og klienten same maskin (localhost).\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -133,235 +133,235 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "Aktivar magiske SysRq-tastar"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "Nytte sikre filrettigheter"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til grafisk innlogging"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr "Lagre systemtiden tilbake til maskinvareklokken"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr "Generer alltid syslog-melding for cron-skript"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "Køyr DHCP-nissen i chroot-varetekt"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr "Køyr DHCP-nissen som dhcp-brukar"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "Ekstern grafisk innlogging for rotbruker"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til X-servar"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til systemet for e-posttransport"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Start tenester på nytt etter oppdatering"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "Deaktiver tenester når programvare vert fjerna"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "Aktiver TCP-syncookies"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "IPv4-overføring"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "IPv6-overføring"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "<P>Berre grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "Aktiver ekstra tenester i kjørenivå 3"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "Konfigurer"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktivert"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Deaktivert"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsinnstilling"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsstatus"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Hjelp"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid " or "
msgstr " eller "
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Følgjande grunnleggjande systemtjenester er ikkje aktiverte i kjørenivå %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Alle grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Følgjande tilleggstjenester er aktiverte i kjørenivå %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Kontroller lista over tenester, og deaktiver alle ubrukte tenester.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Berre grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Skildring"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsoversikt"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Endre &status"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Skildring"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "Oppstartsrettigheter"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "Diverse innstillingar"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "Passordinnstilliinger"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Kontroller"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "Passordvarighet"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
"verd enn største mengd."
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
@@ -381,129 +381,61 @@
"Maksimal passordlengde for den valde krypteringsmetoden er %1."
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "Innloggingsinnstillinger"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
#, fuzzy
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Innlogging"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sikkerhetskonfigurasjon</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br>Vent…<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan trygt avslutta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lagrar sikkerhetskonfigurasjon</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br>Vent…<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>"
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tryggleik ved oppstart</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Bruk denne dialogen for å endra ulike innstillingar for tryggleik ved oppstart.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n"
-"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n"
-"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n"
-"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n"
-"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Slå av maskina frå innloggingsskjermen</b>\n"
-"Angje kven som kan slå av maskina frå KDM.</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Systemdvale</b>:\n"
-"Angje betingelsene for at brukarar skal kunna bruka dvalefunksjonen. Som standard har brukaren på den aktive konsollen slike rettar.\n"
-"Andre val er å la alle brukarar gjera dette, eller alltid krevja autentisering.</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -517,7 +449,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
@@ -527,14 +459,14 @@
"til eit lokalt nettverk eller til Internett.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
@@ -544,27 +476,25 @@
"servar for eikor teneste.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Egendefinerte innstillingar</b>: Lag ditt eige oppsett.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Tryggleik ved innlogging</b></big></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Tryggleik ved innlogging</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>Disse innloggingsinnstillingene\n"
"er hovudsakleg lagra i fila /etc/login.defs.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
@@ -578,14 +508,13 @@
"for lenge viss dei skriv inn feil passord. Tre sekund er eit fornuftig verd (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Registrer vellukka innloggingsforsøk:</b> Logging av vellukka innloggingsforsøk\n"
"er nyttig. Det kan bidra til å oppdaga uautorisert tilgjenge til\n"
@@ -593,7 +522,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
@@ -605,7 +534,7 @@
"til maskina via ein innloggingshandsamar kan vera ein sikkerhetsrisiko.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
@@ -615,7 +544,7 @@
"er hovudsakleg lagra i fila /etc/login.defs.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
@@ -627,7 +556,7 @@
"Viss du kryssar av i boksen, vert nye passord kontrollert mot desse reglene.</p>"
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
@@ -643,7 +572,7 @@
"Dette valet kan berre endrast viss <b>Kontrollar nytt passord</b> er valt.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
@@ -655,13 +584,13 @@
"Angje 0 dersom ingen passord skal lagrast.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Krypteringsmetode for passord:</b></p>"
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
@@ -673,7 +602,7 @@
"avhengig av kompatibilitet med andre system.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
@@ -683,13 +612,13 @@
"distribusjonar, men ikkje av andre system eller eldre programvare.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
@@ -699,7 +628,7 @@
"største mengd dagar som eit passord kan nyttast.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
@@ -711,7 +640,7 @@
"gjer det mindre sannsynleg at nokon kan gjetta eit passord.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
@@ -721,7 +650,7 @@
"<p>I denne dialogen kan du endra ulike innstillingar i samband med oppretting av brukarar.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
@@ -731,7 +660,7 @@
"Definer minste og største mengd moglege brukernavn.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
@@ -741,7 +670,7 @@
"Definer minste og største mengd moglege gruppenavn.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
@@ -751,7 +680,7 @@
"<p>I denne dialogen kan du endra diverse innstillingar i samband med lokal tryggleik.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
@@ -759,35 +688,31 @@
"or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n"
"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n"
"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n"
-"or by intruders.</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"or by intruders.</p><p>\n"
"With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n"
"in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n"
"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n"
"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n"
"daemons, not by ordinary users.\n"
"The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n"
-"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Filrettigheter</b>: Innstillingar for tilgjenge\n"
"til spesielle systemfiler vert definert på grunnlag av informasjonen i /etc/permissions.secure\n"
"eller /etc/permissions.easy. Kva for ei fil som vert brukt, avheng av dette valet.\n"
"Når du køyrer SuSEconfig, vert definert desse rettane i samsvar med /etc/permissions.*.\n"
"Dette reparerer feilkonfigurerte filrettigheter, anten desse er endra ved eit uhell\n"
-"eller av ein inntrenger.</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"eller av ein inntrenger.</p><p>\n"
"Med <b>Enkel</b> vert dei fleste systemfiler som berre kan lesast av rotbrukeren\n"
"i secure-fila, endra slik at andre brukarar òg kan lesa desse filene.\n"
"Med <b>Sikker</b> kan einskilde systemfiler, t.d. /var/log/messages, berre\n"
"vert viste av rotbrukeren. Nokre program kan berre startast som rot eller av\n"
"nissar, ikkje av vanlege brukarar.\n"
"Den sikraste innstillinga er <b>Paranoid</B>. Med denne innstillinga må du\n"
-"definera kva for brukarar som kan køyra X- og setuid-program.</p>"
-"\n"
+"definera kva for brukarar som kan køyra X- og setuid-program.</p>\n"
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
@@ -803,7 +728,7 @@
" (nokon filer) eller <b>root</b> (alle filer).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
@@ -817,23 +742,21 @@
"derimot utelukkande søkestien (variabelen PATH).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br>"
-" A DOS\n"
+"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
"then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n"
"for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Gjeldande katalog i søkesti for vanlege brukarar</b><br>"
-" I systemet til eit-\n"
+"<p><b>Gjeldande katalog i søkesti for vanlege brukarar</b><br> I systemet til eit-\n"
"DO vil systemet først søkja etter kjørbare filer (program) i gjeldande katalog,\n"
"og deretter i gjeldande søkesti. UNIX-liknande system brukar\n"
"derimot utelukkande søkestien (variabelen PATH).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
@@ -851,7 +774,7 @@
"i systemet.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
@@ -862,7 +785,7 @@
"slik at denne vert gjennomsøkt sist.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
@@ -872,45 +795,42 @@
"gjeldande katalog ved å bruka prefikset \"./\". Døme: \"./configure\".</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br>"
-" If you check this option, you\n"
+"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
"debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktivar magiske SysRq-tastar</b><br>"
-" Viss du kryssar av for dette alternativet, vil du\n"
+"<p><b>Aktivar magiske SysRq-tastar</b><br> Viss du kryssar av for dette alternativet, vil du\n"
"alltid ha ei viss grad av kontroll over systemet sjølv etter eit havari (t.d. under\n"
-"oppsett av kjernen). Du finn meir informasjon i /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
-"."
+"oppsett av kjernen). Du finn meir informasjon i /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>."
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Sikkerhetsoversikt</B><BR>Dette er eit oversyn over dei viktigaste sikkerhetsinnstillingene.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Klikk på lenkjene for å endra gjeldande verd for eit val.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Ei hake i kolonnen <B>Sikkerhetsstatus</B> tyder at gjeldande verd for valet er sikker.</P>"
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Gjeldande verd kunne ikkje lesast. Tenesta er sannsynlegvis ikkje installert, eller valet manglar i systemet.</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
@@ -923,7 +843,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Ein innloggingshandsamar presenterer ein grafisk innloggingsskjerm som er tilgjengeleg for heile nettverket, òg av ein X-servar som køyrer på ein anna maskin viss systemet er sett opp på den måten.</P><P>Vindauga som vert viste, vil då overføra data over heile nettverket. Viss dette nettverket ikkje er heilt påliteleg, kan ein åtakar laut på nettverkstrafikken og skaffa seg tilgjenge, ikkje berre til det grafiske innhaldet på skjermen, men òg til brukernavn og passord som vert nytta.</P><P>Viss du ikkje treng <EM>XDMCP</EM> for ekstern grafisk innlogging, bør du deaktivere dette valet.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
@@ -932,27 +852,27 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Ved oppstart vert stilt systemtiden av datamaskina si maskinvareklokke. Difor må maskinvareklokken stillast før systemet vert slege av.</P><P>Konsistent systemtid er avgjerande for at systemet skal oppretta riktige loggmeldinger.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Funksjonsfeil kan vanlegvis påvisast av spesielle hendingar. Syslog-meldingar om hendingar som inntreffer regelmessig, er viktige for å finnar årsakene til problem, og ein manglande oppføring kan fortelja meir enn om heile systemloggen manglar.</P><P>Man kan difor seia at syslog-meldingar om systemhendelser berre er nyttige dersom dei finst.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Chroot-miljø vert brukte for å avgrensa ein prosess berre til naudsynte filer og plassera desse i ein separat underkatalog. Deretter vert køyrde prosessen av ein endra rotbruker (chroot=changedroot) med tilgjenge til den katalogen.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr "<P>DHCP-klientnissen bør køyrast som brukaren <EM>dhcpd</EM> for å minimera trusselen ved ein eventuell veikskap i programkoden.</P><P>Hugs at dhcpd ikkje må køyrast som <EM>rot</EM> eller med høve for <EM>CAP_sYS_cHROOT</EM> dersom chroot-varetekten skal vera effektiv.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr "<P>For å minimera nytta av rotprivilegier bør ikkje administratorar logga på ein X-vindusøkt som <EM>rot</EM>.</P><P>Dette valet hjelper ikkje mot uforsiktige administratorar, men vil hindra åtakarar i å logga inn som <EM>rot</EM> via den grafiske innloggingsskjermen dersom dei gjettar passordet eller får fatt i det på annan måte.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
@@ -965,14 +885,14 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr "<P>X-vindusklienter, t.d. program som opnar eit vindauge på skjermen, kobler seg til X-serveren som køyrer på den fysiske maskina. Program kan òg køyra på eit anna system og visa innhald på X-serveren via nettverksforbindelser.</P><P>Når dette er aktivert, vil X-serveren lytta på port 6000 pluss skjermnummeret. Fordi nettverkstrafikk vert overførde ukryptert og difor er utsette for nettverkssniffing, og fordi ein port som vert halden open av eit program – i dette tilfellet X-serveren – gjev høve til angrep, er det sikrast å deaktivere dette valet.</P><P>For å vise X-vindusklienter via eit nettverk vert rådt til det å bruka eit sikkert skal (<EM>ssh</EM>), slik at X-vindusklienter kan koble til X-serveren via ein kryptert ssh-samband.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Systemet for e-postlevering køyrer alltid. Som standard er det likevel ikkje eksponert utanfor systemet, fordi det ikkje lyttar på SMTP-nettverksport 25.</P><P>Viss du ikkje leverer e-post til systemet vigde SMTP-protokollen, bør du deaktivere dette valet.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
@@ -985,7 +905,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Viss ei pakke som innholder ei aktivert teneste vert oppdatert, vil tenesta startast på nytt etter at filene i pakka er oppdatert.</P><P>Dette er som oftast fornuftig og trygt fordi mange tenester treng tilgjenge til kjøremiljøer eller oppsettfiler. Desse tenestene vil elles ha framhalde å køyra til dei vart stoppa, t.d. ved at aktiverte nissar deaktiveres.</P><P>Denne innstillinga bør berre endrast viss det finst spesielle grunnar til dette.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
@@ -998,46 +918,125 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Viss ei pakke som innholder ei aktivert teneste avinstalleres, vil tenesta stoppast før filene i pakka vert fjerna.</P><P>Dette er som oftast fornuftig og trygt fordi mange tenester treng tilgjenge til kjøremiljøene eller oppsettfilene. Desse tenestene ville elles ha framhalde å køyra til dei vart stoppa, t.d. ved at aktiverte nissar deaktiveres.</P><P>Denne innstillinga bør berre endrast viss det finst spesielle grunnar til dette.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Eit system kan overkøyrast av så mange tilkoblingsforsøk, at det ikkje er meir tilgjengeleg minne, noko som fører til ein DO sin-sårbarhet (Denial of Service).</P><P>Nytte av syncookies er ein metode som kan hjelpa i sånne situasjonar, men i oppsett med ei svært stort mengd legitime tilkoblingsforsøk frå same kjelde, kan ei <EM>Aktivert</EM>-innstilling føra til problem med at TCP-tilkoblinger avvisast ved høy belastning.</P><P>I dei fleste miljø er likevel syncookies første forsvarslinje mot Angrepet til-DO, så den sikre innstillinga er <EM>aktivert</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>IP-overføring tyder vidaresending av nettverkspakker som vert motteken, men som ikkje er berekna for nokon av systemet sitt eigne nettverksgrensesnitt, d.v.s. nettverkskortenes adresser.</P><P>Viss eit system vidaresender nettverkstrafikk via ISO/OSI 3, vert kalla det ein ruter. Viss du ikkje treng rutingfunksjonen, bør du deaktivere dette valet.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Denne innstillinga gjeld berre for <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Denne innstillinga gjeld berre for <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Med magiske SysRq-tastar har du ei viss grad av kontroll over systemet sjølv om det havarerer (t.d. under feilsøking av kjernen) eller viss systemet ikkje svarar.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Det er forhåndsdefinerte filrettigheter i /etc/permissions.*-filene. Dei mest restriktive filrettighetene er definerte som 'secure' eller 'paranoid'.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Grunnleggjande systemtjenester må aktiverast for at systemet skal vera konsistent og kunne køyra sikkerhetsrelaterte tenester.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Alle aktiverte tenester er ein potensiell sikkerhetsrisiko. Det vert difor rådt til å deaktivere alle tenester som ikkje vert brukte av systemet.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Tryggleik ved oppstart</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Bruk denne dialogen for å endra ulike innstillingar for tryggleik ved oppstart.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n"
+"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n"
+"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n"
+"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n"
+"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n"
+"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n"
+"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n"
+"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n"
+"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n"
+"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n"
+"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n"
+"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n"
+"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Slå av maskina frå innloggingsskjermen</b>\n"
+"Angje kven som kan slå av maskina frå KDM.</p>\n"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Systemdvale</b>:\n"
+"Angje betingelsene for at brukarar skal kunna bruka dvalefunksjonen. Som standard har brukaren på den aktive konsollen slike rettar.\n"
+"Andre val er å la alle brukarar gjera dette, eller alltid krevja autentisering.</p>\n"
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -1106,194 +1105,267 @@
"Minste mengd gruppenavn kan ikkje vera større enn det\n"
"største."
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr "&Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "Ignorer"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "Start på nytt"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "Slå av"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "Berre rotbruker"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "Alle brukarar"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "Ingen"
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr "&Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr "Tillat ekstern &grafisk innlogging"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr "&Magiske SysRq-tastar"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Deaktiver"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "Aktiver alle funksjonar"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "&Forseinking etter mislukka innloggingsforsøk"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "Teen til&stør"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "M&inste"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr "&Slå av maskina frå KDM-innloggingsskjermen:"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "Berre rotbruker"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "Alle brukarar"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Systemdvale"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "Nytter på aktiv konsoll"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr "Alle kan bruka dvalefunksjonen"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Autentisering vert alltid kravde"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for p&assord"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "&Kontroller nye passord"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
#, fuzzy
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "Mengder passord som skal lagre&es"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "&Minste godkjende passordlengde"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "&Mengd dagar for varsel om utløp av passord"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "&Filrettigheter"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "Enkel"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "Sikker"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "Paranoid"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&Brukarar som kan køyra updatedb"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "St&ørste"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minste"
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr "&Slå av maskina frå KDM-innloggingsskjermen:"
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
@@ -1312,73 +1384,73 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer …"
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetskonfigurasjon"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "Lagre sikkerhetsinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "Lagre inittab-innstillingar"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "Lagre PAM-innstillingar"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Lagre sikkerhetsinnstillinger"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetsinnstillinger …"
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar inittab-innstillingar …"
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar PAM-innstillingar …"
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetsinnstillinger …"
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "Gjeldande sikkerhetsnivå: Brukerdefinerte innstillingar"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "Gjeldande sikkerhetsnivå: %1"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -217,21 +217,17 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
"The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n"
-" list of services.</p>"
-"\n"
+" list of services.</p>\n"
"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n"
-"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -185,142 +185,102 @@
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon for SLP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon for SLP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for SLP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for SLP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n"
-"edit their configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over SLP-serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over SLP-serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte SLP-servera. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera konfigurasjonane.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera konfigurasjonane.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein SLP-servar:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Trykkar <b>Legg til</b> for å konfigurera ein SLP-servar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein SLP-servar:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Trykkar <b>Legg til</b> for å konfigurera ein SLP-servar.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein SLP-servar du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-"Trykk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Trykk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, første del</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, første del</big></b><br>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br></p>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Velja noko:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Velja noko:</big></b><br>\n"
"Du må hacke litt før du kan velja noko :-)\n"
"</p>"
@@ -328,19 +288,13 @@
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, andre del</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, andre del</big></b><br>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75
#, fuzzy
@@ -354,15 +308,13 @@
"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n"
"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n"
"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n"
-"answers.</p>"
-"\n"
+"answers.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her kan du definera modusen for SLP-nissen. Den enklaste modusen er <b>Kringkasting</b>.\n"
"Det inneber at SLP-nissen svarar på alle kringkasta førespurnader. Neste modus er <b>Multikast</b>. I denne modusen svarar nissen på forspørsler\n"
"send via multikast i riktige OMRÅDE. I modusen <b>DÅ-servar</b> informerer nissen DÅ-servera med spesifiserte IP-adresser\n"
"om statisk og dynamisk registrerte tenester. Det siste valet er <b>Vert DÅ-servar</b>. Dette er ein mellomlagringsserver for teneste-\n"
-"svar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"svar.</p>\n"
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85
#, fuzzy
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-13 19:48+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -19,300 +19,279 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr "Oppsett av augneblinksbilete"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Skildring"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Brukardata"
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Oppryddingsalgoritme"
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr "Endra augneblinksbilete %{num}"
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
-msgstr "Endra augneblinksbilete %{pre} og %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+msgstr "Endra augneblinksbilete %{num}"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "Før (%{pre})"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Post (%{post})"
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr "Etter (%{post})"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Lag nytt augneblinksbilete"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr "Enkelt augneblinksbilete"
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Før"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr "Etter, para med:"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr ""
"Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n"
"%1"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "Augneblinksbilete"
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Enkelt"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "Før og etter"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete …"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Gjeldande oppsett"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Startdato"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Sluttdato"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Brukardata"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Vis endringar"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Endra"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Oversikt over valt augneblinksbilete"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Finn endra filer …"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Reknar ut filendringar …"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Ny fil vart oppretta."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "Fila vert sletta."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr "Filinnhaldet vart ikkje endra."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Fila finst ikkje i nokon av augneblinksbileta."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Filinnhaldet vart endra."
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filmodusen vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»."
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Fileigarskapet vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»."
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filgruppeeigarskapet vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»."
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "&Gjenopprett frå første"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Gjenopprett"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "G&jenopprett frå andre"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom gjeldande system og augneblinksbilete:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom første og andre augneblinksbilete"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom første augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom andre augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
-msgstr "Tidspunkt for augneblinksbilete:"
-
-#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "Tidspunkt for første augneblinksbilete:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "Tidspunkt for andre augneblinksbilete:"
+#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+msgstr "Tidspunkt for augneblinksbilete:"
+
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Opna"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Gjenopprett valt bilete"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -328,7 +307,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -343,335 +322,307 @@
"frå augneblinksbiletet «%2» til gjeldande system?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "Inga fil valt for gjenoppretting."
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Gjenopprettar filer"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>"
-"Are you sure?"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Desse filene vil verta gjenopprettet frå øyeblikksbildet '%1':</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Desse filene vil verta gjenopprettet frå øyeblikksbildet '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Filer som finst i det originale øyeblikksbildet, vil kopierast til gjeldande system.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Filer som ikkje finne sin i øyeblikksbildet, vil slettast.</p>"
-"Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>Filer som finst i det originale øyeblikksbildet, vil kopierast til gjeldande system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Filer som ikkje finne sin i øyeblikksbildet, vil slettast.</p>Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?"
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Please wait...<br>"
-#| "</p>"
-#| "\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent litt …<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent litt …<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b>"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.</p>"
-#| "\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
+#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b>"
-"<p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
-"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>"
-"\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppsett av augneblinksbilete</big></b>"
-"<p>\n"
-"<p>Tabellen viser ei liste over augneblinksbilete av rotfilsystemet. Det finst tre typar augneblinksbilete, <b>enkle</b>, <b>før</b> og <b>etter</b>. Enkle bilete vert brukte til lagring av filsystemstatusen på eit bestemt tidspunkt, mens før og etter vert brukte til å definera handlingar som er utførde mellom desse to augneblinksbileta. Før- og etter-bileta er oppførde parvis i tabellen.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Vel eit augneblinksbilete eller eit augneblinksbiletepar og trykk <b>Vis endringar</b> for å vise endringane i filsystemet i det valde biletet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppsett av augneblinksbilete</big></b><p>\n"
+"<p>Tabellen viser ei liste over augneblinksbilete av rotfilsystemet. Det finst tre typar augneblinksbilete, <b>enkle</b>, <b>før</b> og <b>etter</b>. Enkle bilete vert brukte til lagring av filsystemstatusen på eit bestemt tidspunkt, mens før og etter vert brukte til å definera handlingar som er utførde mellom desse to augneblinksbileta. Før- og etter-bileta er oppførde parvis i tabellen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vel eit augneblinksbilete eller eit augneblinksbiletepar og trykk <b>Vis endringar</b> for å vise endringane i filsystemet i det valde biletet.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>"
+#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you can see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
-#| "</p>"
-#| "\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
#| "</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>"
+"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b>"
+"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
"Filstrukturen viser alle filene som er endra mellom opprettinga av første («før») og andre («etter») augneblinksbilete. Til høgre ser du skildringa som vart generert då første augneblinksbilete vart oppretta og tidspunktet då dei to augneblinksbileta vart oppretta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Når ei fil er vald i filstrukturen, ser du endringane som er gjorde i ho. Standardinnstillinga er at endringar mellom det valde augneblinksbiletparet vert vist, men du kan òg samanlikna fila med andre versjonar.\n"
"</p>"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>"
+#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
#| "The tree shows all the files that are different between selected snapshot and current system. On the right side, you can see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
-#| "</p>"
-#| "\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
#| "</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>"
+"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b>"
+"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
"Filstrukturen viser alle filene som er ulike i det valde augneblinksbiletet og gjeldande system. Til høgre er det ei skildring av augneblinksbiletet og tidspunktet det vart oppretta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Når ei fil er vald i filstrukturen, vert skilnaden mellom augneblinksbiletversjonen og versjonen i det gjeldande systemet vist.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»."
+
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Create new snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr "Ukjend grunn."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr "Fann ikkje oppsettet."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr "Oppsettet er ikkje gyldig."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
"Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n"
"%1"
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n"
-"%1"
+#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»."
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
"Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n"
"%1"
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
"Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n"
"%1"
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
"Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n"
"%1"
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Startar Snapper"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
-msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgstr "Leser databasen …"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
-msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete …"
-
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
-msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete …"
-
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "Gjenopprettar filer …"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "Slettet %1\n"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "Hoppa over «%1»\n"
-#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»."
+#~ msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#~ msgstr "Endra augneblinksbilete %{pre} og %{post}"
-#~ msgid "Reason not known."
-#~ msgstr "Ukjend grunn."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
-#~ msgstr "Fann ikkje oppsettet."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-#~ msgstr "Oppsettet er ikkje gyldig."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+#~| "%1"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n"
#~ "%1"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+#~| "%1"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n"
#~ "%1"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»."
+#~| msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
+#~ msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-#~ msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»."
+#~| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete …"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»."
+#~| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#~ msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete …"
-#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
-#~ msgstr "Leser databasen …"
-
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available"
#~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available."
#~ msgstr "Fila «/etc/sysconfig/snappar» er ikkje tilgjengeleg"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: "
-#~ "<p>%2</p>"
-#~ "Are you sure?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Desse filene vert kopierte frå augneblinksbiletet «%1» til det gjeldande systemet: "
-#~ "<p>%2</p>"
-#~ "Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?"
+#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</p>Are you sure?"
+#~ msgstr "Desse filene vert kopierte frå augneblinksbiletet «%1» til det gjeldande systemet: <p>%2</p>Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -863,14 +863,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To configure this sound card and adjust its \n"
"volume, check <b>Normal setup</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å konfigurera dette lydkortet og justera \n"
"lydstyrken, kryss av for <b>Normalt oppsett</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - setup type selection 2/3
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37
@@ -879,14 +877,12 @@
"<p>To set a special option, \n"
"check <b>Advanced setup</b>.\n"
"Most users will not need this.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å velja eit spesielt alternativ, \n"
"kryss av for <b>Avansert oppsett</b>.\n"
"Dei fleste brukarar har ikkje behov for dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - setup type selection 3/3
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44
@@ -896,15 +892,13 @@
"If you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \n"
"check <b>Quick automatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and \n"
"change options later.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du ikkje vil justera lydstyrke eller velja alternativ no, \n"
"kryss av for <b>Raskt automatisk oppsett</b>. Du kan stilla inn lydstyrken og \n"
"endra alternativ seinare.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - quick configuration 2/3
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60
@@ -914,15 +908,13 @@
"If you do not want to adjust the volume now, check <b>Quick \n"
"automatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and change options \n"
"later.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du ikkje vil justera lydstyrke no, kryss av for <b>Raskt \n"
"automatisk oppsett</b>. Du kan stilla inn lydstyrken og endra alternativ \n"
"seinare.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - quick configuration 3/3
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68
@@ -946,15 +938,13 @@
"<b>Manually</b> choose the sound card to \n"
"configure. Search for a particular sound card by \n"
"entering the name in the search box.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
"<b></b>Vel lydkortetet som skal konfigurerast \n"
"manuelt. Søk etter eit spesielt lydkort ved å \n"
"skriva namnet i søkefeltet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - sound card selection 2/2
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84
@@ -963,14 +953,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \n"
"supported sound card models.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Alle</b> for å vise heile lista over\n"
"lydkortmodeller som vert støtta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92
@@ -978,13 +966,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the type of card to configure.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel kva for ein korttype som skal konfigurerast.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98
@@ -994,15 +980,13 @@
"If the list contains <b>autodetected</b> cards not yet \n"
"configured, select one and continue. Otherwise,\n"
"use <b>manual selection</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss lista inneheld <b>automatisk detekterte</b> kort \n"
"som ikkje er konfigurert enno, vel eit kort og hald fram. Viss ikkje,\n"
"bruk <b>manuelt val</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated
#. (popup label message)
@@ -1027,15 +1011,13 @@
"Here, modify options for the sound modules. \n"
"If you are not <b>absolutely sure</b> what you are doing, \n"
"leave this dialog untouched. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Her kan du endra alternativ for lydmodulene. \n"
"Viss du ikkje er <b>heilt sikker</b> på kva du gjer, \n"
"bør du ikkje gjera endringar i denne dialogen. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - options dialog 2/2
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130
@@ -1048,8 +1030,7 @@
"<B>Possible value</B>. Reset all values \n"
"by pressing <b>Reset</b>. Numeric values can be entered as \n"
"decimal or hexadecimal (hexadecimal with a <b>0x</b> prefix).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel alternativet som skal brukast, og klikk <b>Bruk</b> \n"
@@ -1058,8 +1039,7 @@
"<B>Mogleg verd</B>. Tilbakestill alle verd \n"
"ved å klikka <b>Tilbakestill</b>. Numeriske verd kan leggjast inn som \n"
"desimalar eller heksadesimaler (heksadesimaler med eit<b>0x</b>-prefiks).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - mixer setting 1/4
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142
@@ -1067,13 +1047,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Adjust the volume.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Juster lydstyrken.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - mixer setting 2/4
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144
@@ -1082,14 +1060,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"Test your sound card by pressing <b>Test</b>.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Test lydkortet ved å klikka <b>Test</b>.\n"
"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - mixer setting 3/4
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151
@@ -1098,14 +1074,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"After configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \n"
"or any program of your choice to adjust the volume.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Når konfigurasjon er fullførd, kan du bruka <b>amixer</b> \n"
"eller kva for eit som helst anna program for å justera lydstyrken.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text - mixer setting 4/4
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158
@@ -1114,14 +1088,12 @@
"<p><b>WARNING:</b> Start testing your\n"
"sound card with <b>very</b> low volume settings to prevent \n"
"damage.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ADVARSEL:</b> Start testen av\n"
"lydkortet med <b>svært</b> lavd lydstyrkeinnstillinger for å unngå \n"
"skadar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. warning/question message
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166
@@ -1345,15 +1317,13 @@
"Use <b>Other</b> to set the volume of the selected card or configure\n"
"the module loaded for playing MIDI files (<b>Start Sequencer</b>).\n"
"Use <b>Play Test Sound</b> to test the selected card.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Nytte <b>Anna</b> for å stille inn volumet for det valde kortet eller velja\n"
"ein modul som skal lastast for å spille av MIDI-filar (<b>Start sekvensar</b>).\n"
"Bruk <b>Spill test-lydar</b> for å testa valt kort.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270
#, fuzzy
@@ -1397,16 +1367,14 @@
"<b>options</b> to the ALSA module. If your sound card still\n"
"will not work, try <i>OSS/Free</i> or \n"
"another module.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss problemet held fram, forsøk å velja ulike \n"
"<b>alternativ</b> for ALSA-modulen. Viss lydkortet framleis\n"
"ikkje verkar, forsøk <i>OSS/Free</i> \n"
"eller ein annan modul.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300
#, fuzzy
@@ -1414,14 +1382,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"This is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button \n"
"to save sound card information.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Dette er heile lydkortlisten. Klikk på <b>Fullfør</b>-knappen \n"
"for å lager lydkortinformasjonen.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306
#, fuzzy
@@ -1429,14 +1395,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \n"
"Use <b>Add sound card</b> to add a sound card.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Bruk <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit konfigurert lydkort. \n"
"Bruk <b>Legg til lydkort</b> for å leggja til eit lydkort.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317
#, fuzzy
@@ -1666,13 +1630,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P>In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n"
-#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P>I denne dialogen kan du spesifisera styrespaktypen. Viss styrespaken\n"
-#~ "din ikkje finst i lista, vel <B>Generisk analog styrespak</B>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "din ikkje finst i lista, vel <B>Generisk analog styrespak</B>.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>Du vil ikkje finna USB-styrespakar her. Viss du har ein USB-eining, kan du berre plugga inn styrespaken og byrja å bruka henne.</P>\n"
#, fuzzy
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -581,105 +581,74 @@
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer squid-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer squid-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar squid-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar squid-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure Squid here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure Squid here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Squid-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Sett opp squid her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Squid-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Sett opp squid her.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n"
-"edit their configurations if necessary.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations if necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over squid-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over squid-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
"Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte squid-system. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera oppsetta her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera oppsetta her.<br></p>\n"
#. Http Ports Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Define all ports where Squid will\n"
-"listen for clients' http requests.</p>"
-"\n"
+"listen for clients' http requests.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her kan du definera alle portar der Squid skal\n"
"lytta etter http-førespurnader frå klientar.</p>"
@@ -688,8 +657,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Host</b> can contain a hostname or IP address\n"
-"or remain empty.</p>"
-"\n"
+"or remain empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Feltet <b>Vertsmaskin</b> kan innehalda vertsnavn eller IP-adress,\n"
"eller vera tomt.</p>"
@@ -697,9 +665,7 @@
#. Cache Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Oppdateringsmønstre</b> angjev\n"
"korleis Squid skal handtera objekt i mellomlageret.</p>"
@@ -708,8 +674,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n"
-"The first matching entry is used.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The first matching entry is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Oppdateringsmønstre vert brukt i den rekkjefølgda dei er angjevne her.\n"
"Første samsvarande oppføring vert brukte.</p>"
@@ -728,8 +693,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percent</b> is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n"
"modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n"
-"considered fresh.</p>"
-"\n"
+"considered fresh.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prosent</b> er prosentandelen av alderen (tid sidan siste\n"
"endring) til eit objekt som gjer at objektet vurderast som nytt viss det\n"
@@ -739,8 +703,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Max</b> is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n"
-"expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>"
-"\n"
+"expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Maks.</b> er den øvre grensa for kor lenge eit objekt utan definert\n"
"utløpstid vil vurderast som nytt.</p>"
@@ -755,8 +718,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n"
-"on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Maks. objektstørrelse</b> angjev maksimum storleik på objekt som vil lagrast\n"
"på disken. Objekt som er større, vil ikkje lagrast på disken.</p>"
@@ -765,8 +727,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Min Object Size</b> specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n"
-"objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Min. objektstørresle</b> angjev den minste objektstørrelsen som\n"
"vil lagrast på disken. Mindre objekt vil ikkje lagrast.</p>"
@@ -797,48 +758,23 @@
"memory when space for new objects is not available.\n"
"Policies could be:\n"
"<table>\n"
-" "
-"<tr>\n"
-" "
-"<td>lru</td>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<td>least recently used</td>"
-"\n"
-" </tr>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<tr>\n"
-" "
-"<td>heap GDSF</td>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<td>Greedy-Dual Size Frequency</td>"
-"\n"
-" </tr>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<tr>\n"
-" "
-"<td>heap LFUDA</td>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<td>Least Frequently Used with Dynamic Aging</td>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<tr>\n"
-" "
-"<tr>\n"
-" "
-"<td>heap LRU</td>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<td>lru policy implemented using a heap</td>"
-"\n"
-" </tr>"
-"\n"
-"</table>"
-"\n"
+" <tr>\n"
+" <td>lru</td>\n"
+" <td>least recently used</td>\n"
+" </tr>\n"
+" <tr>\n"
+" <td>heap GDSF</td>\n"
+" <td>Greedy-Dual Size Frequency</td>\n"
+" </tr>\n"
+" <tr>\n"
+" <td>heap LFUDA</td>\n"
+" <td>Least Frequently Used with Dynamic Aging</td>\n"
+" <tr>\n"
+" <tr>\n"
+" <td>heap LRU</td>\n"
+" <td>lru policy implemented using a heap</td>\n"
+" </tr>\n"
+"</table>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Regel for mellomlagerutskifting</b> definerer kva for objekt som skal skiftast ut\n"
@@ -847,48 +783,23 @@
"minnet når det ikkje lenger er plass til nye objekt.\n"
"Reglene kan vera:\n"
"<table>\n"
-" "
-"<tr>\n"
-" "
-"<td>lru</td>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<td>siste nyleg brukte</td>"
-"\n"
-" </tr>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<tr>\n"
-" "
-"<td>heap GDSF</td>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<td>aggressiv dobbelt storleik-frekvens</td>"
-"\n"
-" </tr>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<tr>\n"
-" "
-"<td>heap LFUDA</td>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<td>siste hyppig brukte med dynamisk foreldelse</td>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<tr>\n"
-" "
-"<tr>\n"
-" "
-"<td>heap LRU</td>"
-"\n"
-" "
-"<td>lru-regel med samling</td>"
-"\n"
-" </tr>"
-"\n"
-"</table>"
-"\n"
+" <tr>\n"
+" <td>lru</td>\n"
+" <td>siste nyleg brukte</td>\n"
+" </tr>\n"
+" <tr>\n"
+" <td>heap GDSF</td>\n"
+" <td>aggressiv dobbelt storleik-frekvens</td>\n"
+" </tr>\n"
+" <tr>\n"
+" <td>heap LFUDA</td>\n"
+" <td>siste hyppig brukte med dynamisk foreldelse</td>\n"
+" <tr>\n"
+" <tr>\n"
+" <td>heap LRU</td>\n"
+" <td>lru-regel med samling</td>\n"
+" </tr>\n"
+"</table>\n"
"</p>"
#. Cache Directory
@@ -906,8 +817,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n"
-"which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nivå 1-katalogar</b> angjev mengd underkataloger som\n"
"vil opprettast under katalogen<b>Katalognavn</b>.</p>"
@@ -916,8 +826,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n"
-"which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nivå 2-katalogar</b> angjev mengd underkataloger som skal opprettast på 2. nivå\n"
"under kvar 1 nivå-katalog.</p>"
@@ -932,8 +841,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n"
-"on the particular type.</p>"
-"\n"
+"on the particular type.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det er ulike typar <b>ACL-grupper</b>, og skildringa av ein ACL-gruppe avheng\n"
"av typen.</p>"
@@ -943,8 +851,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n"
"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n"
-"or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>"
-"\n"
+"or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>I tabellen <b>Tilgangskontroll</b> kan tilgjenge avvisast eller vert tillaten for ACL-grupper.\n"
"Viss det er fleire ACL-grupper på same linje, tyder det at tilgjenge vil tillatast\n"
@@ -954,8 +861,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n"
-"The first matching entry is used.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The first matching entry is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Oppføringene i <b>Tilgangskontroll</b>-tabellen vert kontrollert i den rekkjefølgda som er angjeven her.\n"
"Første samsvarande oppføring vert brukt.</p>"
@@ -970,8 +876,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n"
-"cache's behavior is logged.</p>"
-"\n"
+"cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mellomlagerlogg</b> angjev fila der generell informasjon om\n"
"mellomlageraktiviteten vert logga.</p>"
@@ -981,8 +886,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n"
"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n"
-"gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>"
-"\n"
+"gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Detaljert mellomlagerlogg</b> angjev plasseringa av transaksjonsloggen for alle\n"
"objekt som vert lagra i objektlageret, og dessutan tidspunktet når objektet\n"
@@ -992,8 +896,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Emulate httpd Log</b> specify that Squid writes its\n"
-"<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>med <b>Emuler Httpd-logg</b> kan du velja at Squid lagrar sin\n"
"<b>Tilgangslogg</b> i vanleg HTTPD-loggfilformat.</p>"
@@ -1021,8 +924,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Administrator's email</b> is the address which will be added to any\n"
-"error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>"
-"\n"
+"error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ea til administrator-postadresse</b> er adressa som vil visast på eventuelle\n"
"feilmeldingssider som vert vist for klientane. Standardinnstillingen er webadministratorens adresse.</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -302,57 +302,41 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sshd-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sshd-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving sshd Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Saving sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar sshd-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar sshd-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
#. Server Configuration dialog help
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:26
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure SSHD here.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure SSHD here.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Konfigurer SSHD her.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Konfigurer SSHD her.<br></p>"
#. Login Settings dialog help
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure SSHD login settings here.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure SSHD login settings here.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Konfigurer SSHD her.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Konfigurer SSHD her.<br></p>"
#. Command line help text for the Xsshd module
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/sshd.ycp:32
@@ -418,13 +402,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Here you can configure the SSHD login and authentication settings.\n"
#~ "Some apply to a particular protocol version only.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Innloggingsinnstillinger</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Innloggingsinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Sett opp innloggings- og autentiseringsinnstillinger for SSHD her.\n"
#~ "Nokre innstillingar gjeld berre for ein spesifikk protokoll.</p>"
@@ -439,62 +421,49 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Permit Root Login</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Permit Root Login</b><br>\n"
#~ "Specifies whether root can log in using ssh.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Tillat rotinnlogiing</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Tillat rotinnlogiing</b><br>\n"
#~ "Angjev om root kan logga inn via ssh.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Maximum Authentication Tries</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Maximum Authentication Tries</b><br>\n"
#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n"
#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Maksimalt mengd innloggingsforsøk</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Maksimalt mengd innloggingsforsøk</b><br>\n"
#~ "Angjev den maksimale mengda autentiseringsforsøk for kvar tilkobling.\n"
#~ "Når mengder mislukka forsøk når dette verdet, vert ytterlegare mislukka forsøk logga.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>RSA Authentication</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>RSA Authentication</b><br>\n"
#~ "Specifies whether pure RSA authentication is allowed.\n"
#~ "This option applies to protocol version 1 only.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>RSA-autentisering</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>RSA-autentisering</b><br>\n"
#~ "Angjev om ren RSA-autentisering er tillaten.\n"
#~ "Dette valet gjeld berre for protokollversjon 1.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Public Key Authentication</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Public Key Authentication</b><br>\n"
#~ "Specifies whether public key authentication is allowed.\n"
#~ "This option applies to protocol version 2 only.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Autentisering med offentleg nøkkel</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Autentisering med offentleg nøkkel</b><br>\n"
#~ "Angjev om autentisering med offentleg nøkkel er tillate.\n"
#~ "Dette valet gjeld berre for protokollversjon 2.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Protokoll og kryptoinnstillinger</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Konfigurer protokollversjon og kryptoinnstillinger for SSHD her.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Protokoll og kryptoinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Konfigurer protokollversjon og kryptoinnstillinger for SSHD her.<br></p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "SSH server is running"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -102,7 +102,8 @@
msgstr "&Opprett partisjonsoppsett …"
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
@@ -142,15 +143,13 @@
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
"setup (like changing filesystem types), choose\n"
"<b>%1</b> and modify the settings in the expert\n"
-"partitioner dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"partitioner dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du berre vil gjera små justeringer av det foreslegne\n"
"oppsettet (t.d. endra filsystemtyper) vel\n"
"<b>%1</b> og utfør desse endirngene i dialogen for\n"
-"avansert partisjonering.</p>"
-"\n"
+"avansert partisjonering.</p>\n"
#. help text continued
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
@@ -162,8 +161,7 @@
"currently present on the disks. Select\n"
"<b>%1</b>.\n"
"This is also the option to choose for\n"
-"advanced configurations like RAID and encryption.</p>"
-"\n"
+"advanced configurations like RAID and encryption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss forslaget ikkje passar for deg, kan du oppretta\n"
@@ -171,8 +169,7 @@
"på diskane som utgangspunkt. Vel i så fall \n"
"<b>%1</b>.\n"
"Bruk òg dette valet for avanserte alternativ\n"
-"som RAID og kryptering.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som RAID og kryptering.</p>\n"
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
@@ -193,8 +190,13 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Det er ikkje nok ledig plass til å foreslå ein separat partisjon for /home."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "Det er ikkje tilordnet noko rotfilsystem!"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -295,8 +297,7 @@
"The actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\n"
"settings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\n"
"partition will remain untouched.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -314,15 +315,13 @@
"<p>\n"
"To skip resizing your Windows partition, press\n"
"<b>Back</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Viss du ikkje vil endra storleiken på Windows-\n"
"partisjonen, klikk<b>Tilbake</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
@@ -350,16 +349,14 @@
"The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n"
"The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\n"
"the partition resize).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Det øvre stolpediagrammet viser gjeldande situasjon.\n"
"Det nedre stolpediagrammet viser situasjonen etter installasjonen (etter\n"
"at storleiken på partisjonene er endra).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text (graphical mode), continued
#. help text (graphical mode), continued
@@ -370,8 +367,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Drag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\n"
"input field to adjust the suggested values.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -427,15 +423,13 @@
"<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n"
"The partitions will automatically be created within this range\n"
"as required for &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Angje eit verd for storleiken på <b>Linux</b>- installasjonen.\n"
"Naudsynte partisjoner for &product; vil opprettast\n"
"på dette området.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
@@ -445,8 +439,7 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"<b>Windows Used</b> is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -741,14 +734,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
"are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Alle harddiskar som vart funne automatisk, er viste\n"
"her. Vel den harddisken du vil installera &product; på.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help part 2 of 3
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193
@@ -756,13 +747,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan venta med å velja kva for ein del av disken du vil installera &product; på.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help part 3 of 3
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202
@@ -773,15 +762,13 @@
"The <b>Custom Partitioning</b> option for experts allows full\n"
"control over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\n"
"partitions to mount points when installing &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Med alternativet <b>Egendefinert partisjonering</b> har avanserte brukarar\n"
"full kontroll over partisjoneringen av diskane og tilordningen av monteringspunkter under installasjonen av &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
#. Information what to do, background information
@@ -965,13 +952,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel kor på harddisken du vil installera &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216
@@ -980,8 +965,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n"
"partitions or free regions shown.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan anten bruka <b>heile harddisken</b> eller éin eller fleire av\n"
@@ -1011,13 +995,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n"
"lost. </i></b> There will be no way to recover this data.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><i>Dei merkte områda vil slettast, og alle data som er lagra her, vil slettast. </i></b> Desse dataa vil ikkje kunna gjenopprettes.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
@@ -1053,21 +1035,19 @@
"lost</b> in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we <b>strongly\n"
"recommend a data backup</b>, because the data must be reorganized.\n"
"This may fail under rare circumstances.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du slettar Windows, vil alle data på partisjonen <b>gå tapt\n"
"og kan ikkje gjenopprettes</b>. Før du krympar Windows rår til vi på\n"
"det <b>sterkaste\n"
"at du sikkerhetskopierer viktige data</b>, fordi dataa må omorganiserast. I sjeldne tilfelle kan feil oppstå.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Foreslå separat partisjon for &hjemmekatalog"
@@ -1089,7 +1069,7 @@
msgstr "Forslagstype"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
@@ -1105,7 +1085,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
@@ -1122,7 +1102,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
@@ -1138,7 +1118,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
@@ -1155,7 +1135,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1165,7 +1145,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1187,7 +1167,7 @@
"Vil du bruka dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1203,7 +1183,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka denne storleiken på oppstartspartisjonen?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1215,7 +1195,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1234,7 +1214,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet utan ein /boot-partisjon?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1254,11 +1234,11 @@
"\n"
"Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1413,7 +1393,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg halda på partisjonen uformatert?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
@@ -1423,7 +1403,7 @@
"Fjern henne frå RAID før du gjer endringar.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
@@ -1433,7 +1413,7 @@
"Fjern henne frå volumgruppen før du gjer endringar.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
@@ -1443,7 +1423,7 @@
"Fjern henne frå volumet før du gjer endringar.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
@@ -1453,7 +1433,7 @@
"Fjern henne frå RAID før du slettar henne.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
@@ -1462,13 +1442,13 @@
"Eininga (%2) nyttast av %1.\n"
"Fjern %1 før du slettar henne.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Kan ikkje slettes medan han er montert."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
@@ -1479,7 +1459,7 @@
" partisjon med høgare nummer er i bruk.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1493,7 +1473,7 @@
"Klikk Avbryt viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1509,7 +1489,7 @@
"før du slettar den utvida partisjonen.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1525,7 +1505,7 @@
"den utvida partisjonen.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1546,14 +1526,14 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Ikkje gløym kva du skriv inn her!"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Passord er ikkje naudsynt."
@@ -1586,7 +1566,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Skriv inn eit passord for filsystemet:"
@@ -1598,7 +1578,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "&Gjenta passordet:"
@@ -1624,7 +1604,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
@@ -1636,7 +1616,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
@@ -2004,9 +1984,7 @@
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Her kan du oppretta og fjerne undervolumer \n"
@@ -2045,7 +2023,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -2062,7 +2040,7 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Du må angje eit namn på undervolumet."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
@@ -2071,12 +2049,12 @@
"Berre undervolumnavn som byrjar med «@/» er tillat!\n"
"Legg automatisk til «@/» føre undervolumnavnet."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Undervolumnavnet %1 finst allereie."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "Alle tidlegare endringar i dialogen vil gå tapt!"
@@ -2087,13 +2065,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Create an encrypted file system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Opprett eit kryptert filsystem.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for cryptofs
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63
@@ -2101,13 +2077,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Access an encrypted file system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Tilgjenge til eit kryptert filsystem.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for cryptofs
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73
@@ -2117,19 +2091,17 @@
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
"mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n"
"Linux file system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Hugs at filsystemet berre er verna når det ikkje\n"
"er montert. Når det er montert, er det like sikkert som alle andre\n"
"Linux-filsystemer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2137,21 +2109,19 @@
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Dette monteringspunktet tilsvarer eit mellombels filsystem som /tmp eller var/tmp.\n"
"Du treng ikkje å angje noko krypteringspassord. I så fall vil systemet oppretta\n"
"eit tilfeldig passord ved systemoppstart. Dette tyder at alle data på desse\n"
"filsystemene går tapt når du slår av maskina.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2159,36 +2129,32 @@
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du gløymer passordet ditt, vil du mista tilgjenge til alle data i filsystemet.\n"
"Ver nøye med val av passord. Ein kombinasjon av bokstavar og tall\n"
"vert rådd til. For å sikre at passordet vert skrive inn riktig, \n"
"må det skrivast inn to gonger.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du må skilja mellom store og små bokstavar. Eit passord bør ha\n"
"minst %1 teikn, og bør normalt ikkje innehalda spesialtegn\n"
"(t.d. bokstavar med aksent).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129
@@ -2198,20 +2164,18 @@
"Possible characters are\n"
"<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\n"
"letters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Moglege teikn er\n"
"<tt>%1</tt>, mellomrom, små og store\n"
"bokstavar (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) og tall <tt>0</tt> til <tt>9</tt>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2228,8 +2192,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You will need to enter your encryption password.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du vil bedast om å skriva inn krypteringspassordet.\n"
@@ -2243,14 +2206,12 @@
"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss det krypterte filsystemet ikkje inneheld nokon systemfil og difor ikkje vert kravde for oppdateringa, kan du velja <b>Hopp over</b>. I dette tilfellet\n"
" finn det ikkje stad noko tilgjenge til filsystemet under oppdatering.\n"
-" </p>"
-"\n"
+" </p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173
#, fuzzy
@@ -2445,7 +2406,7 @@
"til einingar som manglar eller ha ukjent filsystem."
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -2470,13 +2431,13 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
#, fuzzy
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "Filsystemet er montert på %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
@@ -2487,13 +2448,13 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Avmonter"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
@@ -2502,17 +2463,17 @@
"Du kan freista avmontera det no eller avbryta.\n"
"Klikk på Avbryt viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du held på med."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1."
@@ -2599,8 +2560,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
-"device.</p>"
-"\n"
+"device.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dobbeltklikk på ein oppføring i tabellen\n"
"for å gå til eit vindauge med detaljert informasjon om den aktuelle\n"
@@ -2828,7 +2788,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Rediger"
@@ -2887,7 +2848,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr "Rediger …"
@@ -2923,8 +2885,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
-"selected Btrfs volume.</p>"
-"\n"
+"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert viste detaljert informasjon om\n"
"valde BTRFS-volum.</p>"
@@ -2934,8 +2895,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
-"selected Btrfs volume.</p>"
-"\n"
+"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert viste alle einingar som vert brukte av\n"
"valt BTRFS-volum.</p>"
@@ -2979,33 +2939,39 @@
msgstr "<p>Vel storleiken på den nye partisjonen.</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Formater partisjon"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "Standard filsystem"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
@@ -3015,20 +2981,19 @@
"og ynskte filsystemtype.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
-"volume will delete all data on it.</p>"
-"\n"
+"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å kryptera alle data på\n"
"volumet, vel <b>Krypter eining</b>. Viss du endrar krypteringen på eit eksisterande\n"
"volum, vil alle data på volumet slettast.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
@@ -3038,56 +3003,56 @@
" og monteringspunktet ( /, /boot, /usr, /var osb.).</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Formateringsvalg"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formater partisjon"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Ikkje formater partisjon"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Ikkje monter partisjonen"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Monteringsvalg"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Monter partisjonen"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Monteringspunkt"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab-val …"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Kryptofiler må krypterast."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
@@ -3101,19 +3066,19 @@
"Kryss av for formatering òg.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Krypteringsfiler må ha eit monteringspunkt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs må ha eit monteringspunkt."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3129,40 +3094,38 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
"password empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\n"
"(suspend to disk).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Filsystemet swap er brukte for dette volumet. Du treng ikkje å angje noko krypteringspassord,\n"
"men swap-eininga vil i så fall ikkje kunne verta til brukt dvalefunksjoner\n"
"(diskdvale).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle data som er lagra på volumet, vil gåt tapt!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Passord"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -3173,7 +3136,7 @@
"Du kan ikkje endra storleik på den valde partisjonen fordi filsystemet\n"
"på denne partisjonen ikkje støttar endring av storleik.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
@@ -3181,7 +3144,7 @@
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -3191,24 +3154,24 @@
"fordi filsystemet ser ut til å vera inkonsistent."
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Endre storleik på partisjon %1"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Endre storleik på logisk volum %1"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Gjeldande storleik: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Brukt storleik: %1"
@@ -3217,8 +3180,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -3231,7 +3194,7 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
@@ -3239,14 +3202,14 @@
msgstr "Maksimal storleik (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Minimum storleik (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
@@ -3254,14 +3217,14 @@
msgstr "Egendefinert storleik"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel ein ny storleik.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
#, fuzzy
@@ -3272,7 +3235,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
@@ -3286,13 +3249,13 @@
"endra storleiken."
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Resultat frå %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Skannar diskar på nytt …"
@@ -3331,8 +3294,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n"
"included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n"
-"BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>"
-"\n"
+"BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert vist alle enhetstilordnere\n"
"som ikkje allereie er med i ein annan visning. Multipath-diskar,\n"
@@ -3514,59 +3476,59 @@
msgstr "Det angjevne området er ugyldig."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Legg til partisjon på %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Rediger partisjonen %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Ingen ledig plass på den flytte partisjonen %1."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Vil du flytta partisjonen %1 framover?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "Vil du flytta partisjonen %1 bakover?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Vil du flytta partisjonen %1?"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Framover"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Bakover"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Stadfest sletting av alle partisjoner"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3575,7 +3537,7 @@
"Disken «%1» inneheld minst éin partisjon.\n"
"Viss du held fram, vil følgjande partisjoner slettast:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Vil du verkeleg slette alle partisjoner på «%1»?"
@@ -3583,26 +3545,31 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Ingen harddisk valt."
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
#, fuzzy
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Disken er i bruk, og kan ikkje endrast."
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "Vel ny partisjonstabelltype for %1."
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
@@ -3612,33 +3579,33 @@
"på %1, og alle RAID-einingar og volumgrupper som brukar partisjoner på %1."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Ingen disk valt."
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "Vil du verkeleg slette BIOS RAID %1?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta partisjonert RAID %1?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "Denne disken inneheld ingen partisjoner som kan slettes."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1."
@@ -3647,16 +3614,16 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
#, fuzzy
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "Ingen partisjon er valde."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -3666,13 +3633,13 @@
"redigerast. For å redigera henne %1, sørg for at han ikkje er i bruk."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "Ein utvida partisjon kan ikkje vert redigert."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
@@ -3682,13 +3649,13 @@
"og kan ikkje flyttast."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "Ein utvida partisjon kan ikkje vert flytt."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -3698,33 +3665,30 @@
"vert endra. For å endra storleik på %1, sørg for at han ikkje er i bruk."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "Du kan ikkje endra storleiken på ein utvida partisjon."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
-"this disk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"this disk.</p>\n"
"<p>Disks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\n"
"more partitions. After cloning, these\n"
-"partitions will be deleted.</p>"
-"\n"
+"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel éin eller fleire (viss tilgjengelege) harddiskar\n"
"som skal ha same partisjonsoppsett som\n"
-"denne disken.</p>"
-"\n"
+"denne disken.</p>\n"
"<p>Diskar merket med '*' inneheld éin eller\n"
"fleire partisjoner. Etter kloning vil desse\n"
"partisjonene slettast.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
@@ -3733,12 +3697,12 @@
"Følgjande partisjoner vil slettast\n"
"og alle data på dei vil gå tapt:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta desse partisjonene?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
@@ -3749,7 +3713,7 @@
"disk må ha minst éin partisjon).\n"
"Opprett nokon partisjoner før du klonar disken."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
@@ -3758,23 +3722,23 @@
"Denne disken kan ikkje klonast. Det finst ingen eigna\n"
"diskar som kan ha same partisjonsoppsett."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "Klon partisjonsoppsettet for %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "Tilgjengelege måldisker:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "Vel ein måldisk for å oppretta ein klona."
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
@@ -3784,7 +3748,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg køyra dasdfmt for disken %1?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
@@ -3831,7 +3795,8 @@
msgstr "Flytt"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Endre storleik"
@@ -3889,8 +3854,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n"
-"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>"
-"\n"
+"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert vist alle harddiskar, inkludert\n"
"iSCSI-diskar, BIOS RAID-einingar og Multipath-diskar med sine partisjoner.</p>"
@@ -3967,8 +3931,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n"
"hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n"
-"partitions are shown here.</p>"
-"\n"
+"partitions are shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert vist alle partisjoner på den valde\n"
"harddisken. Viss harddisken vert brukt av t.d. BIOS RAID eller Multipath, vil\n"
@@ -3980,8 +3943,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n"
-"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>"
-"\n"
+"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert viste alle einingar som vert brukte av den\n"
"valde harddisken. Visningen er berre tilgjengeleg for BIOS RAID, partisjonert\n"
@@ -4021,8 +3983,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n"
"Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n"
-"the table.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>YaST2 har gjennomsøkt harddiskane og funne\n"
"eit gammalt Linux-system med monteringspunkter. Til høgre ser du ei liste over monteringspunktene som vart funnen. Dei gamle monteringspunktene\n"
@@ -4086,12 +4047,12 @@
msgstr "Feil passord."
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "Stadfest sletting av partisjon som vert brukt av LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
@@ -4102,17 +4063,17 @@
"For at systemet skal vera konsistent vil følgjande volumgruppe\n"
"med tilhøyrande logiske volum verta sletter:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Vil du sletta partisjonen «%1» og volumgruppen «%2» no?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "Stadfest sletting av partisjonen som vert brukte av RAID"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
@@ -4123,13 +4084,13 @@
"For at systemet skal vera konsistent, vil følgjande\n"
"RAID-eining slettast:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Vil du sletta partisjonen «%1» og RAID «%2» no?"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta alle partisjonene på %1?"
@@ -4137,13 +4098,13 @@
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Vil du verkeleg slette %1?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -4154,7 +4115,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "Ikkje partisjonert"
@@ -4163,37 +4124,37 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "Ikkje tilordnet"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen endringar i partisjoneringen.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Endringar i partisjoneringen:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen endringar i lagringsinnstillingene.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lagringsinnstillinger:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lagringsinnstillinger:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen endringar i lagringsinnstillingene.</p>"
@@ -4230,49 +4191,37 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>"
-"This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
-"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
+"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Stig til loop-fil</b><br>"
-"Dette må vera den absolutte stigen til fila\n"
-"som inneheld datum for for han krypterte loop-eininga som skal verta opp sett.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Stig til loop-fil</b><br>Dette må vera den absolutte stigen til fila\n"
+"som inneheld datum for for han krypterte loop-eininga som skal verta opp sett.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>"
-"If this is checked, the file will be created\n"
+"<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n"
"with the size given in the next field. <b>NOTE:</b> If the file already\n"
-"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>"
-"\n"
+"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Opprett loop-fil:</b><br>"
-"Viss dette er avkrysset, vil fila opprettast med storleiken som vert angjeven i neste felt. <b>MERK:</b> Viss fila \n"
-"finst allereie, vil alle data i han gå tapt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Opprett loop-fil:</b><br>Viss dette er avkrysset, vil fila opprettast med storleiken som vert angjeven i neste felt. <b>MERK:</b> Viss fila \n"
+"finst allereie, vil alle data i han gå tapt.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Size:</b><br>"
-"This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n"
-"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n"
+"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Storleik:</b><br>"
-"Dette er storleiken på loop-fila. Filsystemet\n"
-"som skal opprettast i han krypterte loop-eininga, vil ha denne storleiken.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Storleik:</b><br>Dette er storleiken på loop-fila. Filsystemet\n"
+"som skal opprettast i han krypterte loop-eininga, vil ha denne storleiken.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66
@@ -4282,15 +4231,13 @@
"<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n"
"checks of file size and path names because the file system is not\n"
"accessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\n"
-"careful when providing the size and path name.</p>"
-"\n"
+"careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b>MERK:</b>Under installasjon vil det ikkje utførast nokon\n"
"konsistenskontroller med omsyn til filstørrelser og filstier fordi filsystemet ikkje er \n"
"tilgjengeleg. Dette vil opprettast når installasjonen vert fullførd. Vêr \n"
-"nøye med storleiken og filstien du angjev.</p>"
-"\n"
+"nøye med storleiken og filstien du angjev.</p>\n"
#. input field label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96
@@ -4339,13 +4286,13 @@
"å oppretta ei fil."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "Legg til krypteringsfil"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "Rediger krypteringsfilen %1"
@@ -4701,13 +4648,13 @@
msgstr "Brukast av"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Legg til logisk volum på %1"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Rediger det logiske volumet %1 på %2"
@@ -4750,9 +4697,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "Ingen logiske volum er valde."
@@ -4764,7 +4711,7 @@
msgstr "Det er ingen ledig plass i volumgruppen \"%1\"."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
@@ -4774,7 +4721,7 @@
"redigerast. For å redigera %1, sørg for at det ikkje er i bruk."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -5024,54 +4971,43 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>"
-"\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Dette nivået aukar ytinga til disken.\n"
-"Det er <b>INGEN</b> redundans i denne modusen. Viss ein av diskane havarerer, vil det ikkje vera mogleg å gjenopprette datum.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Det er <b>INGEN</b> redundans i denne modusen. Viss ein av diskane havarerer, vil det ikkje vera mogleg å gjenopprette datum.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>"
-"This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
-"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>"
-"\n"
+"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>"
-"Denne modusen har best redundans. Han kan brukast\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Denne modusen har best redundans. Han kan brukast\n"
"med to eller fleire diskar. Modusen lagar ein nøyaktig kopi av alle data på alle\n"
"diskar. Så lenge éin av diskane fungerer, vil ingen datum gå tapt. Partisjonene\n"
-"som vert brukte for dette RAIDET-typen, bør ha omtrent same storleik.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som vert brukte for dette RAIDET-typen, bør ha omtrent same storleik.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>"
-"This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>"
-"\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>"
-"Denne modusen kan handtera ei større mengd \n"
+"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Denne modusen kan handtera ei større mengd \n"
"diskar, og har likevel noko redundans. Modusen kan brukast for tre eller fleire diskar.\n"
-"Viss éin disk havarerer, er alle data framleis intakt. Viss to diskar havarerer samstundes, går alle data tapt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss éin disk havarerer, er alle data framleis intakt. Viss to diskar havarerer samstundes, går alle data tapt.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n"
"name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n"
-"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
@@ -5080,25 +5016,21 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>"
-"\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Legg til partisjoner i RAID.</b> Avhengig av\n"
"RAID-type, vil ledig diskplass tilsvara summen av desse partisjonene (RAID0), storleiken på\n"
-"den minste partisjonen (RAID 1) eller (N-1)*minste partisjon (RAID 5).</p>"
-"\n"
+"den minste partisjonen (RAID 1) eller (N-1)*minste partisjon (RAID 5).</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n"
-"to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> Generelt bør partisjonene liggja på ulike diskar,\n"
-"for oppnå optimal redundans og yting.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for oppnå optimal redundans og yting.</p>\n"
#. heading
#. Column header
@@ -5159,17 +5091,13 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>"
-"It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
+"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>"
-"\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Datapakkestørrelse:</b><br>"
-"Dette er den samlinga\n"
+"<p><b>Datapakkestørrelse:</b><br>Dette er den samlinga\n"
"av datum som kan lagrast på einingane. Ein fornuftig datapakkestørrelse for RAID 5 er 128 kB. For RAID 0\n"
-"er 32 kB eit godt utgangspunkt. For RAID 1 tyder ikkje datapakkestørrelsen så mye.</p>"
-"\n"
+"er 32 kB eit godt utgangspunkt. For RAID 1 tyder ikkje datapakkestørrelsen så mye.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
#, fuzzy
@@ -5183,10 +5111,8 @@
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Paritetsalgoritme:</b><br>"
-"Paritetsalgoritmen som skal brukast for RAID5/6.\n"
-"Venstresymetrisk gjev best yting på vanlege roterande diskar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Paritetsalgoritme:</b><br>Paritetsalgoritmen som skal brukast for RAID5/6.\n"
+"Venstresymetrisk gjev best yting på vanlege roterande diskar.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
@@ -5221,19 +5147,19 @@
msgstr "<p>Endre einingane som vert brukte for RAID.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Legg til RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Endre storleik på RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Rediger RAID %1"
@@ -5500,8 +5426,7 @@
"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
-"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standardmontering med</b> angjev monteringsmetoden\n"
"for nyopprettet filsystemer. <i>Enhetsavn</i> brukar kjernen sin\n"
@@ -5515,8 +5440,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
-"system type for newly created file systems.</p>"
-"\n"
+"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standard filsystem</b> angjev\n"
"filsystemtypen for nyopprettede filsystemer.</p>"
@@ -5528,8 +5452,7 @@
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
-"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ordning av nyopprettede partisjoner</b>\n"
"angjev korleis opprettedepartisjoner skal ordnast. <b>sylinder</b> angjev tradisjonell ordning ved sylindergrenser på disken. <b>optimal</b> ordnar \n"
@@ -5563,7 +5486,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Dette er eit installasjonssammendrag.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr "Legg til Tmpfs-monteringspunkt"
@@ -5601,8 +5524,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
-"selected tmpfs volume.</p>"
-"\n"
+"selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert viste detaljert informasjon om\n"
"valde BTRFS-volum.</p>"
@@ -5935,12 +5857,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
-"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Veksleminneprioritet:</b>\n"
-"Angje veksleminneprioriteten. Eit høgare tal gjev høgare prioritet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Angje veksleminneprioriteten. Eit høgare tal gjev høgare prioritet.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
@@ -5957,8 +5877,7 @@
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Monter som skrivebeskyttet:</b>\n"
-"Ingen data kan verta til skrive filsystemet. Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Ingen data kan verta til skrive filsystemet. Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
@@ -5971,8 +5890,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
-"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ingen tilgangstid:</b>\n"
"Tilgangstidene vert ikkje oppdaterte når ei fil vert lesen. Standardverdien er \"Nei\".</p>"
@@ -5988,12 +5906,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
-"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kan monterast av brukar:</b>\n"
-"Filsystemet kan monterast av vanleg brukar. Standardverdien er \"Nei\".</p>"
-"\n"
+"Filsystemet kan monterast av vanleg brukar. Standardverdien er \"Nei\".</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
@@ -6009,16 +5925,14 @@
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>"
-"\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ikkje monter ved oppstart:</b>\n"
"Filsystemet vert montert ikkje automatisk under oppstart av systemet.\n"
"Ein oppføring i /etc/fstab vert oppretta, og filsystemet verta med\n"
"montert tilhøyrande val med kommandoen <tt>mount <monteringspunktt></tt>\n"
"(<monteringspunkt> er katalogen som filsystemet vert montert i).\n"
-"Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
@@ -6032,13 +5946,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
-"Default is false.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aktivar diskkvoter:</b>\n"
"Filsystemet verta med montert aktiverte diskkvoter for brukarar.\n"
-"Standard er deaktivert.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Standard er deaktivert.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576
@@ -6053,13 +5965,10 @@
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
-"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>"
-"\n"
+"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>"
-"\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Dataindekseringsmodus:</b>\n"
"Spesifiserer indekseringsmodus for fildata.\n"
@@ -6067,8 +5976,7 @@
"vert lagra i hovedfilsystemet. Høg ytelsespåvirkning.\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle data vert sende automatisk til hovedfilsystemet\n"
"før metadata sendast til indeksen. Medium ytelsespåvirkning.\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarekkefølgen vert ikkje oppretthalden. Ingen ytelsespåvirkning.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarekkefølgen vert ikkje oppretthalden. Ingen ytelsespåvirkning.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
@@ -6081,12 +5989,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
-"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tilgangskontrollister (ACL):</b>\n"
-"Aktivar tilgangskontrollister for filsystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Aktivar tilgangskontrollister for filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621
@@ -6099,12 +6005,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
-"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Utvida brukerattributter:</b>\n"
-"Tillat utvida brukerattributter for filsystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Tillat utvida brukerattributter for filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
@@ -6123,13 +6027,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
-"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tilfeldig valgverdi:</b>\n"
"I dette feltet kan du leggja inn gyldige monteringsalternativer for fjerde felt i /etc/fstab.\n"
-"Ulike val må vera adskilt av komene.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Ulike val må vera adskilt av komene.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668
@@ -6142,12 +6044,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
-"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tegnsett for filnavn:</b>\n"
-"Vel kva for eit tegnsett som skal brukast ved visning av filnavn på Windows-partisjoner.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Vel kva for eit tegnsett som skal brukast ved visning av filnavn på Windows-partisjoner.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
@@ -6160,12 +6060,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tegnsett for korte FAT-namn:</b>\n"
-"Dette tegnsettes vert brukt ved konvertering til korte filnavn i FAT-filsystemer.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dette tegnsettes vert brukt ved konvertering til korte filnavn i FAT-filsystemer.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
@@ -6194,12 +6092,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FAT-storleik:</b>\n"
-"Angjev kva for ein type allokeringstabeller som vert nytta (12-, 16-, eller 32-bitar). Viss auto vert valde, vil YaST2 automatisk velja det verdet som passar best til storleiken på filsystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Angjev kva for ein type allokeringstabeller som vert nytta (12-, 16-, eller 32-bitar). Viss auto vert valde, vil YaST2 automatisk velja det verdet som passar best til storleiken på filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
@@ -6218,8 +6114,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
-"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Underkat. i rot:</b>\n"
"Vel maksimalt mengd underkataloger i rot-katalogen.</p>"
@@ -6235,8 +6130,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sorteringsfunksjon:</b>\n"
"Spesifiser namnet på sorteringsfunksjonen som skal brukast for å svartare filnavn i katalogar. Vel eit alternativ ovanfor.</p>"
@@ -6252,12 +6146,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FS-revisjon:</b>\n"
-"Dette alternativet definerer kva for ein formatrevisjon som skal verta for brukt reiserfs. '3.5' står for bakoverkompatibilitet med kjernar frå 2.2.x serien. '3.6' er nyare, men kan berre verta med brukte kjerneversjoner frå og med 2.4.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dette alternativet definerer kva for ein formatrevisjon som skal verta for brukt reiserfs. '3.5' står for bakoverkompatibilitet med kjernar frå 2.2.x serien. '3.6' er nyare, men kan berre verta med brukte kjerneversjoner frå og med 2.4.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -6271,12 +6163,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Blokkstørrelse:</b>\n"
-"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Viss auto er valde, vert ein standardblokkstørrelse på 4096 nytta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Viss auto er valde, vert ein standardblokkstørrelse på 4096 nytta.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -6291,12 +6181,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
-"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inode-storleik:</b>\n"
-"Spesifiser inode storleiken for filsystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Spesifiser inode storleiken for filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
@@ -6309,12 +6197,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prosentandel for inode-storleik:</b>\n"
-"\"Prosentandel for inode-storleik\" spesifiserer den maksimale prosentandelen av filsystemet som kan tilordnes inoder.</p>"
-"\n"
+"\"Prosentandel for inode-storleik\" spesifiserer den maksimale prosentandelen av filsystemet som kan tilordnes inoder.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
@@ -6329,14 +6215,12 @@
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
-"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>"
-"\n"
+"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inode-justert:</b>\n"
"\"Inode-justert\" spesifiserer om inode-tilordningen skal justerast eller \n"
"ikkje. Standardverdien er \"justert\". Justert inode-tilgjenge\n"
-"er vanlegvis meir effektivt enn ujustert tilgjenge.</p>"
-"\n"
+"er vanlegvis meir effektivt enn ujustert tilgjenge.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
@@ -6360,8 +6244,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Loggstørrelse</b>\n"
"Definer loggstørrelsen (i megabyte). Viss auto er valt, vil standardverdien vera 40 % av samla storleik.</p>"
@@ -6395,26 +6278,22 @@
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
"argument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\n"
-"RAID stripe as its argument.</p>"
-"\n"
+"RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>'Stride-lengd i blokker:</b> \n"
"Vel RAID-relaterte alternativ for filsystemet. Førebels er berre 'stride' \n"
"støtta, ein funksjon som brukar mengd blokker i eit RAID- 'stripe' som\n"
-"argument.</p>"
-"\n"
+"argument.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Blokkstørrelse:</b>\n"
-"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Dersom auto er valde, vil blokkstørrelsen avgjerast av filsystemstørrelsen og kva filsystemet vert forventa å verta brukt til.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Dersom auto er valde, vil blokkstørrelsen avgjerast av filsystemstørrelsen og kva filsystemet vert forventa å verta brukt til.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
@@ -6433,14 +6312,12 @@
"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
-"value for this parameter.</p>"
-"\n"
+"value for this parameter.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Byte per inode:</b>\n"
"Spesifiser tilhøvet mellom byte og inode. YaST2 opprettar ein inode for peren <til kvar-byte-inode> byte diskplass. Jo større byte per inode-verdet er, dess fleire inoder vil opprettast.\n"
"Dette verdet bør generelt ikkje vera mindre enn blokkstørrelsen i filsystemet for å unngå at for mange inoder vert oppretta. Det er ikkje mogleg å utvida \n"
-"mengd inoder etter at filsystemet er laget, så det er viktig å velja eit fornuftig verd her.</p>"
-"\n"
+"mengd inoder etter at filsystemet er laget, så det er viktig å velja eit fornuftig verd her.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
@@ -6476,12 +6353,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
-"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Deaktiver regelmessige kontrollar:</b>\n"
-"Deaktiver regelmessig kontroll av filsystemet ved oppstart.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Deaktiver regelmessig kontroll av filsystemet ved oppstart.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
@@ -6494,12 +6369,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
-"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Katalogindeks:</b>\n"
-"Her kan du bruka hash-b-strukturar for raskare søk i store katalogar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Her kan du bruka hash-b-strukturar for raskare søk i store katalogar.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
@@ -6513,29 +6386,50 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
-"know what you are doing.</p>"
-"\n"
+"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ingen journal:</b>\n"
"Journalfunksjonen deaktiveres for filsystemet. Bruk dette valet berre viss\n"
-"du veit kva du gjer.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du veit kva du gjer.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Partisjoneringen på disken %1 kan anten ikkje lesast av\n"
+"partisjoneringsverktøyet parted, som vert nytta for å endra\n"
+"partisjonstabellen eller verta ikkje støtta av dette verktøyet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan bruka partisjonene på disken %1 som dei er eller\n"
+"formatera dei og tilordne monteringspunkter til dei, men du\n"
+"kan ikkje leggja til, redigera, endra storleikar eller sletta partisjoner frå denne\n"
+"disken her.\n"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6549,16 +6443,16 @@
"kan ikkje leggja til, redigera, endra storleikar eller sletta partisjoner frå denne\n"
"disken her.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6573,7 +6467,7 @@
"disken her.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6589,7 +6483,7 @@
"disken.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6608,7 +6502,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Storleiken kunne ikkje endrast:"
@@ -6622,7 +6516,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
@@ -6636,7 +6530,7 @@
"Eit ugyldig krypteringspassord er kanskje angjeve.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6648,7 +6542,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6661,28 +6555,28 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "Angje krypteringspassord"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Angje eit passord"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
#, fuzzy
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Følgjande krypterte volum er allereie tilgjengelege."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Aktivering av krypterte volum"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
@@ -6695,13 +6589,13 @@
"Passorda må kjennast viss det er behov for voluma, anten \n"
"under ei oppdatering eller viss dei inneheld eit fysisk kryptert LVM-volum."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Vil du angje eit krypteringspassord?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
@@ -6713,59 +6607,59 @@
"Passordet vil freistast for alle einingane."
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Angje krypteringspassord"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Det finst ingen krypterte volum å låsa opp."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Angje passordet for ein av følgjande einingar:"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Angje passordet for følgjande eining:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
#, fuzzy
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Freistar å låsa opp krypterte volum …"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Passordet låste ikkje opp noko volum."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
#, fuzzy
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "IDE-disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
#, fuzzy
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "SCSI-disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD RAID"
@@ -6773,17 +6667,17 @@
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Vil du halda fram til trass for feilen?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
@@ -6791,7 +6685,7 @@
"Partisjonen %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi andre partisjoner på\n"
"disken %2 er i bruk."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6802,7 +6696,7 @@
"Eininga %1 kan ikkje endrast fordi han vert nytta som vekselminne,\n"
"og er naudsynt for å køyra installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6813,7 +6707,7 @@
"Eininga %1 kan ikkje endrast fordi han inneheld installasjonsdata\n"
"som er naudsynt for installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6824,7 +6718,7 @@
"Eininga %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi han vert nytta som vekselminne,\n"
"og er naudsynt for å køyra installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6835,7 +6729,7 @@
"Eininga %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi han inneheld installasjonsdata\n"
"som er naudsynt for installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6848,7 +6742,7 @@
"%2, som vert nytta som vekselminne, og er naudsynt for å køyra\n"
"installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6861,7 +6755,7 @@
"installasjonen.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6873,12 +6767,12 @@
"disken %2 er i bruk."
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Det er ikkje tilordnet noko rotfilsystem!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Installasjonen vil mislukkast!"
@@ -6886,7 +6780,7 @@
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Følgjande kunne ikkje verta til lagde: %1"
@@ -7641,59 +7535,43 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å endra storleik på grunn av inkonistent fs. Freist å kontrollera fs frå Windows."
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "Kr&ypter volumgruppen"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Alternativ for filsystem:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Foreslå separat partisjon for &hjemmekatalog"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Forslag til innstillingar"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
-#, fuzzy
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For å oppretta eitt LVM-basert forslag, vel den aktuelle knappen.</p>"
-"\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7702,38 +7580,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Angje passordet for det den foreslegne krypteringen."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Passord:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Gjenta passordet for å stadfesta:"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -7783,6 +7677,18 @@
msgstr "Synleg informasjon om lagringsenheter:"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "Kr&ypter volumgruppen"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "For å oppretta eitt LVM-basert forslag, vel den aktuelle knappen.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
#~ msgstr "Lagrar filsystemoppsett …"
@@ -7837,14 +7743,12 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "To import the mount points from an existing Linux\n"
#~ "system choose <b>%1</b>. You can still make modification\n"
-#~ "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "For å importera monteringspunkter frå eit eksisterande Linux-\n"
#~ "system, vel <b>%1</b>. Du kan framleis justera oppsettet\n"
-#~ "etterpå i den avanserte partisjoneringsdialogen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "etterpå i den avanserte partisjoneringsdialogen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Use &Btrfs as Default File System"
@@ -7953,16 +7857,14 @@
#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n"
#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n"
#~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Dette monteringspunktet tilsvarer eit mellombels filsystem som /tmp eller var/tmp.\n"
#~ "Du treng ikkje å angje noko krypteringspassord. I så fall vil systemet oppretta \n"
#~ "eit tilfeldig passord ved systemoppstart. Dette tyder at alle data på desse \n"
#~ "filsystemene går tapt når du slår av maskina.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "No BTRFS device selected."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -424,88 +424,66 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sudo-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sudo-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar sudo-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar sudo-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. User Specification help 1/6
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n"
"\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n"
"\ton specified hosts (optionally also as what user). Each rule\n"
"\tis a tuple consisting of user, host and list of commands, with optional \n"
"\tRunAs specification and additional tags. These are summarized \n"
"\tin the following table. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Regler for sudo</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Regler for sudo</big></b><br>\n"
"\tRegler for sudo avgjer kva for kommandoar ein nytter kan køyra \n"
"\tpå spesifiserte vertsmaskiner (eventuelt òg som kva for ein brukar). Kvar regel\n"
"\ter eit sett som består av brukar, vertsmaskin og ein kommandoliste, og eventuelt med ein \n"
"\t'Køyr som'-definisjon og fleire tilleggsattributter. Tabellen nedanfor inneheld eit \n"
"\toversyn over dette. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. User Specification help 2/6
@@ -515,15 +493,13 @@
"<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n"
"\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n"
"\tof hosts referred to by host alias an user may run specified commands.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kolonnen <b>Brukarar</b> viser lokale brukarar, systembrukere eller brukeraliaser. \n"
"\tKolonnen <b>Vertsmaskiner</b> viser vertsmaskiner eller grupper \n"
"\tav vertsmaskiner, der brukaren kan køyra spesifiserte kommandoar via eit vertsalias.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. User Specification help 3/6
@@ -534,16 +510,14 @@
"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n"
"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n"
"\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"Kolonnen <b>Køyr som</b> inneheld ein\n"
"\tvalfritt parameter, som består av eit brukernavn (eller alias). Denne brukaren sin tilgangsrettigheter\n"
"\tvil brukast for å køyra kommandoar. <b>NOPASSWD</b> er eit attributt som avgjer om\n"
"\tbrukarar må autentisere seg sjølv før dei køyrer kommandoar.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. User Specification help 4/6
@@ -552,14 +526,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n"
"\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>Eit sett kommandoar som brukaren kan køyra på spesifiserte vertsmaskiner, er angjeven \n"
"\ti kolonnen <b>Kommandoar</b>. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. User Specification help 5/6
@@ -568,14 +540,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n"
"\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p> For å leggja til ein ny regel, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen og fyll ut aktuelle \n"
"\tfelt. Brukernavn, vertsnavn og kommandoliste må alltid angjevast.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. User Specification help 5/6
@@ -584,14 +554,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n"
"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-" \n"
+"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å redigera ein eksisterande regel, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk på \n"
"\t<b>Rediger</b>-knappen. Klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette han valde oppføringen.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-" \n"
+"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
#. Single User Specification help 1/4
@@ -602,16 +570,14 @@
"\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n"
"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n"
"\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Brukernavn eller alias</b> kan angjevast som eit enkelt brukernavn (t.d. foo), eit gruppenavn med prefikset\n"
"\t'%' (t.d. %bar) eller eit brukeraliasnavn. \n"
"\tNøkkelordet 'ALL' står for kva for ein som helst brukar. Vel eksisterande brukarar, grupper og aliaser \n"
"\tfrå nedtrekksmenyen, eller angje ein eige verd. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112
@@ -622,8 +588,7 @@
"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n"
"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n"
"\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Vertsnavn eller alias</b> kan anten vera eit vertsnavn (t.d. www.døme.com) ein enkel IP-\n"
@@ -631,8 +596,7 @@
"\tkøyrast på alle vertsmaskiner, bruk nøkkelordet 'ALL'. Vertsnavn eller IP-adresser vert samanlikna med ditt eige vertsmaskinnavn\n"
"\teller IP-adresse, såg viss du ikkje vil bruka same /etc/sudoers-fil på fleire maskiner, er det tilstrekkeleg med éin \n"
"\t'ALL'- eller 'localhost'-oppføring for nesten alle føremål. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single User Specification help 2/4
@@ -644,8 +608,7 @@
"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n"
"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n"
"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>'Køyr som'-brukernavn eller -alias</b> er ein valfri parameter som angjev ein nytter, \n"
@@ -653,8 +616,7 @@
"\tvil brukast for å køyra ein spesiell kommando. Viss feltet er tomt, vil <b>root</b> vera\n"
"\tstandardbrukeren. Òg her kan eit enkelt brukernavn, eit gruppenavn med prefikset '%' eller eit 'Køyr som'-alias angjevast.\n"
"\tVel eksisterande brukarar, grupper og aliaser frå nedtrekksmenyen, eller angje ein eige verd.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single User Specification help 3/4
@@ -665,16 +627,14 @@
"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n"
"\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n"
"\tdisable this authentication\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ikkje passord</b> er eit valfritt attributt. Brukarar må vanlegvis autentisere\n"
"\tseg sjølv (dvs. angje sitt eige passord, ikkje rotpassordet) før spesielle kommandoar \n"
"\tvert køyrt. Vel 'Ja' under Passord viss du vil\n"
"\tdeaktivere denne autentiseringen.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single User Specification help 4/4
@@ -685,16 +645,14 @@
"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n"
"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n"
"\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kommandoar som skal køyrast</b> er ei liste over kommandoar (eventuelt kombinert med\n"
"\tparametrar), katalogar og kommandoaliaser som ein bestemd brukar er autorisert \n"
"\tfor å køyra. Viss eit katalognavn vert angjeve, kan alle kommandoar i den aktuelle katalogen køyrast. \n"
"\tNøkkelordet 'ALL' står for alle kommandoar her òg, såg vêr forsiktig.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149
@@ -714,20 +672,16 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n"
"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-" \n"
+"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brukeraliaser</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brukeraliaser</big></b><br>\n"
"\tI denne dialogen kan du konfigurera brukeraliaser. Eit brukeralias er eit sett brukarar med eit definert\n"
"\tunikt namn. Dette namnet vil seinare brukast for alle brukarar i dette settet i sudo-konfigurasjonen. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-" \n"
+"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
#. User Aliases help 2/3
@@ -736,14 +690,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til eit nytt brukeralias, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen og fyll ut aktuelle felt. \n"
"\tAliasnavn og ein brukerliste for aliaset må alltid angjevast. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. User Aliases help 3/3
@@ -752,34 +704,28 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å redigera eit eksisterande brukeralias, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk på <b>Rediger-</b>\n"
"\tknappen. For å slette ein oppføring, klikk på <b>Slette</b>-knappen. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Host Aliases help 1/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n"
"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vertsaliaser</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vertsaliaser</big></b><br>\n"
"\tI denne dialogen kan du konfigurera vertsaliaser. Eit vertsalias er eit sett vertsmaskiner med eit definert\n"
"\tunikt namn. Dette namnet vil seinare brukast for alle vertsmaskiner i dette settet i sudo-konfigurasjonen. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Host Aliases help 2/3
@@ -788,14 +734,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til eit nytt vertsalias, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen og fyll ut aktuelle felt. \n"
"\tAliasnavn og ein vertsmaskinliste for aliaset må alltid angjevast. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Host Aliases help 3/3
@@ -804,34 +748,28 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å redigera eit eksisterande vertsalias, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk på <b>Rediger-</b>\n"
"\tknappen. For å slette ein oppføring, klikk på <b>Slette</b>-knappen. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n"
"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-" \n"
+"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>'Køyr som'-aliaser</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>'Køyr som'-aliaser</big></b><br>\n"
"\tI denne dialogen kan du konfigurera 'Køyr som'-aliaser. Eit 'Køyr som'-alias er eit sett brukarar med eit definert\n"
"\tunikt namn. Dette namnet vil seinare brukast for alle brukarar i dette settet i sudo-konfigurasjonen. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-" \n"
+"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3
@@ -840,14 +778,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til eit nytt 'Køyr som'-alias, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen og fyll ut aktuelle felt. \n"
"\tAliasnavn og ein brukerliste for aliaset må alltid angjevast. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3
@@ -856,36 +792,30 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å redigera eit eksisterande 'Køyr som'-alias, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk på <b>Rediger-</b>\n"
"\tknappen. For å slette ein oppføring, klikk på <b>Slette</b>-knappen. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Command Aliases help 1/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n"
"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n"
"\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Kommandoaliaser</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kommandoaliaser</big></b><br>\n"
"\tI denne dialogen kan du konfigurera kommandoaliaser. Eit kommandoalias er eit sett kommandoar \n"
"\t(eventuelt med parametrar) som har eit definert unikt namn. Dette namnet vil deretter brukast for\n"
"\talle kommandoar i dette settet i sudo-konfigurasjonen. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Command Aliases help 2/3
@@ -894,14 +824,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til eit nytt kommandoalias, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen og fyll ut aktuelle felt. \n"
"\tAliasnavn og ein kommandoliste for aliaset må alltid angjevast. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Command Aliases help 3/3
@@ -910,34 +838,28 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å redigera eit eksisterande kommandoalias, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk på <b>Rediger-</b>\n"
"\tknappen. For å slette ein oppføring, klikk på <b>Slette</b>-knappen. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single User Alias Help 1/2
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n"
"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n"
"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brukeralias</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brukeralias</big></b><br>\n"
"\tEit brukeralias består av éin eller fleire brukarar, systemgrupper (med prefikset '%') eller andre\n"
"\tbrukeraliaser. Det må ha eit enkelt namn (kan berre innehalda store bokstavar, tall og understrek),\tog vil deretter nyttast for alle brukarar i dette aliaset.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single User Alias Help 2/3
@@ -949,16 +871,14 @@
"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n"
"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje eit unikt namn under <b>Aliasnavn</b>. For å leggja til brukarar eller grupper for\n"
"\taliaset, vel brukar- eller gruppenavn frå nedtrekksmenyen, og klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen.\n"
"\tFor å fjerne ein brukar frå aliaset, vel den aktuelle oppføringen i tabellen, og klikk på\n"
"\t<b>Fjerne</b>-knappen. Klikk <b>OK</b> for å fullføra konfigurasjonen.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single User Alias Help 3/3
@@ -979,26 +899,22 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n"
"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n"
"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n"
"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n"
"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n"
"\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vertsalias</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vertsalias</big></b><br>\n"
"\tEit vertsalias består av eit eller fleire vertsnavn, enkle IP-adresser, IP-adresser\n"
"\tkombinert med ein nettverksmaske i form av grupper av fire tal adskilt av punktum (t.d. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0), \n"
"\tein CIDR-verd (t.d. 192.168.0.0/24), eller andre vertsaliaser. Eit \n"
"\tenkelt namn må angjevast (kan berre innehalda store bokstavar, tall og understrek). Dette namnet \n"
"\tvil deretter brukast for alle vertsmaskiner i dette aliaset.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4
@@ -1008,16 +924,14 @@
"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n"
"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n"
"\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n"
+"\t<p>\n"
"\t"
-"<p>\n"
-"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje eit unikt namn under <b>Aliasnavn</b>. For å leggja til vetsmaskiner for\n"
"\taliaset, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen. Det kjem opp ein dialog der du kan angje eit\n"
"\tgyldig vertsnavn eller ein IP adresse. Klikk deretter <b>OK</b>.\n"
+"\t<p>\n"
"\t"
-"<p>\n"
-"\t"
#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285
@@ -1025,66 +939,56 @@
msgid ""
"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"For å fjerne ein vertsmaskin frå aliaset, vel den aktuelle oppføringen i tabellen, og klikk på\n"
"\t<b>Fjerne</b>-knappen. Klikk <b>OK</b> for å fullføra konfigurasjonen.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n"
"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n"
"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n"
"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n"
"\tin this alias.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>'Køyr som'-alias</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>'Køyr som'-alias</big></b><br>\n"
"\tEit 'Køyr som'-alias fungerer på liknande måte som eit brukeralias. Det består av éin eller fleire brukarar, systemgrupper \n"
"\t(med prefikset '%') eller andre 'Køyr som''aliaser. Det må ha eit enkelt namn (kan berre innehalda \n"
"\tstore bokstavar, tall og understrek), og vil deretter nyttast for alle brukarar \n"
"\ti dette aliaset.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n"
"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n"
"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n"
"\tunderscore only), which is \n"
"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n"
"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n"
"\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Kommandoalias</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kommandoalias</big></b><br>\n"
"\tEit kommandoalias er ei liste over éin eller fleire kommandoar (eventuelt med parametrar), katalogar eller\n"
"\tandre kommandoaliaser. Det må ha eit enkelt namn (kan berre innehalda store bokstavar, tall og\n"
"\tunderstrek), og vil \n"
"\tderetter brukast for alle kommandoar i dette aliaset. Ein kommando kan eventuelt ha éin eller fleire\n"
"\tparametrar. I så fall kan brukarar berre køyra kommandoen med desse parametrane. Viss eit \n"
"\tkatalognavn vert angjeve, kan alle kommandoar i denne katalogen køyrast. \n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4
@@ -1109,14 +1013,12 @@
msgid ""
"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"For å fjerne ein kommando frå aliaset, vel den aktuelle oppføringen i tabellen, og klikk på\n"
"\t<b>Fjerne</b>-knappen. Klikk <b>OK</b> for å fullføra konfigurasjonen.\n"
-"\t</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) {
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -34,52 +34,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -87,281 +87,261 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure support here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure support here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n"
"If your support was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
-"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n"
"To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n"
"The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -369,8 +349,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n"
"gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data."
msgstr ""
@@ -378,36 +357,30 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Select <b>Use Custom</b> and click the <b>Expert Settings</b> button\n"
-"to select specific data sets to collect.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to select specific data sets to collect.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n"
-"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>"
-"\n"
+"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Expert dialog help 1/1
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n"
"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Contact dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n"
"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n"
"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -415,8 +388,7 @@
#. Contact dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n"
"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n"
"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n"
"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n"
@@ -426,12 +398,9 @@
#. Contact dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>"
-"\n"
-"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
+"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -445,85 +414,67 @@
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>"
-"\n"
-"Data is being collected.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>\n"
+"Data is being collected.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Data review dialog help 1/1
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n"
"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n"
-"use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>"
-"\n"
+"use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
"If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n"
"directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n"
"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n"
"as default value.\n"
"Change this value only in special cases.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL
#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n"
-"<i>%1</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n"
"into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -363,13 +363,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n"
"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n"
-"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Når du lagrar endringane, vil redigeringsverktøyet endra variablane i den \n"
"tilhøyrande rc.config-fila. Deretter vert køyrd aktiveringskommandoene som endrar dei underliggande konfigurasjonsfilene, stoppar og startar nissar\n"
-"og køyrer grunnleggjande konfigurasjonsverktøy slik at konfigurasjonen i sysconfig vert teken i bruk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og køyrer grunnleggjande konfigurasjonsverktøy slik at konfigurasjonen i sysconfig vert teken i bruk.</p>\n"
#. helptext for popup - part 2/2
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825
@@ -556,35 +554,23 @@
#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sysconfig-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sysconfig-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>"
+"<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar sysconfig-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar sysconfig-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
#. Translation: Progress bar label
#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162
@@ -716,13 +702,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
-#~ " it will not touch it.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p> SuSEconfig lagrar ein kontrollsum for kvar konfigurasjonsfil for å kunne sjå om \n"
#~ "du har endra nokon av dei manuelt. Viss du har endra ein konfigurasjonsfil manuelt,\n"
-#~ "vil han ikkje endrast.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "vil han ikkje endrast.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 16:26+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -94,14 +94,12 @@
"<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n"
"Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n"
"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n"
-"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>"
-"\n"
+"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mappe for oppstartsdiskbilete</b>:\n"
"Vel mappa som inneheld tenarfilene. Dette er vanlegvis\n"
"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Ho vert oppretta dersom ho ikke alt finst. \n"
-"Tenaren vil bruka mappa som rotmappe (<tt>-s</tt>-valet).</p>"
-"\n"
+"Tenaren vil bruka mappa som rotmappe (<tt>-s</tt>-valet).</p>\n"
#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server
#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -305,19 +305,22 @@
msgstr "Kroatia"
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882
#, fuzzy
msgid "Iceland"
msgstr "Island"
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878
#, fuzzy
msgid "Azores"
msgstr "Azorene"
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880
#, fuzzy
msgid "Canary Islands"
msgstr "Kanariøyene"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -59,12 +59,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n"
-"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>"
-"\n"
+"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Modulen <B>Maskinvareinformasjon</B> viser informasjon om \n"
-"maskinvaren i systemet. Klikk på ein oppføring for å få meir informasjon.</p>"
-"\n"
+"maskinvaren i systemet. Klikk på ein oppføring for å få meir informasjon.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
#, fuzzy
@@ -1254,23 +1252,19 @@
#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n"
"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n"
"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n"
"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n"
-"directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>"
-"\n"
+"directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Globalt I/O-skjema</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Globalt I/O-skjema</big></b><br>\n"
"Det er mogleg å velja algoritmen som sorterer og sender kommandoar til diskenheter.\n"
"Dette er eit globalt val, og vil brukast for alle diskenheter i\n"
"systemet. Viss valet ikkje er konfigurert, vil standardskjemaet (normalt 'cfq')\n"
"brukast. Dokumentasjonen i katalogen /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n"
-"(pakka kernel-source) inneheld meir informasjon.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(pakka kernel-source) inneheld meir informasjon.</p>\n"
#. .sysconfig.sysctl
#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130
@@ -1282,23 +1276,19 @@
#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n"
"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n"
"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n"
"Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n"
"computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n"
-"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>"
-"\n"
+"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Aktivar SysRq-tastar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aktivar SysRq-tastar</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du aktiverer SysRq-tastar, vil du ha ei viss grad av kontroll over systemet sjølv\n"
"etter eit havari (t.d. under feilsøking av kjernen). Viss dette valet er aktivert, vil tastekombinasjonen\n"
"Alt-SysRq-<kommandotast> starta den aktuelle kommandoen (t.d. omstart av\n"
"datamaskina eller dumping av kjerneinformasjon). Du finn meir informasjon i\n"
-"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakka kernel-source).</p>"
-"\n"
+"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakka kernel-source).</p>\n"
#. Short sleep between reads or writes
#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29
@@ -1336,12 +1326,10 @@
#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Les konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Les konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"Vent…</p>"
#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here
@@ -1376,12 +1364,10 @@
#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"Vent…</p>"
#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000)
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -83,46 +83,36 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\n"
-"create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>"
-"\n"
+"create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å unngå tap av data under oppgradering\n"
-"kan du oppretta ein <b>sikkerhetskopi</b> før oppgraderingen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan du oppretta ein <b>sikkerhetskopi</b> før oppgraderingen.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\n"
-"backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>"
-"\n"
+"backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Advarsel:</b> Dette er ikkje ein fullt\n"
-"sikkerhetskopi. Berre endra filer vil lagrast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sikkerhetskopi. Berre endra filer vil lagrast.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the desired options.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vel alternativ.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the desired options.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Vel alternativ.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\n"
-"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Opprett ein sikkerhetskopi av endra filer:</b>\n"
-"Lagrar endra filer som vert erstatta under oppgraderingen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Lagrar endra filer som vert erstatta under oppgraderingen.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120
@@ -130,13 +120,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n"
"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n"
-"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Opprett ein fullt sikkerhetskopi av\n"
"/etc/sysconfig:</b> Dette dekker alle konfigurasjonsfiler som er ein del av\n"
-"sysconfig-systemet, òg filer som ikkje vert erstatta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sysconfig-systemet, òg filer som ikkje vert erstatta.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130
@@ -145,14 +133,12 @@
"<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\n"
"Directory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an earlier\n"
"update, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\n"
-"remove them.</p>"
-"\n"
+"remove them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Slett gamle sikkerhetskopier frå\n"
"sikkerhetskopieringskatalogen:</b> Viss dette systemet er oppgradert tidlegare,\n"
"kan det finnast sikkerhetskopier av konfigurasjonsfilene. Vel dette alternativet for å\n"
-"slette desse.</p>"
-"\n"
+"slette desse.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142
@@ -253,12 +239,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\n"
-"either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>"
-"\n"
+"either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Oppgraderingsalternativet har to moduser.\n"
-"Uansett rår til vi å sikkerhetskopiere personlege data.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Uansett rår til vi å sikkerhetskopiere personlege data.</p>\n"
#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151
@@ -267,13 +251,11 @@
"<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n"
"updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n"
"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n"
-"software selection.</p>"
-"\n"
+"software selection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Med ny programvare:</b> Denne standardinnstillingen \n"
"oppgraderer den eksisterande programvara og installerer alle nye funksjonar og fordeler i den nye <tt>%1</tt> versjonen. Utvalet er basert på det forrige forhåndsdefinerte\n"
-" programvarevalget.</p>"
-"\n"
+" programvarevalget.</p>\n"
#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164
@@ -282,14 +264,12 @@
"<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n"
"only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n"
"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n"
-"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>"
-"\n"
+"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Berre installerte pakker:</b> Med dette valet\n"
"vert berre oppgradert pakker som allereie er installert i systemet. <i>Merk:</i>\n"
"Ny programvare i det forhåndsdefinerte programvareutvalget, til dømes nye YaST-modular, vil\n"
-"ikkje vera tilgjengelege etter oppgraderingen. Du kan gå glipp av nye funksjonar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ikkje vera tilgjengelege etter oppgraderingen. Du kan gå glipp av nye funksjonar.</p>\n"
#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175
@@ -297,13 +277,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>After the update, some software might not\n"
"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n"
-"packages during the update.</p>"
-"\n"
+"packages during the update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Etter oppgraderingen kan det henda at einskilde program\n"
"ikkje fungerer lengjer. Vel <b>Slett pakkar som ikkje vedlikeholdes</b> for å slette slike\n"
-"pakkar under oppgraderingen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"pakkar under oppgraderingen.</p>\n"
#. warning / question
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
@@ -446,13 +424,11 @@
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
"or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Oppgradering til ny versjon (%1 → %2) medan systemet køyrer, vert ikkje støtta.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Oppgradering til ny versjon (%1 → %2) medan systemet køyrer, vert ikkje støtta.<br>\n"
"Start systemet på nytt frå installasjonsmediumet og val normal oppgradering\n"
"eller deaktiver pakkebrønner for produkt med andre versjonar."
@@ -481,8 +457,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
"installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n"
-"deleted.</p>"
-"\n"
+"deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Oppgraderingsvalg</big></b>\n"
"Her vel du korleis systemet skal oppgraderast.\n"
@@ -545,13 +520,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel partisjonen eller systemet som skal startast.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
@@ -565,13 +538,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel partisjonen eller systemet som skal oppgraderast.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
@@ -586,14 +557,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
"general overview of your system's partitions.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Vis alle partisjoner</b> utvidar lista til eit\n"
"generelt oversyn partisjonene i systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. table header
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
@@ -875,20 +844,14 @@
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
+"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
+"<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Filsystem:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Nemning:</b> %3, <b>Storleik:</b> %4,<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>udev-ID-er:</b> %5,<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Filsystem:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
+"<b>Nemning:</b> %3, <b>Storleik:</b> %4,<br>\n"
+"<b>udev-ID-er:</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>udev-filsti:</b> %6"
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -149,719 +149,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr "Ikkje be om manglande informasjon; vis feilmelding i staden."
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Autentisering</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Her du kan du velja autentiseringsmetode for brukarar i systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Lokal</b> viss du vil autentisere brukarar bara ved hjelp av lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "Viss du har ein annan installasjon eller eit anna system, kan du oppretta brukarar basert på denne kjelda. Vel <b>Les brukerinformasjon frå tidlegare installasjon</b> for å gjera dette. Med dette valet kan du bruka ein eksisterande eller oppretta ein ny hjemmekatalog for kvar brukar på den spesifiserte staden for denne installasjonen."
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "&LDAP"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "N&IS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "&Samba"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "&Windows-domane"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n"
-"autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n"
-"<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n"
-"aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n"
-"autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n"
-"<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n"
-"aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Sett opp Kerberos-autentisering</b> for å konfigurera Kerberos etter at du har valt brukerinformasjonskilde.</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon frå ein tidlegare installasjon"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "&Vel"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "Sett opp &Kerberos-autentisering"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "Vel brukarar som skal le&sjåast"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "Vel eller vel bort &alle"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "Passord for systemadministratoren \"root\","
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "Ikkje gløym kva du skriv inn her."
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "&Passord for rotbruker"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "B&ekreft passord"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Test tastaturoppsett"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "A&vanserte alternativ …"
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Til skilnad frå vanlege brukarar, som til dømes jobbar med tekst og\n"
-"grafikk eller surfar på nettet, finst brukaren \"root\" i\n"
-"alle system, og må aktiverast kvar gong ei administrativ\n"
-"oppgåve skal utførast. Logg inn som rot når\n"
-"du har behov for å vera systemadministrator, aldri elles.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Fordi rotbrukeren har omfattande rettar, bør passordet \n"
-"for \"root\" verta med valt omhu. Ein kombinasjon av bokstavar og tall\n"
-"vert rådd til. For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig, må det skrivast inn\n"
-"på nytt i det andre feltet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Alle regler for brukerpassord gjeld for rotpassordet òg:\n"
-"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar. Eit passord bør bestå av minst 5 teikn,\n"
-"og bør normalt ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Ikkje gløym dette rotpassordet\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
-"må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Kontrollar om gjeldande tastaturoppsett er riktig ved å skriva inn tekst i feltet <b>Test tastaturoppsett</b>.</p>"
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Passorda er ikkje identiske.\n"
-"Prøv igjen."
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Passord vart ikkje angjeve.\n"
-"Prøv igjen."
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
-"bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn."
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette passordet?"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Eit rotpassord kunne ikkje definerast.\n"
-"Du vil kanskje ikkje kunna logga inn.\n"
-"Vil du freista igjen?\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "Initialisering av modul for konfigurasjon av autentisering …"
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Pakka %1 er ikkje installert.\n"
-"Vil du installera han no?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DEI sine"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr "SHA-256"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr "SHA-512"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr "&DEI sine"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "&MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr "SHA-&256"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr "SHA-&512"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Authentication</b><br>"
-"</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Innloggingsinnstillinger</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "Det fulle namnet til &brukaren"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "&Brukernavn"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "Bru&k dette passordet for systemadministrator"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "Motta s&ystemmeldinger"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "&Automatisk innlogging"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "Opprett ny brukar"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "Brukernavn ikkje angjeven"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"Å la brukernavnfeltet vera tomt er berre føremålstenleg\n"
-"i nettverksmiljøer som brukar ein autentiseringsserver.\n"
-"Skal feltet vera tomt?"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Angje <b>Det fulle namnet til brukaren</b>, <b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b> for\n"
-"denne brukerkontoen.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar når du vel passord.\n"
-"Passord må ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Med gjeldande passordkryptering (%1) må lengda til passordet vera mellom\n"
-"%2 og %3 teikn.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
-"må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig inn\n"
-"må det skrivast inn ein gong til i det andre feltet. Ikkje gløym passordet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bara bokstavar (ingen teikn med aksentar), tall og teiknet <tt>._-</tt> nyttast.\n"
-"Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n"
-"Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n"
-"avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr " Kryss av for Bruk dette passordet viss same passord som vart angjeve for første brukar, skal verta for nytta rotbrukeren"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Brukernavnet og passordet som vert her oppretta, vert kravt for å logga på og arbeid med Linux-systemet. Viss <b>Automatisk innlogging</b> vert aktivert, vert Innloggingsprosedyren sløyfa, og denne brukaren vert logga inn automatisk.</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"E-post til rotbrukeren vil vidaresendast til denne brukaren viss du kryssar av for <b>Motta systemmeldinger</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoden er lokal"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast."
-msgstr[1] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast."
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Endre …"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Sammendrag"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
-"bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn."
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
#, fuzzy
@@ -1007,12 +294,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "Ny UID for brukaren"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "Lagrar brukeroppsett …"
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
#, fuzzy
@@ -1031,18 +312,14 @@
"<p>\n"
"The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n"
"(which is currently:\n"
-"<br>"
-"%1).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br>%1).\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Lista over attributt er generert ut frå verdet for \"objectClass\"\n"
"(som er:\n"
-"<br>"
-"%1).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br>%1).\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122
@@ -1050,13 +327,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n"
-"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Rediger kvart enkelt attributt ved å bruka <b>Rediger</b>. Nokre attributt \n"
-"kan vera obligatoriske i samsvar med brukermalen i <b>LDAP-klientmodulen</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan vera obligatoriske i samsvar med brukermalen i <b>LDAP-klientmodulen</b>.</p>\n"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235
@@ -1198,12 +473,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n"
-"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje ein størrelsesgrense ved å definera mengd 1 kB-blokkar som\n"
-"brukaren kan ha i sitt filsystem. Du kan òg angje ein inode-grense som definerer mengd inoder som brukaren kan nytta i sitt filsystem.</p>"
-"\n"
+"brukaren kan ha i sitt filsystem. Du kan òg angje ein inode-grense som definerer mengd inoder som brukaren kan nytta i sitt filsystem.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105
@@ -1228,12 +501,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n"
-"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje ein størrelsesgrense ved å definera ei mengd 1 kB-blokkar som\n"
-"gruppa kan bruka på dette filsystemet. Du kan òg definera ein inode-grense i form av ei mengd inoder som gruppa kan bruka på filsystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"gruppa kan bruka på dette filsystemet. Du kan òg definera ein inode-grense i form av ei mengd inoder som gruppa kan bruka på filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123
@@ -1318,109 +589,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekunder"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr " -domane"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> definert"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> ikkje definert"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "Ingen <%1>nytter<%2> sat opp"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<%2>: %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<<%2>: %3 og Kerberos."
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "<%1>Brukarane<%2> %3 valt for import"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 vil importerast."
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 definert"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 (%4) definert"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Brukerinnstillinger"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "&Brukar"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "&Rotpassord"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
#, fuzzy
@@ -1582,17 +750,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\n"
"to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n"
-"support case-sensitive names.<br>"
-"\n"
-"You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.</p>"
-"\n"
+"support case-sensitive names.<br>\n"
+"You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette kan forårsaka problem ved levering av e-post\n"
"til denne brukaren fordi e-postsystemer normalt ikkje\n"
-"støttar at det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan løysa dette problemet ved å redigera alias-tabellen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"støttar at det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar.<br>\n"
+"Du kan løysa dette problemet ved å redigera alias-tabellen.</p>\n"
#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80
@@ -1612,6 +776,25 @@
"krypteringsinnstillingene for denne brukaren,\n"
"må du skriva inn det gjeldande passordet til brukaren."
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Passorda er ikkje identiske.\n"
+"Prøv igjen."
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
@@ -1645,6 +828,14 @@
msgstr "&Endre hjemmekatalogeier"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "Det fulle namnet til &brukaren"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "&First Name"
@@ -1662,12 +853,34 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr "Bara medlemskap i tilleggsgrupper kan endrast for eksterne brukarar."
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "&Brukernavn"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "Motta s&ystemmeldinger"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "A&utomatisk innlogging"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "Bru&k dette passordet for systemadministrator"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
@@ -1869,6 +1082,36 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "Pro&gramtillegg"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "Brukernavn ikkje angjeven"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"Å la brukernavnfeltet vera tomt er berre føremålstenleg\n"
+"i nettverksmiljøer som brukar ein autentiseringsserver.\n"
+"Skal feltet vera tomt?"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette passordet?"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
@@ -1975,6 +1218,22 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "Gruppe&informasjon"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DEI sine"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
#, fuzzy
@@ -1982,89 +1241,101 @@
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar når du vel passord.\n"
"Passord må ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
"</p>"
-"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Med gjeldande passordkryptering (%1) må lengda til passordet vera mellom\n"
+"%2 og %3 teikn.\n"
+"</p>"
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig inn\n"
+"må det skrivast inn ein gong til i det andre feltet. Ikkje gløym passordet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Her definerer du standardverdier som kal vert brukt når nye lokale brukarar eller systembrukere vert oppretta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text 1/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Default Group</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Default Group</b><br>\n"
"The group name of a new user's primary group.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Standardgruppe/b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Standardgruppe/b><br>\n"
"Namnet på primærgruppen for ein ny brukar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text 1.5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\n"
"Names of additional groups to which to assign new users.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Sekundære grupper</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Sekundære grupper</b><br>\n"
"Namnet på fleire grupper som nye brukarar skal tilordnes.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text 2/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n"
"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Standard innloggingsskall</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Standard innloggingsskall</b><br>\n"
"Namnet på den nye brukaren sin innloggingsskall. Vel eit frå lista eller angje stigen til skalla.</P>\n"
#. Help text 3/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n"
"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n"
"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Standard hjemmekatalog</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Standard hjemmekatalog</b><br>\n"
"Søkestiprefikset til ein ny brukar sin hjemmekatalog. Brukernavnet vil leggjast til\n"
"etter denne stigen for å oppretta standarnavnet på brukaren sin hjemmekatalog.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2073,42 +1344,32 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n"
+"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Hjemmekatalogmal</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Innhaldet i denne katalogen vil kopierast til brukaren sin hjemmekatalog når ein ny brukar vert til lagd. </p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Hjemmekatalogmal</b><br>\n"
+"Innhaldet i denne katalogen vil kopierast til brukaren sin hjemmekatalog når ein ny brukar vert til lagd. </p>\n"
#. Help text 4.5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\n"
+"Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Umask for hjemmekatalog</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Umask som skal nyttast når nye hjemmekataloger vert oppretta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Umask for hjemmekatalog</b><br>\n"
+"Umask som skal nyttast når nye hjemmekataloger vert oppretta.</p>\n"
#. Help text 5/6:
#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n"
"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n"
"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Utløpsdato</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Utløpsdato</b><br>\n"
"Datoen når kontoen til brukaren skal deaktiveres. Datoen må angjevast i formatet\n"
"ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD. La feltet vera tomt viss kontoen aldri skal utløpe.</P>\n"
@@ -2173,12 +1434,10 @@
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagringsprosessen:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagringsprosessen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 1/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203
@@ -2188,16 +1447,28 @@
"Enter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \n"
"<b>Username</b>, and\n"
"<b>Password</b> to assign to this user.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Angje <b>Førenamn</b>, <b>Etternamn</b>,\n"
"<b>Brukernavn</b> og\n"
"<b>Passord</b> for brukaren.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Angje <b>Det fulle namnet til brukaren</b>, <b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b> for\n"
+"denne brukerkontoen.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
#, fuzzy
@@ -2209,8 +1480,7 @@
"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Brukernavnet</b> kan generers på grunnlag av det fulle namnet ved å\n"
@@ -2219,8 +1489,7 @@
"Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n"
"Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n"
"avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. alternative help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241
@@ -2232,8 +1501,7 @@
"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bara\n"
@@ -2241,9 +1509,29 @@
"Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n"
"Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n"
"avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Brukernavnet og passordet som vert her oppretta, vert kravt for å logga på og arbeid med Linux-systemet. Viss <b>Automatisk innlogging</b> vert aktivert, vert Innloggingsprosedyren sløyfa, og denne brukaren vert logga inn automatisk.</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"E-post til rotbrukeren vil vidaresendast til denne brukaren viss du kryssar av for <b>Motta systemmeldinger</b>.</p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
#, fuzzy
@@ -2257,26 +1545,22 @@
"<p>\n"
"To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n"
"<b>Details</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å vise meir informasjon, t.d. hjemmekatalog eller brukar-ID, klikk\n"
"<b>Detaljar</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. alternative help text 5/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"For å redigera diverse passordinnstilliinger for denne brukaren (t.d. utløpsdato), klikk <b>Passordinnstilliinger</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"For å redigera diverse passordinnstilliinger for denne brukaren (t.d. utløpsdato), klikk <b>Passordinnstilliinger</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296
@@ -2294,13 +1578,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the group data here. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Angje gruppeinformasjonen her. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318
@@ -2312,8 +1594,7 @@
"two and eight characters. \n"
"You can redefine the list of characters allowed for group names in\n"
"the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Gruppenavn:</b>\n"
@@ -2321,8 +1602,7 @@
"to og åtte teikn.\n"
"Du kan omdefinera avgrensingane for teikn i gruppenavn i\n"
"fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/6, %1 is number
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329
@@ -2334,8 +1614,7 @@
"internal representation. These values are between 0 and\n"
"%1. Some of the IDs are already assigned during installation. You will be\n"
"warned if you try to use an already set one.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Gruppe-ID (gjev):</b>\n"
@@ -2343,8 +1622,7 @@
"til internt bruk. Desse verda er mellom 0 og %1.\n"
"Nokre av Idene vert tildelte under installasjonen. Du får ein\n"
"advarsel dersom du freistar å bruka ei ID som er i bruk.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342
@@ -2356,8 +1634,7 @@
"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n"
"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n"
"here. This entry is not required.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Passord:</b>\n"
@@ -2365,8 +1642,7 @@
"byter til denne nye gruppa (sjå manualsiden for <tt>newgrp</tt>), kan du tildela \n"
"eit passord til gruppa. Av sikkerhetsgrunner vert ikkje passordet vist\n"
"her. Dette er ikkje obligatorisk.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353
@@ -2375,14 +1651,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Confirm Password:</b>\n"
"Enter the password a second time to avoid typing errors.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Gjenta passordet:</b>\n"
"Passordet må stadfestast for å unngå skrivefeil.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361
@@ -2391,14 +1665,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Group Members:</b>\n"
"Here, select which users should be members of this group.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Gruppemedlemmer:</b>\n"
"Her vel du kva for brukarar som skal vera medlemmar i denne gruppa.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373
@@ -2432,8 +1704,7 @@
"the user ID. For normal users, you should use\n"
"a UID larger than %1 because the smaller UIDs are used\n"
"by the system for special purposes and pseudo logins.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Brukar-ID (uid):</b>\n"
@@ -2441,8 +1712,7 @@
"For vanlege brukarar bør du bruka\n"
"ein UID som er større enn %1, fordi lågare UID-er brukast\n"
"av systemet til spesielle føremål og til pseudoinnlogginger.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408
@@ -2452,15 +1722,13 @@
"If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n"
"this user owns must be changed. This is done automatically\n"
"for the files in the user's home directory, but not for files \n"
-"located elsewhere.</p>"
-"\n"
+"located elsewhere.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du endrar UID for ein eksisterande brukar, må rettane til filene\n"
"som denne brukaren eige, vert endra. Dette vert utført automatisk\n"
"for filene i brukaren sin hjemmekatalog, men ikkje for filer \n"
-"som er lagra andre stadar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som er lagra andre stadar.</p>\n"
#. help text 4/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417
@@ -2471,16 +1739,14 @@
"The home directory of the user. Normally this is\n"
"/home/username. \n"
"To select an existing directory, click <b>Browse</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Hjemmekatalog:</b>\n"
"Brukaren sin hjemmekatalog. Dette er vanlegvis\n"
"/home/brukernavn. \n"
"Klikk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ein eksisterande katalog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for user's home directory mode
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430
@@ -2494,13 +1760,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To create only an empty home directory,\n"
"check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n"
-"is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>"
-"\n"
+"is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For berre å oppretta ein tom hjemmekatalog,\n"
"kryss av for <b>Tom hjemmekatalog</b>. Viss ikkje, vert den nye hjemmekatalogen\n"
-"opprettast frå standardmalen (%1).</p>"
-"\n"
+"opprettast frå standardmalen (%1).</p>\n"
#. help text for Move to new location checkbox
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452
@@ -2545,15 +1809,13 @@
"Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n"
"three parts, separated by commas. The standard usage is to write\n"
"<i>office</i>,<i>work phone</i>,<i>home phone</i>. This information is \n"
-"shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>"
-"\n"
+"shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Meir informasjon</b>\n"
"Ytterlegare brukerinformasjon kan verta her definert. Dette feltet kan innehalda inntil\n"
"tre deler adskilt av komene. Det er vanleg å skriva inn\n"
"<i>kontor</i>,<i>telefon arbeid</i>,<i>telefon heime</i>. Denne informasjonen vil\n"
-"visast når du brukar kommandoen <i>finger</i> for denne brukaren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"visast når du brukar kommandoen <i>finger</i> for denne brukaren.</p>\n"
#. help text 6/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512
@@ -2596,26 +1858,22 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Additional Groups:</b>\n"
"Select additional groups in which the user should be a member.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Tilleggsgrupper</b>\n"
"Vel tilleggsgrupper som brukaren skal vera medlem av.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n"
-"extensions of user and group configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"extensions of user and group configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette er ei liste over programtillegg, fleire \n"
-"konfigurasjonsmuligheter for brukarar og grupper.</p>"
-"\n"
+"konfigurasjonsmuligheter for brukarar og grupper.</p>\n"
#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548
@@ -2663,16 +1921,14 @@
"Users can be warned before their passwords expire. Set \n"
"how long before expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to disable\n"
"the warning. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Advarsel før utløp av passord</B><BR>\n"
"Brukarane kan varslast før passordet utløper. Definer \n"
"kor mange dagar før passordet utløper, brukaren skal varslast. Bruk verdet -1 for å deaktivere\n"
"varslingen. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text 3/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588
@@ -2725,38 +1981,30 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\n"
"Here, see a summary of modules that could affect sources\n"
"of user accounts or authentication type.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Konfigurasjonsoversikt</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Konfigurasjonsoversikt</b><br>\n"
"Her får du eit sammendrag over modular som kan påverka kor informasjon om\n"
"brukerkontoer eller autentiseringstyper skal verta frå henta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n"
"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Endre verd</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Endre verd</b><br>\n"
"Du kan konfigurer desse innstillingane ved å aktivera aktuelle modular. Vel modul med <b>Konfigurer</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for Password Policy Dialog
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62
@@ -2792,9 +2040,7 @@
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vel om passordkvaliteten skal kontrollerast når passord vert endra eller vert oppretta. Vel <b>Ingen kontroll</b> viss det ikkje skal gjerast kontroll av passord. Med <b>Godta passord som ikkje kan kontrollerast</b> godtakast passord sjølv om kontrollen ikkje kan utførast, til dømes viss brukaren har angjeve eit kryptert passord. Med <b>Godta berre kontrollerte passord</b> avvisast passord viss kvalitetskontrollen mislukkast eller passordet ikkje kan kontrollerast."
-"<p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vel om passordkvaliteten skal kontrollerast når passord vert endra eller vert oppretta. Vel <b>Ingen kontroll</b> viss det ikkje skal gjerast kontroll av passord. Med <b>Godta passord som ikkje kan kontrollerast</b> godtakast passord sjølv om kontrollen ikkje kan utførast, til dømes viss brukaren har angjeve eit kryptert passord. Med <b>Godta berre kontrollerte passord</b> avvisast passord viss kvalitetskontrollen mislukkast eller passordet ikkje kan kontrollerast.<p>"
#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90
@@ -2824,8 +2070,7 @@
"Brukarane kan varslast før passordet utløper. Definer \n"
"kor mange dagar før passordet utløper, brukaren skal varslast. Bruk verdet -1 for å deaktivere\n"
"varslingen. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106
@@ -3003,14 +2248,12 @@
"<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n"
"check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n"
"action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n"
-"user home directories.</p>"
-"\n"
+"user home directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kryss av for aktuelt val viss LDAP-katalogane til brukarar skal lagrast\n"
"på denne maskina. Det har ingen direkte konsekvensar å endra dette verdet.\n"
"Han tener berre som informasjon for brukermodulen i YaST, der brukarane sine hjemmekataloger\n"
-"kan administrerast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan administrerast.</p>\n"
#. help text caption
#. help text
@@ -3019,13 +2262,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Klikk <b>Konfigurer</b> for å konfigurera innstellingar som er lagra på\n"
"LDAP-serveren. Du vil vart beden om passord viss du ikkje er tilkoplet enno,\n"
-"eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra.</p>\n"
#. password policy help text caption
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681
@@ -3143,7 +2384,9 @@
msgstr "Systembrukere"
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Lokale brukarar"
@@ -3234,6 +2477,12 @@
msgstr "Samba-grupper"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -3255,6 +2504,12 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "&Samba"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
#, fuzzy
@@ -3380,15 +2635,13 @@
"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n"
"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n"
"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel ein passordkrypteringsmetode for lokale brukarar og systembrukere.\n"
"<b>DEI sine</b>, standardmetoden i Linux, fungerer i alle nettverksmiljøer, men\n"
"passorda kan ikkje innehalda meir enn åtte teikn.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480
@@ -3404,6 +2657,12 @@
"nettverksprotokoller støttar ikkje dette, og det kan oppstå problem i samband med NIS.\n"
"</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
#, fuzzy
@@ -3416,6 +2675,30 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "Krypteringstype"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr "&DEI sine"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "&MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr "SHA-&256"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr "SHA-&512"
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
#, fuzzy
@@ -3434,14 +2717,12 @@
"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n"
"you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n"
"encrypted with a method other than DES.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det ser ut som om du køyrer ein NIS-servar. I nokon nettverksmiljøer\n"
"vil du kanskje ikkje kunna logga inn på ein NIS-klient dersom eit brukerpassord er\n"
"kryptert med ein annan metode enn DEI sine.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593
@@ -3479,39 +2760,29 @@
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n"
"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n"
-"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>"
-"\n"
+"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Med<b>Standard</b> kan du lasta standardfilteret frå oppsettmodulene\n"
"for brukarar og grupper som er lagra på LDAP-serveren (verd for 'susesearchFilter'-attributt).\n"
-"Viss du ikkje er tilkoblet enno, vil du vart beden om å angje passord.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss du ikkje er tilkoblet enno, vil du vart beden om å angje passord.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font))
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Example:</b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"With the user filter\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>With the user filter\n"
+"<br>\n"
"<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"only obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"only obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Døme:</b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Med brukerfilteret\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>Med brukerfilteret\n"
+"<br>\n"
"<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"finn du berre brukarar med brukernavn som byrjar på 'u'.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"finn du berre brukarar med brukernavn som byrjar på 'u'.</p>\n"
#. radiobutton label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763
@@ -3606,43 +2877,33 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Funksjonane som er skildra nedanfor, er tilgjengelege berre viss du brukar KDM som innloggingshandsamar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. helptext 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n"
+"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Automatisk innlogging</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Innloggingsprosedyren</b> kan sløyfast ved å velja <b>Automatisk innlogging</b>. I så fall vert brukaren som er vald i lista, logga automatisk inn.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Automatisk innlogging</b><br>\n"
+"<b>Innloggingsprosedyren</b> kan sløyfast ved å velja <b>Automatisk innlogging</b>. I så fall vert brukaren som er vald i lista, logga automatisk inn.</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n"
"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n"
-"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
+"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Innlogging utan passord</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Innlogging utan passord</b><br>\n"
"Viss dette alternativet er avkrysset, kan alle brukarar logga inn utan å skriva inn\n"
-"passord. Viss ikkje, vil brukaren bedast om passord sjølv om du har valt automatisk innlogging for vedkomande.</p>"
-"\n"
+"passord. Viss ikkje, vil brukaren bedast om passord sjølv om du har valt automatisk innlogging for vedkomande.</p>\n"
#. dialog label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004
@@ -3774,6 +3035,13 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
#, fuzzy
msgid "System"
@@ -3836,15 +3104,13 @@
"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n"
"system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n"
"a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Linux er eit flerbrukersystem. Fleire ulike brukarar kan loggast\n"
"inn på systemet samstundes. For å unngå forvirring må kvar brukar ha ein unik \n"
"identitet. Dessutan må kvar brukar tilhøyra minst éi gruppe.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535
@@ -3852,13 +3118,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
-"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Brukarar og grupper er ordna i ulike sett. Du kan endra settet som vert vist i tabellen med <b>Bruk filter</b>.\n"
-"Tilpass visningen med <b>Tilpass filter</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Tilpass visningen med <b>Tilpass filter</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541
@@ -3868,15 +3132,13 @@
"Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n"
"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n"
"users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n"
-"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>"
-"\n"
+"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Klikk <b>Avanserte alternativ</b> for å redigera diverse avanserte innstillingar, t.d.\n"
"passordkrypteringstype, metode for brukerautentisering, standardverdier for nye\n"
"brukarar eller innloggingsinnstillinger. Med <b>Lager endringar no</b>\n"
-"kan du lagra alle endringar du har gjort så langt utan å avslutta konfigurasjonsmodulen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan du lagra alle endringar du har gjort så langt utan å avslutta konfigurasjonsmodulen.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550
@@ -3885,14 +3147,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n"
"<b>%1</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å lagra endra nytter- og gruppeinnstillinger i systemet, klikk\n"
"<b>%1</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571
@@ -3902,16 +3162,14 @@
"<p>\n"
"Use this dialog to get information about existing users and add or modify\n"
"users. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du finna informasjon om eksisterande brukarar og dessutan leggja til eller endra\n"
"\n"
"brukarar. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580
@@ -3919,13 +3177,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To shift to the group dialog, select <b>Groups</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å byte til gruppedialogen, vel <b>Grupper</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587
@@ -3934,14 +3190,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"To create a new user, click <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"For å oppretta ein ny brukar, klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595
@@ -3950,14 +3204,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å redigera eller slette ein eksisterande brukar, vel ein brukar frå lista og\n"
"klikk <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616
@@ -3966,14 +3218,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du visa informasjon om eksisterande grupper og dessutan leggja til eller endra grupper.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624
@@ -3981,13 +3231,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To shift to the user dialog, select <b>Users</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Brukarar</b> for å byte til brukerdialogen.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631
@@ -3996,14 +3244,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"To create a new group, click <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å oppretta ei ny gruppe.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639
@@ -4012,14 +3258,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å redigera eller slette ei eksisterande gruppe, vel ei gruppe frå lista og\n"
"klikk <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. popup error label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679
@@ -4176,6 +3420,16 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "Pakka %1 er ikkje tilgjengeleg for installasjon."
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Pakka %1 er ikkje installert.\n"
+"Vil du installera han no?\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
#, fuzzy
@@ -4196,6 +3450,433 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer …"
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
+"bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn."
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
+"må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "Lagrar brukeroppsett …"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "Ikkje gløym kva du skriv inn her."
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "&Passord for rotbruker"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "B&ekreft passord"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Test tastaturoppsett"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Til skilnad frå vanlege brukarar, som til dømes jobbar med tekst og\n"
+"grafikk eller surfar på nettet, finst brukaren \"root\" i\n"
+"alle system, og må aktiverast kvar gong ei administrativ\n"
+"oppgåve skal utførast. Logg inn som rot når\n"
+"du har behov for å vera systemadministrator, aldri elles.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Fordi rotbrukeren har omfattande rettar, bør passordet \n"
+"for \"root\" verta med valt omhu. Ein kombinasjon av bokstavar og tall\n"
+"vert rådd til. For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig, må det skrivast inn\n"
+"på nytt i det andre feltet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Alle regler for brukerpassord gjeld for rotpassordet òg:\n"
+"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar. Eit passord bør bestå av minst 5 teikn,\n"
+"og bør normalt ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Ikkje gløym dette rotpassordet\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "Passord for systemadministratoren \"root\","
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Passord vart ikkje angjeve.\n"
+"Prøv igjen."
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Lokal</b> viss du vil autentisere brukarar bara ved hjelp av lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "Opprett ny brukar"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar når du vel passord.\n"
+"Passord må ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Med gjeldande passordkryptering (%1) må lengda til passordet vera mellom\n"
+"%2 og %3 teikn.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bara bokstavar (ingen teikn med aksentar), tall og teiknet <tt>._-</tt> nyttast.\n"
+"Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n"
+"Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n"
+"avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr " Kryss av for Bruk dette passordet viss same passord som vart angjeve for første brukar, skal verta for nytta rotbrukeren"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon frå ein tidlegare installasjon"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "Lokale brukarar"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "Opprett ny brukar"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon frå ein tidlegare installasjon"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "Systembrukere"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "&Automatisk innlogging"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "Ingen brukar er spesifisert."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast."
+msgstr[1] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast."
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "Vel brukarar som skal le&sjåast"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Vel eller vel bort &alle"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr "SHA-256"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr "SHA-512"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "Brukerinnstillinger"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "&Brukar"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "&Rotpassord"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> definert"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> ikkje definert"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "Ingen <%1>nytter<%2> sat opp"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 vil importerast."
+msgstr[1] "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 vil importerast."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 definert"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 (%4) definert"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
#, fuzzy
@@ -4737,7 +4418,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
@@ -4757,237 +4438,237 @@
"etter at dei er riktig montert. Vil du halda fram brukerkonfigurasjonen?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
#, fuzzy
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "Fleire brukarar samsvarer med vilkåra."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer brukar- og gruppekonfigurasjon"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for innlogging"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for system"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "Les konfigurasjonstype"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "Les spesialinnstillinger for brukar"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "Les brukarar og grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
#, fuzzy
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "Opprett mellomlagerstrukturer"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "Lesar standardinnstillinger for innlogging …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for system …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "Lesar konfigurasjonstype …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "Lesar spesialinnstillinger …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "Les brukarar og grupper …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
#, fuzzy
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "Opprettar mellomlagerstrukturer …"
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
#, fuzzy
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "Brukaren finst ikkje."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "Gruppa finst ikkje."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar brukar- og gruppekonfigurasjon"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "Lagre LDAP-brukarar og -grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "Lagre grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "Søk etter sletta brukarar"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "Lagre brukarar"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "Lagre passord"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "Lagre spesialinnstillinger"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for innlogging"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "Lagrar LDAP-brukarar og -grupper …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "Lagrar grupper …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "Søkar etter sletta brukarar …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "Lagrar brukarar …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "Lagrar passord …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar spesialinnstillinger …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar standardinnstillinger for innlogging …"
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "Fila %s kunne ikkje lesast riktig og vil ikkje vart lagra."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under sletting av brukarar."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "Fila %s kunne ikkje lesast riktig og vil ikkje vart lagra."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under konfigurasjon av vidaresending av rotbrukerens e-post."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
#, fuzzy
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "Det finst ingen tilgjengeleg UID for denne brukertypen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4997,7 +4678,7 @@
"Vel eit gyldig heiltal mellom %i og %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
@@ -5007,7 +4688,7 @@
"Vil du bruka det likevel?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -5019,7 +4700,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka henne?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -5031,7 +4712,7 @@
"Er du sikker at du vil endra typen til 'local'?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -5042,7 +4723,7 @@
"fordi verdet er mindre enn %i. \n"
"Er du sikker at du vil endra typen til 'system'?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -5052,7 +4733,7 @@
"Brukernavnet kan tilhøyra ein eksisterande NIS- eller LDAP-brukar."
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -5064,7 +4745,7 @@
"Prøv eit anna brukernavn."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
@@ -5074,7 +4755,7 @@
"innehalda eit kolon (:). Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
@@ -5086,7 +4767,7 @@
"Rediger oppføringene."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -5098,7 +4779,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -5108,7 +4789,7 @@
"Vel ein annan stig for hjemmekatalogen."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
@@ -5118,7 +4799,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
@@ -5130,7 +4811,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka denne stigen?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
@@ -5141,7 +4822,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -5153,7 +4834,7 @@
"Vil du bruka denne katalogen?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -5167,7 +4848,7 @@
"Vil du bruka denne katalogen?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
@@ -5177,13 +4858,13 @@
"Vil du bruka dette skalet?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
#, fuzzy
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "Ingen GJEV er tilgjengeleg for denne gruppetypen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -5193,7 +4874,7 @@
"Vel eit gyldig heiltal mellom %i og %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
@@ -5203,7 +4884,7 @@
"Vil du bruka det likevel?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -5215,7 +4896,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka henne?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -5227,7 +4908,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil endra gruppetypen til 'local'?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -5239,7 +4920,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil endra gruppetypen til 'system'?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
@@ -5249,7 +4930,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -5259,7 +4940,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
@@ -5273,7 +4954,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -5284,13 +4965,13 @@
"du skreiv inn og eit eksisterande gruppenavn.\n"
"Prøv eit anna namn."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "Brukaren %s finst ikkje."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
@@ -5302,7 +4983,7 @@
"som standardgruppe."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
@@ -5314,25 +4995,25 @@
"Slett desse brukarane frå gruppa først."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Brukarar</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Innstillingar for innlogging</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
#, fuzzy
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "Brukaren %1 vert logga automatisk inn"
@@ -5354,22 +5035,22 @@
"finst på LDAP-serveren. Vil du oppretta han no?"
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Diskkvotekonfigurasjon"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -5514,8 +5195,8 @@
"%2"
#. the ']' is or-ed...
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -5527,7 +5208,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -5543,7 +5224,7 @@
"</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
@@ -5555,43 +5236,43 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt gruppenavnet som ein del av passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr "Du har nytta brukernavnet som ein del av passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt berre små bokstavar for passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt berre store bokstavar for passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt eit palindrom som passord."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt berre tal for passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -5601,7 +5282,7 @@
"Det vil forkortast til %s teikn?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -5611,13 +5292,13 @@
"%s."
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr "Passordet bør innehalda minst %i teikn."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
@@ -5627,7 +5308,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -5637,7 +5318,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
@@ -5651,7 +5332,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -5662,16 +5343,14 @@
"skreiv inn og eit anna brukernavn.\n"
"Prøv eit anna brukernavn."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "Hentar %1-utviding …"
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
#, fuzzy
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "Frigjer -utviding"
@@ -5750,6 +5429,176 @@
msgstr "Fleire brukarar samsvarer med vilkåra."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Autentisering</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Her du kan du velja autentiseringsmetode for brukarar i systemet.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+#~ msgstr "Viss du har ein annan installasjon eller eit anna system, kan du oppretta brukarar basert på denne kjelda. Vel <b>Les brukerinformasjon frå tidlegare installasjon</b> for å gjera dette. Med dette valet kan du bruka ein eksisterande eller oppretta ein ny hjemmekatalog for kvar brukar på den spesifiserte staden for denne installasjonen."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&LDAP"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "&Windows-domane"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n"
+#~ "autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n"
+#~ "<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n"
+#~ "aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n"
+#~ "autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n"
+#~ "<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n"
+#~ "aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Sett opp Kerberos-autentisering</b> for å konfigurera Kerberos etter at du har valt brukerinformasjonskilde.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "&Vel"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Sett opp &Kerberos-autentisering"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "A&vanserte alternativ …"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
+#~ "må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Kontrollar om gjeldande tastaturoppsett er riktig ved å skriva inn tekst i feltet <b>Test tastaturoppsett</b>.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
+#~ "bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Eit rotpassord kunne ikkje definerast.\n"
+#~ "Du vil kanskje ikkje kunna logga inn.\n"
+#~ "Vil du freista igjen?\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "Initialisering av modul for konfigurasjon av autentisering …"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Innloggingsinnstillinger</b></p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
+#~ msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoden er lokal"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&Endre …"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "Sammendrag"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr " -domane"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<%2>: %3"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<<%2>: %3 og Kerberos."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Brukarane<%2> %3 valt for import"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "No Password Entered"
#~ msgstr "Passord er ikkje angjeven"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@
msgstr "Set opp den virtuelle maskina …"
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr "x86_64 er den einaste arkitekturen som vert støtta som vert for virtuelle maskiner. Din arktitektur er "
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -43,175 +43,167 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Kontrollar installerte pakkar"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Oppsett av nettverksbru"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "Set opp VM-tenaren (domene 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p>"
-"<p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Oppsett av VM-tenar</b></big></p>"
-"<p>VM-tenaren vert sett opp i to steg.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
+msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><big><b>Oppsett av VM-tenar</b></big></p><p>VM-tenaren vert sett opp i to steg.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Dei nødvendige pakkane vert først installerte. Systemet byter så tiloppstartslasteren GRUB (viss denne ikkje alt vert brukt), og ei Xen-blokk vert lagd til i oppstartsmenyen viss ho ikkje finst der frå før.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel.</p>"
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>GRUB må brukast, då han støttar standarden som trengst for å starta Xen- og Linux-kjernen.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Når oppsettet er fullført, kan du starta VM-tenaren frå oppstartsmenyen.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "Installasjonen vert avbroten."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr "Set opp den virtuelle maskina …"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Installasjonen vert avbroten."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "Installasjonen vert avbroten."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "Køyrer i tekstmodus. Vil du likevel installera grafiske komponentar?"
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer pakker …"
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "Installerer pakkar …"
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Kan ikkje installera nødvendige pakker."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "Set opp standard nettverksbru …"
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Nettverksbru."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
-msgid ""
-"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p>"
-"<p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>For vanlege nettverksoppsett med virtuelle maskiner bør du bruka ei nettverksbru.</p>"
-"<p>Vil du setja opp ei standard nettverksbru?</p>"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
+msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>For vanlege nettverksoppsett med virtuelle maskiner bør du bruka ei nettverksbru.</p><p>Vil du setja opp ei standard nettverksbru?</p>"
#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV
#. Progress::NextStage();
@@ -222,35 +214,35 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr "For å installera Xen-gjester må maskina startast på nytt for å lasta inn nødvendige drivarar.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr "For å installera Xen-gjester må maskina startast på nytt for å lasta inn nødvendige drivarar.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -200,12 +200,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -286,102 +286,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,32 +466,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -499,28 +499,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -70,13 +70,11 @@
#: src/clients/wol.rb:77
msgid ""
-"<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>"
-"\n"
+"<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n"
"<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n"
"over the network.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<h2>Vekk via lokalnett (WOL)</h2>"
-"\n"
+"<h2>Vekk via lokalnett (WOL)</h2>\n"
"<p>Med denne funksjonen kan du slå på maskina \n"
"med eit spesielt signal over lokalnettverket.</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po 2016-07-04 09:22:58 UTC (rev 96041)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 16:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -95,8 +95,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n"
-" the corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+" the corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel ein av dei tilgjengelege apparmor-modulane for å setja opp\n"
" tilhøyrande handlingar, og klikk <b>Start</b>.</p>"
@@ -290,35 +289,28 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>"
-"This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n"
+"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>AppArmor-status</b><br>"
-"Denne rapporten viser om AppArmor-modulen \n"
-"er lasta og aktivert.</p>"
-" "
+"<p><b>AppArmor-status</b><br>Denne rapporten viser om AppArmor-modulen \n"
+"er lasta og aktivert.</p> "
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>"
-"Configure this tool if you want \n"
+"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Varsling av sikkerhetshendelse</b><br>"
-"Sett opp dette verktøyet viss du vil \n"
+"<p><b>Varsling av sikkerhetshendelse</b><br>Sett opp dette verktøyet viss du vil \n"
"varslast via e-post når brot på tilgangsreglene har funnest.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>"
-"Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
+"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
"uses individual profiles.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Profilmoduser</b><br>"
-"Bruk dette verktøyet for å endra korleis AppArmor \n"
+"<p><b>Profilmoduser</b><br>Bruk dette verktøyet for å endra korleis AppArmor \n"
"brukar dei einskilde profila.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
@@ -397,12 +389,8 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p>"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Desse feila må rettast før AppArmor kan startast eller profilbehandlingsverktøyet vert nytta.</p>"
-" "
+msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> "
+msgstr "<p>Desse feila må rettast før AppArmor kan startast eller profilbehandlingsverktøyet vert nytta.</p> "
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64
#, fuzzy
@@ -905,640 +893,392 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n"
+"<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n"
"this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n"
-"and group ownership.</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"and group ownership.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>I eit system kor [_pOSIX_cHOWN_rESTRICTED] er valt, \n"
+"<ul><li>I eit system kor [_pOSIX_cHOWN_rESTRICTED] er valt, \n"
"overstyrer dette avgrensinga for endring av \n"
-"fil- og gruppeeierskap.</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"fil- og gruppeeierskap.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Overstyr all DAC-tilgjenge, inkludert tilgjenge for køyring av ACL viss \n"
-"[_pOSIX_aCL] er vald. Unntaket er DAC-tilgjenge som vert dekt av CAP_lINUX_iMMUTABLE.</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li>Overstyr all DAC-tilgjenge, inkludert tilgjenge for køyring av ACL viss \n"
+"[_pOSIX_aCL] er vald. Unntaket er DAC-tilgjenge som vert dekt av CAP_lINUX_iMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n"
+"<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n"
"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n"
-"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Overstyrer alle DAC-avgrensingar andsynes lesing og søk \n"
+"<ul><li>Overstyrer alle DAC-avgrensingar andsynes lesing og søk \n"
"etter filer og katalogar, inkludert ACL-avgrensingar viss [_pOSIX_aCL] er valde. \n"
-"Unntaket er DAC-tilgjenge som vert dekt av CAP_lINUX_iMMUTABLE. </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"Unntaket er DAC-tilgjenge som vert dekt av CAP_lINUX_iMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n"
+"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n"
"owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n"
-"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Overstyrer alle avgrensingar om tillatne handlingar for filer, \n"
+"<ul><li>Overstyrer alle avgrensingar om tillatne handlingar for filer, \n"
"der fileierens ID må vera lik brukar-ID-ein, unntatt der CAP_fSETID \n"
-"gjeld. Overstyrer ikkje MAC- og DAC-avgrensingar. </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"gjeld. Overstyrer ikkje MAC- og DAC-avgrensingar. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Overstyrer følgjande avgrensingar om at fungerande nytter-ID \n"
+"<ul><li>Overstyrer følgjande avgrensingar om at fungerande nytter-ID \n"
"skal vera lik fileierens ID ved innstilling av S_iSUID- og S_iSGID-bitar for fila, \n"
"at gjeldande gruppe-ID (eller ein av tilleggsgruppe-ID-eine) skal vera lik \n"
"fileierens ID ved innstilling av S_iSGID-biten for fila, og at bitane S_iSUID og \n"
-"S_iSGID vert sletta ved vellukka retur frå chown(2) (ikkje implementert). </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"S_iSGID vert sletta ved vellukka retur frå chown(2) (ikkje implementert). </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n"
+"<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n"
"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n"
-"receiving the signal.</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"receiving the signal.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Overstyrer avgrensinga om at reell eller gjeldande nytter-ID \n"
+"<ul><li>Overstyrer avgrensinga om at reell eller gjeldande nytter-ID \n"
"for ein prosess som sender eit signal, må vera lik reelle eller gjeldande brukar-ID for prosessen \n"
-"som mottek signalet.</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"som mottek signalet.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li>"
-" "
-"<li> Allows setgroups(2) </li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n"
+"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Tillèt endring av setgid(2) </li>"
-" "
-"<li> Tillèt setgroups(2) </li>"
-" "
-"<li> \n"
-"Tillèt konstruerte GJEV-er ved overføring av sokkelrettigheter. </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li>Tillèt endring av setgid(2) </li> <li> Tillèt setgroups(2) </li> <li> \n"
+"Tillèt konstruerte GJEV-er ved overføring av sokkelrettigheter. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n"
+"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Tillèt endring av setuid(2) (inkludert fsuid) </li>"
-" "
-"<li> \n"
-"Tillèt konstruerte PID-er ved overføring av sokkelrettigheter. </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li>Tillèt endring av setuid(2) (inkludert fsuid) </li> <li> \n"
+"Tillèt konstruerte PID-er ved overføring av sokkelrettigheter. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n"
-"remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n"
+"remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Overfør valfri eigenskap i det tillatne settet ditt til valfri PID. \n"
-"Fjern valfri eigenskap for det tillatne settet ditt frå valfri PID</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Overfør valfri eigenskap i det tillatne settet ditt til valfri PID. \n"
+"Fjern valfri eigenskap for det tillatne settet ditt frå valfri PID</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li>"
-"</ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Tillat endring av filattributtene S_iMMUTABLE og S_aPPEND</li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li>Tillat endring av filattributtene S_iMMUTABLE og S_aPPEND</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n"
+"<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Tillèt binding til TCP/UDP-soklar under1024 </li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt binding til ATM VCI-er under 32</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li>Tillèt binding til TCP/UDP-soklar under1024 </li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt binding til ATM VCI-er under 32</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li>"
-"</ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt kringkasting, lyttar på multikasting </li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt kringkasting, lyttar på multikasting </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows interface configuration</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li>"
-" \n"
+"<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Tillèt oppsett av grensesnitt</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av IP-brannmur, maskering og kontoar</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt feilsøkingsvalg for soklar</li>"
-" \n"
+"<ul><li>Tillèt oppsett av grensesnitt</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av IP-brannmur, maskering og kontoar</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt feilsøkingsvalg for soklar</li> \n"
"<li> Tillèt endring av rutingtabeller</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n"
"<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Tillèt tilfeldige prosess-/prosessgruppeeierskap for soklar</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt binding til kva for ein som helst adresse for transparente mellomservere</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt TOS (type of service)</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt promiskiøs modus </li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Tillèt tilfeldige prosess-/prosessgruppeeierskap for soklar</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt binding til kva for ein som helst adresse for transparente mellomservere</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt TOS (type of service)</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt promiskiøs modus </li> \n"
"<li> Tillèt sletting av driverstatistikk</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows multicasting</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows activation of ATM control sockets </li>"
-"\n"
+"<li> Allows multicasting</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows activation of ATM control sockets </li>\n"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Tillèt multikasting</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt lesing frå / skriving til enhetsspesifikke register</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt aktivering av ATM-kontrollsokler </li>"
-"\n"
+"<li> Tillèt multikasting</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt lesing frå / skriving til enhetsspesifikke register</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt aktivering av ATM-kontrollsokler </li>\n"
"</ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt bruk av RAW-soklar</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt bruk av PACKET-soklar </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Tillèt bruk av RAW-soklar</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt bruk av PACKET-soklar </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li>"
-" "
-"<li> Allows mlock and\n"
-"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n"
+"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt låsing av delte minnesegmenter</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt mlock og mlockall (som ikkje eigenleg har noko å gjera med IPC) </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Tillèt låsing av delte minnesegmenter</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt mlock og mlockall (som ikkje eigenleg har noko å gjera med IPC) </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Override IPC ownership checks </li>"
-"</ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Overstyr IPC-eierskapskontroller </li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Overstyr IPC-eierskapskontroller </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Modify cap_bset </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n"
+"<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Sett inn og fjern kjernemoduler – endra kjerne utan avgrensing</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Endre cap_bset </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Sett inn og fjern kjernemoduler – endra kjerne utan avgrensing</li> \n"
+"<li> Endre cap_bset </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt ioperm/iopl-tilgjenge</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li>Tillèt sending av USB-meldingar til alle einingar vigde /proc/bums/usb </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Tillèt ioperm/iopl-tilgjenge</li> \n"
+"<li>Tillèt sending av USB-meldingar til alle einingar vigde /proc/bums/usb </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows use of chroot() </li>"
-"</ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt bruk av chroot() </li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt bruk av chroot() </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li>"
-"</ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt ptrace() for alle prosessar </li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt ptrace() for alle prosessar </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li>"
-"</ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt konfigurasjon av prosesskontoadministrasjon </li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt konfigurasjon av prosesskontoadministrasjon </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of the random device</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows examination and configuration of disk quotas</li>"
-" \n"
+"<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> \n"
"<li> Allows configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt oppsett av secure attention-nøkkel</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av tilfeldig eining</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt gransking og oppsett av diskkvoter</li>"
-" \n"
+"<ul><li> Tillèt oppsett av secure attention-nøkkel</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av tilfeldig eining</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt gransking og oppsett av diskkvoter</li> \n"
"<li> Tillèt oppsett av kjernen sin systemlogg (printk-funksjonen)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows setting the domain name</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows setting the hostname</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows calling bdflush()</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Allows setting the domain name</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting the hostname</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows calling bdflush()</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> \n"
"<li> Allows some autofs root ioctls</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Tillèt angivelse av domenenavn</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt angivelse av vertsnavn</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt kommandoen bdflush()</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt mount() og umount(), oppsett av ny smb-samband</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Tillèt angivelse av domenenavn</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt angivelse av vertsnavn</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt kommandoen bdflush()</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt mount() og umount(), oppsett av ny smb-samband</li> \n"
"<li> Tillèt nokon formar for autofs root ioctls</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows nfsservctl</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows to read/write pci config on alpha</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Allows nfsservctl</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows to read/write pci config on alpha</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> \n"
"<li> Allows flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Tillèt nfsservctl</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt VM86_rEQUEST_iRQ</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt å lesa frå / skriva til pci config on alpha</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Tillèt nfsservctl</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt VM86_rEQUEST_iRQ</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt å lesa frå / skriva til pci config on alpha</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> \n"
"<li> Tillèt å tømma heile mellomlageret på m68k (syast_cacheflush)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n"
+"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Tillèt å fjerna semaforar</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Brukt i staden for CAP_cHOWN for «chown» av IPC-meldingskøer, semaforar og delt minne</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt låsing/opplåsing av delte minnesegmenter</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt aktivering/deaktivering av veksleminne</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Tillèt å fjerna semaforar</li> \n"
+"<li> Brukt i staden for CAP_cHOWN for «chown» av IPC-meldingskøer, semaforar og delt minne</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt låsing/opplåsing av delte minnesegmenter</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt aktivering/deaktivering av veksleminne</li> \n"
"<li> Tillèt konstruerte pid-er ved overføring av sokkelrettigheter</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Tillèt å angje lesa- og tømmebuffere for blokkenheter</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt å angje geometri for diskettdriver</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt å aktivera/deaktivere DMA for xd-driv</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Tillèt å angje lesa- og tømmebuffere for blokkenheter</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt å angje geometri for diskettdriver</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt å aktivera/deaktivere DMA for xd-driv</li> \n"
"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av md-einingar (normalt som ovanfor, men nokre ekstra ioctl-er)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> \n"
"<li> Allows manufacturer commands in iaan CAPI support driver</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Tillèt justering av ide-driv</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt tilgjenge til nvram-eining</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av apm_bios, seriell og bttv (TV)-eining</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Tillèt justering av ide-driv</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt tilgjenge til nvram-eining</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av apm_bios, seriell og bttv (TV)-eining</li> \n"
"<li> Tillèt produsentkommandoer i iaan CAPI-driver</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n"
"<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Tillèt lesing av ikkje-standardiserte deler av pci-oppsettsplass</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt DDI debug ioctl for sbpcd-driv</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt oppsett av serieporter</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Tillèt lesing av ikkje-standardiserte deler av pci-oppsettsplass</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt DDI debug ioctl for sbpcd-driv</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt oppsett av serieporter</li> \n"
"<li> Tillèt sending av ubehandlede qic-117-kommandoar</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<li> Allows enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n"
-" and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li>"
-"</ul>"
+" and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Tillèt aktivering/deaktivering av merket køstyring for SCSI-kontrollera\n"
-" og sending av tilfeldige SCSI-kommandoar</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt angivelse av krypteringsnøkkel for loopback-filsystem </li>"
-"</ul>"
+" og sending av tilfeldige SCSI-kommandoar</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt angivelse av krypteringsnøkkel for loopback-filsystem </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows use of reboot() </li>"
-"</ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt bruk av reboot() </li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt bruk av reboot() </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li>"
-" \n"
+"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n"
"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n"
-"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt å heva prioriteten og angje prioriteten for andre prosessar (annan UID)</li>"
-" \n"
+"<ul><li> Tillèt å heva prioriteten og angje prioriteten for andre prosessar (annan UID)</li> \n"
"<li> Tillèt bruk av FIFO og sanntidsplanlegging på eigne prosessar og innstiling av \n"
-"planleggingsalgoritmer som vert brukte av ein annan prosess.</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt val av cpu-affinitet for andre prosessar </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"planleggingsalgoritmer som vert brukte av ein annan prosess.</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt val av cpu-affinitet for andre prosessar </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Override quota limits.</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li>"
-" \n"
+"<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n"
+"<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n"
+"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n"
"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Overstyr ressursbegrensninger. Angje ressursbegrensninger.</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Overstyr kvotebegrensninger.</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Overstyr reservert plass i ext2-filsystem</li>"
-" \n"
+"<ul><li> Overstyr ressursbegrensninger. Angje ressursbegrensninger.</li> \n"
+"<li> Overstyr kvotebegrensninger.</li> \n"
+"<li> Overstyr reservert plass i ext2-filsystem</li> \n"
"<li> Endre journalmodus for ext3-filsystem (nytter journalressurser)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
+"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n"
+"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n"
+"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"MERK: ext2 følgjer fsuid under kontroll av ressursoverstyringer, så du kan overstyra ved hjelp av fsuid òg</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Overstyr størrelsesbegrensninger på IPC-meldingskøer</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt avbrytelser på meir enn 64 Hz frå sanntidsklokken</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Overstyr maks. mengd konsollar ved konsolltilordning</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Overstyr maks. mengd tastaturoppsett </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"MERK: ext2 følgjer fsuid under kontroll av ressursoverstyringer, så du kan overstyra ved hjelp av fsuid òg</li> \n"
+"<li> Overstyr størrelsesbegrensninger på IPC-meldingskøer</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt avbrytelser på meir enn 64 Hz frå sanntidsklokken</li> \n"
+"<li> Overstyr maks. mengd konsollar ved konsolltilordning</li> \n"
+"<li> Overstyr maks. mengd tastaturoppsett </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows setting the real-time clock </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting the real-time clock </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt endring av systemklokken</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt irix_stime for mips</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt innstilling av sanntidsklokken </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Tillèt endring av systemklokken</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt irix_stime for mips</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt innstilling av sanntidsklokken </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt oppsett av tty-einingar</li>"
-" \n"
-"<li> Tillèt vhangup() av tty </li>"
-"</ul>"
+"<ul><li> Tillèt oppsett av tty-einingar</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillèt vhangup() av tty </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li>"
-"</ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt dei privilegerte sidene ved mknod() </li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt dei privilegerte sidene ved mknod() </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Allows taking of leases on files </li>"
-"</ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li> Tillèt leige av filer </li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt leige av filer </li></ul>"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
@@ -1565,12 +1305,10 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>"
-"This tool allows \n"
+"<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows \n"
"you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Profilmodusoppsett</b><br>"
-"Med dette verktøyet kan \n"
+"<p><b>Profilmodusoppsett</b><br>Med dette verktøyet kan \n"
"kan du velja anten klaga- eller tvingemodus for AppArmor-profil.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37
@@ -1707,20 +1445,14 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification Types</b><br>"
-" <b>Terse Notification:</b> \n"
+"<p><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> \n"
"Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without \n"
-"providing details. <br>"
-"For example:<br>"
-" <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n"
+"providing details. <br>For example:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n"
"had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Varslingstyper</b><br>"
-" <b>Kort varsling:</b> \n"
+"<p><b>Varslingstyper</b><br> <b>Kort varsling:</b> \n"
"Kort varsling angjev den totale mengda systemhendelser utan p \n"
-"skildra dei nærare. <br>"
-"Til dømes:<br>"
-" <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com har \n"
+"skildra dei nærare. <br>Til dømes:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com har \n"
"hatt 10 sikkerhetshendelser sidan tir. 12. okt. 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44
@@ -1729,9 +1461,7 @@
"<p><b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays \n"
"the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \n"
"individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n"
-"<br>"
-"For example:<br>"
-" <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n"
+"<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1739,9 +1469,7 @@
"<p><b>Sammendragsvarsling:</b> Sammendragsvarsling viser \n"
"logga AppArmor-sikkerhetshendelser og angjev mengda for \n"
"kvar enkelt hending, inkludert datoen for siste hending. \n"
-"<br>"
-"Til dømes:<br>"
-" <tt>AppArmor: TILLATE tilgjenge til funksjonen \n"
+"<br>Til dømes:<br> <tt>AppArmor: TILLATE tilgjenge til funksjonen \n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 gonger, siste gong lør. 9. okt. 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1767,17 +1495,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \n"
-"the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>"
-"For example:<br>"
-"\n"
+"the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br>\n"
"<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to\n"
"/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n"
"/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Detaljert varsling rapporterer òg ulike meldingar som \n"
-"logprof-verktøyet brukar for å tolka profil. <br>"
-"Til dømes:<br>"
-"\n"
+"logprof-verktøyet brukar for å tolka profil. <br>Til dømes:<br>\n"
"<tt> 9. okt 15:40:31 AppArmor: TILLATE r tilgjenge til \n"
"/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profil \n"
"/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork aktiv /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>"
@@ -1891,24 +1615,18 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The following help text describes the detail of the security profile \n"
-"syntax used by AppArmor. <br>"
-"<br>"
-"At any stage, you may \n"
+"syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may \n"
"customize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. \n"
"This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the \n"
"Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step \n"
-"instructions. <br>"
-"<br>"
+"instructions. <br><br>"
msgstr ""
"Dette er ei detaljert skildring av syntaksen som AppArmor brukar \n"
-"for sikkerhetsprofiler. <br>"
-"<br>"
-"Du kan når som helst \n"
+"for sikkerhetsprofiler. <br><br>Du kan når som helst \n"
"tilpassa profiloppføringen ved å endra forslaget. \n"
"Denne gjev deg tips om ulike val. \n"
"Novells administrasjonsveiledning for AppArmor inneheld \n"
-"trinn for trinn-anvisninger. <br>"
-"<br>"
+"trinn for trinn-anvisninger. <br><br>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
@@ -2115,12 +1833,8 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'"
-"<li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>*</b> kan vert i staden brukt for kva for teikn som helst, unntatt '/'"
-"<li>"
+msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>*</b> kan vert i staden brukt for kva for teikn som helst, unntatt '/'<li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199
#, fuzzy
@@ -2174,13 +1888,11 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<b>Capability Selection</b>.\n"
-"<br>"
-"Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n"
+"<br>Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n"
"Select a Capability name to see information about the capability."
msgstr ""
"<b>Val av eigenskapar</b>.\n"
-"<br>"
-"Vel ynskte eigenskapar for denne profilen. \n"
+"<br>Vel ynskte eigenskapar for denne profilen. \n"
"Vel namnet på ein eigenskap for å vise informasjon om eigenskapen."
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62
@@ -2359,121 +2071,67 @@
msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>I dette skjemaet kan du visa og endra innhaldet i ein bestemd profil. \n"
-"For eksisterande oppføringer kan du dobbeltklikke på rettane for å opne ein endringsdialog."
-"<p>"
+"For eksisterande oppføringer kan du dobbeltklikke på rettane for å opne ein endringsdialog.<p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Permission Definitions:</b><br>"
-"<code> r - read <br>"
-" \n"
-"w -write<br>"
-"l - link<br>"
-"m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>"
-"k - file locking<br>"
-"\n"
-"a - file append<br>"
-"x - execute<br>"
-" i - inherit<br>"
-" p - discrete profile<br>"
-"\n"
-"P - discrete profile <br>"
-" (*clean exec)<br>"
-" u - unconstrained<br>"
-" \n"
-"U -unconstrained<br>"
-" (*clean exec)</code></p>"
+"<p><b>Permission Definitions:</b><br><code> r - read <br> \n"
+"w -write<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - file locking<br>\n"
+"a - file append<br>x - execute<br> i - inherit<br> p - discrete profile<br>\n"
+"P - discrete profile <br> (*clean exec)<br> u - unconstrained<br> \n"
+"U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Rettighetsdefinisjoner:</b><br>"
-"<code> r – read <br>"
-" \n"
-"w -write<br>"
-"l – link<br>"
-"m – mmap PROT_eXEC<br>"
-"k – fila locking<br>"
-"\n"
-"a – fila append<br>"
-"x – execute<br>"
-" i – inherit<br>"
-" p – discrete profile<br>"
-"\n"
-"P – discrete profile <br>"
-" (*clean exec)<br>"
-" u – unconstrained<br>"
-" \n"
-"U -unconstrained<br>"
-" (*clean exec)</code></p>"
+"<b>Rettighetsdefinisjoner:</b><br><code> r – read <br> \n"
+"w -write<br>l – link<br>m – mmap PROT_eXEC<br>k – fila locking<br>\n"
+"a – fila append<br>x – execute<br> i – inherit<br> p – discrete profile<br>\n"
+"P – discrete profile <br> (*clean exec)<br> u – unconstrained<br> \n"
+"U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>"
-"Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Legg til oppføring:</b><br>"
-"Vel typen ressurs du vil leggja til frå, frå nedtrekkslisten."
-"<p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Legg til oppføring:</b><br>Vel typen ressurs du vil leggja til frå, frå nedtrekkslisten.<p>"
#. help text - part x1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>"
-"<ul>"
-"<li><b>File</b><br>"
-"Add a file entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>"
-"<ul>"
-"<li><b>Fil</b><br>"
-"Legg til ein filoppføring i denne profilen</li>"
+msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>"
+msgstr "<p><ul><li><b>Fil</b><br>Legg til ein filoppføring i denne profilen</li>"
#. help text - part x2
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>Directory</b><br>"
-"Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Katalog</b><br>"
-"Legg til ein katalogoppføring i denne profilen</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>Katalog</b><br>Legg til ein katalogoppføring i denne profilen</li>"
#. help text - part x3
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>Capability</b><br>"
-"Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Eigenskap</b><br>"
-"Legg til ein egenskapsoppføring i denne profilen</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>Eigenskap</b><br>Legg til ein egenskapsoppføring i denne profilen</li>"
#. help text - part x4
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li><b>Include</b><br>"
-"Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n"
+"<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n"
"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Inkluder</b><br>"
-"Legg til ein inkluderingsoppføring i denne profilen. Med dette alternativet \n"
+"<li><b>Inkluder</b><br>Legg til ein inkluderingsoppføring i denne profilen. Med dette alternativet \n"
"vert inkludert profiloppføringsinnholdet frå ein anna fil i denne profilen ved innlastingstidspunktet.</li>"
#. help text - part x5
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>"
-"Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n"
+"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n"
"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n"
"You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Nettverksoppføring</b><br>"
-" Legg til ein nettverksregel for denne profilen. \n"
+"<li><b>Nettverksoppføring</b><br> Legg til ein nettverksregel for denne profilen. \n"
"Med dette valet kan du definera nettverkstilgangen for profilen. \n"
"Du kan angje ein nettverksadressefamilie og ein sokkeltype.</li>"
@@ -2481,15 +2139,13 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<li><b>Hat</b><br>"
-"Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n"
+"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n"
"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n"
"during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n"
"aware</b> application. \n"
"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Paraply</b><br>"
-"Legg til ein underprofil for denne profilen – òg kalla ein paraply. \n"
+"<li><b>Paraply</b><br>Legg til ein underprofil for denne profilen – òg kalla ein paraply. \n"
"Dette alternativet er det same som å manuelt oppretta ein ny profil som kan bara kan veljast \n"
"under køyring når det vert etterspurt av eit <b>changehat aware</b>-program. \n"
"Viss du vil ha meir informasjon om changehat, sjå manualsiden <b>changehat</b> \n"
@@ -2498,40 +2154,24 @@
#. help text - part x7
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"</ul>"
-"</p>"
-"<p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>"
-"Edit the selected entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"</ul>"
-"<p>"
-"<p><b>Rediger oppføring:</b><br>"
-"Rediger henne valde oppføringen."
-"<p>"
+msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>"
+msgstr "</ul><p><p><b>Rediger oppføring:</b><br>Rediger henne valde oppføringen.<p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>"
-"Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Slett oppføring:</b><br>"
-"Fjernar han valde oppføringen frå denne profilen."
-"<p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Slett oppføring:</b><br>Fjernar han valde oppføringen frå denne profilen.<p>"
#. help text - part y1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>"
-"The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n"
+"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n"
"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n"
"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>*Clean exec</b><br>"
-"Valet clean exec for discrete-profilen \n"
+"<p><b>*Clean exec</b><br>Valet clean exec for discrete-profilen \n"
"og uavgrensa kjørerettigheter aukar tryggleiken ved å fjerna spesifikke variablar frå miljøet \n"
"som arvast av underprogrammet. Desse variablane er:"
@@ -2665,15 +2305,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>"
-#~ "<h1>Application to Profile</h1>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><h1>Application to Profile</h1>\n"
#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you run the application, AppArmor will collect\n"
#~ "information about system resources it accesses.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>"
-#~ "<h1>Program som skal ha en profil</h1>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><h1>Program som skal ha en profil</h1>\n"
#~ "Vel programmet du vil profilera. Når du deretter køyrer programmet, vil AppArmor henta\n"
#~ "informasjon om systemressursene programmet brukar.</p>"
@@ -2703,14 +2339,12 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<b>Program Name Pattern:</b><br>"
-#~ " When you enter a program name or pattern \n"
+#~ "<b>Program Name Pattern:</b><br> When you enter a program name or pattern \n"
#~ "that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of \n"
#~ "interest, the report will display security events that have \n"
#~ "occurred for a specific program.<br>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>Programnavnmønster:</b><br>"
-#~ " Når du angjev eit programnavn eller mønster \n"
+#~ "<b>Programnavnmønster:</b><br> Når du angjev eit programnavn eller mønster \n"
#~ "som samsvarer med namnet på det den binære kjørbare fila for det \n"
#~ "aktuelle programmet, vil rapporten visa sikkehetshendelser som har \n"
#~ "funnest for eit bestemt program.<br>"
@@ -2803,25 +2437,13 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<ol>"
-#~ "<li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active.</li>"
-#~ " \n"
-#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li>"
-#~ " \n"
-#~ " "
-#~ "<li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li>"
-#~ "</ol>"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<ol><li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active.</li> \n"
+#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li> \n"
+#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li></ol></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ol>"
-#~ "<li>Klikk <b>Filtrar etter dato-ormåde</b>. Feltane vert aktiverte.</li>"
-#~ " \n"
-#~ "<li>Angje start- og sluttdatoen for omfanget til rapporten.</li>"
-#~ " \n"
-#~ " "
-#~ "<li>Angje andre filtreringsparametere. Parametrane er definerte nedanfor.</li>"
-#~ "</ol>"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<ol><li>Klikk <b>Filtrar etter dato-ormåde</b>. Feltane vert aktiverte.</li> \n"
+#~ "<li>Angje start- og sluttdatoen for omfanget til rapporten.</li> \n"
+#~ " <li>Angje andre filtreringsparametere. Parametrane er definerte nedanfor.</li></ol></p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2896,18 +2518,14 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n"
-#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the <b>View</b> button.<br>"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ " You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory.</p>"
+#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the <b>View</b> button.<br><br> You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>I skjemaet Vis arkivrapporter kan du visa \n"
#~ "tidlegare genererte rapportar som er lagra i katalogen /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. \n"
#~ "Ved hjelp av avkryssingsboksene øvst kan du avgrensa rapportkategoriene \n"
#~ "i lista til følgjande: SIR-rapportar, AUD-rapportar eller \n"
#~ "ESS-rapportar. For å vise informasjon om rapportane, vel ein rapport og klikk på \n"
-#~ "<b>Vise</b>-knappen.<br>"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ " Du kan visa rapportar frå eit eller fleire system viss \n"
+#~ "<b>Vise</b>-knappen.<br><br> Du kan visa rapportar frå eit eller fleire system viss \n"
#~ "du flyttar rapportane til katalogen /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived.</p>"
#, fuzzy
@@ -2930,26 +2548,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<ul> "
-#~ "<li><b>Policy Exceptions:</b> When an application requests a resource \n"
-#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li>"
-#~ " \n"
+#~ "<ul> <li><b>Policy Exceptions:</b> When an application requests a resource \n"
+#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n"
#~ "<li><b>Policy Engine State Changes:</b> Enforces policy for applications and \n"
#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n"
-#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li>"
-#~ "</ul>"
-#~ " \n"
+#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n"
#~ "Select the report from the archive, then <b>View</b> to see the report details.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ul> "
-#~ "<li><b>Unntak frå retningslinjer:</b> Ein sikkerhetshendelse vert genererte når eit program spør etter ein ressurs \n"
-#~ "som ikkje er definert for denne profilen. </li>"
-#~ " \n"
+#~ "<ul> <li><b>Unntak frå retningslinjer:</b> Ein sikkerhetshendelse vert genererte når eit program spør etter ein ressurs \n"
+#~ "som ikkje er definert for denne profilen. </li> \n"
#~ "<li><b>Statusendring for sikkerhetssystem:</b> Gjennomfører retningslinjene for program \n"
#~ "og opprettheld status, bl.a når systemet skal aktiverast/deaktiveres, når eit sett retningslinjer \n"
-#~ "skal lastast på nytt og når ein global sikkerhetsfunksjon skal aktiverast eller deaktiveres. </li>"
-#~ " </ul>"
-#~ " \n"
+#~ "skal lastast på nytt og når ein global sikkerhetsfunksjon skal aktiverast eller deaktiveres. </li> </ul> \n"
#~ "Vel rapporten frå arkivet og klikk <b>Vis</b> for å sjå detaljert informasjon i rapporten.</p>"
#, fuzzy
@@ -3216,12 +2826,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<b>AppArmor Security Events</b>"
-#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>AppArmor Security Events</b><p>\n"
#~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>AppArmor sikkerhetshendelser</b>"
-#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>AppArmor sikkerhetshendelser</b><p>\n"
#~ " Denne tabellen viser hendingar som samsvarer med dine søkekriterier."
#, fuzzy
@@ -3751,20 +3359,12 @@
#~ " \n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h3>Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor</h3>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h3>Sikkerhetshendelsesrapport – generert av AppArmor</h3>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ msgid "<h3>Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor</h3>\n"
+#~ msgstr "<h3>Sikkerhetshendelsesrapport – generert av AppArmor</h3>\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h4>Period: %s - %s</h4>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h4>Periode: %s–%s</h4>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ msgid "<h4>Period: %s - %s</h4>\n"
+#~ msgstr "<h4>Periode: %s–%s</h4>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "ag_reports_confined: Couldn't open %s for writing."
@@ -3860,18 +3460,14 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Generate Reports Help</b> "
-#~ "<p>If there were, in fact, \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Generate Reports Help</b> <p>If there were, in fact, \n"
#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n"
-#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.</p>"
-#~ "<p>Thank you for your time, \n"
+#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.</p><p>Thank you for your time, \n"
#~ "and have a nice day.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Hjelp til å generera rapportar</b> "
-#~ "<p>Viss det hadde \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Hjelp til å generera rapportar</b> <p>Viss det hadde \n"
#~ "vore nokon hjelpetekst (som ikkje kjem til å verta), så hadde \n"
-#~ "du funne hjelpa her."
-#~ "<p> Takk for at du stakk innom, \n"
+#~ "du funne hjelpa her.<p> Takk for at du stakk innom, \n"
#~ "og ha ein fin dag.</p>"
#, fuzzy
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96040 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:22:46 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96040
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/add-on-creator.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/audit-laf.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/control-center.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/crowbar.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/docker.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/fcoe-client.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/firewall-services.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/firewall.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ftp-server.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/http-server.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/isns.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journal.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journalctl.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/languages_db.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ldap-client.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ldap.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/mail.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/migration.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/multipath.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nfs.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nis.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nis_server.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/oneclickinstall.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/online-update-configuration.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/online-update.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/opensuse_mirror.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/pam.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/product-creator.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/proxy.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/rdp.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/relocation-server.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/samba-users.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/scanner.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/services-manager.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/slp-server.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sound.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/squid.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sshd.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sysconfig.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/tftp-server.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/timezone_db.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/tune.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/update.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/vpn.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/xpram.ru.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/yast2-apparmor.ru.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/add-on-creator.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/add-on-creator.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/add-on-creator.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/audit-laf.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/audit-laf.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/audit-laf.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:25\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/control-center.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/control-center.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/control-center.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/crowbar.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/crowbar.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/crowbar.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<"
-"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module
@@ -24,7 +23,6 @@
#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-#| msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr "SLES 12 SP1"
@@ -34,48 +32,26 @@
msgstr "&Расположение репозиториев"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-#| " to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
-#| "</p><p>\n"
-#| "<ul>\n"
-#| "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
-#| "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
-#| "</p><p>\n"
-#| "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough"
-" to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also"
-" possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product<"
-"/i> for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
-"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Здесь вы можете отредактировать расположение <b>Репозиториев обновлений</b"
-">.</p>\n"
+"<p>Здесь вы можете отредактировать расположение <b>Репозиториев обновлений</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Если репозитории хранятся на серверах SMT или SUSE Manager, то достаточно"
-" ввести URL сервера и пути к репозиториям будут заполнены автоматически.</p><"
-"p>Также возможно использование своих путей. Несколько примеров того, как"
-" могут выглядеть URL:\n"
+"Если репозитории хранятся на серверах SMT или SUSE Manager, то достаточно ввести URL сервера и пути к репозиториям будут заполнены автоматически.</p><p>Также возможно использование своих путей. Несколько примеров того, как могут выглядеть URL:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product<"
-"/i> для сервера SMT;\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
-"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> для SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> для сервера SMT;\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> для SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"Подробное описание приведено в руководстве.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -98,15 +74,11 @@
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p"
-">\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as"
-" space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Укажите здесь <b>Режим сети</b> с соответствующей <b>Политикой"
-" объединения</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Также можно указать через пробел имена интерфейсов для организации"
-" bastion-сети.</p>"
+"<p>Укажите здесь <b>Режим сети</b> с соответствующей <b>Политикой объединения</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Также можно указать через пробел имена интерфейсов для организации bastion-сети.</p>"
# frame
#. textentry label
@@ -128,8 +100,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Каждое определение физического интерфейса должно соответствовать шаблону\n"
"<tt>[Квантователь][Скорость][Порядок]</tt>.\n"
-"Корректными примерами являются <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> или <tt>?1g2</tt"
-">.</p>"
+"Корректными примерами являются <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> или <tt>?1g2</tt>.</p>"
#. table header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254
@@ -267,7 +238,6 @@
#. combobox item
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
-#| msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgid "Local SMT Server"
msgstr "Локальный сервер SMT"
@@ -414,11 +384,8 @@
#. label (hint for user)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
-msgid ""
-"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Если пользователей нет, будет использован пользователь 'crowbar' с паролем по"
-" умолчанию."
+msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+msgstr "Если пользователей нет, будет использован пользователь 'crowbar' с паролем по умолчанию."
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
@@ -447,8 +414,7 @@
"\n"
"You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/"
msgstr ""
-"Сервер администрирования Crowbar был развёрнут. Смена сети не"
-" поддерживается.\n"
+"Сервер администрирования Crowbar был развёрнут. Смена сети не поддерживается.\n"
"\n"
"Веб-интерфейс Crowbar доступен на http://%1:3000/"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/docker.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/docker.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/docker.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/fcoe-client.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/fcoe-client.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/fcoe-client.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/firewall-services.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/firewall-services.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/firewall-services.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/firewall.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/firewall.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/firewall.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ftp-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ftp-server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ftp-server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/http-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/http-server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/http-server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/isns.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/isns.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/isns.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journal.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journal.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journal.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journalctl.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journalctl.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journalctl.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<"
-"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Header
@@ -127,4 +126,3 @@
#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
msgid "Message"
msgstr "Сообщение"
-
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/languages_db.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/languages_db.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/languages_db.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ldap-client.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ldap-client.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ldap-client.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ldap.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ldap.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/ldap.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/mail.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/mail.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/mail.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/migration.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/migration.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/migration.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 11:27\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/multipath.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/multipath.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/multipath.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nfs.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nfs.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nfs.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nis.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nis.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nis.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nis_server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nis_server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/nis_server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/oneclickinstall.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/oneclickinstall.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/oneclickinstall.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-26 23:37+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/online-update-configuration.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/online-update-configuration.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/online-update-configuration.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/online-update.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/online-update.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/online-update.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/opensuse_mirror.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/opensuse_mirror.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/opensuse_mirror.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 22:24+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/pam.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/pam.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/pam.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/product-creator.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/product-creator.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/product-creator.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/proxy.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/proxy.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/proxy.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/rdp.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/rdp.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/rdp.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rdp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/relocation-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/relocation-server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/relocation-server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/samba-users.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/samba-users.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/samba-users.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/scanner.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/scanner.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/scanner.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/services-manager.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/services-manager.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/services-manager.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/slp-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/slp-server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/slp-server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sound.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sound.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sound.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/squid.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/squid.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/squid.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sshd.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sshd.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sshd.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sysconfig.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sysconfig.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/sysconfig.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/tftp-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/tftp-server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/tftp-server.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/timezone_db.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/timezone_db.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/timezone_db.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/tune.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/tune.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/tune.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-13 09:15\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/update.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/update.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/update.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:20\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/vpn.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/vpn.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/vpn.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<"
-"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Manage VPN client secrets.
@@ -258,18 +257,11 @@
#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible"
-" that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit)"
-" discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
-"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth"
-" will be reduced by about 10%."
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
msgstr ""
-"Если у клиентов VPN возникают трудности с доступом к определённым сайтам в"
-" интернете, то воможная причина в некорректных настройках брандмауэров этих"
-" узлов, препятствующих автоматическому определению MTU (maximum transmission"
-" unit).\n"
-"Уменьшение TCP-MSS исправит ситуацию, однако доступная пропускная способность"
-" уменьшится примерно на 10%."
+"Если у клиентов VPN возникают трудности с доступом к определённым сайтам в интернете, то воможная причина в некорректных настройках брандмауэров этих узлов, препятствующих автоматическому определению MTU (maximum transmission unit).\n"
+"Уменьшение TCP-MSS исправит ситуацию, однако доступная пропускная способность уменьшится примерно на 10%."
#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
@@ -417,8 +409,7 @@
"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
msgstr ""
-"Воздержитесь от использования специальных символов и пробелов в имени"
-" пользователя.\n"
+"Воздержитесь от использования специальных символов и пробелов в имени пользователя.\n"
"Допустимые символы: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, дефис, подчёркивание"
#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
@@ -526,13 +517,11 @@
#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
-"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the"
-" configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
"The script is located at %s"
msgstr ""
"Шлюзу и клиентам VPN необходимы особые настройки брандмауэра.\n"
-"SuSEfirewall не включён, поэтому вам нужно вручную запускать настроечный"
-" скрипт при каждой перезагрузке. Скрипт будет запущен сейчас.\n"
+"SuSEfirewall не включён, поэтому вам нужно вручную запускать настроечный скрипт при каждой перезагрузке. Скрипт будет запущен сейчас.\n"
"Скрипт расположен в %s"
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
@@ -545,7 +534,6 @@
msgstr "Включить демон VPN (IPSec): %s"
#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
-#| msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr "Уменьшить TCP MSS: %s"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/xpram.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/xpram.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/xpram.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/yast2-apparmor.ru.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/yast2-apparmor.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/yast2-apparmor.ru.po 2016-07-04 09:22:46 UTC (rev 96040)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:31\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96039 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:21:44 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96039
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/audit-laf.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/auth-server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/autoinst.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/base.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/bootloader.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ca-management.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/cio.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/cluster.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/control-center.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/country.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/crowbar.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/dhcp-server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/dns-server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/docker.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/drbd.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/fcoe-client.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firewall-services.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firewall.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firstboot.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/fonts.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ftp-server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/geo-cluster.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/isns.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/journal.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/kdump.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/languages_db.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ldap-client.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ldap.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/live-installer.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/mail.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/multipath.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/network.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nfs_server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nis.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nis_server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ntp-client.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/oneclickinstall.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/online-update-configuration.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/online-update.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/packager.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/pam.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/pkg-bindings.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/printer.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/product-creator.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/proxy.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/rdp.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/rear.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/registration.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/reipl.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/relocation-server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-client.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-users.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/scanner.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/security.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/services-manager.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/slp-server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/snapper.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sound.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/squid.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sshd.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/storage.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/support.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/tftp-server.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/timezone_db.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/update.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/users.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/vm.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/vpn.gl.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/yast2-apparmor.gl.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-05 21:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galego <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-06 11:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -94,15 +94,16 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>Medio: %1, Ruta: %2, Produto: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr "Verifique que o complemento \"%1\" estea dispoñíbel en \"%2\"."
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao engadir o complemento."
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr "Verifique que o complemento \"%1\" estea dispoñíbel en \"%2\"."
-
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/audit-laf.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/audit-laf.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/audit-laf.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-11 22:17+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixireiATyahooDOTes>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1164 +16,1914 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Realm"
+msgid "Realm name"
+msgstr "Dominio realm"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)"
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr "Porto &destino (opcional)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Principal Container"
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr "Contedor principal"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "Nome de usuario"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open ports for the Key Distribution Center"
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr "Abre os portos para o Centro de distribución de claves"
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a new share name."
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "Introduza un novo nome para o recurso."
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "R&eset"
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "&Restablecer"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Closing of Connection"
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr "Peche da Conexión"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Time-Out in Tenths of Seconds"
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr "Tempo de espera en décimas de segundo"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Timeout in Seconds"
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr "Tempo de Espera en Segundos"
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "authentication via eDirectory"
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "autenticación mediante eDirectory"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a new share name."
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr "Introduza un novo nome para o recurso."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a new share name."
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr "Introduza un novo nome para o recurso."
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Hostname not specified."
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr "Non se especificou un nome de host."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile "
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "Está seguro de que desexa eliminar o perfil "
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "Crear o directorio persoal ao iniciar a sesión"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create the following databases:"
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr "Crear as seguintes bases de datos:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Usuarios"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr "Grupos"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information"
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr "Usar o servidor LDAP para almacenar a información de usuario"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Secure Connection"
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr "Conexión segura"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do Not Use TLS"
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr "Non empregar TLS"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Secure Connection"
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr "Conexión segura"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr "Conexión cifrada (StartTLS)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Test Connection"
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr "&Probar conexións"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Extended partition"
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr "Partición &Estendida"
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr "Permite a usarios \"anónimos\" acceder ás zonas autenticadas"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "D&isable User Login"
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr "Desact&ivar o inico de sesión do usuario"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Realms"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "Dominios realms de autenticación"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Realm"
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr "Dominio realm"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Edit Default"
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr "&Editar a predefinición"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delete All"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "Eliminar Todo"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Advanced Kerberos Client Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr "Configuración avanzada do cliente Kerberos"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User &Management"
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr "Xe&stor de usuarios"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Base Settings"
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "Configuración básica"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User Permissions Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "Configurar permisos de usuario"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP Server Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración do servidor LDAP"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Nome"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "Valor"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer Names"
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr "Nomes de ordenador"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer Names"
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr "Nomes de ordenador"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network mask"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "Máscara de rede"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr "Enderezos IP"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Additional Domains"
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr "Dominios Adicionais"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Descrición"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Extended partition"
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr "Partición &Estendida"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "Filtro:"
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "None"
msgid "None."
msgstr "Ningún"
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "Parámetros do Módem"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Optional Parameter File"
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "Ficheiro de Parámetros Opcionais"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create the following databases:"
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr "Crear as seguintes bases de datos:"
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "Opcións globais"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "Filtro:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "Autenticación"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mount"
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr "Montar"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GPG Public Keys"
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr "Chaves públicas de GPG"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authenticated Clients"
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Clientes autenticados"
+#| msgid "Manage User Quota"
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr "Xestionar a cota de usuario"
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración Global"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr "Estado actual: "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr "Executando"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr "&Parar"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr "Crear o directorio persoal ao iniciar a sesión"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
-msgstr "Activar o daemon NTP"
+#| msgid "Enabling sources..."
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr "Activando fontes..."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Xen Section"
-msgid "Sections"
-msgstr "Sección de Xen"
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "Dominio"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Services"
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "Servizos de Rede"
+#| msgid "Local Domains"
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "Dominios locais"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Selected Service"
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
-msgstr "Servizo seleccionado"
+#| msgid "Clients Domain Name"
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr "Nome de dominio do cliente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
-#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Custom Registration Server"
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
-msgstr "Servidor de rexistro de usuario"
+#| msgid "Search Options"
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "Opcións de búsqueda"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nome"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Formatting Options"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "Opcións de formatado"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "Valor"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "Descrición"
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete this domain?"
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr "Desexa eliminar este dominio?"
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "Parámetros do Módem"
+#| msgid "Active Directory Server"
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr "Servidor de Active Directory"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
+#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
+#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Filter:"
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "Filtro:"
+#| msgid "Options"
+msgid "Options - %s"
+msgstr "Opcións"
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Deselect all entries in the list."
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr "Quitarlle a selección a todas as entradas na lista."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr "Desexa realmente eliminar esta entrada?"
+
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
-msgstr "Desexa de verdade eliminar a sección %1?"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
-msgstr "Desexa realmente eliminar esta entrada?"
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
+msgid ""
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "N&IS domain name:"
-msgid "No domain enabled"
-msgstr "Nome de dominio N&IS:"
+#| msgid "NIS domain"
+msgid "No domain"
+msgstr "Dominio NIS"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "Desexa cancelar ou tentalo de novo?\n"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
+msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Servizo"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "Usuario"
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "Dominio"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "Contrasinal"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Identification"
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "Identificación"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "Chave de autenticación"
+#| msgid "Show error&s"
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr "Mostrar o&s erros"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "Vanse activar estes servizos"
+#| msgid "Not installed"
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
+msgstr "Non instalado"
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "Introduza un nome para o novo perfil."
+#| msgid "Active Directory Server"
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
+msgstr "Servidor de Active Directory"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "Este dominio xa está definido."
+#| msgid "Current status:"
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr "Estado actual:"
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking status..."
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr "Comprobando estado..."
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a password"
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr "Introduza un contrasinal"
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
+msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local database"
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
+msgstr "Base de datos local"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Active Directory Server"
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr "Servidor de Active Directory"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Free"
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr "Libre"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of Kerberos server"
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
+msgstr "Configuración do servidor Kerberos"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr "O nome de usuario a usar para a autenticación para o proxy"
+
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
+msgstr "O nome de dominio non debe estar baleiro."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr "O nome de usuario a usar para a autenticación para o proxy"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "Activar o daemon NTP"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a new share name."
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "Introduza un novo nome para o recurso."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "Este dominio xa está definido."
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot loader configuration file contains errors"
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr "O ficheiro de configuración do cargador de arrinque contén erros"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Base DN for the database"
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr "DN base da base de datos"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port"
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr "Porto seguro LDAP"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address"
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "O enderezo IP ( ou o nome de host) do host con enderezo fixo"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n"
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr "Vaise instalar o paquete automounter.\n"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authenticated Clients"
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Clientes autenticados"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Configuración Global"
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+#~ msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#~ msgstr "Activar o daemon NTP"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Xen Section"
+#~ msgid "Sections"
+#~ msgstr "Sección de Xen"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Network Services"
+#~ msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "Servizos de Rede"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Selected Service"
+#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "Servizo seleccionado"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Custom Registration Server"
+#~ msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#~ msgstr "Servidor de rexistro de usuario"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+#~ msgid "More Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "Parámetros do Módem"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#~ msgstr "Desexa de verdade eliminar a sección %1?"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "N&IS domain name:"
+#~ msgid "No domain enabled"
+#~ msgstr "Nome de dominio N&IS:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
+#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#~ msgstr "Desexa cancelar ou tentalo de novo?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Servizo"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Identification"
+#~ msgid "Identification provider:"
+#~ msgstr "Identificación"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authentication Key"
+#~ msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#~ msgstr "Chave de autenticación"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#~ msgstr "Vanse activar estes servizos"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+#~ msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#~ msgstr "Introduza un nome para o novo perfil."
+
#~ msgid "Cancel"
#~ msgstr "Cancelar"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/auth-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/auth-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/auth-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -445,12 +445,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr "Configurar a conta para a replicación"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr "non é un DN de LDAP válido"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Contrasinal"
@@ -476,8 +476,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr "Nome de máquina do provedor"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr "Usar StartTLS"
@@ -566,8 +566,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr "A proba devolveu as seguintes mensaxes de erro:"
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2279,7 +2279,7 @@
msgstr "Engadir índice"
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr "Preferencias de política de contrasinais"
@@ -2440,237 +2440,237 @@
msgstr "O directorio non existe. Desexa crealo?"
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao autenticar. Probablemente o contrasinal sexa incorrecto.\n"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr "A mensaxe de erro é: '"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Desexa intentalo de novo?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr "Tipos de atributo dispoñibles"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr "Tipos de atributo seleccionados"
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr "A quen se lle debe aplicar esta regra"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr "DN da entrada"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Seleccionar"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr "Definir o nivel de acceso"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr "DN de subárbore"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr "DN de grupo"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr "Editar regra de control de acceso"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr "Nivel de acceso"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr "Quen"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr "DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr "Control de fluxo"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Arriba"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Abaixo"
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr "Destino"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtrar"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr "Nome do provedor"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Porto"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr "Tipo de replicación"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr "Intervalo de replicación"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Días"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Horas"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minutos"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Segundos"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr "DN de autenticación"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr "Máquina destino"
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr "Aínda desexa continuar?"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr "Verifique que o servidor destino está activado como provedor de LDAPsync"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr "Activar o provedor ldapsync para esta base de datos"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "Operacións"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/autoinst.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/autoinst.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/autoinst.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-29 15:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "Isto pode levar un anaco"
@@ -57,12 +57,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -323,27 +323,25 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Executando os scripts finais"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Determine running services"
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Determinar os servizos en execución"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao escribir os valores predeterminados."
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Rematando a configuración"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Procesando o recurso %1"
@@ -516,102 +514,88 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<p>Agarde mentres se prepara o sistema para a instalación automática...</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "Executar os scripts de usuario anteriores á instalación"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "Configurar as opcións xerais "
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "Configuración da lingua"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "Crear planos de partición"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "Configurar o cargador de arrinque"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Rexistro"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "Configurar as seleccións de software"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao escribir os valores predeterminados."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr "Configurar grupos de volume"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "Executando os scripts de usuario previos á instalación..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "Configurando as opcións xerais..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set up language"
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Configuración da lingua"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "Creando os planos de partición..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "Configurando o cargador de arrinque..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Reparando o sistema de ficheiros..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "Configurando as seleccións de software..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao escribir os valores predeterminados."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "Preparando o sistema para a instalación automática"
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -620,12 +604,12 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "Configurando a lingua..."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -634,7 +618,7 @@
"Ténteo de novo.\n"
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1593,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "Comprobando o XML con validación RNG..."
@@ -1619,7 +1603,7 @@
msgstr "Sección %1: "
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "Comprobando o XML con validación RNC..."
@@ -1658,7 +1642,7 @@
msgstr "Reiniciar a máquina despois da segunda etapa"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "Xestión de sinaturas"
@@ -2318,7 +2302,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "O analizador de XML informou dun erro ao analizar o perfil do autoyast. A mensaxe de erro é:\n"
@@ -2339,45 +2323,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Escoller perfil"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "Obtendo o ficheiro de control desde un disquete."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "Obtendo o ficheiro de control (%1) desde un servidor TFTP: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "Obtendo o ficheiro de control (%1) desde un servidor NFS: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "Obtendo o ficheiro de control (%1) desde un servidor HTTP: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "Obtendo o ficheiro de control (%1) desde un servidor FTP: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "Copiando o ficheiro de control do ficheiro: %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "Copiando o ficheiro de control desde o dispositivo: /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "Copiando o ficheiro de control desde a localización por omisión."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "Fonte descoñecida."
@@ -2387,7 +2371,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2397,7 +2381,7 @@
"<p>Pódense configurar practicamente todos os recursos do\n"
"ficheiro de control empregando o sistema de xestión da configuración.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2411,7 +2395,7 @@
"instalar outro sistema mediante AutoYAST.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2445,103 +2429,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "Confirma a instalación?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Si"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr "Non"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "Segunda etapa do AutoYAST"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr "Detendo a máquina despois da primeira etapa"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Detendo a máquina despois da segunda etapa"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Reiniciar a máquina despois da segunda etapa"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Aceptando ficheiros sen asinar"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Sen aceptar ficheiros sen asinar"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Aceptando ficheiros sen suma de verificación"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Sen aceptar ficheiros sen suma de verificación"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Aceptando verificacións fallidas"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Sen aceptar verificacións fallidas"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "Aceptando chaves GPG descoñecidas"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "Sen aceptar chaves GPG descoñecidas"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "Importando chaves GPG novas"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "Sen importar chaves GPG novas"
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Syncing server..."
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr "Sincronizando o servidor..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Parsing failed."
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao analizar."
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr "Non se pode montar o sistema de ficheiros."
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr "Non se pode reutilizar o grupo de volume %1. O grupo de volume non existe."
@@ -2624,7 +2584,7 @@
msgstr "Descoñecido"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2634,31 +2594,31 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Fallou ao engadir o repositorio %1"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Fallou ao crear a imaxe durante a instalación de patróns. Comprobe o ficheiro /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Creando imaxe - instalando paquetes"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Fallou ao crear a imaxe durante o instalación do paquete. Comprobe o ficheiro /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr "A almacenar imaxe en ..."
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
@@ -2666,16 +2626,16 @@
"Agora pode modificar a imaxe en %1/\n"
"Se preme no botón Aceptar, a imaxe será comprimida e non se poderá modificar máis."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Fallou ao comprimir a imaxe en '%1'. Comprobe o ficheiro /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "Imaxe creada correctamente"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
@@ -2684,30 +2644,30 @@
"Pode crear o ficheiro con 'ls - F > directory.yast' se non existise."
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "non se pode ler '%1'. Tentar de novo?"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "Non foi posible ler '%1'. Fallou ao crear a imaxe"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "Preparando a estrutura de ficheiros da imaxe ISO..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr "configuración do inicio do DVD"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "Aceptar"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2717,43 +2677,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "Almacenar a imaxe en ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "Creando o ficheiro ISO..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr "ISO creada con éxito en %1"
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "Patróns seleccionados"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "Paquetes seleccionados individualmente"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "Paquetes a eliminar"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "Forzar paquete do Kernel"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "Non foi posíbel configurar os patróns: %1."
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "Fallou a execución do resolvedor de paquetes. Comprobe a sección de software no perfil do autoyast."
@@ -2801,14 +2761,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "Recollendo os datos de configuración..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr "Perfil do AutoYAST cifrado. Introduza o contrasinal dúas veces."
@@ -2816,14 +2776,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Non se puido escribir a sección %1 no ficheiro %2."
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr "Perfil do AutoYAST cifrado. Introduza o contrasinal correcto."
@@ -2841,6 +2801,26 @@
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&Aceptar"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
+#~ msgid "Configure users and groups"
+#~ msgstr "Configurar grupos de volume"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Syncing server..."
+#~ msgid "Syncing time..."
+#~ msgstr "Sincronizando o servidor..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Parsing failed."
+#~ msgid "Time syncing failed."
+#~ msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao analizar."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
+#~ msgid "Cannot update system time."
+#~ msgstr "Non se pode montar o sistema de ficheiros."
+
#~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
#~ msgstr "Pódese atopar o perfil resultante do autoyast en /root/autoinst.xml."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/base.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/base.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/base.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-11 22:29+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixireiATyahooDOTes>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@
msgstr "Quere eliminar o paquete %1?"
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Non se definiu un fluxo de traballo para este modo de instalación."
@@ -447,14 +447,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Continuar a instalación"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "A&bortar a instalación"
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro interno ao integrar o fluxo de traballo adicional."
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "O valor de %1 é incorrecto."
@@ -1108,6 +1108,87 @@
"<p>Pode que nalgúns ambientes estean\n"
"ou non dispoñibles todas as teclas F.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read Other Settings."
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Ler outras opcións."
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read Other Settings."
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Ler outras opcións."
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Inicio de Servizo"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Estado actual:"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Partición ou sistema a arrincar:"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Executando"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&top now ..."
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "&Deter agora ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start it now?"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "Inicialo agora?"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1308,7 +1389,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Omitir"
@@ -1331,7 +1412,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Contrasinal"
@@ -1550,27 +1631,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Quere abortar realmente a instalación?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Desexa de verdade abortar a reparación do sistema de YaST?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Abortar a reparación do sistema"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Continuar a reparación do sistema"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1583,7 +1664,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1597,7 +1678,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1608,18 +1689,18 @@
"Terá que reinstalalo."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Desexa abortar de verdade?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Perderanse todos os cambios!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detalles..."
@@ -2660,47 +2741,47 @@
"Non se permiten espazos en branco.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "Zona externa"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "Zona interna"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "Zona desmilitarizada"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "Zona descoñecida"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2716,8 +2797,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2726,72 +2807,72 @@
"Execute o cortalumes de YaST e asígnea.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando a configuración da devasa"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "Buscar dispositivos de rede"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "Ler a configuración actual"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr "Comprobar servizos que poidan estar en conflito"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "Buscando dispositivos de rede..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración actual..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr "Comprobando servizos que poidan estar en conflito..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración da devasa"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Escribir as opcións da devasa"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "Axustar o servizo da devasa"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo as opcións da devasa..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "Axustando o servizo da devasa..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "Fallo ao escribir as opcións"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "Protocolo descoñecido (%1)"
@@ -2881,51 +2962,52 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service: %1"
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Servizo: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "Servizo descoñecido '%1'"
@@ -2949,35 +3031,77 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Desinstalar"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking file system..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Comprobando o sistema de ficheiros..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Descargando o paquete %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Descargando paquete"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "O paquete %1 está roto, fallou a verificación de integridade."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Quere tentar de novo a instalación do paquete?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Abortar a instalación?"
@@ -2986,50 +3110,50 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Erro: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Desinstalando o paquete %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Instalando o paquete %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Desinstalando paquete"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Instalando paquete"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Fallou a eliminación do paquete %1."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Fallo ao instalar o paquete %1."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
@@ -3038,7 +3162,7 @@
"O sistema deberase verificar máis tarde a través da execución do módulo xestor de software."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3053,27 +3177,27 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "Cara A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "Cara B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Disco %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Soporte %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3082,7 +3206,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3095,7 +3219,7 @@
"Verifique se o directorio é accesible."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3109,83 +3233,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Omitir a actualización automática"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Extraer"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Expulsar a&utomaticamente o CD/DVD"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Reintentar a instalación?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Omitir o soporte?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Ignorando o soporte incorrecto..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Creando o repositorio %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se creaba o repositorio."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Non foi posible obter a descrición do repositorio remoto."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se obtiñan os novos metadatos."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "O repositorio non é correcto."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Os metadatos do repositorio non son correctos."
@@ -3193,92 +3317,92 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Tentar de novo?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Probando o repositorio %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se probaba o repositorio."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Detalles de proba de repositorio."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Os metadatos do repositorio son incorrectos."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Repositorio %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Descargando paquete RPM delta %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Descargando Paquete RPM Delta"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Aplicando paquete RPM delta %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Aplicando paquete RPM delta"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Paquete: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Iniciando script %1 (parche %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Executando script"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Parche: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Script: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Saída do script"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3287,7 +3411,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3302,36 +3426,36 @@
"poderían perderse ou desactualizarse."
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Omitir a actualización"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Descargando"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Descargando: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Verificando a base de datos de paquetes"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Reconstruíndo a base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso pode levar un bo cacho."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3340,16 +3464,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Convertendo a base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso pode levar un bo anaco."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3358,12 +3482,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Lendo a base de datos de RPM..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Lendo os paquetes instalados"
@@ -3374,27 +3498,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Examinando a base de datos RPM..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Fallou o inicio do obxectivo."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "Base de datos lida"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticación de usuario"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3405,20 +3529,20 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Nome de &usuario"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Mostrar &detalles"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Tamaño: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Tempo restante para tentar de novo automaticamente: %1"
@@ -3490,12 +3614,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Fallo ao instalar os paquetes requiridos."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3506,12 +3630,12 @@
"non funcione correctamente.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Non se pode continuar sen instalar os paquetes requiridos."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3520,22 +3644,22 @@
"pode que YaST non funcione de forma axeitada.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Confirmar a licenza do paquete: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "&Acepto"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "Non a&cepto"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3554,7 +3678,7 @@
"Para rexeitar a licenza do paquete, prema en <b>Non estou de acordo</b></p>."
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3568,7 +3692,7 @@
"\t\t da esquerda. Para ver a descrición dun elemento, seleccióneo na lista.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3582,7 +3706,7 @@
"\t\t Co menú contextual tamén é posible modificar o estado de todos os elementos.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3594,7 +3718,7 @@
"\t\t na que se poden ver e seleccionar paquetes de software individuais.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3614,134 +3738,134 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "Selección de software e tarefas do sistema"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(máis)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "A instalación rematou correctamente"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Fallou a instalación de paquetes"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Mensaxe de erro: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Paquetes fallados: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Paquetes instalados: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Paquetes actualizados: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Paquetes eliminados: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Paquetes non instalados: %1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Paquetes"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Tempo transcorrido: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamaño total instalado: %1 "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamaño total descargado: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Estatísticas"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Rexistro de instalación"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detalles"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Instalando paquete"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "&Finalizar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Fallo ao acceder ao xestor de software"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Resumo da instalación</B></BIG><BR>Este é un resumo dos paquetes instalados.</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Erro na Instalación"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Paquetes instalados"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Paquetes actualizados"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Paquetes eliminados"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Paquetes restantes"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -4089,83 +4213,83 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Instalando..."
# MK
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Soporte"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Paquetes restantes"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Hora"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Accións executadas:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Paquetes que se van instalar.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Abortando a instalación</B> A instalación de paquetes pode cancelarse premendo en <B>Abortar</B>. No entanto, o sistema pódese volver inconsistente ou inestable ou pode non arrincar se un compoñente básico do sistema non se instalase.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "&Notas de lanzamento"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Presentación de diapositi&vas"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detalles"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Realizar instalación"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Instalación de paquetes"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4174,7 +4298,7 @@
"da instalación?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Abortada"
@@ -4769,6 +4893,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Dispositivo Bluetooth"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4856,7 +4990,7 @@
"hexadecimais separados por dous puntos."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4869,7 +5003,7 @@
"non pode comezar cun díxito."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5889,66 +6023,6 @@
"Non hai unha zona inversa para %1 administrado polo seu servidor DNS.\n"
"Non se pode engadir o nome do host %2."
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Inicio de Servizo"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Estado actual:"
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "Partición ou sistema a arrincar:"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read Other Settings."
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "Ler outras opcións."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Running"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "Executando"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "S&top now ..."
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "&Deter agora ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Start it now?"
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "Inicialo agora?"
-
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "Non se puido montar o soporte de repositorio correcto."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/bootloader.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/bootloader.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/bootloader.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (bootloader)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-28 17:31+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galego <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -36,53 +36,157 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set a global option"
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "Definir unha opción global"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "Eliminar unha opción global ou unha opción dunha sección"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "Definir unha opción global"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "Establecer unha opción global ou unha opción dunha sección"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr "Engadir unha nova sección - use o modo interactivo"
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr "Mostrar o valor da opción especificada"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr "O nome da sección"
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr "A clave da opción"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr "O valor da opción"
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr "Sección %1 non atopada."
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "Non se especificou o valor."
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr "Engadir opción só está dispoñible no modo interactivo da liña de ordes"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr "Debe especificarse un nome de sección."
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "Non se especificou a opción."
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Value: %1"
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "Valor: %1"
-
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr "A opción especificada non existe."
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr "Valor: %1"
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "Gardando a configuración do cargador de arrinque..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n"
+#| "For details, read the related chapter \n"
+#| "in the documentation. \n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"O seu sistema apagarase agora.%1%2\n"
+"Para os detalles, lea o capítulo correspondente \n"
+"na documentación. \n"
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "O sistema vaise reiniciar agora..."
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Non se seleccionou ningún cargador de arrinque para a instalación. O sistema podería non arrincar."
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "Por mor do particionamento, o cargador de arrinque non se puido instalar correctamente"
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "Arrinque"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "&Arrinque"
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "Orde dos discos"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Configuración da orde dos discos"
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr "Menú de arrinque"
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr "Opcións do cargador de arrinque"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -166,13 +270,19 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Iniciar desde o rexistro principal de inicio</b> non é recomendable se vostede dispón de outro\n"
"sistema operativo instalado na súa computadora</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -180,39 +290,32 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Personalizar partición de inicio</b> permítelle elixir a partición a arrincar.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
-#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
@@ -224,32 +327,36 @@
"caso, calqueira terminal no que vostede presione calqueira tecla será seleccionado coma\n"
"un terminal GRUB.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Seleccionando <b>Agochar menú no arrinque</b> agocharase o menú de inicio.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-#| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ficheiro de menú gráfico</b> define o ficheiro a usar para o menú de inicio gráfico.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Protexer o cargador de arrinque cun contrasinal</b><br>\n"
"Define o contrasinal que se requerirá para acceder ao menú de arrinque. YaST soamente aceptará o contrasinal se\n"
"o repite en <b>Reescribir Contrasinal</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -263,127 +370,201 @@
"Para engadir un disco prema en <b>Engadir</b>.\n"
"Para eliminar un disco prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Ubicacións do cargador de arrinque"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "Activar Sinalador Na táboa de Particións para a Partición de Inicio"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "&Tempo de espera en segundos"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Sección de arrinque pre&determinada"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "Escribir código de arrinque &xenérico no MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Partición de arrinque personalizada"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Iniciar dende o rexistro xeral de arrinque"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Arrincar dende a partición raíz"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Arrincar dende a partición de arrinque"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "Arrincar dende a partición estendida"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "&Parámetros de conexión serie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "&Ocultar o menú ao arrincar"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr "Ficheiro de &menú gráfico"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "Contra&sinal para a interface do menú"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "Depurando Sinalador"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr "Escolla un novo ficheiro de menú gráfico"
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr "Activar os &sinais acústicos"
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "Prot&exer o cargador de arrinque cun contrasinal"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Contrasinal"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Reescribir con&trasinal"
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr "Controlador serie"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr "Argumentos para a &consola"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "&Dispositivo"
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "O alias debe ter alomenos un membro."
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "D&iscos"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "&Arriba"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "A&baixo"
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "Arrincar desde a partición &raíz"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Arrincar desde a par&tición boot"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "P&artición de arrinque personalizada"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Ubicación do cargador de rrinque"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Arrincar dende o &MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Arrincar desde a partición &estendida"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "P&artición de arrinque personalizada"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr "&Detalles de Instalación do cargador de arrinque"
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
@@ -392,45 +573,40 @@
msgstr "Opcións do cargador de arrinque"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "Parámetros do Kernel engadidos: %1"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Opcións do cargador de arrinque"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "Opcións do cargador de arrinque"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Secure"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Segura"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Activar soporte de &cuotas de disco"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "Ubicación do cargador de rrinque"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -449,38 +625,66 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Parámetro opcional da liña de ordes do núcleo</b></p>\n"
"permítelle definir parámetros adicionais para pasarllos ó núcleo.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Modo VGA</b> define o modo VGA que o kernel debe definir para a <i>consola</i> ao arrincar.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Parámetro opcional da liña de ordes do núcleo</b></p>\n"
+"permítelle definir parámetros adicionais para pasarllos ó núcleo.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "Parámetros o&pcionais de liña de ordes do kernel"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Distribution:"
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "Distribución:"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "Modo &vga"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "Parámetros o&pcionais de liña de ordes do kernel"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Probe Source Type"
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr "Sondar tipo de fonte"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -489,20 +693,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (modo %4)"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr "Modo texto"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
@@ -523,7 +737,7 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autodetected card"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -531,72 +745,226 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Escolla un novo ficheiro de menú gráfico"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Controlador serie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "Resolución de conflitos:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Console arguments"
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "Argumentos para a &consola"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr "Controlador serie"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr "Argumentos para a &consola"
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "Seleccionar ficheiro"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "A partición de arrinque é de tipo NFS. Non se puido instalar o cargador de arrinque."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "Opcións do cargador de arrinque"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "Non hai opcións para fixar para o cargador de arrinque actual."
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "Sección do Kernel"
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "Configuración de sección"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr "Opcións do cargador de arrinque: xestión de seccións"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "Sección de Xen"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "Sección de menú"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Menu Section"
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "Sección de menú"
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr "Sección de outros sistemas"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "&Nome de ficheiro:"
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "Nome de ficheiro: %1"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr "Con&tido do ficheiro"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración manual experta"
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "Outro"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "Imaxe"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr "Xen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr "Disquete"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr "Menú"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr "Dump"
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr "Def."
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "Etiqueta"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Tipo"
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr "Imaxe / Dispositivo"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "&Fixar como predeterminada"
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "&Cargador de arrinque"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -610,66 +978,116 @@
"\n"
"Proceder?\n"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "E&ditar ficheiros de configuración"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Vostede elixiu cambiar o seu cargador de arrinque. Cando se convirta\n"
+"a configuración, algunhas opcións poden perderse.\n"
+"\n"
+"A súa configuración actual gardarase e vostede poderá\n"
+"restaurala se volve ao cargador de arrinque actual.\n"
+"\n"
+"Seleccione un curso de acción:\n"
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "&Propoñer nova configuración"
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "Co&nverter a configuración actual"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr "&Comezar nova configuración dende cero"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "&Ler configuración gardada en disco"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr "Res&taura configuración gardada antes da conversión"
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr "Seleccione o cargador de arrinque antes de editar as seccións."
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr "E&ditar ficheiros de configuración"
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr "&Comezar desde cero"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr "&Volver ler a configuración desde o disco"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "Restablecer o MBR do disco duro"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr "Escribir código de arrinque no disco"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Outro"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr "MBR restablecido correctamente."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr "Fallo ó restablecer o MBR."
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao escribir a configuración do cargador de arrinque"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "Xestión de &seccións"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr "&Instalación de cargador de arrinque"
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "O&pcións do cargador de arrinque"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "&Detalles de Instalación do cargador de arrinque"
-
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
@@ -688,9 +1106,18 @@
"<P><B><BIG>Gardando a configuración do cargador de arrinque</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Agarde...<br></p>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+"Se ten instalados varios sistemas Linux, YaST\n"
+"pode intentar buscalos e fusionar os seus menús."
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -702,7 +1129,7 @@
"comezar desde cero ou volver ler a configuración gardada no disco. %1</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
@@ -712,7 +1139,7 @@
"prema <B>Editar os Ficheiros de Configuración</B>.</P>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
@@ -721,7 +1148,7 @@
"do menú de arrinque.</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
@@ -730,7 +1157,7 @@
"da sección seleccionada.</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -748,7 +1175,7 @@
"<B>Arriba</B> e <B>Abaixo</B></P>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -760,7 +1187,7 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
@@ -769,7 +1196,7 @@
"O xestor de arrinque (%1) pode instalarse dos seguintes xeitos:</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -781,7 +1208,7 @@
"</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -797,8 +1224,25 @@
"Isto é a opción recomendada cando hai unha partición adecuada\n"
"Tanto</p>"
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- Nun <b>disquete</b> (se o sistema ten unha unidade de disquete),\n"
+"se quere evitar o risco de interferir con algún mecanismo de arrinque xa\n"
+"existente. Se selecciona esta opción, pode que teña que habilitar o arrinque\n"
+"dende disquete na BIOS do sistema.\n"
+"</p>"
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -809,7 +1253,7 @@
"do seu sistema cando seleccione esta opción.</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -822,7 +1266,7 @@
"vostede poderá ou non iniciar unha partición lóxica."
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -834,7 +1278,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -842,7 +1286,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -853,7 +1297,7 @@
"instalar, use <b>Cargador de arrinque</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -864,7 +1308,7 @@
"o tempo de espera, prema en <b>Opcións do cargador de arrinque</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -875,7 +1319,7 @@
"<P> Nota: O ficheiro de configuración final pode ter unha sangría diferente.</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -886,7 +1330,7 @@
"arrinque. Tal nome debe de ser único.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
@@ -895,7 +1339,7 @@
"Seleccione o tipo de nova seccion a crear.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -906,7 +1350,7 @@
" Despois modifique as opcións que poderían diferir da sección seleccionada.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
@@ -915,7 +1359,7 @@
"kernel Linux ou outra imaxe para cargar e arrincar.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
@@ -924,7 +1368,7 @@
"outra imaxe para iniciar nun contorno Xen.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -934,7 +1378,7 @@
"sección que carga e inicia un sector de arrinque dunha partición do disco. Isto\n"
"úsase para iniciar outros sistemas operativos.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -945,40 +1389,50 @@
"unha partición do disco. Isto úsase para arrincar outros sistemas operativos.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "Orde dos discos duros: %1"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr "Non instalar ningún cargador de arrinque"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr "Non instalar ningún cargador de arrinque"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "Instalar o cargador de arrinque predeterminado"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "Instalar o cargador de arrinque predeterminado"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "Cargador de arrinque"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "Cargador de arrinque"
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr "O sector de arrinque de %1 foi escrito no disquete."
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr "Deixar o disquete na unidade."
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -997,13 +1451,18 @@
"Desexa de verdade saír da configuración do cargador de\n"
"arrinque sen gardar? Hanse perde tódolos cambios.\n"
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "Desexa de verdade eliminar a sección %1?"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "O contrasinal non debe estar en branco."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -1011,15 +1470,82 @@
"'Contrasinal' e 'Volva a escribir contrasinal'\n"
"non concordan. Volva a escribir contrasinal."
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"As opcións de disco cambiaron.\n"
+"Comprobe as opcións da sección %1.\n"
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"As opcións de disco cambiaron e editou manualmente os ficheiros de\n"
+"configuración do cargador de arrinque. Comprobe as opcións do cargador de arrinque.\n"
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr "%1Definir a localización predeterminada do cargador de arrinque?\n"
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "Non crear un sistema de ficheiros"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "Crear un sistema de ficheiros ext2"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr "Crear un sistema de ficheiros FAT"
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"O sector de arrinque do cargador de\n"
+"arrinque vaise escribir nun disquete.\n"
+"Insira un disquete e confirme\n"
+"premendo en Aceptar.\n"
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr "Formato de &baixo nivel"
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "&Crear sistema de ficheiros"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr "Fallou o formatado de baixo nivel. Intentar de novo?"
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "Fallo ao crear sistema de ficheiros."
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
@@ -1028,7 +1554,7 @@
"Use outro diferente.\n"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
@@ -1037,9 +1563,14 @@
"cargador de arrinque. Desexa volver intentar\n"
"a configuración do cargador de arrinque?\n"
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr "Non foi posible instalar o cargador de arrinque."
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -1062,724 +1593,600 @@
"Desexa continuar?\n"
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr "&Si, Sobrescribir"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "Por mor do particionamento, non se puido instalar correctamente o cargador de arrinque."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Sección imaxe</b></p>"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "O alias debe ter alomenos un membro."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Imaxe do núcleo</b> define o núcleo a iniciar. Introduza o nome directamente ou fágao utilizando <b>Examinar</b>.</p>"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "Configuración da orde dos discos"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Dispositivo root</b> establece que dispositivo se ll pasa ao núcleo como dispositivo\n"
+"raíz (o parámetro root do núcleo). "
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "D&iscos"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Disco RAM inicial</b> se non está baleiro, define o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta\n"
+"e o nome do ficheiro directamente ou fágao utilizando <b>Examinar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "&Dispositivo"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Sección carga encadeada</b> se vostede quere definir unha sección para iniciar outro S.O. que non sexa Linux.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Fixando <b>Use protección con contrasinal</p> requerirá un contrasinal para seleccionar esta sección."
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Outro sistema</b> permítelle elixir entre outros sistemas operativos distintos\n"
+"de Linux que se hachen no seu computador.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>activar esta partición cando se seleccione para iniciar</b> se a súa BIOS precisa fixar este sinalador para arrincala</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Desplazamento de Bloque para Carga Encadeada</b> permítelle especificar a lista de bloques\n"
+"para iniciar. Na meirande parte dos casos, vostede quererá especificar aquí <code>+1</code>. Para\n"
+"elementos máis específicos na notacion da lista de bloque vexa a documentación de grub</p>\n"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "Gardando a configuración do cargador de arrinque..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Seleccione <b>sección Xen</b> se desexa engadir un novo kernel Linux ou\n"
+"outra imaxe e inicialo nun contorno Xen.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Hipervisor</b> especifica o hipervisor a usar.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n"
-#| "For details, read the related chapter \n"
-#| "in the documentation. \n"
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Parámetro Opcional da liña de comandos do núcleo</b></p>\n"
+"permítelle definir parámetros adicionais para pasarllos ó núcleo.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Sección menú</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Partición do ficheiro do menú</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Sección de Mapeo para o Primeiro Disco dende o Mapa de Dispositivos</b> Windows normalmente precisa estar no primeiro disco</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"O seu sistema apagarase agora.%1%2\n"
-"Para os detalles, lea o capítulo correspondente \n"
-"na documentación. \n"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "O sistema vaise reiniciar agora..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Forza a que o sistema de ficheiros raíz sexa montado</b><br>\n"
+"como de só lectura. Normalmente é especificado na sección global</p>"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "Arrinque"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Forza a que o sistema de ficheiros raíz sexa montado</b><br>\n"
+"como de só lectura. Normalmente é especificado na sección global</p>"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "&Arrinque"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "Non se seleccionou ningún cargador de arrinque para a instalación. O sistema podería non arrincar."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Seleccione <b>Sección menú</b> para engadir un novo menú á configuración.\n"
+"As seccións de menú representan unha lista de tarefas que se agrupan xuntas.</p>\n"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "Por mor do particionamento, o cargador de arrinque non se puido instalar correctamente"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr "Sección de imaxe"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "Imaxe do &kernel"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr "Dispositivo &raíz"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr "Disco RAM &inicial"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr "Sección de carga encadeada"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "Usar protección por contrasinal"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "&Outro Sistema"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr "Non &verificar o sistema de ficheiros antes de arrincar"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr "&Activar esta partición cando se selecciona para arrincar"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr "Desprazamento en b&loques para a carga encadeada"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr "Sección de &mapa do primeiro disco no mapa de dispositivos"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr "&Hipervisor"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr "Parámetros &adicionais do hipervisor Xen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "&Partición do ficheiro de menú"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "Ficheiro de descrición do &menú"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr "&Forzar que o sistema de ficheiros raíz se monte como só de lectura"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr "&Directorio destino da sección"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "Ficheiro de paráme&tros opcionais"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr "&Dispositivo de envorcado"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr "&Dispositivo de envorcado"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr "&Lista das entradas do menú"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr "&Número da entrada predeterminada"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr "&Tempo de espera en segundos"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr "Mo&strar o menú de arrinque"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr "&Copiar a imaxe á partición de arrinque"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr "&Partición de arrinque de outro sistema"
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr "A sección de imaxe debe ter especificada unha imaxe do kernel"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "O ficheiro de imaxe non existe. Desexa usalo?"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "O ficheiro initrd aínda non existe. Desexa usalo?"
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr "Activar &SELinux"
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr "O nome inclúe caracteres non permitidos"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr "Pedir a resolución durante o arrinque."
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "Clonar a sección seleccionada"
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr "Outro sistema (carga encadeada)"
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "Tipo de sección"
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr "Sección &nome"
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "Por mor do particionamento, non se puido instalar correctamente o cargador de arrinque."
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>"
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "O arrinque desde o MBR está activado (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">desactivar</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>"
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr "O arrinque desde o MBR está desactivado (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">activar</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>"
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "O arrinque desde a partición /boot está activado (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">desactivar</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>"
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr "O arrinque desde a partición /boot está desactivado (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">activar</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>"
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "O arrinque desde a partición \"/\" está activado (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">desactivar</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>"
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr "O arrinque desde a partición \"/\" está desactivado (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">activar</a>)"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change Location: %1"
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Cambiar a localización: %1"
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Tipo de cargador de arrinque: %1"
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (estendida)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr " (\"/\")"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr " (por defecto)"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr "Seccións:<br>%1"
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr "Non instalar o cargador de arrinque; só crear os ficheiros de configuración"
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr "Propoñer e mesturar con menús de GRUB existentes"
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Activar seguridade &GSS"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Cargador de arrinque descoñecido: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr "Combinación non soportada de plataforma de hardware %1 e cargador de arrinque %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "O dispositivo de arrinque está no raid de tipo: %1. O sistema non arrincará."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "Verificar cargador de arrinque"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "Ler as particións"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "Cargar as opcións do cargador de arrinque"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "Verificando o cargador de arrinque..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "Lendo as particións..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "Cargando as opcións do cargador de arrinque..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando a configuración do cargador de arrinque"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "Parámetros do Kernel engadidos: %1"
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "Crear initrd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "Gardar ficheiros de configuración do cargador de arrinque"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "Instalar cargador de arrinque"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "Creando initrd..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "Gardando os ficheiros de configuración do cargador de arrinque..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "Instalando o cargador de arrinque..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a configuración do cargador de arrinque"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Parámetro opcional da liña de ordes do núcleo</b></p>\n"
-#~ "permítelle definir parámetros adicionais para pasarllos ó núcleo.</p>"
+#~| msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "Definir unha opción global"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#~ msgstr "Parámetros o&pcionais de liña de ordes do kernel"
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "Definir unha opción global"
-#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "Eliminar unha opción global ou unha opción dunha sección"
-
-#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "Establecer unha opción global ou unha opción dunha sección"
-
-#~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "Engadir unha nova sección - use o modo interactivo"
-
-#~ msgid "The name of the section"
-#~ msgstr "O nome da sección"
-
-#~ msgid "Section %1 not found."
-#~ msgstr "Sección %1 non atopada."
-
-#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "Engadir opción só está dispoñible no modo interactivo da liña de ordes"
-
-#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
-#~ msgstr "Debe especificarse un nome de sección."
-
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "Orde dos discos"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
-#~ msgstr "Menú de arrinque"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Ficheiro de menú gráfico</b> define o ficheiro a usar para o menú de inicio gráfico.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "Ficheiro de &menú gráfico"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
-#~ msgstr "Escolla un novo ficheiro de menú gráfico"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
-#~ msgstr "Activar os &sinais acústicos"
-
-#~ msgid "&Up"
-#~ msgstr "&Arriba"
-
-#~ msgid "&Down"
-#~ msgstr "A&baixo"
-
-#~ msgid "Kernel Section"
-#~ msgstr "Sección do Kernel"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Configuración de sección"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "Opcións do cargador de arrinque: xestión de seccións"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen Section"
-#~ msgstr "Sección de Xen"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu Section"
-#~ msgstr "Sección de menú"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System Section"
-#~ msgstr "Sección de outros sistemas"
-
-#~ msgid "&Filename"
-#~ msgstr "&Nome de ficheiro:"
-
-#~ msgid "Filename: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Nome de ficheiro: %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents"
-#~ msgstr "Con&tido do ficheiro"
-
-#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Configuración manual experta"
-
-#~ msgid "Image"
-#~ msgstr "Imaxe"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen"
-#~ msgstr "Xen"
-
-#~ msgid "Floppy"
-#~ msgstr "Disquete"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu"
-#~ msgstr "Menú"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump"
-#~ msgstr "Dump"
-
-#~ msgid "Def."
-#~ msgstr "Def."
-
-#~ msgid "Label"
-#~ msgstr "Etiqueta"
-
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "Tipo"
-
-#~ msgid "Image / Device"
-#~ msgstr "Imaxe / Dispositivo"
-
-#~ msgid "Set as De&fault"
-#~ msgstr "&Fixar como predeterminada"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
-#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
-#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Select a course of action:\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vostede elixiu cambiar o seu cargador de arrinque. Cando se convirta\n"
-#~ "a configuración, algunhas opcións poden perderse.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "A súa configuración actual gardarase e vostede poderá\n"
-#~ "restaurala se volve ao cargador de arrinque actual.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Seleccione un curso de acción:\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Co&nverter a configuración actual"
-
-#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
-#~ msgstr "&Comezar nova configuración dende cero"
-
-#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
-#~ msgstr "&Ler configuración gardada en disco"
-
-#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
-#~ msgstr "Res&taura configuración gardada antes da conversión"
-
-#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
-#~ msgstr "Seleccione o cargador de arrinque antes de editar as seccións."
-
-#~ msgid "&Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "Xestión de &seccións"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
-#~ msgstr "&Instalación de cargador de arrinque"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
-#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Se ten instalados varios sistemas Linux, YaST\n"
-#~ "pode intentar buscalos e fusionar os seus menús."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
-#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
-#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
-#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- Nun <b>disquete</b> (se o sistema ten unha unidade de disquete),\n"
-#~ "se quere evitar o risco de interferir con algún mecanismo de arrinque xa\n"
-#~ "existente. Se selecciona esta opción, pode que teña que habilitar o arrinque\n"
-#~ "dende disquete na BIOS do sistema.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
-#~ msgstr "O sector de arrinque de %1 foi escrito no disquete."
-
-#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
-#~ msgstr "Deixar o disquete na unidade."
-
-#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-#~ msgstr "Desexa de verdade eliminar a sección %1?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n"
-#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "As opcións de disco cambiaron.\n"
-#~ "Comprobe as opcións da sección %1.\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
-#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "As opcións de disco cambiaron e editou manualmente os ficheiros de\n"
-#~ "configuración do cargador de arrinque. Comprobe as opcións do cargador de arrinque.\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
-#~ msgstr "Non crear un sistema de ficheiros"
-
-#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
-#~ msgstr "Crear un sistema de ficheiros ext2"
-
-#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System"
-#~ msgstr "Crear un sistema de ficheiros FAT"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
-#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
-#~ "and confirm with OK.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "O sector de arrinque do cargador de\n"
-#~ "arrinque vaise escribir nun disquete.\n"
-#~ "Insira un disquete e confirme\n"
-#~ "premendo en Aceptar.\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Low Level Format"
-#~ msgstr "Formato de &baixo nivel"
-
-#~ msgid "&Create File System"
-#~ msgstr "&Crear sistema de ficheiros"
-
-#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
-#~ msgstr "Fallou o formatado de baixo nivel. Intentar de novo?"
-
-#~ msgid "Creating file system failed."
-#~ msgstr "Fallo ao crear sistema de ficheiros."
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
-#~ msgstr "Non foi posible instalar o cargador de arrinque."
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Sección imaxe</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Imaxe do núcleo</b> define o núcleo a iniciar. Introduza o nome directamente ou fágao utilizando <b>Examinar</b>.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dispositivo root</b> establece que dispositivo se ll pasa ao núcleo como dispositivo\n"
-#~ "raíz (o parámetro root do núcleo). "
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
-#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Disco RAM inicial</b> se non está baleiro, define o disco RAM inicial a usar. Introduza a ruta\n"
-#~ "e o nome do ficheiro directamente ou fágao utilizando <b>Examinar</b>.</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Sección carga encadeada</b> se vostede quere definir unha sección para iniciar outro S.O. que non sexa Linux.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Fixando <b>Use protección con contrasinal</p> requerirá un contrasinal para seleccionar esta sección."
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Outro sistema</b> permítelle elixir entre outros sistemas operativos distintos\n"
-#~ "de Linux que se hachen no seu computador.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>activar esta partición cando se seleccione para iniciar</b> se a súa BIOS precisa fixar este sinalador para arrincala</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
-#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>sección Xen</b> se desexa engadir un novo kernel Linux ou\n"
-#~ "outra imaxe e inicialo nun contorno Xen.</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Hipervisor</b> especifica o hipervisor a usar.</p>"
-
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Parámetro Opcional da liña de comandos do núcleo</b></p>\n"
-#~ "permítelle definir parámetros adicionais para pasarllos ó núcleo.</p>"
+#~| msgid "Value: %1"
+#~ msgid "Value: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Valor: %1"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Sección menú</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Partición do ficheiro do menú</b></p>"
-
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Sección de Mapeo para o Primeiro Disco dende o Mapa de Dispositivos</b> Windows normalmente precisa estar no primeiro disco</p>"
-
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Forza a que o sistema de ficheiros raíz sexa montado</b><br>\n"
-#~ "como de só lectura. Normalmente é especificado na sección global</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Definicion de terminal</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Define o tipo de terminal que quere usar vostede. Para un terminal en serie (p.ex. unha\n"
+#~ "consola en serie), vostede debe especificar <code>serial</code>. Vostede tamén pode\n"
+#~ "pasar <code>console</code> ao comando como <code>serial console</code>. Neste\n"
+#~ "caso, calqueira terminal no que vostede presione calqueira tecla será seleccionado coma\n"
+#~ "un terminal GRUB.</p>"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+#~| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+#~| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+#~ "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Sección menú</b> para engadir un novo menú á configuración.\n"
-#~ "As seccións de menú representan unha lista de tarefas que se agrupan xuntas.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Protexer o cargador de arrinque cun contrasinal</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Define o contrasinal que se requerirá para acceder ao menú de arrinque. YaST soamente aceptará o contrasinal se\n"
+#~ "o repite en <b>Reescribir Contrasinal</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid "Image Section"
-#~ msgstr "Sección de imaxe"
-
-#~ msgid "&Kernel Image"
-#~ msgstr "Imaxe do &kernel"
-
-#~ msgid "&Root Device"
-#~ msgstr "Dispositivo &raíz"
-
-#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
-#~ msgstr "Disco RAM &inicial"
-
-#~ msgid "Chainloader Section"
-#~ msgstr "Sección de carga encadeada"
-
-#~ msgid "Use Password Protection"
-#~ msgstr "Usar protección por contrasinal"
-
-#~ msgid "&Other System"
-#~ msgstr "&Outro Sistema"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
-#~ msgstr "Non &verificar o sistema de ficheiros antes de arrincar"
-
-#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
-#~ msgstr "&Activar esta partición cando se selecciona para arrincar"
-
-#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
-#~ msgstr "Desprazamento en b&loques para a carga encadeada"
-
-#~ msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
-#~ msgstr "Sección de &mapa do primeiro disco no mapa de dispositivos"
-
-#~ msgid "&Hypervisor"
-#~ msgstr "&Hipervisor"
-
-#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "Parámetros &adicionais do hipervisor Xen"
-
-#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "&Partición do ficheiro de menú"
-
-#~ msgid "&Menu Description File"
-#~ msgstr "Ficheiro de descrición do &menú"
-
-#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
-#~ msgstr "&Forzar que o sistema de ficheiros raíz se monte como só de lectura"
-
-#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
-#~ msgstr "&Directorio destino da sección"
-
-#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
-#~ msgstr "Ficheiro de paráme&tros opcionais"
-
-#~ msgid "&Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "&Dispositivo de envorcado"
-
-#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
-#~ msgstr "&Lista das entradas do menú"
-
-#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
-#~ msgstr "&Número da entrada predeterminada"
-
-#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
-#~ msgstr "&Tempo de espera en segundos"
-
-#~ msgid "&Show boot menu"
-#~ msgstr "Mo&strar o menú de arrinque"
-
-#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
-#~ msgstr "&Copiar a imaxe á partición de arrinque"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
-#~ msgstr "&Partición de arrinque de outro sistema"
-
-#~ msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
-#~ msgstr "A sección de imaxe debe ter especificada unha imaxe do kernel"
-
-#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "O ficheiro de imaxe non existe. Desexa usalo?"
-
-#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "O ficheiro initrd aínda non existe. Desexa usalo?"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux"
-#~ msgstr "Activar &SELinux"
-
-#~ msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
-#~ msgstr "O nome inclúe caracteres non permitidos"
-
-#~ msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
-#~ msgstr "Pedir a resolución durante o arrinque."
-
-#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section"
-#~ msgstr "Clonar a sección seleccionada"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
-#~ msgstr "Outro sistema (carga encadeada)"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Type"
-#~ msgstr "Tipo de sección"
-
-#~ msgid "Section &Name"
-#~ msgstr "Sección &nome"
-
-#~ msgid " (\"/boot\")"
-#~ msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
-
-#~ msgid " (\"/\")"
-#~ msgstr " (\"/\")"
-
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (por defecto)"
-
-#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
-#~ msgstr "Seccións:<br>%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "Non instalar o cargador de arrinque; só crear os ficheiros de configuración"
-
-#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
-#~ msgstr "Propoñer e mesturar con menús de GRUB existentes"
-
#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
#~ msgstr "Números de partición maiores que 3 son usadas para iniciar con táboa de partición GPT"
-#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Parámetros do Kernel engadidos: %1"
-
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
#~ msgstr "O dispositivo de arrinque está no disco iSCSI: %1. Pode que o sistema non arrinque."
@@ -2974,13 +3381,6 @@
#~ "e o nome do ficheiro directamente ou fágao utilizando <b>Examinar</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\\nto specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Desplazamento de Bloque para Carga Encadeada</b> permítelle especificar a lista de bloques\n"
-#~ "para iniciar. Na meirande parte dos casos, vostede quererá especificar aquí <code>+1</code>. Para\n"
-#~ "elementos máis específicos na notacion da lista de bloque vexa a documentación de grub</p>\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
#~| "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
@@ -2990,12 +3390,6 @@
#~ "outra imaxe e inicialo nun contorno Xen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\\nUsually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Forza a que o sistema de ficheiros raíz sexa montado</b><br>\n"
-#~ "como de só lectura. Normalmente é especificado na sección global</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
#~| "Usually specified in global section</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ca-management.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ca-management.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ca-management.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-28 17:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galego <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -1895,14 +1895,14 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "Creando o certificado..."
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
@@ -1911,28 +1911,27 @@
"crear no módulo de Xestión de CA.\n"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Finalizar"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "Desexa gardar a configuración?"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Saír"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr "Desexa saír da configuración sen gardala antes?"
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detalles"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/cio.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/cio.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/cio.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-16 12:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -49,13 +49,13 @@
msgstr "Usado"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "non"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "si"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "non"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
msgid "Filter channels"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/cluster.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/cluster.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/cluster.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
msgstr "Probar son cando a tarxeta estea configurada"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
msgstr "En&derezo de rede:"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Multicast Group"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
@@ -249,201 +249,201 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Activar seguridade &GSS"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Executando"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ftp is running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "O servidor ftp está a executarse"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Arrinque"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "Apagado -- o servidor só se inicia manualmente"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Apagado -- o servidor só se inicia manualmente"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Activar e desactivar"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Estado actual: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Squid Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Iniciar a devasa agora mesmo"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Deter a devasa agora"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Main Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Host principal"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Engadir"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Espera"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Seleccionar ficheiro"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Suxerencia de liñas de fstab"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a user name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Introduza un nome de usuario."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write hostname"
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Escribir o nome de máquina"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile."
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "Introduza un novo nome para o perfil %1."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Icon filename"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Nome de ficheiro de icona"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Non foi posible analizar sintacticamente o ficheiro chave."
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Fallou a creación da imaxe"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
@@ -556,41 +556,41 @@
msgstr "Iniciando..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando a configuración de impresora"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Ler a base de datos"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración anterior"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración da devasa."
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Lendo a base de datos..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración previa..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -598,71 +598,71 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages"
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Non é posible instalar os paquetes requeridos"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Cambiar unha configuración existente"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Non se pode ler a base de datos 1."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Non se puido ler database2."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Non se puido detectar dispositivos."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a configuración"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Escribir as opcións"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "Gardar cambios no perfil"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo os parámetros..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "Gardando cambios nos ficheiros..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Non se puideron escribir as opcións."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/control-center.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/control-center.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/control-center.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-04 16:16+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-08 10:50+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vázquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -29,307 +29,311 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Noraboa!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>A instalación de openSUSE no seu ordenador rematou.\n"
-"Despois de premer en <b>Terminar</b>, poderá iniciar sesión no sistema.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visítenos en %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Que o pase moi ben!<br>O equipo de desenvolvemento de openSUSE</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"A instalación completouse con éxito.\n"
+"O seu sistema está listo para o uso.\n"
+"Prema <b>Terminar</b> para entrar no sistema.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Visite http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"O ambiente de escritorio fornece a interface gráfica de usuario\n"
-"así coma un conxunto de aplicativos para correo electrónico,\n"
-"navegación Web, oficina, xogos e ferramentas para administrar\n"
-"o seu sistema.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE ofrece varios ambientes de escritorio para elixir. Os ambientes\n"
-"de escritorio máis empregados son GNOME e KDE, incluídos por openSUSE.\n"
-"Estes ambientes de escritorio son doados de usar, están altamente integrados\n"
-"e contan cunha atractiva interface. Cada ambiente de escritorio posúe\n"
-"un estilo distintivo, sendo unha cuestión de gustos persoais\n"
-"determinar que escritorio é o máis apropiado."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "Servidor CIM"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "Escritorio GNOME"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
+msgstr "Preferencias da instalación"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "Escritorio KDE"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Resumo"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "Escritorio XFCE"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Experto"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "Escritorio LXDE"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "Sistema X Window mínimo"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Escritorio Enlightenment"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Selección mínima servidor (modo texto)"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr "Preferencias da instalación"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Preferencias da instalación Live"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Preferencias de actualización"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración da rede"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración de hardware"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Preparación"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Cargar a Configuración de rede linuxrc"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Configuración automática da rede"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Benvida"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Activación da rede"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Activación de disco"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Análise do sistema"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "Complementos"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disco"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Fuso horario"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Repositorios con conexión"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "Complementos"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Selección de escritorio"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Preferencias de usuario"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalación"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Resumo da instalación"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Realizar instalación"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Instalación"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Sistema para actualizar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Actualizar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "Resumo de actualización"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Realizar actualización"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Instalación básica"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "Preferencias de AutoYaST"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración do sistema"
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "Servidor CIM"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ " "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Noraboa!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>A instalación de openSUSE no seu ordenador rematou.\n"
+#~ "Despois de premer en <b>Terminar</b>, poderá iniciar sesión no sistema.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visítenos en %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Que o pase moi ben!<br>O equipo de desenvolvemento de openSUSE</p>\n"
+#~ " "
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Resumo"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#~ "manage your computer.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "O ambiente de escritorio fornece a interface gráfica de usuario\n"
+#~ "así coma un conxunto de aplicativos para correo electrónico,\n"
+#~ "navegación Web, oficina, xogos e ferramentas para administrar\n"
+#~ "o seu sistema.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE ofrece varios ambientes de escritorio para elixir. Os ambientes\n"
+#~ "de escritorio máis empregados son GNOME e KDE, incluídos por openSUSE.\n"
+#~ "Estes ambientes de escritorio son doados de usar, están altamente integrados\n"
+#~ "e contan cunha atractiva interface. Cada ambiente de escritorio posúe\n"
+#~ "un estilo distintivo, sendo unha cuestión de gustos persoais\n"
+#~ "determinar que escritorio é o máis apropiado."
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "Experto"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Escritorio GNOME"
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Escritorio KDE"
+
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Escritorio XFCE"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Escritorio LXDE"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal X Window"
+#~ msgstr "Sistema X Window mínimo"
+
+#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Escritorio Enlightenment"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Selección mínima servidor (modo texto)"
+
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Repositorios con conexión"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Selección de escritorio"
+
#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Configuración dos servizos de rede"
#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
#~ msgstr "Resumo da instalación"
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Resumo de actualización"
-
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Instalación de complementos"
#~ msgid "Language Installation"
#~ msgstr "Idioma de instalación"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "A instalación completouse con éxito.\n"
-#~ "O seu sistema está listo para o uso.\n"
-#~ "Prema <b>Terminar</b> para entrar no sistema.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Visite http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
-
#~ msgid "Initialization..."
#~ msgstr "Inicializando..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/country.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/country.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/country.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-08 12:40+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -852,49 +852,49 @@
"Data incorrecta (DD-MM-AAAA) %1.\n"
"Introduza unha data correcta.\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr "Outras &configuracións..."
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "Data e hora (NTP está configurado)"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Data e Hora"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "Reloxo de &hardware establecido a UTC"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Rexión"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "&Fuso horario"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Data e Hora:"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuración do fuso horario e reloxo</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -930,12 +930,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Reloxo e fuso horario"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Escolla un fuso horario correcto."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/crowbar.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/crowbar.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/crowbar.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,19 +28,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Configuración de drbd"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -54,11 +44,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -201,30 +191,33 @@
msgstr "Enderezo &IP"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "Nome de destino"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Arquitectura"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A key with this name already exists.\n"
@@ -237,88 +230,95 @@
"Escolla unha diferente."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "&URL do servidor LDAP"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "&Nome do Repositorio:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Repository URL"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "URL do &repositorio"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "add repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Engadir repositorio"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local NTP Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Servidor NTP local"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "Servidor WINS remoto"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Finger Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "Servidor finger"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Personalizado"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Nome de usuario"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Contrasinal"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Re&type Password"
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Reescribir con&trasinal"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "O nome do servidor non pode estar baleiro."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
"Probe outra vez."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A key with this name already exists.\n"
@@ -340,19 +340,19 @@
"Escolla unha diferente."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid"
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "O URL '%1' introducido non é válido"
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "desactivado"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -360,113 +360,113 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "O nome do servidor '%1' é coñecido nesta rede."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "O nome do servidor '%1' é coñecido nesta rede."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "Enderezo IP mí&nimo"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "Enderezo IP &máximo"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "O nome do servidor '%1' é coñecido nesta rede."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "O enderezo de hardware debe estar definido."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Preferencias de usuario"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Bridge"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Ponte de rede"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Rede Bond"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Rede"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repositories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Repositorios"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Configuration Overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -524,44 +524,44 @@
msgstr "Iniciando..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando a configuración do escáner"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Ler a configuración"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a Configuración do Proxy"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Escribir as opcións"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo os parámetros..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/dhcp-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/dhcp-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/dhcp-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.gl.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-15 16:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -65,9 +65,7 @@
msgstr "Xestionar as opcións da subrede DHCP"
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "Listar todos os host definidos con enderezo fixo"
@@ -107,242 +105,249 @@
msgstr "O enderezo IP ( ou o nome de host) do host con enderezo fixo"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "Seleccionar a interface de rede que se vai empregar"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr "Imprimir a interface usada actualmente e amosar lista con outras interfaces dispoñibles"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "Imprimir opcións actuais"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "Definir unha opción global"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "Chave de opción (por exemplo, ntp-servers)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "Valor de opción (por exemplo, enderezo IP)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Enderezo IP máis baixo do intervalo de enderezos IP dinámicos que se asigna"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Enderezo IP máis alto do intervalo de enderezos IP dinámicos que se asigna"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Tempo máximo de asignación en segundos"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Tempo máximo de asignación en segundos"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "O servidor DHCP está activado"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "O servidor DHCP está desactivado"
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "Host: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "Hardware: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "Enderezo IP: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "Non se especificou un nome de host."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "O host especificado non existe."
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ningún"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Interfaces seleccionadas: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Outras interfaces: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "A interface especificada non existe."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "Non se especificou a operación coa interface."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "Debe definirse unha chave de opción."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "Debe establecerse un valor."
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "Intervalo de enderezos: %1-%2"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Tempo de asignación predeterminado: %1"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Tempo máximo de asignación: %1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao gardar a configuración. Desexa cambiar as opcións?"
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Gardando a configuración"
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración do servidor DHCP"
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Opcións globais"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración de subrede"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "Host con enderezo fixo"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "Rede compartida"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "Depósito de enderezos"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "Opcións de grupo específico"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Clase"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "&Subrede"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "&Host"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "&Rede compartida"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Grupo"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "&Depósitos de enderezos"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "&Clase"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "Tipos de declaración"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "Tipo de declaración"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración da interface"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr "Xestión de chaves TSIG"
@@ -367,192 +372,152 @@
msgstr "Segundos"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: inicio"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Inicio"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: selección de tarxetas"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "Selección de tarxetas"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: configuración global"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "Configuración global"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: DHCP dinámico"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP dinámico"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: xestión de hosts"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "Xestión de hosts"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: configuración avanzada"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configuración avanzada"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Ao &arrincar"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ao arrincar"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "O servidor DHCP estase a executar"
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "O servidor DHCP non se está a executar"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "&Iniciar o servidor DHCP agora"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "D&eter o servidor DHCP agora"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "Gardar a configuración e reiniciar o servidor DHCP &agora"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Iniciar o servidor DHCP agora"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Deter o servidor DHCP agora"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Gardar a configuración e reiniciar o servidor DHCP agora"
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments"
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "Parámetros de inicio do servidor DHCP"
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "Tarxeta de rede para o servidor DHCP"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Seleccionado"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "Nome da interface"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nome do dispositivo"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&Seleccionar"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "A&nular a selección"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "Enderezo DHCP"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "Débese seleccionar polo menos unha interface de rede."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -560,60 +525,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "Soporte &LDAP"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "&Nome do servidor DHCP (opcional)"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "Nome de &dominio"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "IP do servidor de nomes &primario"
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "IP do servidor de nomes &secundario"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "&Pasarela predeterminada (Router) "
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "Servidor de &hora NTP"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "Servidor de im&presión"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "Servidor &WINS"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "Tempo de &asignación predeterminado"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Unidades"
@@ -621,48 +586,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "O valor especificado non é un nome de máquina ou enderezo IP válido."
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Información de subrede"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "&Rede actual"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "&Máscara de rede"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "Bi&ts de máscara de rede"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr "Enderezo IP mí&nimo"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "Enderezo IP &máximo"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "Intervalo de enderezos IP"
@@ -670,10 +635,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "&Primeiro enderezo IP"
@@ -681,61 +646,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "Último enderezo IP"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "Permitir &BOOTP dinámico"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "Tempo de asignación"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "Pre&determinada"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "&Máximo"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "Uni&dades"
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Crear nova zona DNS desde cero"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "Editar zona DNS actual"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "Obter información da zona actual"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "&Sincronizar servidor DNS..."
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -745,8 +710,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "Introduza os valores de ambos extremos do intervalo de enderezos IP."
@@ -754,8 +719,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
@@ -764,127 +729,127 @@
"O IP %1 non coincide coa rede %2/%3."
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "Host rexistrado"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Enderezo de hardware"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "Configuración da lista"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Nome"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "Enderezo &IP"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "Enderezo de &hardware"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "&Ethernet"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "&Token-Ring"
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "M&udar na lista"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "E&liminar da lista"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token-Ring"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "O enderezo de hardware non é válido.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "O enderezo de hardware debe ser único."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "O nome de host non pode estar baleiro."
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "Xa existe un host chamado %1."
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "Introduza un IP de host."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "O enderezo de hardware debe estar definido."
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "Seleccionar primeiro un host"
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "O valor de entrada debe estar definido."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -905,15 +870,15 @@
"Desexa continuar?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "\"-%1\" non é unha opción de liña de ordes válida para o servidor DHCP"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr "A opción de liña de ordes do servidor DHCP \"-%1\" necesita un argumento"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -925,7 +890,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "Asistente do servidor DHCP (%1 de 4)"
@@ -1147,7 +1112,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "O último enderezo IP debe ser maoir ca o primeiro."
@@ -1171,7 +1136,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Nome de host incorrecto."
@@ -1182,9 +1147,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "Enderezo IP incorrecto."
@@ -1200,51 +1165,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "Volvendo a xerar entradas de zona DNS..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "Engadindo un novo rexistro DNS"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "Nome de &host"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "Engadindo intervalo DHCP %1-%2 ao servidor DNS..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "Eliminando rexistros DNS que coinciden co intervalo"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "Eliminando rexistros do intervalo %1-%2 do servidor DNS..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1252,80 +1217,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "Non se pode crear a zona %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr "Sincronizando rexistros DNS inversos..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Dominio"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Rede"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "&Máscara de rede"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "Rexistros de zona DNS"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Nome de host"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "IP asignado"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "&Engadir..."
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "&Tarefas especiais"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "Engadir intervalo novo de rexistros DNS"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Executar asistente para volver a escribir a zona DNS desde cero"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr "Sincronizar con zona inversa %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: sincronización do servidor DNS"
@@ -1604,8 +1569,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1623,17 +1587,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1641,7 +1597,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1649,7 +1605,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1659,7 +1615,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1669,14 +1625,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1684,7 +1640,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1693,7 +1649,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1702,7 +1658,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1711,14 +1667,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1728,14 +1684,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1743,7 +1699,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1753,7 +1709,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1762,7 +1718,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1771,7 +1727,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1780,21 +1736,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1802,14 +1758,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1817,40 +1773,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Servidor de impresión</b> define a este servidor como o servidor de impresión predeterminado.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1859,7 +1815,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1870,7 +1826,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1878,14 +1834,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1893,14 +1849,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1910,45 +1866,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Para eliminar un host, seleccióneo e prema <b>Borrar da lista</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Seleccione o tipo de declaración para engadir</p>"
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1956,7 +1912,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1966,23 +1922,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "En&derezos"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "Os enderezos introducidos non son válidos."
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "Débese especificar polo menos un par de enderezos."
@@ -1992,94 +1948,94 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "&Valores"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "O enderezo introducido non é válido."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "Hase especificar polo menos un par de enderezos."
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "On"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Desactivado"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "Debe especificar un valor."
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "Enderezo &novo"
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "Valor &novo"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "Se especifica máis dun enderezo, sepáreos con espazos."
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "&Engadir par de enderezos"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "O enderezo máis baixo ten que estar por debaixo do enderezo máis alto."
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "Se modifica isto, debe actualizar tamén a configuración do syslog."
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "Tipo de &hardware"
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "Enderezo &MAC"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "Enderezo IP máis &baixo"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "Enderezo IP máis &alto"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
@@ -2088,7 +2044,7 @@
"perderanse todas as modificacións. Está seguro de querer saír?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2096,7 +2052,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2104,7 +2060,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2112,206 +2068,197 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Reiniciar servidor DHCP"
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Gardar a configuración e reiniciar o servidor DHCP"
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "Declaracións &configuradas"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "DNS &dinámico"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "&Chave TSIG para zona directa"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "&Chave TSIG para zona inversa"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "Seleccionar ficheiro con chave de autenticación"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "&Iniciar servidor DHCP"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Drop Changes"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "Eliminar os cambios"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "&Executar o servidor DHCP nunha gaiola chroot"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "A&vanzado"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "Amosar &rexistro"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración da &interface"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "E&nderezo de rede"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "&Máscara de rede"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "&Nome do grupo"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "&Nome do depósito"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "&Nome de rede compartida"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "&Nome da clase"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces dispoñibles"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "Abrir a &devasa para as interfaces seleccionadas"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "&Activar DNS dinámico para esta subrede"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "&Actualizar configuración global de DNS dinámico"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Zona"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "Servidor DNS &primario"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "Zona in&versa"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "Servidor DNS pr&imario"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "Configuración &avanzada do servidor DHCP..."
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando a configuración do servidor DHCP"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Comprobar o contorno"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración da devasa"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración do servidor DHCP"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración do servidor DNS"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Comprobando o contorno..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración da devasa..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración do servidor DHCP..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración do servidor DNS..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2328,7 +2275,7 @@
"Abortando agora."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
@@ -2337,7 +2284,7 @@
"servidor DHCP baseada en LDAP non está dispoñible."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2346,87 +2293,87 @@
"aínda. Quere crear unha nova configuración?"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a configuración do servidor DHCP"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Gravar a configuración do servidor DHCP"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar a configuración da devasa"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "Reiniciar o servidor DHCP"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "Gravar a configuración do servidor DNS"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Gravando a configuración do servidor DHCP..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Gravando a configuración da devasa..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "Reiniciando o servidor DHCP..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Gravando a configuración do servidor DNS..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro ao reiniciar o daemon DHCP"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "O servidor DHCP iníciase ao arrincar o sistema"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "O servidor DHCP non se inicia ao arrincar o sistema"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "Escoitar en: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "Intervalo de enderezo dinámico: %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Configuración incorrecta de LDAP. Non se pode usar LDAP."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "O soporte para múltiples dhcpServiceDN non está implementado."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "O DN do servizo DHCP non está definido."
@@ -2434,26 +2381,59 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro ao crear %1."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro ao actualizar %1."
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro ao crear cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro ao gravar /etc/dhcpd.conf."
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "O servidor DHCP estase a executar"
+
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running"
+#~ msgstr "O servidor DHCP non se está a executar"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "&Iniciar o servidor DHCP agora"
+
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "D&eter o servidor DHCP agora"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "Gardar a configuración e reiniciar o servidor DHCP &agora"
+
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Iniciar o servidor DHCP agora"
+
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Deter o servidor DHCP agora"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Gardar a configuración e reiniciar o servidor DHCP agora"
+
+#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Reiniciar servidor DHCP"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Gardar a configuración e reiniciar o servidor DHCP"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "&Iniciar servidor DHCP"
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The selected network interface has currently no configuration (no assigned IP address \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/dns-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/dns-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/dns-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-28 20:38+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecton(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -443,8 +443,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "&Tarxeta"
@@ -585,8 +585,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "Zonas DNS"
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "Soporte de &LDAP activo"
@@ -636,12 +636,12 @@
msgstr "Configuración para &expertos do servidor DNS..."
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "Servidor DNS"
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Drop Changes"
msgid "Apply Changes"
@@ -649,21 +649,21 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Inicio"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "Opcións básicas"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Rexistro"
@@ -671,8 +671,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -680,8 +680,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "Claves TSIG"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/docker.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/docker.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/docker.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/drbd.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/drbd.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/drbd.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: drbd.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-13 12:17+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -246,10 +246,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -275,7 +276,7 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
@@ -283,7 +284,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuración de reIPL para s390</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -292,20 +293,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuración global de DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr "<p>Marque <b>\"Desactivar verificación IP\"</b> para desactivar unha das verificacións do bo estado de drbd<p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -321,7 +324,7 @@
" O diálogo imprime a conta cada 'refresco do diálogo' segundos,\n"
" especifíqueo a 0 para eliminar completamente o redebuxado.</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -336,14 +339,14 @@
" dispositivos configurados neste ficheiro.</p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -356,7 +359,7 @@
"Logo prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -367,7 +370,7 @@
"que poderá cambiar a configuración.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -375,7 +378,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
@@ -384,7 +387,7 @@
"Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un drbd.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -395,7 +398,7 @@
"Despois prema <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -407,7 +410,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -418,7 +421,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -429,58 +432,127 @@
"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of DASD"
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Configuración de DASD"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device type"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "Tipo de dispositivo"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..."
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr "Escribindo a base de datos de SCPM..."
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable TLS"
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr "Activar TLS"
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Nome do recurso"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add Nodes"
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr "Engadir nós"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "Engadir"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "Editar"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "Eliminar"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Save"
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr "&Gardar"
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "Aceptar"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Cancelar"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr "O nome do recurso non debe estar baleiro."
+
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
-msgstr "Os nomes de nós deben ser diferentes."
-
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configure authentication of the nodes."
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr "Configuración da autenticación dos nós."
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the module name."
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr "Introduza o nome do módulo."
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "Os nomes de nós deben ser diferentes."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -586,87 +658,87 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando a configuración DRBD"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración global"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Ler recursos"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configurations"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "Ler configuracións"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Ler o estado do daemon"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración da devasa."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración global..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Lendo os recursos..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configurations..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Lendo as configuracións..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Lendo o estado do daemon..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de DRBD"
@@ -674,55 +746,55 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración global"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Escribir os recursos"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Ler o estado do daemon"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración do cortalumes"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración global..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Escribindo os recursos..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Lendo o estado do daemon..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración do cortalumes..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/fcoe-client.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/fcoe-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/fcoe-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-31 17:50+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Documentos <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firewall-services.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firewall-services.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firewall-services.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-18 21:46+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firewall.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firewall.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firewall.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (bootloader)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-15 21:51+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vázquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galego <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firstboot.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firstboot.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/firstboot.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-07 18:00+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -126,13 +126,13 @@
msgstr "Etiqueta"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Estado"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "Nome do módulo"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Estado"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/fonts.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/fonts.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/fonts.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -24,63 +24,63 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "Editores de Bitmap"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Predeterminada"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "Fontes tipográficas"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ftp-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ftp-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ftp-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-15 16:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/geo-cluster.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/geo-cluster.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/geo-cluster.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-06 09:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
@@ -121,17 +121,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Engadir"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Eliminar"
@@ -140,18 +140,16 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication"
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticación"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
@@ -159,9 +157,9 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr "Aceptar"
@@ -174,205 +172,217 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "Chave de autenticación"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n"
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
+msgstr "Vaise escribir agora a configuración.\n"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "Chave de autenticación"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "Introduza un enderezo ip correcto"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "A acción é errónea."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "A chave non é válida"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay is invalid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "A espera non é válida."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "A chave non é válida"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "A chave non é válida"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "O campo Porto non pode estar baleiro"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración da devasa"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Enderezo de correo do administrador do servidor"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Enderezo de correo do administrador do servidor"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "O nome da configuración non pode estar baleiro."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "Houbo un fallo ao crear unha nova relación."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "Configurar a autenticación para o proxy"
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "Chave de autenticación"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image created successfully"
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr "Imaxe creada correctamente"
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "Instalación automática - Configuración"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -523,3 +533,13 @@
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
msgstr "Resumo da configuración..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authentication"
+#~ msgid "Authentification"
+#~ msgstr "Autenticación"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "Configurar a autenticación para o proxy"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server.gl.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-05 12:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixireiATyahooDOTes>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-05 12:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixireiATyahooDOTes>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -113,11 +113,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr "A opción 'id' non se pode combinar con outras opcións."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Servizo"
@@ -129,15 +129,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr "Prot."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr "Espera"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr "Usuario"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Servidor"
@@ -152,12 +152,12 @@
msgstr "Desactivado"
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Si"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "Non"
@@ -173,128 +173,128 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr "Vaise instalar o paquete %1 durante o proceso de escritura."
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr "Non se instalou o paquete %1 . O servizo non se pode editar."
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr "O paquete %1 instalouse correctamente."
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr "&Activar todos os servizos"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr "&Desactivar todos os servizos"
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr "D&esactivar"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr "Acti&var"
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr "Servizos actualmente dispoñibles"
# ollo, se aqui se cambia o nome da columna entón tamén o hai que cambiar en todos os lugares donde se fai referencia a ela. (by Sergio)
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr "Ch"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr "Tipo "
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr "Servidor / Args"
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "&Engadir"
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Borrar"
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr "&Cambiar estado (activado ou desactivado)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr "Estado para todos os &servizos"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "Configuración do servizo de rede (xinetd)"
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr "Engade unha nova entrada de servizo"
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr "Non se pode eliminar o servizo. Non está instalado."
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "Para eliminar un servizo, seleccione un no diálogo principal"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr "Para activar ou desactivar un servizo, seleccione un no diálogo principal."
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr "Editar unha entrada de servizo"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "Para editar un servizo, seleccione un no diálogo principal"
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
@@ -303,54 +303,54 @@
"Desactivarase o super-servidor de Internet."
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Servizo"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr "&Versión RPC"
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr "O servizo está acti&vo."
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr "&Tipo de Socket"
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocolo"
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr "&Espera"
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&Usuario"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Grupo"
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr "&Servidor"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr "Argumen&tos do servidor"
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr "&Comentario"
@@ -364,14 +364,14 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr "--default--"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
@@ -380,12 +380,12 @@
"Introduzca valores válidos.\n"
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr "O nome do servizo contén caracteres descoñecidos \"/\"."
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr "O usuario %1 está reservado unicamente para os procesos internos do servidor."
@@ -667,58 +667,58 @@
msgstr "Iniciando ..."
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando a configuración de inetd"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr "Ler a configuración"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración..."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Rematado"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a configuración de inetd"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Opcións de escritura"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo os parámetros..."
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "Non se poden escribir os parámetros!"
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>Todos os servizos están marcados como parados.</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr "Servizos de rede"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr "Os servizos de rede xestiónanse vía %1"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr "Vanse activar estes servizos"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-05 13:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Iniciando..."
@@ -198,28 +198,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Volva atrás e comprobe as opcións se non está seguro.</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Confirmar a actualización"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Xa está completa a información necesaria para levar a cabo unha actualización.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "Iniciar &actualización"
@@ -279,61 +279,7 @@
msgstr "Iniciando o servizo %1..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clonar</b> se desexa crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n"
-"AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a intervención do\n"
-"usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema instalado.\n"
-"Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..."
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Escribindo a configuración do sistema..."
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "&Saltar a configuración"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Copiando os ficheiros ao sistema instalado..."
@@ -521,7 +467,7 @@
msgstr "Actualizacións para %1 %2"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Produto descoñecido"
@@ -550,54 +496,28 @@
"Seleccione se executar unha actualización en liña agora.\n"
"Pode omitir este paso e executar unha actualización en liña despois.\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Idioma"
-
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Disposición do teclado"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "&Acepto os termos da licenza."
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "Teclado"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Notas de publicación"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Acordo de licenza"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "Licenza e &traducións..."
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -611,7 +531,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -620,7 +540,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -631,7 +551,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -644,7 +564,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -656,24 +576,50 @@
"a instalación en calquera momento.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Notas de publicación"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Acordo de licenza"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Idioma"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Disposición do teclado"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "&Acepto os termos da licenza."
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "Teclado"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "Licenza e &traducións..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -772,7 +718,7 @@
msgstr "O paquete autoyast2 non está instalado. Clonación desactivada."
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "O sistema vaise reiniciar agora..."
@@ -781,8 +727,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -790,34 +736,34 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Descargando imaxe á velocidade de %1/s"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Descargando a imaxe %1 á velocidade de %2/s"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Despregando imaxe..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Despregando a imaxe %1..."
@@ -843,36 +789,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Detectando os controladores dispoñibles"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Activación de discos"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Configurar discos &DASD"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Configurar discos &ZFCP"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Configurar interfacer &FCoE"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Configurar discos &iSCSI"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
-msgstr "Gardando a configuración da rede..."
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "Configuración da rede"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
@@ -890,7 +837,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Iniciando"
@@ -930,53 +877,53 @@
msgstr "Creando a listaxe de scripts de finalización para seren chamados..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Copiar ficheiros ao sistema instalado"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Gardar a configuración"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Gardar as opcións de instalación"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Instalar o cargador de arrinque"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Preparar o sistema para o arrinque inicial"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Comprobando a fase: %1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Iniciando o paso %1..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Erro na instalación"
@@ -1001,24 +948,24 @@
msgstr "Preparando a configuración inicial do sistema..."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Mode"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Modo de instalación"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "&Engadir repositorios en liña antes da instalación"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "In&cluír produtos complementarios de discos separados"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1029,7 +976,7 @@
"Seleccione o que desexa facer:</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1040,7 +987,7 @@
"actualización, seleccione <b>Engadir repositorios en liña antes da instalación</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -1048,7 +995,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1307,21 +1254,21 @@
msgstr "YaST estáa a comprobar o hardware do ordenador e os sistemas instalados agora."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1329,7 +1276,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1338,7 +1285,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1346,6 +1293,36 @@
"Fallo ao iniciar os repositorios de software.\n"
"Abortando a instalación."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "Non se puido montar /var de %1.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "Non foi posíbel configurar os patróns: %1."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1399,8 +1376,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Cambiar..."
@@ -1621,7 +1598,7 @@
msgstr "Configurando a caché do enlazador..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Gardando a configuración da rede..."
@@ -1750,35 +1727,22 @@
msgstr "Buscando particións Linux..."
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "Desexa restablecer todos os valores predeterminados?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Perderá todos os cambios."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración automática"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Omitindo a configuración por solicitude do usuario"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1787,25 +1751,25 @@
"solucionarse antes de continuar.\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Adaptando a proposta á configuración actual..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analizando o seu sistema..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ERRO: non hai proposta"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1818,46 +1782,38 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Saltar a configuración"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Usar a seguinte configuración"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&Saltar a configuración"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Prema en un título para facer cambios ou use o menú \"Cambiar...\" de embaixo."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Prema en un título para facer cambios ou use o menú \"Cambiar...\" de embaixo."
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Restablecer os valores predeterminados"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Actualización"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Instalar"
@@ -1889,7 +1845,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1902,7 +1858,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1914,7 +1870,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1926,7 +1882,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1938,7 +1894,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1949,12 +1905,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Proposta de instalación de UML</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1965,7 +1921,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1982,6 +1938,18 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Profile"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "Perfil do sistema"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1989,12 +1957,73 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "Copiando sistema de ficheiros raíz..."
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr "Non se pode atopar o URL \"%1\" co protocolo HTTP(S). O servidor devolveu o código %2."
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr "Non se pode atopar o URL \"%1\" co protocolo FTP. O servidor devolveu o código %2."
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr "Fallou a lectura do ficheiro de %1/%2.\n"
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr "Fallou a lectura do ficheiro de %1.\n"
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr "Fallou a montaxe de %1."
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr "Fallou a lectura dun ficheiro do CD. Camiño: %1/%2."
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr "Non se pode obter o ficheiro remoto %1"
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr "%1 non está montado e fallou a montaxe"
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr "Non se pode atopar o ficheiro %1"
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr "Non se pode atopar o URL \"%1\" co protocolo TFTP."
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Protocolo descoñecido %1."
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
@@ -2031,6 +2060,48 @@
"A instalación non logrou resolver as dependencias de paquete automaticamente.\n"
"Abrirase o xestor de software para resolvelas de xeito manual."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clonar</b> se desexa crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a intervención do\n"
+#~ "usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema instalado.\n"
+#~ "Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Writing the system configuration..."
+#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Escribindo a configuración do sistema..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Saltar a configuración"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
+#~ msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Gardando a configuración da rede..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Configuración automática"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Export Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Saltar a configuración"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "ERRO: falta o título"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-15 17:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -72,25 +72,25 @@
msgstr "Cambiar Soporte"
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Insira o CD %1 e despois prema continuar."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Selecciona a imaxe ISO %1 e despois prema continuar."
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr "Insira o CD %1 de %2."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr "Seleccione a imaxe ISO %1 de %2."
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
@@ -99,12 +99,12 @@
"%1"
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "Seleccionar %1"
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -117,63 +117,63 @@
"Seleccione primeiro o soporte principal do produto."
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr "Copiando o contido do CD ó directorio local"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr "Isto pode levar un anaco..."
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr "Erro mentres se movía o contido do repositorio."
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración de Repositorio"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Ler Soporte &CD ou DVD"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr "&Fonte de Datos"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr "Usar Imaxes &ISO"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr "Di&rectorio cas Imaxes de CD:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "Seleccionar &Directorio"
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Seleccionar Directorio"
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr "Falta o nome do servidor de instalación."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
"Non se copian os CDs."
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
@@ -191,20 +191,20 @@
"Paquetes Adicionais, etc.) ó repositorio?"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr "&Nome do Repositorio:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr "A&nunciar coma Servizo de Instalación con SLP"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr "Nome de repositorio incorrecto."
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
"introduza outro nome."
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
"e probe de novo.\n"
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -236,87 +236,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr "Configuración Inicial -- Configuración Inicial"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr "Non Configurar Ningún Servizo de &Rede"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr "Di&rectorio que Conterá os Repositorios:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr "&Configurar coma Repositorio HTTP"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr "&Configurar coma Repositorio FTP"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr "&Configurar coma Repositorio NFS"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr "Falta a ruta do directorio do servidor instalación."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr "Servidor de Instalación -- NFS"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Comodín de &Máquina"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Opcións"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se configuraba NFS."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr "Servidor de Instalación -- FTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr "Directorio Raíz do Servidor &FTP:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr "Alias de &Directorio:"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se configuraba FTP."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr "Servidor de Instalación -- HTTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr "Alias de &Directorio"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr "Erro ó crear a configuración de HTTPD."
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@
"<b>Editar</b> ou <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>\n"
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
@@ -674,73 +674,73 @@
"Deixar sen cambios as exportacións de NFS?\n"
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuración"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "Ler ficheiro de configuración"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr "Buscar un novo repositorio"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "Lendo ficheiro de configuración..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr "Buscando un novo repositorio..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "Non se puideron ler as opcions actuais."
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a Configuración do Servidor de Instalación"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Escribir as opcións"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo as opcións..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Non se puideron escribir as opcións."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Repositorios Configurados"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-15 18:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -123,10 +123,8 @@
msgstr "Editar"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Disconnected"
-msgid "Disconnect"
-msgstr "Desconectado"
+msgid "Log Out"
+msgstr "Fin de sesión"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -137,6 +135,9 @@
msgstr "Descubrir"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr "Entrar"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Conectar"
@@ -219,8 +220,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Iniciador iSCSI</h1>"
@@ -339,32 +340,34 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
+"Lista de sesións actuais. Para engadir un novo destino, prema <b>Engadir</b>.\n"
+"Para eliminalo, prema <b>Fin de sesión</b>.\n"
+"Para modificar o estado de inicio, prema <b>Alternar</b>.\n"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Aviso</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Cando acceda a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b>/<b>escritura</b>, asegúrese de que o acceso sexa exclusivo. Doutro xeito, existirá un risco potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
-#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"Se dispón de iBFT, este valor tomarase desde alí e só poderá cambialo desde a configuración da BIOS.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
@@ -372,14 +375,9 @@
"Se desexa usar <b>iSNS</b> (Servizo de Almacenamento de Nomes de Internet) para descubrir destinos en vez do método predeterminado SendTargets,\n"
"introduza o enderezo IP e o porto do servidor iSNS. O porto predeterminado debería ser 3205.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
-#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
-#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -387,10 +385,14 @@
"Cambie só o <b>Porto</b> cando sexa preciso. Para a autenticación, utilice o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. Se non necesita autenticación,\n"
"escolla <b>Non autenticación</b>.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr "Lista de nodos ofrecidos polo destino iSCSI. Escolla un elemento e prema <b>Conectar</b>."
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "Escolla o tipo de autenticación e introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>."
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Inicio</h1>"
@@ -405,22 +407,12 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr "<h4>Autenticación</h4>"
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgstr "Lista de destinos descubertos. Inicie un novo <b>Descubrimento</b> ou <b>Conectar</b> con calquera destino."
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -471,32 +463,15 @@
msgstr "O campo Porto non pode estar baleiro"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Initiator Name"
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr "Nome do iniciador"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
-#| "The correct syntax is\n"
-#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Example:\n"
-#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
"InitiatorName incorrecto.\n"
"A sintaxe correcta é\n"
@@ -507,12 +482,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Insira o enderezo IP."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Insira o porto."
@@ -521,36 +496,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr "Verdadeiro"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr "Falso"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "O destino con este TargetName xa está conectado. Comprobe que as vías múltiples estean habilitadas para evitar a corrupción de datos."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Continuar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "O destino xa está conectado."
@@ -641,7 +616,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -649,39 +624,84 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Image creation failed."
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr "Fallou a creación da imaxe"
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumo da configuración..."
-#~ msgid "Log Out"
-#~ msgstr "Fin de sesión"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Disconnected"
+#~ msgid "Disconnect"
+#~ msgstr "Desconectado"
-#~ msgid "Log In"
-#~ msgstr "Entrar"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+#~| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+#~ "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+#~ "Se dispón de iBFT, este valor tomarase desde alí e só poderá cambialo desde a configuración da BIOS.</p>"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+#~| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#~| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+#~ "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+#~ "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#~ "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lista de sesións actuais. Para engadir un novo destino, prema <b>Engadir</b>.\n"
-#~ "Para eliminalo, prema <b>Fin de sesión</b>.\n"
-#~ "Para modificar o estado de inicio, prema <b>Alternar</b>.\n"
+#~ "Introduza o <b>enderezo IP</b> do servidor descuberto.\n"
+#~ "Cambie só o <b>Porto</b> cando sexa preciso. Para a autenticación, utilice o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. Se non necesita autenticación,\n"
+#~ "escolla <b>Non autenticación</b>.\n"
-#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-#~ msgstr "Escolla o tipo de autenticación e introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+#~ msgstr "<h4>Autenticación</h4>"
-#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-#~ msgstr "Lista de destinos descubertos. Inicie un novo <b>Descubrimento</b> ou <b>Conectar</b> con calquera destino."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Initiator Name"
+#~ msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+#~ msgstr "Nome do iniciador"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+#~| "The correct syntax is\n"
+#~| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#~| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#~| "\n"
+#~| "Example:\n"
+#~| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "The correct syntax is\n"
+#~ "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#~ "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Example:\n"
+#~ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Do you want to use the name?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "InitiatorName incorrecto.\n"
+#~ "A sintaxe correcta é\n"
+#~ "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identificador]\n"
+#~ "ou eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identificador]\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Exemplo:\n"
+#~ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Image creation failed."
+#~ msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Fallou a creación da imaxe"
+
#~ msgid "Offloa&d Card"
#~ msgstr "Tarxeta Offloa&d"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr "Destinos"
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write groups"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -117,135 +117,142 @@
msgstr "Ruta"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Engadir"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Eliminar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "Clientes"
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr "Nome do iniciador"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mappings"
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr "Mapeamentos"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authors"
msgid "Auth"
msgstr "Autores"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit User"
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "Editar usuario"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit Question"
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr "Modificar pregunta"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Sen autenticación"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticación de entrada"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Usuario"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Contrasinal"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticación de saída"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Ao &arrincar"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ao arrincar"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Test Status"
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr "Estado da proba"
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Chave"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target Overview"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
@@ -253,33 +260,34 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Destino iSCSI</h1>"
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "Engadir destino iSCSI"
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr "Modificar o destino iSCSI"
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr "Modificar o destino iSCSI"
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configuración avanzada do destino iSCSI"
@@ -439,7 +447,10 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
@@ -447,17 +458,19 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben <b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n"
"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n"
@@ -471,14 +484,14 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Destino iSCSI</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -487,19 +500,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -508,11 +521,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr "É posible <b>engadir</b>, <b>editar</b> ou <b>borrar</b> todas as opcións de configuración adicionais."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n"
@@ -549,7 +562,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The specified node is already in the cluster."
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "O nó especificado xa existe no cluster."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -582,9 +595,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "Clientes"
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr "Nome do iniciador"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
#, fuzzy
@@ -610,9 +623,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "NIS client"
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "Cliente NIS"
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr "Nome do iniciador"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
#, fuzzy
@@ -624,25 +637,25 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Alias name must not be empty."
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "O nome do alias non pode estar baleiro."
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists"
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr "Xa existe un alias co nome %1"
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NIS client"
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr "Cliente NIS"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -653,104 +666,116 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Activado"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Desactivado"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "Está seguro de que desexa borrar o elemento seleccionado?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Setting UDP port to %1"
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr "Configurando o porto UDP a %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n"
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr "Erro ó eliminar %1\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "O destino non pode estar baleiro."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "O destino non pode estar baleiro."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "O destino xa existe."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "Correo entrante"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "Correo saínte"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ningún"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Desactivado"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n"
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
+msgstr "Erro ó eliminar %1\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Setting UDP port to %1"
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
+msgstr "Configurando o porto UDP a %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable fingerprint authentication"
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
+msgstr "Habilitar a autenticación por pegada dixital"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110
@@ -765,11 +790,11 @@
msgstr "Iniciando..."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -879,6 +904,26 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumo de configuración..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "Clientes"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
+#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#~ msgstr "Modificar o destino iSCSI"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "Clientes"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "NIS client"
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "Cliente NIS"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/isns.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/isns.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/isns.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-15 18:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/journal.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/journal.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/journal.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/kdump.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/kdump.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/kdump.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-10 16:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixireiATyahooDOTes>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -381,10 +381,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Para que os cambios sexan efectivos é preciso reiniciar."
@@ -1225,154 +1223,181 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?"
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr "A opción de kernel inclúe intervalos. Desexa volver a escribila?"
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This module must be run as root.\n"
+#| "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+#| "For example, some settings can be read improperly\n"
+#| "and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Este módulo debe executarse coma root.\n"
+"Se continúa, pode que o módulo non funcione correctamente.\n"
+"Por exemplo, poderían lerse de forma incorrecta algunhas\n"
+" opcións e sería improbable que se puidesen escribir as opcións.\n"
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Currently not supported."
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr "Non está admitido actualmente."
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando a configuración de kdump"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Lendo o ficheiro de configuración..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Lendo as opcións de arrinque do kernel..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Lendo as particións dos discos..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Lendo a memoria dispoñible..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Non se pode ler o ficheiro de configuración /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Non se poden ler as opcións de arrinque do kernel."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Non se pode ler a memoria dispoñible."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a configuración de kdump"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Actualizar as opcións de arrinque"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Actualizando as opcións de arrinque..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Non se pode escribir a configuración."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Fallo ao engadir o parámetro crashkernel no cargador de arrinque."
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Estado de Kdump: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "activado"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "desactivado"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Valor para a opción crashkernel: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Formato para o envorcado de datos: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Destino dos envorcados de datos: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Número de envorcados: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/languages_db.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/languages_db.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/languages_db.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-01 12:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ldap-client.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ldap-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ldap-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-11 11:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -65,8 +65,7 @@
"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n"
"removing current ones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A segunda táboa contén unha lista de <b>valores predeterminados</b> "
-"usados\n"
+"<p>A segunda táboa contén unha lista de <b>valores predeterminados</b> usados\n"
"para novos obxectos. Pode modificar a lista engadindo novos valores,\n"
"editando ou eliminando valores existentes.</p>\n"
@@ -140,8 +139,7 @@
"create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n"
"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Cada conxunto de configuración denomínase \"módulo de configuración\". Se "
-"non hai\n"
+"<p>Cada conxunto de configuración denomínase \"módulo de configuración\". Se non hai\n"
"ningún módulo de configuración no lugar proporcionado (configuración base),\n"
"cree un coa opción <b>Novo.</b> Elimine o módulo actual \n"
"usando <b>Eliminar.</b></p>\n"
@@ -150,14 +148,11 @@
#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value "
-"renames the\n"
+"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
"current module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Empregue o botón <b>Editar</b> para modificar os valores de atributos da "
-"táboa.\n"
-"Algúns valores teñen un significado especial, por exemplo, ao modificar o "
-"valor <b>cn</b>\n"
+"<p>Empregue o botón <b>Editar</b> para modificar os valores de atributos da táboa.\n"
+"Algúns valores teñen un significado especial, por exemplo, ao modificar o valor <b>cn</b>\n"
"modifícase o nome do módulo actual.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ldap.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ldap.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ldap.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/live-installer.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/live-installer.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/live-installer.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-07 16:46+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -46,27 +46,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Avaliando sistemas de ficheiros a copiar..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Copiando sistema de ficheiros raíz..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Copiando imaxe live..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "Copiando %1..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -81,71 +81,53 @@
"do sistema live."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao copiar a imaxe Live ao disco duro."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Preferencias da instalación"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Analizando o sistema..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "Usar %1%% do disco %2 para Linux"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Non usar disco %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Particionando"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Inicio do sistema"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Preguntar se arranca Linux ou o sistema existente"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Arrancar só Linux"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Tempo de espera para o inicio do sistema: %1 segundos"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Teclado"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Zona Horaria"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Cambiar a Configuración da Instalación"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -154,7 +136,7 @@
"Prema <b>Aceptar</b> para realizar unha nova instalación cos valores amosados.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -165,7 +147,7 @@
"ou prema o botón <b>Cambiar configuración da instalación</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -280,7 +262,7 @@
"no botón 'Reinicio' para facelo."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Copiando ficheiros ó sistema instalado..."
@@ -304,6 +286,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Gardando a zona horaria..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Inicio do sistema"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Preguntar se arranca Linux ou o sistema existente"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Arrancar só Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Tempo de espera para o inicio do sistema: %1 segundos"
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/mail.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/mail.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/mail.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-26 12:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/multipath.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/multipath.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/multipath.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-07 19:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/network.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/network.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/network.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-05 12:32+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Documentos <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Resumo de configuración de máquina:"
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Error : uninitialized interface!"
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración do encamiñamento"
@@ -805,13 +805,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Advertencia: non se está usando cifrado."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Cambiar."
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Enderezo IP"
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "Enga&dir"
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
msgstr "Engadir novo grupo"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "No dispositivo:"
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "Enderezo &IP"
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1348,13 +1348,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "A configuración %1 xa está presente."
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1365,20 +1365,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Enderezo IP incorrecto."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Máscara de rede ou lonxitude do prefixo de rede incorrecto."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Nome de host incorrecto."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1396,26 +1396,26 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Xeral"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Activación de Dispositivo"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Zona de Cortalumes"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1425,31 +1425,31 @@
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Enderezo"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Este diálogo permítelle configurar o seu enderezo IP.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Hardware"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Escravos asociados"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "Dispositivo da impresora"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Any priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1467,12 +1467,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Configuración da tarxeta de rede"
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1793,12 +1793,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Configuración da base de datos de Drupal"
@@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Configuración de Rede"
@@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "O enderezo IP é incorrecto."
@@ -2903,24 +2903,24 @@
msgstr "%keys (@type)."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "Indique un nome único para este formato de filtro."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
#, fuzzy
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
@@ -2928,26 +2928,26 @@
"Tente de novo.\n"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "A clave de cifrado é incorrecta."
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2955,21 +2955,21 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "Axustes específicos do bloque"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2978,21 +2978,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -3001,64 +3001,64 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Automático"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "&Canle"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
#, fuzzy
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "á bitácora"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "acceder a comentarios"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "usar búsqueda avanzada"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
#, fuzzy
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "Modo compacto"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "Intoduza as palabras clave"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "opcións de !key"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Axuda"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "%keys (@type)."
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3068,7 +3068,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3078,101 +3078,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
#, fuzzy
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "%keys (@type)."
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "opcións de !key"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr "Número"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Clave"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Predeterminada"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "Establecer formato por defecto"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "Elixa a súa língua preferida"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Calquera"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "Detalles da conta de usuario de Drupal para !s"
@@ -3217,12 +3217,12 @@
msgstr "Axustes específicos do bloque"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Necesítase instalar estes paquetes:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3230,121 +3230,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Descoñecida"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "A configuración da rede foi gardada correctamente."
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "Desexa configurar agora o correo?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "Desexa executar a configuración de %1?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Tarxetas de Rede"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Módems"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "Tarxetas RDSI"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos DSL"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Todos os dispositivos de rede"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "O nome de host é incorrecto."
@@ -3418,8 +3358,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "Nome de máquina e de dominio"
@@ -3449,28 +3389,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr "Non se recomenda usar .local como nome de dominio debido aos DNS multicast. Quere usalo a pesares deste risco?"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "A lista de busca pode ter %1 dominios como máximo."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "A lista de busca pode ter %1 caracteres como máximo."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "A busca do dominio '%1' é incorrecta."
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración do nome de máquina e o servidor de nomes"
@@ -3506,30 +3446,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "revisión actual"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "Nomes de Máquina"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "Alias de URL"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "Alias de URL"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
#, fuzzy
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "A data especificada é incorrecta."
@@ -3571,40 +3511,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Destino"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Pasarela"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "&Dispositivo"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "O destino é incorrecto."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "O enderezo IP da pasarela é incorrecto."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "A máscara de subrede é incorrecta."
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "A pasarela predeterminada é incorrecta."
@@ -3844,7 +3784,7 @@
msgstr "Configuración do Protocolo IPv6"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Activar IPv6"
@@ -3945,7 +3885,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Actualizar a configuración"
@@ -3968,7 +3908,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Actualizando a configuración..."
@@ -3981,365 +3921,358 @@
msgstr "Actualizando <tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt>..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Nome de Máquina: Configurado por DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Nome de Máquina: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Servidores de Nomes: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Lista de Busca: %1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Actualizar /etc/hosts"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a Configuración de Nome de Máquina"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "Actualizando <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuración da Rede"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Detectar dispositivos de rede"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Ler a información do driver"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Ler a configuración do dispositivo"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Ler a configuración de rede"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración do cortalumes"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Ler a configuración de nome de máquina e de DNS"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Ler información de instalación"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "administra-la configuración do sitio"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Detectar o estado actual"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detecting for ndiswrapper..."
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Detectando para ndiswrapper..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Detectando dispositivos de rede..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración do dispositivo..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración da rede..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración do cortalumes..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración de nome de máquina e de DNS"
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Lendo a información de instalación..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "administra-la configuración do sitio"
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Detectando o estado actual..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Para que os cambios sexan efectivos é preciso reiniciar."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a Configuración de Rede"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Escribir a información dos drivers"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración do dispositivo"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración de rede"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "administra-la configuración do sitio"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración de nome de máquina e de DNS"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Configurar os servizos de rede"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración do cortalumes"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Activar os servizos de rede"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Escribindo /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración do dispositivo..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de rede..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "administra-la configuración do sitio"
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de nome de máquina e de DNS..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Configurando os servizos de rede..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración do cortalumes..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Activando os servizos de rede..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Configuración de Rede"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Modo compacto"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Interfaces controladas por NetworkManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Desactivar NetworkManager"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Activar NetworkManager"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Deshabilitar IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not connected"
msgid "connected"
msgstr "Non conectado"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Iniciada automaticamente ó arrincar"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Xestionada por NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "Enderezo IP asignado usando DHCP"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "Enderezo MAC: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
@@ -4347,98 +4280,98 @@
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Non configurada"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Nome do Dispositivo: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Escravos asociados"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Non conectado"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
#, fuzzy
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "(Sen asunto)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr "<p>Erro ao restaurar a configuración do repositorio.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Parches Necesarios"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "descoñecido"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Configurar o xestor de entrada"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Reiniciar os servizos"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a Configuración da Administración Remota"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Configurando o xestor de entrada..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Reiniciando o servizo..."
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4446,33 +4379,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "A administración remota está habilitada."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "A administración remota está deshabilitada."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Configuración da impresora"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Axustes específicos do bloque"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "administra-la configuración do sitio"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Configuración da impresora"
@@ -4482,27 +4415,27 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Axustes específicos do bloque"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Pasarela: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "Reenvío de IP:"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
@@ -4524,6 +4457,52 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(Sen protección)"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "A configuración da rede foi gardada correctamente."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Gardáronse as opcións de configuración."
+
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "Desexa configurar agora o correo?"
+
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "Desexa executar a configuración de %1?"
+
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "Protocolo do inicio do dispositivo"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-11 11:19+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nfs_server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nfs_server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nfs_server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-13 11:32+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vázquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -89,27 +89,27 @@
msgstr "Opción Yes/No (Si/Non) para activar/desactivar NFS seguro"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "O servidor NFS está activado"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "O servidor NFS está desactivado"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "Os paquetes requiridos (%1) non están instalados."
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "Non se especificou ningún punto de montaxe."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -120,13 +120,13 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Please use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr "O dominio non se pode establecer sen activar NFSv4. Empregue a orde 'set enablev4'."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Command set must be used as in 'set option=value'. Please use 'set help' to get information about the options."
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
@@ -184,55 +184,66 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "&Directorio para exportar"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Examinar..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr "Introduza unha ruta de exportación que non estea baleira. Por exemplo, /exports"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr "A táboa de exportacións xa contén este directorio."
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+"O servidor NFS en modo usuario (%1) non pode exportar\n"
+"directorios con nomes que conteñan espazos.\n"
+"Empregue o servidor baseado no kernel (%2) para facelo."
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "O directorio non existe. Desexa crealo?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "Seleccionar directorio para exportar"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Comodín de &máquina"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "O&pcións"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -242,12 +253,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr "Non é posible ler o ficheiro /etc/idmapd.conf. O dominio usará por defecto a configuración de 'localdomain'."
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -256,7 +267,7 @@
"seu ordenador e exportar algúns directorios a outros.</P>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
@@ -265,7 +276,7 @@
"<B>Seguinte</B> abrirá un diálogo de configuración onde\n"
"poderá indicar os directorios que desexa exportar.</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -273,51 +284,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "Servidor NFS"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Iniciar"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "&Non iniciar"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "Activar NFSv4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "Activar NFS&v4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr "Introduza o nome de do&minio NFSv4:"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "Activar seguridade &GSS"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración do servidor NFS"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -328,7 +339,7 @@
"ás que se lles permite montalo.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
@@ -338,63 +349,68 @@
"Poden indicarse máquinas, grupos, comodíns ou\n"
"redes IP.</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Introduza un asterisco (<tt>*</tt>) para especificar todas as máquinas.</p>"
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Deixe o campo baleiro para especificar todas as máquinas.</p>"
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<P>Para máis información pode consultar a páxina <tt>man exports</tt>.</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "Engadir &directorio"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "E&liminar"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Comodín de máquina"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opcións"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "Engadir &máquina"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Ed&itar"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "E&liminar"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "Directorios para exportar"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -403,7 +419,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -414,64 +430,80 @@
"exportados.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración do servidor NFS"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "Gardar /etc/exports"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Reiniciar servizos"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "Gardando /etc/exports..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "Reiniciando servizos..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración do servidor NFS. Agarde..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "Non é posible escribir en idmapd.conf."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting."
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr "Non é posible iniciar idmapd. Comprobe a configuración do dominio."
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd"
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr "Non é posible reiniciar idmapd"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd"
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr "Non é posible deter idmapd"
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Please ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) set up is correct."
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr "Non foi posible iniciar svcgssd. Asegúrese de que a configuración de kerberos e gssapi (nfs-utils) sexan correctas."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd"
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
-msgstr "Non é posible reiniciar idmapd"
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
+msgstr "'svcgssd' xa se está a executar. Non é posible reinicialo."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr "'svcgssd' está executándose. Non é posible detelo."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -480,45 +512,20 @@
"Os cambios estarán activados ao reiniciar.\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "Directorios exportados por NFS"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr "O dominio NFSv4 para idmapping é %1."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
-#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "O servidor NFS en modo usuario (%1) non pode exportar\n"
-#~ "directorios con nomes que conteñan espazos.\n"
-#~ "Empregue o servidor baseado no kernel (%2) para facelo."
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Deixe o campo baleiro para especificar todas as máquinas.</p>"
-
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting."
-#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-#~ msgstr "Non é posible iniciar idmapd. Comprobe a configuración do dominio."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd"
-#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
#~ msgstr "Non é posible reiniciar idmapd"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd"
-#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "Non é posible deter idmapd"
-
-#~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
-#~ msgstr "'svcgssd' xa se está a executar. Non é posible reinicialo."
-
#~ msgid "Directories"
#~ msgstr "Directorios"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nis.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nis.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nis.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-07 18:13+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nis_server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nis_server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/nis_server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-15 20:55+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ntp-client.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ntp-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/ntp-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-07 18:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -79,25 +79,25 @@
msgstr "&Configurar..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Sincronización co servidor NTP..."
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/oneclickinstall.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/oneclickinstall.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/oneclickinstall.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-16 12:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/online-update-configuration.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/online-update-configuration.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/online-update-configuration.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-17 17:54+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/online-update.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/online-update.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/online-update.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-12 12:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-11 11:25+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/packager.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/packager.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/packager.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (packages)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-12 12:55+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Agarde mentres se descarga información do repositorio...</p>"
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Instalando Paquetes..."
@@ -469,8 +469,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Iniciando ..."
@@ -500,100 +500,85 @@
msgstr "Gardando a configuración do xestor de software..."
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Prioridade"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr "Manter os paquetes descargados"
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "Repositorios de instalación - Este módulo non soporta a interface por liña de ordes, utilice '%1' no seu lugar."
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Predeterminada"
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr "Nome descoñecido"
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Descoñecida"
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr "Nome do repositorio descoñecido"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr "Categoría: %1"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "Servizo: %1"
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr "Todos os repositorios"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr "Todos os servizos"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr "Servizo: '%1'"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr "Ver"
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Prioridade"
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Activado"
@@ -602,98 +587,98 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr "Actualizar automaticamente"
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Servizo"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr "&Substituír..."
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr "A&ctualizar seleccionados"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr "Estado &activado ou desactivado"
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr "A&ctivar ou desactivar actualizacións"
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr "Establecer &nome..."
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Propiedades"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "&Activado"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr "Actualiza&r automaticamente"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr "Chaves &GPG"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "Actualizar"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr "Actualizar todo o actualizado automaticam&ente"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr "Actualizar todo o &activado"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr "Repositorios de software configurados"
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Un <B>servizo</B> ou <B>Servizo de índice de repositorio (RIS)</B> é un protocolo para a xestión de repositorios de paquetes. Un servizo pode ofrecer un ou máis repositorios de software que poden ser cambiados polo administrador do servizo.</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -703,7 +688,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -712,7 +697,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -725,7 +710,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -735,31 +720,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Seleccione a opción axeitada na parte superior da xanela para navegar polos repositorios e servizos.</P>"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr "<P>A caché local predeterminada atópase no directorio <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Modifique a localización no ficheiro <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -767,7 +752,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Detalles:"
@@ -775,79 +760,79 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Intentar de novo?"
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Abortar a configuración do repositorio"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "Actualizando repositorios"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "Actualizando servizos"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "Actualizar repositorios"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "Actualizar servizos"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "Actualizando o repositorio %1..."
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "Actualizando o servizo %1..."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "Quere eliminar o repositorio seleccionado da lista?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -856,7 +841,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -960,20 +945,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1284,42 +1269,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "Engadindo un repositorio novo"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "Comprobar o tipo de repositorio"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "Engadir repositorio"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "Ler a licenza do repositorio"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "Comprobando tipo de repositorio"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "Engadindo repositorio"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "Lendo licenza do repositorio"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repositorio"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1331,7 +1316,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1339,19 +1324,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "Modificar o URL e volver intentar?"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1364,19 +1349,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro ao preparar o sistema de instalación."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Non foi posible atopar o ficheiro de control %1 no medio."
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgid ""
@@ -1386,62 +1371,62 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Non é posible empregar produtos adicionais."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, URL: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, Ruta: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Produtos adicionais"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Produtos adicionais para seleccionar"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Engadir &produtos seleccionados"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Insira o Cd do produto adicional"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Introduza o primeiro medio de instalación."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Non se pode engadir o produto %1."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Produto Descoñecido"
@@ -1945,7 +1930,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
@@ -2014,7 +1999,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "&Ruta ao direcorio ou á imaxe ISO"
@@ -2082,7 +2067,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Directorio local"
@@ -2103,46 +2088,46 @@
msgstr "Servidor e directorio"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "O nome do repositorio non pode estar baleiro."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Nome do &repositorio"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "&Nome do servizo"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "O URL non pode estar baleiro."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2152,23 +2137,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "Editar partes do URL"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "Editar URL completo"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2177,42 +2162,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "Ficheiro de imaxe ISO"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2220,17 +2205,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "&Ruta ao directorio"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "Directorio &RPM simple"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2240,20 +2225,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de almacenamento masivo &USB"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "Sistema de ficheiros"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "Dire&ctorio"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2266,7 +2251,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2274,11 +2259,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de &disco"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2290,12 +2275,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Ruta á imaxe ISO"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2303,71 +2288,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Nome do &servidor"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Porto"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Compartir"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "&Imaxe ISO"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Directorio no servidor"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "Au&tenticación"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anónimo"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "&Grupo de traballo ou dominio"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Nome de &usuario"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Contrasinal"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2382,7 +2367,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2391,12 +2376,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2404,7 +2389,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2412,7 +2397,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2422,7 +2407,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2431,25 +2416,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Seleccione o tipo de medios"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Insira o Cd do produto adicional"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Insira o DVD do produto adicional"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "No se detectou ningún disco USB."
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2459,19 +2444,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Tipo de medios"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/pam.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/pam.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/pam.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-17 15:53+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro DOT regueiro AT gmail DOT com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/pkg-bindings.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/pkg-bindings.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/pkg-bindings.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-17 19:22+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vázquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -55,12 +55,12 @@
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Actualizando o repositorio</B></BIG></P><P>O xestor de paquetes está a actualizar o contido do repositorio...</P>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "O paquete non pode ser seleccionado para a instalar."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "O paquete non está dispoñible."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/printer.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/printer.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/printer.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-23 22:33+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -225,8 +225,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrición"
@@ -462,8 +462,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Ningunha selección"
@@ -2640,56 +2640,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr "Amosar"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "&Local"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "&Remoto"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Localización"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Predeterminada"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "Ac&tualizar a lista"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "Imprimir una páxina de &proba"
@@ -2699,7 +2699,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2712,7 +2712,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2727,74 +2727,74 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr "Non usar máis o servidor CUPS inaccesible '%1'?"
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr "Para continuar, debe confirmar que '%1' non se usará máis."
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr "Un servidor non accesible leva a unha secuencia sen remate de retardos e erros."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "Servidor CUPS %1"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr "Probando se o servidor CUPS está accesible..."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Escolla unha entrada."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "Non se puido eliminar"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr "esta é unha configuración remota. Só poden eliminarse as configuracións locais."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Confirmar borrado"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr "A configuración seleccionada eliminarase de súpeto e non se poderá restaurar."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "Eliminar a configuración %1"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "Non eliminalo"
@@ -2805,33 +2805,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Confirmar borrado de clase"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "Unha clase borrada non se pode volver crear con esta ferramenta."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Rexeitando os traballos de impresión"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr "A páxina de proba non se pode imprimir porque estanse a rexeitar os traballos de impresión."
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Impresión desactivada"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr "A páxina de proba non se pode imprimir porque a impresión está desactivada."
@@ -2840,25 +2840,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr "Hai traballos de impresiónpendentes que deben borrarse antes de imprimir a páxina de probas."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Eliminar traballos de impresión pendentes para %1"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "Eliminalos antes de imprimir a páxina de proba."
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Imprimir a páxina de proba despois doutros traballos"
@@ -2866,7 +2866,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Non se puido eliminar todos os traballos pendentes en %1."
@@ -2885,28 +2885,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "Probar impresión"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr "Imprimir unha ou dúas páxinas, por exemplo, probar impresión a dobre cara"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "Unha única páxina de proba"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr "Dúas páxinas de proba"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Fallo ao imprimir a páxina de proba en %1."
@@ -2914,25 +2914,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr "Espere ata que remate a proba de impresión"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr "Enviando a páxina de proba a %1. A impresión deberá comezar agora."
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr "A impresión da páxina de proba rematou con éxito"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "A impresión da páxina de proba fallou"
@@ -2952,53 +2952,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr "Estes son os traballos de impresión pendentes que deben eliminarse agora."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Borrar todos os traballos pendentes"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "Non eliminalas"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Consulte o rexistro completo no ficheiro /var/log/cups/error_log file."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr "CUPS rexistra información mentres se está aprocesar a páxina de proba para %1 (só en inglés)"
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Para ver a información de rexistro de CUPS, consulte o ficheiro /var/log/cups/error_log file. "
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr "Cando falla a impresión mediante un sistema remoto, debe preguntar ao administrador do sistema remoto."
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr "Hai conflito na configuración do servidor CUPS remoto ao engadir a configuración."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "Non se pode modificar"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr "Esta é unha configuración remota. Só se poden modificar as configuracións locais."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/product-creator.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/product-creator.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/product-creator.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-24 20:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galego <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/proxy.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/proxy.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/proxy.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/qt.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@
msgstr "Axuda"
#. Close button for wizard help window
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86
-#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
msgid "&Close"
msgstr "&Pechar"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/rdp.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/rdp.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/rdp.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-11 11:32+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -39,8 +39,7 @@
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr ""
-"Indique 'si' para permitir ou 'non' para non permitir a administración remota"
+msgstr "Indique 'si' para permitir ou 'non' para non permitir a administración remota"
#. Command line output Headline
#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/rear.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/rear.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/rear.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -281,16 +281,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading general settings"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgstr "Lendo a configuración xeral"
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Analizando o sistema..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading general settings"
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "Lendo a configuración xeral"
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/registration.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/registration.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/registration.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration.gl.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-26 17:40+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vázquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -84,30 +84,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
@@ -251,28 +251,17 @@
msgstr "Pegada dactilar:"
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -288,36 +277,36 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "Código de rexistro"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration can not be performed."
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Non se puido efectuar o rexistro."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
@@ -326,7 +315,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -336,23 +325,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -360,6 +349,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
@@ -388,7 +395,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -397,14 +404,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -416,31 +423,31 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Cargando a configuración %1..."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Axuda do módulo de rexistro"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use custom registration server "
msgid ""
@@ -449,7 +456,7 @@
msgstr "Usar servidor personalizado de rexistro"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
@@ -463,7 +470,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
msgid ""
@@ -500,7 +507,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting registration..."
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
@@ -523,12 +530,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No product found in the repository"
msgid ""
@@ -734,7 +741,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
@@ -763,7 +770,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -839,12 +846,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -857,7 +864,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -868,7 +875,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -876,10 +883,10 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Configuración do centro de atención ao cliente"
#. SSL error message
@@ -929,11 +936,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
@@ -1169,13 +1171,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Comprobando..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use local registration server"
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/reipl.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/reipl.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/reipl.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-08 12:37+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
"co WWPN '%2'\n"
"e LUN '%3'.\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/relocation-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/relocation-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/relocation-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-client.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-client.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-15 22:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vázquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -863,60 +863,60 @@
msgstr "Instalando os paquetes requiridos..."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr "Inicio de Sesión PAM"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Usar Kerberos"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Non usar Kerberos"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr "Dominio Realm predeterminado"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr "Dominio NIS"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr "Enderezo do servidor KDC"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr "Distorsión do reloxo"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Servidor KDC</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<p><b>Grupo de traballo ou dominio</b>: %1</p>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Dominio Realm predeterminado</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
@@ -924,23 +924,23 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Si"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "Non"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr "Configuración adquirida mediante DNS"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@
"Ténteo outra vez.\n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-10 17:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galego <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -251,11 +251,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
+#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
+#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
+#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"Debido a que hai usuarios conectados a este servidor Samba,\n"
"recargouse a configuración do servidor en vez de reinicialo.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-users.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-users.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/samba-users.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-12 13:18+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/scanner.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/scanner.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/scanner.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-17 17:48+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/security.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/security.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/security.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (security)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-11 11:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galego <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -125,204 +125,204 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Descoñecido"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "Usar permisos de ficheiros seguros"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "Acceso remoto ao Xestor de entrada"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr "Xerar sempre unha mensaxe de syslog para os scripts de cron"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr "Executar o daemon DHCP co usuario dhcp"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "Acceso remoto ao subsistema de envío de correo"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable the service"
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "Activar o servizo"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable the service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "Desactivar o servizo"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "Configurar"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Activado"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desactivado"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Opción de seguridade"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Estado da seguridade"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Axuda"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr " ou "
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Estes servizos básicos do sistema non están activados no nivel de execución %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Están activados todos os servizos básicos.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Estes servizos básicos do sistema están activados no nivel de execución %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Revise a lista de servizos e desactive todos os servizos que non se usan.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Só están activados os servizos básicos do sistema.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrición"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Resumo de seguridade"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Cambiar o e&stado"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Descrición"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Analizando o sistema..."
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "Opcións de arrinque"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "Permisos de arrinque"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "Opcións diversas"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "Configuración dos contrasinais"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Comprobacións"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "Duración do contrasinal"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
"que o máximo."
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -340,17 +340,17 @@
"A lonxitude de contrasinal máxima para o método de cifrado seleccionado é %1."
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "Configuración de inicio de sesión"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Inicio de sesión"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
"<br>Agarde...</p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
"<br>Agarde...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
@@ -385,51 +385,9 @@
"<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n"
"Para abortar a gravación prema en <b>Abortar</b>."
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Seguridade de arranque</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varios parámetros relacionados ca seguridade.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Interpretación de Ctrl + Alt + Supr</b>:\n"
-"Configure o que debe facer o sistema como resposta a que\n"
-"alguén prema na consola a combinación de teclas CTRL + ALT + SUPR.\n"
-"Normalmente reiniciase o sistema. A veces é desexable ignorar este\n"
-"evento, por exemplo cando un sistema fai de estación de traballo e de servidor.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Comportamento de apagado do xestor de acceso</b>:\n"
-"Pode controlar quen pode apagar a máquina dende o KDM.</p>\n"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -444,7 +402,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
@@ -457,14 +415,14 @@
"conectado a algún tipo de rede ou á Internet.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
@@ -473,12 +431,12 @@
"proporciona algún tipo de servizo.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Opcións personalizadas</b>: faga a súa propia configuración.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -489,7 +447,7 @@
"sobre todo no ficheiro \"/etc/login.defs\".</p>"
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -503,7 +461,7 @@
"contrasinal. Un valor aconsellable é tres segundos (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -512,7 +470,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -524,7 +482,7 @@
"sesión podería ser un risco.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
@@ -533,7 +491,7 @@
"sobre todo no ficheiro \"/etc/login.defs\".</p>"
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -544,7 +502,7 @@
"e comúns. Marcando a opción, fai que se realicen esas comprobacións segundo esas regras.</p>"
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -554,7 +512,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -565,12 +523,12 @@
"o usuario os volva usar. Introduza 0 se non se deben almacenar os contrasinais.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Método de cifrado de contrasinal:</b></p>"
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -578,7 +536,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
@@ -587,12 +545,12 @@
"distribucións de Linux actuais, pero non con outros sistemas ou software antigo.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
@@ -602,7 +560,7 @@
"un contrasinal.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -613,7 +571,7 @@
"menos probable é que alguén poida adiviñar contrasinais.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
@@ -622,7 +580,7 @@
"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varias opcións que se usan para crear usuarios.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
@@ -631,7 +589,7 @@
"Configura o valor mínimo e máximo dos ID de usuario posibles.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
@@ -640,7 +598,7 @@
"Configura o valor mínimo e máximo dos ID de grupo posibles.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
@@ -649,7 +607,7 @@
"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar diversas opcións relacionadas ca seguridade local.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -680,7 +638,7 @@
"usuarios poderán executar aplicativos X e programas setuid.</p>\n"
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -696,7 +654,7 @@
" (poucos ficheiros) ou <b>root</b> (todos os ficheiros).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -705,7 +663,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -714,7 +672,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -733,7 +691,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
@@ -742,7 +700,7 @@
"de root, sendo deste xeito o último lugar no que se busca.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
@@ -751,7 +709,7 @@
"do directorio actual poñéndolle antes \"./\". Exemplo: \"./configure\".</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -759,34 +717,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This is overview of the most important security settings.</P>"
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Resumo de seguridade</B><BR>Isto é o resumo das opcións de seguridade máis importantes.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>To change the current value click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Para cambiar o valor actual prema na ligazón asociada á opción.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>Check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr "<P>O sinal de verificación na columan <B>Estado de seguridade</B> significa que o valor actual da opción é seguro.</P>"
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing in the system.</B></P>"
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Non foi posible ler o valor actual. Probablemente o servizo non está instalado ou falta a opción no sistema.</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -798,7 +756,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -806,23 +764,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -834,13 +792,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -852,7 +810,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -864,40 +822,135 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Esta opción só se aplica a <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Esta opción só se aplica a <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security related services.</P>"
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Os servizos de sistema básicos debe estar activados para proporcionar consistencia ao sistema e para executar servizos relacionados ca seguridade.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Cada serviz en execución é un posible obxectivo dun ataque á seguridade. Polo tanto recoméndase que se desactiven todos os servizos que non se usan no sistema.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Seguridade de arranque</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo pode cambiar varios parámetros relacionados ca seguridade.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Interpretación de Ctrl + Alt + Supr</b>:\n"
+"Configure o que debe facer o sistema como resposta a que\n"
+"alguén prema na consola a combinación de teclas CTRL + ALT + SUPR.\n"
+"Normalmente reiniciase o sistema. A veces é desexable ignorar este\n"
+"evento, por exemplo cando un sistema fai de estación de traballo e de servidor.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Interpretación de Ctrl + Alt + Supr</b>:\n"
+"Configure o que debe facer o sistema como resposta a que\n"
+"alguén prema na consola a combinación de teclas CTRL + ALT + SUPR.\n"
+"Normalmente reiniciase o sistema. A veces é desexable ignorar este\n"
+"evento, por exemplo cando un sistema fai de estación de traballo e de servidor.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Interpretación de Ctrl + Alt + Supr</b>:\n"
+"Configure o que debe facer o sistema como resposta a que\n"
+"alguén prema na consola a combinación de teclas CTRL + ALT + SUPR.\n"
+"Normalmente reiniciase o sistema. A veces é desexable ignorar este\n"
+"evento, por exemplo cando un sistema fai de estación de traballo e de servidor.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Comportamento de apagado do xestor de acceso</b>:\n"
+"Pode controlar quen pode apagar a máquina dende o KDM.</p>\n"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -965,171 +1018,246 @@
"O ID de grupo mínimo non pode ser maior que o\n"
"máximo."
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr "&Interpretación de Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "Ignorar"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "Reiniciar"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "Apagar"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "Só root"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "Todos os usuarios"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "Ninguén"
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr "&Interpretación de Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr "Permitir o inicio de sesión remoto &gráfico"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys"
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr "Activar teclas &PetSis "
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Desactivar"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions"
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "Activar funcións de AppArmor"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "&Tempo de espera despois dun intento de inicio de sesión non válido"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "Máxim&o"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "Mín&imo"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr "&Comportamento de apagado do xestor de inicio de sesión KDM:"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "Só root"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "Todos os usuarios"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "Ninguén"
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Information"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Información do sistema"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Realms"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Dominios realms de autenticación"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "Método de cifrado dos &contrasinais"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "&Comprobar os contrasinais novos"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "Núm&ero de contrasinais a lembrar"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima de contrasinal aceptable"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "Número de &días entre antes do aviso de expiración do contrasinal"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "Permisos de &ficheiro"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "Fácil"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "Segura"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "Paranoica"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&Usuario que inicia updatedb"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "Má&ximo"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Mínimo"
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr "&Comportamento de apagado do xestor de inicio de sesión KDM:"
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr "Configuracións de seguridade predefinidas"
@@ -1145,66 +1273,66 @@
msgstr "Inicializando..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a configuración de seguridade"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración de seguridade"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración de inittab"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "Escribir a configuración de PAM"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the system settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración do sistema"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de seguridade..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de inittab..."
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de PAM..."
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving system settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Gardando a configuración do sistema..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "Nivel de seguridade actual: Configuración personalizada"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "Nivel de seguridade actual: %1"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/services-manager.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/services-manager.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/services-manager.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-16 11:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/slp-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/slp-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/slp-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-07 18:07+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/snapper.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/snapper.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/snapper.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-03 15:46+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -23,175 +23,144 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr "Configuración das capturas do sistema"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrición"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Datos do usuario"
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Algoritmo de limpeza"
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr "Modificar a captura %1"
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
-msgstr "Modificar capturas %1 - %2"
+#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+msgstr "Modificar a captura %1"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Pre (%1)"
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "Anterior (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Post (%1)"
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
-msgstr "Posterior (%1)"
+#| msgid "Host %1"
+msgid "Post (%1)"
+msgstr "Máquina %1"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Crear nova captura"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr "Captura única"
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Antes"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr "Post, pareado con:"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "Quere realmente eliminar a captura '%1'?"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr "Quere realmente eliminar a captura '%1'?"
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "Capturas"
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Single"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "Pre & Post"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Lendo a lista de capturas..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración actual"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Data de inicio"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Data de remante"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Datos do usuario"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Mostrar cambios"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Modificar"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
@@ -200,131 +169,131 @@
"Non é posíbel mostrar as diferenzas."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Vista previa da captura seleccionada"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Calculando os ficheiros cambiados..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Calculando modificacións do ficheiro..."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Creouse un novo ficheiro."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "O ficheiro foi retirado."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr "O contido do ficheiro non cambiou."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "O ficheiro non existe en ningunha captura."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "O contido do ficheiro foi modificado."
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "O modo do ficheiro cambiouse de '%1' a '%2'."
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Cambiouse o dono do ficheiro de '%1' a '%2'."
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Cambiouse o grupo do ficheiro de '%1' a '%2'."
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "R&estaurar a partir do primeiro"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Restaurar"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Res&taurar a partir do segundo"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Mostrar a diferenzas entre a captura e o sistema actual"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr "Mostrar a diferenza entre a captura actual e a seleccionada:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "Mostrar a diferenza entre a primeira e segunda captura"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Mostrar a diferenza entre a primeira captura e o sistema actual"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Mostrar a diferenza entre a segunda captura e o sistema actual"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
-msgstr "Tempo de toma da captura:"
-
-#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "Tempo de toma da primeira captura:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "Tempo de toma da segunda captura:"
+#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+msgstr "Tempo de toma da captura:"
+
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Abrir"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Restaurar os selevcionados"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -340,7 +309,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -355,19 +324,19 @@
"da captura '%2' ao sistema actual?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "Non se seleccionou o ficheiro para restaurar"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Restaurando ficheiros"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -384,7 +353,7 @@
"<p>Eliminaranse os ficheiros que non existan na captura.</p>Está seguro?"
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -393,7 +362,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -406,8 +375,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuración de capturas</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -418,7 +387,7 @@
"os cambios no sistema de ficheiros nunha captura especificada.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -434,7 +403,7 @@
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Vista global de capturas</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -446,7 +415,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -464,165 +433,190 @@
"Cando seleccione un ficheiro na árbore, mostrarase a diferenza entre a versión da imaxe e o sistema actual.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
-msgstr "Non se puido eliminar a configuración %1."
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgstr "Non se atopou a captura '%1'."
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Create new snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr "Motivo descoñecido."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr "Non se atopou a configuración."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr "A configuración non é correcta."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-"Non foi posíbel eliminar a captura:\n"
+"Produciuse un erro ao inicializar a biblioteca snapper:\n"
"%1"
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "Non se atopou a captura."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-"Non foi posíbel crear a nova captura:\n"
+"Non foi posíbel eliminar a captura:\n"
"%1"
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
"Non foi posíbel modificar a captura:\n"
"%1"
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgstr "Tipo de captura con erro."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+msgstr "A captura 'Anterior' non foi proporcionada."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "A captura 'Anterior' proporcionada non se atopou."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-"Non foi posíbel eliminar a captura:\n"
+"Non foi posíbel crear a nova captura:\n"
"%1"
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Inicializando Snapper"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read configurations"
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
-msgstr "Ler configuracións"
-
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr "Ler a lista de capturas"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading the configurations..."
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
-msgstr "Lendo as configuracións..."
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgstr "Lendo a base de datos..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
-msgstr "Lendo a lista de capturas..."
-
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed."
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr "Fallou a configuración do cargador de arrinque."
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "Recuperando ficheiros..."
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "Eliminado %1\n"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "%1 omitido\n"
-#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Non se atopou a captura '%1'."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+#~ msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#~ msgstr "Modificar capturas %1 - %2"
-#~ msgid "Reason not known."
-#~ msgstr "Motivo descoñecido."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Post (%1)"
+#~ msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#~ msgstr "Posterior (%1)"
-#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
-#~ msgstr "Non se atopou a configuración."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
+#~ msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+#~ msgstr "Quere realmente eliminar a captura '%1'?"
-#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-#~ msgstr "A configuración non é correcta."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
+#~ msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#~ msgstr "Non se puido eliminar a configuración %1."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-#~ "%1"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+#~| "%1"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Produciuse un erro ao inicializar a biblioteca snapper:\n"
+#~ "Non foi posíbel eliminar a captura:\n"
#~ "%1"
-#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Non se atopou a captura."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Read configurations"
+#~ msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Ler configuracións"
-#~ msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
-#~ msgstr "Tipo de captura con erro."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading the configurations..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Lendo as configuracións..."
-#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-#~ msgstr "A captura 'Anterior' non foi proporcionada."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#~ msgstr "Lendo a lista de capturas..."
-#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "A captura 'Anterior' proporcionada non se atopou."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed."
+#~ msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+#~ msgstr "Fallou a configuración do cargador de arrinque."
-#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
-#~ msgstr "Lendo a base de datos..."
-
#~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available."
#~ msgstr "O ficheiro /etc/sysconfig/snappe non está dispoñíbel."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sound.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sound.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sound.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-05 22:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/squid.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/squid.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/squid.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-25 18:16+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galego <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sshd.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sshd.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sshd.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-17 11:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixireiATyahooDOTes>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/storage.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/storage.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/storage.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (partitioning)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-31 17:55+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galego <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -169,7 +169,13 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Non hai espazo suficiente dispoñible para un cartafol /home separado."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "Copiando sistema de ficheiros raíz..."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -900,7 +906,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Propoñer partición &Home separada"
@@ -918,7 +924,7 @@
msgstr "Tipo de proposta"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -933,7 +939,7 @@
"Quere realmente usar esta configuración?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -943,7 +949,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -953,7 +959,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -964,7 +970,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -974,7 +980,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -995,7 +1001,7 @@
"¿Quere cambiar isto?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1005,7 +1011,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1017,7 +1023,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1044,7 +1050,7 @@
"Desexa usar a configuración sen a partición /boot?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1064,11 +1070,11 @@
"\n"
"Desexa utilizar esta configuración?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1179,7 +1185,7 @@
"Desea manter a partición sen formatar?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1188,7 +1194,7 @@
"Elimíneo do RAID antes de editalo.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1197,7 +1203,7 @@
"Elimíneo do grupo de volumes antes de editalo.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1206,7 +1212,7 @@
"Elimine o volume antes de editar o dispositivo.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1215,7 +1221,7 @@
"Elimíneo de RAID antes de borralo.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1223,20 +1229,20 @@
"%1 está utilizando o dispositivo (%2).\n"
"Elimine %1 antes de borrar o dispositivo.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Eliminouse o dispositivo."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1245,7 +1251,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1260,7 +1266,7 @@
"antes de borrar a partición estendida.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1275,7 +1281,7 @@
"eliminar a partición estendida.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1294,15 +1300,15 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Non esqueza o que escriba aquí."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Permítese un contrasinal baleiro."
@@ -1331,7 +1337,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:"
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
@@ -1344,7 +1350,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1366,7 +1372,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1377,7 +1383,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1733,7 +1739,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1748,17 +1754,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Non se permiten nomes de subvolumes baleiros."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "O nome do subvolume %1 xa existe."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modifications done so far in Dialog get lost!"
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
@@ -1803,7 +1809,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1816,7 +1822,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1835,7 +1841,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1867,7 +1873,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2065,7 +2071,7 @@
"a un dispositivo que non existe ou cun sistema de ficheiros descoñecido."
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2080,12 +2086,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2093,31 +2099,31 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "P. de Montaxe"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Non é posible eliminar un usuario de NIS."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Non é posible eliminar un usuario de NIS."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
@@ -2537,32 +2543,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "HFS Boot Partition"
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Partición de arrinque HFS"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2571,7 +2584,7 @@
"formatar e o tipo de sistema que desexa.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2579,54 +2592,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Opcións de formatado"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formatar a partición"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Non formatar a partición"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Non montar a partición"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Opcións de montaxe"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Montar a partición"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Punto de montaxe"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Opcións do Fs&tab..."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Os ficheiros crypt deben estar cifrados."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2639,17 +2652,17 @@
"Active tamén a opción de formatado.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Os ficheiros crypt necesitan un punto de montaxe."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs necesita un punto de montaxe."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2664,7 +2677,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2673,23 +2686,23 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All data previously present on the volume will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Perderanse todos os datos anteriormente presentes no volume!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Contrasinal"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2699,35 +2712,35 @@
"Non é posible cambiar o tamaño da partición seleccionada porque o\n"
"sistema de ficheiros desta partición non admite o cambio de tamaño.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Cambiar o tamaño da partición %1"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Mudar o tamaño do volume lóxico %1"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Tamaño actual: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Usado actualmente: %1"
@@ -2735,8 +2748,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2748,33 +2761,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Tamaño mínimo (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Tamaño personalizado"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolla o novo tamaño.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2784,7 +2797,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2793,12 +2806,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Saída de: %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Volvendo a examinar discos..."
@@ -2991,50 +3004,50 @@
msgstr "A rexión introducida non é válida."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Engadir partición en %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Editar partición %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Non hai espazo para mover a partición %1."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Mover a partición %1 para adiante?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "Mover a aprtición %1 para atrás?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Mover a partición %1?"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Avanzar"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Atrás"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Confirmar borrado de todoas as particións"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3042,30 +3055,35 @@
"O disco \"%1\" contén polo menos unha partición.\n"
"Se procede, as particións seguintes vanse eliminar:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Desexa eliminar todoas as particións en \"%1\"?"
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Non se seleccionou ningún disco duro."
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Estase a usar o disco e non se pode modificar."
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "Seleccione un novo tipo de táboa de particións para %1."
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
@@ -3074,29 +3092,29 @@
"os datos en %1 e todos os RAIDs e grupos de volume que usan particións en %1."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Ningún disco seleccionado."
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "Desexa eliminar a RAID BIOS %1?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Desexa realmente eliminar o RAID particionado %1?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "Non hai particións para eliminar neste disco."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "Non é posible crear unha partición en %1."
@@ -3104,15 +3122,15 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "Ningunha partición seleccionada."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3121,12 +3139,12 @@
"editarse. Para editar %1, asegúrese que non se está a usar."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "Non é posible editar unha partición estendida."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
@@ -3135,12 +3153,12 @@
"e non se pode mover."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "Non se pode mover unha partición estendida."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3149,12 +3167,12 @@
"o seu tamaño. Para mudar o tamaño de %1, asegúrese que non está en uso."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "Non é posible mudar o tamaño dunha partición estendida."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3164,7 +3182,7 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
@@ -3172,18 +3190,18 @@
"Eliminaranse as seguintes particións\n"
"e borraranse todos os datos que contén:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Desexa eliminar estas particións?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
@@ -3191,22 +3209,22 @@
"Non se pode clonar este disco. Non hai discos\n"
"dispoñibles que poidan ter a mesma disposición de particionado."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "Clonar a disposición de partición de %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "Discos de destino dispoñibles:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select some target disk for creating a clone"
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "Seleccione un disco onde crear o clon"
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3215,7 +3233,7 @@
"Desexa executar dasdfmt no disco %1?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3471,50 +3489,50 @@
msgstr "Fornecido un contrasinal incorrecto."
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "Confirmar o borrado da partición empregada por LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Eliminar a partición \"%1\"e o grupo de volumes \"%2\" agora?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "Confirmar a eliminación da partición usada por RAID"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Elimiar a partición \"%1\" e o RAID \"%2\" agora?"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "Desexa realmente eliminar todas as particións de %1?"
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Desexa eliminar %1?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3524,7 +3542,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "Non particionado"
@@ -3532,33 +3550,33 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "Espazo sen asignar"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Sen cambios nas particións.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Cambios nas particións:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Sen cambios nas preferencias de almacenamento.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Preferencias de almacenamento:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Preferencias de almacenamento:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
@@ -3670,12 +3688,12 @@
"o indicador para crealo."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "Engadir ficheiro crypt"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "Editar ficheiro crypt %1"
@@ -3998,12 +4016,12 @@
msgstr "Usado por"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Engadir volume lóxico en %1"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Editar volume lóxico %1 en %2"
@@ -4041,9 +4059,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "Non se seleccionou ningún volume lóxico."
@@ -4053,14 +4071,14 @@
msgstr "Non hai espazo dispoñible no grupo de volumes \"%1\"."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4438,17 +4456,17 @@
msgstr "<p>Mudar os dispositivos utilizados para o RAID.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Engadir RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Mudar o tamaño de RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Editar RAID %1"
@@ -4733,7 +4751,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Esta vista amosa o resumo da instalación.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add Tmpfs Mount"
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
@@ -5547,38 +5565,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5588,7 +5619,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5602,7 +5633,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Non é posible mudar o tamaño:"
@@ -5615,7 +5646,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5624,7 +5655,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5632,7 +5663,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5641,26 +5672,26 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "Introduza o contrasinal de cifrado"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Proporcionar contrasinal"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Os seguintes volumes cifrados xa están dispoñibles."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Activación do volume cifrado"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5668,14 +5699,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to provide crypt passwords?"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Quere proporcionar contrasinais de cifrado?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5683,69 +5714,69 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Introduza o contrasinal de cifrado"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Non hai volumes cifrados para desbloquear."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Forneza un contrasinal para calquera dos seguintes dispositivos:"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please provide password for the following device:"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Forneza un contrasinal para o seguinte dispositivo:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Tentado desbloquear volumes cifrados..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "O contrasinal non desbloqueou ningún volume."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "Disco IDE"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "Disco SCSI"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disco"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "RAID"
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Fallo ao instalar os paquetes requiridos."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Quere continuar a pesares do erro?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -5757,35 +5788,35 @@
"Non se pode eliminar a partición %1 porque están en uso outras\n"
"particións do disco %2."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5793,7 +5824,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5801,7 +5832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5809,20 +5840,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Copiando sistema de ficheiros raíz..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
@@ -6422,64 +6453,47 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows."
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "É imposible redimensionar porque o sistema de ficheiros non é coherente. Comprobe o sistema de ficheiros desde Windows."
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "Crear proposta baseada en &LVM"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "C&ifrar grupo de volumes"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Opcións do sistema de ficheiros:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Propoñer partición &Home separada"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Proposal settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Configuración proposta"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Para crear unha proposta baseada en LVM, escolla o botón correspondente.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6488,35 +6502,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Introduza o seu contrasinal para a proposta de cifrado."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Contrasinal:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Volva introducir o contrasinal para a verificación:"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Partition Based"
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Baseado en &partición"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Crear proposta baseada en &LVM"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Crear proposta baseada en &LVM"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -6562,6 +6595,20 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Información visible de dispositivos de almacenamento:"
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "C&ifrar grupo de volumes"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>\n"
+#~| "To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Para crear unha proposta baseada en LVM, escolla o botón correspondente.</p>\n"
+
#~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist."
#~ msgstr "Non hai cambios"
@@ -9819,9 +9866,6 @@
#~ msgid "Default Filesystem:"
#~ msgstr "Sistema de ficheiros predeterminado:"
-#~ msgid "&Partition Based"
-#~ msgstr "Baseado en &partición"
-
#~ msgid "&LVM Based"
#~ msgstr "Baseado en &LVM"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/support.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/support.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/support.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,52 +32,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr "Aberto"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -85,184 +85,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr "Gardar como"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Non se puideron escribir as opcións."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configuración Avanzada"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opcións"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr "Enderezos de correo-e"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Evolución"
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-11 11:17+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/tftp-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/tftp-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/tftp-server.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-11 11:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -91,12 +91,8 @@
#. dialog help text
#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The "
-"server will be started using xinetd.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use isto para activar un servidor para TFTP (protocolo trivial de "
-"transferencia de ficheiros). O servidor vaise iniciar usando xinetd.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use isto para activar un servidor para TFTP (protocolo trivial de transferencia de ficheiros). O servidor vaise iniciar usando xinetd.</p>"
#. enlighten newbies, #102946
#. dialog help text
@@ -110,14 +106,12 @@
"<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n"
"Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n"
"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n"
-"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>"
-"\n"
+"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Directorio da Imaxe de arranque</b>:\n"
"Especifique o directorio no que se atopen os ficheiros proporcionados.\n"
"O valor habitual é <tt>/tftpboot</tt>.O directorio crearase se non existe.\n"
-"O servidor utilizarao como directorio raíz (usando a opción <tt>-s</tt> ).</p>"
-"\n"
+"O servidor utilizarao como directorio raíz (usando a opción <tt>-s</tt> ).</p>\n"
#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server
#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/timezone_db.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/timezone_db.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/timezone_db.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (timezone_db)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-29 17:41+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vázquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (bootloader)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-11 11:56+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/update.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/update.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/update.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-07 17:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/users.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/users.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/users.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (user)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-07 18:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -133,637 +133,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr "Non preguntar por datos que faltan; no seu lugar devolver un erro."
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Método de autenticación de usuarios"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Autenticación</b><br>\n"
-"Seleccione o método de autenticación que se debe empregar cos usuarios do sistema.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Local</b> se quere autenticar aos usuarios utilizando só os ficheiros locais <i>/etc/passwd</i> e <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "Se existe unha instalación anterior ou un sistema alternativo, pode crear usuarios procedentes desta orixe. Para isto, seleccione <b>Ler datos de usuario dunha instalación anterior.</b> Esta opción emprega un directorio persoal existente ou crea un novo para cada usuario no lugar de instalación especificado."
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "&LDAP"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "N&IS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "&Samba"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "Dominio &Windows"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de usuarios ou se queren\n"
-"autenticar usuarios nun servidor NT, escolla o valor apropiado. Despois,\n"
-"prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de usuario\n"
-"escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se estivese usando un servidor LDAP para almacenar datos de usuarios ou se queren\n"
-"autenticar usuarios nun servidor NT, escolla o valor apropiado. Despois,\n"
-"prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se estivese usando un servidor LDAP para almacenar datos de usuario\n"
-"escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Configurar autenticación de Kerberos</b> para configurar Kerberos despois de configurar a orixe dos datos de usuario.</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "&Ler datos de usuario da instalación anterior"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "E&scoller"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Método de autenticación"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "Configurar autenticación de &Kerberos"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "&Seleccionar usuarios que se deben ler"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "Seleccion&ar ou anular a selección de todo"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "Contrasinal de \"root\", o administrador do sistema"
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "Non esqueza o que escriba aquí."
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "&Contrasinal para o usuario root"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "Con&firmar contrasinal"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Probar disposición de &teclado"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "Opcións a&vanzadas..."
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"A diferenza dos usuarios normais do sistema, o usuario que escribe texto, crea\n"
-"gráficos ou navega por Internet, é dicir, o usuario \"root\", existe en todos os\n"
-"sistemas e execútase cada vez que hai que realizar\n"
-"tarefas administrativas. Inicie sesión como root só\n"
-"cando deba actuar como administrador do sistema.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Por mor de ter o usuario root permisos moi amplos, o contrasinal de\n"
-"\"root\" ten que ser escollido coidadosamente. Aconséllase unha combinación\n"
-"de letras e números. Para asegurarse que o contrasinal foi introducido\n"
-"correctamente, deberá escribilo de novo nun segundo campo.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Todas as regras para o contrasinal de usuario aplícanse para o de \"root\":\n"
-"Distinga entre maiúsculas e minúsculas. O contrasinal debe ter un mínimo de\n"
-"5 caracteres e, como regra, non debe conter caracteres acentuados ou diéreses.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Non esqueza o contrasinal de \"root\".\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se desexa empregar este contrasinal para crear certificados,\n"
-"deberá ter como mínimo %1 caracteres.</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Para comprobar se a disposición do seu teclado é correcta, introduza texto no campo <b>Proba de disposición de teclado</b>.</p>"
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Os contrasinais non coinciden.\n"
-"Probe outra vez."
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Non introducíu un contrasinal.\n"
-"Ténteo de novo."
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Se desexa crear certificados,\n"
-"o contrasinal debe ter como mínimo %1 caracteres."
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "Quere usar este contrasinal?"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Non é posible establecer o contrasinal de root.\n"
-"Posiblemente non vai poder iniciar a sesión.\n"
-"Desexa configurala outra vez?\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "Inicio do módulo para a configuración de autenticación..."
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"O paquete '%1' non está instalado.\n"
-"Quere instalalo agora?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DES"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr "SHA-256"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr "SHA-512"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "Tipo de cifrado do contrasinal"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr "&DES"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "&MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr "SHA-&256"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr "SHA-&512"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Configuración de inicio de sesión</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "O método de cifrado do contrasinal é %1."
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> é o método estándar de hashing actual, non se recomenda utilizar outros algoritmos, a menos que os necesite por cuestións de compatibilidade.</p>"
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "Nome &completo do usuario"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "Nome de &usuario"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "U&sar este contrasinal para o administrador do sistema"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "Recibir correo do sis&tema"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "Inicio de sesión &automático"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "Crear novo usuario"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "Inicio de sesión de usuario baleiro"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"Deixar o nome de usuario baleiro só ten sentido\n"
-"nun ambiente de rede cun servidor de autenticación.\n"
-"Quere deixalo baleiro?"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Introduza o <b>Nome completo do usuario</b>, o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b> para\n"
-"asignar a esta conta de usuario.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Ao escribir un contrasinal, faga distinción entre maiúsculas e\n"
-"minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma acentos ou diéreses.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Co método actual de cifrado de contrasinais (%1), a lonxitude do mesmo ha\n"
-"estar entre %2 e %3 caracteres.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se desexa empregar este contrasinal para crear certificados,\n"
-"deberá ter como mínimo %1 caracteres.</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Para garantir que o contrasinal foi introducido correctamente,\n"
-"debe introducilo exactamente igual no segundo campo. Non esqueza o seu contrasinal.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Para o <b>Nome de usuario</b> empregue só letras (non acentuadas), díxitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Non use letras maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que saiba o que está a facer.\n"
-"Os nomes de usuario teñen restricións máis estritas ca os contrasinais. Pode volver\n"
-"definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man para máis información.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Usar este contrasinal para o administración do sistema</b> se o contrasinal introducido para o primeiro usuario debe ser tamén empregado para root.</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"O nome de usuario e o contrasinal creados aquí son necesarios para iniciar sesión e traballar no seu sistema Linux. Co <b>Inicio de sesión automático</b> activado, sáltase o procedemento de inicio de sesión. Este usuario efectúa o inicio de sesión automaticamente.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Volva enviar o correo do usuario root a este usuario activando a opción <b>Recibir correo do sistema</b>.</p>\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "Configuración Avanzada"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr "O método de autenticación é local /etc/passwd."
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "O método de cifrado do contrasinal é %1."
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "User %1 will be imported."
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "Vaise importar o usuario %1."
-msgstr[1] "Vaise importar o usuario %1."
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Cambiar..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Resumo"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-#| "the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Se desexa crear certificados,\n"
-"o contrasinal debe ter como mínimo %1 caracteres."
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -885,11 +254,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "Novo UID do usuario"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "Escribindo a configuración dos usuarios..."
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1142,93 +506,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Segundos"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr "Samba (Dominio Windows)"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "<%1>Contrasinal de root<%2> definido"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "<%1>Contrasinal de root<%2> sen definir"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "Non hai ningún <%1>user<%2> configurado"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "<%1>Método de autenticación<%2>: %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "<%1>Método de Autenticación<%2>: %3 e Kerberos."
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "<%1>Usuarios<%2> %3 seleccionados para ser importados"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "<%1>Usuario<%2> %3 vai ser importado."
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Usuario<%2> %3 configurado"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Usuario<%2> %3 (%4) configurado"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "Método de cifrado de contrasinal: %1"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Preferencias de usuario"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "&Usuario"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "Contrasinal de &root"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1391,6 +668,24 @@
"modificar a configuración de cifrado deste usuario,\n"
"introduza o contrasinal actual do usuario."
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Os contrasinais non coinciden.\n"
+"Probe outra vez."
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1416,6 +711,13 @@
msgstr "&Cambiar o dono do directorio"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "Nome &completo do usuario"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr "&Nome"
@@ -1430,11 +732,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr "Para usuarios remotos, só pode modificarse a súa pertenza a grupos adicionais."
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "Nome de &usuario"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "Recibir correo do sis&tema"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "Inicio de sesión a&utomático"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "U&sar este contrasinal para o administrador do sistema"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1604,6 +925,33 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "&Complementos"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "Inicio de sesión de usuario baleiro"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"Deixar o nome de usuario baleiro só ten sentido\n"
+"nun ambiente de rede cun servidor de autenticación.\n"
+"Quere deixalo baleiro?"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "Quere usar este contrasinal?"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1695,6 +1043,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "&Datos do grupo"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DES"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1708,6 +1070,32 @@
"minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma acentos ou diéreses.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Co método actual de cifrado de contrasinais (%1), a lonxitude do mesmo ha\n"
+"estar entre %2 e %3 caracteres.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Para garantir que o contrasinal foi introducido correctamente,\n"
+"debe introducilo exactamente igual no segundo campo. Non esqueza o seu contrasinal.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1871,6 +1259,19 @@
"<b>Contrasinal</b> para asignar a este usuario.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Introduza o <b>Nome completo do usuario</b>, o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b> para\n"
+"asignar a esta conta de usuario.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1911,6 +1312,25 @@
"definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man para máis información.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"O nome de usuario e o contrasinal creados aquí son necesarios para iniciar sesión e traballar no seu sistema Linux. Co <b>Inicio de sesión automático</b> activado, sáltase o procedemento de inicio de sesión. Este usuario efectúa o inicio de sesión automaticamente.</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Volva enviar o correo do usuario root a este usuario activando a opción <b>Recibir correo do sistema</b>.</p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2651,7 +2071,9 @@
msgstr "Usuarios do sistema"
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Usuarios Locais"
@@ -2727,6 +2149,11 @@
msgstr "Grupos de Samba"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2746,6 +2173,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "&Samba"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2872,6 +2304,11 @@
"protocolos de rede non o soportan e poden ocorrer problemas con NIS.\n"
"</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> é o método estándar de hashing actual, non se recomenda utilizar outros algoritmos, a menos que os necesite por cuestións de compatibilidade.</p>"
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2882,6 +2319,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Cifrado"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr "&DES"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "&MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr "SHA-&256"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr "SHA-&512"
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -3171,6 +2628,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sistema"
@@ -3507,6 +2970,15 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "O paquete %1 non está dispoñible para a súa instalación."
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"O paquete '%1' non está instalado.\n"
+"Quere instalalo agora?\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3524,6 +2996,433 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Iniciando..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#| "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Se desexa crear certificados,\n"
+"o contrasinal debe ter como mínimo %1 caracteres."
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Se desexa empregar este contrasinal para crear certificados,\n"
+"deberá ter como mínimo %1 caracteres.</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "Escribindo a configuración dos usuarios..."
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "O método de cifrado do contrasinal é %1."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> é o método estándar de hashing actual, non se recomenda utilizar outros algoritmos, a menos que os necesite por cuestións de compatibilidade.</p>"
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Tipo de cifrado do contrasinal"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "Non esqueza o que escriba aquí."
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "&Contrasinal para o usuario root"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "Con&firmar contrasinal"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "Probar disposición de &teclado"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A diferenza dos usuarios normais do sistema, o usuario que escribe texto, crea\n"
+"gráficos ou navega por Internet, é dicir, o usuario \"root\", existe en todos os\n"
+"sistemas e execútase cada vez que hai que realizar\n"
+"tarefas administrativas. Inicie sesión como root só\n"
+"cando deba actuar como administrador do sistema.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Por mor de ter o usuario root permisos moi amplos, o contrasinal de\n"
+"\"root\" ten que ser escollido coidadosamente. Aconséllase unha combinación\n"
+"de letras e números. Para asegurarse que o contrasinal foi introducido\n"
+"correctamente, deberá escribilo de novo nun segundo campo.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Todas as regras para o contrasinal de usuario aplícanse para o de \"root\":\n"
+"Distinga entre maiúsculas e minúsculas. O contrasinal debe ter un mínimo de\n"
+"5 caracteres e, como regra, non debe conter caracteres acentuados ou diéreses.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Non esqueza o contrasinal de \"root\".\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "Contrasinal de \"root\", o administrador do sistema"
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Non introducíu un contrasinal.\n"
+"Ténteo de novo."
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Local</b> se quere autenticar aos usuarios utilizando só os ficheiros locais <i>/etc/passwd</i> e <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "Crear novo usuario"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Ao escribir un contrasinal, faga distinción entre maiúsculas e\n"
+"minúsculas. Os contrasinais non deben conter caracteres especiais coma acentos ou diéreses.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+#| "</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Co método actual de cifrado de contrasinais (%1), a lonxitude do mesmo ha\n"
+"estar entre %2 e %3 caracteres.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Para o <b>Nome de usuario</b> empregue só letras (non acentuadas), díxitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Non use letras maiúsculas nesta entrada, a non ser que saiba o que está a facer.\n"
+"Os nomes de usuario teñen restricións máis estritas ca os contrasinais. Pode volver\n"
+"definir as restricións no ficheiro /etc/login.defs file. Lea a páxina man para máis información.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Usar este contrasinal para o administración do sistema</b> se o contrasinal introducido para o primeiro usuario debe ser tamén empregado para root.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "&Ler datos de usuario da instalación anterior"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Migration"
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "&Omitir Migración"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "Usuario local"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "Crear novo usuario"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "&Ler datos de usuario da instalación anterior"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Users"
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "Usuarios do sistema"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Migration"
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "&Omitir Migración"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "Inicio de sesión &automático"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No server is selected."
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "Ningún servidor seleccionado."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User %1 will be imported."
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "Vaise importar o usuario %1."
+msgstr[1] "Vaise importar o usuario %1."
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "&Seleccionar usuarios que se deben ler"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Seleccion&ar ou anular a selección de todo"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr "SHA-256"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr "SHA-512"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Método de cifrado de contrasinal: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Tipo de cifrado do contrasinal"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "Preferencias de usuario"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "&Usuario"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "Contrasinal de &root"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "<%1>Contrasinal de root<%2> definido"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "<%1>Contrasinal de root<%2> sen definir"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "Non hai ningún <%1>user<%2> configurado"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "<%1>Usuario<%2> %3 vai ser importado."
+msgstr[1] "<%1>Usuario<%2> %3 vai ser importado."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Usuario<%2> %3 configurado"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Usuario<%2> %3 (%4) configurado"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Método de cifrado de contrasinal: %1"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3981,7 +3880,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4000,202 +3899,202 @@
"montalos correctamente. Quere continuar coa configuración do usuario?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "Hai varios usuarios que satisfán as condicións de entrada."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando a configuración de usuarios e grupos"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración predeterminada do inicio de sesión"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración predeterminada do sistema"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "Ler o tipo de configuración"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "Ler a configuración personalizada do usuario "
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "Ler usuarios e grupos"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "Construír as estruturas da caché"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "Lendo a a configuración predeterminada do inicio de sesión..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración predeterminado do sistema..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "Lendo o tipo de configuración..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuración personalizada..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "Lendo usuarios e grupos..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "Construíndo as estruturas da caché..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "O usuario non existe."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "O grupo non existe."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Gardando a configuración de grupos e usuarios"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "Gardar as configuracións de usuarios e grupos LDAP"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "Escribir grupos"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "Comprobar usuarios eliminados"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "Escribir usuarios"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "Escribir contrasinais"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "Gardar a configuración personalizada"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "Gardar a configuración predeterminada do inicio de sesión"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "Gardando usuarios e grupos LDAP..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "Gardando grupos..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "Comprobando usuarios eliminados..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "Gardando os usuarios..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "Gardando os contrasinais..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "Gardando a configuración personalizada..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "Gardando a configuración predeterminada do inicio de sesión..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "O ficheiro %s non foi lido correctamente, non se gardará."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro ao eliminar os usuarios."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "O ficheiro %s non foi lido correctamente, non se gardará."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se configuraba o envío do correo do usuario root."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "Non hai UID dispoñible para este tipo de usuario."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4205,7 +4104,7 @@
"Seleccione un enteiro válido entre %i e %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4214,7 +4113,7 @@
"Desexa empregalo?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4226,7 +4125,7 @@
"Quere utilizalo?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4238,7 +4137,7 @@
"Desexa cambiar o tipo de usuario a 'local'?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4249,7 +4148,7 @@
"porque o ID é menor ca %i.\n"
"Desexa cambiar o tipo de usuario a 'sistema'?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
@@ -4258,7 +4157,7 @@
"O nome de usuario existente podería pertencer a un usuario de NIS ou de LDAP.\n"
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4269,7 +4168,7 @@
"Tente outro distinto."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4278,7 +4177,7 @@
"no pode conter dous puntos (:). Ténteo de novo."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4289,7 +4188,7 @@
"Elimine as seccións sobrantes."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4300,7 +4199,7 @@
"Ténteo de novo."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4310,7 +4209,7 @@
"Escolla outra ruta para o directorio persoal."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4319,7 +4218,7 @@
"Ténteo de novo."
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4330,7 +4229,7 @@
"Queres usar esta ruta?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4340,7 +4239,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4352,7 +4251,7 @@
"Quere usar este directorio?\n"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4366,7 +4265,7 @@
"Quere usar este directorio?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
@@ -4375,12 +4274,12 @@
"Desexa usar esta shell?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "Non existe ningún GID dispoñible para ese tipo de grupo."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4390,7 +4289,7 @@
"Seleccione un valor enteiro válido entre %i e%i"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4399,7 +4298,7 @@
"Desexa empregalo?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4411,7 +4310,7 @@
"Quere usalo?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4423,7 +4322,7 @@
"Quere cambiar o tipo de grupo para 'local'?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4435,7 +4334,7 @@
"Quere cambiar o tipo de grupo a 'sistema'?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4444,7 +4343,7 @@
"Tente de novo."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4454,7 +4353,7 @@
"Ténteo de novo."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4467,7 +4366,7 @@
"Ténteo de novo."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4477,13 +4376,13 @@
"introducido e outro que xa existe.\n"
"Tente outro distinto."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "O usuario %s non existe."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4494,7 +4393,7 @@
"como o grupo predeterminado."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4505,22 +4404,22 @@
"Elimine preimeiro os usuarios do grupo."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Usuarios</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Grupos</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Configuración do inicio de sesión</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "O usuario %1 está configurado para inicio de sesión automático."
@@ -4540,23 +4439,23 @@
"no servidor LDAP. Quere creala arestora?"
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Quota Configuration"
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración de cota"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4688,7 +4587,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4699,7 +4598,7 @@
"Ténteo de novo."
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4714,7 +4613,7 @@
"</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4725,37 +4624,37 @@
"Ténteo de novo."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr "Empregou un nome de grupo como parte do contrasinal."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr "Empregou un nome de usuario como parte do contrasinal."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Empregou só minúsculas no contrasinal."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Empregou só maiúsculas no contrasinal."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr "Empregou un palíndromo no contrasinal."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr "Empregou só díxitos no contrasinal."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4765,7 +4664,7 @@
"Vai ser truncado a %s caracteres."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4775,13 +4674,13 @@
"%s."
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr "O contrasinal ten que ter polo menos %i caracteres."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4790,7 +4689,7 @@
"Ténteo de novo."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4800,7 +4699,7 @@
"Ténteo de novo."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4813,7 +4712,7 @@
"Ténteo de novo."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -4823,15 +4722,13 @@
"introducido e outro que xa existe.\n"
"Ténteo con outro distinto."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "Recuperando a extensión %1..."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "Lanzando a extensión %1..."
@@ -4898,6 +4795,148 @@
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr "Hai varios usuarios que cumpren as condicións da entrada."
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Método de autenticación de usuarios"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Autenticación</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Seleccione o método de autenticación que se debe empregar cos usuarios do sistema.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+#~ msgstr "Se existe unha instalación anterior ou un sistema alternativo, pode crear usuarios procedentes desta orixe. Para isto, seleccione <b>Ler datos de usuario dunha instalación anterior.</b> Esta opción emprega un directorio persoal existente ou crea un novo para cada usuario no lugar de instalación especificado."
+
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS"
+
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "Dominio &Windows"
+
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de usuarios ou se queren\n"
+#~ "autenticar usuarios nun servidor NT, escolla o valor apropiado. Despois,\n"
+#~ "prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor NIS ou LDAP para almacenar datos de usuario\n"
+#~ "escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor LDAP para almacenar datos de usuarios ou se queren\n"
+#~ "autenticar usuarios nun servidor NT, escolla o valor apropiado. Despois,\n"
+#~ "prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Se estivese usando un servidor LDAP para almacenar datos de usuario\n"
+#~ "escolla o valor apropiado. Despois prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar a configuración do cliente.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Configurar autenticación de Kerberos</b> para configurar Kerberos despois de configurar a orixe dos datos de usuario.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "E&scoller"
+
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Método de autenticación"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Configurar autenticación de &Kerberos"
+
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "Opcións a&vanzadas..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Se desexa empregar este contrasinal para crear certificados,\n"
+#~ "deberá ter como mínimo %1 caracteres.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Para comprobar se a disposición do seu teclado é correcta, introduza texto no campo <b>Proba de disposición de teclado</b>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se desexa crear certificados,\n"
+#~ "o contrasinal debe ter como mínimo %1 caracteres."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Non é posible establecer o contrasinal de root.\n"
+#~ "Posiblemente non vai poder iniciar a sesión.\n"
+#~ "Desexa configurala outra vez?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "Inicio do módulo para a configuración de autenticación..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Configuración de inicio de sesión</b></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Configuración Avanzada"
+
+#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
+#~ msgstr "O método de autenticación é local /etc/passwd."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "O método de cifrado do contrasinal é %1."
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&Cambiar..."
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "Resumo"
+
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr "Samba (Dominio Windows)"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Método de autenticación<%2>: %3"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Método de Autenticación<%2>: %3 e Kerberos."
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Usuarios<%2> %3 seleccionados para ser importados"
+
#~ msgid "Kerberos"
#~ msgstr "Kerberos"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/vm.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/vm.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/vm.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm.gl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-11 22:13+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixireiATyahooDOTes>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@
msgstr "Configurando a máquina virtual..."
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr "A arquitectura x86_64 é a única soportada para aloxar máquinas virtuais. A súa arquitectura é "
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -54,157 +54,157 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Verificar paquetes instalados"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración da pasarela de rede"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "Estase a configurar o servidor da máquina virtual (dominio 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Configurador do servidor de Máquinas Virtuais</b></big></p><p>A configuración do servidor de máquinas virtuais (dominio 0) consta de dúas partes.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vaise instalar primeiramente os paquetes requiridos no seu sistema. Despois o cargador de arrinque cambia a GRUB (se non era xa o que estaba en uso) e engádeselle a sección XEN ao menú do cargador de arrinque se non estivese presente.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>GRUB é necesario porque soporta o estándar de arrinque múltiple requirido para arrincar Xen e o kernel Linux.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Cando a configuración termina correctamente, é posible iniciar o servidor VM desde o menú do cargador de arrinque.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "A instalación vai ser abortada."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Hipervisor e as ferramentas están instaladas."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "A instalación vai ser abortada."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "A instalación vai ser abortada."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "Executando en modo texto. Desexa que se instalen compoñentes gráficos?"
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Comprobando paquetes..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "Instalando paquetes..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Non se poden instalar os paquetes requiridos."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Actualizando os ficheiros de configuración de grub2..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "Configurando pasarela de rede predeterminada..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Pasarela de rede."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Para configuracións normais de rede aloxando máquinas virtuais, precísase dunha pasarela de rede.</p><p>Desexa configurar unha pasarela de rede predeterminada?</p>"
@@ -217,35 +217,35 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr "Para instalar convidados Xen, reinicie a máquina e seleccione a sección Xen no menú do cargador de arrinque.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr "Para instalar convidados Xen, reinicie a máquina e seleccione a sección Xen no menú do cargador de arrinque.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Hipervisor e as ferramentas están instaladas."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "Hipervisor e as ferramentas están instaladas."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/vpn.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/vpn.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/vpn.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -238,14 +238,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The target is already connected."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "O destino xa está conectado."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -350,122 +350,122 @@
msgstr "Desexa cambiar o CD e reintentalo?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrición"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All networks"
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "Todas as redes"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Management"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Xestión de conexión"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master Server"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Servidor principal"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Clientes"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Escolla un contorno"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Escolla o directorio cos certificados"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "External credentials"
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Credenciais externas"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "O servidor require autenticación"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create certificates."
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Crear certificados."
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "IP da &pasarela predeterminada"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -574,40 +574,40 @@
msgstr "%s non está dispoñible no directorio LDAP."
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Fallo ao instalar os paquetes requiridos."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon"
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Non se puido iniciar o daemon CUPS"
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system."
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "Non foi posible configurar o sistema."
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Houbo un fallo ao crear unha nova relación."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -615,35 +615,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Global Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Configuración global"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "Activar o daemon NTP"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Conexión por liña serie"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
msgid "A client connecting to "
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/yast2-apparmor.gl.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/yast2-apparmor.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/yast2-apparmor.gl.po 2016-07-04 09:21:44 UTC (rev 96039)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-03-05 18:00+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Galego <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96038 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:21:07 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96038
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/base.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/cio.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/control.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/country.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/docker.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/fonts.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/installation.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/isns.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/journal.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/mail.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/network.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nis.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/packager.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/pam.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/printer.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/rear.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/registration.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/security.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sound.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/squid.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/storage.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/support.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/tune.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/update.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/users.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/vm.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/vpn.he.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -73,13 +73,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,23 +17,501 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Variable Name"
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr "&שם משתנה"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Username:"
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "&שם משתמש:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "אנא הכנס את שם המשפחה שלך"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Heading
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr "יומן נסיונות החיבור חאינטרנט:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter keywords:"
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr "בבקשה הקלד מילות מפתח:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr "אנא הכנס את שם המשפחה שלך"
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Unspecified"
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr "&לא הוגדר"
+
+# popup text
+# ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
+# now delete partition!!
+# popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "האם באמת למחוק את המחיצה %1 ?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "משתמשים"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Group"
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr "קבוצה"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Communication"
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr "תקשורת"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Communication"
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr "תקשורת"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Steps dialog caption
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Test Internet Connection"
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr "נסה את חיבור האינטרנט"
+
+# button text
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Extended partition"
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr "מחיצה מו&רחבת"
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+# button text
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Add Volume"
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr "^הוסף כרך"
+
+# menu entry text
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Edit RAID"
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr "&ערוך RAID"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Delete All"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "&מחק הכל"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Power management"
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr "ניהול חשמל"
+
+# push button
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Update Settings"
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים"
+
+# Screen title for keyboard screen
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "הגדרת לוח מקשים"
+
+# table header texts
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "שם"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "V&alue"
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "ע&רך"
+
+# label text
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr "&שם למודול"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Commandline option help
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network mask"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "Network mask"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "IPv4 address"
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr "IPv4 כתובת"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "תיאור"
+
+# button text
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Extended partition"
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr "מחיצה מו&רחבת"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "פילטר:"
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Done."
msgid "None."
@@ -41,1122 +519,1315 @@
# label text
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Module &Parameters"
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
# label text
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Module &Parameters"
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Options"
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "אפשרויות"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "פילטר:"
+
+# AT
+# Frame label
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authorization"
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "הרשאה"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration"
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "הגדרות"
+#| msgid " Mount"
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr "עגינה"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Selection"
-msgid "Sections"
-msgstr "בחירה"
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
-#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-# table header texts
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "שם"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "V&alue"
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "ע&רך"
+#| msgid "Boot Image Directory"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "ספריית תמונה Boot "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "תיאור"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr ""
-# label text
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Module &Parameters"
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
+#| msgid "Service Types"
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "סוגי שרות"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Filter:"
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "פילטר:"
+#| msgid "Options"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "אפשרויות"
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not create directory."
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr "לא יכל ליצור את הספריה"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
+#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Options"
+msgid "Options - %s"
+msgstr "אפשרויות"
+
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
# popup text
# ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
# now delete partition!!
# popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr "האם באמת למחוק את המחיצה %1 ?"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
+msgid ""
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "שרות"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Username:"
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "&שם משתמש:"
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+# PasswordEntry label
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Password:"
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "error"
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr "שגיאה"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
+msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "שרותים אלו יהיו זמינים"
+#| msgid "Boot Image Directory"
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr "ספריית תמונה Boot "
+# Label for free part of the partition in non-graphical mode
+# Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Free:"
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr "פנוי:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
msgstr "אנא הכנס את שם המשפחה שלך"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
# popup text
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Too many logical drives already exist."
msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
msgstr "כבר קיימים יותר מדי כרכים לוגים."
#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "הגדרות"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Selection"
+#~ msgid "Sections"
+#~ msgstr "בחירה"
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
+# label text
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Module &Parameters"
+#~ msgid "More Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "שרות"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#~ msgstr "שרותים אלו יהיו זמינים"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+#~ msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#~ msgstr "אנא הכנס את שם המשפחה שלך"
#~ msgid "OK"
#~ msgstr "בסדר"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -439,12 +439,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -470,8 +470,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "פרוטוקול"
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -560,8 +560,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2429,237 +2429,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "מאפיינים"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -54,12 +54,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -307,25 +307,23 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -517,119 +515,105 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Preparation"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "הכנה"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-# popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr "צור קבוצת כרכים"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select your language:"
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "בחרו שפה:"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1668,7 +1652,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1679,7 +1663,7 @@
msgstr "בחירה"
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1722,7 +1706,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -2346,7 +2330,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2363,46 +2347,46 @@
# Frame description in suggested partition for mode accept modify ..
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "בחרו"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2412,14 +2396,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2428,7 +2412,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2460,101 +2444,80 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "כן"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr "לא"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-# heading text
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Resize failed."
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr "שינוי גודל נכשל."
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
# message popup
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2654,7 +2617,7 @@
msgstr "לא ידוע"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2663,77 +2626,77 @@
# popup text
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "בסדר"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2741,51 +2704,51 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "בחר ISO image %1 מ %2."
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating crypt file %1"
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "נבחר לעדכון"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
# popup text %1 replaced by partition name e.g. /dev/hda1
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "אי אפשר היה להפעיל את מחיצת ה Swap %1"
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2829,7 +2792,7 @@
# progress stages
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה"
@@ -2837,7 +2800,7 @@
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2846,7 +2809,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "אי אפשר היה ליצור את הקובץ המוצפן %1"
@@ -2854,7 +2817,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
@@ -2873,6 +2836,17 @@
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "בסדר"
+# popup header
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configure users and groups"
+#~ msgstr "צור קבוצת כרכים"
+
+# heading text
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Resize failed."
+#~ msgid "Time syncing failed."
+#~ msgstr "שינוי גודל נכשל."
+
# Help text for last dialog of base installation
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/base.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/base.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/base.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -442,14 +442,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -1036,6 +1036,83 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart services"
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "מאתחל שרותים"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "שרות לאתחל:"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# ComboBox item
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "באתחול"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "אזהרה"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "התחלה"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1240,7 +1317,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1265,7 +1342,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
@@ -1495,27 +1572,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1525,7 +1602,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1535,7 +1612,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1543,19 +1620,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&פרטים..."
@@ -2634,19 +2711,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "מ&משק"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -2654,36 +2731,36 @@
# label text
# ComboBox entry: hardware clock set UTC
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "זמן עולמי מתואם"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
# column description, if disk space is not known
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2694,8 +2771,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2704,33 +2781,33 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "בודק אם יש עדכונים לתוכנה"
# Commandline help title
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr ""
# Progress step 3/4
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "בודק אם ישנם עדכונים מקוונים..."
@@ -2738,51 +2815,51 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -2886,50 +2963,51 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "שרות"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2955,37 +3033,80 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "איטליה"
+# Progress step 3/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking for latest updates..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "בודק אם ישנם עדכונים מקוונים..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "התקנה חדשה"
@@ -2995,62 +3116,62 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "שגיאה"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "התקן טלאי"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3061,34 +3182,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3097,7 +3218,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3107,87 +3228,87 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
# RichText label
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3195,99 +3316,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "נסה שוב\n"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "חבילות"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..."
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "טלאים."
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
#, fuzzy
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "תיאור:"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
@@ -3295,7 +3416,7 @@
msgstr "טלאים."
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3305,38 +3426,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "הורדה נכשלה."
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
@@ -3344,17 +3465,17 @@
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
# heading text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "סטטוס"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
@@ -3362,13 +3483,13 @@
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
@@ -3380,31 +3501,31 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
# AT
# Frame label
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "הרשאה"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3412,13 +3533,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&שם משתמש:"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "הראה את ה&בא"
@@ -3426,12 +3547,12 @@
# label text
# Label in raid -wf
# label text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
#, fuzzy
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "גודל:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3495,12 +3616,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3508,34 +3629,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "אשר הסכם חבילה: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "אני &מסכים"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "&אינני מסכים"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3547,7 +3668,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3556,7 +3677,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3565,7 +3686,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3573,7 +3694,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3586,146 +3707,146 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "התקנה הסתיימה.\n"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "התקנה בסיסית"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "שגיאה"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "חבילות"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
# to translators: * remove VG system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "הסר VG %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "חבילות"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
# heading text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "סטטוס"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "&פרטים"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "התקן טלאי"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "פינית"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "שרת התקנה:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "מחק חבילות ישנות"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -4060,30 +4181,30 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "מתקין דריבר..."
# MK
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media"
msgstr "מקדונית"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
# label text
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time"
msgstr "אזור זמן"
@@ -4091,12 +4212,12 @@
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -4104,48 +4225,48 @@
"אנא המתן בזמן שהמערכת מותקנת\n"
"</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "הערות שחרור"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&פרטים"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "בצע עידכון"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "בצע התקנה"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "התקנה בסיסית"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
@@ -4153,7 +4274,7 @@
msgstr "האם באמת ברצונך/nלאתחל את פרטי הבחירה שלך?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "בטל.\n"
@@ -4806,6 +4927,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4876,7 +5007,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4884,7 +5015,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5904,63 +6035,7 @@
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "שרות לאתחל:"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# ComboBox item
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "באתחול"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Warning"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "אזהרה"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Start"
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "התחלה"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
#~ msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -30,53 +30,163 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set a global option"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Media not found"
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr "מדיה לא נמצאה"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
+msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value: "
-msgid "Value: %s"
+msgid "Value: %1"
msgstr "ערך:"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+# heading text
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
msgstr ""
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "המערכת תאתחל כרגע..."
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+# table heading text
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "בקר דיסק"
+
+# push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
+
+# button text
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
+
+# button text
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -151,11 +261,17 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -163,55 +279,64 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -221,153 +346,234 @@
msgstr ""
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
# heading text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "התקן RAID"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
# label text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "מחיצה"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# Frame label
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "הגדרות חיבור DSL"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
# Heading text
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
# PasswordEntry label
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "סיסמת רוט"
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+# header text
+# Column header
+# header text
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "התקן&"
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "&מעלה"
+
# button text
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Move &Down"
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "לעבור &למטה"
+
+# button text
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
-# label text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "מחיצה"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+# label text
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "מחיצה"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
+# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
+
# button text
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
@@ -377,44 +583,37 @@
# label text
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
# button text
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
-# button text
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
-
# table column headings
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "התקן"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
# button text
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -433,37 +632,61 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
# label text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Distribution: "
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "הפצה:"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
+#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "&מודם"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+# label text
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -472,21 +695,31 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr "מצב"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Unspecified"
msgid "Unspecified"
@@ -515,7 +748,7 @@
# button text
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Auto&detect Multipath"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -523,71 +756,251 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "בבקשה בחר"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
# push button
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
# popup text %1 is replaced by a container name
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "אין מקום פנוי במיכל הנוכחי %1."
+# heading text
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
+
+# Frame title
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
+
+# push button
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
+
+# heading text
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
+
+# heading text
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
+
+# heading text
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
+
+# heading text
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "&שם קובץ"
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "קובץ:"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Update Configuration"
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "עדכן התאמות"
+
+# heading text
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "אחר..."
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr ""
+
+# Column header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "תווית"
+
+# Column header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "סוג"
+
+# header text
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Device "
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr "התקן."
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default"
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "ברירת מחדל"
+
# button text
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -596,74 +1009,125 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
+# Network dialog caption
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Source Configuration"
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "הגדרות מקור"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Commandline help title
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Configuration saved.\n"
+#| "There were errors."
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr ""
+"מאפיינים נשמרו\n"
+"היו שגיאות"
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr ""
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
-# heading text
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "אחר..."
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "שם המי&כל"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr "התקנה בסיסית"
+
# button text
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
-# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
-# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
-
# DSL write dialog help 1/2
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
@@ -686,9 +1150,16 @@
"<P><B><BIG>שומר את הגדרות ה DSL</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"אנא המתינו...<BR></P>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -696,28 +1167,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -728,7 +1199,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -737,14 +1208,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -752,7 +1223,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -764,8 +1235,19 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -773,7 +1255,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -782,7 +1264,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -790,7 +1272,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -798,7 +1280,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -806,7 +1288,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -814,7 +1296,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -822,7 +1304,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -830,14 +1312,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -845,28 +1327,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -875,46 +1357,56 @@
# hard disk will be made ready for installing Linux
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "מכין את הכונן הקשיח"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
# button text
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -929,29 +1421,105 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do Not Create Backups"
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "אל תיצור גיבויים"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Update an existing system"
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "&עידכון מערכת קיימת"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+# menue entry text
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Create Crypt File"
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "צור קובץ &מוצפן"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr ""
+
# popup text
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Preparing the RAID system failed"
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "הכנת מערכת ה RAID נכשלה"
+
+# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one."
msgid ""
@@ -960,15 +1528,21 @@
msgstr "תווית הכרך שסופקה כבר בשימוש. נא לבחור אחרת."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -982,475 +1556,572 @@
msgstr ""
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+# congratulation text 1/4
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ברוכים הבאים</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-# push button
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
msgstr ""
-# header text
-# Column header
-# header text
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "התקן&"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>שאלת תמיכה</b></p>\n"
+
# heading text
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "מחיצה 1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "המערכת תאתחל כרגע..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
msgstr ""
+# button text
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
+
+# label of combobox where the log is selected
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "הודעות ליבה"
+
+# heading text
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr "התקן RAID"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+# heading text
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
+
+# PasswordEntry label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "&בוט מערכת קיימת"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
+
+# heading text
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "מחיצה 1"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "אין תיאור זמין"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
+
+# heading text
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
+
+# Table label
+# Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr "התקני DSL."
+
+# header text
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr "התקן."
+
+# heading text
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr "מחיצה 1"
+
+# label text
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr "&הנתיב לקובץ"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr "מחיצה"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr "&בוט מערכת קיימת"
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text - one step of during network test
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "- סגור חיבור"
+
+# heading text
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "שם המי&כל"
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr "שם המי&כל"
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "סוג מיכל"
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default"
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr "ברירת מחדל"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# heading text
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
# table column headings
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "התקן"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "שפות נוספות: %1"
+
# button text
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "צ&ור מיכל"
# heading text
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid " Distribution: "
-#~ msgid "D&istributor"
-#~ msgstr "הפצה:"
-
-# label text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#~ msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
-
-# table heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "בקר דיסק"
-
-#~ msgid "&Up"
-#~ msgstr "&מעלה"
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Kernel Section"
-#~ msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
-
# Frame title
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section Settings"
-#~ msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
-
-# push button
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Xen Section"
-#~ msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Menu Section"
-#~ msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Dump Section"
-#~ msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Other System Section"
-#~ msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Filename"
-#~ msgstr "&שם קובץ"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Filename: %1"
-#~ msgstr "קובץ:"
-
-# Column header
-#~ msgid "Label"
-#~ msgstr "תווית"
-
-# Column header
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "סוג"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "שם המי&כל"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
-#~ msgstr "התקנה בסיסית"
-
-# congratulation text 1/4
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ברוכים הבאים</b></p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>שאלת תמיכה</b></p>\n"
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "מחיצה 1"
-
-# button text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Image Section"
-#~ msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
-
-# label of combobox where the log is selected
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Kernel Image"
-#~ msgstr "הודעות ליבה"
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Root Device"
-#~ msgstr "התקן RAID"
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Chainloader Section"
-#~ msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
-
-# PasswordEntry label
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Use Password Protection"
-#~ msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Other System"
-#~ msgstr "&בוט מערכת קיימת"
-
-# label text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "מחיצה 1"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Menu Description File"
-#~ msgstr "אין תיאור זמין"
-
-# label text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
-#~ msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
-
-# Table label
-# Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "התקני DSL."
-
-# header text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "התקן."
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
-#~ msgstr "מחיצה 1"
-
-# label text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
-#~ msgstr "&הנתיב לקובץ"
-
-# label text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
-#~ msgstr "מחיצה"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
-#~ msgstr "&בוט מערכת קיימת"
-
-# label text - one step of during network test
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section"
-#~ msgstr "- סגור חיבור"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Section &Name"
-#~ msgstr "שם המי&כל"
-
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
-#~ msgstr "שפות נוספות: %1"
-
-# button text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Booting Mode"
-#~ msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
-
-# Frame title
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Global Section Options"
#~ msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2121,47 +2121,46 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "מאתחל שרות"
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "פינית"
# Commandline help title
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "&ערוך"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "&פרטים"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/cio.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/cio.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/cio.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,15 +46,15 @@
msgstr "בשימוש"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Yes"
msgid "yes"
msgstr "כן"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr ""
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -232,83 +232,83 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Computing"
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "מיחשוב"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Current Selection: "
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "בחירה נוכחית"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
# button text
# Button in RAID-WF
# button text
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&dd"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "ה&וסף"
# main dialog: Button Delete partition
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Delete"
msgid "Del"
@@ -317,58 +317,58 @@
# button text
# main dialog: Button Edit partition
# button text
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&ערוך"
# CL
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "קובץ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -376,50 +376,50 @@
# popup text
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed."
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -545,47 +545,47 @@
msgstr "מאתחל.."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the new settings"
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -593,32 +593,32 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Routing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Cannot read database2."
@@ -626,36 +626,36 @@
# Frame title
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מערכת"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@
# Frame title
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-30 21:30+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/control.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/control.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/control.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,289 +16,275 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
-# congratulation text 2/4
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
-#, fuzzy
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-"<p> ההתקנה של &product; על מחשבך הושלמה\n"
-"לאחר שתלחץ <b>סיום</b>, תוכל להיכנס למערכת</p>\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
#, fuzzy
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "שולחן העבודה GNOME"
+#| msgid "Server"
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "שרת"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "שולחן העבודה KDE"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
+msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
#, fuzzy
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "שולחן העבודה XFCE"
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "שרות"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+# main dialog: Menu-Button for Expert options
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
#, fuzzy
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "שולחן העבודה KDE"
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "&מתקדם"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
#, fuzzy
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "UML הגדרות התקנה"
# push button
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
# Network dialog caption
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות חומרה"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "הכנה"
# Network dialog caption
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
# ComboBox label
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "ברוכים הבאים"
# ComboBox label
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן"
# ComboBox label
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "מידע מערכת"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "מוצר"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "כונן"
# title for selection box 'timezone'
# label text
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "אזור &זמן"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "עדכון מקוון"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "מוצר"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "בחירה"
-
# push button
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "&התקנה"
-
# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "שרת התקנה:"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "בצע התקנה"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "&התקנה"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#, fuzzy
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "נבחר לעדכון"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "עדכון"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "סיכום"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "בצע עידכון"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "הגדרות"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "התקנה בסיסית"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST הגדרות"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "הגדרות"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מערכת"
+# congratulation text 2/4
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Server"
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "שרת"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ " "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> ההתקנה של &product; על מחשבך הושלמה\n"
+#~ "לאחר שתלחץ <b>סיום</b>, תוכל להיכנס למערכת</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "שרות"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "שולחן העבודה GNOME"
-# main dialog: Menu-Button for Expert options
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "&מתקדם"
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "שולחן העבודה KDE"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "שולחן העבודה XFCE"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "שולחן העבודה KDE"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "עדכון מקוון"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "בחירה"
+
# Network dialog caption
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Network Configuration"
@@ -310,10 +296,6 @@
#~ msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "סיכום"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "מוצר"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/country.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/country.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/country.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -967,8 +967,8 @@
"הכניסו את התאריך הנכון.\n"
# push button
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
@@ -976,8 +976,8 @@
# table title for detected ISDN cards
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "כרטיסי ISDN להגדרה"
@@ -985,9 +985,9 @@
# heading text
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "שנו את שעת ותאריך המערכת"
@@ -996,33 +996,33 @@
# Ask for UTC vs. Localtime
# label text
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "&שעום המחשב כוון ל"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&אזור"
# title for selection box 'timezone'
# label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "אזור &זמן"
# heading text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "שנו את שעת ותאריך המערכת"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -1054,14 +1054,14 @@
# Screen title for timezone screen
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "הגדרת שעון ואיזור זמן"
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "בחרו אזור זמן חוקי."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 20:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -22,19 +22,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "הגדרות Crowbar"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -46,11 +36,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -203,29 +193,34 @@
# table header texts
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "שם"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Architecture: "
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "ארכיטקטורה:"
+
# error popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The volume group \"%1\" already exists.\n"
@@ -240,58 +235,63 @@
"או לבטל את הפעולה.\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server URL: "
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "קישור לשרת:"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directory Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "שם ספריה"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directory Name"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "שם ספריה"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Username:"
msgid "User Name"
@@ -299,25 +299,25 @@
# PasswordEntry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Password:"
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "חזור על הסיסמא"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
# error popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The volume group \"%1\" already exists.\n"
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
# Popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
@@ -354,13 +354,13 @@
" %2"
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "מבוטל"
# Popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
# Popup text
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
# Popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -390,19 +390,19 @@
" %2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "כתובת נתב '%1' היא לא חלק מרשת '%2'"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "הכתובת '%1' היא לא חלק מרשת '%2'."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -412,71 +412,71 @@
# TextEntry label
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP מינימלית"
# TextEntry label
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP מקסימלית"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "הכתובת '%1' היא לא חלק מרשת '%2'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "הכתובת הנמוכה ביותר צריכה להיות נמוכה מהכותבת הגבוהה ביותר."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr "טווחים '%1' ו '%2' חופפים."
# push button
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "מצב רשת"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "רשת"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Networks"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "רשתות"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@
# DSL overview dialog caption
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr "סקירת הגדרות Crowbar"
@@ -560,41 +560,41 @@
msgstr "מאתחל.."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "מאתחל הגדרות Crowbar"
# Commandline help title
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "קרא הגדרות"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "קורא הגדרות..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "שומר הגדרות Crowbar"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -63,9 +63,7 @@
msgstr "שנה את נקודת העיגון של %1"
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -106,266 +104,275 @@
# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "אפשרויות Fstab"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "TFTP אפשר שרת"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "TFTP אפשר שרת"
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
# Table header 4/4
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "חומרה"
# TextEntry label
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "לא הוקלדה מחרוזת לחיפוש"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
# Table header 2/2
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
#, fuzzy
msgid "None"
msgstr "טלפון"
# RichText label
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "כרטיסי רשת"
# RichText label
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "כרטיסי רשת"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "לפחות כרטיס רשת אחד חייב להיות מוגדר."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
# TextEntry label
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+# Commandline help title
+# Routing dialog caption
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "רשת"
# heading text
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "כתובת DASD"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&קבוצה"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
#, fuzzy
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "תיאור:"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -393,83 +400,83 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
# Network cards summary dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
# push button
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox item
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "באתחול"
@@ -477,14 +484,14 @@
# ComboBox item
# ComboBox item (device start mode)
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "ידנית"
# ComboBox item
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "באתחול"
@@ -492,52 +499,12 @@
# ComboBox item
# ComboBox item (device start mode)
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "ידנית"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
# push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
@@ -545,52 +512,52 @@
# Commandline help title
# Network cards summary dialog caption
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "משתנים שנבחרו"
# PushButton label
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "מ&משק"
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "&שם התקן"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&בחר"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "&בחר"
# heading text
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "כתובת DASD"
@@ -598,14 +565,14 @@
# Popup text
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "לפחות כרטיס רשת אחד חייב להיות מוגדר."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -613,8 +580,8 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "תמיכת סוסה"
@@ -622,56 +589,56 @@
# Commandline help title
# Network cards summary dialog caption
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "שם המי&כל"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -679,39 +646,39 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "מידע מערכת"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "בחירה נוכחית"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
# TextEntry label
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
@@ -720,13 +687,13 @@
# TextEntry label
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -735,10 +702,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
#, fuzzy
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
@@ -748,64 +715,64 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "&ברירת מחדל"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "מיקום זמן נוכחי:\t%1"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "מידע מערכת"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -813,8 +780,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -822,43 +789,43 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
# table header texts
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "שם"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
# Column header
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "סוג"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
# table header texts
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "שם"
@@ -866,107 +833,107 @@
# TextEntry label
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
# Table header 4/4
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "חומרה"
# ComboBox label
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "כר&טיס רשת"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "שינויים"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
#, fuzzy
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "מחיצה מורחבת כבר קיימת."
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -979,15 +946,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1001,7 +968,7 @@
# Commandline help title
# Network cards summary dialog caption
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת"
@@ -1218,7 +1185,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1242,7 +1209,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין"
@@ -1255,9 +1222,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
@@ -1276,19 +1243,19 @@
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/5
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hostname"
@@ -1296,33 +1263,33 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1330,89 +1297,89 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "שם המי&כל"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "רשת"
# Commandline option help
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
#, fuzzy
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Network mask"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "&שם משפחה:"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "&הוסף"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
# Network cards summary dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת"
@@ -1732,8 +1699,7 @@
"אנא המתינו...<BR></P>"
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1751,17 +1717,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1769,7 +1727,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1777,7 +1735,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1787,7 +1745,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1797,14 +1755,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1812,7 +1770,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1821,7 +1779,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1830,7 +1788,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1839,14 +1797,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1856,14 +1814,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1871,7 +1829,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1881,7 +1839,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1890,7 +1848,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1899,7 +1857,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1908,14 +1866,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
@@ -1923,7 +1881,7 @@
# DSL summary dialog help 1/3
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>DSL Setup</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1937,14 +1895,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1952,40 +1910,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1994,7 +1952,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2005,7 +1963,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -2013,14 +1971,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2028,14 +1986,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2045,45 +2003,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -2091,7 +2049,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -2101,25 +2059,25 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -2129,101 +2087,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2231,7 +2189,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2239,7 +2197,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2247,212 +2205,204 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
+# label text
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Changes:"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "שינויים"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
# RichText label
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "כרטיסי רשת"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "פינית"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2463,103 +2413,103 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2567,23 +2517,23 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -476,8 +476,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -621,8 +621,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -672,13 +672,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Changes:"
msgid "Apply Changes"
@@ -686,21 +686,21 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -708,8 +708,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -717,8 +717,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/docker.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/docker.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/docker.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -279,10 +279,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -308,14 +309,14 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -324,23 +325,25 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -350,7 +353,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -360,7 +363,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -371,7 +374,7 @@
# DSL summary dialog help 2/3
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -386,7 +389,7 @@
# DSL summary dialog help 3/3
# modems summary dialog help 3/3
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -399,7 +402,7 @@
# DSL overview dialog help 1/3
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -412,7 +415,7 @@
# isdns overview dialog help 2/5
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -423,7 +426,7 @@
# DSL overview dialog help 3/3
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -435,7 +438,7 @@
"ואז לחצו על הכפתור המתאים: <B>ערוך</B> or <B>מחק</B>.</P>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -447,7 +450,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -455,7 +458,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -466,56 +469,131 @@
"</p>"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "הגדרות IrDA"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
# Commandline option help
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device identifier"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "מזהה התקן"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
# label text
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "&שם למודול"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+# button text
+# Button in RAID-WF
+# button text
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&dd"
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "ה&וסף"
+
+# button text
+# main dialog: Button Edit partition
+# button text
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Edit"
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "&ערוך"
+
+# main dialog: Button Delete partition
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Delete"
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "&מחק"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Save"
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr "&שמור"
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "פרוטוקול"
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "בסדר"
+
+# FR
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Cancel"
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "&בטל"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -627,87 +705,87 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות IrDA"
# heading text
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "מקורות תוכנה"
# Commandline help title
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
# heading text
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid ""
@@ -715,12 +793,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות IrDA"
@@ -729,46 +807,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "מקורות תוכנה"
# DSL summary dialog caption
# DSL dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DSL configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "הגדרת DSL"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the new settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
# progress stages
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
@@ -776,18 +854,18 @@
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "מאתר מודמים..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the new settings"
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 11:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot.he\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ines Pozo <Ines.Pozo(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <de(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -116,16 +116,16 @@
msgid "Label"
msgstr "תווית"
+# heading text
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "סטטוס"
+
# label text
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "&שם למודול"
-# heading text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "סטטוס"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/fonts.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/fonts.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/fonts.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,61 +19,61 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "ברירת מחדל"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "גופנים"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -61,8 +61,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
@@ -122,17 +122,17 @@
msgstr "ניווט"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
@@ -150,12 +150,12 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authorization"
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "הרשאה"
# FR
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
@@ -163,9 +163,9 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr "בסדר"
@@ -177,112 +177,119 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+# Commandline help title
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "הזן כתובת דואר אלקטרוני תקפה"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
# Caption above scrolled window that contains
# directories currently processed
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directories:"
msgid "retries"
msgstr "מחיצות:"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
@@ -291,82 +298,92 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem IP address is invalid."
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
+# Commandline help title
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+# Commandline help title
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
msgstr ""
# Headline
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Configuration Summary:"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -375,7 +392,7 @@
# Commandline help title
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
@@ -384,7 +401,7 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות התקן"
# static text
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -111,11 +111,11 @@
msgstr ""
# heading text
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr "סטטוס"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr "שרות"
@@ -130,15 +130,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr "Proxy"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr "המתן"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr "משתמש"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr "שרת"
@@ -153,12 +153,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "כן"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "לא"
@@ -178,68 +178,68 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr ""
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr "מודול \"%1\" נטען בהצלחה"
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr "סוג"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "פרוטוקול"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "&הוסף"
@@ -247,92 +247,92 @@
# main dialog: Button Edit partition
# button text
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&ערוך"
# main dialog: Button Delete partition
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&מחק"
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr ""
# Network dialog caption
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr ""
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr "הזן מידע שרות"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "על מנת לערוך את השרות, בחר אחד מתוך הדיאלוג הראשי"
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "%שרות"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr ""
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr "שרות &פעיל"
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&פרוטוקול"
@@ -340,30 +340,30 @@
# main dialog: Button Edit partition
# button text
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr "&המתן"
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&משתמש"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&קבוצה"
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr "&שרת"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr ""
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr ""
@@ -377,26 +377,26 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr "--ברירת מחדל--"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr ""
@@ -651,58 +651,58 @@
msgstr "מאתחל..."
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב את ההגדרות!"
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr "שרותים אלו יהיו זמינים"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/installation.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/installation.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/installation.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.he\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "מאתחל.."
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>לך חזרה ובדוק את ההגדרות אם אינך בטוח.</p>"
@@ -201,14 +201,14 @@
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "אשר עדכון"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "התחל ו&עדכן"
@@ -268,50 +268,8 @@
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "עדכן התאמות"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "עדכן התאמות"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה"
@@ -504,7 +462,7 @@
msgstr "עדכון מ %1 ל %2"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "קבוצה לא ידועה"
@@ -537,64 +495,30 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
#, fuzzy
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr "כן, אני מסכים להסכם הרשיון"
-# menue label text
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&שפה"
-
-# title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
-# menue label text
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&פריסת לוח מקשים"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "הערות שחרור"
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "כן, אני מסכים להסכם הרשיון"
-
-# title for input field to test the keyboard setting
-# (no more than about 25 characters!)
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard &test:"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "&בדיקת לוח מקשים"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "הסכם הרשיון"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית"
-
# help text for initial (first time) language screen
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -609,7 +533,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -619,7 +543,7 @@
# help text, continued
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -636,7 +560,7 @@
# help text, continued
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -651,7 +575,7 @@
# help text, continued
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -664,24 +588,58 @@
"תהליף ההתקנה.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "הסכם הרשיון"
+
+# menue label text
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&שפה"
+
+# title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
+# menue label text
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "הערות שחרור"
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&פריסת לוח מקשים"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "כן, אני מסכים להסכם הרשיון"
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+# title for input field to test the keyboard setting
+# (no more than about 25 characters!)
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard &test:"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "&בדיקת לוח מקשים"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית"
+
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
@@ -799,7 +757,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "המערכת תאתחל כרגע..."
@@ -808,8 +766,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
#, fuzzy
@@ -818,7 +776,7 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
@@ -826,30 +784,30 @@
msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
@@ -876,38 +834,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox label
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "הגדרות"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
# Network dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -929,7 +889,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "מאתחל.."
@@ -972,61 +932,61 @@
msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה"
# DSL summary dialog caption
# DSL dialog caption
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת DSL"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "מכין מערכת לבוט ראשוני"
# Progress step 3/4
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "בודק אם ישנם עדכונים מקוונים..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "שרת התקנה:"
@@ -1057,32 +1017,32 @@
msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
# congratulation text 1/4
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>מזל טוב!</b></p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1090,7 +1050,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -1098,7 +1058,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1387,21 +1347,21 @@
"</p>"
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1409,7 +1369,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1418,13 +1378,41 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not create directory."
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "לא יכל ליצור את הספריה"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
# button text
# Button in RAID-WF
# button text
@@ -1488,8 +1476,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&שנה..."
@@ -1724,7 +1712,7 @@
# progress stages
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
@@ -1862,60 +1850,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "באמת לאתחל הכל לערכי ברירת מחדל"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "שינוייך יאבדו."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1928,46 +1904,38 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&איתחול לברירת מחדל"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "עדכון"
# IT
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "התקן"
@@ -1999,7 +1967,7 @@
# help text for keyboard screen
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2015,7 +1983,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2029,7 +1997,7 @@
# help text, richtext format
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
msgid ""
@@ -2041,7 +2009,7 @@
# help text, richtext format
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
msgid ""
@@ -2053,7 +2021,7 @@
# help text, richtext format
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
msgid ""
@@ -2063,12 +2031,12 @@
msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה <BR>לחצו <B>כן</B>.</P>"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2078,7 +2046,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
msgid ""
@@ -2097,6 +2065,17 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "מערכת"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2104,10 +2083,86 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+# popup text
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed."
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
+
+# popup text
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed."
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr "פקודה %1 נכשלה"
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"האם להסיר את קובץ ה loop %1?\n"
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "קבוצה לא ידועה"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
@@ -2146,6 +2201,28 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "עדכן התאמות"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "עדכן התאמות"
+
+# Network dialog caption
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+#~ msgid "&Export Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
#~ msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
@@ -2609,10 +2686,6 @@
#~ msgid "Description"
#~ msgstr "תיאור"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "System Type"
-#~ msgstr "מערכת"
-
# FI
#~ msgid "Failed"
#~ msgstr "נכשל"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -69,41 +69,41 @@
msgstr "שנה מדיה"
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr "הכנס CD %1 ולאחר מכן לחץ להמשך."
# there is a selection from that one option has to be
# chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr "בחרו באחת מהאפשרויות כדי להמשיך."
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr "הכנס CD %1 מ %2."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr "בחר ISO image %1 מ %2."
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "&בחר"
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -112,108 +112,108 @@
msgstr ""
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr "יכול לקחת זמן מה..."
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr ""
# Network dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
#, fuzzy
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr "מידע ומצב &Journaling"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr ""
# Caption above scrolled window that contains
# directories currently processed
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr "מחיצות:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "בחר &ספריה"
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "בחר ספריה"
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
msgstr ""
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr "שם ספריה"
# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr "מתקין על:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין"
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -232,94 +232,94 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr "ספריה לייצוא"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr "התקנת שרת -- NFS"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
# button text
# label text
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&אפשרויות"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr ""
# Caption above scrolled window that contains
# directories currently processed
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr "מחיצות:"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr "התקנת שרת -- HTTP"
# Caption above scrolled window that contains
# directories currently processed
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr "מחיצות:"
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
"ואז לחצו על הכפתור המתאים: <B>ערוך</B> or <B>מחק</B>.</P>"
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
@@ -665,18 +665,18 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr "חפש מקור מדיה חדש"
@@ -684,12 +684,12 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr "מחפש מקור מדיה חדש..."
@@ -701,50 +701,50 @@
# Final progress step
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr "מצב הגדרת ה Proxy"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כתוב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "הרץ SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..."
# Frame title
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
# PushButton label
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -144,8 +144,8 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disconnect"
-msgstr "המשך"
+msgid "Log Out"
+msgstr "&חיבור"
# Selection box item
# Device type label
@@ -160,6 +160,10 @@
msgstr "מילון"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr "&חיבור"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connect"
@@ -258,8 +262,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -396,43 +400,50 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "אזהרה"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -448,23 +459,12 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-# AT
-# Frame label
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr "הרשאה"
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "אזהרה"
@@ -525,33 +525,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr "שם ספריה"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "IPv4 כתובת"
# Heading text
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
@@ -561,40 +554,40 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "True"
msgstr "טורקיה"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "False"
msgstr "בסיס"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "המשך"
# FR
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "&בטל"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -706,7 +699,7 @@
msgstr "התקן"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -714,22 +707,27 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
# Commandline command help
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "סיכום הגדרות פקס"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Log In"
-#~ msgstr "&חיבור"
+#~ msgid "Disconnect"
+#~ msgstr "המשך"
+# AT
+# Frame label
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+#~ msgstr "הרשאה"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+#~ msgstr "שם ספריה"
+
# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
# PT
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portugal"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -119,10 +119,10 @@
# Button in RAID-WF
# button text
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&dd"
@@ -133,9 +133,9 @@
# main dialog: Button Edit partition
# button text
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit"
@@ -143,52 +143,51 @@
# main dialog: Button Delete partition
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Delete"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "&מחק"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "לקוחות"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
# button text
# main dialog: Button Edit partition
# button text
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "&ערוך"
# menu entry text
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit RAID"
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr "&ערוך RAID"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
#, fuzzy
@@ -196,7 +195,7 @@
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "תקשורת"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
#, fuzzy
@@ -205,8 +204,8 @@
msgstr "תקשורת"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
@@ -216,8 +215,8 @@
msgstr "&שם משתמש:"
# PasswordEntry label
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
@@ -226,21 +225,21 @@
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox item
# ComboBox item (device start mode)
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Manually"
msgid "&Manually"
@@ -248,7 +247,7 @@
# ComboBox item
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "On Boot"
@@ -258,17 +257,24 @@
# ComboBox item
# ComboBox item (device start mode)
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "ידנית"
+# heading text
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Status"
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr "סטטוס"
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "V&alue"
msgid "Value"
@@ -278,7 +284,7 @@
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Source Configuration"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
@@ -286,30 +292,31 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
# push button
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
@@ -526,19 +533,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -546,12 +558,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -560,19 +572,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -581,11 +593,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -613,7 +625,7 @@
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -645,10 +657,8 @@
msgstr "בחר לעדכון"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "לקוחות"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
msgid "Target LUN"
@@ -671,9 +681,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "לקוחות"
+#| msgid "&Last name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr "&שם משפחה:"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
@@ -681,22 +691,27 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
+# popup text
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An extended partition already exists."
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
+msgstr "מחיצה מורחבת כבר קיימת."
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New installation"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
+msgstr "התקנה חדשה"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
@@ -709,98 +724,104 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "&בטל"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "מאופשר"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "בטל שימוש"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
# popup text
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An extended partition already exists."
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "מחיצה מורחבת כבר קיימת."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "בטל שימוש"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
# Network dialog caption
@@ -819,11 +840,11 @@
msgstr "מאתחל.."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -951,6 +972,21 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "סיכום הגדרות פקס"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "לקוחות"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "לקוחות"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "לקוחות"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "הרץ SuSEconfig"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/isns.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/isns.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/isns.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/journal.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/journal.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/journal.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -395,10 +395,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1235,26 +1233,41 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Initializing פונטים"
@@ -1263,142 +1276,142 @@
# Routing dialog caption
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "אפשרויות עדכון"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
# progress stages
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
# Frame title
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
# button text
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "&פורמט"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
# button text
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "&פורמט"
# label text
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "מספ&ר FAT's"
# label text
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "מספ&ר FAT's"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 22:30+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yevgney\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -39,27 +39,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "בוחן מערכות קבצים להעתקה..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "מעתיק מערכת קבצים ראשית..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "מעתיק עותק חי מהתקליטור..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "מעתיק %1 ..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -74,58 +74,40 @@
"המערכת החיה."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "העתקת העותק החי לכונן הקשיח נכשלה."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "מאבחן מערכת..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "השתמש ב%1%% מתוך דיסק %2 עבור לינוקס"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "אל תשתמש בכונן %1"
# label text
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "מיחוץ"
-#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "אתחול מערכת"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "שאל האם לאתחל לינוקס או מערכת הפעלה אחרת"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "אתחל רק לינוקס"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "זמן לאתחול המערכת: %1 שניות"
-
# title for input field to test the keyboard setting
# (no more than about 25 characters!)
-#. end of bootloader summary
+#. end of partitioning summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "מקלדת"
@@ -133,18 +115,18 @@
# label text
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "אזור זמן"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "שנה הגדרות התקנה"
# help text, continued
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -153,7 +135,7 @@
"השתמשו <b>אשר<b/> לבצע התקנה חדשה עם הערכים המוצגים.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -164,7 +146,7 @@
"או בחר<b>שנה הגדרות התקנה</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -279,7 +261,7 @@
"על כפתור האיפוס."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת המותקנת..."
@@ -306,6 +288,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "שומר הגדרות איזור זמן..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "אתחול מערכת"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "שאל האם לאתחל לינוקס או מערכת הפעלה אחרת"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "אתחל רק לינוקס"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "זמן לאתחול המערכת: %1 שניות"
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/mail.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/mail.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/mail.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 20:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <os-israel-main(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/network.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/network.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/network.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Eliran Itzhak <eliran(a)bigfoot.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
# Headline
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "הצגת תקציר שרתים"
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
@@ -867,13 +867,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change."
msgstr "&שינוי..."
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@
# heading text
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "התקן RAID"
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1430,13 +1430,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1448,25 +1448,25 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
# Commandline option help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
# Commandline option help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1484,65 +1484,65 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
#, fuzzy
msgid "&General"
msgstr "גרמנית"
# ComboBox label
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן"
# title for selection box 'timezone'
# label text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "אזור &זמן"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "כתובת DASD"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&חומרה"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
# Device type label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "אלחוטי"
# label text
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1561,13 +1561,13 @@
# Selection box item
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1891,13 +1891,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
@@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "רשת"
@@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3034,24 +3034,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
#, fuzzy
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
@@ -3059,26 +3059,26 @@
"נסו שוב.\n"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3086,20 +3086,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -3108,21 +3108,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -3131,59 +3131,59 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
#, fuzzy
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "מצ&ב PPP"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "עזרה"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3193,7 +3193,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3203,68 +3203,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "ברירת מחדל"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "בחר קטגוריה"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
@@ -3272,33 +3272,33 @@
# label text
# ComboBox entry: hardware clock set UTC
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
#, fuzzy
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "זמן עולמי מתואם"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "&פרטים"
@@ -3345,12 +3345,12 @@
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3358,87 +3358,35 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
-# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
@@ -3446,23 +3394,23 @@
# Table label
# Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "מודמים"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
# Table label
# Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "התקני DSL."
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -3470,7 +3418,7 @@
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
@@ -3553,8 +3501,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3581,18 +3529,18 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
@@ -3601,7 +3549,7 @@
# Popup text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
@@ -3609,7 +3557,7 @@
# Screen title for timezone screen
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת שעון ואיזור זמן"
@@ -3642,28 +3590,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "וייטנאמית"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3705,15 +3653,15 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
@@ -3723,33 +3671,33 @@
# Table header
# _("No."),
# Table header 4/4
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "התקן"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
# Popup text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -4009,7 +3957,7 @@
msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "אפשר IrDA"
@@ -4128,7 +4076,7 @@
# progress stages
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "עדכון תצורה"
@@ -4155,7 +4103,7 @@
# progress stages
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
@@ -4169,166 +4117,166 @@
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "&שם משפחה:"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
# push button
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
# progress stages
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
# Network dialog caption
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
# Screen title for timezone screen
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת שעון ואיזור זמן"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/4
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "מאתר מודמים..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4339,325 +4287,318 @@
# Final progress step
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
# Network dialog caption
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
# Screen title for timezone screen
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת שעון ואיזור זמן"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "רשת"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
# Selection box item
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "רשת"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "רשת"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "רשת"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "להמשיך ?"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title for ISDN IP address dialog
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IPv4 כתובת"
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title for ISDN IP address dialog
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN"
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "להמשיך ?"
# label text
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "&שם התקן"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "להמשיך ?"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
# column description, if disk space is not known
# label text
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "מאתחל את השרות"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "מאתחל שרות"
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4665,35 +4606,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
@@ -4703,7 +4644,7 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
@@ -4711,19 +4652,19 @@
# GT
# Table header 2/4
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "מעבר"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4742,6 +4683,11 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr ""
+# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
+
# Commandline option help
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "פרוטוקול אתחול ההתקן"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -74,28 +74,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "TFTP שרת זמין"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -104,11 +104,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -160,61 +160,69 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "ספריה לייצוא"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&סרוק"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "בחר ספריה לייצוא"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
# button text
# label text
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "אפשר&ויות"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -222,25 +230,25 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -248,59 +256,59 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "שרת NFS"
# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "התחלה"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "&לא לפרמט"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "מאופשר"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "מאופשר"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "&אבטחה"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -308,25 +316,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "הוסף ספריה"
@@ -335,48 +348,48 @@
# main dialog: Button Edit partition
# button text
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&ערוך"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "&מחק"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "&ערוך"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "&מחק"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "ספריה לייצוא"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid ""
@@ -385,7 +398,7 @@
msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -393,87 +406,98 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "מאתחל שרותים"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
-msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
-msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not dial to the Internet. Check your settings."
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr "לא יכול להתקשר לאינטרנט. בדוק את ההגדרות שלך."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to read server list from disk."
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא רשימת שרת מהדיסק"
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to read server list from disk."
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא רשימת שרת מהדיסק"
+
+#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
+msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "NFS ייצוא"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Could not dial to the Internet. Check your settings."
-#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-#~ msgstr "לא יכול להתקשר לאינטרנט. בדוק את ההגדרות שלך."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Unable to read server list from disk."
-#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
#~ msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא רשימת שרת מהדיסק"
# Caption above scrolled window that contains
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nis.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nis.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nis.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -77,25 +77,25 @@
msgstr "&התאם."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-21 15:01+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yevgeny <linuxguy(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/packager.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/packager.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/packager.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -192,8 +192,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr "שם"
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "מתקין על:"
@@ -572,8 +572,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "מאתחל..."
@@ -614,23 +614,23 @@
# label text
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "עדי&פות Swap"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr "הורדה נכשלה."
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr ""
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr "ברירת מחדל"
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
@@ -647,84 +647,67 @@
# column description, if disk space is not known
# label text
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
# label text
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "דיסק %1"
-# label text
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr "דיסק %1"
-
# column description, if disk space is not known
# label text
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
# to translators: * create VG system
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr "צור VG %1"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "שרות"
# Label for result of internet test
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr "תוצאות:"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "All services"
msgstr "התחל שרותים"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr "שרות"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "View"
msgstr "&צפה בלוג"
# label text
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "עדי&פות Swap"
@@ -732,7 +715,7 @@
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
@@ -741,113 +724,113 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr "מאתחל שרותים"
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr "שרות"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט"
# Frame label
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr "בחרו:"
# PushButton label
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr "מצב הגדרת ה Proxy"
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr "שם שרת:"
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "תהליך"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
#, fuzzy
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr "&מפתח תמיכה:"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "מאתחל שרותים"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
# PushButton label
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -857,7 +840,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -866,7 +849,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -879,7 +862,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -889,31 +872,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
@@ -922,7 +905,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -930,21 +913,21 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
# Screen title for keyboard screen
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת לוח מקשים"
# Screen title for keyboard screen
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
@@ -952,7 +935,7 @@
msgstr "הגדרת לוח מקשים"
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
@@ -960,32 +943,32 @@
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
# PushButton label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
# PushButton label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
@@ -993,19 +976,19 @@
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "מחק ספריה מייצוא"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
@@ -1013,7 +996,7 @@
msgstr "מחק ספריה מייצוא"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
@@ -1021,7 +1004,7 @@
msgstr "מחק ספריה מייצוא"
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -1030,7 +1013,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'."
@@ -1147,20 +1130,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1492,55 +1475,55 @@
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "הוסף ספריה"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "בחר קטגוריה"
# Label for result of internet test
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "תוצאות:"
# PushButton label
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "הוסף ספריה"
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
# Label for result of internet test
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "תוצאות:"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1552,7 +1535,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@@ -1561,19 +1544,19 @@
msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1586,19 +1569,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1606,42 +1589,42 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
# label text
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "דיסק %1"
# label text
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "דיסק %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "מידע נוסף"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "מחק חבילות ישנות"
@@ -1649,7 +1632,7 @@
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
@@ -1657,20 +1640,20 @@
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
@@ -2223,7 +2206,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -2298,7 +2281,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "ספריה:"
@@ -2387,7 +2370,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "ספריה:"
@@ -2411,50 +2394,50 @@
msgstr "בחר ספריה"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
# Label for result of internet test
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "תוצאות:"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "שם שרת:"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2464,23 +2447,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2489,42 +2472,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2532,19 +2515,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "ספריה:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2554,23 +2537,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "מערכת &קבצים"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "ספריה:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2583,7 +2566,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2594,12 +2577,12 @@
# Column header
# header text
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "התקן&"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2611,13 +2594,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2625,82 +2608,82 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "שם שרת:"
# PT
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&פורט"
# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "התחלה"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "ספריה לייצוא"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "שם המי&כל"
# PasswordEntry label
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
#, fuzzy
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "HTTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
#, fuzzy
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTTP"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2715,7 +2698,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2724,12 +2707,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2737,7 +2720,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2745,7 +2728,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2755,7 +2738,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2765,26 +2748,26 @@
# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2795,13 +2778,13 @@
# MK
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "מקדונית"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "מידע נוסף"
@@ -2809,7 +2792,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
@@ -3055,7 +3038,12 @@
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "בבקשה בחר"
+# label text
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Raw URL: %s"
+#~ msgstr "דיסק %1"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
#~ msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/pam.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/pam.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/pam.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-02 12:57+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-23 18:44+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -46,12 +46,12 @@
msgstr "<p><big><b>מרענן מאגר</b</big></p> <p>מנהל החבילות מעדכן את תוכן המאגר...</p>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "החבילה לא ניתנת להתקנה."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "חבילה לא זמינה."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/printer.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/printer.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/printer.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -229,8 +229,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "תיאור"
@@ -487,8 +487,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "לא נמצא דבר"
@@ -2706,12 +2706,12 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "מיקום"
@@ -2720,50 +2720,50 @@
# Button in RAID-WF
# button text
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "הס&ר"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "התאמות"
# table header texts
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "שם"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "מיקום"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "ברירת מחדל"
# heading text
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "סטטוס"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "&רשימת קובץ"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2773,7 +2773,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2786,7 +2786,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2801,39 +2801,39 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "שרת"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2841,44 +2841,44 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "בחרו שם להתקן loop."
# label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "לא יכול להוריד את הערות השיחרור"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "אשר התקנה"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "הגדרות DNS"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2891,37 +2891,37 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "אשר התקנה"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "כונני CD/DVD שזוהו"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "פינית"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2930,27 +2930,27 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
# label text
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "כונני CD/DVD שזוהו"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2958,7 +2958,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -2979,29 +2979,29 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "&נטרל את שרות"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -3010,26 +3010,26 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
# Title for dialogue
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "המיחוץ המוצע"
@@ -3050,14 +3050,14 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
# label text
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "כונני CD/DVD שזוהו"
@@ -3065,42 +3065,42 @@
# popup text
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "לא יכול ליצור RAID"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-14 10:54+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/rear.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/rear.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/rear.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -263,12 +263,6 @@
msgid "Reading Rear Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות חומרה"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgid "Analyzing system"
-msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
-
# Frame title
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
@@ -276,6 +270,12 @@
msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
+
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/registration.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/registration.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/registration.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -77,31 +77,31 @@
# Commandline command help
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "סיכום הגדרות פקס"
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -259,29 +259,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "הכנה"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -297,35 +286,35 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "הכנה"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "מידע נוסף"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "&פרטים..."
@@ -333,7 +322,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -343,23 +332,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -367,6 +356,26 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Invalid file name."
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין"
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
# Network dialog caption
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
@@ -397,7 +406,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -406,8 +415,8 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update to %1"
@@ -417,7 +426,7 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -429,7 +438,7 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
@@ -437,25 +446,25 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "הכנה"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
@@ -464,7 +473,7 @@
# popup text
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
@@ -479,7 +488,7 @@
# popup text
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
@@ -517,7 +526,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
@@ -539,12 +548,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -764,7 +773,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "הכנה"
@@ -793,7 +802,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter your e-mail address."
msgid "&E-mail Address"
@@ -874,12 +883,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -892,7 +901,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -903,7 +912,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -912,9 +921,9 @@
# Network dialog caption
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
#. SSL error message
@@ -962,13 +971,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Invalid file name."
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין"
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
@@ -1202,12 +1204,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "חיפוש..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "הזן את מידע הרישום."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-01 08:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -868,88 +868,88 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
# congratulation text 1/4
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<p><b>מזל טוב!</b></p>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "כן"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "לא"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 15:49+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yevgney\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/security.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/security.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/security.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -122,242 +122,242 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "מאתחל שרותים"
# label text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "&נטרל את שרות"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "&נטרל את שרות"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "&התאם."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
# push button
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
# heading text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "סטטוס"
# push button
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "עזרה"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "תיאור"
# push button
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
# label text
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "שינויים"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "תיאור"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "סינית"
# PasswordEntry label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
# DSL read dialog help 1/2
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
# isdns read dialog help 2/2
# modems read dialog help 2/2
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
# DSL write dialog help 1/2
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@
# isdns read dialog help 2/2
# modems read dialog help 2/2
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -403,42 +403,9 @@
"<P><B><BIG>מבטל את האיתחול: </BIG></B><BR>אתם יכולים לבטל בבטחה את כלי ההגדרות ע\"י לחיצה על \n"
"כפתור <B>בטל</B> עכשיו.</P>"
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -447,33 +414,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -481,7 +448,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -490,7 +457,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -499,7 +466,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -507,14 +474,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -522,7 +489,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -532,7 +499,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -540,12 +507,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -553,26 +520,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -580,35 +547,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -626,7 +593,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -636,7 +603,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -645,7 +612,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -654,7 +621,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -665,21 +632,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -687,26 +654,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -718,7 +685,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -726,23 +693,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -754,13 +721,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -772,7 +739,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -784,38 +751,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
# Network dialog caption
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
@@ -887,172 +902,245 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "איתחול"
# MT
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "מלטה"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "משתמשים"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
#, fuzzy
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "משתמשים"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Information"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "מידע מערכת"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
# PasswordEntry label
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
#, fuzzy
@@ -1075,68 +1163,68 @@
msgstr "מאתחל..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
# push button
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update Settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "פינית"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-21 14:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <linuxguy(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,32 +18,8 @@
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
@@ -51,53 +27,53 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "תיאור"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
# label text, %1 is replaced by a unit value ("MB")
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Space free (%1)"
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "שטח פנוי (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -105,48 +81,41 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "סינגפור"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
@@ -154,37 +123,37 @@
# Network dialog caption
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Source Configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מקור"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
# Column header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "סוג"
# ComboBox label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start &Update"
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "התחל ו&עדכן"
# Column header: minimum = 4 characters fill with space if needed
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "End "
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "סוף"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User"
msgid "User Data"
@@ -192,154 +161,154 @@
# label text
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Changes:"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "שינויים"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected variable"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "משתנים שנבחרו"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "שמירת שינויים לקובץ"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -350,7 +319,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -360,19 +329,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..."
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -383,7 +352,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Creating a New Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -396,30 +365,30 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -430,108 +399,124 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Create new snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr ""
+
+# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
-msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
+#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
-msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
+#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing fonts"
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Initializing פונטים"
-# Commandline help title
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Remote configuration"
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
-msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
-
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
-# Commandline help title
-# Routing dialog caption
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
-msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
-
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
-# Commandline help title
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read configuration file"
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restoring Files..."
@@ -539,30 +524,52 @@
# main dialog: Button Delete partition
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Delete"
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "&מחק"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
-# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
-#~ msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
+#~| msgid "Really delete %1?"
+#~ msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+#~ msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-#~ msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
+#~| msgid "Really delete %1?"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#~ msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Really delete %1?"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+#~ msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
+
+# Commandline help title
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Remote configuration"
+#~ msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
+
+# Commandline help title
+# Routing dialog caption
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
-#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
#~ msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
+
+# Commandline help title
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Read configuration file"
+#~ msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+#~ msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sound.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sound.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sound.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/squid.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/squid.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/squid.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/storage.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/storage.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/storage.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Eliran Itzhak <eliran(a)bigfoot.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -197,7 +197,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -1175,7 +1179,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -1195,7 +1199,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
@@ -1210,7 +1214,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
@@ -1226,7 +1230,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
@@ -1242,7 +1246,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
@@ -1258,7 +1262,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1269,7 +1273,7 @@
# popup text %1 is a number
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning:\n"
@@ -1300,7 +1304,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1316,7 +1320,7 @@
"האם לבצע זאת ?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1331,7 +1335,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1350,7 +1354,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1377,11 +1381,11 @@
"לטעון את המערכת %2 בצורה ישירה.\n"
"לשנות זאת ?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1565,7 +1569,7 @@
# popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. /dev/md0
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
@@ -1576,7 +1580,7 @@
# popup text %1 is replaced by a name
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
@@ -1587,7 +1591,7 @@
# popup text %1 is replaced by a name
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
@@ -1598,7 +1602,7 @@
# popup text %2 is a partition name, %1 is the raid name
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1613,7 @@
# popup text %2 is a partition name, %1 is the raid name
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
@@ -1618,12 +1622,12 @@
"המחיצה שנבחרה (%2) שייכת למערך RAID )%1(.\n"
"אנא הסירו אותה ממערכך ה RAID לפני שאפשר יהיה למחוק אותה."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1631,7 +1635,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1651,7 +1655,7 @@
# popup text, Do not translate LVM.
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1666,7 +1670,7 @@
# popup text, Do not translate LVM.
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1680,7 +1684,7 @@
# popup text, Do not translate LVM.
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1703,15 +1707,15 @@
# label text
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Don't forget what you enter here!"
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "אל תשכחו את מה שאתם מקישים כאן!"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1749,7 +1753,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:"
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
@@ -1764,7 +1768,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1792,7 +1796,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1804,7 +1808,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -2263,7 +2267,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -2283,14 +2287,14 @@
"נא לבחור שם אחר\n"
"או לבטל את הפעולה.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
# error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
@@ -2298,7 +2302,7 @@
"נא לבחור שם אחר\n"
"או לבטל את הפעולה.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -2348,7 +2352,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -2362,7 +2366,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -2381,7 +2385,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2422,7 +2426,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2649,7 +2653,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2664,12 +2668,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2677,32 +2681,32 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "עגינה"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
# popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1"
# popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1"
# popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1"
@@ -3168,35 +3172,42 @@
"בחרו גודל חדש עבור המחיצה %1.\n"
"</p>"
+# button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "מחיצה &ראשית"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "מערכת קבצים"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
# helptext for popup create partition line 1 of 6
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
@@ -3204,7 +3215,7 @@
msgstr "<p> קודם בחרו את סוג המחיצה והאם יש לפרמט אותה.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -3213,7 +3224,7 @@
# helptext for popup create partition line 2 of 6
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
@@ -3222,59 +3233,59 @@
# label text, example: "Formatting /dev/hda1"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "מפרמט %1"
# button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "מחיצה &ראשית"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "&לא לפרמט"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "מחיצה"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "מחיצה"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "מחיצה"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "נקודת עגינה"
# button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "&הצפן מערכת קבצים"
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify \n"
@@ -3293,21 +3304,21 @@
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "אנא ספקו נקודת עגינה."
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "אנא ספקו נקודת עגינה."
# help text for cryptofs
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3324,7 +3335,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -3333,24 +3344,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
# PasswordEntry label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -3362,7 +3373,7 @@
"שמערכת הקבצים במחיצה זו אינה תומכת בשינויי גודל.\n"
# popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
@@ -3370,7 +3381,7 @@
msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1"
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -3378,25 +3389,25 @@
# to translators: * Resize partition hda1 to 1.8GB.
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "שנה גודל מחיצה %1 ל %2"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "שנה "
# label text %1 is prelaced by e.g. 4 GB
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "גודל %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "ד: %1 (%2)"
@@ -3407,8 +3418,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -3421,7 +3432,7 @@
# label text, %1 is replaced by a unit value ("MB")
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
@@ -3430,7 +3441,7 @@
# label text, %1 is replaced by a unit value ("MB")
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "גודל לינוקס (%1)"
@@ -3438,7 +3449,7 @@
# Raid combobox description (don't translate to much ..)
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
@@ -3449,7 +3460,7 @@
# common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
# and non-graphical mode (text only).
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3460,7 +3471,7 @@
# error popup text
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
#, fuzzy
@@ -3473,7 +3484,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3482,7 +3493,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3491,7 +3502,7 @@
# This text will be replaced with the current values
# for each partition to be resized (device and new size).
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "משנה גודל..."
@@ -3748,14 +3759,14 @@
# header of the Dialog edit a partition
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "ערוך מחיצה"
# header of the Dialog edit a partition
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "ערוך מחיצה"
@@ -3763,7 +3774,7 @@
# label text
# example "No extended partition: No space left
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No extended partition: "
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
@@ -3771,43 +3782,43 @@
# label text %1 replaced by partition name e.g. /dev/hda1
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "מפרמט את %1 כ swap"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "מחיצה"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Format"
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "פירמוט"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Background"
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "רקע"
# heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "מחק את רשימת המחיצות:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3818,7 +3829,7 @@
"ואז הסירו את הכרך הלוגי.\n"
# popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "האם באמת ברצונכם למחוק את כל המחיצות ב %1?"
@@ -3826,62 +3837,67 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Probing דיסקים קשיחים"
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "מחק את רשימת המחיצות:"
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Probing דיסקים קשיחים"
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
# popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "האם באמת ברצונכם למחוק את כל המחיצות ב %1?"
# menu entry text
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "מחוק &רשימת המחיצות ואת תווית הכונן"
# popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1"
@@ -3891,17 +3907,17 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
#, fuzzy
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "parted נכשל."
# Error popup text
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -3913,14 +3929,14 @@
# popup text
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "מחיצה מורחבת כבר קיימת."
# Error popup text
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
@@ -3932,14 +3948,14 @@
# popup text
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "מחיצה מורחבת כבר קיימת."
# Error popup text
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -3951,13 +3967,13 @@
# popup text
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "מחיצה מורחבת כבר קיימת."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3967,57 +3983,57 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
# popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "האם באמת ברצונכם למחוק את כל המחיצות ב %1?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
# heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "מחק את רשימת המחיצות:"
# label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "זמינים הם&"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
@@ -4301,13 +4317,13 @@
# heading text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "מחק את רשימת המחיצות:"
# popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. /dev/md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
@@ -4318,7 +4334,7 @@
"הסירו אותה ממערך ה RAID לפני שתוכלו לערוך אותה."
# error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
@@ -4327,13 +4343,13 @@
"או לבטל את הפעולה.\n"
# heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "מחק את רשימת המחיצות:"
# popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. /dev/md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
@@ -4344,14 +4360,14 @@
"הסירו אותה ממערך ה RAID לפני שתוכלו לערוך אותה."
# to translators: * Create extended partition 1.2 GB (hda1)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "צור מחיצה מורחבת %2 (%3)"
# popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "האם באמת ברצונכם למחוק את כל המחיצות ב %1?"
@@ -4359,12 +4375,12 @@
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -4375,7 +4391,7 @@
# heading text
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "parted נכשל."
@@ -4385,38 +4401,38 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "parted נכשל."
# helptext for popup create partition line 3 of 6
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p> עכשיו, הקישו את מיקום ההתחלה של המחיצה החדשה בכונן.</p>"
# helptext for popup create partition line 3 of 6
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p> עכשיו, הקישו את מיקום ההתחלה של המחיצה החדשה בכונן.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
# helptext for popup create partition line 3 of 6
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p> עכשיו, הקישו את מיקום ההתחלה של המחיצה החדשה בכונן.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -4561,14 +4577,14 @@
# menue entry text
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "&ערוך קובץ מוצפן"
# menue entry text
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "&ערוך קובץ מוצפן"
@@ -4945,14 +4961,14 @@
# popup heading
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "ערוך כרך לוגי"
# popup heading
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "ערוך כרך לוגי"
@@ -4996,9 +5012,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "כונן לוגי"
@@ -5013,7 +5029,7 @@
# Error popup text
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
@@ -5025,7 +5041,7 @@
# Error popup text
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -5481,21 +5497,21 @@
# button text
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "&הוסף RAID"
# button text
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "הס&ר RAID"
# menu entry text
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "&ערוך RAID"
@@ -5820,7 +5836,7 @@
"</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -6840,21 +6856,43 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
# popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"המיחוץ הנוכחי על הדיסק %1 לי יכול להיקרא על ידי כלי המיחוץ \"parted\" שבשימוש על ידי YaST2 לשינוי \n"
+"המיחוץ.\n"
+"\n"
+"באפשרותכם להשתמש במחיצות על דיסק %1 כפי שהן.\n"
+"באפשרותכם לפרנט אותן או לעגן אותן, אבל לא אפשרי\n"
+"להוסיף, לערוך, לשנות גודל, או להסיר אותן באמצעות YaST2.\n"
+
+# popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6867,16 +6905,16 @@
"להוסיף, לערוך, לשנות גודל, או להסיר אותן באמצעות YaST2.\n"
# popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6890,7 +6928,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6913,7 +6951,7 @@
"את כל המידע על הדיסק הקשיח.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6931,7 +6969,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -6944,7 +6982,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -6954,7 +6992,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6966,7 +7004,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6980,7 +7018,7 @@
# Heading text
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
@@ -6988,22 +7026,22 @@
# Heading text
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "קבוצת כרכים"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -7012,14 +7050,14 @@
msgstr ""
# Heading text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -7028,61 +7066,61 @@
# Heading text
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
# Label: get password for user root
# Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "הקישו &סיסמה למערכת הקבצים:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "כונן"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk"
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "כונן"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "כונן"
# label text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
# label text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
@@ -7090,52 +7128,52 @@
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
# Popup text
# %1 is either replaced by "logical volume" or by "partition"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Continue resizing the %1?"
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "להמשיך לשנות גודל של %1 ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -7143,7 +7181,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -7151,7 +7189,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -7159,18 +7197,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -7847,26 +7885,13 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-# popup header
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "צור מיכל EVMS"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "קבוצת כרכים"
-
# heading text
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
@@ -7874,33 +7899,34 @@
# heading text
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
# push button
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update Settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7909,21 +7935,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
# heading text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "הכניסו את הסיסמה עבור מערכת הקבצים המוצפנת"
@@ -7931,7 +7957,7 @@
# PasswordEntry label
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
@@ -7940,11 +7966,30 @@
# Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "הקישו את הסיסמה שוב ל&אישור:"
+# heading text
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "parted נכשל."
+
+# popup header
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "צור מיכל EVMS"
+
+# popup header
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "צור מיכל EVMS"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -7993,6 +8038,10 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "קבוצת כרכים"
+
# label text
#~ msgid "Changes:"
#~ msgstr "שינויים"
@@ -9107,11 +9156,6 @@
#~ msgid "Default Filesystem:"
#~ msgstr "מערכת קבצים"
-# heading text
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Partition Based"
-#~ msgstr "parted נכשל."
-
# help text, richtext format
#~ msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
#~ msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה <BR>לחצו <B>כן</B>.</P>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/support.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/support.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/support.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -33,54 +33,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SUSE Support"
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "SUSE תמיכת"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -88,186 +88,185 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
# table header texts
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr "שם"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "תהליך"
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-21 13:12+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yevgeny <linuxguy(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/tune.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/tune.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/tune.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/update.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/update.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/update.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/users.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/users.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/users.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -138,621 +138,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-# label text
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "חלונות"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "ספריה:"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-# Frame description in suggested partition for mode accept modify ..
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "בחרו"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "בחר את שולחן העבודה ברירת המחדל שלך"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-# label text
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "אל תשכחו את מה שאתם מקישים כאן!"
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-# PasswordEntry label
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
-
-# title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
-# menue label text
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&פריסת לוח מקשים"
-
-# push button
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-# help text, continued
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"אם תשכחו את הסיסמה, תאבדו כל גישה למערכת הקבצים.\n"
-"בחרו את הסיסמה בזהירות. מומלץ שילוב של אותיות ומספרים.\n"
-"כדי לוודא שהסיסמה בצורה נכונה, הקישו אותה פעמיים.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-# help text, continued
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"עליכם להדיל בין אותיות גדולות וקטנות. על סיסמה להכיל לפחות\n"
-"5 סימנים, ואין מומלץ להשתמש בסימנים מיוחדיםכמו ניקוד.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-# help text, continued
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"זכרו את סיסמתכם !\n"
-"</p>"
-
-# popup text
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
-"נסו שוב.\n"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# popup text
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
-"נסו שוב.\n"
-
-# popup text
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"לא הוקשה סיסמה.\n"
-"נא לנסות שוב.\n"
-
-# popup text
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
-"נסו שוב.\n"
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "סיסמת Root"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr "המקום הפנוי אינו מספיק להתקנה."
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-# push button
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-# congratulation text 1/4
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>מזל טוב!</b></p>"
-
-# push button
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "ללא שם"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-# AT
-# Frame label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "הרשאה"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-# help text, continued
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"עליכם להדיל בין אותיות גדולות וקטנות. על סיסמה להכיל לפחות\n"
-"5 סימנים, ואין מומלץ להשתמש בסימנים מיוחדיםכמו ניקוד.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# popup text
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
-"נסו שוב.\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-# push button
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-# push button
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&שינוי..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "סיכום"
-
-# popup text
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
-"נסו שוב.\n"
-
# progress stages
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
@@ -881,12 +266,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "כותב את מאפייני המערכת"
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1146,102 +525,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-# label text
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr "חלונות"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "סיסמת Root"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "סיסמת Root"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-# push button
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-
-# push button
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "&משתמש"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "סיסמת Root"
-
# Heading text
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
@@ -1415,6 +698,26 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+# popup text
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
+"נסו שוב.\n"
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1439,6 +742,13 @@
msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'."
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "&First Name"
@@ -1455,6 +765,19 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "ללא שם"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
# AT
# Frame label
#. checkbox label
@@ -1463,6 +786,13 @@
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "הרשאה"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
# label text
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
@@ -1657,6 +987,31 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "סיסמת Root"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
@@ -1761,6 +1116,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "%שם קבוצת הכרכים:"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
# help text, continued
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
@@ -1776,6 +1145,24 @@
"5 סימנים, ואין מומלץ להשתמש בסימנים מיוחדיםכמו ניקוד.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1913,6 +1300,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1938,6 +1334,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2584,7 +1995,9 @@
msgstr "מידע מערכת"
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "&קובץ מקומי"
@@ -2674,6 +2087,11 @@
msgstr "מידע מערכת"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2693,6 +2111,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
#, fuzzy
@@ -2822,6 +2245,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
# push button
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
@@ -2836,6 +2264,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "&הצפן מערכת קבצים"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
# help text for cryptofs
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
@@ -3120,6 +2568,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "מערכת"
@@ -3414,6 +2868,14 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "המקום הפנוי אינו מספיק להתקנה."
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr "המקום הפנוי אינו מספיק להתקנה."
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
#, fuzzy
@@ -3436,6 +2898,430 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "מאתחל..."
+# popup text
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
+"נסו שוב.\n"
+
+# popup text
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
+"נסו שוב.\n"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "כותב את מאפייני המערכת"
+
+# push button
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# push button
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
+# label text
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "אל תשכחו את מה שאתם מקישים כאן!"
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+# PasswordEntry label
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
+
+# title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
+# menue label text
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&פריסת לוח מקשים"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+# help text, continued
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"אם תשכחו את הסיסמה, תאבדו כל גישה למערכת הקבצים.\n"
+"בחרו את הסיסמה בזהירות. מומלץ שילוב של אותיות ומספרים.\n"
+"כדי לוודא שהסיסמה בצורה נכונה, הקישו אותה פעמיים.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+# help text, continued
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"עליכם להדיל בין אותיות גדולות וקטנות. על סיסמה להכיל לפחות\n"
+"5 סימנים, ואין מומלץ להשתמש בסימנים מיוחדיםכמו ניקוד.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+# help text, continued
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"זכרו את סיסמתכם !\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+# popup text
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"לא הוקשה סיסמה.\n"
+"נא לנסות שוב.\n"
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Commandline command help
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "הוספת כרטיס רשת"
+
+# help text, continued
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"עליכם להדיל בין אותיות גדולות וקטנות. על סיסמה להכיל לפחות\n"
+"5 סימנים, ואין מומלץ להשתמש בסימנים מיוחדיםכמו ניקוד.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+# popup text
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
+#| "Try again.\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
+"נסו שוב.\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "&קובץ מקומי"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+# main dialog: Button Create partition
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Create"
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "&צור"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "מידע מערכת"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
+
+# AT
+# Frame label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "הרשאה"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "לא הוגדרה מחרוזת לחיפוש"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "בחר את שולחן העבודה ברירת המחדל שלך"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+# push button
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
+# push button
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
+# push button
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "&משתמש"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "סיסמת Root"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "סיסמת Root"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "סיסמת Root"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+# push button
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3926,7 +3812,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3938,59 +3824,59 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "מצב הגדרת ה Proxy"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים"
# Commandline help title
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים"
@@ -3998,176 +3884,176 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "פינית"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
#, fuzzy
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת"
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "כותב את מאפייני המערכת"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
# label text - one step of during network test
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "- בדוק עידכונים אחרונים"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
# PasswordEntry label
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
# Progress step 3/4
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "בודק אם ישנם עדכונים מקוונים..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "אירעה שגיאה בתהליך שינוי הגודל!"
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4176,7 +4062,7 @@
# Popup text
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
@@ -4185,7 +4071,7 @@
# Popup text
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4194,7 +4080,7 @@
msgstr "הספק %1 בשימוש. האם באמת לבטלו ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4203,7 +4089,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4211,14 +4097,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4226,14 +4112,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4242,7 +4128,7 @@
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -4254,7 +4140,7 @@
"נא לנסות שוב."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4262,14 +4148,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4277,7 +4163,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4285,7 +4171,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4294,7 +4180,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4304,19 +4190,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4325,7 +4211,7 @@
# Popup text
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
@@ -4333,7 +4219,7 @@
msgstr "הספק %1 בשימוש. האם באמת לבטלו ?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4342,7 +4228,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4351,7 +4237,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4361,7 +4247,7 @@
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
@@ -4372,7 +4258,7 @@
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4382,7 +4268,7 @@
"נסו שוב.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4391,20 +4277,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4412,7 +4298,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4420,24 +4306,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
# congratulation text 1/4
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<p><b>מזל טוב!</b></p>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4459,22 +4345,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4602,7 +4488,7 @@
# popup text
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -4614,7 +4500,7 @@
"נא לנסות שוב."
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4625,7 +4511,7 @@
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
@@ -4636,28 +4522,28 @@
"נסו שוב.\n"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
# help text for cryptofs
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
@@ -4666,12 +4552,12 @@
"</p>"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4680,7 +4566,7 @@
# popup text
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4691,7 +4577,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
@@ -4703,7 +4589,7 @@
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
@@ -4714,7 +4600,7 @@
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4724,7 +4610,7 @@
"נסו שוב.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4733,7 +4619,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -4741,17 +4627,15 @@
msgstr ""
# Progress step 4/4
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "סוגר חיבור..."
# Progress step 4/4
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
#, fuzzy
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "סוגר חיבור..."
@@ -4823,8 +4707,71 @@
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr ""
+# label text
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "חלונות"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "ספריה:"
+
+# Frame description in suggested partition for mode accept modify ..
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "בחרו"
+
+# push button
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
# popup text
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
+#~ "נסו שוב.\n"
+
+# popup text
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
+#~ "נסו שוב.\n"
+
+# congratulation text 1/4
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>מזל טוב!</b></p>"
+
+# push button
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
+# push button
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&שינוי..."
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "סיכום"
+
+# label text
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr "חלונות"
+
+# popup text
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "No Password Entered"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "לא הוקשה סיסמה.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/vm.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/vm.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/vm.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-13 12:50+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -32,12 +32,12 @@
msgstr "מגדיר את המכונה הוירטואלית..."
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr "x64_86 הינה הארכיטקטורה המתאימה לאכסון מכונות וירטואליות. הארכטקטורה שלך היא "
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -47,174 +47,174 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "ודא חבילות מותקנות"
# Network dialog caption
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות גשר רשת"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "מגדיר שרת VM (מתחם 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>הגדרות שרת VM</b></big></p><p>להגדרות שרת VM (מתחם 0) יש שני חלקים.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>החבילות הדרושות מותקנות במערכת, לאחר מכן מנהל האתחול מוחלף לGRUB (במידה ולא בשימוש) וסעיף Xen מתווסף לתפריט מנהל האתחול אם לא חסר.<p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>GRUB חיוני בגלל שהוא תומך בסטנדרט ריבוי האתחולים החיוני לאתחל Xen וליבת לינוקס.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>כאשר קביעת התצורה הסתיימה בהצלחה, את/ה יכול/ה לאתחל את שרת VM מתפריט מנהל האתחול</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "ההתקנה תבוטל."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Hypervisior והכלים מותקנים. "
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr "מגדיר את המכונה הוירטואלית..."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NFS server"
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr "שרת NFS"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Admin tools"
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr "כלי ניהול"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "Hypervisior והכלים מותקנים. "
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NFS server"
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr "שרת NFS"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Admin tools"
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr "כלי ניהול"
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Started"
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "ההתקנה תבוטל."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "פועל במצב טקסט. להתקין רכיבים גרפיים בכל מקרה?"
# Progress step 3/4
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "בודק חבילות ..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "מתקין חבילות..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "לא ניתן להתקין חבילות נדרשות."
# progress stages
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "מעדכן קבצי תצורת grub2..."
# PushButton label
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "מגדיר גשר רשת ברירת מחדל..."
# Selection box item
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "גשר רשת."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr "<p>לתצורת רשת רגילות עבור מכונות וירטואליות, גשר רשת מומלץ.<p><p>הגדר גשר רשת ברירת מחדל?</p>"
@@ -227,35 +227,35 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr "עבור התקנת אורחי Xen, הפעל מחדש את המכונה ובחר בסעיף Xen בתפריט מנהל אתחול.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr "עבור התקנת אורחי Xen, הפעל מחדש את המכונה ובחר בסעיף Xen בתפריט מנהל אתחול.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisior והכלים מותקנים. "
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisior והכלים מותקנים. "
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/vpn.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/vpn.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/vpn.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -229,12 +229,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -337,114 +337,114 @@
" להתקנה החדשה שלכם ?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
# table header texts
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "שם"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "תיאור"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Settings"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
# Column header
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "סוג"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "New Server..."
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "שרת חדש..."
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "לקוחות"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
# menue entry text
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit Crypt File"
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "&ערוך קובץ מוצפן"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -537,36 +537,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Only Update Installed Packages"
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to parse: %s."
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -576,35 +576,35 @@
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title of ISDN interface detail screen
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ISDN Detail Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "פרטיי הגדרת ה ISDN"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
# RichText label
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DSL Connections"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "חיבורי DSL"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
# label text - one step of during network test
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "- Close connection"
msgid "A client connecting to "
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po 2016-07-04 09:21:07 UTC (rev 96038)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r96037 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16
04 Jul '16
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-07-04 11:20:53 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016)
New Revision: 96037
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/docker.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/fonts.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/journal.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/vpn.eu.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -67,13 +67,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1110 +16,1666 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -435,12 +435,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,8 +466,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -556,8 +556,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,237 +2420,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -295,23 +295,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,111 +474,99 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1486,7 +1472,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1496,7 +1482,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1535,7 +1521,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -2101,7 +2087,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2117,45 +2103,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2165,14 +2151,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2181,7 +2167,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2212,97 +2198,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2383,7 +2351,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2391,76 +2359,76 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2468,43 +2436,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2547,14 +2515,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2562,14 +2530,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -990,6 +990,73 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1184,7 +1251,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1207,7 +1274,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1408,27 +1475,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1438,7 +1505,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1515,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1456,18 +1523,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2446,47 +2513,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2497,80 +2564,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -2660,49 +2727,50 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2726,35 +2794,75 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2763,57 +2871,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2824,34 +2932,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2860,7 +2968,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2870,83 +2978,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2954,99 +3062,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3056,64 +3164,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3124,27 +3232,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3152,20 +3260,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3229,12 +3337,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3242,34 +3350,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3281,7 +3389,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3290,7 +3398,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3299,7 +3407,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3307,7 +3415,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3320,124 +3428,124 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3755,83 +3863,83 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -4426,6 +4534,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4495,7 +4613,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4503,7 +4621,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5397,51 +5515,3 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,49 +27,147 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
+msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr ""
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -141,11 +239,17 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -153,55 +257,64 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -210,160 +323,227 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -382,34 +562,54 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -418,20 +618,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
@@ -452,70 +662,223 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -524,64 +887,106 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr ""
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr ""
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
msgstr ""
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
+msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
@@ -598,9 +1003,16 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -608,28 +1020,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -640,7 +1052,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -649,14 +1061,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -664,7 +1076,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -676,8 +1088,19 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -685,7 +1108,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -694,7 +1117,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -702,7 +1125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -710,7 +1133,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -718,7 +1141,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -726,7 +1149,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -734,7 +1157,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -742,14 +1165,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -757,28 +1180,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -786,40 +1209,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -834,42 +1267,111 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -883,257 +1385,505 @@
msgstr ""
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1836,42 +1836,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -199,169 +199,169 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -452,96 +452,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-07 22:40+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-11 22:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n"
@@ -17,326 +17,315 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-#| "\t "
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Zorionak!</b></p>\n"
-"<p> openSUSE instalazioa zure makinan amaitu da.\n"
-" <b>Amaitu</b> sakatu eta gero, sistemara sar zintezke.</p>\n"
-"<p>Bisita gaitzazu hemen %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Gozatu dezazula!<br>Zure openSUSE garapen taldea</p>\n"
-"\t "
+"<p>\n"
+"Instalazioa ondo burutu da.\n"
+"Sistema erabiltzeko prest dago.\n"
+"klik amaitu sisteman saioa hasteko.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Bisita gaitzazu gure helbidean http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t "
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"Mahaigain inguruneak zure konputagailuko erabiltzaile interfase \n"
-"grafikoa emango dizu, era berean, zure konputagailuan behar \n"
-"dituzu hainbat aplikazio dakartza: posta bezeroa, web nabigatzailea, \n"
-"bulego aplikazioak, jolasak, tresna gehigarriak...\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSEk hainbat mahaigain ingurune eskaintzek dizkizu. Erabilienak\n"
-"diren GNOME eta KDE mahaigain inguruneak sostengu bera dute\n"
-"openSUSEn. Bi inguruneak dira erabilerrazak, oso integratuak, itxura\n"
-"eta izaera erakargarrikoak. Mahaigain ingurune bakoitzak bere estilo\n"
-"berezia du eta norberaren gustu pertsonalek erabakiko dute zein den \n"
-"egokiena bakoitzarentzat."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "CIM Zerbitzaria"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "GNOME mahaigaina"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE mahaigaina"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "XFCE mahaigaina"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "LXDE Mahaigaina"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "X leiho minimoa"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Zerbitzari minimo hautapena (testu modua)"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Instalazio ezarpenak"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Aurkezpen orokorra"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Aditua"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Live Instalazio ezarpenak"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Eguneraketen ezarpenak"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Sare konfigurazioa"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Hardware konfigurazioa"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Prestatzen"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Sare konfigurazioa"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Activation"
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Sarea aktibazioa"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Ongi etorri"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Sarea aktibazioa"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Disko aktibazioa"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Sistema analisia"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "Gehigarriak"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Diskoa"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Ordu-zona"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Biltegiak linean"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "Gehigarriak"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Mahaigain hautapena"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Erabiltzailearen ezarpenak"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalazioa"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Instalazioaren aukerak"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Gauzatu instalazioa"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Instalazioa"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Sistema eguneratzeko"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Eguneratu"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "Eguneratzearen laburpena"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Gauzatu eguneratzea"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurazioa"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Oinarrizko instalazioa"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST ezarpenak"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurazioa"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Sistema konfigurazioa"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "\t"
+#~| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~| "\t "
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ " "
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Instalazioa ondo burutu da.\n"
-#~ "Sistema erabiltzeko prest dago.\n"
-#~ "klik amaitu sisteman saioa hasteko.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Bisita gaitzazu gure helbidean http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t "
+#~ "<p><b>Zorionak!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p> openSUSE instalazioa zure makinan amaitu da.\n"
+#~ " <b>Amaitu</b> sakatu eta gero, sistemara sar zintezke.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Bisita gaitzazu hemen %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Gozatu dezazula!<br>Zure openSUSE garapen taldea</p>\n"
+#~ "\t "
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "CIM Zerbitzaria"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#~ "manage your computer.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Mahaigain inguruneak zure konputagailuko erabiltzaile interfase \n"
+#~ "grafikoa emango dizu, era berean, zure konputagailuan behar \n"
+#~ "dituzu hainbat aplikazio dakartza: posta bezeroa, web nabigatzailea, \n"
+#~ "bulego aplikazioak, jolasak, tresna gehigarriak...\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSEk hainbat mahaigain ingurune eskaintzek dizkizu. Erabilienak\n"
+#~ "diren GNOME eta KDE mahaigain inguruneak sostengu bera dute\n"
+#~ "openSUSEn. Bi inguruneak dira erabilerrazak, oso integratuak, itxura\n"
+#~ "eta izaera erakargarrikoak. Mahaigain ingurune bakoitzak bere estilo\n"
+#~ "berezia du eta norberaren gustu pertsonalek erabakiko dute zein den \n"
+#~ "egokiena bakoitzarentzat."
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Aurkezpen orokorra"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "GNOME mahaigaina"
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "Aditua"
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "KDE mahaigaina"
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "XFCE mahaigaina"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "LXDE Mahaigaina"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal X Window"
+#~ msgstr "X leiho minimoa"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Zerbitzari minimo hautapena (testu modua)"
+
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Biltegiak linean"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Mahaigain hautapena"
+
#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Sare zerbitzuen konfigurazioa"
#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
#~ msgstr "Instalazio laburpena"
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Eguneratzearen laburpena"
-
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Gehigarrien instalazioa"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-15 22:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n"
@@ -742,8 +742,8 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgid "Other &Settings..."
@@ -751,49 +751,49 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -811,12 +811,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,19 +20,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -44,11 +34,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -167,124 +157,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -292,91 +290,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -385,7 +383,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -430,37 +428,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -56,9 +56,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -98,242 +96,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -358,190 +361,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -549,60 +512,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -610,48 +573,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -659,10 +622,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -670,61 +633,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -732,8 +695,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -741,135 +704,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -882,15 +845,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -902,7 +865,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -416,8 +416,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -550,8 +550,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,32 +598,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -631,8 +631,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -640,8 +640,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/docker.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/docker.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/docker.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -224,10 +224,11 @@
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -253,11 +254,11 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -266,20 +267,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -289,7 +292,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -299,14 +302,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -315,7 +318,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -323,7 +326,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -331,14 +334,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -346,7 +349,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -355,7 +358,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -363,7 +366,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -371,50 +374,107 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -516,81 +576,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,46 +658,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/fonts.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/fonts.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/fonts.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,59 +18,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -114,17 +114,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -133,24 +133,24 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -159,177 +159,185 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
@@ -117,15 +117,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -140,12 +140,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -161,181 +161,181 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr ""
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr ""
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr ""
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr ""
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr ""
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr ""
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr ""
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr ""
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr ""
@@ -349,26 +349,26 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr ""
@@ -572,57 +572,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr ""
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-11 22:36+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -173,28 +173,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -241,47 +241,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -458,7 +418,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -485,52 +445,26 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -540,7 +474,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -549,7 +483,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -557,7 +491,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -566,7 +500,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -574,22 +508,48 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -679,7 +639,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -688,8 +648,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -697,34 +657,34 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -750,33 +710,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -795,7 +756,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
@@ -835,53 +796,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr ""
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -906,29 +867,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation from Images"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Irudi bidez instalazioa"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -936,7 +897,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -944,7 +905,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1189,21 +1150,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1211,7 +1172,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1220,12 +1181,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1277,8 +1264,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1480,7 +1467,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1597,58 +1584,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1659,42 +1635,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
@@ -1722,7 +1692,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1732,7 +1702,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1741,7 +1711,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1750,7 +1720,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1759,7 +1729,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1767,12 +1737,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1781,7 +1751,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1795,6 +1765,16 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1802,10 +1782,71 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -61,37 +61,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr ""
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -100,97 +100,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
msgstr ""
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr ""
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -209,87 +209,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr ""
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -554,79 +554,79 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Disconnect"
+msgid "Log Out"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
@@ -123,6 +123,9 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -204,8 +207,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -297,42 +300,49 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -347,20 +357,12 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -411,30 +413,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -442,36 +438,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -560,7 +556,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -568,12 +564,7 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -95,153 +95,159 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -361,19 +367,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -381,12 +392,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -395,19 +406,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -416,11 +427,11 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
@@ -443,7 +454,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -471,7 +482,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
@@ -491,7 +502,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
@@ -500,21 +511,21 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -525,93 +536,99 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -625,11 +642,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/journal.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/journal.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/journal.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -360,10 +360,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1094,148 +1092,163 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -36,27 +36,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -66,78 +66,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -145,7 +127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -232,7 +214,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -701,13 +701,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1195,13 +1195,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1212,20 +1212,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1243,60 +1243,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1306,12 +1306,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1623,12 +1623,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2676,47 +2676,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2724,20 +2724,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2746,21 +2746,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -2769,57 +2769,57 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2839,97 +2839,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2970,12 +2970,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -2983,111 +2983,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3159,8 +3109,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3186,28 +3136,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3239,27 +3189,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3295,40 +3245,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3556,7 +3506,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
@@ -3645,7 +3595,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3668,7 +3618,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3680,440 +3630,433 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4121,30 +4064,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4153,22 +4096,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,27 +71,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -155,55 +155,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -211,25 +219,25 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -237,51 +245,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -289,77 +297,82 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -367,71 +380,83 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,25 +71,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -494,100 +494,85 @@
msgstr ""
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr ""
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr ""
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr ""
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -596,98 +581,98 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -697,7 +682,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -706,7 +691,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -719,7 +704,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -729,31 +714,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -761,7 +746,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -769,79 +754,79 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr ""
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -850,7 +835,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -954,20 +939,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1268,42 +1253,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1315,7 +1300,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1323,19 +1308,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1348,19 +1333,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1368,58 +1353,58 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1917,7 +1902,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -1982,7 +1967,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2050,7 +2035,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -2071,46 +2056,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2120,23 +2105,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2145,42 +2130,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2188,17 +2173,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2208,20 +2193,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2234,7 +2219,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2242,11 +2227,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2258,12 +2243,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2271,71 +2256,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2350,7 +2335,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2359,12 +2344,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2372,7 +2357,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2380,7 +2365,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2390,7 +2375,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2399,25 +2384,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2427,19 +2412,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -204,8 +204,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -434,8 +434,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2532,56 +2532,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2619,74 +2619,74 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2697,33 +2697,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2732,25 +2732,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2758,7 +2758,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2777,28 +2777,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2806,25 +2806,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2844,53 +2844,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -68,30 +68,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -229,28 +229,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -266,39 +255,39 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -308,23 +297,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -332,6 +321,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
@@ -360,7 +367,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -369,14 +376,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""
@@ -386,34 +393,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -421,7 +428,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -452,7 +459,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -473,12 +480,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -670,7 +677,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
@@ -697,7 +704,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -769,12 +776,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -787,7 +794,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -798,7 +805,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -806,8 +813,8 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
@@ -855,11 +862,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
@@ -1063,10 +1065,10 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -787,86 +787,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -115,280 +115,247 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -397,33 +364,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -431,7 +398,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -440,7 +407,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -449,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -457,14 +424,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -472,7 +439,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -482,7 +449,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -490,12 +457,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -503,26 +470,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -530,35 +497,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -576,7 +543,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -586,7 +553,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -595,7 +562,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -604,7 +571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -615,21 +582,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -637,26 +604,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -668,7 +635,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -676,23 +643,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -704,13 +671,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -722,7 +689,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -734,38 +701,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -823,163 +838,236 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -995,61 +1083,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,294 +15,265 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -313,7 +284,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -323,17 +294,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -344,37 +315,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -385,91 +356,115 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
msgstr ""
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
msgstr ""
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 2/2
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -143,7 +143,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -759,7 +763,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -777,7 +781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -787,7 +791,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -797,7 +801,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -807,7 +811,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -818,7 +822,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -828,7 +832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -841,7 +845,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -851,7 +855,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -863,7 +867,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -874,7 +878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -886,11 +890,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -988,53 +992,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1043,7 +1047,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1053,7 +1057,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1063,7 +1067,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1078,13 +1082,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1111,7 +1115,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1122,7 +1126,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1142,7 +1146,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1151,7 +1155,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1452,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1463,17 +1467,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1505,7 +1509,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1518,7 +1522,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1531,7 +1535,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1553,7 +1557,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1712,7 +1716,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1727,12 +1731,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1740,26 +1744,26 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2155,39 +2159,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2195,54 +2204,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2251,17 +2260,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2271,7 +2280,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2280,56 +2289,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2337,8 +2346,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2350,33 +2359,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2386,7 +2395,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2395,12 +2404,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2583,108 +2592,113 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2692,51 +2706,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2746,50 +2760,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3025,50 +3039,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3076,7 +3090,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr ""
@@ -3084,31 +3098,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3206,12 +3220,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3506,12 +3520,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3545,9 +3559,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3557,14 +3571,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3905,17 +3919,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4178,7 +4192,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -4903,38 +4917,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4944,7 +4971,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4958,7 +4985,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4971,7 +4998,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4980,7 +5007,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4988,7 +5015,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -4997,24 +5024,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5022,12 +5049,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5035,97 +5062,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5133,7 +5160,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5141,7 +5168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5149,18 +5176,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5744,48 +5771,39 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5794,35 +5812,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,52 +32,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -85,184 +85,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -124,540 +124,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -779,11 +245,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1024,93 +485,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1262,6 +636,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1285,6 +675,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1299,11 +696,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1471,6 +887,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1559,6 +999,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1568,6 +1022,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1686,6 +1158,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1711,6 +1192,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2325,7 +1821,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2401,6 +1899,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,6 +1923,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2535,6 +2043,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2545,6 +2058,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2802,6 +2335,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3077,6 +2616,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3094,6 +2640,346 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3535,7 +3421,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3547,202 +3433,202 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3750,14 +3636,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3766,7 +3652,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3775,7 +3661,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3783,14 +3669,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3798,14 +3684,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3813,7 +3699,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3821,7 +3707,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3829,14 +3715,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3844,7 +3730,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3852,7 +3738,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -3861,7 +3747,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -3871,19 +3757,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3891,14 +3777,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3907,7 +3793,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3916,7 +3802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3925,14 +3811,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -3940,7 +3826,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -3949,20 +3835,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3970,7 +3856,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3978,22 +3864,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4011,21 +3897,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4142,7 +4028,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4150,7 +4036,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4160,7 +4046,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4168,37 +4054,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4206,7 +4092,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4214,20 +4100,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4235,7 +4121,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4244,22 +4130,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -40,151 +40,151 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -197,26 +197,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/vpn.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/vpn.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/vpn.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -282,102 +282,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -462,32 +462,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -495,28 +495,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:43 UTC (rev 96036)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po 2016-07-04 09:20:53 UTC (rev 96037)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0